Sailing directions (enroute). Western Mediterranean

PUB.
SAILING DIRECTIONS
(ENROUTE)
★
★
131
WESTERN
M E D I T E R R A N E A N
Prepared and published by the
NATIONAL GEOSPATIAL-INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Springfield, Virginia
© COPYRIGHT 2011 BY THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT
NO COPYRIGHT CLAIMED UNDER TITLE 17 U.S.C.
2011
FIFTEENTH EDITION
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office
Internet: http://bookstore.gpo.gov Phone: toll free (866) 512-1800; DC area (202) 512-1800
Fax: (202) 512-2250 Mail Stop: SSOP, Washington, DC 20402-0001

II
0.0 Pub. 131, Sailing Directions (Enroute) for Western Mediterranean,
Fifteenth Edition, 2011, is issued for use in conjunction
with Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic
Ocean and Adjacent Seas. The companion volume is
Pub. 132.
0.0 Digital Nautical Charts 8 and 9 provide electronic chart
coverage for the area covered by this publication.
0.0 This publication has been corrected to 4 June 2011, including
Notice to Mariners No. 23 of 2011.
Pub. 131
Explanatory Remarks
0.0 Sailing Directions are published by the National Geospatial-
Intelligence Agency (NGA), under the authority of Department
of Defense Directive 5105.40, dated 12 December 1988, and
pursuant to the authority contained in U. S. Code Title 10, Sections
2791 and 2792 and Title 44, Section 1336. Sailing Directions,
covering the harbors, coasts, and waters of the world,
provide information that cannot be shown graphically on nautical
charts and is not readily available elsewhere.
0.0 Sailing Directions (Enroute) include detailed coastal and
port approach information which supplements the largest scale
chart produced by the National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency.
This publication is divided into geographic areas called
“Sectors.”
0.0 Bearings.—Bearings are true, and are expressed in degrees
from 000° (north) to 360°, measured clockwise. General bearings
are expressed by initial letters of points of the compass
(e.g. N, NNE, NE, etc.). Adjective and adverb endings have
been discarded. Wherever precise bearings are intended degrees
are used.
0.0 Charts.—Reference to charts made throughout this publication
refer to both the paper chart and the Digital Nautical Chart
(DNC).
0.0 Coastal Features.—It is assumed that the majority of ships
have radar. Available coastal descriptions and views, useful for
radar and visual piloting are included in geographic sequence
in each Sector.
0.0 Corrective Information.—Users should refer corrections,
additions, and comments to NGA’s Maritime Operations Desk,
as follows:
0.0 1. Toll free: 1-800-362-6289
0.0 2. Commercial: 571-557-5455
0.0 3. DSN: 547-5455
0.0 4. DNC web site: http://msi.nga.mil/NGAPortal/
0.0 DNC.portal
0.0 5.
0.0 main
Maritime Doweb
site: http://msi.nga.mil/NGAPortal/
0.0 MSI.portal
0.0 6.
0.0 7.
0.0 National
E-mail: navsafety@nga.mil
Mailing address: Maritime Safety Office
Geospatial-Intelligence
0.0 Agency
0.0 7500
0.0 Springfield
0.0 New
Mail Stop N-64
Geoint Drive
VA 22150-7500
editions of Sailing Directions are corrected through the
Preface
date of the publication shown above. Important information to
amend material in the publication is available as a Publication
Data Update (PDU) from the NGA Maritime Domain web site.
0.0NGA Maritime Domain Website
http://msi.nga.mil/NGAPortal/MSI.portal
0.0
0.0 Courses.—Courses are true, and are expressed in the same
manner as bearings. The directives “steer” and “make good” a
course mean, without exception, to proceed from a point of origin
along a track having the identical meridianal angle as the
designated course. Vessels following the directives must allow
for every influence tending to cause deviation from such track,
and navigate so that the designated course is continuously being
made good.
0.0 Currents.—Current directions are the true directions toward
which currents set.
0.0 Dangers.—As a rule outer dangers are fully described, but
inner dangers which are well-charted are, for the most part,
omitted. Numerous offshore dangers, grouped together, are
mentioned only in general terms. Dangers adjacent to a coastal
passage or fairway are described.
0.0 Distances.—Distances are expressed in nautical miles of 1
minute of latitude. Distances of less than 1 mile are expressed
in meters, or tenths of miles.
0.0 Geographic Names.—Geographic names are generally
those used by the nation having sovereignty. Names in parentheses
following another name are alternate names that may
appear on some charts. In general, alternate names are quoted
only in the principal description of the place. Diacritical marks,
such as accents, cedillas, and circumflexes, which are related
to specific letters in certain foreign languages, are not used in
the interest of typographical simplicity. Geographic names or
their spellings do not necessarily reflect recognition of the political
status of an area by the United States Government.
0.0 Heights.—Heights are referred to the plane of reference
used for that purpose on the charts and are expressed in meters.
0.0 Index-Gazetteer.—Navigational features and place names
are listed alphabetically in the back of the book. The approximate
position, along with the Sector and paragraph numbers
(e.g. 1.1), facilitate location in the text.
0.0 Internet Links.—This publication provides internet links to
web sites concerned with maritime navigational safety, including
but not limited to, Federal government sites, foreign Hydrographic
Offices, and foreign public/private port facilities.
NGA makes no claims, promises, or guarantees concerning the
accuracy, completeness, or adequacy of the contents of the web
sites and expressly disclaims any liability for errors and omissions
of these web sites.
0.0 Light and Fog Signals.—Lights and fog signals are not described,
and light sectors are not usually defined. The Light
Lists should be consulted for complete information.
0.0 Ports.—Directions for entering ports are depicted where appropriate
by means of chartlets, sketches, and photos, which
facilitate positive identification of landmarks and navigational
aids. These chartlets and sketches are not always to scale, however,
and should be used only as a general informational guide

in conjunction with the best scale chart. Specific port facilities
are omitted from the standard format. They are tabulated in
Pub. 150, World Port Index.
0.0 Radio Navigational Aids.—Radio navigational aids are not
described in detail. Publication No. 117 Radio Navigational
Aids and NOAA Publication, Selected Worldwide Marine
Broadcasts, should be consulted.
0.0 Soundings.—Soundings are referred to the datum of the
charts and are expressed in meters.
0.0 Special Warnings.—A Special Warning may be in force for
the geographic area covered by this publication. Special Warnings
are printed in the weekly Notice to Mariners upon promulgation
and are reprinted annually in Notice to Mariners No. 1.
A listing of Special Warnings currently in force is printed in
each weekly Notice to Mariners, Section III, Broadcast Warnings,
along with the notice number of promulgation. Special
Warnings are also available on the Maritime Division web site.
0.0 Wind Directions.—Wind directions are the true directions
from which winds blow.
Reference List
III
0.0 The principal sources examined in the preparation of this
publication were:
0.0 British Hydrographic Department Sailing Directions.
0.0 Japanese Sailing Directions.
0.0 Various port handbooks.
0.0 Reports from United States naval and merchant vessels and
various shipping companies.
0.0 Other U.S. Government publications, reports, and documents.
0.0 Charts, light lists, tide and current tables, and other documents
in possession of the Agency.
0.0
0.0
Pub. 131

Pub. 131 IV
0.0SECTOR LIMITS—PUB. 131

Conversion Tables
Feet to Meters
Feet 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0.00 0.30 0.61 0.91 1.22 1.52 1.83 2.13 2.44 2.74
10 3.05 3.35 3.66 3.96 4.27 4.57 4.88 5.18 5.49 5.79
20 6.10 6.40 6.71 7.01 7.32 7.62 7.92 8.23 8.53 8.84
30 9.14 9.45 9.75 10.06 10.36 10.67 10.97 11.28 11.58 11.89
40 12.19 12.50 12.80 13.11 13.41 13.72 14.02 14.33 14.63 14.93
50 15.24 15.54 15.85 16.15 16.46 16.76 17.07 17.37 17.68 17.98
60 18.29 18.59 18.90 19.20 19.51 19.81 20.12 20.42 20.73 21.03
70 21.34 21.64 21.95 22.25 22.55 22.86 23.16 23.47 23.77 24.08
80 24.38 24.69 24.99 25.30 25.60 25.91 26.21 26.52 26.82 27.13
90 27.43 27.74 28.04 28.35 28.65 28.96 29.26 29.57 29.87 30.17
Fathoms to Meters
Fathoms 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0.00 1.83 3.66 5.49 7.32 9.14 10.97 12.80 14.63 16.46
10 18.29 20.12 21.95 23.77 25.60 27.43 29.26 31.09 32.92 34.75
20 36.58 38.40 40.23 42.06 43.89 45.72 47.55 49.38 51.21 53.03
30 54.86 56.69 58.52 60.35 62.18 64.01 65.84 67.67 69.49 71.32
40 73.15 74.98 76.81 78.64 80.47 82.30 84.12 85.95 87.78 89.61
50 91.44 93.27 95.10 96.93 98.75 100.58 102.41 104.24 106.07 107.90
60 109.73 111.56 113.39 115.21 117.04 118.87 120.70 122.53 124.36 126.19
70 128.02 129.85 131.67 133.50 135.33 137.16 138.99 140.82 142.65 144.47
80 146.30 148.13 149.96 151.79 153.62 155.45 157.28 159.11 160.93 162.76
90 164.59 166.42 168.25 170.08 171.91 173.74 175.56 177.39 179.22 181.05
Meters to Feet
Meters 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0.00 3.28 6.56 9.84 13.12 16.40 19.68 22.97 26.25 29.53
10 32.81 36.09 39.37 42.65 45.93 49.21 52.49 55.77 59.06 62.34
20 65.62 68.90 72.18 75.46 78.74 82.02 85.30 88.58 91.86 95.14
30 98.42 101.71 104.99 108.27 111.55 114.83 118.11 121.39 124.67 127.95
40 131.23 134.51 137.80 141.08 144.36 147.64 150.92 154.20 157.48 160.76
50 164.04 167.32 170.60 173.88 177.16 180.45 183.73 187.01 190.29 193.57
60 196.85 200.13 203.41 206.69 209.97 213.25 216.54 219.82 223.10 226.38
70 229.66 232.94 236.22 239.50 242.78 246.06 249.34 252.62 255.90 259.19
80 262.47 265.75 269.03 272.31 275.59 278.87 282.15 285.43 288.71 291.99
90 295.28 298.56 301.84 305.12 308.40 311.68 314.96 318.24 321.52 324.80
Meters to Fathoms
Meters 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0.00 0.55 1.09 1.64 2.19 2.73 3.28 3.83 4.37 4.92
10 5.47 6.01 6.56 7.11 7.66 8.20 8.75 9.30 9.84 10.39
20 10.94 11.48 12.03 12.58 13.12 13.67 14.22 14.76 15.31 15.86
30 16.40 16.95 17.50 18.04 18.59 19.14 19.68 20.23 20.78 21.33
40 21.87 22.42 22.97 23.51 24.06 24.61 25.15 25.70 26.25 26.79
50 27.34 27.89 28.43 28.98 29.53 30.07 30.62 31.17 31.71 32.26
60 32.81 33.36 33.90 34.45 35.00 35.54 36.09 36.64 37.18 37.73
70 38.28 38.82 39.37 39.92 40.46 41.01 41.56 42.10 42.65 43.20
80 43.74 44.29 44.84 45.38 45.93 46.48 47.03 47.57 48.12 48.67
90 49.21 49.76 50.31 50.85 51.40 51.95 52.49 53.04 53.59 54.13
Pub. 131 V

The following abbreviations may be used in the text:
Abbreviations
Units
°C degree(s) Centigrade km kilometer(s)
cm centimeter(s) m meter(s)
cu.m. cubic meter(s) mb millibars
dwt deadweight tons MHz megahertz
FEU forty-foot equivalent units mm millimeter(s)
grt gross registered tons nrt net registered tons
kHz kilohertz TEU twenty-foot equivalent units
Directions
N north S south
NNE northnortheast SSW southsouthwest
NE northeast SW southwest
ENE eastnortheast WSW westsouthwest
E east W west
ESE eastsoutheast WNW westnorthwest
SE southeast NW northwest
SSE southsoutheast NNW northnorthwest
Vessel types
LASH Lighter Aboard Ship ro-ro Roll-on Roll-off
LNG Liquified Natural Gas ULCC Ultra Large Crude Carrier
LPG Liquified Petroleum Gas VLCC Very Large Crude Carrier
OBO Ore/Bulk/Oil
Time
ETA estimated time of arrival GMT Greenwich Mean Time
ETD estimated time of departure UTC Coordinated Universal Time
Water level
MSL mean sea level LWS low water springs
HW high water MHWN mean high water neaps
LW low water MHWS mean high water springs
MHW mean high water MLWN mean low water neaps
MLW mean low water MLWS mean low water springs
HWN high water neaps HAT highest astronomical tide
HWS high water springs LAT lowest astronomical tide
LWN low water neaps
Communications
D/F direction finder MF medium frequency
R/T radiotelephone HF high frequency
GMDSS Global Maritime Distress and Safety System VHF very high frequency
LF low frequency UHF ultra high frequency
Navigation
LANBY Large Automatic Navigation Buoy SPM Single Point Mooring
NAVSAT Navigation Satellite TSS Traffic Separation Scheme
ODAS Ocean Data Acquisition System VTC Vessel Traffic Center
SBM Single Buoy Mooring VTS Vessel Traffic Service
Miscellaneous
COLREGS Collision Regulations
IALA International Association of Lighthouse
No./Nos. Number/Numbers
Authorities
PA
Position approximate
IHO International Hydrographic Office PD Position doubtful
IMO International Maritime Organization Pub. Publication
loa length overall St./Ste. Saint/Sainte
Pub. 131 VI

Contents
Preface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II
Chartlet—Sector Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . III
Conversion Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VI
Sector 1
The Strait of Gibraltar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Sector 2
Spain—Great Europa Point to Cabo de Palos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Sector 3
Spain—Cabo de Palos to Cabo Cerbere . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Sector 4
Spain—Islas Baleares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Sector 5
Morocco—Punta Almina to Oued Kiss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Sector 6
Algeria—Oued Kiss to Cap Matifou . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Sector 7
Algeria and Tunisia—Cap Matifou to Cap Serrat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Sector 8
Tunisia—Cap Serrat to Ras Ajdir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Sector 9
France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Sector 10
Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino (including off-lying islands) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Sector 11
France—Corse (Corsica) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Sector 12
Italy—Sardegna (Sardinia) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Sector 13
Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Sector 14
Italy—The Strait of Sicilia and Malta Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Pub. 131 IX

Contents
Sector 15
Italy—Sicilia (Sicily) and Stretto di Messina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Sector 16
Italy—Southeast Coast—Capo Spartivento to Capo Santa Maria de Leuca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Sector 17
Italy—East Coast—Capo Santa Maria di Leuca to Testa del Gargano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Sector 18
Italy—East Coast—Testa del Gargano to Fiume Po Delta (including off-lying islands) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Sector 19
Italy—The Gulf of Venice—Fiume Po Delta to Punta del Tagliamento . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Sector 20
Italy and Slovenia—The Gulf of Trieste and the Istrian Peninsula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Glossaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Index—Gazetteer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
X Pub. 131

Pub. 131
1.
The Strait of Gibraltar
1.0Additional chart coverage may be found in CATP2, Catalog of Nautical Charts.
SECTOR 1 — CHART INFORMATION
1

1.0 Plan.—This sector first describes the N side of the Strait of
Gibraltar from Cabo Trafalgar (36°11'N., 6°02'W.) to Great
Europa Point (36°06'N., 5°21'W.). It then describes the S side
of the strait from Cap Spartel (35°37'N., 5°56'W.) to Punta
Almina (35°54'N., 5°17'W.).
General Remarks
1.1 The Strait of Gibraltar is bounded on the N side by the
coast of Spain and Gibraltar, a dependent territory of the United
Kingdom; it is bounded on the S side by the coast of Morocco
and the Spanish towns of Cueta and Melilla.
1.1 Tides—Currents.—In the middle of the strait, the E current
commences at about the time of HW at Gibraltar and the W
current about 6 hours later. As the shores are approached on either
side, the times at which these currents commence becomes
progressively earlier as indicated by the series of dashed lines
on the chart. In the central area of the W part of the strait, the
current attains a rate of 1 knot S of Cabo Trafalgar and 1.7
knots S of Punta Camarinal (36°05'N., 5°48'W.). In the central
and narrower area of the E part of the strait between Isla de
Tarifa (36°00'N., 5°37'W.) and Europa Point (36°06'N.,
5°21'W.), the currents attain rates up to 2 knots in each direction.
Rates increase from the central areas towards the shores
on both sides of the strait and currents attain rates up to 3 knots
in each direction inshore. In the central area, the currents set in
the direction of the axis of the strait, but near the land they generally
follow the direction of the coast.
1.1 Tidal races or overfalls may occur in the deep water within
the strait. Tidal races also occur off most of the salient points
and eddies form in the bays between them. On the N side of the
strait, a tidal race, known as Riza del Cabo, extends SW from
Cabo Trafalgar to Bajo Aceitera, 1.8 miles SW. This race is always
present, whatever the state of tide, and its strength depends
on whether it is springs or neaps. It is reported to be the
most violent race within the strait. During heavy weather and
when the tidal current is running strongly, this race may extend
as far SW as Banco del Hoyo.
1.1 During the strongest period of the tidal current, a race of
considerable violence forms over and in the vicinity of Bajo de
Los Cabezos (36°01'N., 5°42'W.). In heavy weather, it may extend
entirely across the strait.
1.1 Comparatively smaller races also occur off Isla de Tarifa,
Punta de Cala Arenas (36°03'N., 5°27'W.), close E of La Perla,
and Europa Point.
1.1 On the S side of the strait, strong tidal races occur off Cap
Spartel and 4 miles E of Pointe Judios. Overfalls, resembling
breakers, occur N of Tanger (35°47'N., 5°48'W.). Small races
occur off Pointe Ciris (35°55'N., 5°29'W.) and all the other salient
points located E of Punta Almina (35°54'N., 5°17'W.).
1.1 During the strongest period of the tidal current in each direction,
the most violent races occur off the coast and over the
banks between Pointe Malabata (35°49'N., 5°45'W.) and Hejar
Lesfar (3.2 miles ENE).
SECTOR 1
THE STRAIT OF GIBRALTAR
1.1 Traffic Control.—An IMO-adopted Traffic Separation
Scheme (TSS), which may best be seen on the chart, is situated
within the narrows of the strait and in the W approaches.
1.1 A mandatory Vessel Traffic Service is in operation in the
Strait of Gibraltar, including the TSS and Inshore Traffic
Zones. The following categories of vessels are required to participate
in the reporting system:
1. All vessels 300 gross tons and over.
2. All vessels, regardless of gross tonnage, carrying hazardous
and/or potentially polluting cargo.
3. Vessels engaged in towing or pushing another vessel
regardless of gross tonnage.
4. Any category of vessel less than 300 gross tons and
engaged in fishing in the Traffic Lane or the Separation
Zone.
5. Any category of vessel less than 300 gross tons which
is using the appropriate Traffic Lane or Separation Zone in
order to avoid immediate danger.
1.1 Note.—Recognizing that regular cross-strait ferries including
high speed passenger craft generally operate according to a
published schedule, special reporting arrangements are possible
on a ship-by-ship basis, subject to the approval of both the
Tarifa and Tangier stations.
1.1 The reporting system covers areas between longitudes
5°15.0'W and 5°58.0'W. Westbound vessels should report to
Tarifa Traffic, on the Spanish coast, on VHF channel 10 when
crossing 5°15.0'W. Eastbound traffic should report to Tangier
Traffic, on the Moroccan coast, on VHF channel 69 when
crossing 5°58.0'W. Upon departure from a port or anchorage
within the VTS reporting area vessels should report to the nearest
station, except for vessels departing from Tangier-Mediterannee
ports and its anchorage, which should report to Tangier
Traffic.
GIBREP Information
Designator Information required
Vessel’s name, call sign and IMO Iden-
A
tification Number.
B Date and time of event.
C Position (latitude and longitude), or
D Range and bearing from a landmark.
E True course.
F Speed in knots.
G Last port of call.
I Next port of call and ETA.
Hazardous cargo, IMO class, or UN number
P *
and quantity
3
Pub. 131

4 Sector 1. The Strait of Gibraltar
GIBREP Information
Designator Information required
Q or R
1.1 This area includes the Traffic Separation Scheme in the
Strait of Gibraltar, the Precautionary Areas, and the designated
Inshore Traffic Zones.
1.1 The report, called a GIBREP, sent from the vessel to the
Tarifa VTS Center or Tangier Traffic Center as appropriate,
should contain only information which is essential to achieve
the objectives of the system.
1.1 Maritime Rescue Coordination Center Tarifa (MRCC Tarifa),
is entrusted with providing services relating to maritime
search and rescue, vessel traffic services and assistance, and
the prevention and control of pollution, among other responsibilities.
The center broadcasts regular warnings to mariners, as
well as traffic, navigational, and weather conditions, in English
and, where necessary, Spanish, French, or Arabic.
1.1 Tarifa Traffic can also provide a particular vessel with information
regarding the vessel’s position, course, and speed, or
the identification of traffic in the vicinity. The vessel should request
this information. The center is available on VHF channel
10 with VHF channel 67 as a secondary option.
1.1 The Centre de Surveillance du Trafic Maritime de Tanger
(CSTM Tanger), is entrusted with providing services relating
to maritime search and rescue, vessel traffic services and assistance,
and the prevention of maritime pollution, among other
responsibilities. The center broadcasts regular warnings to
mariners, as well as traffic, navigational, and weather conditions,
in English and, where necessary, Spanish, French or Arabic.
1.1 Tanger Traffic can also provide a particular vessel with information
regarding the vessel’s position, course, and speed, or
the identification of traffic in the vicinity. The vessel should request
this information. The center is available on VHF channel
69 with VHF channel 68 as a secondary option.
1.1 Regulations.—The New Inspection Regime (NIR) of the
Paris Memorandum of Understanding (PMoU) has introduced
a mandatory reporting system for vessels arriving at or
departing from a port or anchorage within the Paris MoU
region, as follows:
Pub. 131
Breakdown; damage and/or deficiencies
affecting the structure, cargo, or equipment
of the vessel; or any other circumstances affecting
normal navigation, in accordance
with the provisions of the SOLAS and
MARPOL Conventions.
Address for provision of information con-
T
cerning dangerous cargo.
W Total number of persons on board.
Miscellaneous: estimated quantity of bunker
fuel and characteristics for ships carry-
X
ing more than 5,000 tons of bunker fuel;
navigation conditions.
* A vessel may elect, for reasons of commercial
confidentiality, to communicate that section of the GIBREP
which provides information on cargo in Line P by nonverbal
means prior to entering the system.
1. Vessels eligible for an Expanded Inspection (EI)—
The master, operator, or agent of a vessel eligible for an EI
shall provide the port an advance notice of arrival 72 hours in
advance. The following vessels are subject to an EI:
a. All vessels with a high risk profile.
b. All passenger vessels, oil tankers, gas tankers,
chemical tankers, and bulk carriers over 12 year old.
2. All other vessels—All other vessels bound for Paris
MoU member port must send an advance notice 24 hours
prior to arrival. If the voyage from the previous port is less
than 24 hours, not known, or is changed during the voyage,
the notification should be sent as soon as the information becomes
known.
These reports should be sent to the competent port authority
unless otherwise directed. Failure to submit the report may
subject the vessel to additional inspections.
1.1 For
further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regu-
lations—Paris Memorandum of Understanding on Port
State Control (PMoU) New Inspection Regime (NIR) in
Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic
Ocean and Adjacent Seas.
1.1 Caution.—Local magnetic anomalies have been reported in
the approaches to the strait.
1.1 Several submarine cables lie within the Strait of Gibraltar
and may best be seen on the chart.
1.1 Tunny nets may be found at certain seasons of the year extending
up to 7 miles seaward from the shores bounding the
Strait of Gibraltar.
1.1 Submerged
tunny nets lying off the coasts of Spain and Afri-
ca, under Spanish jurisdiction, are indicated by the following:
1. By day—A white flag, with a black letter A at the
center, displayed from a boat or buoy moored at the center
and outer end of the net.
2. By night—A red light above a white light shown from
a boat or buoy moored at the outer end of the net, and two
vertical white lights shown from a boat or buoy moored at
the center of the net. These lights are visible from about 2
miles.
1.1 Heavy
concentrations of traffic are to be expected in the
straits. This includes the ferry traffic between Tarifa and ports
in the Bay of Gibraltar to Cueta, Tanger, and Tanger-Mediterranee.
High speed craft also operate in the straits.
1.1 Whales
may be encountered in the straits between April and
August. Speed should be restricted to 13 knots and a good
lookout maintained during these months.
The Strait of Gibraltar—North Side
1.2 Banco del Hoyo (36°05'N., 6°15'W.), a sandy bank,
has depths of 16 to 22m and lies 14 miles WSW of Cabo Trafalgar.
This bank extends for about 5 miles in an E-W direction
and the least depths lie near its W end. It should be avoided in
heavy weather as the sea is apt to break over it.
1.2 Banco de Trafalgar (36°08'N., 6°07'W.), a shoal composed
of stones, has a least depth of 6.6m and lies 5 miles SW of Cabo
Trafalgar. There are overfalls on this shoal and it is inadvisable
to pass over it in heavy weather. At such times, the water
in the vicinity is of a yellowish color.
1.2 Placer de Meca (36°11'N., 6°06'W.), a rocky shoal, lies 3.2
miles W of Cabo Trafalgar and has a least depth of 5m near its

SE end. This shoal is covered with a thin layer of sand and the
sea breaks over it in heavy weather.
1.2 Bajo Aceitera (36°10'N., 6°04'W.) has a depth of 1.2m and
lies at the outer end of a dangerous rocky ridge which extends
up to 1.7 miles SW of Cabo Trafalgar. A passage leads between
the shoal and the cape, but it should not be attempted. Broken
water extends across this shoal and a tidal race in its vicinity is
caused by the unevenness of the bottom.
1.2 Bajeta de Fuera and Los Cabezos (36°01'N., 5°43'W.) lie
close together, 3.5 miles SSE of Punta Paloma. Several wrecks,
some dangerous, lie in this vicinity and the sea breaks heavily
on these shoals during SW gales. A wide berth should be given
to this area.
1.2 La Perla (36°04'N., 5°25'W.), a dangerous group of pinnacle
rocks, lies 1.2 miles S of Punta Carnero and has a least
depth of 4.7m. Las Bajas, a rocky shoal with a minimum depth
of 11.6m, lies close E.
1.3 Cabo Trafalgar (36°11'N., 6°02'W.), 20m high, is
formed by a small, sandy, and uneven peninsula which is connected
to the mainland by a low and sandy isthmus. When seen
from the NW or SE, it appears like an island.
Cabo Trafalgar
1.3 A light is shown from a prominent white tower and dwelling,
34m high, standing on the cape. Torre de Meca, a conspicuous
round tower, stands 1.3 miles NE of the cape.
1.3 Arrecife del Canaveral, a drying reef, extends up to 0.3 mile
offshore, 1.3 miles E of Cabo Trafalgar. Anchorage, with shelter
from N winds, can be obtained by small vessels, in depths
of 14 to 16m, between Arrecife de Canaveral and the cape.
There is good holding ground, but the nature of the bottom
should first be ascertained as it is rocky in places.
1.3 Picacho de Barbate (36°12'N., 5°58'W.), a sharp peak, is
very conspicuous and has a high white spot which is visible
from seaward.
1.3 Ensenada de Barbate, a bay, is entered between Punta del
Tajo (36°10'N., 5°59'W.) and Punta de Zahara, 6.5 miles SE.
The Rio Barbate enters this bay 3.2 miles E of Punta del Tajo
and is fronted by a shallow bar. The town of Barbate stands on
the W bank of this river. Bajo de Zahara, a shoal, has a least
depth of 8.5m and lies 1 mile S of the mouth of the river.
1.3 A small harbor, protected by breakwaters, is situated 1 mile
Sector 1. The Strait of Gibraltar 5
W of the river mouth. It has shallow depths and is mostly used
by fishing vessels and recreational craft with local knowledge.
During offshore winds, vessels may obtain anchorage within
the bay in any convenient location; however, anchorage is unsafe
with winds from seaward. A light is shown from a tower,
22m high, standing close NE of the harbor.
1.3 Between April and August, tunny nets are laid 1 mile S of
the harbor entrance.
1.4 Ensenada de Zahara (36°07'N., 5°51'W.), a bight,
lies 6 miles SE of Barbate. Anchorage may be obtained in this
bight, sheltered from Levanters (E winds), but heavy squalls
come off the land. The bottom of the bight is generally sandy,
but with some rocks. Several rocky patches lie close inshore
and front the sandy beach in the N part of the bight.
1.4 Punta de Gracia is located 2 miles SE of Ensenada de Zahara
and is formed by the extremity of a high spur. A light is shown
from a conspicuous tower, 75m high, standing on this point.
1.4 Punta Camarinal (36°05'N., 5°48'W.), located 1 mile SE of
Punta de Gracia, is low, rounded, and prominent. It rises to Sierra
de la Plata, a steep and prominent ridge.
1.4 Ensenada
de Bolonia, a small bay, is entered 1 mile E of
Punta Camarinal and affords good shelter from winds from the
NW through N to E. Depths of 9 to 11m lie up to 0.4 mile offshore
in the bay, but the nature of the bottom should be ascertained
before anchoring, as it is rocky in some places.
1.5 Punta Paloma (36°04'N., 5°43'W.) is located 4.5
miles ESE of Punta Camarinal. A light is shown from a building,
45m high, standing on this point, but the light structure is
reported to be difficult to identify as it is similar to other buildings
in the vicinity.
1.5 Sierra de San Bartolome (36°05'N., 5°43'W.), 450m high,
stands 2 miles N of Punta Paloma and is conspicuous because
of the numerous peaks at its summit. A long, bare patch of yellow
sand, which commences at the NW side of Punta Paloma,
rises to a position about halfway up this mountain and then descends
to terminate near the head of Ensenada de Valdevaqueros,
1.5 miles E.
1.5 Ensenada de Valdevaqueros (36°04'N., 5°41'W.), a small
bay, affords good anchorage with shelter from NE winds. A
good berth lies, in depths of 8 to 10m, near the beach at the
head of the bay.
1.5 Isla de Tarifa (36°00'N., 5°37'W.) is flat, of moderate elevation,
and is joined to the mainland by a causeway. A light is
shown from a conspicuous tower, 33m high, standing on the S
part of the island. A racon and a radiobeacon are situated at the
light.
1.5 A conspicuous water tower stands on the mainland, 1.4 miles
NNE of the light. A prominent signal station stands on Castillo
de Santa Catalina, at the head of the causeway.
1.6 Tarifa (36°01'N., 5°36'W.) (World Port Index No.
38300), a small port, is situated on the mainland, close NNE of
Isla de Tarifa. The harbor, protected by two breakwaters, fronts
an old walled city built by the Moors. It is used by small naval
vessels, fishing vessels, and ferries. A hydrofoil craft service is
reported to operate from here to Tangier. In addition, the roadstead
anchorage can accommodate large vessels.
1.6 Tides—Currents.—Tides rise 1.4m at springs and 1m at ne-
Pub. 131

6 Sector 1. The Strait of Gibraltar
aps.
1.6 The tidal currents set W on the flood and E on the ebb.
1.6 Depths—Limitations.—The entrance to the harbor is 100m
wide. The inner side of the E breakwater provides 460m of total
berthing space with depths of 4 to 8m alongside. A ro-ro
berth is situated at the elbow. Muelle No. 1, at the inner side of
the W breakwater, has 217m of space with depths of 3 to 4m
alongside. It is mostly used by ferry vessels. Muelle No. 2,
135m long, has depths of 3 to 4m alongside and is used by fishing
vessels. The small basins at the N side of the harbor are
used by naval craft.
1.6 Anchorage.—Large vessels can obtain temporary anchorage,
over a bottom of sand and gravel, E of the head of the E
breakwater. Local knowledge is advised.
1.7 Punta Camorro (36°01'N., 5°35'W.), located 1 mile
ENE of Tarifa, is high, steep, and of a whitish color. It is readily
distinguished from the W.
1.7 Punta Guadalmesi, located 3.2 miles ENE of Punta Camorro,
is formed by a bold, grayish cliff. A prominent tower stands on
its summit.
1.7 Ensenada del Tolmo is entered between Punta Guadalmesi
and Punta del Acebuche, 3 miles E. It is bordered by a white
sandy beach on which lie numerous rocks. A castle, in ruins,
stands on a hillock, 1 mile W of Punta del Acebuche. Prominent
Guardia Civil stations stand on the W side of the mouth of
a stream, which lies 0.7 mile W of the castle, and 0.3 mile W of
Punta del Acebuche. During offshore winds, this bay affords
good anchorage, in depths of 10 to 13m, to small vessels. Punta
del Acebuche is low, but is easily identified from the E or W.
Dos Hermanas, two black above-water rocks, lie about 0.3 mile
E of this point.
1.7 Punta de Cala Arenas is located 1 mile ENE of Punta del
Acebuche and surmounted by the ruins of a castle. Canillas,
307m high, stands 1 mile WNW of the point and a radio mast
is reported to stand on its summit. Torre de Fraile, a prominent
tower, stands on the hillside, 0.2 mile W of the point.
1.7 Cala Arenas, a cove, lies close E of Punta de Cala Arenas
and has a sandy beach at its head. It affords anchorage, in
depths of 3 to 5m, sand, to small vessels with local knowledge.
Pub. 131
Tarifa
1.7 The coast between Cala Arenas and Punta Carnero, 1.5 miles
NE, is fronted by rocks and is generally foul. Isla de las Palomas,
a low and barren islet, lies 0.3 mile offshore, 0.7 mile NE
of Punta de Cala Arenas. Numerous rocks lie between the islet
and the shore.
The Bay of Gibraltar
1.8 The Bay of Gibraltar (36°08'N., 5°24'W.) is entered
between Punta Carnero and Europa Point, 4.5 miles ENE. It
extends N for 5.5 miles and is bordered on the E side by the
Rock of Gibraltar. This bay is entirely open to the S; depths of
over 200m extend up to 4 miles into it.
1.8 Europa Point, the E entrance point, presents a cliffy face, 0.3
mile wide.
The Bay of Gibraltar—Entrance
1.8 Great Europa Point (36°07'N., 5°21'W.) is the SE termination
of this cliffy face. A light is shown from a prominent white
round tower with red bands, 19m high, standing on this point.
A conspicuous radar dome is situated 0.5 mile N of the light.
1.8 Punta Carnero (36°04'N., 5°26'W.), the W entrance point,
is formed by the E termination of a range of hills and has a
steep SE slope. It is fronted by dangers which extend up to 0.2
mile offshore. A light is shown from a round masonry tower
with white building, 19m high, standing on the point. A prominent
tower stands 0.2 mile W of the light.
1.8 A dangerous wreck lies about 0.2 mile offshore, 0.3 mile
NNE of this point.
1.8 Caution.—Because of a strong NW to NE set caused by tidal
currents along the coastline of Punta Carnero, sailing close
to shore is not recommended. Numerous accidents have occurred
here due to the strong currents.
1.8 Ensenada de Getares is entered between Punta Carnero and
Punta de San Garcia, 1.8 miles N. Anchoring is prohibited in
the bay as best seen on the chart.
1.8 A conspicuous coast guard station stands on Punta de San
Garcia.
1.8 Punta del Rodeo is located 0.5 mile N of Punta de San Garcia
and is fronted by dangers which extend up to 0.2 mile offshore.
1.8 Mar de Isidro, with a least depth of 15.8m, lies about 1 mile
ESE of Punta del Rodeo and is marked by a lighted buoy.
1.8 Numerous submarine cables, which may best be seen on the
chart, lie in the entrance to the Bay of Gibraltar and in the vicinity
of Ensenada de Getares.

Algeciras (36°08'N., 5°27'W.)
World Port Index No. 38310
1.9 Algeciras lies on the W side of the Bay of Gibraltar, 3
miles N of Punta Carnero. The port is situated SW and NW of
Isla Verde, a former island, which has been connected to the
mainland by extensive reclamation. The port authority also administers
marine installations at the head of the Bay of Gibraltar.
1.9 Tides—Currents.—Tides rise 1.1m at springs and 0.9m at
neaps.
1.9 Depths—Limitations.—Dique Norte, the main outer breakwater,
extends about 1 mile N from the reclaimed land adjoining
Isla Verde. Its inner side has 1,500m of total berthing
space, with depths of 12 to 16m alongside, which is mainly
used for bunkering.
1.9 Other main facilities include the following:
1. Muelle de la Isla Verde, in the S part of the harbor, is
used by general cargo, container, and ro-ro vessels. It has
980m of total berthing space with depths of 9 to 12m alongside.
2. Muelle de la Galera South, in the SW part of the harbor,
is used by ro-ro, ferry, and passenger vessels. It has
640m of total berthing space, with depths of 6 to 10m alongside.
3. Muelle de la Galera North is mainly used by general
cargo and reefer vessels. It has 280m of total berthing space,
with a depth of 10.5m alongside.
4. Muelle del Navio (Muelle Juan Carlos I), in the central
part of the harbor, is used by container, bulk, and general
cargo vessels. It has1,900m of total berthing space, with
depths of 10.5 to 14m alongside. Terminal 2000, located on
the N part of Muelle del Navio, is 644m long, with a depth
alongside of 16m.
1.9 A buoyed channel, dredged to a depth of 7m has been established
N of Muelle del Navio. It leads from the causeway connecting
Muelle del Navio with the mainland into the bay W of
Anchorage Area B.
1.9 An lighted offshore SBM tanker berth lies in a depth of
60m, 1 mile SSW of Punta del Gallo. Several hoses, 290m long
and marked by orange lights, are attached to the buoy. Three
submarine pipelines extend NNE from the berth to the shore.
Anchorage is prohibited within 550m of the SBM and within
150m of the pipelines as shown on the chart. Tanker vessels up
to 500,000 dwt and 30m draft can be accommodated at this offshore
terminal The buoy is equipped with a radar reflector and
a racon.
1.9 There is also an extensive basin in the W part of the harbor
for the use of fishing vessels.
1.9 Generally, vessels up to 14m draft can be accommodated and
there are no restrictions for length or beam.
1.9 Aspect.—A fort and a tank farm are situated on Isla Verde.
In addition, several slipways and workshops stand on the S side
of this former island.
1.9 Numerous conspicuous white houses stand along the waterfront
of the town. A church, with a prominent tall steeple,
stands in the town.
1.9 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for merchant vessels of
over 500 grt entering the Bay of Gibraltar and proceeding to
Sector 1. The Strait of Gibraltar 7
Algeciras. Vessels should request pilot services 24 hours in advance
of arrival. All vessels bound for Algeciras must advise
their ETA to the pilot station at least 1 hour before arrival.
1.9 Pilots
can be contacted on VHF channel 13 and board, as fol-
lows:
1. Vessels bound for Isla Verde and Puerto Algeciras—
2.25 miles E of Punta de San Garcia.
2. Vessels bound for Puerto Acerinox and other terminals
in the N of Gibraltar Bay—1.5 miles ESE of the head of
Dique de Abrigo.
1.9 During E storms, pilots generally wait under the lee of the
head of the Dique de Abrigo.
1.9 Vessels
proceeding to the refinery or CEPSA monobuoy at
the head of the bay should send an ETA and request for pilot 72
hours, 48 hours, and 24 hours in advance. If required, pilots
may be conveyed by helicopter and vessels should contact the
Helicsa helicopter service.
1.9 Anchorage.—There are four anchorage areas, as follows:
1. Area A—situated in the N part of Gibraltar Bay
extending 0.5 mile S of the CEPSA Oil Terminalsl refinery
pier and 0.5 mile SW of Crinavis Shipyard, in depths of 22 to
100m.
2. Area B—situated between the prohibited anchorage
around the SBM and the NE entrance to Puerto de Algeciras,
in depths of 10 to 100m.
3. Area C—situated E of the detached mole under
construction (2006), which lies 0.8 mile E of Isla Verde, in
depths of 39 to 137m.
4. Area D—situated NE of Punta Carnero, in depths of
25 to 74m.
1.9 Caution.—A anchorage prohibited area, the limits of which
may be seen on the chart, extends E and S of the former Isla
Verde.
1.9 Anchorage prohibited areas extend between the coast and
Punta Carnero and from the Dique de Abrigo Ingeniero Castro
to the Muelle Norte de Isla Verde, as shown on the chart.
1.9 A submarine pipeline extends 0.4 mile E of former Isla Verde.
1.9 A shoal area lies close NNW of the harbor entrance and is
marked by a lighted buoy.
1.9 Algeciras
is the major entry port for North African ferry traf-
fic. In 2007 there were 45 million passenger movements with
as many as 70 daily sailings during the summer months. A
good lookout is necessary in this area.
The Bay of Gibraltar—Head
1.10 Punta del Rinconcillo (36°09'N., 5°27'W.), surmounted
by a prominent coast guard station, is located 1.6
miles N of Isla Verde. Torre del Almirante stands on a cliff, 0.3
mile S of the point. This conspicuous reddish tower is partially
in ruins. Ermita del Baleares, a conspicuous building, is situated
0.3 mile W of Punta del Rinconcilla and is visible from all
parts of the bay.
1.10 Depths of less than 5m lie up to 0.5 mile SE of Punta del
Rinconcillo.
1.10 Torre
de Entre Rios, a square and dark tower, stands on a
hill, 1.5 miles NNE of Punta del Rinconcillo. The Rio Palamones
flows into the bay close S of this prominent tower and a
conspicuous hotel stands near its mouth.
Pub. 131

8 Sector 1. The Strait of Gibraltar
1.10 Puerto Acerinox (36°10'N., 5°25'W.) is situated 0.5 mile E
of Torre de Entre Rios. It consists of a small harbor basin
which is protected by a large L-shaped breakwater. The Muelle
de Levante, used for handling scrap metals, is situated at the E
side of the basin. It is 250m long and has a depth of 9.5m
alongside.
1.10 A bulk and coal berth, 360m long, extends along the outer
side of the breakwater. It has depths of 23 to 30m alongside
and can accommodate vessels up to 270,000 dwt.
1.10 Punta del Gallo (36°11'N., 5°24'W.), fronted by rocks, is located
1 mile E of Puerto Acerinox. A round fort stands on this
point.
1.10 San Roque is situated 2 miles NNE of the point. This city is
very prominent as it stands on high ground.
1.10 A conspicuous oil refinery, with its associated tanks and
prominent chimneys, stands close N of Punta del Gallo. A
power station, with several conspicuous chimneys, is situated
0.7 mile E of the refinery.
1.11 CEPSA Oil Terminals (36°11'N., 5°24'W.) are situated
at the head of the bay.
1.11 A T-head pier, which extends 400m from the shore, is situated
0.3 mile E of Punta del Gallo. Its head is 700m long and has
five berths. Tanker vessels up to 315m in length and 20m draft
can be accommodated alongside.
1.11 Pilotage for the above terminals is compulsory and is provided
at the port of Algeciras. A mooring master and crew will
board vessels in the vicinity of the SBM.
1.11 Puente Mayorga (36°11'N., 5°23'W.), a town, is situated 1
mile E of Punta del Gallo. Its conspicuous white houses form a
good landmark when approaching the terminals at the head of
the bay. A prominent shipyard is situated on reclaimed land,
0.5 mile SSE of the town.
1.11 SBM Berth (36°10'N., 5°25'W.) is connected to the refinery
1 mile NNE by three submarine pipelines. Three floating hoses,
each 290m in length, and marked at intervals by orange
lights, are attached to the buoy. Vessels of up to 500,000 dwt
and 30m draft can be accommodated at this berth. The berthing
master boards in the vicinity of the SBM.
1.11 Muelle de Crinavis (36°10.5'N., 5°22.5'W.), a terminal for
use by vessels transporting liquid gas, is situated on reclaimed
land in the vicinity of the Crinavis Shipyard at El Campamen-
Pub. 131
CEPSA Oil Terminals
to.
1.11 Puente Mayorga Water Terminal (36°11'N., 5°23'W.),
consisting of six dolphins, lies 0.2 mile S of the town. A submarine
pipeline, with a floating connection, extends NNE from
the offshore berth to the shore. Vessels up to 115,000 dwt and
18m draft can be handled.
1.12 La Linea de la Conception (36°10'N., 5°21'W.), situated
2 miles SE of Puente Mayorga, is served by Muelle de
San Felipe, a jetty, which extends 650m WSW from the shore.
This jetty has depths of 3 to 5m alongside and is used by passenger
and fishing vessels. It is protected on the S side by a
breakwater which extends 1,150m W, 310m NW, and then
170m N. A circular prohibited area of radius 450m is centered
at the N extremity of Dique de Abrigo, as seen on the chart.
1.12 Anchorage.—Vessels wishing to anchor within the bay
without the assistance of a pilot must first contact the pilot station
by VHF. The station will indicate the most suitable anchorage
berth, taking into consideration such factors as the
weather, size of vessel, draft, length of stay, class, etc.
1.12 Three anchorage areas, designated A, B, and C and best seen
on the chart, have been established in the Bay of Gibraltar.
1.12 Caution.—A submarine communications cable, currently in
use between La Linea and Cueta, extends from a point on the
coast 0.5 mile N of the start of the N dike of the port of La
Atunara.
Gibraltar (36°08'N., 5°21'W.)
World Port Index No. 38330
1.13 Gibraltar, a remarkable mountainous promontory,
known generally as the Rock of Gibraltar, rises abruptly on the
N side of the E end of the Strait of Gibraltar. The N and E sides
of this promontory are precipitous and the S side is formed by
several successive short terraces which terminate in a cliff at
Europa Point. The W side, on which stands the town, falls in
rugged slopes.
1.13 The
steep, inaccessible E, or Mediterranean, side of the Rock
of Gibraltar is marked by a conspicuous rainwater catchment
device situated 1.5 miles N of Great Europa Point. A low sandy
isthmus connects the N side of the Rock to the mainland. The
airport, with its runway extending into the bay, occupies the S
side of this isthmus, close S of the boundary with Spain.
1.13 The
port is situated on the W side of the Rock of Gibraltar
and fronts the town. It is composed of a commercial harbor, a
navy base, and a ship repair complex.
Winds—Weather
Port of Gibraltar Home Page
http://www.gibraltarport.com
1.13 With W winds, cold front squalls may be severe. Heavy
thundershowers often develop after the passage of a cold front.
Intense down currents occur E of the Rock during a strong W
flow. During W gales, gusts of over 70 knots have been experienced
on Windmill Hill. During E gales, gusts of 60 knots have
been reported.

Tides—Currents
1.13 Tides rise 1m at springs and 0.7m at neaps.
1.13 The N current sets into the principal harbor area by way of
South Entrance. It sets out by way of North Entrance and the
viaduct at North Mole. The S current sets into the harbor by
way of North Entrance and the viaduct. It sets out through
South Entrance.
1.13 In the vicinity of South Entrance, the flow is more or less in
the direction of a line which joins the mole heads. As there is
generally little or no flow inside the entrance, the sterns of vessels
entering, or the bows of vessels leaving, should be swung
towards Detached Mole with a N current and towards South
Mole with a S current.
1.13 In North Entrance, the direction of flow is more or less in a
direction at right angles to a line which joins the mole heads.
Vessels entering or leaving will usually be slightly assisted or
retarded by the flow. However, if vessels enter or leave obliquely,
a strong set towards Detached Mole may be experienced
with a S current or a weak set towards North Mole may
be experienced with a N current. All these effects may be modified
by eddies which form off the mole heads.
1.13 Within the principal harbor area, the flow is weak and irregular,
but with a general tendency N or S according to the direction
of the current outside. At times, there may be a flow in a
counterclockwise direction around either the N or S half of the
harbor. The presence of large ships and their movements in the
harbor may cause considerable changes.
1.13 Caution is required when passing through either North Entrance
or South Entrance, due to the effect of the currents. Some idea of
the direction of the current may be formed by observing how vessels
at anchor outside the harbor area are aligned.
Depths—Limitations
1.13 The harbor is enclosed by three moles. North Mole extends
W and S from the N part of the port. The North Entrance is
200m wide and lies between the S extremity of North Mole and
the N extremity of Detached Mole. South Mole extends 0.6
mile NW from the S part of the port. The South Entrance is
180m wide and lies between the S extremity of Detached Mole
and the N extremity of South Mole.
1.13 The commercial and bunkering facilities are situated in the N
part of the harbor. The extensive repair yards and drydocks,
which can handle vessels up to 75,000 dwt, are situated in the S
Sector 1. The Strait of Gibraltar 9
part of the harbor. An area lying close N of North Mole has facilities
for small craft and yachts.
1.13 The main commercial facilities are described in the accompanying
table titled Gibraltar—Main Commercial Facilities.
1.13 In addition, there is 790m of berthing space alongside the inner
side of Detached Mole. Vessels up to 420m in length, with
a maximum draft of 9m, can be accommodated. Vessels with
deeper drafts may be accommodated for short durations on a
half-tide basis. The harbor has facilities for cargo, bunkering,
passengers, petroleum, container, and ro-ro vessels.
Aspect
1.13 An aeronautical radiobeacon and an aeronautical light are
situated at an elevation of 405m, on the N part of the Rock of
Gibraltar, 2 miles N of Great Europa Point.
1.13 Prominent landmarks when approaching the harbor include
the following:
1. The Casino, a large white building floodlit at night,
standing 1.2 miles N of Europa Point.
2. The Rock Hotel, a white building, standing close N of
the Casino.
3. The dockyard clock tower, illuminated at night, situated
0.4 mile SSW of the Rock Hotel. The tower is reported
(2008) to be obscured by construction in the area.
4. The dockyard tower standing at the NW end of the
main quay, 0.2 mile W of the Rock Hotel.
5. The Lloyd’s Signal Station standing on Windmill Hill,
0.4 mile N of Europa Point.
Pilotage
Gibraltar—Main Commercial Facilities
1.13 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels except those outbound
from the anchorage. Pilots may be contacted on VHF channel
12 or 16 and board in position 36°06.0'N, 5°22.0'W. During
bad weather, pilots board in position 36°07.2'N, 5°22.1'W.
1.13 Vessels should send an ETA 24 hours in advance and a confirmation
2 hours before arrival. All vessels underway or at anchor
in the bay must maintain a listening watch on VHF
channel 12.
1.13 Pilots may be conveyed by helicopter and if required vessels
should contact Helicsa helicopter service.
1.13 The Lloyd’s Signal Station on Windmill Hill will accept reports
from vessels transiting the Strait of Gibraltar.
Berth Length
Depth
alongside
Remarks
Western Arm Quay West 490m 9.3m Maximum draft of 9.6m
Western Arm Quay East 450m 9.1m Maximum draft of 8.5m
Jetty No. 1 200m 8.7-8.9m
Jetty No. 2 100m 8.7m
Jetty No. 3 245m 11.1m
Jetty No. 4 200m 7.6-7.7m
Jetty No. 5 120m 7.8m
Pub. 131

10 Sector 1. The Strait of Gibraltar
Regulations
1.13 Regulations for the control of Admiralty Waters and Port
Waters (Commercial Port) are in effect. According to the regulations,
vessels other than British Naval Vessels may not enter
the principal harbor area, known locally as Admiralty Waters,
without the permission of the harbormaster.
1.13 When within 5 miles of Europa Point Light, vessels must
maintain a listening watch on VHF channel 12.
1.13 The New Inspection Regime (NIR) of the Paris Memorandum
of Understanding (PMoU) has introduced a mandatory reporting
system for vessels arriving at or departing from a port
or anchorage within the Paris MoU region, as follows:
1. Vessels eligible for an Expanded Inspection (EI)—The
master, operator, or agent of a vessel eligible for an EI shall
provide the port an advance notice of arrival 72 hours in advance.
The following vessels are subject to an EI:
a. All vessels with a high risk profile.
b. All passenger vessels, oil tankers, gas tankers,
chemical tankers, and bulk carriers over 12 year old.
2. All other vessels—All other vessels bound for Paris
MoU member port must send an advance notice 24 hours
prior to arrival. If the voyage from the previous port is less
than 24 hours, not known, or is changed during the voyage,
the notification should be sent as soon as the information becomes
known.
These reports should be sent to the port authority (e-mail:
gpaops@portofgibraltar.gi). Failure to submit the report may
subject the vessel to additional inspections.
1.13 For further information, see Gibraltar—Regulations and
North Atlantic Ocean—Regulations—Paris Memorandum
of Understanding on Port State Control (PMoU) New Inspection
Regime (NIR) in Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning
Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and Adjacent Seas.
Vessel Traffic Service
1.13 Gibraltar Vessel Traffic Service (Gibraltar VTS) operates in
the approaches to Gibraltar. Participation in the VTS is mandatory
for all vessels over 8m in length. Notice of ETA should be
sent 24 hours in advance.
1.13 Gibraltar VTS can be contacted (call sign: Gibraltar VTS) on
VHF channels 12 and 16.
1.13 Vessels bound for Gibraltar should report to Gibraltar VTS
on VHF channel 12 two hours prior to arrival. Further instructions
to report again when 5 miles from Europa Point Light are
given after this initial report.
1.13 When 5 miles from Europa Point Light the following information
should be reported to Gibraltar VTS:
Pub. 131
Gibraltar VTS Information
Identifier Information required
A Master’s name
B Last port of call
C Next port of call
D Ballast or loaded condition
E Cargo on board
Gibraltar VTS Information
Identifier Information required
F Draft
G Number of crew onboard
H Gross tonnage
I Radio call sign
J Any deficiencies
K Port of registry
1.13 When the vessel is 5 miles from Europa Point Light, a listening
watch on VHF channels 12 and 16 is required.
1.13 Vessels over 100 gross tons, anchored or alongside a berth,
and once the pilot has disembarked, must advise Gibraltar VTS
of their anchoring time and position or berth number. A continuous
listening watch must be kept on VHF channels 12, 16,
and 71.
1.13 Upon completion of all operations in Gibraltar, vessels
should advise Gibraltar VTS of their intentions to heave anchor
or remain at anchor/alongside.
Signals
1.13 The signals described in the accompanying table are displayed
from the dockyard tower when vessels, other than naval
vessels, are about to enter or leave the berths on the North
Mole, Detached Mole, or Western Arm.
Meaning
Gibraltar—Signals
Day signal Night signal
Vessel is Red square flag Two red lights, hori-
entering over Flag I zontally disposed
Vessel is Red square flag Two green lights, hori-
leaving over Flag O zontally disposed
Anchorage
1.13 Commercial vessels usually anchor W of North Mole, Detached
Mole, and South Mole, but clear of the prohibited anchorage
area.
1.13 Smaller vessels can anchor inshore according to their draft.
Caution is necessary when approaching this anchorage area as
the tidal currents may be strong.
1.13 Large vessels, many awaiting orders, anchor on the E side of
Gibraltar. The anchorage lies between 0.5 mile and 2.25 miles
offshore, clear of anchoring prohibited areas around Europa
Point and the airport runway.
1.13 Vessels desiring to proceed to the Gibraltar East Anchorage
should call Gibraltar VTS 1 hour prior to arrival and request
permission to anchor. Upon completion of anchoring, vessels
must call Gibraltar VTS and advise their anchoring time and
position. Vessels anchored in this area must ensure they anchor
more than 0.5 mile from shore, maintain readiness to get underway
within 1 hour, and undertake no repairs without permission
from Gibraltar VTS.

1.13 Prior to weighing anchor, vessels must request permission
from Gibraltar VTS. Once permission is granted, vessels
should advise Gibraltar VTS upon getting underway. Vessels
should also contact Algeciras Traffic on VHF channel 74 but
maintain a continuous listening watch on VHF channel 12 until
outside of Gibraltar Bay.
1.13 Anchored vessels are requested to advise Gibraltar VTS of
any changes to orders received from the owners or charterers
whilst at anchor.
Caution
1.13 Anchorage is prohibited within an area, the limits of which
are shown on the chart, extending up to 1.2 miles W of the W
end of the airport runway. A lighted float is moored within this
area.
1.13 A prohibited area, the limits of which are shown on the chart,
extends up to 0.5 mile W of the W end of the airport runway.
1.13 A prohibited area lies within a radius of 1 mile from Europa
Point. Within the prohibited area an exclusion area, with a radius
1 mile centered on Europa Point Light, lies within the white
sector (197°-042°) of the light. Entry into the exclusion area is
restricted to vessels of less than 24m loa.
1.13 Winds from the SW blow directly into the bay and a heavy
sea may be experienced in the anchorage area.
1.13 Several isolated patches of foul ground are known to exist
within an the area extending up to 1 mile seaward of the South
Mole.
1.13 Several submarine cables lie in the vicinity of the harbor and
may best be seen on the chart.
1.13 Several mooring buoys are situated within the harbor.
1.13 Several wrecks lie in the approaches to the harbor and may
best be seen on the chart.
1.13 In bad weather, a swell sometimes enters South Entrance and
is accompanied by violent squalls. At such times, additional
precautions in securing alongside may be required.
1.13 Caution is required when entering the harbor through South
Entrance, due to the tidal currents which run across the fairway.
1.13 Passing vessels should remain well clear of the entrances to
the harbor.
1.13 An exclusion zone exists on the E side of Gibraltar for a distance
of 2.5 miles seaward of the airport runway.
1.13 Off-port operations occur within the following areas in the
vicinity of Gibraltar:
1. Area 1—An area with a radius of 1 mile centered on
position 36°07.0'N, 5°15.5'W.
2. Area 2—An area with a radius of 2.5 miles centered
on position 36°02.0'N, 5°15.0'W.
1.13 Within the above areas vessels may be taking on stores while
underway at low speed. Contact the Gibraltar Port Authority
for further details.
The Strait of Gibraltar—South Side
1.14 Off-lying dangers.—Banco Majuan (35°55'N.,
5°59'W.), an extensive bank, lies 7.5 miles NNW of Cap Spartel
and has a least depth of 50m.
1.14 Lajas de Spartel, which frequently breaks, consists of two
rocks which lie 0.5 mile W and 0.7 mile WSW of Cap Spartel.
Sector 1. The Strait of Gibraltar 11
1.14 Banco de Fenix (35°52'N., 5°43'W.), the principal danger
on the S side of the strait, lies 3 miles NNE of Pointe Malabata.
It consists of a number of rocky heads and has a least depth of
15.3m.
Cap Spartel (Cap Espartel) (35°47'N., 5°56'W.) is the NW
extremity of Africa and the SW limit of the Strait of Gibraltar.
It is dominated by Jebel Quebir, 326m high, which is the summit
of a range of hills extending from Tanger. The cape terminates
seaward in an enormous black hummock-shaped rock.
When seen from the N or S, this rock appears as an islet. A
conspicuous tower stands on the summit of Jebel Quebir. The
high land above the cape is rendered prominent from the NW
by two long vertical patches of grey rock which are located
about a third of the way down from the summit.
1.14 Cap Spartel Light is shown from a prominent yellow square
tower, 24m high, standing on the cape.
1.14 A dangerous stranded wreck lies 0.5 mile S of the light.
1.14 Caution.—It is reported that a depression in the land lying
to the S of the cape is liable to be mistaken at night for the entrance
to the Strait of Gibraltar when the low land cannot be
seen. Caution is advised in this vicinity and vessels should note
the depths by sounding continuously. Vessels should remain at
least 1 mile off the coast when rounding the cape.
Cap Spartel
1.15 Ras Bousaboun (Pointe des Juifs) (35°48'N.,
5°51'W.), located 4 miles E of Cap Spartel, can be identified by
its conspicuous white cliffs. Anse Judios, a cove, lies 0.7 mile
ESE of the point. The Rio de Los Judios flows through a valley
into this cove. The valley separates the high land on the E side
of Cap Spartel from Plateau du Marshan. This prominent break
in the land can be identified even at night in clear weather.
1.15 Pointe Malabata (35°49'N., 5°45'W.) is a bold, prominent
headland which terminates in steep cliffs. A light is shown
from a prominent brown square tower on a brown dwelling,
18m high, standing on the summit of the cliffs. A prominent
disused battery is situated close to the light. Vessels should not
normally approach this point closer than 1 mile.
1.15 Almirante Rock, which is generally indicated by a swell, lies
about 0.5 mile N of Pointe Malabata and is marked by a lighted
buoy. It has a least depth of 6.3m and breaks in heavy seas.
1.15 Tangier Bay (Baie de Tanger) (35°48'N., 5°47'W.) is entered
between Pointe Amaier, located 1.2 miles E of Pointe des
Pub. 131

12 Sector 1. The Strait of Gibraltar
Juifs, and Pointe Malabata, 4 miles ENE. It is mostly bordered
by a sandy beach and backed by high land. The port of Tanger
occupies the W side of this bay.
1.15 Sevil
du Burj, a shoal with a least depth of 3.6m, lies in the E
part of the bay, about 1 mile SSW of Pointe Malabata. Gandouri
Shoal, with a least depth of 5.5m, lies about 0.7 mile SW
of Sevil du Burj.
Tanger (Tangier) (35°47'N., 5°49'W.)
World Port Index No. 45755
1.16 The port of Tanger lies on the SW side of Tangier Bay
and is protected by an outer breakwater which extends 0.6 mile
NE and E from a point on the shore, 1 mile ESE of Pointe Ammaier.
1.16 Winds—Weather.—From October to May, the prevailing
winds are generally from the W to SW. From May to October,
they are from the E to NE and are often very strong.
1.16 Tides—Currents.—Tides rise 2.4m at springs and 1.9m at
neaps.
1.16 Depths—Limitations.—The port is entered between the
breakwater, on the N side, and a mole, which has been built on
a large reclaimed area, on the S side. It is composed of an inner
and an outer harbor. The inner harbor lies between the root of
the breakwater and the root of the mole, and is used mainly by
fishing boats and small craft.
1.16 The main facilities in the outer harbor include a quay, situated
at the inner side of the breakwater, which has 600m of total
berthing space and depths of 6.2 to 9.5m alongside; a tanker
berth, situated at the outer end of the breakwater, which has a
face 72m long, with a depth of 12m alongside; a ferry pier,
135m long, with a depth of 6.5m alongside; Mole de Commerce,
with Berths C1-2 and Berths P1-5, with 700m of berthing
space and depths alongside from 2.5 to 12m; and Quai
No. 2, situated at the N side of the mole, with 620m of total
berthing space and depths of 6 to 12m alongside.
1.16 The port has facilities for tanker, container, ro-ro, ferry, passenger,
and general cargo vessels with drafts up to 11.8m.
1.16 Aspect.—The W side of the bay is dominated by the harbor
and the city.
1.16 Conspicuous landmarks include the following:
1. A water tower standing 1 mile W of the root of the
breakwater.
2. Le Charf, an isolated and conical hill, standing 1.5
miles S of the head of the breakwater. It is 109m high and a
white house, with a minaret, surmounts the summit. A light
is shown from a metal pole on a brown building, 7m high,
standing on the slope of this hill, close below the summit.
The light is surrounded by trees and is reported to be difficult
to identify.
3. A radio mast standing 1 mile SW of Le Charf.
4. A tower standing on a hill, 1.6 miles SE of the head of
the breakwater. It overlooks the ruins of the old village of
Tanger.
5. A walled enclosure, with two white towers, situated
close to the shore, 1.5 miles ESE of the head of the breakwater.
6. A prison building standing 0.4 mile ENE of the
walled enclosure.
Pub. 131
1.16 Prominent
landmarks include the following:
1. A mosque standing about 1.5 miles WSW of the
breakwater head.
2. The light structure, 16m high, standing on the head of
the breakwater.
3. Maison Gautsch, a large isolated house, stands close
to the shore, 0.9 mile S of the head of the breakwater.
Approach to Tanger
1.16 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 50 grt
when entering or leaving the roadstead or the harbor.
1.16 Vessels should send an ETA at least 6 hours in advance and a
confirmation message 1 hour before arrival. Pilots can be contacted
on VHF channel 11 or 16 and generally board about 0.5
mile N of the head of the breakwater.
1.16 Signals.—Port signals are given in the accompanying table.
1.16 Anchorage.—The bay is the only anchorage roadstead of
any importance on the S side of the Strait of Gibraltar which
can be used by vessels of any size. Although exposed to N and
NE winds, it affords security from winds from other directions.
1.16 Deep-draft vessels can anchor, in depths of 10 to 12m, within
a designated area, the limits of which are shown on the chart,
lying 0.3 mile S of the breakwater head.
1.16 During a severe E wind (Levanter), vessels can anchor, in
depths of 11 to 15m, sand, close W of a small beach, about 0.5
mile SSW of Pointe Malabata. The nature of the bottom should
be ascertained as it is reported to be rocky in places.
1.16 Caution.—Buoree Rock, with a least depth of 0.9m, lies
about 1 mile E of the head of the breakwater and is marked by
a lighted buoy.
1.16 There is heavy fishing vessel and ferry traffic in the approach

Tanger Port Signals
to Tanger.
1.16 A dangerous wreck, marked by a lighted buoy, lies about 0.5
mile ENE of the head of the breakwater.
1.16 The channel leading between Pointe Malabata and Almirante
Rock should not be used by deep-draft vessels except in
cases of necessity.
1.16 Several submarine cables, which may best be seen on the chart,
lie within the bay and anchorage is prohibited in their vicinity.
1.16 A prohibited anchorage area, the limits of which are shown
on the chart, extends up to 0.4 mile E from the harbor entrance.
1.16 A hydrofoil ferry is reported to run between Tanger and Tarifa.
1.16 Navigational aids have been reported (1993) to be unreliable
in the approaches to and in the port. Aids may be missing, unlit,
out of position, or not as charted.
1.17 Punta Altares (35°50'N., 5°43'W.) is located 1.5
miles NE of Pointe Malabata and is the termination of a steep
triangular cliff.
1.17 Punta Alboassa (Bou Maaza) is located 1.5 miles NE of Punta
Altares. It rises steeply to Monte Khandak Zrarah, 237m
high, which has a prominent conical summit. From the E or W,
this point appears as a bold, rounded, and rocky headland.
1.17 Cala Grande, a bight, is entered 1.7 miles E of Pointe Alboassa.
Small vessels, with local knowledge, can obtain temporary
anchorage, in depths of 16 to 18m, about 0.5 mile off the
beach at the head of this bight, but there is no shelter from offshore
winds and the tidal currents are strong.
1.17 Monte San Simonito, 246m high, stands 2.5 miles SSE of
Cala Grande, and has two peaks. It can be easily distinguished
from the surrounding mountains by its form.
Sector 1. The Strait of Gibraltar 13
1.17 A number of prominent buildings stand on this point. A
cove, with a sandy beach, lies close E of the point and affords
excellent shelter from W or SW winds for small vessels with
local knowledge. Depths of 10m lie up to 0.2 mile off the
beach.
1.17 Punta de Alcazar (Ksar es Sghir) (35°51'N., 5°34'W.), located
4.5 miles E of Cala Grande, is a high and salient point
fringed by rocks.
1.17 A light is shown from the head of a pier, 75m long, which
extends E from Punta de Alcazar.
1.18 Tanger-Mediterranean (35°54'N., 5°30'W.) (World
Port Index No. 45753), a new port, is protected to the N and W
by a curved main jetty 2,056m long and to the E by another
curved jetty 582m long. This new port is situated SW of Punta
Cires at the mouth of Oued Remel. The port is approximately
16 miles to the E of Tangier. The port consists of three large basins.
Port of Tanger-Med Home Page
http://www.tmsa.ma
1.18 Depths—Limitations.—The entrance channel to Tanger-
Med 1 Basin is about 300m wide and should be dredged to
17m between the heads of the two jetties. There is 2,500m of
berthing space available, with depths of 12 to 18m alongside.
The port is equipped with a container terminal, a ro-ro terminal,
a passenger terminal, a bulk cargo facility, and a hydrocarbon
terminal. There is also a pier with a dolphin in the W part
of the basin dedicated to a car-carrier terminal.
1.18 Tanger-Med Passenger and Ro-ro Port, located on the coast
immediately SW of the initial basin described above, occupies
a basin protected by a 1,250m long angled breakwater. There is
a light at the head of this breakwater. There is a curved secondary
jetty NE of the port, with a light at its head. A directional
light is being installed (2010).
1.18 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels 50m and
over. The pilot will board in one of the following positions:
a. 35°54.8'N, 5°32.2'W.
b. 35°55.4'N, 5°29.6'W.
c. 35°56.2'N, 5°27.5'W.
1.18 Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 6.
1.18 Regulations.—Vessels should provide their ETA 24 hours in
advance of arrival.
1.18 Vessels should contact Tanger-Med VTS on VHF channel
14, 2 hours prior to arrival.
1.18 Anchorage.—There are three anchorages available, two of
them for short periods up to 24 hours, as follows:
1. The W anchorage, known as A or Cala Grande
(35°51.1'N., 5°40.4'W.), is a circular area with a radius of 0.4
mile. One large container vessel can be accommodated.
2. A hexagonal area 2 miles NNW of Ksar es Srhir (35°
52.6'N., 5° 34.8'W.).
3. An additional anchorage for large vessels, known as
Cueta Sur, is located S of the Ceuta peninsula centered on
position 35° 49.0'N, 5° 18.4'W.
1.18 Caution.—An expansion of the port is under construction
(2010) along the coast to the SW of the passenger and ro-ro
port. The area is named Tanger-Med 2.
Pub. 131

14 Sector 1. The Strait of Gibraltar
1.19 Ras Ciress (35°55'N., 5°29'W.) is located 5.2 miles
NE of Punta Alcazar. It rises steeply to a remarkable sharp
rocky ridge, known as Monte Cires, which extends 0.6 mile S
of the point. This ridge attains an elevation of 230m and from
some positions appears similar to the Rock of Gibraltar. A light
is shown from a tower, 8m high, standing on the point.
1.19 Islotes Cires, two above-water rocks, lie 0.2 mile N of the
point and are fronted by foul ground.
1.19 Ensenada
de Cires, a small bight, is entered close E of Ras
Ciress. It is bordered by a sandy beach and affords temporary
anchorage, in a depth of 26m, to small vessels with local
knowledge.
1.19 Montana Haffa del Benatz, 476m high, stands 3.5 miles SSE
of Ras Ciress. It is a conspicuous and rugged mountain, with a
rounded summit, and is visible from all parts of the strait.
1.19 Punta
Cruces is located 1.6 miles E of Ras Ciress and rises
steeply to a peak, 0.9 mile SSW. Punta Almansa, 120m high, is
located 0.7 mile ESE of Punta Cruces. It rises precipitously
from the sea and has a flat top.
1.19 Ensenada
de Almansa, a bay, is entered between Punta Cruc-
es and Punta Almansa. Small vessels, with local knowledge,
can obtain anchorage, in depths of 5 to 8m, sand, in the middle
of this bay. It is reported to be one of the best anchorages along
this part of the coast.
1.19 Isla
Perejil, an island, lies close offshore, midway between
Punta Almansa and Ras Leona, 2 miles ESE. It is 73m high
and covered in shrubs. Small vessels, with local knowledge,
can find sheltered anchorage, in depths of 11 to 14m, between
this island and the mainland SE, but it should only be used in
case of necessity.
1.19 Two
coves are located on the E side of the island and they af-
ford shelter to small craft with local knowledge. The channel
lying between the island and the mainland is obstructed by
rocks.
1.19 Ras
Leona terminates in cliffs, 71m high, and is conspicu-
ous. A ruined tower standing on the summit of this point is not
easy to distinguish.
1.20 Jebel Moussa (35°54'N., 5°25'W.), 850m high,
stands 1.5 miles S of Ras Leona. It has a remarkable peak and
is the highest mountain on the S side of the strait. Along with
the Rock of Gibraltar, it serves to mark the E entrance to the
strait.
1.20 Punta Benzu (35°55'N., 5°23'W.) is located 1 mile ESE of
Punta Leona. The Spain-Morocco border has its origin between
Ras Leona and Punta Benzu and is best seen on the chart. A circular
tower stands on the cliffs above the point.
1.20 Bajo de Benzus, with a least depth of 4.3m, lies 0.5 mile NE
of the point.
1.20 Ensenada de Benzus, a small bay, is entered between Punta
Benzus and Ras Leona. Several quarries and a number of white
buildings are situated on its E side and stand out clearly against
the land. Small vessels, with local knowledge, can obtain anchorage
sheltered from winds between the E and W, through S,
within this bay.
Punta Blanca (35°55'N., 5°22'W.), located 0.8 mile E of
Punta Benzu, is high, steep, and a dark reddish color. The point
is surmounted by the ruins of a tower and fronted by above-water
rocks.
1.20 Laja de Lana, with a least depth of 5.8m, lies about 0.3 mile
Pub. 131
NNW of the point. Bajo Susan, with a least depth of 2.1m, lies
about 0.2 mile E of Laja de Lana. Laja de Maiz, with a least
depth of 1.5m, lies about 0.3 mile E of the point.
1.20 An isolated rock, with a depth of 9.7m, was reported (1986)
to lie about 0.2 mile NNW of Bajo Susan.
1.20 Punta Bermeja (35°54'N., 5°21'W.), a reddish-colored
point, is located 1 mile SE of Punta Blanca. The coast between
is fronted by rocks and shoals, some above water.
1.21 Bay de Ceuta (35°55'N., 5°19'W.) is entered between
Punta Bermeja and Punta de Santa Catalina, 3 miles E, and is
open to the N.
1.21 Montana del Renegado, 328m high, stands 0.8 mile SW of
Punta Bermeja. It is surmounted by a tower and slopes gradually
E to the isthmus on which the modern town of Ceuta is built.
The ruins of the ancient town of Ceuta, surrounded by ruined
walls, are situated on the slope of the hill, 0.5 mile W of the W
end of this isthmus.
1.21 Peninsula de la Almina, located on the E side of the bay, is
composed of seven small hills which ascend gradually to Monte
Hacho, the largest and the highest. A conspicuous fort is situated
on the summit of Monte Hacho.
1.21 Punta de Santa Catalina (35°54'N., 5°17'W.), the N extremity
of the peninsula, is low and is fronted by numerous
high rocks. Islote Ileo, the largest of these rocks, is surmounted
by the ruins of a fort. The remains of a causeway lie between
the point and Islote Ileo. A depth of 9.6m lies about 0.5 mile
WSW of Punta de Santa Catalina.
1.21 Bajo Isabel (35°55'N., 5°17'W.), which extends up to 0.3
mile N of Punta de Santa Catalina, has a least depth of 3.6m.
This rocky shoal is visible because of the clearness of the water
and strong tide rips occur in its vicinity.
1.21 Punta Almina (35°54'N., 5°17'W.), located 0.6 mile SE of
Punta de Santa Catalina, is described in paragraph 5.3.
Ceuta (35°54'N., 5°19'W.)
World Port Index No. 45730
1.22 Ceuta is located within Spanish territory at the S side
of the E end of the Strait of Gibraltar.
Port of Ceuta Home Page
http://www.puertodeceuta.com
1.22 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are NW, SW, and
W in the spring; NE and E in the summer; N and NE in the autumn;
and NW and W in the winter.
1.22 Tides—Currents.—Tides rise 1m at springs and 0.8m at neaps.
1.22 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is enclosed by two breakwaters.
Dique de Poniente extends E from the shore of the bay and
has a total length of 1,500m. Dique de Levante extends W from
the shore of the bay and has a total length of 580m. The entrance
between the breakwater heads is 300m wide.
1.22 The breakwaters have quays on their inner sides with depths
up to 10.7m alongside. Muelle del Canonero Dato, situated in
the W part of the harbor, has 1,119m of total berthing space
with depths of 4 to 7m alongside. Muelle de Espana, situated in

the S part of the harbor, has 810m of total berthing space with
depths of 2.9 to 10m alongside. Pantalans Este and Oeste are
two piers situated in the SE part of the harbor. They are both
178m long and have depths of 5 to 9.5m alongside.
1.22 The harbor has facilities for ro-ro, container, ferry, general
cargo, passenger, LNG, and tanker vessels. In addition, there
are extensive facilities for fishing vessels. Vessels up to 220m
in length and 10.2m draft can be accommodated.
1.22 Aspect.—The modern and prominent city of Almina stands
on the N and W slopes of Peninsula de la Almina. A radiobeacon
and racon are situated at the light structure on the head of
Dique de Poniente. A light is shown from Punta Almina, 0.5
mile SE of Punta de Santa Catalina. A prominent tank farm is
situated on the W side of the harbor.
1.22 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted
on VHF channels 9, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16 and generally board
0.5 mile seaward of the harbor entrance. Vessels should send
an ETA at least 24 hours in advance.
1.22 It is reported that vessels over 180m in length and/or 9.1m
draft should send an ETA at least 48 hours in advance. Vessels
carrying dangerous cargo or hazardous material should send
their ETA 48 hours in advance.
1.22 Regulations.—The New Inspection Regime (NIR) of the
Paris Memorandum of Understanding (PMoU) has introduced
a mandatory reporting system for vessels arriving at or
departing from a port or anchorage within the Paris MoU
region.
1.22 For further information, see paragraph 1.1 and North Atlantic
Ocean—Regulations—Paris Memorandum of Under-
Sector 1. The Strait of Gibraltar 15
standing on Port State Control (PMoU) New Inspection
Regime (NIR) in Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning
Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and Adjacent Seas.
1.22 Vessel Traffic Service.—A Vessel Traffic Service operates
in the port. The VTS can be contacted on VHF channels 10, 12,
and 16 (call sign: Cueta Port Control).
1.22 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor N of Dique de Poniente,
but not E of the head. The best berth lies, in a depth of 26m,
stone, about 0.5 mile NW of the head, but it is somewhat exposed.
1.22 Vessels can anchor S of the harbor, in depths of 20m or
more, in the Ensenada de Cueta in an area centered on position
35°49'N, 5°19.5'W.
1.22 Fresh SE winds cause a heavy sea in the bay; during W
winds, heavy squalls can come down off the mountain. Vessels
should be prepared to leave at the onset of such weather.
1.22 Caution.—A prohibited anchorage area, the limits of which
are shown on the chart, lies on the N side of Dique de Levante
and extends up to 1.3 miles N of the harbor entrance.
1.22 Several submarine pipelines lie across the entrance to the
harbor and may be seen on the chart.
1.22 Several submarine cables lie in the vicinity of the E side of
the approach to the harbor entrance and may best be seen on
the chart.
1.22 A wavemeter buoy is moored about 0.9 mile SE of Punta
Bermeja.
1.22 Tunny nets may be found in the bay from October to March.
A good lookout should be kept for these nets, which are generally
marked.
Pub. 131

Pub. 131
2.
Spain—Great Europa Point to Cabo de Palos
2.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 2 — CHART INFORMATION
17

SECTOR 2
SPAIN—GREAT EUROPA POINT TO CABO DE PALOS
2.0 Plan.—This sector first describes the E coast of Gibraltar
from Great Europa Point to the Spanish border. It then describes
the Mediterranean coast of Spain as far as Cabo de Palos
(37°38'N., 0°41'W.).
General Remarks
2.1 Numerous dangerous wrecks lie within 2 miles of the
coasts described in this sector and may best be seen on the
charts.
2.1 Numerous outfall pipelines extend up to 0.8 mile seaward
from the coasts described in this sector.
2.1 Several submarine cables lie within the waters described in
this sector and may best be seen on the charts.
2.1 Explosive Dumping Ground Areas, the limits of which are
shown on the chart, lie 2.7 miles SE of Europa Point and 8
miles S of Cartagena.
2.1 Submarines frequently exercise in the area lying E of the
Strait of Gibraltar.
2.1 Caution is necessary when estimating the distance from the
seaward edge of the plain of Llanos de Almeria (Campo de
Dalias) (36°45'N., 2°43'W.), as, due to its blending with the
horizon and being backed by high land, its apparent distance is
often misleading.
2.1 Regulations.—The New Inspection Regime (NIR) of the
Paris Memorandum of Understanding (PMoU) has introduced
a mandatory reporting system for vessels arriving at or departing
from a port or anchorage within the Paris MoU region.
2.1 For further information, see paragraph 1.1 and North Atlantic
Ocean—Regulations—Paris Memorandum of Understanding
on Port State Control (PMoU) New Inspection
Regime (NIR) in Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning
Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and Adaecent Seas.
Off-lying Islands and Banks
2.2 Isla de Alboran (35°56'N., 3°02'W.), a Spanish possession,
lies 50 miles SSE of Cabo Sacratif. This island is flat,
reddish, and about 20m high. The cliffs on its S side are steep,
but they are less so on its N side. Islote de la Nube lies close
NE of Punta del Islote, the NE extremity of the island. Both the
island and the islet are fringed with sunken rocks, and depths
of less than 11m lie within 0.2 mile of the island in several directions.
A light is shown from a tower with a dwelling, 19m
high, standing near the SW extremity of the island.
2.2 Temporary anchorage, affording some shelter from W and
NW winds, can be obtained by vessels, in depths of 16 to 20m,
between 0.3 and 0.4 mile E of the light. However, it is reported
that several unmarked submarine cables lie near this anchorage.
2.2 Caution.—A circular fishing reserve with a radius of 12
miles and best seen on the chart, surrounds the island. A marine
reserve is also established within a radius of 1 mile from
the coast of the island.
19
2.2 Placer de Las Bovedas (36°25'N., 4°59'W.), an extensive
bank, lies 8 miles SW of Marbella and has a least charted depth
of 17m, sand and rock. It has been reported by local mariners
and fishermen that a very steep-to patch, with a depth of only
14.6m, exists on this bank.
2.2 Vessels should avoid passing over the bank, especially in
heavy seas, as rocky heads, with less depths than those charted,
may exist.
2.2 Chella Bank (36°31'N., 2°51'W.) lies 16 miles SE of Adra
and has a least depth of 72m.
2.2 An isolated patch, with a least depth of 40m, was reported
(1981) to lie about 15 miles SW of Cabo de Gata.
Great Europa Point to Malaga
2.3 Great Europa Point (36°07'N., 5°21'W.) has been
previously described in paragraph 1.8 in connection with the
entrance to the Bay of Gibraltar.
2.3 The
Four views of Isla de Alboran
E side of Gibraltar is steep and inaccessible. The large
rainwater catchment, situated 1.5 miles N of Great Europa
Point, is very conspicuous. A conspicuous white hotel stands at
the S end of Catalan Bay, close N of this catchment.
Pub. 131

20 Sector 2. Spain—Great Europa Point to Cabo de Palos
2.3 A jetty, 87m long, is situated 1 mile N of Great Europa Point.
It has a depth of 5.5m alongside the head and is used by naval
vessels.
2.3 A lighted float is moored 0.5 mile E of the E end of the airport
runway.
2.3 Sierra Carbonera, 315m high, rises 3.5 miles N of the runway
at Gibraltar. This mountain and the Rock of Gibraltar form
a valley, which from the E and in poor visibility, has been mistaken
for the approach to the Strait of Gibraltar. Torreon, an ancient
and prominent watch tower, stands at an elevation of
285m, nearly 0.5 mile S of the highest point of Sierra Carbonera.
A conspicuous radio tower, 70m high, stands close N of
this watch tower.
2.3 Punta Torre Nueva, a low and rocky point, is located 6 miles
NNE of Great Europa Point. A coast guard station stands near
this point and a small yacht harbor, protected by breakwaters,
is situated 1.7 miles SSW of it. A more extensive breakwater is
found 0.2 mile S of the yacht basin. This structure extends E
into Blackstrap Bay for almost 0.9 mile.
2.3 Punta Mala (Punta Carbonera), marked by a light, is located
2.6 miles NNE of Punta Torre Nueva. This point consists of
reddish rock. An ODAS lighted buoy has been established 12
miles E of Punta Mala in position 36°14'N, 5°01.5'W.
2.3 The Rio Guadjaro flows into the sea, 2.5 miles NNE of Punta
Mala. Its mouth is protected by two short breakwaters and
fronted by a shallow bar. An extensive yacht harbor, protected
by breakwaters, is situated 0.6 mile N of the river mouth.
2.4 Punta de la Chullera (36°19'N., 5°15'W.), located
2.3 miles NNE of the mouth of the Rio Guadjaro, is of moderate
elevation and is fronted by a reef. Torre de la Chullera
stands on a hill above the point.
2.4 Piedra Alcorrin, a small islet, lies close offshore, 1.5 miles
NNE of Punta de la Chullera. This islet is fringed with rocks
and several rocky heads, some of which dry, lying N of it.
2.4 An extensive yacht harbor, protected by breakwaters, is situated
1 mile N of Piedra Alcorrin.
2.4 Between Piedra Alcorrin and Punta Torre de Salto de la Mora,
2.7 miles NNE, there is the sandy shore of Fondeadero de la
Sabanilla, through which five streams flow into the sea.
2.4 Castillo
de la Sabanilla, a ruined tower, stands close to the
shore, 1 mile N of Piedra Alcorrin. A disused factory and a
chimney, 38m high, are situated 0.7 mile NNE of the ruined
tower. La Sabinilla, an important fishing village, is situated 1
mile NNE of Castillo de la Sabanilla. Manilva, a town, stands
1.5 miles NW of La Sabanilla on moderately high ground and
is clearly visible from seaward. The Rio Manilva flows from
the N part of the town and enters the sea 0.5 mile N of La Sabanilla.
2.5 Punta del Salto de la Mora (36°23'N., 5°13'W.) is
located 1 mile NE of La Sabanilla. This point is rocky and surmounted
by a prominent tower.
2.5 Laja
de Salto de la Mora, a drying shoal, is the outermost of
a group of dangers which lie within 0.3 mile E of the point.
This shoal is usually marked by breakers and should be given a
wide berth.
2.5 Anchorage
can be obtained, by vessels with local knowl-
edge, anywhere off this part of the coast, in suitable depths, as
far S as Mala Bahia.
Pub. 131
2.5 Torre de Arroyo Vaquero stands on a small hill dominating a
rocky point, 1.5 miles NE of Punta del Salto de la Mora. The
coast in this vicinity is rocky and fronted by reefs. Costra Natura,
with conspicuous pyramid-shaped buildings, is situated
close NNE of Torre de Arroyo Vaquero.
2.5 Sierra Bermeja (36°29'N., 5°12'W.), one of the most prominent
features along this coast, stands 6 miles N of Punta del
Salto de la Mora. This mountain rises to a rocky cone-shaped
peak, 1,452m high, and is visible from a great distance.
2.5 Punta de la Sal Vieja (36°25'N., 5°10'W.) is located 3.2
miles NE of Punta del Salto de la Mora, and several submerged
rocks extend up to 0.2 mile S of it. Roquero de Alfero, a detached
rocky patch, lies 0.4 mile S of the point and has depths
of 9 to 13m. A prominent tower stands near the point, and Las
Mesas, 96m high, rises 0.6 mile NNW of the point.
2.6 Puerto de Estepona (36°25'N., 5°09'W.) (World Port
Index No. 38350), an extensive yacht harbor, lies between Punta
de la Sal Viejo and Punta de la Doncella, 0.4 mile ENE. It is
protected by two breakwaters and has an entrance 80m wide.
There are depths of 5m in the entrance and 3 to 4.5m within the
basins. Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 13m, about 0.7
mile E of Punta de la Doncella. A light is shown from a octagonal
tower with a white dwelling and red roof, 21m high,
standing on Punta de la Doncella. A lighted buoy is moored
about 0.7 mile ENE of the light and marks the seaward extremity
of several coast protection groins.
2.6 Punta de los Marmoles, low and fringed with a beach, is located
1.5 miles NE of Puerto de Estepona. Several rocky heads,
with depths of 5 to 8m, lie within 0.5 mile SE of this point. Roqueros
de la Cipresses, with a least depth of 10m, lies 0.5 mile
S of the point.
2.6 Torre del Padron stands on a moderately-high hill, 3 miles
ENE of Puerto de Estepona. A prominent steel bridge spans the
mouth of the Rio del Padron, close E of this tower.
2.6 Punta del Castor (36°26'N., 5°06'W.), located 1 mile NE of
Torre del Padron, is low and projects little from the coast. This
point is fronted by several rocks and a river flows into the sea
close W of it.
2.6 Punta de Guadalmaza, a sandy point, is located 1.7 miles E
of Punta del Castor. Torre de Guadalmaza and a coast guard
station stand on the point. A conspicuous white tower is reported
to stand about 0.3 mile E of the point.
2.6 Caution.—An anchorage prohibited area, the limits of
which are shown on the chart, lies in the vicinity of Punta de
Guadalmaza and extends up to 2 miles seaward.
2.6 A 12.2m rock shoal lies 1.3 miles S of the mouth of the Rio
Guadalmaza.
2.6 A trawling prohibited area, the limits of which are shown on
the chart, lies in the vicinity of Punta de Guadalmaza and extends
up to 10 miles seaward.
2.7 Punta de Banos (36°28'N., 5°00'W.), a low and rocky
point, is located 2.2 miles E of Punta de Guadalmaza and surmounted
by a tower. Torre de Saladillo stands on a sandy hillock
close to the coast, 1 mile W of this point.
2.7 Monte Mayor, 570m high, stands 4 miles NNW of this point.
Its summit is conical and is crowned by the prominent ruins of
a castle.
2.7 Torre de las Bovedas stands on the coast, 1 mile NE of Punta

Sector 2. Spain—Great Europa Point to Cabo de Palos 21
de Banos. A prominent coast guard station is situated close E
of it. Torre de Duque stands on the coast, 3 miles NE of Punta
de Banos. Laja de Duque, an extensive reef, lies close inshore,
0.4 mile SW of Torre de Duque.
2.7 Puerto Deportivo Jose Banus (36°29'N., 4°57'W.), an extensive
yacht harbor, lies close E of Torre de Duque. It is protected
by breakwaters and has an entrance 80m wide. There are
depths of 3 to 7.5m inside the harbor basins; the basins are subject
to silting.
2.7 Punta de los Nabueles (36°30'N., 4°56'W.), a rocky headland,
is located 1.5 miles NE of Puerto Deportivo Jose Banus.
Torre de Alarcon, a prominent tower surrounded by trees,
stands 0.2 mile W this point.
2.7 Sierra de Marbella (36°34'N., 4°54'W.) is not as high as Sierra
Bermeja, but it slopes down to the coast and forms an excellent
landmark. The W peak rises to a height of 1,261m and
stands 3 miles NNW of Marbella. The E peak rises to a height
of 1,184m and stands 1.5 miles NE of the W peak.
2.8 Marbella (36°30'N., 04°53'W.), a town, stands on
both banks of the Rio de la Teneria, 2.5 miles E of Punta de los
Nabueles. A light is shown from a tower standing at the W end
of the town; a prominent hotel is situated 0.2 mile E of it.
2.8 Puerto Deportivo, an extensive yacht harbor, is situated close
SE of the light. It is formed by two moles, with an entrance
60m wide, and has depths of 0.9 to 3m. Numerous small moles,
which form private small craft shelters, are situated close E and
W of this yacht harbor.
2.8 Puerto de Marbella, a fishing harbor, is situated 0.8 mile E of
the yacht harbor and is protected by two breakwaters. Five towers,
which form part of a disused ore handling structure, stand
close E of the harbor.
2.8 During offshore winds, anchorage may be taken, in a depth
of 20m, sand, about 0.4 mile S of the fishing harbor. Numerous
fish havens, best seen on the chart, are situated close to the
coast SE to SW from Marbela.
2.8 Cabo Pino (36°29'N., 4°44'W.), a yacht harbor, is situated
7.4 miles ESE of Marbella. It is protected by breakwaters and
is shallow. It was reported (1984) that this harbor was closed
due to landslides.
2.8 Punta de Calaburras (36°31'N., 4°38'W.), located 5 miles
ENE of Cabo Pino, is an easily identifiable point. An aeronautical
light is shown from a tower, 25m high, standing on the
point. A disused light tower and a coast guard hut stand near
the light.
2.8 Sierra de Mijas (36°37'N., 4°40'W.), 1,150m high, stands
6.5 miles N of Punta de Calaburras. From the E, this mountain
range can be identified by the town of Mijas, which appears as
a white band and is situated about halfway up the S slope.
2.9 Fuengirola (36°32'N., 4°37'W.) (World Port Index
No. 38365), a small harbor, is situated 2.2 miles NNE of Punta
de Calaburras. It is protected by breakwaters and is used by
yachts and fishing vessels. A fish haven is located in the former
anchorage area SE of the port.
2.9 A conspicuous radio mast stands 4 miles NNE of the harbor.
A marine farm, protected by artificial reefs, extends NE of the
harbor and should be given a wide berth.
2.9 Punta Negra, a rocky point, is located 5 miles NE of Fuengirola.
Torre Quebrada and a prominent hotel stand on the point.
A small and shallow yacht harbor is situated near this point.
2.9 Puerto de Benalmadena (36°36'N., 4°31'W.), an extensive
yacht harbor, is situated 1.2 miles NE of Punta Negra. It is protected
by breakwaters and has depths up to 4m; the harbor is
subject to silting.
2.9 Laja de Bermeja, an area of rocky shoals with a least depth
of 2.5m, lies about 0.3 mile S of the S breakwater and is
marked by a lighted buoy.
2.9 A fish haven extends NE of the port and should be given a
wide berth.
Ensenada de Malaga
2.10 Ensenada de Malaga lies between Punta de Torremolinos
and Punta de los Cantales, 11 miles NE, and is backed by
mountainous scenery.
2.10 Punta de Torremolinos (36°37'N., 4°30'W.), the SW entrance
point of Ensenada de Malaga, is rocky and attains no
great elevation. The ruins of a castle and the town of Torremolinos,
which is conspicuous from the E, stand close N of the
point. The town is a resort associated with the Costa Del Sol.
2.10 A dangerous wreck lies about 0.6 mile offshore, 1 mile S of
the point.
2.10 Small vessels anchor, in depths of 14 to 18m, off the village
of Carihuela, about 0.7 mile SSE of Punta de Torremolinos.
2.10 Between Punta de Torremolinos and Malaga, 7 miles NE, the
coast is low, flat, and rises inland to the foothills of the mountains.
Numerous hotels and high-rise buildings stand in this vicinity.
2.10 A conspicuous radio mast stands near the village of Churriana,
3.5 miles N of Punta de Torremolinos.
2.10 Punta de los Cantales (36°43'N., 4°18'W.), the NE entrance
point of the bay, is a moderately high, rocky point surmounted
by a prominent tower. Puerto de El Candado, a yacht harbor, is
situated 2.5 miles W of the point and is protected by breakwaters.
A lighted buoy is moored about 1 mile WSW of this harbor
and marks the seaward extremity of the coast protection
groins.
2.11 Cros S. A. Ammonia Terminal (36°40'N., 4°26'W.)
is situated 3.7 miles NE of Punta de Torremolinos. The berth,
which is formed by two dolphins, lies 0.7 mile offshore. A submarine
pipeline extends NW from the berth to the shore.
2.11 Espigon de la Central Termica (36°41'N., 4°26'W.), a jetty,
extends 230m ESE from the shore, 4.6 miles NE of Punta de
Torremolinos. A gas terminal, consisting of several mooring
buoys, lies 0.5 mile SSE of the head of the jetty and is marked
by a lighted buoy. A submarine gas pipeline extends NW from
the terminal, which lies in a depth of 8.5m, to the shore.
2.11 Caution.—Anchoring and fishing prohibited areas, the limits
of which are shown on the chart, lie in the vicinity of the
above terminals and extend up to 3 miles from the shore.
Malaga (36°43'N., 4°25'W.)
World Port Index No. 38370
2.12 The port of Malaga lies 7 miles NE of Punta de Torremolinos
and 58 miles NE of Great Europa Point. It consists of
a medium-sized harbor, protected by breakwaters, and an off-
Pub. 131

22 Sector 2. Spain—Great Europa Point to Cabo de Palos
shore terminal.
2.12 Winds—Weather.—Winds from the SE sometimes cause a
heavy swell in the outer harbor area.
2.12 Tides—Currents.—Tides rise 0.7m at springs and 0.5m at
neaps.
2.12 Depths—Limitations.—The port is protected by two breakwaters
and is divided into outer and inner harbors. The outer
harbor entrance is 260m wide and has a depth of 14m. The inner
harbor entrance is 112m wide and has a depth of 11m.
2.12 The main facilities include the following:
1. Quay 1, which has 472m of total berthing space, with
depths of 8 to 9.4m alongside.
2. Quay 2, which is 450m long and has a depth of 10.5m
alongside.
3. Quay 3, which has 569m of total berthing space, with
depths of 8.6 to 10.5m alongside.
4. Quay 4, which is 448m long and has a depth of 8m
alongside.
5. Quay 5, which is 110m long and has a depth of 8.5m
alongside.
6. Quay 6, which has 500m of total berthing space, with
a depth of 10.5m alongside.
7. East Quay, which is 300m long and has a depth of
11m alongside.
8. Quay 7, which is 340m long and has a depth of 13.5m
alongside. It can accommodate vessels up to 363m in length
and 8.8m draft.
9. Quay 8, which is 240m long and has a depth of 13.5m
alongside. It can accommodate vessels up to 215m and
13.4m draft.
2.12 There are facilities for fishing, passenger, general cargo,
tanker, bulk, and ro-ro vessels. Generally, there are no restrictions
with regard to length or breadth. Large passenger vessels
up to 9.9m draft and tankers up to 13.4m draft can be handled
within the harbor.
2.12 An offshore tanker terminal, consisting of seven mooring
buoys, is situated 1 mile S of the outer breakwater head. A submarine
oil pipeline, the seaward end of which is marked by a
buoy, extends WNW from the terminal to the shore. A lighted
buoy is moored about 0.3 mile ESE of the terminal berth,
which lies in a depth of 22m and can accommodate tankers up
to 300,000 dwt.
2.12 A navigation prohibited area is situated in the vicinity of the
terminal berth and an anchoring and fishing prohibited area is
situated in the vicinity of the submarine pipeline. The limits of
both these areas may best be seen on the chart.
2.12 Aspect.—A light is shown from a conspicuous tower, 33m
high, standing near the root of the E breakwater
2.12 Prominent landmarks include the cathedral, with a single
spire, standing 0.7 mile N of the harbor entrance; the bull ring,
formed of dull yellow brick, standing close E of the cathedral;
and Castillo de Gibralfaro, 141m high, standing above the bull
ring.
2.12 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 500 gt and
over. Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12 and generally
Pub. 131
Port of Malaga Home Page
http://www.puertomalaga.com
board 0.5 mile SSE of the breakwater. During bad weather, pilots
will board near the harbor entrance. Vessels should send an
ETA 24 hours in advance and confirm arrival 2 hours and 1
hour prior to arrival. Messages may be sent through Aranjuez
(EAD) (EDZ) or Gibraltar (ZDK).
2.12 Pilots may be conveyed by helicopter if required; vessels
should contact Helicsa helicopter service.
2.12 Anchorage.—Designated anchorages to the E and SE of the
breakwater may best be seen on the chart.
2.12 Caution.—When entering the harbor, vessels should stay
well clear of the breakwaters in order to avoid off-lying rubble.
2.12 Several submarine cables lie in the approaches to the bay and
the harbor and may best be seen on the chart.
2.12 Care must be taken to pass well clear of the prohibited area
and the terminals situated SE of the harbor entrance.
2.12 Several wrecks, some dangerous, lie in the approaches to the
port and the offshore terminal and may best be seen on the chart.
Malaga to Motril
Malaga Light
2.13 Punta de Velez-Malaga (36°43'N., 4°07'W.), low
and sandy, is located 9 miles E of Punta de los Cantales. This
point is slowly extending seaward as a result of the deposits
brought down by the freshets of the Rio de Velez and should
not be closely approached. During offshore winds, anchorage
can be obtained off the coast between these points.
2.13 The mountains, which back this stretch of the coast, attain

Sector 2. Spain—Great Europa Point to Cabo de Palos 23
considerable heights. Some of the loftier peaks and summits
are snow-covered for the greater part of the year and are visible
from the African coast.
2.13 Pico de Zafarraya (37°00'N., 4°04'W.), 2,134m high, has a
conspicuous summit which terminates in a sharp cone.
2.13 Torre del Mar (36°44'N., 4°05'W.), a small town, is situated
1.3 miles NNE of Punta de Velez-Malaga and is marked by an
isolated factory with a conspicuous chimney. It is fronted by a
small harbor, with a depth of 2m, used by yachts and fishing
craft.
2.13 Torre del Mar Light is shown from a tower, 26m high, standing
1 mile NE of Punta de Velez-Malaga.
2.13 A small craft harbor, protected by breakwaters, fronts the
town of La Caleta de Velez, 2 miles NE of Punta de Velez-Malaga.
A submarine outfall pipeline extends about 1 mile seaward
from a point close E of this town.
2.13 Fondeadero de Torre del Mar (36°43'N., 4°07'W.), lying
off the town, affords good anchorage, during offshore winds, in
a depth of 10m, sand and mud. Large vessels, especially in the
bad weather season, should anchor, in depths of 18 to 20m, taking
care to avoid the numerous marine farms in the area.
2.14 Punta de Torrox (36°44'N., 3°57'W.) is low. The
land in the vicinity of this point is also low, but gradually rises
inland to hills of moderate height. A light is shown from a tower,
with a dwelling 23m high, standing on the point.
2.14 The Rio Rilamar flows into the sea close E of the point and a
coast guard hut stands on its E bank.
2.14 Fondeadero de Nerja (36°45'N., 3°52'W.) affords anchorage,
in depths of 15 to 20m, sand, with a rocky bottom nearby.
This roadstead fronts the town of Nerja, which stands 4 miles
ENE of Punta de Torrox.
2.14 Fondeadero de Herradura (36°44'N., 3°45'W.) lies in the
bay entered between Punta de Cerro Gordo, located 9 miles E
of Punta de Torrox, and Punta de la Mona, 1.5 miles SE. This
roadstead affords anchorage, in depths of 10 to 20m, muddy
sand, with some rocky bottom, but is reported to be dangerous
in winter.
2.14 A light is shown from Punta de la Mona and a yacht harbor,
protected by breakwaters, is situated close NE of it.
2.14 Punta de San Cristobal (36°44'N., 3°42'W.), fronted by a
reef, is located 2 miles E of Punta de la Mona. The town of Almunecar
stands on a hill above this point. A conspicuous
Pico de Zafarraya from SW
church tower and a large hotel, above which are situated the ruins
of an ancient castle, stand in the town.
2.14 The town of Salobrena (36°45'N., 3°35'W.) stands 5 miles E
of Almunecar. Two factories, each with a tall chimney, are situated
in the town.
2.14 Punta del Rio (36°43'N., 3°33'W.) is located 2.3 miles SE of
Salobrena. This point, which is mostly formed by river sediment,
is extending to the S and should be approached with caution. Several
prominent oil tanks stand 1 mile NE of the point.
2.14 Caution.—Several outfall pipelines are reported to extend
up to 0.8 mile seaward from the coast between Punta de Torrox
and Punta del Rio.
2.14 Several small bights lying between Punta de Torrox and Punta
del Rio afford anchorage, but local knowledge is advised.
Motril (36°45'N., 3°31'W.)
World Port Index No. 38375
2.15 Motril, a small port, lies 1.5 miles NE of Punta del
Rio and is protected by two breakwaters.
Port of Motril Home Page
http://www.apalmeriamotril.com
2.15 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor entrance is 130m wide
and has a depth of 10m. The main facilities include Levante
Quay, 285m long, with a depth of 9.0m alongside; Costa Quay,
298m long, with a depth of 9.0m alongside; and Muelle de Poniente,
on the W side of the harbor, 107m long, with a depth of
7.0m alongside. Muelle de Graneles, at the root of Muelle de
Poniente and used for handling bulk cargo, is 260m long, with
a depth alongside of 10.5m. A dangerous wreck lies close SSE
of the head of Muelle de Poniente.
2.15 Vessels up to 190m in length and 9.1m draft can be accommodated.
There are facilities for ro-ro, general cargo, tanker,
and bulk vessels. In addition, a yacht basin is situated in NW
part of the harbor.
2.15 Aspect.—The prominent city stands in the middle of a plain,
1.5 miles N of the harbor. Several conspicuous oil tanks are situated
close W of the harbor.
2.15 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of more than
Pub. 131

24 Sector 2. Spain—Great Europa Point to Cabo de Palos
500 gross tons. Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12 and
board about 1 mile from the entrance.
2.15 Regulations.—Vessels should send an ETA at least 24 hours
in advance and confirm 2 hours before arrival.
2.15 Anchorage.—The roadstead situated E of the harbor is shoal
and fringed with breakers. Vessels should anchor, in depths of
14 to 15m, mud, about 0.2 mile from the harbor entrance or 1.2
miles S of the head of W breakwater.
Motril to Adra
2.16 Cabo Sacratif (36°42'N., 3°28'E.), which is easily
identified, is a rocky headland of moderate height. It is formed
by the SW spur of Sierra de Jolucar, which rises to a height
832m about 3.5 miles NE. Two conspicuous radar domes stand
on the summit.
2.16 A
light is shown from a prominent tower, with a dwelling
17m high, standing on the summit of the rocky headland. The
ruins of Torre del Chucho are situated close to the light. A conspicuous
lattice radio mast stands on the summit of a hill 8.2
miles NNE of the light. A dangerous wreck lies 1 mile SW of
the light.
2.16 Due to a shoal, which extends SE, vessels should stay at least
1 mile clear of the cape.
2.16 Ensenada de Calahonda is entered close W of Punta Zambullon,
which is located 3.2 miles ENE of Cabo Sacratif. Small
vessels up to 100 grt can moor in this bay with their sterns secured
to the shore, but local knowledge is essential. Larger vessels
can anchor, in depths of 25 to 30m, about 230m offshore.
2.16 The town of Gualchos stands at a height of 324m, 2.5 miles
NNE of Punta Zambullon. It is situated in a steep-sided ravine,
formed like an amphitheater, and is a very conspicuous landmark.
2.17 Punta del Melonar (36°43'N., 3°21'W.), a high and
steep point, is located 2 miles NE of Punta Zambullon. A light
is shown from a tower, 12m high, standing on the point.
2.17 The
Sierra Nevada extends parallel with the coast and about
20 miles inland as far E as Golfo de Almeria. These mountains
are the highest in Spain and are covered with perpetual snow.
Pub. 131
Cabo Sacratif
The most conspicuous summits are Pico Mulahacen (37°05'N.,
3°15'W.), 3,482m high, and Pico Veleta, 3,392m high, standing
3 miles W of the former. Both of these mountains are visible on
clear days from seaward.
2.17 The village of Castell de Ferro is situated 0.8 mile NE of
Punta del Melonar and is fronted by Fondeadero de Castell de
Ferro, which affords anchorage sheltered from NW winds, in
depths of 14 to 20m, soft mud. Squalls sometimes blow heavily
down the ravines in this vicinity and, as the bottom is steep and
the holding ground poor, vessels are liable to drag anchor.
2.17 Punta Negra (36°45'N., 3°14'W.), surmounted by a ruined
tower, is named from the dark color of the land in its vicinity.
The village of La Rabita stands on a small plain at the foot of a
hill, 2 miles E of the point. A prominent castle is situated on
the summit of the hill.
Adra (36°44'N., 3°02'W.)
World Port Index No. 38380
2.18 Adra, a small port, lies 9 miles E of Punta Nagra and
is protected by two rubble breakwaters and two interior jetties.
2.18 Depths—Limitations.—Facilities include a main quay,
140m long, which can handle general cargo vessels up to 2,600
grt and a 5.5m draft, and Levante Quay, 200m long, which can
handle fishing vessels up to 4m draft.
2.18 Aspect.—A light is shown from a prominent tower, 26m
high, standing 1 mile W of the harbor entrance. Torre de los
Perdigones stands on a small promontory, close N of the harbor.
This tower is an excellent landmark and can be easily identified
from the other towers and chimneys in the vicinity. It is
shaped like a truncated cone, 40m high, and the lower onethird
is white while the upper two-thirds are brick-colored.
2.18 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of more than
50 grt. Pilots can be contacted by VHF and board vessels about
0.5 mile outside the harbor entrance. Vessels should send an
ETA 72 hours, 48 hours, and 24 hours prior to arrival.
2.18 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained, in a depth of
14m, sand, about 0.3 mile W of the head of the W breakwater.
This anchorage is sheltered from NE and NW winds and the
holding ground is mostly good. However, this anchorage is
dangerous with onshore winds.
2.18 Caution.—Vessels should stay clear of the breakwater heads
because of the slope of the rubble of which they are formed.
2.18 Depths in the port change frequently due to silting; local
knowledge is necessary to enter the port.
Adra to Almeria
2.19 Punta de los Banos (36°42'N., 2°51'W.) is located 9
miles SE of Adra. A light is shown from a prominent tower,
21m high, standing on the point. The town of Dalias is situated
7.5 miles N of this point and shows up well from seaward
against the dark mountainous background.
2.19 Torre de Aljamilla stands 4 miles E of Adra. Torre de Balerma
stands in a large village, 2.5 miles SE of Torre de Aljamilla.
2.19 Llanos
de Almeria, also known as Campo de Dalias, is a low
plain which, beginning near Torre de Aljamilla, extends E to
the W shore of Golfo de Almeria. Caution is necessary in estimating
the distance from the seaward edge of this plain.

Sector 2. Spain—Great Europa Point to Cabo de Palos 25
2.19 Bajo Culo de Perros, a reef, lies about 0.7 mile S of Punta de
los Banos and has a least depth of 3.9m.
2.19 Almerimar (36°42'N., 2°48'W.), an extensive yacht harbor,
is situated 2.5 miles E of Punta de los Banos and is protected
by breakwaters.
2.19 Punta de las Entinas is located 4 miles ESE of Punta de los
Banos, and a shoal extends up to 0.5 mile S and SE of it. This
point derives its name from several “entinas” or shoals which
are formed by seaweed.A dangerous wreck lies 0.8 mile ESE
of Punta de las Entinas, with a minimum depth of 2.5m. These
shoals, marked by a lighted buoy, grow from the bottom to the
surface and are separated by narrow channels. A conspicuous
group of buildings, which is reported to be lighted at night,
stands 0.7 mile N of the point.
2.19 Punta del Sabinal (36°41'N., 2°42'W.) is located 3.7 miles
E of Punta de las Entinas. A light is shown from a tower with a
dwelling, 30m high, standing 0.2 mile N of the actual point.
Punta Elena, the W entrance point of Golfo de Almeria, is located
2.5 miles ENE of the point.
2.20 Golfo de Almeria (36°46'N., 2°25'W.) lies between
Punta Elena and Cabo de Gata, 22 miles E. Its shores are free
from off-lying dangers and can be safely approached. The W
shore is backed by cliffs and the E shore is low and flat.
2.20 Torre de los Cerrillos, which is in ruins, stands close W of
Punta Elena and a conspicuous hotel stands in Playa Serena, 2
miles NE of it.
2.20 Puerto de Roquetas, a small craft harbor, is situated 4.5 miles
NE of Punta Elena. It is protected by breakwaters and has
depths of 1 to 3.7m. Castillo de Roquetas, which is in ruins, is
situated close S of the harbor and a disused light structure
stands close SE of it. Torre de los Bajos, which is in ruins,
stands 2.3 miles NNE of the castle.
2.20 Anchorage, sheltered from W winds, can be obtained off the
coast between the ruins of Castillo de Roquetas and Torre de
los Bajos. A good berth lies, in a depth of 30m, sand, 1 mile
offshore. Vessels of light draft can anchor, in a depth of 16m,
close inshore, about 0.6 mile NE of the castle.
2.20 Puerto Deportivo Aguadulce, a marina, is situated 2 miles
NE of Torre de los Bajos and is protected by breakwaters.
2.20 Sierra de Gador (36°54'N., 2°50'W.), a branch of the Sierra
Nevada, stands 12 miles NW of the head of the gulf. This range
attains heights of over 2,300m and is conspicuous from seaward.
2.20 Caution.—Several submarine cables extend seaward from
the vicinity of the head of the gulf and may best be seen on the
chart.
2.20 Several marine farm areas have been established along the
shores of the gulf. These extend up to 1.5 miles seaward and
may best be seen on the chart.
Almeria (36°50'N., 2°28'W.)
World Port Index No. 38390
2.21 The port of Almeria lies at the head of Golfo de Almeria
and is protected by a main breakwater which extends 1
mile SE.
2.21 Tides—Currents.—Tides rise 0.5m at springs and 0.4m at
neaps.
2.21 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor entrance is dredged to a
depth of 14.9m. A channel, with a dredged depth of 12m, leads
into the harbor and another, with a dredged depth of 14.4m,
leads to the ore berth. A yacht marina is situated in the NW
part of the harbor and a fishing vessel basin is situated close W
of the root of the breakwater.
2.21 The main facilities include Muelle Levante, 350m long, with
depths of 8 to 10m alongside; Muelle Ribera, which has 900m
of total berthing space with depths 6.5 to 9.5m alongside;
Muelle Poniente, which has 855m of total berthing space with
depths of 10 to 11.7m alongside; and the CAM ore jetty, which
has a depth of 14.4m alongside.
2.21 There are facilities for ro-ro, general cargo, passenger, tanker,
and bulk vessels. Vessels up to 78,000 dwt, 259m in length,
and 13.6m draft have been accommodated.
2.21 Aspect.—Alcazaba, a conspicuous citadel, is situated close
NW of the city and a monument stands close SE of it. This
monument is conspicuous by day and illuminated at night. Several
conspicuous buildings and chimneys stand at a power station,
1 mile ESE of the harbor entrance.
2.21 Punta del Rio, a level and sandy headland, is located 2 miles
SE of the power station. It is formed from the sediment brought
down by the Rio Andarax which enters the sea at this point. A
lighted buoy is moored about 0.3 mile S of the point and vessels
should not attempt to pass to the N of it. A prominent television
mast, 20m high, stands close NW of the point.
2.21 Punta de Torrejon is located 1.5 miles W of the harbor entrance
and is surmounted by Castillo de San Telmo, a coast
guard station.
2.21 A light is shown from a tower, 7m high, standing on Castillo
de San Telmo.
2.21 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 500 gross
tons and over . Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12 and
board about 1.3 mile SSE of the head of the breakwater. Vessels
should send an ETA at least 48 hours in advance.
2.21 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 18
to 20m, in Rada de Almeria, about 0.2 mile WSW of the head
of the breakwater.
2.21 Caution.—A submarine pipeline extends 0.7 mile S from
the root of the main breakwater and is marked by a lighted
buoy.
Almeria to Cartagena
Port of Almeria Home Page
http://www.apalmeriamotril.com
2.22 El Cabo de Gata (36°43'N., 2°12'W.), located 14
miles SE of Almeria, is a rugged headland at the S end of the
Sierra de Gata range. A light is shown from a prominent tower,
19m high, standing on the cape.
Pub. 131

26 Sector 2. Spain—Great Europa Point to Cabo de Palos
2.22 A rock, with a least depth of 3.3m, lies about 0.6 mile SSE of
the light and vessels should not attempt to pass between it and
the cape. Artificial reefs have been established 1 mile NW of
the cape and should be given a wide berth. A wave recorder
buoy is moored 0.7 mile SW of the light.
2.22 Small vessels, with local knowledge, can obtain anchorage,
sheltered from E winds, off Playa de Corralete. The best berth
lies, in a depth of 10m, sand and weed, about 2.5 miles NW of
the cape.
2.22 Torre de Vela Blanca stands on a headland, 1 mile E of Cabo
de Gata. A conspicuous white patch lies at the foot of this
headland and resembles a vessel under sail.
2.22 Regulations.—A voluntary IMO-established Traffic Separation
Scheme (TSS) with associated an VTS has been established
off Cabo de Gata. The VTS regulates traffic 5 to 12
miles offshore, with an associated inshore traffic zone established
between the traffic scheme and the coast. Vessels may
establish contact with the radio reporting system GATREP on
VHF channels 16, 10, or 74 when within 3 miles of entering
the TSS. The report should be formatted to include the following
information:
2.22 The radio reporting system will furnish participating vessels
with information relative to conditions affecting navigation to
include the presence of vessels restricted in their ability to maneuver,
concentrations of fishing vessels relative to the TSS,
and meteorological conditions. A continuous listening watch
on VHF must be maintained if using the TSS.
2.23 Morron de los Genoveses, a promontory, forms the S
end of a cove which is entered 4 miles ENE of Cabo de Gata.
This promontory is 69m high and conical, with a somewhat
flattened summit. Sheltered anchorage can be obtained, in
depths of 8 to 10m, off Puerto Genoves, within this cove; local
knowledge is advised.
2.23 Monte
GATREP Information
Designator Information required
A Vessel’s name, call sign, and IMO number.
C Latitude and longitude
del Fortin, a promontory surmounted by the ruins of a
castle, separates Puerto Genoves from Ensenada de San Jose, a
cove on its N side. Anchorage can also be obtained by small
vessels, in depths of 10 to 12m, within this cove. A yacht harbor,
protected by breakwaters, is situated at the N end of
Pub. 131
Position giving distance and bearing from a
D
landmark.
E Vessel’s course.
F Vessel’s speed.
G Last port of call.
I Next port of call.
P IMO cargo category and quantity, where
appropriate.
Q/R
Vessel defects, damage, or anything affecting
normal navigation.
Ensenada de San Jose.
2.23 Ensenada de los Escullos lies 3.5 miles NE of Ensenada de
San Jose. A prominent castle stands on the shore of this bay.
Anchorage, sheltered from W and SW winds, can be obtained
anywhere in the bay according to draft. Large vessels can anchor,
in a depth of 22m, coarse sand, about 0.5 mile E of the
castle.
2.23 Los Frailes, two conspicuous peaks, stand at the W side of
Ensenada de los Escullos and are excellent landmarks for
rounding Cabo de Gata.
2.24 Punta de la Polacra (36°50'N., 2°00'W.) is located
12 miles NE of Cabo de Gata. An isolated rock lies close S of
the point, and when seen from a distance, appears like a vessel
under sail. A light is shown from a tower, 14m high, standing
on the point.
2.24 Punta de Media Naranja (36°56'N., 1°54'W.) is located 7.5
miles NE of Punta de la Polacra. Several small bays lying between
these points offer sheltered anchorage to vessels with local
knowledge.
2.24 La Mesa de Roldan is a high tableland which extends between
Punta de Media Naranja and Punta de los Muertos, 1.2
miles NE.
2.24 Mesa de Roldan Light is shown from a tower, 18m high,
standing on the summit of La Mesa de Roldan, 0.3 mile NNW
of Punta de la Media Naranja.
2.24 Cala de Agua Amarga, entered 1 mile WSW of Mesa de
Roldan Light, affords shelter to small craft from NE winds. A
pier extends S from the shore of this bay and several mooring
buoys are situated in its vicinity.
2.24 Punta Carboneras, surmounted by a castle, is located 3.5
miles NNE of Mesa de Roldan Light. A small island lies on a
reef which extends up to about 0.5 mile SE of the point.
2.24 Puerto Pesquero, a small fishing harbor, is situated close SW
of the point and is protected by a breakwater.
2.25 Puerto de Carboneras (36°58'N., 1°53'W.) (World
Port Index No. 38395), a small harbor, is situated 1.2 miles S
of Punta Carboneras and is protected by a breakwater which
extends 0.4 mile E and S. The harbor basin has depths of 7 to
19m and is used by coal vessels. A quay, 241m long, has
depths of 15m alongside.
Port of Carboneras Home Page
http://www.almeriamotril.com
2.25 A conspicuous chimney, 200m high, stands near the harbor.
2.25 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted on VHF
channel 12 or 16 and are available from Garrucha. Pilots board
1 mile off the jetty. Vessels should send their ETA 24 hours and
12 hours in advance.
2.25 Anchorage is available NE of the breakwater.
2.25 Puerto de Hornos Ibericos (36°59'N., 1°53'W.), a small
harbor, is situated 0.5 mile S of Puerto de Carboneras. It is protected
by a high-angled breakwater and is used by cement and
gypsum carriers. Muelle Norte, at the N side of the basin, has a
depth of 9m alongside, and Muelle Este, at the E side of the basin,
has a depth of 13m alongside. Vessels up to 77,000 dwt,

245m in length, and 14.0m draft have been accommodated.
Sector 2. Spain—Great Europa Point to Cabo de Palos 27
2.26 Torre del Penon (37°04'N., 1°51'W.) stands on a low
promontory, 4.5 miles N of Punta Carboneras. Torre de Macenas,
formed by a ruined castle, stands 0.6 mile N of Torre del
Penon. A coast guard hut is situated near it.
2.26 Anchorage can be obtained, in depths of 10 to 25m, sand,
about 1 mile N of Torre de Macenas, but this berth is only safe
in settled weather.
2.26 Sierra Cabrera (37°05'N., 1°56'W.) is the highest range on
this part of the coast; the peaks are visible from 40 to 45 miles
seaward. Mojacar (37°08'N., 1°51'W.), a prominent town,
stands on the crest of a high hill at the E end of this range.
2.27 Puerto de Garrucha (37°10'N., 1°50'W.), a small
harbor, is situated 11.5 miles NNE of Punta Carboneras and is
protected by two breakwaters. A fishing quay is situated on the
N side of the harbor and a yacht basin lies at the W side. A
quay, situated at the inner side of the breakwater, has depths of
1 to 10m alongside.
2.27 The town backs the harbor; a light is shown from a structure,
10m high, standing close S of it. A prominent castle is situated
close S of the light structure. Several prominent chimneys also
stand in the vicinity of the town.
2.27 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of more than 500 gross
tons. The pilots must be contacted 2 hours prior to arrival on
VHF channel 12 and board, as follows;
1. Vessels of less than 140m in length—about 0.4 mile
NE of the breakwater light.
2. Vessels of 140m in length or more—in position
37°11.4'N, 1°47.7'W.
2.27 Vessels should send their ETA 24 hours in advance and confirm
the ETA 6 hours before arrival at the pilot station.
2.27 Anchorage can be obtained, in depths of 15 to 30m, 0.2 mile
off the middle of the town. Care must be taken to avoid anchoring
too far off the coast as the 100m depth curve is close to the
harbor entrance.
2.27 Punta de Sarria (37°19'N., 1°42'W.) is located 9.5 miles
NE of Garrucha and several dangerous reefs lie close SE of it.
A prominent ruined castle stands on a steep point, 4 miles NE
of Punta de Sarria. Isla de los Terreros, 34m high, lies 0.6 mile
S of the ruined castle. This island is steep-to and is separated
from the mainland by a narrow channel with a depth of 7.5m.
Isla Negra, another small island, lies 0.2 mile NE of the ruined
castle. It is 25m high and dark, but can be seen easily against
the pale cliffs behind it.
2.27 During NE winds, anchorage can be obtained by vessels with
local knowledge, W of Isla de los Terreros. The best berth lies,
in depths of 13 to 14m, mud and weed, about 0.7 mile from the
island.
2.28 Aguilas (37°24'N., 1°34'W.) (World Port Index No.
38410), a small port, is situated in a bay, 8.5 miles NE of Punta
de Sarria. The harbor is protected by a breakwater which has a
main quay on the inner side. It is 300m long with depths of 8.8
to 9.8m alongside. Vessels up to 160m in length and 9.7m draft
can be accommodated. In addition, a jetty for fishing vessels is
situated within the harbor and an extensive yacht marina lies on
the N side of the bay. Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted
on VHF channel 16 and board about 1 mile from the en-
trance.
2.28 Monte de las Aguilas, a rocky peninsula, forms the W side of
the harbor. It is 70m high, conical in shape, reddish in color,
and is easy to identify. The ruins of Castillo de San Juan are situated
on the summit of this peninsula. A light is shown from a
tower, 23m high, standing close E of the ruins.
2.28 Punta de la Aguilica, located 0.6 mile ENE of the light,
forms the E side of the bay and is fronted by rocks. Isla de la
Aguilica lies close S of this point.
2.29 Hornillo (37°24'N., 1°33'W.) (World Port Index No.
38420) is situated in a bay on the E side of Punta de la Aguilica.
It is an ore-handling installation and considered to be part
of the port of Aguilas. Isla del Fraile, 80m high, lies 0.6 mile
ENE of the E side of Punta de la Aguilica and forms the E side
of the bay. A main pier is situated at the W side of the bay and
has depths of 6 to 10m alongside. Vessels up to 160m in length
and 8.8m draft can be accommodated alongside. Pilotage is
compulsory and available from Aguilas. Anchorage can be obtained,
in a depth of 20m, 0.2 mile E of the pier head.
Cala Bardina (37°26'N., 1°31'W.) lies 2 miles NE of Hornillo.
This bay affords good shelter from E winds to vessels with local
knowledge. Anchorage can be obtained, in a depth of 24m, sand
and weed, about 200m off the E shore, or, in a depth of 14m, sand
and gravel, about 0.2 mile off the beach at the head.
Cabo Cope (Mounte Cope) (37°25'N., 1°28'W.), a reddish
promontory, forms the E side of Cala Bardina. It is 248m high,
rocky, and steep-to on the SE side. Vessels can anchor, in a
depth of 20m, off the NE side of this promontory.
2.29 Golfo de Mazarron lies between Cabo Cope and Cabo Tinoso,
18 miles E.
2.29 Punta de Calnegre is located 6 miles NE of Cabo Cope. During
offshore winds, anchorage can be obtained, in depths of 11
to 13m, mud, off Playa de Calnegre, on the S side of the point.
Anchorage can also be obtained, in depths of 13 to 14m, weed,
off Playa de Parazuelos, on the N side of the point.
2.29 Sierra Morera (37°35'N., 1°20'W.) stands NE of Punta de
Calnegre and consists of three main peaks which are visible
from a great distance. The two W peaks are the highest and the
E peak has a slightly whiter color than the others.
2.30 Rada de Mazarron (37°33'N., 1°13'W.) indents the
coast 15 miles NE of Cabo Cope. This bay lies between Cabezo
del Puerto and Punta de la Azohia, 4 miles E, and has mostly
sandy shores.
2.30 Mazarron Light is shown from a tower, 11m high, standing
on the edge of Cabezo del Puerto.
2.30 A small yacht harbor, protected by a breakwater, is situated
on the E side of a point, 1 mile WSW of the light.
2.30 La Galerica located 0.3 mile N of Mazarron Light, consists
of two above-water rocks which are by foul ground.
2.30 Cabezo
del Puerto has steep sides. It is surmounted by a con-
spicuous monument, 13m high. A prominent tall building
stands 0.8 mile W of this monument. Torre Vieja (Torre de
Salinas), 11m high, surmounts a low hill, 0.6 mile N of Cabezo
del Puerto.
2.30 The town of Mazarron stands along the W shore of the bay
NW of Mazarron Light. Numerous prominent villas and hotels
are situated in this vicinity.
2.30 A small harbor, with depths of 1 to 7m and protected by a
Pub. 131

28 Sector 2. Spain—Great Europa Point to Cabo de Palos
breakwater, is located in the vicinity of Cabezo del Puerto
2.30 Vessels may anchor, in a depth of 15m, about 0.2 mile NE of
Mazarron Light.
2.30 Cabezo del Mojon, located 1.5 miles NE of Cabezo del Puerto,
is conspicuous because of its dark grey color. Isla Plana, a
flat islet, lies 0.8 mile E of this point and is fronted by rocks on
the S side. The pylons of a disused mineral transporter are situated
0.8 mile E of this islet.
2.30 Punta de la Azohia (37°33'N., 1°10'W.) is surmounted by
Torre de la Azohia, an octagonal building. Vessels may anchor,
in depths of 13 to 14m, sand, about 0.2 mile NW of this point.
2.31 Cabo Tinoso (37°32'N., 1°06'W.) is high, precipitous,
and reddish in color. A light is shown from a tower, 10m
high, standing on the cape.
2.31 Caution.—Strong currents, usually E, are reported to be frequently
experienced off Cabo Tinoso.
2.31 A local magnetic anomaly was reported (1977) to exist about
3 miles S of Cabo Tinoso.
2.31 Submarines exercise frequently in an extensive area centered
25 miles S of Cabo Tinoso.
2.31 An explosives dumping area, the limits of which are indicated
on the chart, lies 7 miles SE of Cabo Tinoso. Depth charge
dropping exercises may be carried out within this area.
2.31 An unexploded ordnance obstruction area, marked by a
buoy, lies about 3.2 miles SE of Cabo Tinoso.
2.32 Cala Salitrona (37°33'N., 1°07'W.), a cove, lies 1.2
miles NW of Cabo Tinoso and affords good shelter from winds
between the NW and SW. Anchorage may be obtained by
small vessels with local knowledge within this cove.
Punta del Moco, a steep headland, is located 3 miles NE of
Cabo Tinoso. El Roldan, 495m high, has a conspicuous summit.
This mountain rises fairly steeply from the shore, 1.5
miles ENE of the point, and is an excellent landmark.
2.32 Isla
de Las Palomas, a rocky islet, lies 0.5 mile offshore, 1
mile S of El Roldan. A marine farm has been established 0.3
mile N of Isla de Las Palomas. La Terrosa lies 1 mile ENE of
this islet and consists of a rock connected to the shore by a spit
of sand.
Pub. 131
Approach to Golfo de Mazarron from S
2.32 Caution.—Shoaler depths than charted may exist in the vicinity
of Isla de las Palomas and La Terrosa.
2.32 Algameca Grande, an indentation, is located 0.7 mile NE of
La Terrosa. A small military harbor, protected by a breakwater,
lies within this indentation. Algameca Chica, a small cove, lies
close E of Algameca Grande and affords anchorage to small
craft with local knowledge.
2.33 Punta de la Podadera (37°35'N., 0°59'W.), steep-to and
surmounted by a fort, is located on the E side of Algameca Chica.
Punta de Trinca-Botijas is located 0.7 mile SE of Punta de la Podadera.
It is high, cliffy, and surmounted by two batteries.
2.33 Bajo de Santa Ana lies about 100m offshore, 0.3 mile NW of
Punta de Trinca-Botijas. This shoal has a least depth of 3.2m
and is marked by a lighted buoy.
2.33 Bajo de las Losas, marked by a lighted buoy, consists of several
flat-topped submerged rocks and lies about 0.3 mile S of
Punta de Trinca-Botijas.
2.33 Punta del Gate is located 0.3 mile SE of Bajo de las Losas.
2.33 Punta de los Aguilones (37°34'N., 0°58'W.), comparatively
steep-to, is located 0.9 mile SSE of Punta del Gate. Islote de
Escombreras lies 0.2 mile W of Punta de los Aguilones and is
steep-to and hilly. A light is shown from a tower, with a dwelling,
8m high, standing on the island.
2.33 Bajo de Escombreras lies 0.2 mile W of the W end of Islote
de Escombreras. This shoal has a least depth of 8.9m and is
marked by a lighted buoy.
Cartagena (37°35'N., 0°59'W.)
World Port Index No. 38430
2.34 The port of Cartagena, a natural harbor, is entered between
Punta de la Podadera and Bajo de Santa Ana. It has facilities
for commercial shipping and is also a navy base.
Port of Cartagena Home Page
http://www.apc.es
2.34 Tides—Currents.—Tides within the harbor are usually negligible.
During winds from the S, the water level may rise up to
0.5m. During winds from the N, the level may decrease by the
same amount.
2.34 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is protected by two
breakwaters. Dique de Navidad extends 150m SE from a point
on the W shore of the harbor, 0.3 mile NE of Punta de Podadera.
Dique de Curra extends 700m W from a point on the E
shore of the harbor, 0.5 mile NE of Bajo de Santa Ana. The entrance
to the harbor has a width of 250m and a depth of 12.5m.
2.34 Curra Wharf, 762m long, is situated on the N side of Dique
de Curra. It has a depth of 11.8m alongside and is mostly used
by naval vessels. A small shipyard and a naval basin lie on the
W side of the harbor.
2.34 The main facilities include Muelle de Alfonso XII (Muelle
Comercial), 943m long, with depths of 7.6 to 12.5m alongside;
Muelle de Santa Lucia, 375m long, with depths of 8.6 to 12.5m
alongside; and Muelle de San Pedro, 440 long, with a depth of
12.1m alongside.

Sector 2. Spain—Great Europa Point to Cabo de Palos 29
2.34 There are facilities for general cargo, container, ro-ro, and
fishing vessels.
2.34 Aspect.—The harbor is easily recognized by the broken
edge of the mountain as it descends towards the port on one
side or the other. The city, surrounded by a wall, is situated N
of the head of the harbor and is conspicuous. A circular hill,
surmounted by the ruins of Castillo de la Concepcion, rises in
the S part of the city.
2.34 Castillo de Galeras, Castillo de Atalaya, and Castillo de San
Julian stand 0.5 mile NW, 1.5 miles NW, and 1 mile E, respectively,
of Punta de la Podadera. Other prominent landmarks include
the light structure on the head of Dique de Navidad; two
chimneys, each 100m high, standing 0.5 mile NE of Bajo de
Santa Ana; and the military hospital building situated close E
of Castillo de la Concepcion.
2.34 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of over 500 gross
tons. Vessels should send an ETA 24 hours and 12 hours in advance.
Pilots may be contacted on VHF channels 12, and 16 and
generally board vessels about 1.2 miles WNW of Islote de Escombreras.
Pilots may board large vessels bound for Ensenada de Escombreras
about 1.5 miles WNW of Islote de Escombreras light.
2.34 Regulations.—All vessels bound for Cartagena must head for
the landfall point (37°32'N, 1°00'W). This point is 1.6 miles S of
the pilot boarding station. Arriving vessels should contact Cartagena
Port Control 2 hours before reaching the landfall point. Additional
contact must be made when within 2 miles or 20 minutes
sailing time from the landfall point. Port Control contacts the pilot
and assigns anchorage areas when a berth is not available in the
harbor. A listening watch must be maintained on VHF channels 12
and 16.
2.34 Anchorage.—Designated anchorages are located in positions,
as follows:
1. For small craft (length of up to 100m):
Area A—37°34.7'N, 0°59.3'W.
Area B—37°34.6'N, 0°59.7'W.
Area C—37°34.0'N, 0°58.2'W.
Area L—37°34.3'N, 1°07.0'W.
Port of Cartagena
Area M—37°33.0'N, 1°07.1'W.
2. For medium-sized vessels (length between 100 and
200m):
Area D—37°34.4'N, 1°00.1'W.
Area E—37°34.0'N, 1°00.6'W.
3. For VLCCs and LPG vessels:
Area F—37°33.7'N, 1°01.6'W.
Area G—37°33.3'N, 1°02.5'W.
Area H—37°32.8'N, 1°03.5'W.
Area I—37°33.7'N, 1°04.3'W.
Area J—37°33.4'N, 1°05.3'W.
Area K—37°33.2'N, 1°06.4'W.
2.34 Caution.—An anchoring and fishing prohibited area, the
limits of which are shown on the chart, lies in the vicinity of
Punta de Trinca-Botijas and extends up to 300m W.
2.34 Shoaler depths than charted may exist in Darsena de Cartagena.
Cartagena to Cabo de Palos
2.35 Escombreras (37°34'N., 0°58'W.) (World Port Index
No. 38425) is situated 1.5 miles SE of Cartagena. It is protected
by a breakwater and is a terminal for oil tankers and natural
gas vessels
2.35 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is entered between
Punta del Gate and the N end of Dique Muelle Bastarreche, a
breakwater, which extends 0.4 mile NE from Punta de los Aguilones.
2.35 The main bulk facilities include Principe Felipe Quay, 350m
long, with a depth of 16m alongside, and Agribulk Quay, 480m
long, with a depth of 14.5m alongside.
2.35 In addition, there are eight berths for tankers, with depths of
8 to 26m alongside, and three berths for LPG/LNG vessels.
2.35 Tanker vessels up to 250,000 dwt, 360m in length, and 21m
draft can be accommodated. Gas vessels up to 240m in length
and 14m draft can be accommodated.
2.35 Pilotage.—See Cartagena in paragraph 2.34.
Pub. 131

30 Sector 2. Spain—Great Europa Point to Cabo de Palos
2.35 Anchorage.—It has been reported (1997) that large tankers
awaiting entry to the oil terminal at Ensenada de Escombreras
anchor S of Punta de la Podadera. Caution is necessary when
transiting the approaches to Cartagena as these tankers will
cross the approach to Cartagena en route to the oil terminal.
2.35 Caution.—A submarine pipeline extends 0.2 mile WNW
from a point on the shore, close W of the root of Dique Muelle
Bastarreche.
2.35 Shoaler depths than charted may exist in Escombreras, including
the charted dredged area, and in Boca Chica.
2.36 Cabo del Agua (37°33'N., 0°56'W.), located 2 miles
E of Punta de los Aguilones, is high, rugged, and terminates in
three peaks. During strong E winds, heavy squalls occur off
this cape and it should be approached with caution.
2.36 Cala del Gorguel, a cove, is entered 2.5 miles NE of Cabo
del Agua. It affords anchorage to small vessels, sheltered from
N winds, in a depth of 12m, sand and mud, midway between
the entrance points. A rocky islet lies near the shore, close SW
of this cove.
2.36 Punta de la Chapa (37°35'N., 0°51'W.) is located 4 miles
NE of Cabo del Agua and forms the E side of a small bay. A
light is shown from a tower, with a dwelling 8m high, standing
Pub. 131
on the point. La Bola, a rock, lies 0.2 mile NW of the light and
has a least depth of 2.7m. It is marked by a beacon and breaks
during onshore winds.
2.36 The former small craft harbor of Portman lies in the bay,
close NW of the light. Repeated landslides have closed this
harbor. A lighted buoy is moored off the former entrance.
2.36 Cabo Negrete, located 1 mile E of Punta de la Chapa, is high,
rugged, and black in color. Cerre de Sancti Spiritus, 436m
high, stands 2.7 miles NW of this cape and is prominent.
2.36 Los Juncos are two conspicuous hills which back this part of the
coast. Junco Grande (37°36'N., 0°46'W.) is 338m high and the W
hill, and El Junquet (37°37'N., 0°43'W.) is 288m high and the E.
2.36 Punta de la Espada (37°36'N., 0°44'W.) is located 5.2 miles
ENE of Cabo Negrete. Bajo del Descargador, with a least depth
of 2.9m, lies 0.2 mile offshore, 0.7 mile NE of this point.
2.36 Cala
Avellan, a small inlet, lies 2 miles NE of this point. La
Barra, a village, is situated at the head of the inlet. It stands on
the isthmus that joins the peninsula of Cabo de Palos and contains
numerous prominent resort chalets. A small harbor basin,
protected by a breakwater, fronts the village and is used by
fishing craft and pleasure boats.
2.36 Cabo de Palos (37°38'N., 0°41'W.), located 0.5 mile ENE of
Cala Avellan, is described in paragraph 3.3.

3.
Spain—Cabo de Palos to Cabo Cerbere
3.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 3 — CHART INFORMATION
31
Pub. 131

3.0 Plan.—This sector describes the E coast of Spain from Cabo
de Palos (37°38'N., 0°41'W.) to Cabo Cerbere (42°26'N.,
3°11'E.), at the border of France; the descriptive sequence is
from SW to NE.
General Remarks
3.1 Large stretches of the coast within this sector have
been transformed into built-up areas. Many villages, which are
situated along the shore, are tourist resorts and are comprised
of large prominent buildings and chalets.
3.1 Tides—Currents.—Off Cabo de Palos, the E current sets
NE. Between this cape and Cabo de San Antonio, the current
divides; one branch sets ESE and flows S of Islas Baleares and
the other continues NE into Golfo de Valencia.
3.1 During E winds, vessels crossing Golfo de Valencia, especially
from the N to S, should exercise caution to avoid being
set inshore by the current which sometimes attains a rate of 3
knots.
3.1 Regulations.—The New Inspection Regime (NIR) of the
Paris Memorandum of Understanding (PMoU) has introduced
a mandatory reporting system for vessels arriving at or departing
from a port or anchorage within the Paris MoU region.
3.1 For further information, see paragraph 1.1 and North Atlantic
Ocean—Regulations—Paris Memorandum of Understanding
on Port State Control (PMoU) New Inspection
Regime (NIR) in Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning
Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and Adaecent Seas.
3.1 Caution.—Numerous oil field installations, including uncharted
drilling platforms, may be encountered along this
coast.
3.1 Several submarine well heads and obstructions lie off this
stretch of coast and may best be seen on the chart.
3.1 Winds from the NE frequently raise a heavy sea in the vicinity
of Islas Columbretes.
3.1 Submarines frequently exercise off this stretch of coast.
Off-lying Islands and Dangers
3.2 Islas Baleares (38°38'N., 0°23'E.), consisting of four
principal islands and several small islets, lie off this section of
the coast. Ibiza, the SW island of the group, lies 48 miles ENE
of Cabo de San Antonio (38°48'N., 0°12'E.). They are fully described
in Sector 4.
3.2 A bank, with a least depth of 46m, lies 31 miles E of Cabo de
Palos.
3.2 Islas Columbretes (39°54'N., 0°41'E.) consists of a small
archipelago of volcanic islets and shoals. Columbrete Grande,
the NE islet, lies 28 miles ESE of Cabo de Oropesa (40°05'N.,
0°09'E.). The archipelago consists of four groups and one offlying
sunken rock, with deep channels between them. The islets
are, in most places, steep-to and generally inaccessible.
3.2 Vessels are advised to give this archipelago a wide berth.
3.2 Columbrete Grande, the largest islet of the archipelago, is in
SECTOR 3
SPAIN—CABO DE PALOS TO CABO CERBERE
33
the form of a crescent and attains heights of 65m and 45m, respectively,
at its N and S ends. Its low central part is formed of
lava and rock. Three smaller islets lie close E of this large islet.
3.2 Monte Colibri Light is shown from a tower with a dwelling,
20m high, standing on the summit near the N end of the islet. A
racon is situated at the light.
3.2 Lights are also shown from the N and SE extremities of the
islet.
3.2 Placer de la Barra Alta, a small and rocky shoal, lies about 8
miles SW of the light on Columbrete Grande and has a least
depth of 9.3m.
3.2 Islote
El Bergantin, lying 2.5 miles S of Columbrete Grande,
is formed by a conspicuous columnar rock, 32m high. At a distance
it appears like a square-rigged vessel under sail. Several
dangers lie within 0.5 mile of this rock, except off its W side
which is clear and steep-to.
3.2 Islote La Horadada lies 1.5 miles N of El Bergantin. This islet
is 55m high and several dangers lie within 0.3 mile of it.
3.2 La Ferrera (Islote Malaspina), 44m high, lies 1 mile N of La
Horadada and is saddle-shaped. Several dangers lie within 0.3
mile of this islet.
3.2 Caution.—A marine reserve area, within which fishing and
anchoring are prohibited, surrounds the Islas Columbretes and
may best be seen on the chart.
3.2 A rock, about 400m in length and 100m wide, lies 200m S of
La Ferrera. It is covered by a minimum depth of 1.8m and extends
in a N to S direction.
3.2 Afortunada Oil Complex (40°42'N., 1°20'E.), located 22
miles E of Cabo Tortosa, is described in paragraph 3.30.
Cabo de Palos to Alicante
3.3 Cabo de Palos (37°38'N., 0°41'W.) is the seaward extremity
of a small peninsula which is joined to the mainland by
a narrow isthmus. It is fringed with small rocky islets and is indented.
A light is shown from a prominent tower with a dwelling,
51m high, standing on the cape.
A marine reserve area lies 1.2 miles N of Cabo de Palos; anchoring
and fishing are prohibited in this vicinity.
La Barra, a village, is situated on the isthmus and contains
numerous prominent resort chalets and buildings.
3.3 A
submarine cable extends 0.6 mile ESE from the cape to a
wave recorder which is marked by a buoy. It was reported
(1993) that this buoy was missing. Anchoring and fishing are
prohibited in the vicinity of the cable.
3.3 El
Vivero, a resort, extends along this stretch of coast up to 1
mile NW of the cape and is fronted by a yacht harbor. Several
high-rise blocks of flats and hotels stand in the vicinity of the N
end of the resort and are conspicuous from seaward.
3.3 Regulations.—A Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) has been
established E of Cabo de Palos. The scheme consists of Traffic
Lanes, a Separation Zone, and an Inshore Traffic Zone.
3.3 Las Hormigas (37°39'N., 0°39'W.), formed by a chain of islets
and rocky shoals, extends up to 3 miles NE of Cabo de Pa-
Pub. 131

34 Sector 3. Spain—Cabo de Palos to Cabo Cerbere
los.
3.3 Islas Hormiga, the largest islet of this chain, lies 2.3 miles
NE of the cape and is 13m high. A light is shown from a tower
with a dwelling, 9m high, standing on the SW extremity of this
islet. Bajo de Fuera, the outermost danger of the chain, lies
about 0.7 mile NE of Islas Hormiga and has a least depth of
3.8m.
3.3 Caution.—Although the channels lying between Las Hormigas
are frequently used, they are not recommended for vessels
without local knowledge. Vessels rounding the cape are
advised to stay clear of the coast and the dangers in this vicinity.
3.3 A marine reserve surrounds the islands and is marked by
lighted buoys. It should be avoided.
3.4 Punta de Calnegre (37°40'N., 0°43'W.), a rocky
point partly covered with sand, is located 2.3 miles NW of Cabo
de Palos. A rocky hillock, 43m high, stands close W of it.
Two marine farms, best seen on the chart, are located E of the
point.
3.4 Isla Grosa (37°44'N., 0°42'W.), 95m high, lies 1.5 miles offshore,
3.7 miles NNE of Punta de Calnegre. This island is high,
steep-sided, and flat-topped. A light is shown from a structure
standing on the summit. Anchorage, sheltered from E winds,
can be obtained by vessels with local knowledge, in a depth of
8.2m, weed, about 0.4 mile W of the island.
3.4 Islote El Farallon is located 0.4 mile E of the NE extremity
of Isla Grosa. This islet is 22m high and has a sharp pointed
summit. La Laja, a small rocky patch, lies about 0.3 mile NE of
this islet and has a least depth of 1.3m.
3.4 Punta del Estacio (37°45'N., 0°43'W.) is located 7 miles
NNW of Cabo de Palos. It is formed by the low and rocky SE
extremity of a small peninsular which projects from the coast.
Pub. 131
Cabo de Palos Light from NE
Islas Hormiga Light
A light is shown from a tower, 29m high, standing on the point.
A coast guard hut and several other buildings are situated near
the light tower. An extensive yacht harbor, protected by a
breakwater, is situated close W of this point at the main entrance
to Mar Menor.
3.4 Mar Menor, a large salt water lagoon, is enclosed by the
coastal barrier which extends NNW from Cabo de Palos. Several
small yacht harbors are situated within this lagoon.
3.4 Cerro del Cabezo Gordo (37°48'N., 0°54'W.), 312m high,
is an isolated and conspicuous hill. When seen from NE, it has
some resemblance to Isla Grosa and care should be taken, especially
in misty weather, to avoid mistaking this hill for the island.
3.4 San Pedro del Pinatar (37°49'N., 0°45'W.), a village, is situated
5 miles NNW of Punta del Estacio. An L-shaped mole
fronts the village and forms a small harbor. The inner side of
the mole is quayed. It provides 137m of berthing space with a
depth of at least 4.9m, and 168m of berthing space with depths
of 2.7 to 4.6m alongside.
3.4 Several prominent buildings associated with the growth in
the tourist trade have been constructed in the vicinity of the village.
A conspicuous windmill is reported (1993) to stand 1.5
miles S of the harbor.
3.4 Torre de la Horadada stands on a rocky headland, 2.7 miles
N of San Pedro del Pinatar. A refuge harbor for small craft,
protected by a breakwater, is situated close SW of this tower.
Two fish havens marked by lighted buoys, best seen on the
chart, are found 2 miles E of the breakwater.
3.4 Cabo Roig (37°54'N., 0°43'W.) is a conspicuous reddish
headland surmounted by a tower and a coast guard hut. A yacht
marina is situated close W of this cape.
3.4 Punta Prima (Punta Delgada) is located 2 miles NNE of Cabo
Roig. Several small coves lie between these points.
3.5 Torrevieja (37°58'N., 0°41'W.) (World Port Index
No. 38435), a small port, lies 2 miles NNE of Punta Prima and
is protected by breakwaters. The entrance is 250m wide and
has a depth of 11m. The main quays have 350m of berthing
space with a depth of 9.5m alongside, and 266m of berthing
space with a depth of 8m alongside. Vessels up to 180m in
length and 9m draft have been accommodated. An extensive
yacht marina is situated in the N part of the harbor. Pilotage is
compulsory. Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12 or 16
and board 0.6 mile S of the entrance. Anchorage can be obtained,
in depths of 12 to 14m, about 0.5 mile SE of the head of
the breakwater and is best seen on the chart. An anchorage for
vessels carrying hazardous materials is located further seaward
as shown on the chart. Several mooring buoys are situated
within the harbor.
3.5 Cabo Cervera (38°00'N., 0°39'W.), located 2.3 miles NE of
Torrevieja, is low and surmounted by a the ruins of a tower.
3.5 An aeronautical light is shown from a prominent radio tower
standing 0.7 mile inland, 4.2 miles NNW of Cabo Cervera.
3.5 The
prominent town of Guardamar del Segura is situated at
the foot of a hill, 5 miles N of Cabo Cervera. The hill is surmounted
by the ruins of a castle. An obstruction area, within
which fishing is prohibited, lies 2 miles E of the town and may
best be seen on the chart.
3.5 Sierra de Callosa (38°07'N., 0°54'W.), rising to a height of

over 570m about 12 miles WNW of Guardamar, is rugged,
dark in color, and easy to identify from seaward.
Sierra de Callosa bearing 331°, distant 30 miles
3.6 Bahia de Santa Pola (38°07'N., 0°37'W.) lies between
Torre de Pinet, situated 4.5 miles N of Guardamar, and
Cabo de Santa Pola, 6 miles ENE. It affords good shelter from
winds SW through NE, but care is necessary and local knowledge
is advised for entering.
3.6 Several fish havens lie in the bay and depths of less than 9m
extend up to as far as 1.2 miles from shore. Fondeadero de
Tamarit, in the NW part of the bay, affords anchorage, in
depths of 5 to 6m, weed, but local knowledge is required.
3.6 Santa Pola (38°11'N., 0°34'W.), a town, stands on the N
shore of the bay and is fronted by a small harbor which is protected
by breakwaters. A prominent two-story customs house
stands on outer breakwater. A small commercial quay has
depths of 2.8 to 5m alongside and is used by coasters. Anchorage
may be taken, in depths of 6 to 7m, weed, about 0.2 mile S
of the entrance. Larger vessels may anchor, in depths of 12 to
14m, farther SE.
3.6 Isla de Tabarca (38°10'N., 0°28'W.), lying 3 miles SSE of
Cabo de Santa Pola, is low and level. Bajo del Oeste, a rock,
lies about 0.5 mile WNW of the W end of the island and has a
least depth of 4.2m.
3.6 Freu de Tabarca, the channel leading between the island and
Cabo de Santa Pola, should not be attempted by vessels with
deep drafts or by vessels without local knowledge.
3.6 The N and S sides of Isla de Tabarca are fronted by rocks. A
light is shown from a tower, 11m high, standing near the E end
of the island.
3.6 Caution.—A submarine water pipeline extends ESE between
the Cabo de Santa Pola and Isla de Tabarca. Anchoring
and fishing are prohibited in the vicinity of this pipeline.
3.6 Islote de la Nao, an islet, is located 0.3 mile ESE of the E end
of the island. Bajo de la Nao, a rock with a least depth of 3.7m,
lies about 0.8 mile ESE of this islet and is marked by a lighted
buoy.
3.6 A stranded wreck lies 0.7 mile ESE of the breakwater to
Santo Pola. The wreck is marked by a lighted buoy.
3.6 A marine reserve area surrounds the waters in the vicinity of
Isla de Tabarca. Its limits are marked by lighted buoys and may
best be seen on the chart.
3.7 Cabo de Santo Pola (38°13'N., 0°30'W.) is moderately
high and of a reddish color. From the N or S, it first appears
as a flat projection ending in a steep slope. On nearer
approach, the level ground at the foot of the slope comes into
Sector 3. Spain—Cabo de Palos to Cabo Cerbere 35
view. A light is shown from a metal structure surmounting a
tower, 15m high, standing on the crest of the slope.
3.7 Bahia de Alicante (38°20'N., 0°28'W.) lies between Cabo
de Santa Pola and Cabo de las Huerta, 10 miles NE. This bay is
easily identified by the mountains and hills in its vicinity. Its
shores may be safely approached to within about 1 mile.
3.7 A submarine pipeline (gas) lies 5 miles N of Cabo de Santa
Pola and is marked by a lighted buoy at its seaward extremity.
Several gas storage tanks stand near the shore of the bay, W of
this terminal. It is reported (1994) that vessels up to 140m in
length and 8.5m draft can be handled here.
3.7 A yacht harbor, protected by breakwaters, is situated in the
NE part of the bay at Albufereta, 2 miles W of the cape.
Alicante (38°20'N., 0°29'W.)
World Port Index No. 38440
3.8 The port of Alicante lies in the NW part of Bahia de
Alicante, 4 miles WSW of Cabo de las Huerta. It is protected
by Dique de Abrigo de Levante, a breakwater, which extends
0.4 mile SSE and then 0.8 mile SW.
Port of Alicante Home Page
http://www.puertoalicante.com
3.8 Tides—Currents.—The tides at the port are negligible.
3.8 Depths—Limitations.—The port consists of an inner harbor
and an outer harbor. The approach channel is dredged to a
depth of 14.5m. A yacht marina is situated on the N side of the
inner harbor.
3.8 There is 1,437m of total main berthing space, with depths of
3.6 to 8.1m alongside, within the inner harbor. There is additional
berthing space, with depths of 6.8 to 11m alongside,
within the outer harbor as shown in the table below.
Alicante—Berthing Information
Berth Length Depth Remarks
Muelle 12 296m 8.0m General cargo
Muelle 11 360m 11.0m Tanker and containers
Muelle 10 203m 6.0-8.7m General cargo
Muelle 9 103m 8.7m General cargo
Muelle 7 240m 8.7m Fishing vessels
3.8 There is 970m of additional space at Muelle 14, with depths
of 8 to 12.5m alongside, on the inner side of Dique de Abrigo
de Levante, the main breakwater.
3.8 In addition, there is a new quay, Muelle 17, which extends
SW on reclaimed land, from the outer harbor. It has a berth,
306m long, with a depth of 14.5m alongside.
3.8 There are facilities for passenger, general cargo, bulk, ro-ro,
tanker, container, and fishing vessels. Vessels up to 243m in
length and 14.3m draft can be accommodated.
3.8 Aspect.—The port may be easily identified by the prominent
mountains and hills in its vicinity. Sierra de Fontcalent, 446m
Pub. 131

36 Sector 3. Spain—Cabo de Palos to Cabo Cerbere
high, stands 5 miles W of the harbor. Sierra de Jijona, 1,230m
high, stands 10.5 miles NNE of Sierra de Fontcalent.
3.8 Castillo de Santa Barbara surmounts a conspicuous hill,
179m high, which stands in the NE part of the city, 0.3 mile N
of the root of the main breakwater. Cerro de San Julian, 1 mile
NE of Castillo de Santa Barbara, attains a height of 181m.
3.8 An aeronautical light is shown at an airport, 4.5 miles SW of
the harbor entrance.
3.8 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 500 grt and
over. Pilots may be contacted on VHF channel 14 or 20 and
board vessels about 1.6 miles SE of the harbor entrance.
3.8 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be taken, in a depth of 16m,
good holding ground, about 0.5 mile off the outer breakwater.
Vessels at anchor in the bay should maintain a continuous listening
watch on VHF channel 16.
3.8 In winter, with strong NW winds, vessels may drag if anchored
too far offshore.
Alicante to Gandia
3.9 Cabo de las Huerta (38°21'N., 0°24'W.), located 4
miles ENE of Alicante, terminates in a low point. A hill rises
close NW of the cape and is a prominent whitish color. A reef,
with a depth of less than 5m over its seaward end, extends up to
0.3 mile E of the cape. A light is shown from a tower, 8m high,
standing on the cape.
3.9 During NW winds, anchorage can be obtained off Playa de
las Huertas, which extends as far as 3.5 miles N of the cape.
3.9 Villajoyosa (38°30'N., 0°14'W.), a small harbor, is situated
13 miles NE of Cabo de las Huerta. It is protected by breakwaters
and is mostly used by fishing boats. A yacht marina is situated
within this harbor.
3.9 Cabezo del Tosal (38°31'N., 0°10'W.), a small promontory,
is located 2.8 miles ENE of Villajoyosa. It is conspicuous,
whitish in color, and surmounted by a coast guard station.
3.9 Ensenada de Benidorm lies between Cabezo del Tosal and
Punta de la Escaleta, 3 miles E. This bay affords shelter from
NW and NE winds.
3.9 Islote de Benidorm (38°30'N., 0°48'W.) lies 2 miles SW of
Punta de la Escaleta. It is cliffy, barren, and reddish. A flat,
whitish, and rocky shoal, with a least depth of 5.8m, extends
200m in a NNE to SSW direction and should be given a wide
berth by deep draft vessels. This shoal lies 0.2 mile S of this island.
A light is shown from a tower, 4m high, standing on the
island.
3.9 Benidorm (38°32'N., 0°08'W.) (World Port Index No.
38437), a resort town, is situated at the head of Ensenada de
Benidorm. It has numerous tall buildings and surrounds a
rocky point, which is surmounted by a conspicuous church
with a blue dome. Anchorage, during offshore winds, can be
obtained, in depths of 20 to 26m, muddy sand and weed, about
0.4 mile SW of the church.
3.9 Caution.—The head of a small mole, which fronts the town,
should be given a wide berth due to submerged foundations.
Considerable silting has also taken place in its vicinity.
3.9 Tunny nets are laid out annually in the E part of Ensenada de
Benidorm.
3.9 A fishing prohibited area, the limits of which are shown on
the chart, lies centered 1 mile NNE of Islote de Benidorm.
Pub. 131
3.10 Sierra Helada (38°33'N., 0°05'W.), a range of hills,
extends 3 miles NE of Punta de la Escaleta. When seen from
the SW or NE, it presents a steep slope on the seaward side and
a gradual decline on the inland side.
3.10 Islote Mediana (Isla Mitjana) lies close inshore, 1.5 miles
NE of Punta de la Escaleta. It usually cannot be distinguished
against the cliffs, except from a short distance.
3.10 Punta del Albir (38°34'N., 0°03'W.) is located 2 miles NE
of Islote Mediana. A light is shown from a tower with a dwelling,
8m high, standing on the point.
3.10 Puig
Campana, the most conspicuous mountain along this
part of the coast, rises to a height of 1,436m, 7 miles WNW of
Punta del Albir. When seen from the SSE, this mountain can
easily be identified by Cuchillada de Roldan, a large and deep
ravine lying between its summit and another peak, 1,366m
high, standing 0.5 mile SW.
3.11 Altea (38°36'N., 0°03'W.), a town, is situated 2 miles
N of Punta del Albir. It is marked by a prominent church with
high blue and white cupolas. A small harbor, which includes a
yacht marina, is situated 0.5 mile SSW of the town and is protected
by breakwaters. Anchorage can be obtained, in depths of
16 to 20m, mud, 0.5 mile E of the harbor entrance.
3.11 A dangerous wreck lies about 0.4 mile SSE of the harbor entrance.
3.11 Islote
de Altea lies 0.2 mile offshore, 2.5 miles NE of the
harbor. A reef extends between this islet and the mainland. A
small yacht harbor, protected by a breakwater, is situated 1
mile NE of the islet.
3.11 A dangerous wreck lies about 0.7 mile S of the islet.
3.11 Numerous fish havens, best seen on the chart, are located in
the Ensenada de Altea.
3.11 Ensenada
de Calpe is entered between Cabo Toix, whose
summit is topped by a television relay tower, located 5 miles
NE of Punta del Albir, and Punta Ifach, 2.5 miles ENE. A
small craft harbor, protected by breakwaters, is situated close
NW of Punta Ifach.
3.11 Punta
Ifach is formed by the E extremity of Monte Ifach, a
peninsula, which somewhat resembles the Rock of Gibraltar.
Its seaward sides are formed by high, reddish cliffs and the
land to the NW of it is very low. When seen from the SW or
NE, it appears as an island.
3.11 During
Cuchillada de Roldan bearing 347°, distant 12 miles
good weather, anchorage can be obtained, in a depth
of 12m, sand and weed, within Ensenada de Calpe, about 0.3
mile offshore. During W or SW winds, anchorage can also be
obtained, in a depth of 26m, sand and mud, off Playa de la
Fosa, about 0.6 mile N of Punta Ifach.

3.11 Caution.—A dangerous wreck lies 0.5 mile from land in the
center of the bay in front of Ensenada de Calpe.
3.11 Punta de Las Basetas, located 1.2 miles N of Punta Ifach, is
surmounted by a large tower.
3.12 Cabo Blanco (38°40'N., 0°07'E.), located 3 miles NE
of Punta Ifach, slopes steeply down to the sea. The high land
standing above this cape is surmounted by a tower.
3.12 Ensenada de Morayra lies between Cabo Blanco and Cabo
Morayra, 1.7 miles ENE. A yacht harbor, protected by breakwaters,
is situated close W of Cabo Morayra. This bay affords
shelter from W, N, and E winds. Vessels may anchor, in a depth
of 16m, sand or mud, about 0.5 mile WNW of Cabo Morayra.
3.12 Monte Isabela, 442m high, stands 3 miles NNE of Cabo Morayra.
This hill is conical in shape and easy to identify.
3.12 Several marine farms have been established within the bays
lying NE and W of Punta Ifach. These farms are protected by
artificial reefs and fishing is prohibited in their vicinity. Vessels
anchoring in the bays should have local knowledge.
3.12 Cabo de la Nao (38°44'N., 0°14'E.), located 5 miles NE of
Cabo Morayra, is fairly steep-to. A large rock lies at its foot,
near a cave. A light is shown from a tower with a dwelling,
20m high, standing on the cape. A radiobeacon is situated at
the light.
3.12 Isla del Descubridor, 57m high, lies close offshore, 1 mile
WSW of the cape. The narrow channel lying between this island
and the mainland cannot be used.
3.12 Cabo Negro, located 1 mile N of Cabo de la Nao, is sheer cut
and fronted by rocks. Isla del Portichol, 68m high, lies close
offshore, 0.7 mile N of this cape.
3.12 Cabo de San Martin, located 1.2 miles N of Cabo Negro, has
a steep-sided hillock standing at its extremity.
3.12 Javea (38°48'N., 0°11'E.), a small harbor, is situated within a
bay, 2.4 miles NNW of Cabo de San Martin. It is protected by
two breakwaters and is used by small craft and yachts. Anchorage
can be obtained, in depths of 14 to 20m, sand, E of the harbor.
3.12 Caution.—Submarine cables extend E from a point on the
shore lying close S of Javea.
Ensenada de Javea
3.13 Cabo de San Antonio (38°40'N., 0°12'E.), located
0.7 mile ENE of Javea, is formed by a high and level promontory
which falls steeply towards the sea. A light is shown from
a tower with a dwelling, 17m high, standing on the E extremity
of the cape.
3.13 A signal station is situated near the light and a hermitage
stands close SSW of it. Several windmills stand on a ridge, 1.2
Sector 3. Spain—Cabo de Palos to Cabo Cerbere 37
miles W of the cape.
3.13 Caution.—A marine reserve is established in the vicinity of
Cabo de San Antonio. The reserve includes the coastal area extending
to the 20m depth contour from a point 0.6 mile N of
Cala Fontana to the port of Denia.
3.13 Monte Mongo (38°48'N., 0°08'E.), 752m high, has a conical
peak surmounted by a castle. This hill is conspicuous and from
a distance appears as an island. During E or NE winds, it generally
becomes obscured by clouds.
3.13 Ibiza (38°55'N., 1°20'W.), the nearest island of the Islas
Baleares, lies 48 miles ENE of Cabo de San Antonio and is described
in paragraph 4.6.
3.14 Denia (38°50'N., 0°07'E.), a small port, lies 4.7 miles
WNW of Cabo de San Antonio and is protected by two breakwaters.
3.14 Depths—Limitations.—The entrance channel is dredged to
a depth of 5m. The main quay is 208m long and has a depth of
5.5m alongside. Vessels up to 100m in length and 5m draft can
be accommodated. The port is mostly used by pleasure craft,
yacht, and vehicular ferries.
3.14 Aspect.—Castillo de Denia stands on a hill near the NW end
of the harbor. The prominent spire of the church and the
square-topped belfry of another church stand close SE and SW,
respectively, of the castle. Several high-rise buildings are situated
in the vicinity of the town and are conspicuous from seaward.
3.14 A lighted range indicates the entrance channel.
3.14 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 50 grt.
Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 16 and board in position
38°52'N, 8°53'E. Vessels should send their ETA at least 6
hours in advance and request a pilot from Gandia.
3.14 Anchorage.—Vessels up to 91m in length may anchor within
the harbor. Larger vessels may anchor, in depths of 12 to
18m, in the roadstead, or in a depth of 26m, mud, about 0.8
mile NE of the N breakwater.
3.14 Caution.—Bajo La Androna, a shoal with a least depth of
3.4m, lies close N of the head of the S breakwater and projects
into the entrance channel.
3.14 An outfall pipeline extends from the shore on the NW side of
the harbor. Its seaward end is marked by a buoy.
3.15 Algar de la Almadraba (38°55'N., 0°02'E.), centered
about 6 miles NW of Denia, is an extensive area of foul ground
which lies off this stretch of coast. This area has depths of 25 to
36m and heavy seas are raised over it by onshore winds.
3.15 Oliva (38°55'N., 0°07'W.), a conspicuous town, stands at the
foot of a small hill, 12 miles NW of Denia. Two small piers,
with depths of 3m alongside, extend from the coast adjacent to
this town.
3.15 Torre de Piles stands near the beach, 2 miles N of Oliva. Several
prominent buildings are situated near this tower. It was reported
(1990) that the tower was not visible from seaward.
Gandia (39°00'N., 0°09'W.)
World Port Index No. 38460
3.16 Gandia, a small port, lies at the mouth of the Rio San
Pub. 131

38 Sector 3. Spain—Cabo de Palos to Cabo Cerbere
Nicolas, 20 miles NW of Cabo de San Antonio. It is protected
by two breakwaters.
3.16 Depths—Limitations.—The entrance to the harbor is about
100m wide, with a depth of 9m. An extensive yacht marina is
situated in the N part of the harbor.
3.16 Information concerning the main commercial facilities are
given in the table titled Gandia—Berthing Information.
3.16 There are facilities for general cargo, bulk, and ro-ro vessels.
Vessels up to 107m in length and 5.5m have been accommodated.
3.16 Aspect.—El Mitjanet, a rocky patch, with a least depth of
5.6m, lies about 0.5 mile N of the harbor entrance. It extends
parallel with the coast and about 0.4 mile offshore.
3.16 The town of Gandia is situated on the N bank of the Rio Serpis
in the middle of a cultivated plain, 1.5 miles SW of the harbor.
3.16 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 gross
tons as local knowledge is essential due to shifting shoals near
the entrance. Pilots board about 1.5 miles off the harbor entrance
in the anchorage area and can be contacted on VHF
channel 16.
3.16 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained, in a depth of
20m, 1.2 miles ENE of the head of the N breakwater. Due to El
Mitjanet, extreme care should be taken.
3.16 Caution.—Fish havens front the port to the E and NE as best
seen on the chart.
3.16 A dangerous wreck lies 4.5 miles NNE of the N breakwater
light at Puerto de Gandia.
Gandia to Valencia
3.17 La Vinyeta (39°04'N., 0°11'W.), an area of rocky
patches, extends between Gandia and the Rio Jucar, 10 miles
NNW. It lies up to 1 mile offshore and has depths of 10 to 20m.
3.17 From Gandia to Valencia, the coast is low and sandy, with
the exception of Cabo Cullera, and generally may be approached
to within 1 mile.
3.17 Torre La Vall and Torre de Jucar stand 6.2 and 9.7 miles NW,
respectively, of Gandia. Several buildings are situated in the vi-
Pub. 131
Port of Gandia Home Page
http://www.valenciaport.com
Gandia—Berthing Information
Berth Length Depth Remarks
Muelle Sur 150m 6.0m General cargo
Muelle Norte 125m 5.5m General cargo
Muelle Frutero 300m 5.5m General cargo
Muelle Serpis 300m 9.0-10.0m
General cargo.
Ro-ro vessels.
Muelle Sur extension
150m 6.5m General cargo
Moto-Veleros 174m 4.5m Fishing vessels
cinity of these towers. It is reported (1990) that these towers
are not visible from seaward.
3.17 El Moro, marked by a beacon, is a small abovewater rock
which lies about 0.6 mile NNE of the mouth of the Rio Jucar.
During offshore winds, anchorage may be taken, in a depth of
6m, about 0.3 mile N or S of El Moro.
3.17 The Rio Jucar is shallow and its mouth encumbered by a bar.
Two jetties extend 0.2 mile seaward from the mouth of the river.
3.17 Monte de las Zorras (39°10'N., 0°15'W.), 222m high, is
prominent and stands just S of Sierra de Cullora, a range,
which rises steeply from the plains.
3.17 Cabo Cullera (39°11'N., 0°13'W.) rises steeply from the sea
and is the E extremity of Sierra de Cullera. A light is shown
from a tower, 16m high, standing on the cape.
3.17 A small yacht harbor, protected by breakwaters, is situated
0.5 mile SW of the cape.
3.17 Santos de Sucia Hermitage stands 2.5 miles inland, 5.7 miles
NW of Cabo Cullera. It is situated on a prominent hill, 38m
high, in the middle of the coastal plain and is conspicuous.
3.17 Casa del Rey, where several prominent buildings stand, is located
4 miles NW of Cabo Cullera. Penas del Moro, a rocky
and shallow reef, extends up to 0.3 mile offshore, about 0.5 N
of Casa del Rey.
3.17 El Perello, a small yacht harbor, is situated 6 miles NNW of
Cabo Cullera and protected by breakwaters.
3.17 La Albufera de Valencia (39°20'N., 0°21'W.), a shallow
lake, lies just inland behind the coastal sand banks. Caserio El
Saler, a small village, is situated at its N end. A small, square
tower stands in the village and is visible from seaward.
3.17 Caution.—Dangerous wrecks lie 1 mile NE of Cabo Cullera
and 2 miles E of Gola del Perello.
Valencia (39°27'N., 0°19'W.)
World Port Index No. 38480
3.18 The port of Valencia lies 17 miles NNW of Cabo
Cullera and is protected by breakwaters. It is backed by a
prominent city which stands on a plain, 2 miles inland.
Port of Valencia Home Page
http://www.valenciaport.com
3.18 Depths—Limitations.—The Rio Turia, which formerly
flowed through the N part of the city, was diverted and now enters
the sea 1.4 miles WSW of the harbor entrance. An extensive
marina, protected by rubble breakwaters, lies close N of
this new river mouth. A small craft harbor, consisting of two
basins, is situated 0.4 mile N of the marina.
3.18 Muelle de Levante extends 0.9 mile SSE from the shore at
the N side of the port. Dique de Norte extends about 0.5 mile E
from the SE end of Muelle de Levante. Dique del Este extends
0.6 mile S from the E end of Dique de Norte. The harbor entrance,
600m wide, lies between the S end of Dique de Este and
a rubble breakwater, which is part of the Muelle Darsena Sur to
the SW.
3.18 The entrance fairway is 500m wide and dredged to a depth of
16m.

3.18 The main berthing facilities are described in the accompanying
table titled Valencia—Berthing Information.
3.18 The port has facilities for ro-ro, container, general cargo,
bulk, passenger, and tanker vessels. Vessels of up to 65,000
dwt, 290m in length, and 13.2m draft have been accommodated
within the harbor.
3.18 Aspect.—Islas Columbretes (39°54'N., 0°41'E.), previously
described in paragraph 3.2, lie in the outer approach to the port
and form a good landmark.
3.18 A lighted buoy is moored about 0.4 mile S of the head of
Dique del Este. A light is shown from a prominent tower, 22m
high, standing on the E end of Dique de Norte.
Valencia—Berthing Information
Berth Length
Depth
alongside
Muelle Sur 600m 14.0m
Muelle de Levante 1,400m 9.0-14.0m
Espigon Norte 176m 9.0m
Poniente 436m 9.0-11.0m
Espigon Turia 811m 9.0-14.0m
Muelle de Turia 387m 9.0m
Transversals Poniente and Levante 699m 7.0m
Trasversal Costa 262m 12.5m
Muelle Aduana 190m 7.0m
Estacion No. 1, Estacion No. 2,
and Estacion No. 3
358m 7.0m
Grao 195m 7.0m
Nazaret 175m 7.0m
Muelle Norte 600m 16.0m
Pantalan 210m 12.0m
Muelle Dique del Este
Nuevo Dique del Este
225m 11.0m
3.18 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted
on VHF channel 11, 12, 14, or 16 and board about 1.5 miles SE
of Nuevo Dique del Este.
3.18 Anchorage.—Vessels may anchor off the harbor entrance in
the charted area, but must keep the approach clear. Good holding
ground is found, in a depth of 18m, about 1 mile SE of the
light.
3.18 An anchorage area for vessels carrying dangerous cargo is
located about 2.5 miles SE of the head of the breakwater and is
best seen on the chart.
3.18 Caution.—The harbor and entrance channel are subject to
silting.
3.18 Winds from the NE usually cause a heavy swell to set WSW
across the entrance of the harbor.
3.18 Due to the existence of submarine cables, a prohibited anchoring
and trawling area, the limits of which are shown on the
chart, extends up to 13 miles seaward from a point on the shore
lying close N of the harbor.
Sector 3. Spain—Cabo de Palos to Cabo Cerbere 39
3.18 Outfall pipelines extend ESE from the mouth of the Rio
Turia; they extend up to 2 miles seaward.
3.18 It is reported (1997) that extensive works are being carried
out within the harbor.
3.18 It is reported (2009) that reclamation work is in progress in
the port.
3.19 Torre de Puig (39°35'N., 0°17'W.) stands 7.5 miles N
of Valencia. A coast guard station is situated close to this tower.
A prominent convent stands on the slope of a hill, 1.5 miles
WNW of the tower.
3.19 From
Valencia to Sagunto, the coast is formed by a sandy
beach backed by an almost continuous line of villages. Puerto
de Alboraya and Puerto de Farnais are small craft harbors
which are situated 3 miles and 6 miles N, respectively, of Valencia.
3.19 Algar de Albuixech, Algar del Puig, and Algar de Murviedro
are areas of rock and weed, with depths of 15 to 20m, which lie
off this stretch of coast.
3.19 Grao
de Murviedro, where a number of warehouses are situ-
ated, is located 4 miles NNE of Torre de Puig and fronted by a
reef. Anchorage, with local knowledge, can be obtained, in
depths of 10 to 12m, sand, off Grao de Murviedro.
Sagunto (39°39'N., 0°13'W.)
World Port Index No. 38490
3.20 The small port of Sagunto (Puerto de Sagunto) lies 12
miles NNE of Valencia and is privately owned. It consists of a
harbor basin, which is protected by a breakwater, and an outer
ore terminal. It has been reported (1994) that extensive reclamation
is in progress on the outer boundary of the Escollera de
Levante.
Port of Sagunto Home Page
http://www.valenciaport.com
3.20 Depths—Limitations.—Escollera de Levante, the main
breakwater, extends 0.6 mile SSE from the N side of the harbor
basin.
3.20 The main facilities include Muelle Norte, 570m long, with a
depth of 9.8m alongside; Muelle Centro, 660m long, with a
depth of 11.2m alongside; and Muelle Sur, 580m long, with a
depth of 9.8m alongside. There are facilities for ro-ro and bulk
vessels.
3.20 Pantalan, the ore terminal, consists of a pier, with a loading
platform at its head, which extends 0.8 mile ESE from near the
root of the main breakwater. The platform berth can accommodate
vessels up to 90,000 dwt and a draft of 14m.
3.20 The entrance channel, about 100m wide at its narrowest, is
dredged to 9.5m and is marked by lighted buoys.
3.20 Aspect.—The port area is easily recognized from offshore
by the existence of several industrial installations.
3.20 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted
on VHF channel 12 or 16 and generally board vessels about 1
mile SE of the harbor entrance.
3.20 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be taken, in depths of 20m or
more, good holding ground, E to SE of the ore pier.
Pub. 131

40 Sector 3. Spain—Cabo de Palos to Cabo Cerbere
3.20 A designated dangerous cargo anchorage lies about 5 miles S
of Cabo Canet.
3.20 Caution.—A shoal area, with a least depth of 1.6m, extends
W from the W side of the breakwater and lies adjacent to the
entrance channel.
3.20 An isolated patch, with a depth of 4.5m, lies about 0.2 mile S
of the head of the breakwater.
3.20 Winds from the N or E may be strong enough to cause a
troublesome swell in the harbor entrance and prevent entry or
exit.
3.20 Three marine farms are established in the port of Sagunto.
Sagunto to Tarragona
3.21 Cabo Canet (39°40'N., 0°12'W.), low and sandy, is
located 1 mile NNE of Sagunto. A light is shown from a prominent
tower, 30m high, standing 0.2 mile inland of the cape.
3.21 A
small yacht harbor is situated close N of the cape. Sierra
de Almenara, 186m high, stands inland, 5 miles N of the cape.
This hill is crowned by a castle and a tower which can be seen
from seaward.
3.21 A marine farm, marked by lighted buoys, lies close NE of the
ore loading platform at Sagunto.
3.21 An outfall, marked by a buoy, lies 1 mile N of Cabo Canet.
Fish havens front the coast between Cabo Canet and Bajo Punta
La Llosa and are best seen on the chart.
3.21 Bajo Punta La Llosa, with a least depth of 5.5m, lies 1.5
miles offshore, about 4.5 miles NNE of Cabo Canet.
3.21 Pico Espadan, 1,105m high, stands 13 miles inland, 16 miles
NNW of Cabo Canet. This mountain is the most conspicuous
distant landmark along this stretch of coast.
3.21 Burriana (39°53'N., 0°03'W.) (World Port Index No.
38495), a small port, lies 13 miles NE of Cabo Canet and is
protected by breakwaters.
3.21 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor entrance has a depth of
6m.
3.21 The
main facilities include Transversal Quay, 180m long,
with a depth of 5.5m alongside, and Levante Quay, 400m long,
with a depth of 5m alongside. Vessels up to 150m in length and
5.2m draft can be accommodated.
3.21 Aspect.—The prominent town of Burriana stands on the S
bank of the Rio Bechi, 1.5 miles N of the harbor.
3.21 Pilotage.—Pilots are available and generally board vessels
about 1 mile from the harbor entrance. The port and pilots can
be contacted on VHF channel 16.
3.21 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in a depth of 10m, about
0.2 mile S of the head of the E breakwater.
3.21 Caution.—A sandy shoal, with a depth of 3.3m, lies about
0.5 mile SW of the head of the E breakwater.
3.21 Stony patches, with depths of 2.7m and 3m, lie about 0.6
mile NE and 0.9 mile NNE, respectively, of the head of the E
breakwater.
3.21 Several wrecks and a triangular fish haven lie in the approach
to the harbor and may best be seen on the chart.
3.22 Puerto de Castellon Oil Terminal (39°56'N.,
0°03'E.) is situated offshore, 7 miles NE of Burriana. It consists
of an offshore sea berth, formed by mooring buoys, lying
at the seaward end of a submarine pipeline, which extends 2.5
miles ESE from the shore. In addition, a berthing platform is
Pub. 131
situated along this pipeline, 1.2 miles from the shore.
3.22 Depths—Limitations.—Vessels of unlimited length, with
drafts up to about 12.5m, can be accommodated at the berthing
platform. Vessels of unlimited length, with drafts up to 19.8m,
can be accommodated at the sea berth.
3.22 Aspect.—The sea berth is marked by a lighted buoy moored
about 0.5 mile E of it. In addition, two lighted buoys are
moored about 0.5 mile N of the seaward end of the pipeline.
3.22 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Vessels should send an
ETA 72 hours and 24 hours in advance.
3.22 Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 13 or 16 and board
as follows:
1. Berthing platform—0.5 mile NE of the platform.
2. Sea berths—in the tanker anchorage near position
39°55'27.0''N, 0°03'49.8''E.
3.22 If possible, vessels should maintain a continuous listening
watch on VHF channel 13.
3.22 Anchorage.—Vessels may anchor, in a depth of about 30m,
seaward of Outer Lighted Buoy. The holding ground is reported
to be good.
3.22 Caution.—Navigation is prohibited between the outer approach
lighted buoy and the berthing platform, except for vessels
berthing. Small craft may pass between the berthing
platform and the shore, but must not anchor or fish in the vicinity
of the pipeline.
3.23 El Grao (Puerto de Castellon) (39°58'N., 0°01'E.)
(World Port Index No. 38500), a small port, lies 8 miles NNE
of Burriana and is protected by breakwaters.
Port of Castellon Home Page
http://www.portcastello.com
3.23 Depths—Limitations.—A basin, with a depth of 4.1m, lies
on the SW side of the harbor and is used by fishing vessels. In
addition, a yacht marina is situated within the harbor.
3.23 There are depths of 6.8 to 8m alongside the quays in the
commercial basin. Vessels up to 201m in length and 9.9m draft
have been accommodated in the outer harbor.
3.23 Aspect.—The prominent town of Castellon de la Plana
stands in the middle of a plain, 2.5 miles WNW of the harbor,
and is visible from seaward.
3.23 A light is shown from a structure, 27m high, standing on the
head of the E breakwater.
3.23 A conspicuous flare is emitted from a chimney, 75m high,
which stands 1.7 miles SW of the harbor entrance. The buildings,
tanks, and chimneys of an oil refinery and a heating plant,
which are situated in the vicinity of the flare, are prominent
from seaward.
3.23 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 gross
tons. Pilots may be contacted on VHF channel 13 or 16 and
board about 1 mile SE of Castellon Light. Vessels should confirm
their ETA 2 hours prior to arrival.
3.23 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained, in depths of 11 to
13m, fair holding ground, E of the head of E breakwater. This
anchorage is completely exposed and vessels are advised to put
to sea on the approach of bad weather.
3.24 Torre de Benicasim (40°03'N., 0°04'E.) stands on the

coast, 5 miles NNE of El Grao. The prominent town of Benicasim
stands at the foot of a hill, 1 mile NW of this tower.
3.24 Olla de Benicasim, a roadstead, lies off Torre de Benicasim.
Anchorage can be obtained, in depths of 7 to 11m, between 0.6
mile and 1 mile offshore.
3.24 Cabo de Oropesa (40°05'N., 0°09'E.), located 9 miles NE of
El Grao, is the low termination of Los Colls, a range of mountains
with three conspicuous peaks. A light is shown from a
tower with a dwelling, 13m high, standing on the cape. An old
watch tower stands close to the light.
Los Colls from SE
3.24 Caution.—Several marine farm areas, the limits of which
are shown on the chart, lie offshore between Cabo de Oropesa
and Peniscola.
3.24 Several wrecks and obstructions lie E to SE of Benicasim
from 2 to 3 miles off the coast.
3.25 Torre de Almadun (40°19'N., 0°22'E.), standing 17
miles NE of Cabo de Oropesa, is conspicuous.
3.25 Peniscola (40°21'N., 0°24'E.), located 3 miles NE of Torre
de Almadun, is a small and rocky fortified peninsula. It is 64m
high and the summit is surmounted by a large, ancient, and
conspicuous castle. Peniscola Light is shown from a tower with
a dwelling, 11m high, standing on the SE wall of the castle.
3.25 Small vessels can anchor, in a depth of 6m, close N of the
peninsula. This berth is sheltered from SW winds, but is exposed
to E winds.
3.25 Puerto de Peniscola, a small craft harbor, lies SW of the peninsula
and is protected by a breakwater.
3.25 Puerto de Benicarlo, a small harbor, lies 4.6 miles NE of Puerto
de Peniscola. It is protected by breakwaters, but is subject
to silting. Anchorage, exposed to onshore winds, can be obtained,
in depths of 5 to 12m, about 0.7 mile E of the harbor.
The harbor is used by pleasure craft, fishing vessels, and small
coasters.
3.25 Caution.—A circular navigation, fishing, and anchoring
prohibited area, with radius of 0.5 mile, is centered on position
40°23.7'N, 0°42.6'E.
3.26 Vinaroz (40°28'N., 0°29'E.) a small port, lies 3.5
miles NE of Puerto de Benicarlo and is protected by breakwaters.
3.26 Winds—Weather.—The harbor provides shelter against all
winds except those from between the S and SW. However, even
when these winds blow hard and frequently, it is not dangerous
to anchor because the bottom has very good holding ground.
3.26 Depths—Limitations.—There are depths of 3.5 to 7m
alongside the quays within the harbor. The entrance fairway is
Sector 3. Spain—Cabo de Palos to Cabo Cerbere 41
200m wide and is dredged to a depth of 7m. The harbor is used
by pleasure craft, fishing vessels, and coasters.
3.26 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 50 tons.
3.26 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in depths of 10 to 11m,
close E of E breakwater.
3.27 Pena de Bel (40°37'N., 0°10'E.), 1,004m high, stands
16 miles WNW of Vinaroz and is a good distant landmark.
3.27 Casa de Sol del Riu, a prominent building with a tower,
stands on the S side of the mouth of the Rio Cenia, 4 miles NE
of Vinaroz.
3.27 Las Casas de Alcanar, a small harbor, lies 6 miles NE of Vinaroz.
It is protected by breakwaters and is used by yachts and
fishing craft.
3.27 Sierra de Montsia dominates this stretch of coast and possesses
several prominent peaks. Pare Pascual, 764m high,
stands 9 miles NNE of Vinaroz and is one of these prominent
peaks.
3.27 Cargadero de Alcanar (40°40'N., 0°40'E.), a small harbor,
lies 1.5 miles NE of Las Casas de Alcanar. It is protected by
breakwaters and has facilities for the loading of cement. An entrance
channel, marked at its outer end by lighted buoys, leads
NW from offshore and is dredged to a depth of 12m. Pilotage
is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted by VHF and are available
from San Carlos de la Rapita. Vessels up to 40,000 grt and
10.1m draft have been accommodated.
3.27 Caution.—Several marine farm areas, the limits of which
are shown on the chart, lie offshore between Vinaroz and the
channel leading to Cargadero de Alcanar.
3.28 Alfaques de Tortosa (40°40'N., 0°40'E.), the delta of
the Rio Ebro, commences close NE of Cargadero de Alcanar
and is gradually extending seaward on its SE and NE sides.
The alluvium first forms shoals and islets which become connected
to the land and form small harbors; subsequently, lagoons
or salt pans are finally formed. Puerto de los Alfaques,
lying on the S side of the delta, and Fondeadero del Fangal, lying
on the N side, are examples of such harbors.
3.28 The
Rio Ebro is one of the largest rivers in Spain, but due to
the shallow bar and numerous shifting shoals at the mouth, it
can only be entered by vessels of light draft. Local knowledge
is essential.
Puerto de Los Alfaques (40°37'N., 0°36'E.), a deep bight, is
formed by a low and sandy peninsula which extends SW from
the delta of the Rio Ebro. It has a maximum depth of 6.5m and
is entered between Punta de la Senieta, located 2.5 miles NNE
of Cargadero de Alcanar, and Punta Corballera, 2.2 miles SSE.
3.28 Anchorage
may be taken anywhere in this bight with fair to
good holding ground over a mud bottom. Strong squalls sometimes
cause a difficult sea in the shallow waters and may cause
dragging. Sustained strong winds from the E through SSW
may raise the water level and those from other directions may
lower it. There are no discernible tides within the bight and the
depths are continuously decreasing due to silting. A pier is situated
in the SE part of the bight and extends 0.9 mile N from
the S shore.
3.29 San Carles de la Rapita (40°37'N., 0°36'E.), a small
port, lies in the NW corner of Puerto de Los Alfaques and is
protected by breakwaters.
Pub. 131

42 Sector 3. Spain—Cabo de Palos to Cabo Cerbere
3.29 Depths—Limitations.—The entrance is 90m wide. A yacht
basin is situated on the W side of the harbor. The commercial
quays have 565m of total berthing space with depths of 4 to 6m
alongside. In addition, there are facilities for fishing vessels.
Vessels up to 5.4m draft have been accommodated.
3.29 Aspect.—A light is shown from a tower with a dwelling, 7m
high, standing on Punta de la Senieta, 0.7 mile SSW of the harbor.
A light is shown from a metal tower, 9m high, standing on
Punta Corballera.
3.29 The harbor fronts the N part of the town. A prominent
church stands in the SW part of the town. Cerro de la Guardiola,
116m high, stands at the NW end of the town and is surmounted
by a tower.
3.29 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots may be contacted
on VHF channel 11, 12, 14, or 16 and board in position
40°31.3'N, 0°36.0'E. Vessels should send an ETA at least 24
hours in advance.
3.29 Anchorage.—Sheltered anchorage may be found about 1.5
miles SE of the harbor.
3.30 Punta de la Bana (40°34'N., 0°40'E.) is located on
the S side of the sandy peninsular, 2.9 miles E of Punta Corballera.
A light is shown from a tower, 26m high, standing on
the point. An old and disused light tower stands close NE of
the light.
3.30 Isla de Buda, located 12 miles NE of Punta de la Bana, is
very low and at times submerged in places. It was formerly
separated from the rest of the delta by the S mouth of the Rio
Ebro, which has since silted up.
3.30 Cabo Tortosa (40°43'N., 0°54'E.), located 15 miles NE of
Punta de la Bana, is the S entrance point of the principal mouth
of the Rio Ebro. It should not be approached within 2 miles and
special caution should be taken at night and in thick weather.
3.30 It is reported that winds from the NE give rise to a current
which sets into the bight lying N of the cape.
3.30 A light is shown from a tower, 21m high, standing on the N
bank at the mouth of the river.
3.30 A light with racon is shown from a framework tower situated
on a platform, 18m high, standing 2 miles E of the cape.
3.30 Golfo de San Jorge lies between Cabo de Tortosa and Cabo
de Salou, 23 miles NE.
3.30 Afortunada Oil Complex (40°42'N., 1°20'E.) lies 22 miles
E of Cabo Tortosa and consists of a production platform with
several lighted buoys and wells in its vicinity. Another platform
stands 12 miles NNW of the main complex and a submarine
pipeline extends about 25 miles in a N direction from the main
Pub. 131
San Carlos de La Rapita Light
complex to the shore.
3.31 Punta del Fango (40°40'N., 0°40'E.), located 6 miles
NW of Cabo Tortosa, is formed by the W end of a low peninsula.
A light is shown from a tower, 18m high, standing 1.5 miles
E of the point.
3.31 Golfo
de la Ampolla lies between Punta del Fango and Cabo
Roig, 2 miles NW. The latter cape is 6m high and may be identified
by a reddish scar on it. La Ampolla, a resort village, is
situated 1 mile SW of Cabo Roig and is fronted by a small harbor
which is used by fishing craft and protected by a breakwater.
3.31 Anchorage can be obtained, in a depth of 6m, mud and sand,
SW of Cabo Roig.
3.31 Caution.—Punta de Fango is reported to be extending seaward.
3.31 Numerous fish farms and havens have been established within
the 25m depth contour line along this stretch of coast.
3.31 Modules
for the construction of artificial reefs have been laid
in the SW part of the gulf. The reefs lie within the areas centered
approximately 3 miles N, 4.7 miles NW, and 10.2 miles
NW from Cabo de Tortosa Light. Mariners are advised to avoid
these areas.
3.32 Cabo de San Jorge (40°55'N., 0°50'E.) is located 8
miles NE of La Ampolla. This cape may be easily identified by
the ruined fort which surmounts its summit.
3.32 Cala de la Ametlla, a small cove, lies 2.5 miles SW of the
cape and is used by fishing craft.
3.32 Los Frailes, formed by three conspicuous peaks, stands 3
miles NW of Cabo de San Jorge and attains a height of 470m.
La Mamelleta, 713m high, stands 1.7 miles NE of Los Frailes.
3.32 The conspicuous buildings of two nuclear power stations
stand on the coast between 1 and 1.5 miles NE of Cabo de San
Jorge. Two lighted buoys are moored about 0.3 mile offshore
and mark the water intake facilities.
3.32 Punta de Riu Llastres is located 6.5 miles NE of Cabo de San
Jorge and a small yacht harbor is situated on its S side.
3.32 Puerto de Cambrils, a small yacht harbor, lies 5 miles W of
Cabo de Salou and is protected by breakwaters.
3.32 Cabo de Salou (41°03'N., 1°10'E.), yellowish in places, is
formed by the S extremity of a rocky promontory. From a distance
it appears as an island because of the low land close N of
it. A light is shown from a tower, 11m high, standing on the
cape. A radiobeacon is situated at the light.
3.32 A tower, 120m high, stands close NE of the light and two
prominent tall buildings are situated on the point.
3.32 Rada de Salou, which extends 4 miles W of the cape, affords
anchorage, sheltered from winds from the NW through N to E.
The roadstead has depths of 10 to 12m, good holding ground,
sand and weed, about 0.3 mile offshore. Small vessels can anchor
closer inshore. At all times, especially in winter, vessels
should be prepared to put to sea on any indication of a S wind.
The village of Salou is situated 3.2 miles E of Puerto de Cambrils
and is fronted by a small craft harbor. A prominent highrise
building stands in the vicinity of the village.
3.32 Punta de Rincon is located 0.7 mile NE of Cabo de Salou.
The coast between is high and rocky. Playa del Rincon de
Salou, a sandy beach, extends 0.5 mile NE from this point. Anchorage,
sheltered from NW winds, can be obtained, in depths

of 7 to 10m, fine sand, about 0.3 mile off this beach.
Tarragona (41°06'N., 1°14'E.)
World Port Index No. 38540
3.33 Tarragona lies 3 miles NE of Cabo de Salou. The port
is protected by a breakwater and includes an offshore oil terminal.
Port of Tarragona Home Page
http://www.porttarragona.cat
3.33 Winds—Weather.—The port affords excellent protection
from E winds, but does not provide shelter from W winds.
Winds from the W and particularly the NW blow strongly in
winter. Winds from the SW sometimes blow directly into the
entrance of the port, raising a heavy sea. The water level in the
harbor may rise or fall as much as 0.9m, depending on the prevailing
wind.
3.33 Depths—Limitations.—The breakwater, which extends 2
miles SW from the shore fronting the city, is formed by the
seaward sides of Muelle de Levante, Muelle de Aragon, Muelle
Navarra, the Rompeolas breakwater, and Dique Levante.
3.33 The entrance fairway, which leads adjacent to Dique Levante,
has a dredged depth of 21m.
3.33 Muelle Cataluna was designed to handle vessels up to
150,000 dwt and 300m in length.
Tarragona—Berthing Information
Berth Length Depth
Muelle Cataluna 695m 20.0m
Muelle Aragon 1,267m 12.4m
Muelle Lerida 510m 8.0-10.0m
Muelle Levante 352m 9.0m
Muelle Costa 350m 6.6m
Muelle Reus 719m 10.0m
Muelle Rioja 218m 12.0m
Muelle Castilla 1,212m 14.4m
Muelle Inflammables 660m 12.4-14.4m
3.33 There are facilities for general cargo, passenger, ro-ro, container,
bulk, natural gas, and tanker vessels. A new fishing pier
is under construction in the W part of the Darsena Interior. Vessels
up to 280m in length and 18m draft have been accommodated
within the harbor.
3.33 Asesa oil pier extends 0.5 mile SE from a point on the shore,
1.1 mile NNW of the head of the breakwater. It has three berths
and can accommodate vessels up to 50,000 dwt.
3.33 Repsol oil pier extends 0.7 mile SE from a point on the shore
1.1 mile WNW of the head of the breakwater. It has five berths
and can accommodate vessels up to 100,000 dwt.
3.33 An offshore oil terminal, consisting of an SBM, is situated 1
mile S of the head of the breakwater. The buoy has a floating
Sector 3. Spain—Cabo de Palos to Cabo Cerbere 43
oil containment boom that is affected by the currents when not
in use by vessels moored to the SBM. A submarine pipeline extends
NW from this terminal to the head of the Repsol oil pier.
This terminal is capable of handling vessels up to 335,000 dwt,
unlimited length, and 40m draft. Tankers of 161,600 dwt,
352m in length, and 22.4m draft have been accommodated.
3.33 Aspect.—The city of Tarragona stands at the foot of and on
the side of a hill, 110m high, that slopes steeply to the sea,
close NE of the harbor. The prominent cathedral and several
other large buildings stand near the summit of the hill which is
surmounted by the remains of old fortifications. Several conspicuous
silos stand at the N end of Muelle de Castilla and at
the W end of Muelle de Reus.
3.33 An oil refinery, conspicuous at night, is situated near the root
of the oil pier. A prominent chimney, 65m high, stands 0.3 mile
NE of the root of this pier.
3.33 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilot boarding positions
are, as follows:
1. For vessels arriving from the N—position 41°04.2'N,
1°14.2'E.
2. For vessels arriving from the S—position 41°03.7'N,
1°12.5'E.
3.33 Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12 or 14.
3.33 Vessels intending to anchor should contact the pilot station
in order to agree on a position.
3.33 Vessel Traffic Service.—Tarragona Vessel Traffic Service
(Tarragona VTS) is in operation at Tarragona. Vessels should
make pre-entry reports 1 hour prior to arrival at the Tarragona
port limits. At least 9 miles before arrival at the breakwater,
vessels should report the following information:
1. Name.
2. Flag.
3. Call sign.
4. Port of registration.
5. Draft.
6. Gross tonnage.
7. Last port-of-call.
8. Cargo.
9. Identification.
3.33 Vessels carrying dangerous cargo should make the pre-arrival
report at least 2 hours prior to arrival at the port limits.
3.33 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained, from 0.75 mile to
4.5 miles E to ENE of the head of the breakwater, taking care
to avoid the charted foul ground area. Additional anchorage is
available from 1.75 to 3.25 miles SE of the same point outside
the charted Anchoring Prohibited Area.
3.33 Large vessels can anchor, in depths of 31 to 32m, about 1.5
miles ENE of the head of the breakwater. This berth is reported
to have good holding ground, but has a heavy ground swell in
winter.
3.33 Caution.—Caution is necessary when entering because of
strong eddies existing off the mole heads. Entry should not be
attempted if a heavy sea is running.
3.33 Due to the existence of submarine pipelines, anchorage prohibited
areas, the limits of which are shown on the chart, lie
within the approaches to the port.
3.33 It is reported that considerable development is being carried
out within the port. A new passenger terminal is being developed
in the area of the Muelle de Lerida.
3.33 A submarine pipeline extends 25 miles in a S direction from
Pub. 131

44 Sector 3. Spain—Cabo de Palos to Cabo Cerbere
the vicinity of the harbor to an extensive offshore oil complex.
3.33 Wrecks are reported to lie in position 41°06'02.4''N,
1°15'27.6''E and in position 41°05'28.2''N, 1°15'30.6''E.
3.33 For further information on off-lying islands and dangers, see
paragraph 3.2.
Tarragona to Barcelona
3.34 Cabo Gros (41°08'N., 1°24'E.) is located 7 miles
ENE of Tarragona. The coast between is hilly with areas of
sandy beach separated by rocky points.
3.34 Punta de la Mora, located 2.3 miles W of Cabo Gros, is surmounted
by a prominent tower with a dwelling attached.
3.34 Torredembarra Light is located S of the village of Torredembarra
on Cabo Gros. It is a white octagonal tower with a copper
colored dome.
3.34 A sandy beach extends between Cabo Gros and Villanueva y
Geltru, 16 miles ENE. During strong onshore winds, the sea
breaks some distance offshore over the rocky bottom along this
stretch. Numerous small fishing villages and yacht harbors are
situated along this part of the coast, which is backed inland by
several high mountains.
3.34 A prominent power station, with a conspicuous chimney, is
situated 3.7 miles W of Villanueva y Geltru.
3.34 Villanueva y Geltru (41°13'N., 1°44'E.) (World Port Index
No. 38543), a small town, stands on the W bank near the
mouth of Torrente de Estany. Several conspicuous tall churches
and factory chimneys are visible from seaward.
3.34 A small harbor, protected by breakwaters, fronts the town
and is used by pleasure craft, fishing boats, and small coasters.
During offshore winds, anchorage may be taken, in depths of 7
to 11m, sand, close off the harbor entrance.
3.34 A light is shown from a structure, 21m high, standing close
NE of the harbor.
3.34 El Montanazo, an isolated shoal with a depth of 15m, lies
about 3 miles SSE of the light.
3.34 Sitges (41°14'N., 1°48'E.), a small village, is situated 3.7
miles ENE of Villanueva y Geltru A conspicuous church stands
on a rocky point fronting this village; a yacht harbor stands 0.7
mile E of it. Anchorage, sheltered from NW winds, can be obtained,
in depths of 10 to 12m, sand, off the village.
3.34 It is reported that several high-rise buildings and hotels stand
along the coast in this vicinity.
3.34 Vallcarca (41°14'N., 1°52'E.), a privately-maintained small
port, lies 2.5 miles E of Sitges and is protected by an L-shaped
breakwater. A main berth, 100m long, has a depth of 6m alongside
and is used by coasters.
3.34 Cement factories, with smoke constantly rising from them,
are situated close to the harbor and are conspicuous.
3.34 Puerto de Garraf, a small craft harbor, is situated 2 miles
ENE of Vallcarca. It is protected by breakwaters, but is subject
to silting. Yacht marinas front the coast at Vallbona and Ginesta,
which lie 1 mile and 3 miles ENE, respectively, of Puerto
Garraf.
3.34 Playa de Vallbona extends 9.5 miles ENE from a point on the
shore, located 2.5 miles E of Garraf, to the mouth of the Rio
Llobregat. This beach is free from off-lying dangers, but
should be given a wide berth, as the sea breaks heavily on it
and there is an appreciable set towards it.
Pub. 131
3.34 An outfall pipeline extends 1 mile SSE from a point on the
shore, lying 0.9 mile SW of the river mouth.
3.34 The Rio Llobregrat (41°20'N., 2°09'E.) enters the sea 1
mile SSW of the entrance to the port of Barcelona. A light is
shown from a structure, 31m high, standing 0.4 mile NNE of
the mouth of the river. A radiobeacon is situated at the light.
3.34 A lighted buoy is moored about 0.8 mile SSE of the light and
marks the coastal bank.
3.34 Caution.—Vessels rounding the bend near the mouth of the
Rio Llobregat should give the coast a berth of at least 2 miles.
The lighted buoy, which marks the coastal bank, is reported to
be often missing or out of position.
Barcelona (41°21'N., 2°10'E.)
World Port Index No. 38550
3.35 The port of Barcelona lies 45 miles ENE of Tarragona
and is protected by an extensive outer breakwater. It is reported
to be the largest and best equipped port on the Mediterranean
coast of Spain.
Winds—Weather
3.35 From January to May, the prevailing winds are between the
W and N. Although strong at times, they generally blow from
the land and do not raise a sea. Winds from the S and W predominate
in summer, blowing during the day and ceasing after
sunset. From September to January, strong winds and gales
from the N through E to S are prevalent, causing heavy seas at
the harbor entrance and sending a swell into the outer basin.
3.35 In winter, winds from between the NE and SE are accompanied
by rain, and if strong, send in a heavy sea. Gales from the
S, though not frequent, cause much damage in the roadstead
and harbor; but both are somewhat sheltered, should the wind
be WSW. During the winter, the wind is likely to change its direction
very suddenly. This causes a cross swell and is very
dangerous for small craft.
Tides—Currents
3.35 Strong SE winds cause variable currents in the harbor entrance.
During good summer weather, variable currents, which
affect maneuvering and cause variations of the water level,
may be experienced within the harbor.
3.35 Onshore winds may increase the water level by 0.9m; offshore
winds decrease it by 0.3m.
Depths—Limitations
Port of Barcelona Home Page
http://www.apb.es
3.35 Dique del Este, the outer breakwater, extends 2.5 miles SSW
from abreast the city.
3.35 The main port facilities are described in the table titled
Barcelona—Berthing Information.
3.35 In addition, there are six oil berths, with depths of 8.4 to 12m
alongside, which can handle tankers up to 60,000 dwt.

Sector 3. Spain—Cabo de Palos to Cabo Cerbere 45
Barcelona—Breakwater Entrance from South Approach Channel
Barcelona—Mont Juich from S
Pub. 131

46 Sector 3. Spain—Cabo de Palos to Cabo Cerbere
Pub. 131
Barcelona—Tanks and stacks S of Harbor Control Tower
Barcelona—Entrance to South Basin

Sector 3. Spain—Cabo de Palos to Cabo Cerbere 47
Barcelona—South Basin—Muelle Alvarez de la Campa
Barcelona—Muelle Nuevo Contradique (entrance to South Basin)
Pub. 131

48 Sector 3. Spain—Cabo de Palos to Cabo Cerbere
Pub. 131
Barcelona—Castillo de Mont Juich Light (center) and Castillo de Mont Juich (upper right)
Barcelona—Silos on Muelle Contradique

Sector 3. Spain—Cabo de Palos to Cabo Cerbere 49
Barcelona—Bascule bridge at N end of Darsena del Morrot
Barcelona—Torre de San Jaime (left) and World Trade Center (right)
Pub. 131

50 Sector 3. Spain—Cabo de Palos to Cabo Cerbere
3.35 The port has facilities for general cargo, container, ro-ro,
bulk, tanker, natural gas, cruise passenger, and fishing vessels.
Vessels of up to 293m in length and 13.7m draft have been
accommodated.
3.35 There are also extensive repair facilities within the port,
including a drydock which can handle vessels up to 50,000 dwt.
3.35 Approaching from the SW, Montana de Monserrat, with its
bare conical peaks, forms an unmistakable distant landmark.
Pub. 131
Barcelona—South Basin—Muelle de Petroleros
Barcelona—Pilot Boat
This range rises 24 miles NW of the mouth of the Rio Llobregat.
Pico de San Jeronimo, 1,235m high, is the highest peak
and has a prominent monastery situated on its E slope.
Aspect
Barcelona—Harbor Control Tower
3.35 Approaching from the E, Sierra del Montseny, standing 30
miles NNE of the mouth of the Rio Llobregat, forms a
conspicuous landmark. The E rocky summit of this range
attains a height of 1,707m and is covered with snow almost the
whole year.
Barcelona—Berthing Information
Berth Length Depth
Muelle Barcelona 984m 8.0-9.5m
Muelle Adosado 1,393m 11.8-12.0m
Muelle Levante 258m 11.2m
Muelle San Betran 529m 11.0m
Muelle Poniente 1,040m 7.8-11.0m
Muelle Costa 452m 11.2m
Muelle Contradique 1,079m 10.8-12.0m
Muelle Oeste 424m 12.0-14.0m
Muelle Sur 1,150m 12.0-14.0m
Muelle Alverez 998m 6.6-12.0m

3.35 Castillo de Montjuich, situated 2.7 miles NNE of the mouth
of the Rio Llobregat, stands on the summit of a hill, 207m
high. The seaward side of this hill is faced with reddish cliffs.
A light is shown from a structure, 13m high, standing on the
SE side of the hill, close S of the castle. It is obscured N of a
bearing of 240°°.
3.35 Tibidabo, 519m high, is the highest peak of a mountain
range which rises 3 miles NW of the city. A temple, with a
large statue, a tall tower, and a television antennae stand on the
summit of this peak. A hotel and the semi-spherical dome of an
astronomical observatory are situated on its S slope.
3.35 Two conspicuous framework masts, 115m and 80m high,
stand, respectively on Muelle de Barcelona and Muelle de
Nuevo.
3.35 The high ground behind Castillo de Montjuich gives a good
radar return, but the breakwater lights tend to get lost in the city
lights, and by day are difficult to discern between the port
buildings.
Pilotage
3.35 Pilotage is compulsory. Vessels should send a request for pilotage
24 hours prior to arrival.
3.35 Pilots board at the N or S entrance fairway at positions as
shown on the chart.
Sector 3. Spain—Cabo de Palos to Cabo Cerbere 51
Barcelona—Berthing Information
Berth Length Depth
Muelle Lepanto 468m 7.8-11.0m
Sierra de Montseny from SE
Approach to Barcelona from S
Regulations
3.35 Vessels should contact Barcelona Traffic Coordinator on
VHF channel 10 and Barcelona Pilots on VHF channel 14 one
hour prior to arrival at the N or S lighted buoys. Vessels should
then monitor VHF channel 10 until 2 miles from the appropriate
buoy; VHF channel 14 should then be monitored for instructions.
3.35 A speed limit of 4 knots is in force within the port.
Anchorage
3.35 The roadstead is sheltered only from offshore winds and is
dangerous in winter. Anchorage can be obtained by deep-draft
vessels, in a depth of 40m, about 1 mile SE of the breakwater
head. Small vessels may anchor closer inshore.
3.35 The East Anchorage lies to the E of the harbor, as shown on
the chart. The smaller South Anchorage is to the S of the harbor,
as shown on the chart.
Caution
3.35 Due to the existence of several submarine cables and a submarine
gas pipeline, a prohibited anchoring and fishing area,
the limits of which are shown on the chart, lies in the vicinity
of the port.
3.35 Caution is necessary when approaching from the S. Vessels
should keep to the E of the lighted buoy marking the coastal
bank.
3.35 It is reported that extensive development is being carried out
within the port. Work is in progress (2004) to extend the harbor
SSW.
3.35 A bridge, with vertical clearance of 20m, connects Muelle de
Levante with Muelle de Poniente
3.35 Work has commenced on two new sea walls. Additional
work on a new quay is due to start within a year. The long-term
plan is to double port capacity by 2011.
Barcelona to Cap Cerbere
3.36 The Rio Besos (41°25'N., 2°14'E.), lying 3.2 miles
NE of the root of the breakwater at Barcelona, is frequently
dry. However, when flowing during freshets, it discolors the
sea in the vicinity of the mouth for a considerable distance.
3.36 A large power station is situated at the mouth of the Rio Besos
and is fronted by a pier, 95m long. Torre de Besos, a tall
and reddish tower, stands 1.2 miles SW of the river mouth.
3.36 It is reported (1994) that an extensive yacht harbor, protected
by breakwaters, has been constructed 1.2 miles SW of Torre de
Besos.
3.36 Several small jetties and a submarine pipeline, associated
with a former offshore oil berth, extend seaward from the shore
in the vicinity of the river mouth.
3.36 Badalona,
a small town, is situated 1.5 miles NNE of the Rio
Besos and is backed by hills. Vessels bound for the CAMPSA
Terminal have pilot services available. The pilot may be called
on VHF channel 12, 14, or 20.
3.36 Playa
de Mongat extends between the NE end of Badalona
and Masnou, 2.5 miles NE. A hill, 69m high, stands on this
beach and is surmounted by a prominent ancient castle. Open
Pub. 131

52 Sector 3. Spain—Cabo de Palos to Cabo Cerbere
anchorage can be obtained, in a depth of 7m, about 0.3 mile off
Playa de Mongat.
3.36 Caution.—An obstruction area and fish haven, the limits of
which are shown on the chart, lies 2.5 miles ENE of Badalona.
3.37 El Masnou (41°29'N., 2°19'E.), a small town, is situated
2.5 mile NE of Badalona and is fronted by a yacht harbor.
Turo de Mona, 175m high, stands 0.7 mile inland of the town
and is prominent.
3.37 Los Colls, with depths of 6 to 9m, is a sandy bank which lies
parallel to and between 0.3 mile and 0.6 mile off the coast on
the NE side of the town. With offshore winds, anchorage can
be obtained, in a depth of 18m, about 0.5 mile offshore in the
vicinity of the town. Local knowledge is required.
3.37 Premia de Mar (41°29'N., 2°21'E.), a small resort town, is
situated 1.5 miles ENE of Masnou and is fronted by a small
harbor. During offshore winds, open anchorage can be obtained,
in depths of 7 to 10m, about 0.3 mile off the town.
3.37 San Juan de Vilasar, a village, stands 1.5 miles ENE of Premia.
The coast between is fringed by a rocky bank. Anchorage, sheltered
from winds between the NW and NE, can be obtained, in a
depth of 7m, about 200m off San Juan de Vilasar.
3.37 Vessels should avoid anchoring off the coast between San
Juan de Vilasar and the mouth of the Riera de Argentona, 1.5
miles NE.
3.37 A conical hill, 308m high, stands 2 miles N of San Juan de
Vilasar and is surmounted by a prominent ruined castle. A
prominent cross stands on the summit of a smaller hill standing
close S of the castle. A conspicuous building, surmounted by a
parabolic antenna, stands close NE of San Juan de Vilasar.
3.37 Caution.—Due to the existence of several submarine cables,
a prohibited anchoring and fishing area, the limits of which are
shown on the chart, extends seaward in the vicinity of San Juan
de Vilasar.
3.38 Riera de Argentona (41°31'N., 2°25'E.) flows into
the sea 1.5 miles NE of San Juan de Vilasar. This river can be
identified from seaward by the width of its valley and the gap
in the hills through which it flows.
3.38 Mataro,
an industrial town, is situated 1.5 miles NE of the
mouth of the river. Anchorage, sheltered from SW winds by
several rocky shoals, can be taken, in depths of 9 to 10m, sand,
about 0.4 mile off the town. However, this roadstead is completely
exposed to winds from the NE. A conspicuous building
stands close SE of the town.
3.38 El
Balis, a small yacht harbor, lies 3.2 miles NE of Mataro
and is protected by breakwaters. El Vell, a stony bank with a
depth of 16m, lies about 1.7 miles SSE of the harbor.
Caldetas (41°34'N., 2°32'E.), a small town, is situated 4
miles NE of the mouth of Riera de Argentona. With offshore
winds, anchorage can be obtained off this town according to
draft.
3.38 Arenys
de Mar, another small town, is situated 1 mile NE of
Caldetas and fronted by a small craft harbor protected by
breakwaters. Small vessels can anchor, in a depth of 6m, off
this town. Caution should be exercised by large vessels when
anchoring in the roadstead because several rocky banks, with a
covering of sand, lie within 1.5 miles of the coast in this vicinity.
3.38 The town of Caldetas is backed by mountains and dominated
Pub. 131
by a hill, which is surmounted by the ruins of a tower.
3.38 The town of Canet de Mar is situated 1 mile NE of Arenys de
Mar. A tall cross, visible from all directions, stands on a hill,
1.2 miles inland of the town. The village of San Pol is situated
1.7 miles ENE of Canet de Mar. It stands at the bottom of a hill
which is surmounted by a prominent church.
3.38 A foul area, within which fishing is prohibited, lies about 1
mile offshore between Canet de Mar and San Pol.
3.38 Calella Light is shown from a tower with a dwelling, 10m
high, standing 1 mile ENE of San Pol.
3.38 The town of Calella is situated 5.5 miles NE of Arenys de
Mar. With winds between the NW and NNE, anchorage can be
obtained, in depths of 6 to 8m, fine sand, about 0.5 mile off the
beach fronting the town.
3.38 The town of Malgrat is situated 4 miles ENE of Calella. A
concrete block, dangerous to navigation, lies about 0.2 mile S
of the town. Temporary anchorage can be obtained, in a depth
of 8m, muddy sand, about 0.4 mile off the town.
3.38 Banco de Santa Susana, despite its proximity to the coast,
has been the scene of many disasters to coastal vessels. It lies
about 0.5 mile offshore, 2 miles SW of Malgrat. There are general
depths of 5 to 8m, sand, on this shoal bank, but because of
its shifting nature, lesser depths may be found; a depth of less
than 1.8m was reported at one time. The bank is very steep-to
on its seaward side and the sea breaks heavily over it with fresh
onshore winds. Great caution should be exercised when in this
vicinity.
3.38 The Rio Tordera (41°39'N., 2°47'E.) flows into the sea 1.5
miles ENE of Malgrat. It never dries and discharges a very
large quantity of water after heavy rains. The sediment brought
down by this river continues to extend the point located on the
E side of its mouth, which should be given a wide berth.
3.39 Blanes (41°40'N., 2°48'E.) (World Port Index No.
38560), a small port, lies 1.8 miles NE of the mouth of the Rio
Tordera and is backed by a prominent town. The harbor is protected
by a breakwater and has depths of 4.5 to 7m alongside
the quays. It is reported to be no longer used by commercial
shipping and accommodates only fishing craft and yachts.
3.39 A conspicuous castle surmounts a hill, 168m high, which
stands close NNE of the town. A prominent convent stands on
a point lying close ENE of the town.
3.39 During
the summer, with winds between the W and NE, an-
chorage can be obtained, in depths of 13 to 15m, sand, close off
the harbor or off the coast between the harbor and the mouth of
the Rio Tordera. This anchorage is not safe in winter.
3.39 The
town of Lloret de Mar is situated 3 miles NE of Blanes.
Anchorage can be obtained, in a depth of 7m, about 0.2 mile
off the town.
Cabo de Tossa (41°43'N., 2°56'E.), located 3.5 miles ENE
of Lloret de Mar, is the extremity of a small and steep-to peninsula
which is surmounted by a castle. A light is shown from a
tower on a building, 11m high, standing on the cape.
3.39 The
town of Tossa is situated on the W shore of a small bay
lying close N of the cape. This bay affords excellent shelter
from winds between the SW and N. Vessels may anchor, in a
depth of 15m, sand, close E of the SW corner of the bay and
about 250m offshore.
3.39 Punta de Garbi (41°46'N., 3°02'E.) is located 5.5 mile NE
of Cabo de Tossa. The coast between is backed by high moun-

3.41 Cala de San Pol (41°47'N., 3°03'E.), a small bay, is
entered 1 mile NE of San Feliu de Guixols. Small vessels, with
Sector 3. Spain—Cabo de Palos to Cabo Cerbere 53
local knowledge, can obtain anchorage, sheltered from NW
and W winds, in depths of 5 to 10m, sand, within this bay.
3.41 Punta Rojiza, a low and reddish point, is located 1 mile NE
of Cala de San Pol and is surmounted by two small hills. A
rock, with a least depth of 5m, lies about 0.3 mile SE of this
point and is almost always marked by breakers. A light is
shown from a structure standing close off the point.
3.41 A depth of 1.4m lies 0.2 mile NE of Punta Rojiza.
3.41 Puerto de Aro, a small yacht harbor, is situated close NE of
Punta Rojiza and is protected by a pier.
3.42 Palamos (41°50'N., 3°07'E.) (World Port Index No.
38580) is situated 6 miles NE of San Feliu de Guixols. The
harbor lies in the NE part of a bay, which is entered between
Punta de Torre Valentina, located 2.3 miles NE of Punta Rojiza,
and Punta del Molino, 1.7 miles ENE.
Cabo de Tossa Light Port of Palamos Home Page
tains and several small islets lie close off the shore. The point is
formed by the SE extremity of a high and rugged promontory,
http://www.portsgeneralitat.org
the summit of which is surmounted by Ermita de San Telmo, a
3.42 Depths—Limitations.—La Llosa de Palamos, a rock with a
prominent chapel.
depth of 3.4m, lies about 0.5 mile SW of Punta del Molino and
is marked by a lighted beacon. A detached rocky shoal, with a
3.40 San Feliu de Guixols (41°47'N., 3°02'E.), a small depth of 1.9m, and Los Ancelles, a rocky patch with a least
port, lies within a cove, 12.5 miles NE of Blanes.
depth of 15m, lie close W and close SSW, respectively, of Pun-
3.40 Depths—Limitations.—The main facilities include North ta del Molino.
Quay, 116m long, with a depth of 3.8m alongside; East Quay,
3.42 The harbor is protected by a breakwater which extends 0.4
108m long, with depths of 3 to 4m alongside; Commercial mile WSW from a point on the shore lying close N of Punta del
Quay, 98m in length, with depths of 6.4m alongside; and a Molino.
quay, 480m long, with depths of 6 to 7m alongside, which lies
3.42 There are depths of 17 to 19m at the port entrance. The main fa-
on the inner side of the breakwater. Vessels of up to 120m in cilities include Front Pier, 150m long, with a depth of 7.3m along-
length and 6.8m draft have been accommodated.
side; Old Pier, 200m long, with depths of 3 to 8m alongside; and
3.40 It is reported (1994) that the harbor is mostly used by yachts. New Pier, 220m long, with a depth of 14m alongside.
It is reported (2008) that the port is closed to commercial ship-
3.42 There are facilities for container, ro-ro, and fishing vessels.
ping.
In addition, there is a yacht marina within the port. Vessels up
3.40 Aspect.—This almost natural harbor lies in a cove which is to 220m in length and 13.9m draft can be accommodated.
entered between Punta de Garbi and Isla de Levante, 0.5 mile
3.42 Aspect.—Punta del Molino is the S extremity of a small
NE. The town is situated at the head of the cove. Isla de Le- peninsula on which the town stands. A light is shown from a
vante, joined to the coast by a mole, lies at the bottom of a hill, structure, 8m high, standing on this point.
81m high, which is surmounted by the ruins of a mill. The har-
3.42 La Galera, a steep-to islet, lies close SE of Punta del Molino.
bor is protected by a breakwater which extends WSW from a Punta de Torre Valentina is surmounted by a tower.
point on the coast, close NW of Isla de Levante. A lighted
3.42 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 500
range, situated at the head of the cove, indicates the entrance gross tons. Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12 and
fairway.
board about 1.5 miles outside the harbor.
3.40 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 50 grt.
3.42 Regulations.—A speed limit of 4 knots is in force within the
Pilots may be contacted on VHF channel 9 and board about 0.5 port.
mile S of the harbor entrance. Vessels arriving between mid-
3.42 Vessels should send an ETA and request for pilots at least 24
night and 0700 must anchor outside the breakwater.
hours in advance.
3.40 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 13 to
3.42 Anchorage.—Large vessels can anchor, in depths of 14 to
20m, sand, fair holding ground, outside the breakwater. Small 18m, within the bay. Care should be taken to leave room for
vessels can anchor inside the harbor.
vessels proceeding to and from the harbor.
3.40 Caution.—Storms have damaged the breakwater. It should
3.42 Caution.—Due to scattered masonry blocks lying in the vi-
be given a wide berth to avoid any off-lying rubble.
cinity, the head of the breakwater should be given a wide berth.
3.40 A dangerous rock lies close E of Isla del Freu and is very
3.42 Winds from SW sometimes raise a heavy sea within the har-
close to the lighted range line. Use of the range must account
for this danger.
bor.
3.43 Cabo Gross (41°51'N., 3°09'E.), a steep headland, is
located 0.9 mile NE of Punta del Molino. A rocky patch, with a
least depth of 7.6m, lies about 0.2 mile offshore, 0.4 mile SW
Pub. 131

54 Sector 3. Spain—Cabo de Palos to Cabo Cerbere
of the cape.
3.43 Punta Castell, 36m high, is located 0.8 mile NE of Cabo
Gross and is fronted by a small islet.
3.43 Las Hormigas (41°52'N., 3°11'E.), lying 1 mile E of Punta
Castell, is a group of rocks. La Hormiga Grande, the highest
rock, is 12m high and is marked by a light.
3.43 Vessels without local knowledge should not attempt to pass
inshore of this group of rocks, the Freu de Las Hormigas, and it
should be given a wide berth.
3.43 Cabo de San Sebastian (41°54'N., 3°12'E.) is located 7
miles NNE of Las Hormigas. It is formed by a conspicuous and
reddish headland which is faced with cliffs. A light is shown
from a tower with a dwelling, 12m high, standing 0.3 mile N of
the S extremity of the cape.
3.43 Llanfranch, a small yacht harbor, lies at the head of a cove,
close SW of the cape.
3.43 Los Ullastres, consisting of three rocky shoals, lies about 0.5
mile S of the cape and has a least depth of 7.1m.
3.43 Punta del Banch is located 2 miles N of the Cabo de San Sebastian.
A small yacht harbor and a prominent hotel are situated
0.7 mile N of this point.
3.44 Cabo de Bagur (41°57'N., 3°14'E.) is located 4 miles
NNE of Cabo de San Sebastian. It is surmounted by a prominent
one-story signal station.
3.44 Cala de la Tuna, a small bay, lies 1 mile N of Cabo de Bagur
and affords shelter to small vessels from winds between E and
S. Vessels with local knowledge may anchor, in depths of 16 to
18m, within the bay.
3.44 The Rio Daro and the Rio Ter flow into the sea 3 miles and 4
miles NNW, respectively, of Cala de la Tuna. A beach extends
along the shore between the N entrance point of Cala de la Tuna
and the mouth of the Rio Ter. A shoal bank fronts the beach
and extends for some distance offshore. Due to the shifting nature
of the bottom, and drying patches along the extent of Playa
de Pals caused by the river flooding, along with numerous fish
havens, a minimum distance of 0.8 mile should be given this
stretch of coast.
3.44 Punta Guixeras (42°03'N., 3°13'E.), the SE extremity of a
promontory, is located 2 miles NNE of the mouth of the Rio
Ter. A Loran tower, 297m high, stands 0.5 mile NW of this
point and is conspicuous.
3.44 Estartit, an extensive yacht harbor, lies close W of the point
and is protected by breakwaters.
3.44 Islas Medas, formed by a group of rocky islets, lies 0.5 mile
SE of Punta Guixeras. The channel leading between this group
and the coast is deep, but local knowledge is required by even
small craft in order to use the passages lying between the islets
themselves.
3.44 Isla Meda Grande is the largest and NW islet of the group. A
light is shown from a structure, 11 high, standing on its summit.
3.44 Caution.—A marine reserve area surrounds Islas Medas and
extends to Punta Guixeras. Fishing and anchoring within this
area are prohibited.
3.45 Golfo de Rosas (42°11'N., 3°11'E.) lies between Punta
Trenca Brasos, located 3.5 miles NNW of Punta Guixeras,
and Cabo Noffeo, 9 miles NE. Cala de Mongo and Cala de la
Clota, the principal coves along this stretch of coast, are en-
Pub. 131
tered close S and 1.5 miles WNW, respectively, of Punta Trenca
Brasos. They are both exposed to NE winds and are only
available to small vessels with local knowledge.
3.45 A wharf, used by fishing vessels, is situated on the E side of
Cala de la Clota, and an extensive yacht harbor lies in the vicinity
of this cove.
3.45 The
Rio Muga flows into the NW part of Golfo de Rosas, 8
miles NNW of Punta Trenca Brasos. The village of Castellon
de Ampurias stands on the N bank of this river, 2.5 miles inland.
It is situated on a hill, 69m high, and is conspicuous from
seaward.
3.46 Rosas (42°16'N., 3°11'E.) (World Port Index No.
38705), a small port, lies within a bay in the NE part of Golfo
de Rosas close to the French border.
3.46 Depths—Limitations.—The main facilities include Commercial
Quay, 304m long, with depths of 3.5 to 4.5m alongside;
Extension Quay, 300m long, with depths of 4 to 4.5m
alongside; and Breakwater Quay which has 320m of usable
berthing space with depths of 7 to 10m alongside. Vessels up to
40m in length and 4m draft can be accommodated.
3.46 In addition, a yacht harbor is situated in the vicinity of the
town.
3.46 Aspect.—The town is situated at the head of the bay. The
prominent ruins of a citadel stand close NW of the town, and
several conspicuous large hotels stand in this vicinity.
3.46 A light is shown from a tower on a dwelling, 11m high,
standing on a point, 1.2 miles SSE of the citadel.
3.46 Pilotage.—Pilotage is available from Palamos. The harbor
can be contacted by VHF.
3.46 Anchorage.—Large vessels can anchor in the bay. The most
convenient berth, in depths of 14 to 17m, mud and sand, lies
0.5 mile offshore, S of the citadel.
3.46 Caution.—The anchorage is encumbered by a marine farm,
marked by lighted buoys and a submarine pipeline, marked by
a lighted buoy, to the W and NW of the area.
3.47 Cabo Norfeo (42°14'N., 3°16'E.), high and steep-sided,
is surmounted by the ruins of a water tower. A high islet
lies off the SE extremity of this cape.
3.47 Punta de Cala Nans is located 2 miles NNE of Cabo Norfeo.
A light is shown from a structure, 7m high, standing on the
point. A patch, with a depth of 1.6m, lies about 0.6 mile NNE
of the light.
3.47 Cadaques (42°17'N., 3°17'E.), a resort town, is situated at
the head of a bay which is entered between Punta de Cala Nans
and Isla Arenella, 0.6 mile NNE. The latter island lies close off
the promontory which forms the E side of the bay.
3.47 The town is fronted by a very small natural harbor with an
anchorage area for large and small vessels.
3.47 The bay can be identified by Montana de Cadaques, 610m
high, which stands 1.5 miles W of the town. Its summit is surmounted
by the cupola of a radar installation.
3.47 San Sebastian Hermitage is situated 0.7 mile ESE of Montana
de Cadaques, and the old Convent of San Pedro de Roda
stands on the summit of a mountain, 4.2 miles WNW of Montana
de Cadaques.
3.47 Casa Colom, a prominent building with two towers, stands
on a hill at the NE side of the bay, 0.3 mile SE of the town.
3.47 Vessels of deep draft can obtain anchorage, in depths of 10 to

20m, SE of the center of the town. Small vessels can anchor, in
a depth of 7m, farther inshore off the NE end of the town.
3.47 Caution.—A shoal bank extends 95m seaward from the
beach which fronts the town. Bajo de La Entina, a shoal with a
depth of 2.7m, lies about 0.3 mile S of the town, off the SW
side of the bay.
3.47 Several dangers lie in the approach to the bay; local knowledge
is required.
3.48 Punta Oliguera (42°17'N., 3°18'E.), low and rocky,
is located 0.3 mile NE of Isla Arenella. Las Masinas, a group
of dangers, lie 0.7 mile NE of this point. The group consists of
one islet and several above-water rocks.
3.48 Cala
Guillola, entered 1.2 miles NNW of Punta Oliguera, is
open to the SE. This cove affords shelter from N winds, and
vessels can anchor, in a depth of 14m, sand and weed.
Cabo Creus (42°19'N., 3°19'E.), located 2.3 miles NNE of
Punta Oliguera, is formed by the SE extremity of a small and
dark peninsula. A light is shown from a tower surmounting a
dwelling, 11m high, standing on the summit of the cape.
3.48 Dedos de Cadaques, two conical peaks, rise 2 miles W of
this cape and are prominent.
3.48 Islote La Encalladora, fringed by a reef on its SW side, lies
close off the NE side of Cabo Creus. Isleta Maza, another rugged
islet, lies 0.5 mile E of Cabo Creus.
3.48 Punta
dels Farallons, fronted by several small islets, is locat-
ed 2.5 miles WNW of Cabo Creus and terminates in a white
cone. The coast between is indented with several coves and is
fronted by numerous small islets, rocks, and shoals.
3.48 El
Golfet, a cove, lying close W of Punta dels Farallons, af-
fords anchorage, sheltered from winds from the E through S to
W. However, it is exposed to N winds, which blow during the
winter and becomes dangerous.
3.48 Punta
de la Creu is located 2.5 miles WNW of Punta dels
Farallons and fronted by a small islet. A hill, 119m high, rises
close inland of the point.
3.49 Punta Sernella (42°21'N., 3°11'E.), a steep point, is
located 0.7 mile WNW of Punta de la Creu. A rock, with a
Sector 3. Spain—Cabo de Palos to Cabo Cerbere 55
depth of 2.7m, lies close off this point. A light is shown from a
square tower standing on the point.
3.49 The town of Selva stands on the E side of the bay, which lies
between Punta de la Creu and Punta Sernella. It is fronted by a
small harbor which is used by yachts and fishing craft.
3.49 There is good anchorage for large vessels in this bay, but
winter winds from the N and NW may make the anchorage untenable.
The best berth, in depths of 10 to 15m, muddy sand,
lies in front of the town.
3.49 Ensenada de Llansa, a small bay, is entered 2 miles NW of
Punta Sernella. It is not sheltered against winds from the NE
and is only frequented by small vessels.
3.49 Cap Ras is located 2.5 miles NNW of Punta Sernella and is
fronted by two islets. Cala Garvet lies between Cap Ras and
Cap Lladro, 0.7 mile N. With offshore winds, this bay affords
good anchorage, in a depth of 11m, to vessels with local
knowledge.
3.49 Cap Lladro is formed by a whitish headland and fronted by
an islet and a conical rock, both of which are of a whitish color.
Cala Culera, entered close N of Cap Lladro, is a deep cove with
good holding ground, but it is exposed to onshore winds and
violent squalls that sweep down from the mountain slopes. A
small harbor, protected by breakwaters, is situated at the head
of this cove.
3.49 The whole coast between Cap Lladro and Cap Cerbere is
high, rugged, and steep-to. The currents off the coast are often
influenced by the prevailing wind.
3.49 Punta Gatillepis is located 0.5 mile N of the N entrance point
of Cala Culera. The coast between is very steep and rises to a
height of 198m.
3.49 Port Bou lies at the head of a cove which is entered on the N
side of Punta Gatillepis. It is exposed to E winds, and although
sheltered from N winds, is subject to heavy seas and ground
swell. This cove is not considered a good shelter, except in cases
of necessity.
3.49 The boundary between Spain and France lies in the vicinity
of Cabo Falco, which is located 1 mile NE of Port Bou.
3.49 Cap Cerbere (42°26'N., 3°11'E.) is located 1.2 miles N of
Cabo Falco and is described in paragraph 9.2.
Pub. 131

Pub. 131
4.
Spain—Islas Baleares
4.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 4 — CHART INFORMATION
57

4.0 Plan.—This sector describes the Islas Baleares and includes
Isla de Formentera, Ibiza, Mallorca, and Menorca. The descriptive
sequence is from SW to NE.
General Remarks
4.1 Islas Baleares form a group which consists of four
main islands and several off-lying islets. The islands of the
group are generally steep-to and rocky on their N sides, whereas
their S sides are mostly low and accessible. Prominent vacation
developments and resort high-rises are visible along the
coasts of Ibiza and Mallorca, which are the most mountainous
of the group.
4.1 Winds—Weather.—Good weather prevails along the coasts
of Mallorca during the summer, with daily land and sea breezes.
In winter, bad weather is experienced with N winds, and occasionally
with winds from the S and SW. With strong onshore
winds, the NW coast of this island should be given a wide
berth.
4.1 Bahia de Alcudia and Bahia de Pollensa are exposed to NE
and E gales, which cause heavy sea and swells in the roadsteads.
4.1 During N winds, a heavy sea is raised in Freu de Menorca.
4.1 The prevailing winds differ between the W and E sides of
this group of islands. At Cabo Dartuch, the wind frequently
blows from a different direction on each side of the cape.
4.1 Regulations.—The New Inspection Regime (NIR) of the
Paris Memorandum of Understanding (PMoU) has introduced
a mandatory reporting system for vessels arriving at or departing
from a port or anchorage within the Paris MoU region.
4.1 For further information, see paragraph 1.1 and North Atlantic
Ocean—Regulations—Paris Memorandum of Understanding
on Port State Control (PMoU) New Inspection
Regime (NIR) in Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning
Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and Adaecent Seas.
4.1 Caution.—Numerous submarines cables lie in the vicinity
of the islands and may best be seen on the chart.
4.1 Submarines exercise frequently in the vicinity of these islands.
Isla de Formentera
4.2 Isla de Formentera (38°42'N., 1°26'E.) is the fourth
largest island of the group. When seen at a distance from the S,
it appears as two islands.
4.2 Punta Rasa (38°41'N., 1°23'E.), 18m high, is located at the
W side of the island. The coast in this vicinity is faced with
steep-to cliffs, in places up to 80m high.
4.2 Punta Gabina, 1.5 miles N of Punta Rasa, is 14m high and
surmounted by a tower, 9m high. Punta Pedreras lies 1.2 miles
NE of Punta Gabina and the coast between is very cliffy.
4.2 Ensenada
del Cabrito lies between Punta Pedreras and Punta
Sabina, 0.7 mile E. Vessels with local knowledge can anchor,
in a depth of 7m, in the W part of this bay.
SECTOR 4
SPAIN—ISLAS BALEARES
59
4.2 Isla Sabina (38°44'N., 1°25'E.) lies close off Punta Sabina
and is low and flat. It is connected to Isla de Formentera by a
breakwater which forms Cala Sabina. Vessels with local
knowledge can anchor, in a depth of 11m, in Cala Sabina, sheltered
from offshore winds. The bottom is mostly sand, but in
the greater depths it is weed with patches of rock. A small shelter
mole extends E from the E side of Isla Sabina and a marina
is situated in the W part of Cala Sabina.
4.2 A light is shown from a tower, 10m high, standing on Isla
Sabina.
4.2 Los Trocados (38°46'N., 1°26'E.) is a narrow tongue of
sand, with some rocky outcrops and dunes on it, which extends
in a N direction. This tongue is so low and narrow in places
that the sea breaks right across it in bad weather. In good
weather, anchorage can be obtained, in depths of 10 to 25m,
anywhere between Punta Pedreras and the N end of Los Trocados.
The bottom is mostly weed with patches of sand, rocks, or
gravel. In depths of less than 10m, sand predominates in the E
part and rock in the S part.
4.3 Punta Prima (38°44'N., 1°28'E.), a low point, is located
2.3 miles SSE of the N end of the island. The coast between
forms the E side of Los Trocados. A tower, 9m high,
stands on a prominent hill, 33m high, 0.3 mile S of the point.
4.3 Cala Pujols lies at the head of the bay, which is entered on
the W side of Punta Prima. This inlet is open to the N, but is
frequented by fishing vessels. The shores of the bay are foul
and several rocky islets, joined to the shore by tongues of sand,
and rocks, awash, lie within it.
4.3 Ensenada de Tramontana lies between Punta Prima and Punta
de la Creu, 5 miles ESE. This bay affords shelter during offshore
winds, but it is open to the NE. Vessels can anchor, in
depths of 12 to 15m, close offshore. The charted anchorage
prohibited area must be avoided.
4.3 Punta Single Mal (38°40'N., 1°35'E.), the E extremity of the
island, is located 1 mile NE of Punta Rotja. Formentera Light
is shown from a tower surmounting a building, 22m high,
standing on this point.
4.3 Punta Grava is located 2 miles W of Punta Rotja. La Mola, a
flat-topped promontory, stands NE of this point. It rises to a
height of 192m and the seaward sides are faced with white
cliffs. Numerous palm trees and prominent buildings stand on
this promontory.
4.4 Cabo Berberia (38°38'N., 1°23'E.), located 6.5 miles
W of Punta Grava, is the SW extremity of the island. It is
formed by a steep-to and cliffy headland. A light is shown from
a tower, 19m high, standing on the cape.
4.4 Ensenada
de Mitjorn lies between Cabo Berberia and Punta
Grava. Anchorage may be obtained within the bay, according
to draft, in depths of 5 to 40m, sand, weed, and stones. It is reported
that an obstruction lies in the roadstead, 3.5 miles NE of
Cabo Berberia. Torre de Catala, 9m high, stands at the head of
the bay. It surmounts a small hill, 23m high, standing 0.2 mile
Pub. 131

60 Sector 4. Spain—Islas Baleares
inland.
4.4 Playa de Mitjorn extends between Torre Catala and Punta
Grava. It lies on the SW side of a low and narrow isthmus
which joins La Mola to the main part of the island. A white
dune, which is conspicuous against the dark background of the
pine groves, stands at its SE end.
Isla de Formentera—Off-lying Banks and Islands
4.5 Banco del Emile Baudot (38°43'N., 2°30'E.), with
depths of 85 to 140m, lies about 43 miles E of Isla Formentera.
4.5 A bank, with depths of 76 to 118m, lies about 11 miles ENE
of the E extremity of Isla Formentera.
4.5 Isla Espalmador (38°47'N., 1°26'E.) lies close N of the N
extremity of Los Trocados, from which it is separated by a
shallow bank. A reef lies on this bank and the sea breaks right
across it in bad weather. The N and E coasts of the island are
sandy with patches of rock. The W coast, which is the highest,
is faced in places with red cliffs. A conspicuous tower, 9m
high, stands on the edge of the cliffs, 0.3 mile N of Punta Gastabi,
the SW extremity of the island.
4.5 Isla de los Puercos, a low islet, is connected by shoals to the
N extremity of Isla Espalmador and is foul on its seaward
sides. A light is shown from a tower, 25m high, standing on the
NW extremity of this islet.
4.5 Isla Espardell (38°48'N., 1°29'E.), 29m high, lies 2.3 miles
E of Isla Espalmador. This small island is uninhabited and its N
and E sides are cliffy, whereas, its W side is sloping and accessible.
A light is shown from a tower, 16m high, standing close
to the N extremity of the island.
4.5 The channel between Isla Espardell and Isla Espalmador is
called La Estancia.
4.5 Caution.—An integral reserve area has been established
along the N, E, and S coasts of the island as shown on the
chart. Underwater activities are not permitted without express
permission within the reserve.
Ibiza
4.6 Ibiza (39°00'N., 1°25'E.) has a somewhat indented
coast forming many coves. Monte Atalayasa, 475m high, is the
highest summit on Ibiza and stands in the SW part of the island.
4.6 Punta Portas (38°50'N., 1°24'E.), a low and salient point, is
the S extremity of the island. It is surmounted by a prominent
tower.
4.6 Punta Rama, located 1.5 miles W of Punta Portas, is fronted
by foul ground and above-water rocks, which extend up to
about 0.2 mile seaward. It should not be approached closely.
4.6 Cabo Falco, located close W of Punta Rama, is high, cliffy,
and terminates in a somewhat salient point.
4.6 Punta
Yondal, located 2.5 miles NW of Cabo Falco, is low,
rocky, faced with cliffs, and fronted by a reef. Ensenada de
Codola, which lies between Cabo Falco and Punta Yondal, has
a stony beach and affords anchorage sheltered from NE and SE
winds. The bottom is formed of mostly sand, but is rocky near
the entrance points.
4.6 Punta
de Port Roig, located 1 mile WNW of Punta Yondal, is
flat and has a small reef on its S side. The E side of this point
consists of white cliffs. A prominent building stands on the
Pub. 131
cliffs, which rise to a height of 111m, 1.7 miles WNW of the
point.
4.7 Cabo Llentrisca (38°51'N., 1°15'E.), located 2.5
miles WSW of Punta de Port Roig, is formed by a white salient
cliffy headland, 148m high. Monte Llentrisca, 414m high,
stands 1.2 miles N of the cape.
4.7 Cabo Jueu, located 1.5 miles NW of Cabo Llentrisca, is a
spur of Monte Atalayasa. La Oliva, a large and conspicuous
rock, lies at its extremity.
4.7 Cap
Blanch, a whitish and cliffy headland, lies 0.5 mile N of
Cabo Jueu. Puig Pelat, a hill, rises near the coast, 1.5 miles N
of this cape. It is 185m high, rounded, and prominent from seaward.
4.7 Cala
Badella is entered 0.7 mile N of Puig Pelat and a small
shoal lies off its N entrance point. Small craft, with local
knowledge, can find suitable anchorage within this cove. There
are depths of 21m in the entrance which decrease steadily towards
the head.
4.7 Punta Embarcado is located 2.5 miles N of Cala Badella.
The shore of the bay between is indented by several small
coves.
4.7 Punta Torre de Rovira, located 1.5 miles NNE of Punta Embarcado,
is surmounted by an ancient tower, 10m high.
4.8 Punta Chincho (38°58'N., 1°17'E.) is located 2.5
miles E of Punta Torre de Rovira. A light is shown from a tower,
8m high, standing on the point. It was reported (1992) that
this light is not easy to identify at night.
4.8 Puerto de San Antonio Abad (38°58'N., 1°18'E.) (World
Port Index No. 38620), a small natural harbor, lies between
Punta Chincho and Cap Blanch, 1 mile N. It is protected by a
breakwater and is mostly used by small craft and yachts with
local knowledge. The port may be contacted on VHF channel
9.
4.8 Numerous prominent hotels front the town; a conspicuous
high-rise building stands near the root of the breakwater.
4.8 In summer, vessels can anchor off the harbor according to
draft. A good berth lies, in depths of 9 to 10m, weed, close E of
the breakwater. In depths of less than 5m, the bottom is formed
of mainly sand.
4.9 Cabo Nono (39°02'N., 1°18'E.), located 3 miles N of
Puerto de San Antonio Abad, is prominent. Its rounded summit,
258m high, is covered with pine trees and the seaward side
is formed by cliffs. Punta Galera, 18m high, is a whitish headland
which extends 200m seaward from the foot of the cliffs.
4.9 Islas
Margarita, consisting of two islets, lies 0.3 mile off-
shore, 2 miles NE of Cabo Nono. The E and larger islet, which
is formed in the shape of a horseshoe, is pierced by a natural
tunnel. The passage lying between these islets and the coast of
the main island is deep and clear of dangers.
4.9 Punta
Torretas, located 3.5 miles NE of Cabo Nono, is also
pierced by a natural tunnel. It is a salient point, which at a distance
and on certain bearings, appears as two towers of a fortress.
4.9 Cabo
Eubarca, located 1 mile NE of Punta Torretas, is high
and cliffy. This cape is easy to identify as a regular cone, 262m
high, stands at its seaward extremity. Ensenada de Eubarca,
which lies between Cabo Eubarca and Cabo Rubio, 1.5 miles

ENE, is quite exposed, but free of dangers.
4.9 Punta de la Creu, located 3.2 miles ENE of Cabo Eubarca, is
faced with high cliffs. An islet lies close E of this point and another
islet, which is joined to the main island by an isthmus,
lies 0.4 mile SE of it.
4.9 Punta Cova de Orenga, located 1.2 miles E of Punta de la
Creu, is a high and cliffy point at the foot of which is a large
cave. A steep and rocky islet, 20m high, lies 0.5 mile NE of
this point and is joined to the coast by a narrow isthmus.
4.9 Punta Moscarte (39°07'N., 1°32'E.), located 4 miles ENE
of Punta Cova de Orenga, is the N extremity of Ibiza. The coast
between is fronted by several small islets and indented by several
bays and coves. A light is shown from a tower, 52m high,
standing on the point.
4.10 Punta del Escullet (39°06'N., 1°36'E.), located 3
miles SE of Punta Moscarte, is fronted by Islas Hormigas, two
prominent islets, 30m high. Escull de Pas, an islet, lies close
off a point located 1.2 mile W of Punta del Escullet. This islet
is 159m high and has a conspicuous cliffy summit.
4.10 From Punta del Escullet, the coast extends 0.5 mile SE to
Punta Jonch, and then 0.7 mile SSE to Punta Grosa which is
high and cliffy.
4.10 Punta Valls, surmounted by a tower, is located 2.7 miles S of
Punta Grosa. The coast between is indented by several bays
and fronted by numerous above-water rocks and islets.
4.10 Cabo Roig, located 0.5 mile S of Punta Valls, is formed by a
grey cliff, 138m high. It is the E extremity of Ibiza. A dangerous
wreck lies close E of this point.
4.10 Punta Arabi, located 3 miles SW of Cabo Roig, is fronted by
four small islets. A rock, with a depth of 1.6m, lies about 1
mile SE of the point and is marked by a lighted beacon.
4.10 Ensendada de Santa Eulalia lies between Punta Arabi and the
mouth of the Rio de Santa Eulalia, 2.5 miles WSW. This bay
affords sheltered anchorage, with offshore winds, to vessels
with local knowledge. The best berth is close inshore off the
cove in its N part. An extensive yacht harbor is situated close
NE of the town which stands close N of the river mouth.
4.10 Cabo Escolo Llibrell, 209m high, is located 3.7 miles SW of
Punta Arabi and is faced with a whitish cliff.
4.10 Cabo Martinet is located 3.2 miles SW of Cabo Escolo Llibrell
and two steep-to islets lie about 0.5 mile offshore, 1 mile
ENE of it.
4.10 Isla Grossa, 42m high, lies 1 mile SW of Cabo Martinet and
is joined by a causeway to Isla Plana.
4.10 Isla Plana, 20m high, lies close NNW of Isla Grossa and is
joined to the mainland by a low isthmus.
4.10 Islote Botafoch (38°54'N., 1°27'E.) is joined by a causeway
to the SW side of Isla Grossa. A light is shown from a tower
with a dwelling, 21m high, standing on the summit of the island.
4.10 Caution.—An outfall pipeline extends 1 mile SE from the
NE side of Isla Plana and may best be seen on the chart.
4.11 Puerto de Ibiza (38°54'N., 1°27'E.) (World Port Index
No. 38610), a small port, lies within a bay which is entered
between Islote Botafoch and Punta Marloca, 0.7 mile WSW.
4.11 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is protected by two
moles. A yacht marina is situated in the E part of the harbor
and extensive facilities for small craft lie in the NE part. A ba-
Sector 4. Spain—Islas Baleares 61
sin for fishing vessels is situated in the NW part. There are
depths of 8m in the entrance and 7m alongside the commercial
quays which have six berths. Vessels up to 135m in length and
6.4m draft can be accommodated. In addition, tankers up to
4,000 tons and 6.1m draft can be handled.
4.11 Aspect.—The town of Ibiza rises SW of the inner harbor to
the crest of a hill, which is surmounted by a prominent castle
and a prominent cathedral.
4.11 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 50 grt and
over anchoring or entering the harbor. Vessels should send an
ETA at least 24 hours in advance. Pilots can be contacted on
VHF channel 13 or 16, and generally board 1 mile SE of Isla
Grossa.
4.11 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in depths of 14 to 26m,
SW of Islote Botafoch. Designated anchorage berths, which
are indicated on the chart, have been established between 0.3
and 1.2 miles SW of the island.
4.12 Punta Marloca (38°54'N., 1°26'E.) is the SE extremity
of a large promontory. Isla Negre del Este, 12m high, and
Isla Negre del Oeste, 3m high, lie close E and 0.2 mile WSW,
respectively, of this point. These two islands are known collectively
as Islas Negres and are composed of blackish rock. Only
small craft, with local knowledge, should attempt to pass between
them and the mainland.
4.12 Punta de la Mata is located 1 mile WSW of Punta Marloca
and Islas Ratas, 11m high, lies 0.2 mile E of it. The channel lying
between this point and the island is foul.
4.12 The coast between Punta Marloca and Punta de la Mata is
backed by hillocks, some of which are surmounted by prominent
windmills.
4.12 Punta de la Sal Rosa, 9m high, is located 1.7 miles S of Punta
de la Mata and is surmounted by a tower. An islet, which is
joined to the shore by a reef, lies close S of the point.
4.12 Punta Corpmari (38°51'N., 1°24'E.) is located 0.7 mile S of
Punta de la Sal Rosa and two small islets lie close off it. The
land behind the point is prominent and rises to a height of
159m.
4.12 Punta Portas, which has been previously described in paragraph
4.6, is located 1.5 miles S of Punta Corpmari.
Ibiza—Off-lying Islands and Dangers
4.13 Isla Ahorcados (38°49'N., 1°25'E.), 10m high, lies 1
mile SSE of Punta Portas. This small island is rocky and
fringed with a shoal bank. A light is shown from a tower, 19m
high, standing on the S end of the island.
4.13 Los Freus is the collective name of three channels leading
across a ridge which extends between Isla de los Puercos and
the S end of Ibiza. Several small islets lie along this ridge.
4.13 Freu Grande, the S channel, leads between Isla de los Puercos
and Isla Ahorcados. It is the deepest and the widest channel.
4.13 A detached rocky patch, with a least depth of 4.5m, lies
about 0.2 mile SW of Isla Ahorcados and a shoal patch, with a
depth of 6.1m, lies about 0.5 mile NNW of Isla de los Puercos
and is marked by a lighted beacon.
4.13 Caution.—During gales, the currents in Freu Grande are
strong and irregular. They frequently set in directions contrary
to the winds so that heavy seas are experienced.
Pub. 131

62 Sector 4. Spain—Islas Baleares
4.13 Due to the existence of submarine cables, a fishing and anchoring
prohibited area, the limits of which are shown on the
chart, lies between Ibiza and Formentera.
4.13 Marine reserves, best seen on the chart, lie between Isla Formentera
and Ibiza. Fishing and extraction of any flora or fauna
from these reserves is prohibited without prior approval of the
General Office of Fishing.
4.14 Islote Vedra (38°52'N., 1°11'E.), lying 1 mile W of
Cabo Jueu, is reddish in color, steep-to in most places, and almost
inaccessible. A pronounced cone stands at the W end of
this small island and two similar cones stand at its E end. A
light is shown from a structure, 3m high, standing at the W extremity
of the island.
4.14 An
islet and several above-water rocks lie close off the NE
side of the island. An above-water rock, over which the slightest
sea breaks heavily, lies about 1 mile NNW of the W extremity
of the island.
4.14 Isla del Esparto (38°57'N., 1°11'E.), 69m high, lies 0.7 mile
W of Punta Embarcado and is fronted by several small islets on
its E and W sides.
4.14 Islas Bledas, consisting of a group of five islets, lies within 2
miles NW of Isla del Esparto and is marked by a light.
4.14 Islas Bosque, 67m high, lies about 0.2 mile offshore between
Punta Embarcado and Punta Torre de Rovira. It is surrounded
by cliffs and two high rocks stand at the N end. The passage lying
between Ibiza and Islas Bosque is foul and unsuitable.
4.14 Isla Conejera, 69m high, lies 0.3 mile N of Isla Bosque and
its coasts are mostly cliffy. A light is shown from a tower with
a dwelling, 17m high, standing on Cabo Blanco, its N extremity.
The passage lying between Isla Bosque and Isla Conejera
has a depths of 3 to 4m and is recommended only for vessels
with local knowledge.
Pub. 131
Islets off the SW extremity of Ibiza from S
Isla Conejera Light
4.14 Isla de Tagomago (39°02'N., 1°39'E.), 114m high, lies 1
mile E of Punta Valls. It is low and rocky on the N side, but
high and cliffy on the S side. A light is shown from a tower
with a dwelling, 23m high, standing on the SE extremity of the
island.
4.14 Islotes los Dados (38°53'N., 1°27'E.) are two islets which lie
0.7 mile S of Islote Botafoch. Islote Dado Grande, 13m high, is
marked by a light and Islote Dado Pequeno, close SE, is 9m
high. The passage lying between these islets should not be attempted.
A wreck lies 0.4 mile S of Islote Dado Grande.
4.14 Islote Malvin del Norte, 12m high, and Islote Malvin del
Sud, 20m high, are two islets which lie 1.2 miles and 1.5 miles
SSW, respectively, of Islote Botafoch. They are both fringed by
several smaller islets and a rock, with a depth of 8m, lies about
0.3 mile W of Islote Malvin del Sud. Islote La Esponja, 10m
high, lies 0.8 mile SSW of Islote Malvin del Sud and is fringed
by foul ground and shoals.
Mallorca
4.15 Mallorca (39°30'N., 3°00'E.), the largest of Islas
Baleares, lies 60 miles NE of Ibiza. The mountains rise to their
highest peaks on the NW coast of the island, but elsewhere the
coasts are lower and rocky.
4.15 Cabo Salinas (39°16'N., 3°03'E.), the S extremity of the island,
is low and fringed by a shoal bank. It is backed by gentlysloping
land on which stands a prominent tower. A light is
shown from a prominent tower with a dwelling, 10m high,
standing close N of the cape.
4.15 Punta Sa, surmounted by a tower, is located 4 miles NW of
Cabo Salinas and fronted by several small islets. A small craft
harbor is situated in the NW part of the bay, which lies between
these two points. A light is shown from a structure standing on
an islet close off Punta Sa.
4.15 Punta Plana (39°21'N., 2°55'E.), a low point, is located 4.5
miles NW of Punta Sa and is fronted by an above-water rock.
A light is shown from a structure, 6m high, standing close N of
the point. A yacht harbor, protected by moles, is situated 1.5
miles E of the point.
4.15 Puig de Randa, 549m high, stands 10 miles N of the point
and is prominent.
4.16 Cabo Blanco (39°22'N., 2°47'E.) is located 5.8 miles
WNW of Punta Plana. This cape is steep-to and easy to identify
as it is faced with white precipices. A light is shown from a
tower with a dwelling, 11m high, standing on the cape.
4.16 Bahia de Palma (39°30'N., 2°38'E.) is entered between Cabo
Blanco and Cabo de Cala Figuera, 13.5 miles WNW.
4.16 Cabo Enderrocat, surmounted by a tower, is located 7.5
miles NW of Cabo Blanco. The shore between is moderately
steep-to and consists of high flat-topped white cliffs. A conspicuous
power station stands on the shore of a cove, 4.2 miles
NNW of Cabo Enderrocat.
4.16 The shores of the bay are fronted by numerous islets, rocks,
and small islands. Several small yacht harbors and numerous
prominent hotel buildings and high-rises are situated along the
shores of the bay.
4.16 Caution.—Due to the existence of submarine cables, anchoring
and fishing prohibited areas, the limits of which are indicated
on the chart, lie within the vicinity of the bay.

4.16 Numerous areas, within which obstructions are anchored to
form artificial reefs, lie off the shores of the bay and may best
be seen on the chart.
4.17 Puerto de Palma (39°34'N., 2°38'E.) (World Port Index
No. 38630) lies at the head of Bahia de Palma, 6.5 miles
NW of Cabo Enderrocat.
Port of Palma Home Page
http://www.portsdebalears.com
4.17 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds in the vicinity of
the port are NE and SW during the summer and NE and NW in
winter. Very heavy NW squalls are sometimes experienced.
Strong winds from the S and SW are liable to raise a considerable
sea in winter, though the ones from S are of shorter duration
and less frequency. The swell is often felt before the wind
that causes it.
4.17 Depths—Limitations.—The S side of the harbor is formed
by Dique del Oeste, which extends E and NE from the SE end
of Peninsula de San Carlos. The N side of the harbor is formed
by Dique de Levante, which extends SW from the head of the
bay.
4.17 The main commercial facilities, which are situated in the SW
part of the harbor, include Muelle de Pelaires, which has
depths of 9 to 13.5m alongside, and Muelle de Poniente, which
has depths of 11.2 to 12.7m alongside.
4.17 There are facilities for general cargo, ro-ro, container, and
tanker vessels. Vessels up to 61,400 dwt, 250m in length, and
12.2m draft have been accommodated alongside. In addition,
there are extensive facilities and marinas for yachts and pleasure
craft.
4.17 Aspect.—A light is shown from a tower, 38m high, standing
on Peninsula de San Carlos. A racon is situated at the light.
4.17 A prominent fort is situated on Peninsula de San Carlos,
close S of the light structure. A conspicuous castle stands on a
hill, 0.8 mile N of the fort.
4.17 A prominent cathedral stands in the S part of the city near
the NE end of the harbor. It is built of reddish stone and has
two short spires at the W end. It was reported (1990) that the
cathedral is difficult to see at times and is not available as an
aid to navigation until within 4 miles of the port.
4.17 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 50 grt.
Pilots, who can be contracted on VHF channel 6, 14, or 16,
generally board W of the hazardous cargo anchorage about 1.5
miles S of the harbor. Requests for pilots should be submitted
at least 2 hours in advance. All such requests must be in writing.
Requests made by telex or telephone must be confirmed in
writing.
4.17 Anchorage.—Anchorage berths are generally assigned by
the Port Captain. Vessels may obtain anchorage, in depths of
14 to 15m, close S of Dique de Levante or, in a depth of 20m,
about 1.5 miles S of the breakwater.
4.17 Caution.—Submarine pipelines extend up to 1 mile S from
the shore close E of the harbor entrance.
4.17 Numerous pleasure craft and yachts may be encountered in
the approaches to the port.
4.18 Cap de Cala Figuera (39°28'N., 2°31'E.), 21m high,
Sector 4. Spain—Islas Baleares 63
is steep-to and fringed by a small reef. A light is shown from a
structure, 24m high, standing on the cape.
4.18 The ruins of a yellow tower stand close WNW of the light
and are prominent.
4.18 Punta de Sas Barbinas, a very narrow projection, is located
2.3 miles WNW of Cap de Cala Figuera. Isla del Toro, 29m
high, is the outermost of four small islets which lie close SW of
this projection. A light is shown from a structure, 14m high,
standing on Isla del Toro.
4.19 Cabo Malgrats (39°30'N., 2°27'E.), 48m high, is located
2.7 miles NNW of Isla del Toro. A yacht harbor, protected
by a mole, fronts the shore, about 1.5 miles SE of the cape.
Isla Malgrats, 60m high, lies close SW of the cape and is cliffy.
A small islet lies between this island and the coast.
4.19 Ensenada
de Santa Ponsa is entered between Cabo Malgrats
and Cabo Andritxol, 2 miles NNW. Anchorage can be taken, in
a depth of 10m, on the NW side of the bay. A yacht harbor,
protected by a breakwater, lies in a cove at the SE side of the
bay.
4.19 Cabo Llamp, 221m high, is located 1.5 miles W of Cabo Andritxol
and is covered in pine trees.
4.19 Cabo
de la Mola is located 1.3 miles NW of Cabo Llamp. It
is 118m high and is formed by the SW extremity of a small
peninsula. A light is shown from a structure, 10m high, standing
on the cape.
4.19 Caution.—An abandoned submarine cable lies in the vicinity
of Ensenada de Santa Ponsa and may best be seen on the
chart.
4.19 Several
areas, within which obstructions are anchored to
form artificial reefs, lie in the vicinity of Ensenada de Santa
Ponsa and Cabo Malgrats and may best be seen on the chart.
4.20 Puerto de Andraitx (39°33'N., 2°23'E.) (World Port
Index No. 38640), a small harbor, is situated in a cove, 1.2
miles NE of Cabo de la Mola. It is protected by an outer and
two inner breakwaters and is mainly used by yachts. A narrow
channel, marked by buoys, leads to the entrance. The port may
be contacted on VHF channel 9.
4.20 Punta Galinda is located 2 miles NW of Puerto de Andraitx.
The coast between is rocky and indented.
4.20 Punta Galera is located 1.7 miles N of Punta Galinda. The
coast between is indented by several coves which are only suitable
for small craft with local knowledge. Isla de Pantaleu,
29m high, lies close inshore, 0.7 mile N of Punta Galinda. Isla
Mitjana, 8m high, lies 0.2 mile offshore, 0.6 mile NNW of Isla
de Pantaleu, and is marked by a lighted beacon.
4.20 Isla Dragonera (39°35'N., 2°19'E.) lies 1.5 miles NW of
Punta Galinda. A light is shown from a tower, 15m high, standing
on Cabo Llebeitx, its SW extremity. Another light is shown
from a tower, with a dwelling, 13m high, standing near Punta
Tramontana, its NE extremity. The island rises near the middle
to a height of 357m.
4.20 Freu de la Dragonera, 0.4 mile wide, separates the island
from the W end of Mallorca. The currents in this channel are
reported to be irregular. Although there is a deep passage between
the rocks lying NW of Isla Mitjana and those fringing
the shore of Isla Dragonera, vessels are advised to use the narrow
channel that leads between Isla Mitjana and the coast of
Mallorca, because it is free from dangers.
Pub. 131

64 Sector 4. Spain—Islas Baleares
4.20 Peninsula de La Foradada, 83m high, is located 16.5 miles
NE of Punta Galinda. The coast between is high, cliffy, and
fronted by several islets. This projection extends 0.3 mile NW
from the coast and can be identified by a large hole which
pierces it from side to side.
4.20 Cabo Gros, 126m high, is located 3.7 miles NE of Peninsula
de La Foradada and is formed by a massive promontory. A
light is shown from a structure, 21m high, standing on the cape.
4.20 Punta de Sa Creu is located 0.3 mile E of Cabo Gros and is
the W extremity of a small peninsula. A light is shown from a
structure, 13m high, standing on this cape.
4.21 Puerto de Soller (39°48'N., 2°41'E.), a small harbor,
lies between Cabo Gros and Punta de Sa Creu, and is used
principally as a naval station. The harbor is backed by mountainous
country and an old castle stands near its E end.
4.21 It
was reported that vessels up to 80m in length and 8m draft
can be accommodated at the outer mole, and vessels up to 60m
in length and 4.5m draft can be accommodated at the inner
mole. Range lights, in line bearing 126.5°, lead into the port.
4.21 Heavy swell sometimes enters the harbor, which is reported
to be subject to silting.
4.21 In
summer, vessels can obtain temporary anchorage in good
weather, in depths of 11 to 13m, close S of the head of the outer
mole.
4.22 Ensenada Sa Costera (39°50'N., 2°45'E.) lies close E
of Punta Cala Ratjada and 4 miles NE of Puerto de Soller. A
conspicuous power station, which is brilliantly illuminated at
night, stands on the shore of this bay.
4.22 Cabo de Formentor (39°58'N., 3°12'E.), the N extremity of
Mallorca, is located 26 miles ENE of Puerto de Soller. The
coast between is high and cliffy. A light is shown from a tower
with a dwelling, 22m high, standing on the cape.
4.22 The peninsula, which terminates at Cabo de Formentor, is
mountainous and from a distance to the N, appears as a chain
of islets. On nearer approach, it may be mistaken for an island
because of its low isthmus.
4.23 Bahia de Pollensa (39°54'N., 3°10'E.) is entered between
Cabo de Formentor and Cabo del Pinar, 4.5 miles S. It is
open to the E and completely exposed to the frequent gales
which originate in the Golfe du Lion. Sudden squalls are also
experienced within the bay, especially under the high land on
the N side.
4.23 Punta de Manresa, located 3.5 miles SW of Cabo del Pinar,
is dark, rocky, and surmounted by an old castle. A yacht harbor,
protected by a breakwater, is situated close E of this point.
4.23 Punta
de la Avanzada, located SW of Cabo de Formentor,
has a battery on its S extremity and a small castle standing on
its summit. A light is shown from a structure, 17m high, standing
on the battery. A small harbor, protected by breakwaters, is
situated 0.7 mile NW of Punta de la Avanzada.
4.23 An extensive yacht harbor, protected by moles, is situated
1.2 miles WNW of Punta de la Avanzada.
4.23 It has been reported that due to many new buildings along
the shores of the bay, charted landmarks may be difficult to
identify.
4.23 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 16 to 18m, about
Pub. 131
0.4 mile ENE and 0.3 mile NNW of Punta Manresa. Anchorage
may also be obtained, in good weather, by large vessels, in
depths of 12 to 15m, S or SE of Punta de la Avanzada. Small
vessels may obtain anchorage close W of this point.
4.24 Cabo Menorca (39°52'N., 3°12'E.), located 1.8 miles
S of Cabo del Pinar, is dark, steep-to, and faced with steep
cliffs. A rocky shoal, with a depth of 13m, lies about 2 miles
ESE of this cape.
4.24 Bahia de Alcudia (39°49'N., 3°08'E.) is entered between
Cabo Menorca and Cabo Farrutx, 8 miles SE. This bay when
seen from seaward, appears to recede farther than it actually
does on account of the low land at its head. At Cabo Farrutx,
the land rises steeply and forms a rocky promontory, 432m
high, which is surmounted by a tower.
4.24 Several small yacht harbors and piers are situated along the S
shore of the bay.
4.24 Isla de Aucanada lies close off the N shore of the bay, 2
miles SW of Cabo Menorca. It is connected by a reef to the
mainland. A light is shown from a structure, 15m high, standing
on the summit of the island.
4.25 Puerto de Alcudia (39°50'N., 3°08'E.) (World Port
Index No. 38670), a small port, lies at the NW end of Bahia de
Alcudia, 1.2 miles W of Isla de Aucanada.
4.25 Depths—Limitations.—The commercial facilities include a
berth, 150m long, at New Pier, which has a depth of 7m alongside;
Ribera Quay, 226m long, with a depth of 6.5m alongside;
and 246m of berthing space along the inner side of Muelle
Commercial, which has depths of 6 to 6.5m alongside.
4.25 There are facilities for general cargo, ro-ro, container, bulk,
tanker, and natural gas vessels. Vessels up to 120m in length
and 6.5m draft have been accommodated.
4.25 An extensive yacht and pleasure craft harbor is situated in
the NW part of the port.
4.25 Aspect.—Punta del Castillo, a rocky point, is located 1.2
miles W of Isla de Aucanada and an ancient and prominent
tower stands close NE of it. Dique de Abrigo, a breakwater, extends
480m SW from this point and forms the S side of the harbor.
Two prominent chimneys stand close NE of the root of this
breakwater.
4.25 The city of Alcudia stands 1 mile NW of the harbor, but only
part of its walls and a few high buildings, among which is a
conspicuous church, are visible from the bay.
4.25 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots may be contacted
on VHF channel 14 or 16 and should be requested at least 1
hour in advance. The pilot boards in position 39°49.6'N,
3°08.5'E.
4.25 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available, in a depth of 6m,
about 0.3 mile SW of the breakwater head, and, in a depth of
12m, about 0.7 mile S of the breakwater head. Small vessels
can anchor, in a depth of 4m, mud and sand, about 0.2 mile S
of the head of the pier that is situated close NW of the breakwater.
4.25 Caution.—Though not expressly so reserved, the area lying
NW of a line drawn SW from Punta del Castillo is, at times,
used as an anchorage for seaplanes.
4.25 Submarines exercise frequently in Bahia de Alcudia and its
approaches.
4.25 A drainage canal enters the SW shore of the bay, 3 miles SW

of Isla de Aucanada.
4.25 Two submarine intake pipelines lie close N of the canal entrance
and are marked by lighted buoys.
4.25 A prohibited area, within which lie foul ground and obstructions,
is situated adjacent to the shore close SSE of the canal
entrance and may best be seen on the chart.
4.26 Cabo del Freu (39°45'N., 3°28'E.), located 5.5 miles
SE of Cabo Farrutx, is a narrow projection which extends NE
from the coast. It is formed by a spur of Atalaya de Son
Jaumell, 271m high, which stands 0.7 mile SW of the cape and
is surmounted by a tower.
4.26 Farrayo de Aubarca, 23m high, lies 0.3 mile offshore, 2.7
miles NE of the cape. The passage leading between this islet
and the coast has a depth of 20m and is free of dangers.
4.26 Cabo Pera (39°43'N., 3°28'E.), the E extremity of Mallorca,
is located 2 miles SSE of Cabo del Freu. It is 78m high, reddish
in color, and rocky, A light is shown from a structure, 18m
high, standing on the cape.
4.26 The coast between Cabo Farrutx and Cabo Pera is high and
indented by several coves.
4.26 Capdepera, a small town, stands on a hill, 2 miles SW of Cabo
Pera and is prominent from seaward.
4.26 Cabo Vermey is located 3.8 miles SSW of Cabo Pera and
surmounted by two ruined towers. It is reddish, high, barren,
and cliffy.
4.26 Punta de Amer, located 5 miles SW of Cabo Vermey, is low
and surmounted by an old castle.
4.26 Bahia de Arta lies between Punta de Amer and Cabo del Pinar,
3.5 miles NNE. Vessels, with local knowledge, can anchor
in this bay with winds from between the SW and NW. The best
berth, in depths of 16 to 25m, sand and weed, lies in the N part
of the bay. Vessels can also anchor, in depths of 10 to 15m, in
the NW part of the bay.
4.26 Cabo del Pinar, dark in color, is formed by a spur of Sierra de
Son Jordi, which extends NW. Port Cristo, a small harbor, is
situated within a cove, 3.7 miles SW of Punta de Amer. It is
mostly used by small craft and yachts.
4.26 Punta de la Bateria is located 8 miles SSW of Porto Cristo.
Numerous houses and several prominent hotels stand on this
point. A light is shown from a structure, 7m high, standing on
the point.
4.26 Puerto Colom (39°25'N., 3°16'E.), a small craft harbor, lies
between Punta de Bateria and Punta de la Farola, 0.2 mile W.
No attempt should be made to enter this harbor without local
knowledge. An extensive yacht marina is situated close N of
this harbor.
4.27 Punta de la Farola (39°25'N., 3°16'E.), the W entrance
point of Puerto Colom, is surmounted by a prominent
tower. A light is shown from a structure, 25m high, standing
close S of the tower.
4.27 Puig
de San Salvador, 510m high, stands 4.7 miles NW of
the entrance to Puerto Colom. This prominent hill is conical
and considerably higher than those surrounding it. The summit
is surmounted by a conspicuous hermitage and a chapel, with a
monument and a cross, situated close by.
4.27 Cala
Llonga lies 3.2 miles SSW of Punta de la Farola. Lights
are shown from both the N and S entrance points of this cove,
and an old fort is situated on the S entrance point. The cove af-
Sector 4. Spain—Islas Baleares 65
fords anchorage, in depths of 7 to 8m, to small vessels with local
knowledge. A pier and an extensive yacht marina are
situated within this cove.
4.28 Puerto Petro (39°21'N., 3°13'E.) (World Port Index
No. 38680) lies 1 mile SW of Cala Llonga. This inlet forms a
very small natural harbor. Its entrance is 260m wide and has a
depth of 18m in the middle. There are depths of 5 to 10m within
the harbor, which can accommodate only one or two small
vessels at anchor at a time.
4.28 This harbor is reported to be dangerous to enter during bad
weather because of the narrowness of the entrance.
4.28 An
old and prominent tower stands close within the SW en-
trance point of the harbor. It is high and square and, because of
its peculiar construction, cannot be mistaken for any of the others
along the coast. A light is shown from a structure, 9m high,
standing close E of the tower.
4.28 Cala
Figuera, a cove, lies 2.5 miles SW of Puerto Petro and
forms a small fishing harbor. A light is shown from a structure,
6m high, standing on the E entrance point of the cove and a
tower is situated close SW of it. Santany, a small town, stands
2.5 miles NW of the cove. A prominent church, visible from
seaward, is situated within this town.
4.28 The
coast extends 7 miles SW from Cala Figuera to Cabo
Salinas, which has been previously described in paragraph
4.15, and is rocky and indented by several small coves.
Mallorca—Off-lying Islands
4.29 Isla de Cabrera (39°09'N., 2°56'E.), a rugged and
hilly island, lies 9 miles SW of Cabo Salinas and, together with
the neighboring islands, lies within a National Park. Vessels
can only enter the park with permission from the Instituto Nacional
para de la Conservacion de la Naturaleza (ICONA) at
Palma. A marine reserve has been established in an area surrounding
the islands, and is best seen on the chart; navigation,
fishing, diving, or gathering of flora and fauna are prohibited.
4.29 Punta Anciola, the SW extremity of the island, is formed by
the extremity of a small peninsula, 120m high. A light is shown
from a tower with a dwelling, 24m high, standing on this point.
4.29 Cabo Llebeig, the NW extremity of the island, rises to a detached
hill, 60m high. A light is shown from structure, 7m
high, standing on this cape.
4.29 Cabo Ventoso, the NE extremity of the island, is formed by a
steep-to cliffy headland, 106m high.
4.29 Isla Imperial, 70m high, lies off the SE coast of the island. It
is separated from the coast by a channel, 95m wide, with
depths of 11m at the N end.
4.29 Islotes Estels, consisting of five rocky islets, lies within 0.5
mile of the middle of the S coast of Isla de Cabrera; the highest
and central islet is 44m high.
4.29 Isla
Redonda, 57m high, lies off the NE coast of Isla de Ca-
brera and is steep-to, except on its SW side. Isla Conejera, lying
0.5 mile NW of Isla Redonda, rises to a hill, 119m high, on
its E side. Isla Esponja, 23m high, lies 0.3 mile N of the middle
of the N side of Isla Conejera and is a steep-to and almost inaccessible
islet.
4.29 Isla
Plana, 39m high, lies 0.3 mile ENE of Isla Esponja and a
shoal bank extends for a short distance from its S side. Isla Pobre,
24m high, lies close N of Isla Plana and there is a depth of
Pub. 131

66 Sector 4. Spain—Islas Baleares
9m between them.
4.29 Isla Horadada, 27m high, lies 0.4 mile NNE of Isla Pobre
and is almost inaccessible. A light is shown from a structure,
15m high, standing on its NW side. An islet lies close S of Isla
Horadada and an above-water rock lies on foul ground between
them. A stony bank, with a depth of 7.3m, extends up to about
100m S from the islet.
4.29 Puerto de Cabrera is entered between Cabo Llebeig and Punta
Creueta, 0.6 mile SE. This inlet affords secure anchorage.
The best berth, sheltered from N winds, is in a depth of 19m,
sand and weed, in the E part.
4.29 Punta del Castillo, located 0.2 mile SSE of Punta Creueta, is
surmounted by a prominent ruined castle. Punta Creueta,
marked by a light, is surmounted by several prominent buildings.
4.29 Freu de Cabrera (39°15'N., 3°00'E.) is the channel lying
between the S extremity of Mallorca and Isla Horadada. It is
free from dangers, but strong E or W currents are experienced
according to the direction of the wind.
4.29 Caution.—Extensive fishing is reported to be carried out in
the waters between Mallorca and Isla de Cabrera. Unlighted
fishing boats and buoys may be encountered.
Menorca
4.30 Menorca (40°00'N., 4°00'E.) is the NE island of Islas
Baleares. It is mostly level and free from off-lying dangers, except
for a few inshore islets. Monte Toro, 358m high, stands
near the center of the island and is the highest summit.
4.30 Freu de Menorca, 20 miles wide, separates Menorca from
Mallorca. Very heavy seas are raised in this channel by N
winds.
4.30 Cabo Dartuch (39°55'N., 3°49'E.), the SW extremity of
Menorca, is low, flat, and steep-to. In good weather, it frequently
happens that the wind is blowing from different directions
on either side of this cape. A light is shown from a
structure, 35m high, standing almost on the shore at the cape.
4.31 Puerto de Ciudadela (40°00'N., 3°50'E.), lying 4.2
miles N of Cabo Dartuch, is a steep-sided creek, with three
coves on its N side which forms a natural harbor. It provides
very good shelter from E winds; however, SW gales cause the
sea to break right across the entrance and send in a heavy
swell.
4.31 A
narrow channel, with a least depth of 4m, leads into the
harbor; a light is shown from a structure, 10m high, standing
on the W entrance point. The head has been banked and leveled
to provide berths for small vessels in depths up to 4m. Vessels
up to 150 tons can be handled. The town of Ciudadela stands at
the head of the creek and is visible from seaward.
4.31 With
offshore winds, anchorage can be obtained by vessels
with local knowledge, in a depth of 16m, good holding ground,
off the entrance of Puerto de Ciudadela.
4.32 Cabo Binicous (40°00'N., 3°48'E.), low and cliffy, is
located 1.3 miles W of Puerto de Ciudadela. A conspicuous hotel
is reported to stand on this cape.
4.32 Cabo Menorca, the W extremity of the island, is located 1
mile NNW of Cabo Binicous.
4.32 Punta Nati, the NW extremity of the island, is located 2.5
Pub. 131
miles NE of Cabo Menorca and fronted by a small islet, 7m
high. A light is shown from a structure, 13m high, standing on
this cape.
4.32 Cabo de Caballeria (40°05'N., 4°05'E.), the N extremity of
the island, is located 12.5 miles E of Punta Nati. This cape,
80m high, is the N end of a peninsula which extends 1.7 miles
N from the general line of the coast. It is steep-to and from a
distance E or W, appears as an island.
4.32 A light is shown from a tower with a dwelling, 14m high,
standing on the summit of the cape. A racon is situated at the
light.
4.32 Islas Bledas, consisting of three islets, lies close N of the
coast, 3 miles WSW of Cabo Caballeria.
4.32 Bahia de Tirant lies between Cabo de Caballeria and the N
extremity of the peninsula, which forms the W side of Puerto
de Fornells, 2 miles SE. This bay affords good anchorage, with
offshore winds, to small vessels with local knowledge. The
best berths are in depths of 5 to 6m close to the shore. Winds
between N and E send a very heavy sea into this bay.
4.33 Puerto de Fornells (40°04'N., 4°08'E.) is a narrow
and nearly landlocked inlet which forms a natural harbor. It is
entered between the N extremity of a peninsula, on the W side,
and the N extremity of a cliffy promontory, on the E side. A
prominent tower stands on the end of the peninsula and an islet
lies close N of it.
4.33 A fishing village is situated on the NW side of the harbor,
close S of an old fort, and a small yacht marina lies on the SW
side of the harbor.
4.33 Islote Sargantana, 12m high, lies 0.5 mile SSE of the village
and is surmounted by a ruined castle.
4.33 The
harbor affords good shelter. Vessels of deep draft usual-
ly anchor about midway between Islote Sargantana and the
fishing village. The holding ground is good and the bottom is
mostly mud and weed. However, caution is necessary for there
is not room for a vessel of more than 100m in length to swing
in depths greater than 8m. Vessels of moderate draft can anchor,
in a depth of 9m, farther in. Small vessels can anchor, in a
depth of 5m, about 200m from the village.
4.34 Cala de Addaya (40°01'N., 4°12'E.), a narrow creek,
lies 4.5 miles SE of Puerto de Fornells. It extends for 1.5 miles
and several islets and above-water rocks lie off the entrance. A
conspicuous tower stands on the W side of the creek, 0.7 mile
S of the entrance. A yacht harbor is situated on the W side of
the creek, 1 mile S of the entrance.
4.34 Cabo Favaritx (40°00'N., 4°16'E.), located 3 miles ESE of
the E entrance point of Cala de Addaya, is low and at a distance
appears as three islets. A light is shown from a tower
with a dwelling, 28m high, standing on the cape.
4.34 Isla Colom, 44m high, lies close to the coast, 3 miles SSE of
Cabo Favaritx. Vessels, with local knowledge, can obtain anchorage,
in depths of 10 to 12m, sand, on the NW side of this
island with their sterns secure to the shore. This roadstead is
sheltered from all winds except those from the NW. Anchorage
is also available, in a depth of 10m, on the SW side of the island
with the stern similarly secured. This roadstead is sheltered
from all winds except those from the ENE and ESE.
4.34 La Mola, a peninsula, is located 5.5 miles SSE of Isla Colom.
It is 80m high and the N and S coasts are faced with cliffs.

4.34 Punta del Espero (39°52'N., 4°20'E.), 55m high, is the E extremity
of La Mola. A light is shown from a tower, 11m high,
standing on this point. A signal station and a lookout tower are
situated 0.2 mile W of the light.
4.34 Punta de Fuera, the S extremity of the peninsula, is located
0.9 mile SW of Punta del Espero. A lighted buoy is moored
about 200m S of this point and marks the edge of a rocky bank.
4.34 Punta de San Carlos (39°52'N., 4°18'E.), located 0.3 mile
SW of Punta de Fuera, lies on the N side of a small cove. A
light is shown from a structure, 12m high, standing on the
point. A prominent ruined castle and a prominent monument
stand close W and close N, respectively, of the light.
4.34 A lighted buoy is moored about 0.1 mile E of the point and
marks the edge of a rocky bank.
Puerto de Mahon (39°53'N., 4°16'E.)
World Port Index No. 38690
4.35 The port of Mahon, which is also a naval base, lies
within an inlet which forms a natural and well-protected harbor.
This harbor extends 3 miles NW and is entered between
Punta de San Carlos and Punta de Fuera.
Port of Mahon Home Page
http://www.puertomao.com
4.35 Winds—Weather.—Strong winds from the N, which prevail
in winter and occur occasionally in summer, frequently cause a
considerable swell off the entrance. During winds from the SE
through S to SW, the visibility may decrease, sometimes completely
obscuring the land.
4.35 Tides—Currents.—Winds from the N and NE give rise to
strong SW currents off the entrance to the harbor. These currents
are almost constant and only with SW winds do they set
in the opposite direction.
4.35 Tides in the harbor are insignificant, but the level of the water
is affected by the prevailing winds.
4.35 Depths—Limitations.—There are depths of 16 to 27m in
the entrance channel. A naval base is situated on the N side of
the harbor.
4.35 Muelle de Cos Nou, 180m long, lies close W of the naval
base and has a depth of 6.5m alongside. Muelle Commercial,
218m long, lies at the S side of the harbor and has a depth of
8m alongside. There are facilities for general cargo, tanker, roro,
container, and passenger vessels. Vessels of unlimited
Sector 4. Spain—Islas Baleares 67
length can be accommodated with drafts up to 7.6m.
4.35 Aspect.—Isla Lazareto lies on the N side of the harbor close
inside the entrance. Several prominent buildings stand on this
island. The suburb of Villacarlos is situated on the S shore of
the harbor, 1 mile NW of the entrance. A small island, on
which stands a military hospital, lies 0.5 mile NW of Villacarlos.
4.35 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 gross
tons. Pilots may be contacted on VHF channel 14 or 16 and
board about 1 mile from the harbor entrance.
4.35 Anchorage.—In good weather, anchorage can be obtained,
in depths of 24 to 37m, sand with good holding ground, off the
entrance to the harbor. Vessels can also anchor, in depths of 10
to 26m, NNE of Villacarlos, but should avoid anchoring on the
slope of the N shore of the harbor because strong N winds may
cause dragging.
4.35 Caution.—Approaching from the S or SW, vessels should
take care not to mistake the entrance to the cove lying close S
of Punta de San Carlos for the harbor entrance. Approaching
from the N, vessels should take care not to mistake the low
isthmus connecting La Mola to the mainland for the entrance to
the harbor.
4.35 The bay lying between the E side of Isla Lazareto and the W
side of La Mola is for military use only. Entry is prohibited unless
in an emergency.
4.35 A submarine pipeline extends 0.5 mile SE from the vicinity
of Punta de San Carlos.
4.35 Depths in Puerto de Mahon are generally up to 2m shoaler
than charted.
4.36 Punta Mabres (39°49'N., 4°17'E.), located 3.5 miles
SSE of Puerto de Mahon, is the SE extremity of Menorca. A
conspicuous radio mast and a conspicuous tower stand 1 mile
NNW and close W, respectively, of the point.
4.36 A lighted wave recorder buoy is reported to be moored about
9 miles SE of Punta Mabres.
4.36 Isla del Aire (39°48'N., 4°18'E.) lies 0.5 mile SE of Punta
Mabres. The NW side of the island is flat, but the SE side is
steep-to and cliffy. A light is shown from a structure, 37m high,
standing on the summit at the S side of the island.
4.36 The channel leading between the island and the mainland
can be navigated by vessels with local knowledge and drafts up
to 6.5m.
4.36 The S coast of Menorca is mostly free from off-lying dangers,
but a few rocks and shoals lie close inshore. From Punta
Mabres, the shore extends 15 miles NW and then 7 miles W to
Cabo Dartuch, which has been previously described in paragraph
4.30.
Pub. 131

Pub. 131
5.
Morocco—Punta Almina to Oued Kiss
5.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 5 — CHART INFORMATION
69

5.0 Plan.—This sector describes the coast of Morocco from
Punta Almina (35°54'N., 5°17'W.) to the frontier of Algeria at
Oued Kiss (35°05'N., 2°12'W.). The descriptive sequence of
the coast is from W to E.
General Remarks
5.1 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds along this
part of the coast are from the NE quadrant from March to October,
and from the SW and NW quadrants during the remainder
of the year.
5.1 During summer, there are often E winds on the Moroccan
coast when there are W winds on the Spanish coast. Winds
from the E are often preceded by increased humidity, haze, and
mist.
5.1 Calms are also frequent in summer along the E part of this
coast.
5.1 Gales from the NW and NE quadrants are often severe, but
are less frequent on this coast than in the N part of the Mediterranean
Sea. Gales from the S are almost unknown.
5.1 Tides—Currents.—The offshore current generally sets SE
from the Strait of Gibraltar. Off Cap des Trois Fourches, this
current divides and part of it continues E. The other part is deflected
by the cape and causes a counter current which sets W
along the coast of Morocco at a rate of about 1 knot. These currents
are also influenced by the prevailing winds.
5.1 A current sets W off Cabo Baba and sometimes attains a rate
of 2 knots.
5.1 Caution.—With the exception of the stretches of coast lying
between Punta Almina and Cabo Mazari, 21 miles S, and that
between Cap des Trois Fourches (35°26'N., 2°58'W.) and the
mouth of Oued Moulouya (Rio Muluya), 43 miles SE, the
coast of Morocco is practically unsurveyed. Vessels are cautioned
not to approach it without special precautions.
5.1 Tunny nets may be found extending up to 7 miles offshore
along the coasts described in this sector.
5.1 Submarines exercise frequently in the waters adjacent to the
coasts.
Off-lying Islands
5.2 Islas Chafarinas (35°11'N., 2°26'W.), consisting of
three islands, lie 2 miles N of Cap de l’Eau (Ras el Ma). They
are of volcanic origin and consist of white decomposed rock.
When seen from the E or W, these islands show up well, but
from the N, they are difficult to distinguish from the land behind
them.
5.2 Isla
del Congreso, the largest and W island, is steep and rug-
ged on its W side, which is 137m high, but has more of a gentle
slope on its E side. A light is shown from a tower, 3m high,
standing on Punta del Faro, the S extremity. A stranded wreck
lies 0.4 mile N of the light.
5.2 Isla de Isabel II, the middle island, lies close E of Isla Congreso.
It is 40m high and Torre de la Conquista, which is fitted
SECTOR 5
MOROCCO—PUNTA ALMINA TO OUED KISS
Islas Chafarinas from NW
71
with a conspicuous clock, stands near the middle of the N side.
5.2 Numerous large buildings, including a hospital, are situated
on the island. Islas Chafarinas Light is shown from a structure,
18m high, standing near the NW extremity of this island.
5.2 Isla del Rey, the E island of the group, is 31m high. It is connected
to Isla de Isabel II by a partly-destroyed breakwater.
5.2 These islands afford the only natural anchorage roadstead off
the coast of Morocco which is suitable for all classes of vessels.
There are depths of 10 to 17m; good holding ground,
muddy sand.
5.2 In winter, strong winds from the S sometimes blow. With
strong E winds, a considerable swell often rolls into the anchorage.
Strong winds from the NE also send a considerable
sea into the anchorage through the channel lying between the
two W islands, despite the shoal in its approach.
5.2 The best berth, sheltered from NE winds, is in a depth of
14m, about 230m SE of the head of the small mole, which extends
near the S end of Isla de Isabel II.
5.2 Caution.—Marine farms and disused submarine cables lie
between the islands and the mainland.
Punta Almina to Baie d’al Hoceima
5.3 Punta Almina (35°54'N., 5°17'W.) is the E extremity
of the peninsula which divides Bahia de Ceuta, to the N, from
Ensenada de Ceuta, to the S. The point is low but the land rises
steeply behind it. A light is shown from a white tower and
building, 16m high, standing on Cerro de Mosqueros, close
SW of the point.
5.3 A shoal, Laja de la Sirena, with a depth of 4.1m, lies close
NE of the point.
5.3 Ensenada de Ceuta (35°51'N., 5°19'W.) lies between Punta
Almina and Ras el Aswad, 13 miles S. A light is shown from
the point. Open anchorage can be obtained, in depths of 20 to
Pub. 131

72 Sector 5. Morocco—Punta Almina to Oued Kiss
26m, anywhere off the coast within this extensive bay, but care
should be taken to ascertain the nature of the bottom as it is
rocky in places. Tunny nets may be encountered in the bay
from June to October.
5.3 Marina Smir (35°45'N., 5°20'W) is part holiday resort and a
port of entry. Movement into and out of the port is controlled
by the Royal Moroccan Navy. The marina is protected by
breakwaters and has reported depths of 3m at the entrance.
5.3 Marina Kabila (35°43.3'N., 5°20.2'W) lies near the mouth
of Oued Smir. Movement into and out of the port is controlled
by the Royal Moroccan Navy. The marina is protected by
breakwaters and has reported minimum depths of 2.5m along
the E side of the channel .
5.3 Ensenada de la Almadraba, a small bay, lies 2 miles WSW of
Punta Almina. It affords anchorage, sheltered from N and W
winds, in depths of 15m or more. An obstruction lies 0.5 mile
offshore in the E approach to this bay.
5.3 Punta del Canto (Pointe es Sensela), located 4.5 miles SW of
Punta Almina, is a low, reddish, and rocky point. A factory,
with several conspicuous chimneys, is situated on the S side of
this point. With winds from the SW to NW, if not too strong,
anchorage can be obtained, in depths of 16 to 20m, sand, about
1 mile SE of Punta del Canto.
5.3 La Condesa, 15m high, stands on the coast, 1 mile S of Punta
del Canto. This hillock is surmounted by the white buildings of
a military post. The conspicuous buildings of a large barracks,
which are usually brilliantly illuminated at night, are situated
on a hill, 0.5 mile S of La Condesa.
5.3 Piedra Blanca lies 0.3 mile offshore, about 2.3 miles S of
Punta del Canto. It has a least depth of 2.1m and is easily distinguished
in calm weather by the light green color of the water
over it.
5.3 Punta Restinga, located 5.8 miles S of Punta del Canto, is a
small projection, 15m high. A tourist resort, which includes
several hotels and numerous single-story buildings, extends up
to 1 mile S from the point and is conspicuous from seaward.
5.3 Jebel Zem-Zem (Monte Sem-Sem), 435m high, stands 2
miles SW of Punta Restinga. Fortin Negron, a fort in ruins, is
situated on its N foothills. Good anchorage can be obtained, in
a depth of 31m, sand and gravel, about 2.3 miles NE of Fortin
Negron.
5.4 M’diq (Rincon El Medik) (35°41'N., 5°19'W.), a village,
is dominated by a high, reddish, and prominent church.
An Arab cemetery is situated on the slope of the hill, close S of
the village. A small harbor, protected by moles, lies 0.5 mile E
of the village and is used by small coastal vessels and yachts.
Pub. 131
View of the coast S of Peninsula de Almina
There is a main quay, 240m long, with a depth of 5m alongside.
Vessels up to 50m in length and 4.8m draft can be accommodated.
5.4 Anchorage, sheltered from S and SSE winds, but exposed to
those from the N, can be obtained, in depths of 10 to 22m,
sand, about 0.5 mile off the coast near M’diq.
Ras el Aswad (Cabo Negro) (35°41'N., 5°16'W.), located
2.5 miles E of M’diq, is faced with cliffs. It is surmounted by a
hill, 119m high, on which stands a conspicuous tower surrounded
by shrubs. The cape is dominated by Monte Taifor, a
dark-colored and conical hill, which stands 1.3 miles WSW of
it and rises to a height of 331m. A light is shown from a white
tower, 13m high, standing on the cape.
5.4 Off the cape, the tidal currents are sometimes strong and eddies
are always formed within 1 mile of it.
5.4 Vessels can anchor, in a depth of 35m, sand and gravel, about
2.8 miles NW of the tower standing on Ras el Aswad. Vessels
can also anchor, in a depth of 22m, sand and shells, about 2.5
miles E of a conspicuous hill which stands 4 miles WNW of
Ras el Aswad. This hill is 130m high, reddish-colored, and surmounted
by a grove of trees.
5.4 Ensenada de Tamerabel (Ensenada de Tetouan) lies between
Ras el Aswad and Cabo Timurusga, 9.5 miles SSE. It affords
anchorage, sheltered from winds between the SE and NW, but
care should be taken to select a sandy spot, as the bottom is
rocky in places.
5.4 The Oued Martin flows into the sea 4 miles S of Ras el
Aswad, and the small town of Martil (Oued Martin) is situated
close N of the mouth. A light is shown from a tower, 16m high,
standing in the town. Vessels can anchor, in depths of 14 to
18m, sand, about 1 mile E the light. Vessels should exercise
caution as submarine cables lie in this vicinity.
5.4 Puerto Al Martil (Puerto de Rio Martin) (35°37.0'N.,
5°16.5'W) lies close within the entrance to the Rio Al Martil
and fronts the town of Al Martil. The river is navigable for
shallow-draft vessels up to 2.5 miles from the river mouth. Anchorage
is available off the port in depths of 15 to 20m, sand.
5.4 Tetouan, a town, is situated 6 miles WSW of the mouth of
Oued Martin. It stands at an elevation of 61m and the buildings
and tall minarets are visible from seaward. An aeronautical
light is reported to be occasionally shown from close ENE of
the town.
5.5 Cap Mazari (35°33'N., 5°13'W.) is located 4.5 miles
SSE of the mouth of Oued Martin. Ensenada de Mazari lies between
this cape and Punta de la Caverna, 1.3 miles ESE. Anchorage
can be obtained, in depths of 13 to 15m, sand, within

this bay, but onshore winds raise a heavy sea.
Cap Menkal (Pointe Omara) (35°29'N., 5°06'W.), located
15 miles SE of Rasel el Aswad (Cabo Negro), is steep, fronted
by an islet, and surmounted by a circular tower. A white marabout
and several other white buildings, which show up well
against the green background, are situated close S of the cape.
Oued Laou Light is shown from a white tower standing near
the cape.
The town of Oued Laou lies 2.5 miles SSE of Pointe Omara
on the N bank of the Oued Laou. There is an uncharted submarine
cable near the mouth of the river.
5.5 In
good weather, open anchorage can be obtained, by vessels
with local knowledge, off the beach which extends S of the
cape. Caution should be exercised in order to avoid several
submarine cables which are landed in this vicinity.
5.5 This
part of the coast is backed by mountains which stand
SW of Cap Menkal and attain elevations of over 2,000m. Jebel
Kelti, 1,926m high, stands 11 miles SW of the cape. This
mountain can easily be identified by its isolation and its flattened,
dark grey, barren, and rocky summit. During E winds, it
is frequently obscured by clouds.
5.5 Punta Targa, located 6.2 miles SE of Cap Menkal, is surmounted
by a prominent tower. Several rocks, one of which is
conspicuous, lie close off this point.
5.5 Banco
Cotelle, is reported to lie about 1.5 miles E of Punta
Targa, and to have a depth of about 1.5m, with depths of from
6.4 to 8.2m between it and the coast. The sea does not appear
to break on it, but tide rips have been reported in the vicinity.
This danger has not been examined, and this part of the coast
should be given a berth of at least 2 to 3 miles.
5.5 Punta Jagershmidt, located 9.5 miles SE of Punta Targa, is
dark, rounded, and is fronted by two conspicuous, rocky islets.
5.5 Ensenada
de Tiguizas, a slight indentation in the coast, lies
close NW of Punta Jagerschmidt. In good weather, open anchorage
can be obtained by vessels with local knowledge within
this indentation. The best berth is in a depth of 40m, sand,
about 1 mile offshore.
Pointe de Pecheurs (Punta Pescadores) (35°13'N.,
4°39'W.), located 11.5 miles SE of Punta Jagershmidt, is rocky
and has the appearance of an island when seen from the E or
W. This point is one of the most conspicuous landmarks along
the coast. It is salient and is faced with dark cliffs which are
marked by reddish patches. A prominent rock, which resembles
a tower, stands on its summit. A light is shown from a
structure, 4m high, standing on this point.
5.5 Ensenada
des Pecheurs lies on the W side of the point and in
good weather, anchorage, sheltered from winds between the SE
and WSW, can be obtained within this bay. Vessels with local
knowledge can anchor, in a depth of 13m, mud, but fresh
breezes send in a heavy swell.
5.5 Monte Scovasso, 1,190m high, stands 6 miles SW of Pointe
de Pecheurs and has a prominent notch on its summit.
5.6 Isle Iris (35°10'N., 4°22'W.), located about 15 miles
ESE of Pointe de Pecheurs, is 38m high and barren. White vertical
cliffs stand on its NW side, but the island is not easily distinguished
from the land behind it. The island is joined to the
mainland by a reef which has depths of less than 1.8m.
5.6 A small fishing and leisure craft harbor has been constructed
(2004) close to Isle Iris. The entrance is marked by a light.
Sector 5. Morocco—Punta Almina to Oued Kiss 73
5.6 Ensenada de Iris, a cove, lies close W of Isle Iris. In good
and settled weather, small vessels with local knowledge can
obtain anchorage, in depths of 6 to 11m, fine sand, in this cove.
Small vessels with local knowledge can also obtain anchorage
sheltered from W winds, close E of Isle Iris.
5.6 Penon de Velez de la Gomera (35°10'N., 4°18'W.), located
18 miles ESE of Pointe de Pecheurs, is a conical and rocky island.
Its N end is 86m high and is surmounted by a conspicuous
fortress. The island is connected by a rocky ridge to an
islet, 21m high. It is easily identified from the W to N, but
when approaching from the E, it is partially hidden by the land.
A light is shown from a structure, 6m high, standing on the
NW extremity of the island.
5.6 Cap Baba (35°12'N., 4°17'W.), located 0.8 mile ENE of Penon
de Velez de la Gomera, is formed by a bold and dark headland.
It is steep and surmounted by the ruins of a marabout
tower. The cape descends from a spur of the mountains, in the
crest of which is a break, which appears as a hole when seen
from the E.
5.6 A current, which sets in a W direction and sometimes attains
a rate of 2 knots, has been frequently experienced off this cape.
5.6 In good weather, temporary anchorage can be obtained by
vessels of moderate size, between Penon de Velez de la Gomera
and Cap Baba, but local knowledge is necessary. Caution
should be exercised to avoid the submarine cables which are
landed in the vicinity of Penon de Velez de la Gomera.
5.6 Pointe Khalou (Punta Jalu), located 5 miles ENE of Cap Baba,
is high, rocky, and almost vertical. An islet lies close off
this point.
5.6 Pointe Boussikour (Punta Busicur), located 8.5 miles ENE of
Pointe Khalou, rises to a conical mountain which is surmounted
by a conspicuous building.
5.7 Punta de los Frailes (35°16'N., 3°56'W.), located 4.5
miles ENE of Pointe Boussikour, is fringed by a reef. Morro
Nuevo Light is shown from a structure, 16m high, standing on
this point.
Punta Morro Nuevo (Ras Tarf) (35°15'N., 3°55'W.), located
1 mile SE of Punta de los Frailes, is a high and prominent
headland. It is formed of inaccessible white and yellow cliffs
on which there are patches of iron rock, rusty in color.
5.7 Baie d’al Hoceima (35°14'N., 3°52'W.) lies between Punta
Morro Nuevo and Ras Sidi Chaib, 8 miles ENE. This bay has
mountainous land both E and W of it, but is low at its head.
5.7 Penon
de Alhucemas lies about 0.3 mile offshore, 3 miles
SSE of Punta Morro Nuevo. This islet is 27m high at its N end
and is mostly covered with buildings and fortifications. Islote
de Mar and Islote de Tierra, two low and rugged islets, lie 0.5
mile WNW of Penon de Alhucemas.
5.7 An aeronautical radiobeacon is reported (1993) to be situated
inland, 0.9 mile S of the head of the bay.
5.8 Al Hoceima (35°15'N., 3°55'W.) (World Port Index
No. 45720), a small port, lies on the W side of Baie d’al Hoceima,
0.5 mile SW of Cabo Morro Nuevo (Ras Tarf). It was formerly
known as Puerto de Villa Sanjurjo. Al-Hoceima is a
fishing and naval harbor and a port of entry.
5.8 Winds—Weather.—Offshore winds are infrequent. Severe
NE gales may be expected during the winter. In the past, such
storms have caused much damage to the harbor and the ship-
Pub. 131

74 Sector 5. Morocco—Punta Almina to Oued Kiss
Baie d’al Hoceima—Penon de Alhucemas bearing 228°
ping in it.
5.8 Tides—Currents.—Tides rise about 0.6m at springs and
0.5m at neaps.
5.8 The currents in the bay are irregular and are influenced by
the prevailing wind. At times, they may attain a rate of 1 knot.
Eddies and tide rips are reported to be experienced off both the
entrance points of the bay.
5.8 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is protected by two
breakwaters and is subject to silting. There are depths of 13 to
20m in the entrance, but generally less than 6m within the harbor.
The NW part of the harbor is mostly used by fishing vessels.
A quay, situated at the root of the E breakwater, has
depths of 5.8 to 8m alongside and is mostly used by naval vessels.
Two wharves, each 75m long, are situated on the inner
side of the E breakwater. Vessels up to 105m in length can be
accommodated within the harbor, but those with drafts of more
than 4.8m should exercise great care.
5.8 Aspect.—Monte de Malmusi, 330m high, stands 2 miles SW
of Cabo Morro Nuevo. At its summit there is a prominent
notch which is visible on most bearings, though to a lesser degree
on S ones, when a similar notch in a lower hill in front of
it may lead to error.
5.8 Lighted ranges indicate the approach and entrance channels
and may best be seen on the chart. At times, they are reported
to be difficult to distinguish.
5.8 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted
on VHF channel 16 and board about 0.3 mile SE of the entrance
at the junction of the approach and entrance leading
lines.
5.8 The pilot should be contacted 1 hour prior to arrival.
5.8 Regulations.—The vessel should send their ETA 72 hours,
48 hours, and 24 hours in advance.
5.8 Anchorage.—Baie d’al Hoceima, though open to the N, affords
anchorage to vessels with local knowledge. In good
weather, vessels can anchor, in a depth of 11m, good holding
ground, about 0.2 mile E of Penon de Alhucemas. During NE
winds, anchorage can be obtained, in a depth of 12m, in the SE
corner of Baie d’al Hoceima. During E winds, anchorage can
be obtained, in depths of 10 to 20m, on the E side of Baie d’al
Hoceima.
5.8 Caution.—The bottom of Baie d’al Hoceima is mostly sand,
with some gravel and mud, but as it is rocky in places, the nature
of the ground should be determined before anchoring; generally,
the greater the depths, the firmer the bottom.
Pub. 131
Baie d’al Hoceima to Melilla
5.9 Cabo Quilates (Jebel Quilates) (35°17'N., 3°41'W.),
located 3.5 miles ENE of Ras Sidi Chaib, is formed by the NW
extremity of a low and rounded promontory. It descends in
gentle slopes from a range, 443m high, which stands on the E
side of Baie d’al Hoceima.
5.9 A light is shown from a three-story tower, 32m high, standing
on this cape.
5.9 Ras
Tasemsalt, located 3.5 miles SE of Cabo Quilates, can
be identified by its cliffs which rise steeply from the sea and
are fronted by several black rocks. A yellow patch, which indicates
the mouth of a deep cavern, is located at the foot of these
cliffs.
5.9 Sidi
Dris, a conspicuous and isolated white shrine, stands on
the summit of a coastal hill, SE of Ras Tasemsalt.
Pointe Afraou (Punta Afrau) (35°12'N., 3°27'W.), located
12.3 miles ESE of Cabo Quilates, is moderately high and
fringed by a shoal bank. It is formed by the cliffy termination
of a spur of the mountains which extend to within a few miles
of the coast.
5.9 A
loading berth for ore, with several mooring buoys, lies on
the W side of the point. A large house, the only one in this vicinity,
stands 2 miles W of the berth. When a vessel is expected,
a light is shown from this house until 2200. There is
reported to be a depth of 7m at the mooring berth; vessels exceeding
107m in length and 6.4m draft should not load here.
5.9 Vessels can anchor, in a depth of 16m, sand and gravel, about
1.8 mile NE of the house.
5.9 Monte Barcaiztegui (35°09'N., 3°26'W.), 924m high, stands
3.7 miles SSE of Pointe Afraou. It is the most conspicuous of
all the mountains along this part of the coast.
5.9 Punta Betoya, located 11.7 miles E of Pointe Afraou, ends in
low cliffs. A hill standing above the point is surmounted by a
white shrine surrounded by dark-colored buildings.
5.9 Ensenada de Azanen lies between Punta Betoya and Punta
Garet, 4.5 miles NE. This bay is open W through N to NE, but
with offshore winds, it affords anchorage, in depths of 14 to
17m, mostly sand. Local knowledge is advised. Punta Garet is
fronted by shoals which extend up to 2.5 miles NE.
5.9 Punta Negri, located 1 mile NNE of Punta Garet, is easily
identified because it is higher than the land in its vicinity. This
point is faced with black vertical cliffs, and because of its
straight and uniform appearance, it seems artificial.
5.10 Cala Tramontana (35°24'N., 3°00'W.), a cove, lies
9.2 miles NE of Punta Negri. It has an entrance 0.3 mile wide
and can be only entered by small vessels with local knowledge.
Conspicuous conical hills stand on both entrance points of this
cove and a conspicuous sandhill stands on its S side.
5.10 Islote
Charranes, a conspicuous rock, lies 0.2 mile S of the S
entrance point of Cala Tramontana. In good weather or with E
winds, good anchorage can be obtained, in depths of 18 to
20m, SW of this rock. Local knowledge is advised.
5.10 Ras Baraket, marked by a light, is the N entrance point of
Cala Tramontana.

Cap des Trois Fourches (Ras Tleta Madari) (35°26'N.,
2°58'W.) is located 3.2 miles NE of Ras Baraket. It is formed
by the N extremity of a very conspicuous and salient promontory
which terminates in several points, four of which are more
pronounced than the others.
5.10 All the points are dominated by high land and the N side of
the promontory presents a volcanic appearance.
5.10 Off this promontory, a heavy sea is often raised by E winds
and it should be given a wide berth.
5.10 Cabo
Tacsafet is the westernmost and most salient of the
principal points. It is fronted by a black conical rock and a
shoal, with depths of less than 1.8m, lies about 0.3 mile ENE
of it.
5.10 Punta del Tio Pinar is located 1 mile ENE of Cabo Tacsafet.
A shoal, with a depth of 0.3m, lies about 0.3 mile NW of it.
5.10 Punta de Cabo Nuevo is located 0.7 mile E of Punta del Tio
Pinar. A light is shown from a structure, 18m high, standing on
this point.
5.10 Punta Calaveo is located 0.3 mile ESE of Punta de Cabo
Neuvo and separated from it by a deep gorge. From the N, this
point, which is the fourth principal one, appears conical.
5.10 Punta de los Farallones, located 0.8 mile SSE of Punta Calaveo,
is fronted by a small islet which shows up well from the N
or S.
5.10 Los
Farallones, consisting of three low islets, lies 0.5 mile E
of Punta de los Farallones. Farallon Grande is the N and largest
of the islets. A light is shown from a structure, 5m high, standing
on this islet. Laja Lipiana, which is awash and usually
marked by breakers, lies close NNE of Farallon Grande.
5.10 The
channel lying between this group and the coast has
depths of 10 to 14m and is used by local vessels. It should not
be attempted without local knowledge.
Melilla (35°18'N., 2°56'W.)
World Port Index No. 45710
5.11 The port of Melilla lies on the E side of the Cape des
Trois Fourches promontory, 8 miles S of Los Farallones. The
city is the largest in the E part of Morocco and is a Spanish municipality.
It is a commercial, fishing, and recreational port
with facilities for containers, passengers, ro-ro, and liquid petroleum
products. Its importance is largely due to the very large
deposits of iron ore which are located about 15 miles inland.
Port of Melilla Home Page
http://www.puertomelilla.com
5.11 Winds—Weather.—The strongest winds experienced in the
port of Melilla are from the NE and E. Gales from these directions
occur most frequently in winter. Westerly winds are at
times strong and of long duration, but they do not raise a heavy
sea. When the W side of Monte Gurugu is covered with light
misty clouds, a Levanter, which will later reach the roadstead
at Melilla, has already started to blow, if however, clouds hang
over the E side of the mountain, W winds may be expected.
5.11 Tides—Currents.—Tides rise about 0.6m at springs and
0.4m at neaps.
5.11 The current off the harbor entrance is weak and usually sets
Sector 5. Morocco—Punta Almina to Oued Kiss 75
to the S.
5.11 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is protected from the N
by Dique del Nordeste, a breakwater, which extends about
600m E and then 350m SSE. Dique Sur, another breakwater,
protects the harbor from the S. It extends about 0.4 mile NE
from a point on the coast, 1 mile SSW of the head of Dique del
Nordeste.
5.11 There are quays on the inner side of the N breakwater, with
depths of 7.1 to 11.5m alongside. Muelle de Ribera extends W
of the breakwater and has depths of 5.0 to 7.6m alongside.
Muelle Espignon has three berths with alongside depths of 6.1
to 10.2m. A basin, used by fishing boats, lies in the NW part of
the harbor.
5.11 Vessels up to 12,200 tons, 200m in length, and 8.0m draft
can be accommodated.
5.11 Aspect.—Melilla, a fortified town, is easily identified by its
many prominent buildings. It partly stands on a small, rocky
peninsula which is connected to the mainland by a narrow isthmus,
29m high. The greater part of the town stands on the
mainland and extends S along the W side of the port.
5.11 Monte Gurugu, 885m high, stands 6 miles SSW of the city. It
has several peaks and slopes gently to the sea. When seen from
the NNE, two of these peaks form a conspicuous saddle. A hill
stands at the foot of this mountain and is surmounted by a
white marabout, with a small woodland lying on one side of it.
5.11 A mining center, situated S of Monte Gurugu, is marked by
smoke during the day and by lights at night.
5.11 Sebkha Bou Arg, an extensive lagoon, extends 13 miles SE
from the S part of the town. It is separated from the sea by a
sandy beach which is backed by a narrow strip of land covered
with low dunes.
5.11 Monte Atalayon, a conical and prominent hill, stands on the
W side of Sebkha Bou Arg, 5 miles SSE of the port. It is joined
to the W shore of the lagoon by a small sandy isthmus. An
aeronautical light is occasionally shown from a structure standing
3.7 miles S of this hill.
5.11 A light is shown from a structure, 12m high, standing close
N of the root of the N breakwater.
5.11 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of more than
50 tons. The pilot requires 1 hour advance notice and boards
near the harbor entrance.
5.11 Regulations.—Vessels should send their ETA 72 hours, 48
hours, and 24 hours prior to arrival, stating:
1. Vessel name, call sign, and nationality.
2. Vessel’s grt, nrt, and loa.
3. Draft on arrival.
4. Last cargo and if any dangerous cargo on board.
5.11 Vessels should contact Port Control prior to arrival on VHF
channel 11, 12, 14, or 16.
5.11 The New Inspection Regime (NIR) of the Paris Memorandum
of Understanding (PMoU) has introduced a mandatory reporting
system for vessels arriving at or departing from a port
or anchorage within the Paris MoU region.
5.11 For further information, see paragraph 1.1 and North Atlantic
Ocean—Regulations—Paris Memorandum of Understanding
on Port State Control (PMoU) New Inspection
Regime (NIR) in Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning
Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and Adaecent Seas.
5.11 Signals.—A signal station on the Muelle de Ribera displays
storm and traffic signals from the yardarms as necessary.
Pub. 131

76 Sector 5. Morocco—Punta Almina to Oued Kiss
5.11 Anchorage.—Large vessels can anchor, in depths of 25 to
40m, mud and sand, good holding ground, in a rectangular area
centered 0.8 mile E of the harbor entrance, but this roadstead is
exposed to NE and E winds.
5.11 Vessels carrying dangerous goods may anchor in a circular
area centered 1.2 miles NE of the head of the N breakwater.
5.11 Caution.—The harbor is subject to silting and requires continuous
dredging.
5.11 Several submarine cables extend from a point on the shore
close N of the harbor and may best be seen on the chart.
5.11 Vessels should not anchor within 0.5 mile of the head of
Dique del Nordeste, due to debris from a cleared wreck.
Port Nador (Beni-Enzar) (35°17'N., 2°56'W.)
World Port Index No. 45762
5.12 Port Nador adjoins the port of Melilla and is the principal
Moroccan harbor in the Mediterranean Sea. It is a fishing
and commercial harbor with facilities for general cargo, bulk,
ro-ro, and tankers. The town of Nador is situated about 5 miles
S of the port.
5.12 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is protected from the N
by Dique Sur, which forms the S part of the port of Melilla.
The SE part of the harbor is formed by Dique Principale which
extends about 0.7 mile NE and then 0.5 mile NNW. The port is
approached through the same entrance, 625m wide, which is
used for Melilla. The entrance channel has been dredged to a
depth of 13.5m.
5.12 The main facilities include Quay No. 2, 303m long, with a
depth of 6.3m alongside; Quay No. 3, 307m long, with a depth
8.3m alongside; Quay No. 4, 600m long, with a depth of 8.3m
alongside; and Quay No. 5, 400m long, with a depth of 9.5m
alongside. Oil tanker and LPG berths lie on the inner side of
the E arm of Dique Principal.
5.12 There are facilities for fishing, tanker, ro-ro, reefer, and bulk
vessels.
Pub. 131
5.12 Vessels up to 60,000 dwt and 10.7m draft can be accommodated.
5.12 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 50 tons.
Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 16 and board about
0.5 mile NE of Dique Principale. Vessels should send their
ETA 72 hours, 48 hours, and 24 hours prior to arrival. The pilot
should be contacted when within VHF range and at least 1 hour
prior to arrival.
5.12 Caution.—A lighted wave recorder buoy is moored 3 miles
ESE of the harbor entrance.
Melilla to Oued Kiss
5.13 Restinga de Tofino (35°09'N., 2°47'W.), a large and
prominent black rock, is located 11 miles SE of Melilla. It lies
on a beach and is surrounded by several smaller rocks.
5.13 Azrou
Ourhioul (Punta Quiviana), located 15 miles SE of
Melilla, is a rocky point and of no great elevation. It is fronted
by several islets, one of which is high and conical.
Cap de l’Eau (Ras el Ma) (35°09'N., 2°25'W.), 40m high, is
located 26 miles ESE of Melilla. It is formed by a flat headland
and marked by several buildings and fortifications. A light is
shown from a structure, 8m high, standing on the cape.
5.13 Ras Kebdana, a small harbor on the E side of the cape protected
by breakwaters, is used by fishing vessels and yachts.
5.13 Islas Chafarinas, which have been previously described in
paragraph 5.2, lie 2 miles N of the cape.
5.13 A prominent radar tower stands about 6.7 miles SE of the
cape.
5.13 Oued Moulouya flows into the sea 4.5 miles ESE of the cape
and is one of the largest rivers in Morocco.
5.13 Saidia (35°05'N., 2°13'W.), a village, is situated 10.5 miles
ESE of Cap de l’Eau. It is marked by two conspicuous towers,
one of which stands at a bathing resort, nearly 1 mile W of the
mouth of Oued Kiss (35°05'N., 2°12'W.). This river forms the
boundary between Morocco and Algeria.

Pub. 131
6.
Algeria—Oued Kiss to Cap Matifou
6.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 6 — CHART INFORMATION
77

6.0 Plan.—This sector describes the coast of Algeria, between
the outlet of the river Oued Kiss (35°05'N., 2°12'W.), which is
the seaward end of the boundary between Morocco and Algeria,
and Cap Matifou (Bourdj el Bairi) (36°49'N., 3°14'E.),
which is the E entrance point of Baie d’Alger. The descriptive
sequence is from W to E.
General Remarks
6.1 Tides—Currents.—A current usually sets along the
stretch of coast between Ghazaouet and Beni Saf according to
the direction of the wind.
6.1 A current usually sets in a NE direction along the coast between
Cap Figalo and Cap Falcon.
6.1 A general current, which rarely attains a rate of more than 1
knot, sets NE and E along the coast between Cap Ivi (Ras Ouillis)
and Cap Tenes.
6.1 Winds from the NW sometimes give rise to strong currents
along the coast between the outlet of the Oued Mazafran and
Cap Sidi Ferruch.
6.1 Caution.—Tunny nets may be found extending up to 7 miles
offshore along this coast.
6.1 It
is reported (1999) that commercial shipping within Algeri-
an waters should exercise extreme caution and maintain adequate
security measures.
Off-lying Islands and Islets
6.2 Ile Leila (Ile Rachgoun) (35°20'N., 1°29'W.), 70m
high, lies 1.2 miles NNW of Cap d’Acra. The island is barren,
flat-topped, and fringed by rocks. A customhouse stands on its
S end. A light is shown from a tower, 15m high, standing near
the N end of the island.
6.2 The navigable channel, lying between the island and the
mainland, is over 0.5 mile wide and vessels using it should favor
the island side. A current usually sets through this channel
in an E direction.
6.2 Anchorage, protected against N and NW winds, can be obtained
in the channel S of the island. Small vessels anchor as
close under the lee of the island as possible. The bottom is
formed of mud and sand, but there are numerous rocky patches
that must be avoided.
6.2 Iles Habibas (35°43'N., 1°08'W.), consisting of two islands
and numerous islets and rocks, lies 9.2 miles NNE of Cap Figalo.
The NE and smallest island is 55m high, rounded, and flattopped.
The passage between the two islands is foul.
6.2 The larger and SW island is 105m high near its S extremity.
A light is shown from a brown square tower on a building, 12m
high, standing on the summit of this island.
6.2 Vessels proceeding through the channel between this group
and the mainland should not approach within 1 mile of the islands.
The currents in the vicinity of the group are strong and
irregular.
6.2 Les Moules (35°42'N., 1°01'W.), two rocks, lie 2.5 miles N
SECTOR 6
ALGERIA—OUED KISS TO CAP MATIFOU
79
of Cap Sigale. They are 6m and 7m high and are steep-to except
on their N sides. Shoals lies up to 0.2 mile NE and up to
0.5 mile E of these rocks. A stranded wreck lies 0.5 mile SSW
of the rocks.
6.2 Ile Plane (35°46'N., 0°54'W.), a large rock, lies 3 miles NE
of Cap Lindles. It has an irregular summit that appears level
from a distance. This rock is 18m high and steep-to, except off
its W side, which is fronted by several small rocks. A light is
shown from a structure, 6m high, standing on this rock.
6.2 Vesta Rock lies about 0.6 mile NNW of Ile Plane. It has a
depth of 3.7m and does not break with a moderate sea. The
channel lying between Ile Plane and Cap Lindles is clear of
dangers.
6.2 Ilot Tokikt Indich (36°36'N., 1°51'E.), 3m high, lies 3 miles
NE of the village of Villebourg. This islet is flat-topped, rocky,
and steep-to. It is marked by a light and should be given a wide
berth in bad weather.
Oued Kiss to Ghazaouet
6.3 Le Kiss (35°05'N., 2°11'W.), a village, is situated 0.5
mile E of Oued Kiss (Oued Skiss). The mouth of this river
forms an opening which is clearly visible when approaching
from the W. A bluff promontory, surmounted by a conspicuous
white minaret, stands near the village and is prominent.
6.3 Open anchorage can be obtained, in a depth of 12m, mud
and sand, NNW of the village.
6.3 Cap Milonia (35°06'N., 2°09'W.), located 3 miles ENE of
Oued Kiss, appears from the N as a rocky mass standing between
two extensive beaches. It is fronted by foul ground and
should not be closely approached.
6.3 Daklah, a hill, stands 0.7 mile S of the cape and is 212m
high. It is surmounted by a signal station which operates only
by day.
6.3 Cap El Kel’a (Pointe Bou Madane) is located 2 miles ESE of
Cap Milonia. The E side of this point affords the only suitable
anchorage during W winds on this coast. Kelah, a small loading
port, lies at the E side of the point and has a transporter for
loading ore. There is a quay, 111m long, with a depth of 7m
alongside and several mooring buoys. Vessels up to 100m in
length and 6.5m draft have been accommodated.
Ghazaouet (35°06'N., 1°52'W.)
World Port Index No. 45670
6.4 The port of Ghazaouet (Nemours) lies 17 miles E of
the mouth of Oued Kiss close to the border with Morocco and
is protected by a breakwater. It is a medium-size commercial
port capable of handling general cargo, passengers, bulk minerals
and grain, edible oils, and ro-ro traffic.
6.4 Tides—Currents.—There is no tidal rise. The water level
increases with W winds and decreases with E winds. Usually,
Pub. 131

80 Sector 6. Algeria—Oued Kiss to Cap Matifou
variations in the level are less than 0.3m.
6.4 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is approached through
an outer channel, 225m wide, with depths of 12 to 20m, and
through an inner channel, 166m wide, with a depth of 10m.
The access channel is reported to be dredged every 3 to 4
months to a depth of 11m.
6.4 The main facilities are situated within three basins. Bassin de
Skikda (N part of East Basin) lies in the NE part of the harbor
and contains seven berths. It has 677m of total berthing space,
with depths of 6.8 to 7.2m alongside.
6.4 Bassin d’Oran lies in the SE part of the harbor (S part of East
Basin) and contains six berths. It has 631m of total berthing
space with depths of 7.0 to 7.3m alongside.
6.4 Bassin de Macherek (West Basin) lies in the S part of the
harbor and contains four berths. It has 409m of total berthing
space, with a depth of 8.5m alongside.
6.4 There are facilities for tanker, bulk, and ro-ro vessels. Vessels
up to 180m in length and 8.5m draft can be accommodated.
6.4 Aspect.—Djebel Fillaoussene, 1,136m high, and Tadjera,
861m high, stand 10 miles SE and 9.5 miles ENE, respectively,
of the harbor and are the most prominent distant landmarks.
6.4 Plateau de Touent, a tableland, stands at the E end of the port
and dominates the town. It is surmounted by a watch tower
which is a radar station.
6.4 The harbor is protected on the N side by a breakwater which
extends 0.6 mile W from the W side of Plateau de Touent.
6.4 A light is shown from a brown round tower, 15m high, standing
0.5 mile SSW of the breakwater head. When approaching
from the E, this light is obscured by Plateau de Touent when
bearing more than 237°. A conspicuous chimney is reported to
stand 0.5 mile SSE of the breakwater head.
6.4 Les Deux Freres, two columnar rocks, lie on the S side of the
harbor entrance. The W and taller of these rocks is 24m high
and is marked by a light. Two above-water rocks lie between
these rocks and the coast.
6.4 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots may be contacted
on VHF channel 12 or 16 and generally board about 0.3 mile
NW of the entrance.
6.4 Regulations.—Vessels should provide an ETA 24 hours in
advance and must receive permission by VHF from the port
control office before entering the harbor. Vessels must remain
W of the entrance while awaiting the pilot and maintain a listening
watch on VHF channel 14 or 16 during the wait.
6.4 Anchorage.—Open anchorage can be obtained, in depths of
18 to 22m, N of the breakwater. The roadstead has a fairly
good holding ground of fine sand, but it is not recommended in
bad weather.
6.4 Caution.—During W winds, entry requires care because of
the swell in the entrance and in the W part of the harbor.
6.4 The N breakwater should not be approached closer than
20m, because of its underwater slope.
6.4 A wreck, with a depth of 33m, lies about 1.2 miles NE of the
harbor entrance.
Pub. 131
Port of Ghazaouet Home Page
http://www.portdeghazaouet.com
Ghazaouet to Oran
6.5 Cap Tarsa (Tarca) (35°08'N., 1°48'W.), located 3.5
miles NE of Ghazaouet, is formed by a whitish, rocky, double
headland. Baie Erkene, entered close E of the cape, affords
temporary shelter from W winds.
6.5 Mers Arobat and Oued Kiouma are two conspicuous breaks
in the line of rocky cliffs, 90m high, which extend from near
Cap Tarsa to Cap Noe, 6.5 miles NE.
6.5 Mersa Honaine (Baie de Honain) is entered on the E side of
Cap Noe and affords shelter. Small vessels, with local knowledge,
can anchor, in a depth of 6m, muddy sand, good holding
ground, close offshore; however, it is exposed to NW winds.
6.5 The ruins of a town, with a conspicuous tower standing close
NE, are situated behind the beach at the head of the bay.
6.5 Ile de Mokrane (35°13'N., 1°38'W.), lying 3.5 miles NE of
Cap Noe, is a conspicuous islet. Two pointed rocks, 40m high,
stand at its W end. The passage inshore of the islet is obstructed
by rocks.
6.5 Loubar Damah (Khizrane), located 2.5 miles NE of Ile de
Mokrane, is a small peninsula which can be identified by three
rocks lying close off it. Coves, used by small craft, lie on each
side of this peninsula.
6.5 Ile Nigria (Ile Ronde) lies about 0.3 mile off the coast, 8.5
miles NE of Cap Noe. This islet is 28m high and has vertical
sides.
6.5 Djebel Bou Keltoum, 364m high, stands 1.5 miles ESE of Ile
Nigria and its summit is surmounted by a prominent watch
tower.
6.5 Anse Sidi Medani, located 2.3 miles E of Ile Nigria, is bordered
by conspicuous red and yellow cliffs. A white shrine
stands on the summit of a hill, close S of this small bay.
Ile Leila (Ile Rachgoun) (35°19'N., 1°29'W.), lying 4.7
miles NE of Ile Nigria, is described in paragraph 6.2.
6.5 Dzira es Srhira (Ilot Siga) lies 0.2 mile N of the coast, 1.8
miles NE of Anse Sidi Medani. This islet is 18m high and several
rocks lie between it and the mainland.
6.5 Cap d’Acra (35°19'N., 1°28'W.) is located 1 mile ENE of
Dzira es Srhira. Le Pain de Sucre, a small islet, lies close offshore,
1 mile E of the cape.
6.6 Beni Saf (35°18'N., 1°23'W.) (World Port Index No.
45660), an artificial harbor, lies 3.5 miles E of Cap d’Acra and
is mostly used for fishing. The port formerly was used for the
export of iron mining products.
6.6 Tides—Current.—There is no apparent tidal rise. An E current
is reported to exist off the harbor entrance.
6.6 Depths—Limitations.—An outer breakwater extends about
200m NNW and then 500m NE. The harbor entrance is 160m
wide. The main facilities include West Quay, 200m long, with
depths of 8.5 to 9m alongside, and East Quay, 70m long, with
depths of 6 to 8m alongside. Vessels up to 170m in length and
8.5m draft can be accommodated.
6.6 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory, but is recommended.
Pilots are available from Ghazaouet with advance notice. Entry
is made only during daylight hours. The port can be contacted
on VHF channel 16.
6.6 Anchorage.—Vessels may anchor in the harbor and secure
their sterns to one of the jetties. The holding ground is good,
being of fine sand. Anchorage can also be taken, in depths of

20 to 28m, about 0.5 mile N of the harbor.
6.6 Caution.—A sand bank extends about 320m NE from the
head of the breakwater.
6.6 The harbor is subject to silting.
6.6 In heavy weather, seas may break up to 1 mile offshore and
entry is dangerous.
6.6 During fresh N or NW winds, local knowledge is required as
entry is difficult.
6.6
6.7 Hafa Ta’chlouh, located 4 miles NE of Beni Saf, rises
to Aouaria, a rounded and conical summit, 273m high.
6.7 Djebel Sidi Kassem, 353m high, and Dar Touila, 307m high,
stand 7 miles and 11 miles, respectively, NE of Cap Oulassa.
Both of these peaks are conspicuous from seaward.
6.8 Cap Figalo (Cap Fegalo) (35°34'N., 1°12'W.), located
15 miles NNE of Cap Oulassa, is easily recognized from all
directions. It rises steeply to a rounded hill, 182m high, which
is surmounted by a prominent signal station. Several conical
rocks lie close off this cape and a small islet, with a pointed
summit, lies 0.3 mile W of it.
6.8 Cap Sigale (Cap Blanc) is located 11 miles NE of Cap Figalo.
The coast between is backed by hills up to 400m high. The
cape is formed by a long, rounded projection, 305m high, and
is faced with a conspicuous white cliff.
6.8 Les Moules (35°42'N., 1°01'W.) lie off Cap Sigale and are
described in paragraph 6.2.
6.8 Cap Lindles, located 5 miles NE of Cap Signale, is faced
with steep cliffs.
6.8 Baie des Andalouses is entered between Cap Lindles and
Pointe Corales, 6 miles NE. This bay affords shelter from
winds from the ENE through S to WSW. Vessels may anchor in
its W part over a bottom of sand.
6.8 Pointe Corales is formed by the NW extremity of a promontory,
67m high, and is fronted by several above-water rocks. An
airport is situated 2 miles SSE of the point.
6.8 Cap Falcon (35°46'N., 0°48'W.) is the rocky NE extremity
of the promontory of which Pointe Corales is the NW extremity.
From a distance, this cape appears as an island. Two large
above-water rocks lie close NE of the cape and an islet, fringed
with rocks, lies 0.2 mile N of the N side of the cape. A light is
shown from a tower, 27m high, standing on the cape.
6.9 Golfe d’Oran (35°46'N., 0°43'W.) lies between Cap
Falcon and Cap de l’Aiguille, 17 miles ENE. The ports of Mers
el Kebir and Oran are situated at the head of this bight.
6.9 Cap
Gros, located 4.7 miles ESE of Cap Falcon, is 70m high.
Ain-el-Turk, a village, is situated 3.5 miles W of this cape. A
prominent belfry stands in the village, and a conspicuous group
of radio masts is situated 0.8 mile NW of it.
6.9 Caution.—A submarine cable area, the limits of which are
indicated on the chart, extends seaward between Cap Falcon
and Cap Gros.
6.9 A bank, with a least depth of 15m, lies about 2.7 miles NW
of Cap Gros.
6.9 A
submerged target lies 2.7 miles NNE of Cap Gros. An an-
choring and trawling prohibited area, the limits of which are
shown on the chart, is situated in the vicinity of this target.
6.10 Mers el Kebir (35°44'N., 0°42'W.) (World Port Index
Sector 6. Algeria—Oued Kiss to Cap Matifou 81
No. 45650) lies on the SW side of Golfe d’Oran, close S of
Cap Gros. It mostly consists of naval installations and a military
harbor.
6.10 Tides—Currents.—Due to W winds, the general current in
Golfe d’Oran sets to the E and rebounds off Cap de l’Aiguille,
creating a countercurrent. The latter passes along the coast and
the jetties of the port. With E winds, the general current sets W
without a countercurrent.
6.10 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor can accommodate vessels
of moderate size although it is currently closed to commercial
use. The commercial facilities include three moles, with
depths of 8.5 to 9m alongside, and a quay, situated in the S part
of the harbor, with a depth of 12m alongside.
6.10 Aspect.—A small peninsula projects 0.5 mile E from close S
of Cap Gros and is surmounted by a fort. The N breakwater extends
0.5 mile SE and then 0.6 mile ESE from the extremity of
this peninsula.
6.10 Djebel Santon, 306m high, stands 0.7 mile WSW of the peninsula
and a prominent fort is situated on its summit.
6.10 Djebel Murdjadjo, 509m high, stands between Mers el Kabir
and Oran. From the NW to NE, this hill appears flat-topped
with a vertical fall at the E end which joins an elevated but lower
plain. The conspicuous fort of Santa Cruz stands at a height
of 352m at its E end. A prominent chapel is situated close below
and to the E of the fort.
6.10 The S breakwater extends 300m N and then 0.8 mile NW
from a point on the shore, 0.2 mile N of the chapel.
6.10 A lighted range indicates the fairway between the two breakwater
heads and may best be seen on the chart.
6.10 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted
by VHF and board close outside of the entrance.
6.10 Regulations.—Mers el Kebir is a military port. All merchant,
fishing, and pleasure vessels are prohibited from navigating
in the entrance and approaches. Entry is only possible
with authorization secured from the naval authorities at Oran.
6.10 Caution.—Winds from the N may render several alongside
berths untenable. Winds from the WSW sometimes produce
heavy swells within the harbor. Winds from the SW and NW,
which are more frequent, may cause waves to slam against
some of the quays. Winds from the NE and ENE are rare but
troublesome, and produce swells from 3 to 4m high in the harbor
entrance. With W winds, violent squalls sometimes blow
through a ravine in the high land and force vessels to leave the
harbor.
Oran (35°42'N., 0°38'W.)
World Port Index No. 45640
6.11 The port of Oran lies at the head of Golfe d’Oran,
close E of Mers el Kebir, and is protected by breakwaters. The
port is a major commercial harbor with facilities for general
cargo, liquid petroleum products, coal, grain, containers, and
ro-ro traffic.
6.11 Tides—Currents.—The
Port of Oran Home Page
http://www.oran-port.com
tidal rise varies little throughout
Pub. 131

82 Sector 6. Algeria—Oued Kiss to Cap Matifou
the year. Winds from the W raise the water level in the harbor
and winds from the E lower it. The level may vary by up to
0.7m.
6.11 During W gales, a current sets S across the harbor entrance.
6.11 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is divided into seven
basins. The outer port (avant port) lies immediately within the
entrance. There are several mooring buoys in the SE part of the
basin.
6.11 Bassin de Bejaia, between Mole du Ravin Blanc and Mole
Oblique, contains 950m of berthing space. It is used for ro-ro,
container, bulk, and petroleum cargoes.
6.11 Bassin de Tenes, between Mole Oblique and Mole Ibn Badis,
contains 970m of berthing space. It is used for bulk and petroleum
cargoes.
6.11 Bassin de Mostaganem, between Mole Ibn Badis and Mole
Ibn Khaldoun, contains 1080m of berthing space. It is used for
grain and general cargo.
6.11 Bassin d’Arzew, W of Bassin de Mostaganem, contains
798m of berthing space. The Quai du Senegal, on the S side of
the basin, contains 400m of berthingspace.
6.11 Bassin Ghazaovet, situated at the inner end of the harbor, is
mostly used by small naval vessels. Vieux Port Basin, situated
S of Bassin Ghazaovet, is mostly used by harbor service craft
and pleasure craft.
6.11 The main facilities within the other basins include about
4,190m of total berthing space, with depths of 6.1 to 12m
alongside. In addition, there is 448m of total berthing space for
tankers with depths of 9.8 to 11.6m alongside.
6.11 There are facilities for general cargo, tankers, ro-ro, container,
and bulk vessels. Vessels up to 244m in length and 11.6m
draft can be accommodated.
6.11 Aspect.—Pointe Mona is located 0.3 mile E of the root of
the S breakwater at Mers el Kebir. This point is surmounted by
Fort Lamoune and has a conspicuous cave at its W side.
6.11 Jetee Filaoussene, the N breakwater, extends 1.5 miles in an
E direction from Pointe Mona.
6.11 A prominent cathedral stands in the city, which has a tier-like
appearance from seaward, 0.9 mile SE of the root of the N
breakwater. A very conspicuous high-rise apartment building
stands 0.7 mile SE of the head of the N breakwater. The Aloudja
Farm, situated 0.5 mile E of the apartment building, is surrounded
by trees and stands isolated at the top of a cliff.
6.11 The harbor entrance lies between the extremity of a spur,
which projects SSE from close inside the N breakwater, and
Traverse du Large, a breakwater, which extends NNW from the
coast. A light is shown from a prominent structure, 15m high,
standing on the head of the N breakwater.
6.11 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots may be contacted
on VHF channel 12, 14, or 16. Vessels should contact the pilot
station 3 hours prior to arrival. Pilots board 0.5 mile N of the
breakwater entrance.
6.11 Regulations.—A Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) is established
in the approaches to Oran. The scheme is not IMO
adopted. Use of the TSS is mandatory for vessels approaching
Oran.
6.11 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available in the roadstead and
within the harbor. The best anchorage, in depths of 26 to 40m,
is off the entrance, but clear of the prohibited area.
6.11 Caution.—An anchoring prohibited area lies adjacent to the
harbor entrance and in the outer port and may best be seen on
Pub. 131
the chart.
6.11 Several wrecks lie in the vicinity of the harbor entrance and
may best be seen on the chart.
6.11 A submarine cable lies within the harbor and may best be
seen on the chart.
Oran to Golfe d’Arzew
6.12 Pointe Canastel (Kef el Menzah) (35°47'N.,
0°33'W.), located 5 miles NE of the entrance to Oran, is
fringed with rocks and rises to a steep-sided hill, 123m high. A
conspicuous stranded wreck lies close to the shore, 0.5 mile
SW of the point.
6.12 Djebel Khar, 620m high, stands 2.7 miles E of the point. It is
isolated and is visible up to 50 miles seaward in clear weather.
6.12 Cap de l’Aiguille (35°53'N., 0°29'W.), located 5.7 miles
NNE of Pointe Canastel, is formed by a rocky projection which
is dominated by a hill, 225m high. A light is shown from a
structure, 11m high, standing on the cape.
6.12 Djebel Kristel, 510m high, stands 2 miles SE of the cape. A
disused signal station tower stands on the summit. Djebel
Orousse, 631m high, stands 1.5 miles ENE of Djebel Kristel.
6.12 Rocher de l’Aiguille, 48m high, lies 1 mile NE of Cap de
l’Aiguille. This conical rock is joined to the coast by a reef.
6.12 Cap Ferrat (35°55'N., 0°23'W.), located 5.2 miles ENE of
Cap de l’Aiguille, is rocky and 215m high. A prominent hill,
398m high, stands 1.3 miles S of the cape.
6.12 Cape Carbon (35°55'N., 0°20'W.), 141m high, rises to a
rocky rounded hill, which from a distance NW, appears detached.
This cape is the NW extremity of the promontory of
which Cap Ferrat is the W extremity. It is fronted by rocks and
shoals which extend up to 0.6 mile seaward.
Golfe d’Arzew
6.13 Golfe d’Arzew (35°52'N., 0°08'W.) is entered between
Cap Carbon and Cap Ivi (Ras Ouilles) (36°07'N.,
0°13'E.), 30 miles ENE. The port of Arzew is situated at the W
side of the gulf. Port de Bethioua (Arzew El-Djedid), a natural
gas terminal, is situated at the head. Mostaganem is situated at
the E side of the gulf.
6.13 Ile
d’Arzew is the SE of a group of islets which lie about 0.2
mile off the coast, 3 miles SE of Cap Carbon. A light is shown
from a structure, 19m high, standing on this islet. The whole
group is fringed with rocks and shoals.
6.13 Banc de Madrague, with a least depth of 9.3m, lies about 1
mile SSE of Ile d’Arzew and is marked by a lighted buoy.
6.13 Banc des Trois Doigts, with a least depth of 4.3m, extends up
to about 0.2 mile offshore, 0.6 mile S of Ile d’Arzew.
6.13 The town of Arzew is not visible from seaward until close
off it, but Arzew Hill, 216m high, stands 2.7 miles S of Cap
Carbon and is prominent.
6.13 Numerous prominent structures, associated with the oil and
gas industry, stand along the coast of the gulf which extends S
and SE from the town of Arzew.
6.13 A prominent power station stands 2.5 miles E of Port de Bettioua
(Arzew el Djedid) and a conspicuous white house is situated
close E of it.
6.13 The town of Mostaganem is conspicuous from seaward because
its white buildings show up well against the grey hills of

the background.
6.13 Oued Cheliff flows into the sea through a conspicuous ravine,
6.5 miles SW of Cap Ivi. From the W, a prominent detached
conical hill appears in the ravine about 1 mile inland.
The river is spanned by an iron bridge, 0.5 mile from its mouth,
and a conspicuous building stands on its N bank. A low point,
formed by the alluvium of the river, extends seaward from the
high land on either side of the ravine; this point is extending
seaward and should be given a wide berth.
6.13 The red, muddy waters discharged by this river can generally
be observed as far as 2 miles from the mouth. These waters
have been carried as far as 15 miles to the N by strong W
winds.
Winds—Weather.—It should be noted that at times the seas
are high in the gulf. With strong NW or N winds, such seas are
deflected SW by the E shore of the gulf between Mostaganem
and Cap Ivi and reach the roadstead off Arzew.
6.13 Tides—Currents.—A W current, which is strong at times,
usually sets along the shore of the gulf and flows E out of the
gulf at Arzew.
6.13 Caution.—The shores of the gulf are, in most places, low
and the background hills stand at some distance inland. Caution
is necessary at night or in bad weather, because the land
appears to be much farther off than it is in reality.
6.13 Several wrecks and obstructions lie within the gulf and may
best be seen on the chart.
6.13 A submarine pipeline extends 2.5 miles SW from a point on
the E shore of the gulf, 4.5 miles NNE of Mostaganem. Its seaward
end is marked by a buoy.
Arzew (35°51'N., 0°18'W.)
World Port Index No. 45630
6.14 The port of Arzew lies on the W side of Golfe
d’Arzew, 1.3 mile SSW of Ile d’Arzew. It consists of a harbor,
protected by a breakwater and a jetty, and an offshore sea terminal
composed of two SPMs.
6.14 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is protected on its E
side by Jetee du Large, a breakwater, which extends 0.3 mile
SSE and then 0.4 mile SE from the shore close S of Fort de la
Pointe. It is also protected on the S side by Jetee Secondaire,
which extends 0.3 mile NE from the shore of the bay.
6.14 General cargo and bulk quays, which are situated in the N
part of the harbor, have 900m of total berthing space with
depths of 5 of 8m alongside. They can accommodate vessels
with drafts up to 7.2m.
6.14 Jetee Methanier, which extends from the W side of the harbor,
has two methane berths, each 400m long with a depth of
9.8m alongside. Vessels up to 40,000 cubic meters capacity
and 9.2m draft can be accommodated.
6.14 Jetee Secondaire has two LPG and Ammonia berths with
depths of 10 to 11m alongside. Vessels up to 25,000 cubic
meters capacity and 9.9m draft can be accommodated.
6.14 Three tanker berths are situated at the inner side of Jetee du
Large and have depths of 10 to 15.5m alongside. Vessels up to
120,000 dwt and 14.9m draft can be accommodated.
6.14 An offshore sea terminal lies 1.4 miles SE of the head of Jetee
du Large, in a depth of 26m. A submarine pipeline extends
SW from the terminal berth to the shore of the bay. This termi-
Sector 6. Algeria—Oued Kiss to Cap Matifou 83
nal can accommodate vessels of 300,000 dwt and over.
6.14 A fishing jetty is situated in the NW section of the harbor.
6.14 Aspect.—Fort de la Pointe stands 0.9 mile SSW of Ile
d’Arzew and Jetee Abri, a breakwater, extends 250m ESE from
the shore adjacent to it.
6.14 The town of Arzew is not visible from the offing, but a number
of prominent structures, associated with the oil and gas industry,
extend along the coast for 2.5 miles S and SE of the
town. One of these, a conspicuous flare, is situated at a natural
gas plant, 1 mile WSW of the head of Jetee du Large. In addition,
four other prominent flares are situated in the vicinity of
Arzew El-Djedid.
6.14 Lighted buoys are moored 1.5 miles E and 0.9 mile SE of the
harbor entrance and indicate the approach. Another lighted
buoy is moored close ESE of the head of Jetee du Large.
6.14 For additional information, see Golfe d’Arzew in paragraph
6.13.
6.14 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels intending to
enter the harbor or anchor. Pilots can be contacted on VHF
channel 13, 14, or 16 and generally board about 2.5 miles ESE
of the entrance or at the anchorage. Vessels should send an
ETA message 72 hours and 48 hours in advance, with a confirmation
12 hours before arrival, through Saint Lys (FFL).
6.14 Anchorage.—The roadstead is sheltered from winds from
the N to NNE, but heavy seas are sometimes experienced, especially
with NW winds. The bottom consists of mostly rocks,
sand, and mud. Vessels waiting to berth should anchor, in a
depth of 69m, in the vicinity of the pilot boarding place, about
2.3 miles E of the head of Jetee du Large. The holding ground
is reported to be poor.
6.14 Caution.—Draft limitations should be confirmed with the
port authority prior to entering the harbor.
6.14 Lighted buoys at the port are reported to be unreliable.
6.14 An anchoring and fishing prohibited area, the limits of which
are shown on the chart, extends up to 0.8 mile E of the head of
Jetee Abri.
6.14 A tanker prohibited anchorage area, the limits of which are
shown on the chart, extends up to 4 miles NE of the port.
6.14 Tunny nets may be found, from July to December, within an
area, the limits of which are shown on the chart, lying 0.3 mile
SE of Ile d’Arzew.
Bettioua (35°48'N., 0°15'W.)
World Port Index No. 45635
6.15 Port de Bettioua (Arzew el Djedid) lies at the head of
Golfe d’Arzew, 2 miles SE of Arzew. The harbor is used for the
export of natural gas and fronts the town of Bettioua.
6.15 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is protected by a detached
breakwater, 1 mile long, which lies parallel to the shore
and 0.7 mile from it. In addition, E and W breakwaters extend
seaward from the coast.
6.15 There are six LNG berths, 430 to 480m long, each with a
depth of 13.5m alongside. Vessels up to 200,000 cubic meters
can be accommodated.
6.15 There is one LPG and Ammonia Berth, 360m long, with a
depth of 13m alongside. Vessels up to 120,000 cubic meters
can be accommodated.
6.15 There are three crude concentrate berths, 460 to 480m long,
Pub. 131

84 Sector 6. Algeria—Oued Kiss to Cap Matifou
with depths of 23.5 to 26.5m alongside. Vessels up to 250,000
dwt and 26.4m draft can be accommodated.
6.15 Aspect.—See Arzew (paragraph 6.14) and Golfe d’Arzew
(paragraph 6.13).
6.15 Lighted buoys are moored close off the ends of the detached
breakwater.
6.15 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted
on VHF channel 12 and generally board (two pilots) about 1
mile NE of the E entrance. Link calls by VHF can be established
through Arzew (7TW) and Oran (7TO).
6.15 Anchorage.—Vessels generally anchor, in depths of 60 to
70m, between 1 and 1.5 miles N of the detached breakwater.
The holding ground is reported to be poor.
6.15 Caution.—A dangerous wreck lies in the E approaches to
the harbor, 2 miles ENE of the E end of the detached breakwater.
Mostaganem (35°56'N., 0°05'E.)
World Port Index No. 45620
6.16 The port of Mostaganem (Mestghanem) lies on the E
side of Golfe d’Arzew, 7 miles SSW of the mouth of Oued
Chelif. It is a small commercial and fishing port.
6.16 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is protected by Jetee du
Large, a breakwater, which extends 0.7 mile SW from the N
part of the town.
6.16 The main facilities consist of eight berths, 115 to 217m long,
with depths of 4 to 8.2m alongside. There are facilities for general
cargo, bulk, ro-ro, and fishing vessels. Vessels up to 200m
in length and 8.2m draft can be accommodated.
6.16 Aspect.—The buildings of the town are prominent. A spire,
situated at the E side of the town, is conspicuous.
6.16 A light is shown from a structure, 10m high, standing at the
head of Jetee du Large.
6.16 A lighted buoy is moored about 0.7 mile SW of the head of
Jetee du Large and marks the coastal bank.
6.16 For additional landmarks, see Golfe d’Arzew (paragraph
6.13).
6.16 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted
on VHF channel 16 and generally board about 0.5 mile from
the entrance. Except in the case of an emergency, entry does
not take place at night.
6.16 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained, in a depth of
25m, about 0.7 mile W of the harbor entrance; the bottom is
clay covered with sand, but there are some rocky patches
which should be avoided.
6.16 Caution.—The roadstead is completely exposed and winds
from between the W and N render it dangerous.
6.16 During the strong N and W winds and high seas of winter
and spring, the port is subject to frequent closings.
Pub. 131
Port of Mostaganem Home Page
http://www.mosta-port.com
Golfe d’Arzew to Baie d’Alger
6.17 Cap Ivi (Ras Ouilles) (36°07'N., 0°14'E.) is not a
conspicuous landmark, but is backed by mountains. From the
SW and NE, this cape appears as a plateau, 20m high, falling
steeply to the sea. A light is shown from a yellow octagonal
tower on a red building, 18m high, standing on the cape.
6.17 A patch of dark vegetation, 31m high, stands on a large
white sandhill, close W of the cape.
6.17 Djebel Korima, 294m high, stands 1.5 miles SE of Cap Ivi.
A prominent reddish watch tower is situated on its summit and
a village stands on its NE slope.
6.17 Kef el Asfer, located 7 miles NE of Cap Ivi, is a low and dangerous
point. In bad weather, vessels may be deceived by the
loom of the hills behind it, which stand some distance inland.
6.17 Oued Kaddous, located 13.5 miles NE of Kef el Asfer, is
easily identified from the N. A conical hill, 119m high, stands
on its E side and is surmounted by a building.
6.17 Oued Khamis, located 3 miles NE of Oued Kaddous, is open
to the W and easily identified from the W and NW by several
large yellow sand hills which stand near it.
6.17 Cap Kramis (36°20'N., 0°40'E.), located 1 mile NE of Oued
Khamis, is faced with steep cliffs which appear red when illuminated
by the setting sun.
6.17 Djebel Srim, 778m high, Djebel Tachta, 787m high, and
Djebel Hallouda, 821m high, stand between 6 and 9 miles SE
of the cape and are conspicuous. When seen from between the
WNW and NNW, these mountains appear as a saddle-shaped
group.
6.17 Pointe Colombi (36°26'N., 0°56'E.) is located 15 miles NE
of Cap Kramis. A light is shown from a structure, 29m high,
standing on the point.
6.17 Ile Colombi (Ilot Nadji) lies about 0.3 mile offshore, 1 mile
WSW of the point. It is 29m high and marked by a lighted beacon.
6.17 Pointe Rouge is located 8 miles ENE of Pointe Colombi.
Small vessels, with local knowledge, can anchor in El Mersa, a
bay, entered close E of the point.
6.17 Cap Kalah (36°20'N., 0°40'E.), located 4 miles ENE of
Pointe Rouge, is fronted by a rock, 6m high. Small vessels,
with local knowledge, can anchor in Baie de Mainis, which is
entered 2 miles E of the cape.
6.17 Jebel Bou Mecaoud, 748m high, stands 3 miles SSW of the
cape and is prominent.
6.18 Tenes (36°32'N., 1°19'E.) (World Port Index No.
45610), a small port, lies 6 miles ENE of Cap Kalah and is protected
by a detached breakwater. It is a small commercial port
handling containers, general cargo, bulk, and liquid cargo.
6.18 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor can be entered from either
end. The W entrance is preferred, as the E entrance is suitable
only for small craft. There is 420m of total berthing space
with depth of 6 to 7m alongside. Vessels up to 120m in length
and 6.4m draft can be accommodated.
6.18 The port is difficult for large vessels to maneuver in.
6.18 Aspect.—A conspicuous grain silo, 47m high, stands on the
SW jetty of the harbor. The town is situated 1 mile SW of the
harbor and is prominent.

6.18 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of more than
100 nrt. The port may be contacted on VHF channel 14 or 16
and a private pilot is reported to be available. Local knowledge
is advised. Tugs are compulsory for vessels of more than 500
gross tons.
6.18 Anchorage.—During the summer, anchorage can be obtained,
in depths of 14 to 16m, sand, good holding ground,
about 0.6 mile N or NNW of the town. During the winter, it is
advisable to anchor farther NW because of the W winds.
6.18 Caution.—The roadstead is exposed to winds from between
the W and N, and the sea breaks at a considerable distance offshore.
6.18 Wrecks are reported in position 36°31.6'N, 1°18.9'E and position
36°31.6'N, 1°19.0'E.
6.19 Cap Tenes (36°33'N., 1°22'E.), located 1.7 miles NE
of Tenes, extends 2 miles E from its W extremity. It is rocky
and dominated by Sidi Merouane, 642m high. From the W or
E, the cape appears, at a distance, to be steep-sided with a
rounded top surmounted by a sharp peak. From the N, it appears
lower than in reality.
Cap Tenes from W
Cap Tenes from E
6.19 A light is shown from a white square tower on a building,
26m high, standing on the W end of the cape. A radiobeacon is
situated at the light.
6.19 Djebel Taznount, 786m high, stands 4 miles SE of the cape
and is conspicuous.
6.19 Baie de Terarenia is entered 0.8 mile SSE of Kef Arend, the
E extremity of the cape. It affords shelter from W winds. Vessels,
with local knowledge, can anchor, in depths of 8 to 12m,
0.3 mile from the head of the bay.
6.19 Souhalia, a conical mountain, stands close to the shore, 3
Sector 6. Algeria—Oued Kiss to Cap Matifou 85
miles E of Baie de Terarenia. It is 307m high and fairly conspicuous.
Baie des Soulhalias, entered 1.5 miles E of this
mountain, affords anchorage in its E part in good weather.
6.19 Pointe
Abd el Kaderar, located 10.5 miles E of Cap Tenes,
rises to a hill, 274m high; the W slope of this hill forms a point,
through which, from the NE to SW, runs a tunnel.
6.20 Baie des Beni Haoua (36°32'N., 1°35'E.) lies between
Pointe Abd el Kader and Ilot Sidi Djilani, 1.2 miles E. It
affords anchorage, sheltered from E winds, in the lee of Ilot Sidi
Djilani to small vessels.
6.20 Djebel Bou Touil, 624m high, stands 3 miles ESE of Baie
des Beni Haoua and is prominent.
6.20 Rocher Djilari, 8m high, stands in the middle of a sandy
beach, 6.5 miles E of Pointe Abd el Kader. A rock, awash, lies
about 0.2 mile N of Rocher Djilari.
6.20 Oued Damous enters the sea 0.7 mile E of Rocher Djilari. It
flows through a conspicuous gap in the mountains which are
488 to 610m high.
6.20 Villebourg (36°33'N., 1°48'E.), a prominent village, is situated
5.5 miles E of the mouth of Oued Damous. Small vessels,
with local knowledge, can obtain anchorage off this village in
good weather.
6.20 Ilot Tokikt Indich (36°36'N., 1°51'E.) lies 3 miles NE of the
village and is described in paragraph 6.2.
6.20 Gouraya, another village, is situated 5 miles E of Villebourg.
It is easily identified by the white houses which show up
against a green background.
6.20 Pointe Teska (36°35'N., 1°55'E.), located 0.8 mile E of
Gouraya, ends in low cliffs. This point is surmounted by some
ruins and fringed by a reef.
6.20 Ilot Taourira, a small islet, lies close offshore, 7 miles E of
Pointe Teska. It is round-backed and 10m high.
6.20 Novi, a village, is situated 3.2 miles E of Ilot Taourira and is
conspicuous from seaward.
6.21 Cherchel (36°37'N., 2°11'E.) (World Port Index No.
45590), a small fishing port, lies 13.5 miles E of Pointe Teska.
The harbor is situated between Ilot Joinville and the coast,
close S of it.
6.21 Depths—Limitations.—The entrance fairway is 24m wide.
There is 520m of total berthing space with depths of 3.5 to
4.2m alongside. Small vessels up to 3.6m draft can be accommodated.
An open roadstead for large vessels which should
only be used in fair weather.
6.21 Aspect.—The town, situated immediately S of the harbor area,
stands out against a background of green hills.
6.21 A light is shown from a grey truncated conical tower, 26m
high, standing on the summit of Ilot Joinville. This light tower
is conspicuous against the sky when approaching from the E or
W, and against a background of vegetation when approaching
from the N.
6.21 Anchorage.—The roadstead is entirely exposed and even
moderate breezes raise a heavy sea. In good weather, anchorage
can be obtained, in a depth of 14m, sand, off the harbor, but
great care should be taken because the bottom is rocky in many
places. In winter, vessels should anchor farther offshore and be
prepared to get underway at the first sign of bad weather.
6.22 Cap Blanc (36°37'N., 2°14'E.), located 2.3 miles E of
Pub. 131

86 Sector 6. Algeria—Oued Kiss to Cap Matifou
Cherchel, is faced with yellow cliffs.
6.22 Ecueil du Sphinx, a shoal, is located 2.5 miles ENE of Cap
Blanc. It has a least depth of 1.8m and lies at the N end of a
rocky spit.
6.22 Ilot Berinshel, 20m high, lies about 0.3 mile offshore, 5.2
miles ENE of Cap Blanc. This islet is surrounded by foul
ground.
6.22 Ras el Amouch (36°38'N., 2°24'E.) is located 8 miles ENE
of Cap Blanc. A prominent hill, 158m high, stands above this
point and is surmounted by a disused signal station.
6.22 Djebel Chenoua, 904m high, stands 2.2 miles SW of the
point and is very conspicuous.
6.22 Cap Chenoua, about 0.5 mile SSE of Ras el Amouch, is
marked by a factory.
6.22 Anse des Carrieres is entered between Ras el Amouch and
Cap Chenoua, 0.6 mile SSE. Small vessels, with local knowledge,
can obtain shelter within this bay. Anchorage can be taken,
in a depth of 9m, sand and rocky patches, about 0.2 mile
offshore. A prominent factory is situated on Cap Chenoua.
6.22 Baie de Chenoua, a small and open bay, is entered S of Cap
Chenoua. It affords shelter from W and NW winds to small
vessels with local knowledge. Anchorage can be obtained, in
depths of 12 to 13m, sand, about 0.2 mile offshore.
6.23 Ras el Kalia (36°36'N., 2°27'E.) is located 3 miles SE
of Ras el Amouch. A light is shown from a structure painted in
yellow squares with the upper part green, 11m high, standing
on the point. A prominent radio mast is situated about 2 miles
SE of the point.
6.23 Banc des Romains, with depths of 8 to 18m, lies about 0.4
mile NNE of the point. Ilots Sidi-Said, two small islets, lie on a
shoal bank, about 0.5 mile E of the point.
6.23 Tipasa (36°36'N., 2°27'E.) (World Port Index No. 45580), a
small town, is situated close SSE of Ras el Kalia and is fronted
by a small craft harbor. Large vessels can obtain open anchorage,
in depths of 20 to 30m, off the town, N of Banc des Romains.
Small vessels can anchor, in depths of 12 to 14m, S of
this bank.
6.23 Tombeau de la Chretienne, a conspicuous landmark, stands 5
miles ESE of Tipasa and surmounts the crest of a range of
rocky hills which border the coast. It consists of a rugged cone,
33m high, which at a distance, appears as a large haystack.
Tombeau de la Chretienne, bearing 125°, distant 3 miles
Pub. 131
6.23 Bou Aroun and Chiffalo, two small and shallow fishing boat
harbors, front the coast 10.5 miles and 11.5 miles, respectively,
ENE of Tipasa.
6.23 Oued Mazafran flows into the sea 8 miles NE of Bou Aroun.
In good weather, anchorage can be obtained by small vessels,
with local knowledge, off the stretch of coast between Tipasa
and the mouth of this river.
6.23 Vessels can anchor, in a depth of 18m, SW of and about 0.5
mile from a large rock lying close off the W extremity of Cap
Sidi Ferruch (36°46'N., 2°51'E.).
6.23 Small vessels, with local knowledge, can obtain anchorage
off Ain Benian (Guyotville) (36°48'N., 2°56'E.).
6.24 Cap Sidi Ferruch (36°46'N., 2°51'E.), located 4.5
miles NE of the mouth of Oued Mazafran, is formed by a small
peninsula and fronted by several islets. A light is shown from a
structure, 24m high, standing on the NE part of the cape. A
small craft harbor is situated on the NE side of the peninsula.
6.24 Ras Acrata, located 3.5 miles NE of Cap Sidi Ferruch, is the
W extremity of a large promontory. This point is fronted by
rocks; a small craft harbor is situated 0.5 mile SE of it.
6.24 Ain Benian (Guyotyville), a small fishing harbor, is situated
1 mile E of Ras Acrata.
6.24 An aeronautical light is reported to be occasionally shown
from the tower of an airfield, situated 22.5 miles S of Ras Acrata.
6.24 Cap Caxine (36°49'N., 2°57'E.) is located 2.7 miles E of
Ras Acrata. A light is shown from a tower with a dwelling,
33m high, standing on the cape.
6.24 A swell gauge buoy lies 0.5 mile NNW of the cape.
6.24 A wreck lies N of Cap Caxine in position 36°54'N 2°54'E.
6.24 Pointe
Pescade, located 2.7 miles E of Cap Caxine, is the N
extremity of the Cap Caxine promontory. It is formed by a double
point. The W part ends in a flat islet which is almost joined
to the shore. The E part is fronted by two islets and surmounted
by the ruins of a fort and a water tower.
6.24 Small vessels, with local knowledge, can obtain anchorage,
sheltered from W winds, in the lee of Pointe Pescade.
Baie d’Alger
6.25 Baie d’Alger is entered between Pointe Pescade and
Cap Matifou, 10 miles E. Its shores consist mostly of sandy
beaches.
6.25 The promontory of Cap Caxine is dominated by a range of
hills, 407m high, standing 1.5 miles S of Pointe Pescade.
6.25 When
approaching the bay from the N, the high land in the
vicinity of Cap Caxine appears as if detached from the mainland,
for it is separated from the mountains of the interior by a
level plain. On nearer approach, Cap Matifou also may appear
as an island.
6.25 Bou
Zegzag, 1,032m high, stands 16 miles SE of Cap Mati-
fou and can be identified from the N by its summit, which is in
the form of a small cone rising from a level but irregular crest.
Cape Matifou (Bourdj El Bairi) (36°49'N., 3°14'E.), the E
entrance point of the bay, is formed by the W extremity of a
low headland. Banc de Matifou lies in the E approach to the
bay, 2.3 miles N of this cape. Both are fully described in paragraph
7.3.

Alger (36°46'N., 3°04'E.)
World Port Index No. 45570
6.26 The port of Alger (Algiers) (El Djazair) lies on the W
side of Baie d’Alger, 7.2 miles WSW of Cap Matifou. In addition
to having extensive and important commercial facilities,
the port is also a naval base. It is the largest port in Algeria and
fronts the capital city of Alger.
Port of Alger Home Page
http://www.portalger.com.dz
6.26 Tides—Currents.—There are practically no tides; the maximum
reported rise is about 0.7m.
6.26 Winds from the W may raise the level of the water in the harbor
and winds from E may lower it; the difference in level may
be as much as 0.9m.
6.26 Depths—Limitations.—The N approach channel is 176m
wide and has a depth of 22m. The S approach is 240m wide
and has a depth of 16m.
6.26 The N part of the harbor is protected from the NE by Jetee
Kheir Eddine, a breakwater which extends 0.7 mile SE from
Ilot de la Marine. The S part of the harbor is protected from the
E by Brise Lames de l’Est, a breakwater which extends 0.4
mile N from the shore. The central part of the harbor is protected
by a detached breakwater, 1.4 miles long, which may best
be seen on the chart.
6.26 The harbor is divided into three basins, as follows:
1. Bassin du Viuex Port, lying in the N part, has 3,000m
of total berthing space, with depths of 6.4 to 18.2m alongside.
It is entered through Passe Nord.
2. Bassin de Mustapha, lying in the S part, can be entered
through an entrance, 200m wide. It has 2,700m of total
berthing space, with depths of 7 to 11m alongside. It is entered
through Passe Sud.
3. Arriere Port de l’Agha, lying in the central part, can
only be entered from the other two basins. It has 2,700m of
total berthing space, with depths of 6.4 to 9.8m alongside.
6.26 There are facilities for general cargo, ro-ro, bulk, container,
cruise, tanker, LNG, and fishing vessels. Vessels up to 25,000
tons, unlimited length, and 11.6m draft can be accommodated.
6.26 It has been reported (2001) that vessels will not be taken
pierside if they have a draft greater than 10m.
6.26 Aspect.—Several forts surmount the heights overlooking
Alger and a conspicuous television mast stands 1.5 miles S of
Pointe Pescade.
6.26 Ilot de la Marine is located 3.3 miles SE of Pointe Pescade
and is joined to the shore by a mole. A prominent disused light
tower stands on this islet.
6.26 Roche M’Tahen lies about 0.3 mile offshore, 0.5 mile N of
Ilot de la Marine. It is the outermost rock fronting the coast to
the N of the port and is marked by a lighted beacon.
6.26 The church of Notre Dame d’Afrique stands about 0.3 mile
inland, 1.5 miles NW of Ilot de la Marine; its prominent dome
is surmounted by a cross which is sometimes illuminated at
Sector 6. Algeria—Oued Kiss to Cap Matifou 87
night.
6.26 Fort l’Empereur, a conspicuous building, stands 1.3 miles
SW of Ilot de la Marine and is 216m high.
6.26 A conspicuous monument stands about 0.6 mile inland, 2.5
miles S of Ilot de la Marine. A prominent tower is situated 0.3
mile W of this monument.
6.26 A conspicuous military hospital is situated near the coast,
0.9 mile NW of Ilot de la Marine.
6.26 A light is shown from a structure, 16m high, standing near
the head of the N breakwater.
6.26 It has been reported (2001) that aeronautical radiobeacon
towers on both sides of the bay are visible well out to sea.
6.26 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 1,500
tons and is usually only available during daylight hours. Pilots
can be contacted on VHF channel 12 or 16 and generally board
about 0.5 mile E of the S head of the detached breakwater. Vessels
should send an ETA at least 24 hours in advance.
6.26 Regulations.—Vessels approaching or leaving the port must
follow the channel, which is indicated on the chart. It is entered
5 miles E of Pointe Pescade and leads in a SSW direction towards
the harbor. Vessels leaving the port have priority over
those entering the port. Anchoring in this approach channel is
prohibited.
6.26 Merchant vessels can communicate through Bouzarea
(Bouzareah) Naval Signal Station, which stands on the heights,
2 miles NW of Ilot de la Marine. A signal station is also situated
on the N breakwater and is available for communication
with vessels in the roadstead, when it is not otherwise engaged.
6.26 Anchorage.—Four anchorage areas, the limits of which are
shown on the chart, have been established (1982) within Baie
d’Alger, as follows:
1. Area No. 1 lies N of the N breakwater and is used by
vessels not carrying any dangerous substances.
2. Area No. 2 lies centered 2 miles E of the head of the
N breakwater and is used by vessels carrying dangerous substances
or gas.
3. Area No. 3 lies close E of the detached breakwater
and is used by vessels of small tonnage with authorization of
the Port Captain. The bottom has been reported (2001) to be
hard clay vice mud.
4. Area No. 4 lies SSW of Cap Matifou and is used by
vessels waiting, sheltering, or carrying out repairs.
6.26 Caution.—Due to construction being carried out, vessels
should stay well clear of the heads of the breakwaters.
6.26 A dangerous wreck is reported to lie about 1.2 miles NE of
Ilot de la Marine.
6.26 Due to the existence of submarine cables, a prohibited anchorage
area, the limits of which are shown on the chart, extends
N from the vicinity of the of the head of Baie d’Alger.
6.26 It is reported (1990) that the designated anchorage areas,
which are described above, are not in use and vessels anchor
anywhere in the roadstead, regardless of size.
6.26 It is reported (1993) that all buoys marking the approach
channel and anchorage areas have been removed.
6.26 A dangerous wreck is reported (2006) to lie in the S part of
Anchorage Area No. 2.
Pub. 131

Pub. 131
7.
Algeria and Tunisia—Cap Matifou to Cap Serrat
7.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 7 — CHART INFORMATION
89

SECTOR 7
ALGERIA AND TUNISIA—CAP MATIFOU TO CAP SERRAT
7.0 Plan.—This sector describes the Mediterranean coasts of
Algeria and Tunisia, between Cap Matifou (Bourdj el Bairi)
(36°49'N., 3°14'E.) and Cap Serrat (37°14'N., 9°13'E.). The descriptive
sequence is from W to E.
General Remarks
7.1 Tides—Currents.—Strong currents are experienced
in the vicinity of Banc de Matifou.
7.1 Currents in the N approach to Golfe de Bejaia are strong at
times and generally set towards the gulf.
7.1 A strong current sets N along the coast to the W of Cap Bougaroun
(Cap Bougaroni) (37°05'N., 6°28'E.), and gives rise to a
confused sea when the wind is from the N. At the cape, winds
from the W strongly predominate in winter (October to May)
throughout the day. From June to September, winds from the E
predominate.
7.1 In winter, strong currents are experienced in the vicinity of
Cap de Fer (37°05'N., 7°10'E.). With WNW winds, a heavy
swell is in evidence.
7.1 Along the N coast of Tunisia, the currents are very variable
and are mainly due to the winds. Offshore, the prevailing W
and E winds give rise to fairly strong currents. A W current,
with a rate of 2 to 3 knots, has been experienced in the vicinity
of Ecueils des Sorelles and Jazirat Jalitah.
7.1 Caution.—The People’s Democratic Republic of Algeria
has temporarily suspended permission to navigate within Algerian
territorial waters up to 10 miles offshore, between meridians
3°15'E and 4°10'E.
7.1 Vessels wishing to enter or depart the following ports should
adhere to the designated channels, as follows:
1. Port de Zemmouri—Vessels should keep to the channel
oriented N-S between 3°33.5'E and 3°34.6'E.
2. Port de Dellys—Vessels should keep to the channel
91
centered on the port’s green harbor light and oriented N-S
between 3°54.8'E. and 3°55.8'E.
3. Pointe Tigzirt—Vessels should keep to the channel
oriented N-S between 4°07.8'E and 4°08.6'E.
7.1 Tunny nets may be found offshore along the coast described
in this sector.
Off-lying Islands and Dangers
Jazirat Jalitah—Galiton de l’Ouest from N
7.2 Jazirat Jalitah (Ile de la Galite) (37°32'N., 8°56'E.)
lies 21 miles NNW of Cap Serrat (37°14'N., 9°13'E.) and is the
largest island of a group which rises from Banc de Jalitah
(Banc de la Galite). The group is separated from the coast of
Tunisia by Canal de la Galite (Canal Jalitah).
7.2 Jazirat
Jalitah has steep shores and its W part rises to Bout de
Somme (Grand Sommet), 391m high, which is surmounted by
a yellow lookout tower. Piton de l’Est, a conspicuous conical
peak, is 360m high and stands near the SE extremity of the island.
Two radio masts stand close S of the middle of the island
and are very conspicuous when approaching from the S.
7.2 A
small fishing harbor lies on the S side of the island. In
good weather, temporary anchorage can be obtained by small
vessels, with local knowledge, within small bays on the N and
S sides of Jazirat Jalitah.
7.2 Galitons
de l’Ouest consists of two islets lying 1.5 miles SW
of Jazirat Jalitah. Galiton, 158m high, is the larger of the two.
A light is shown from a structure, 14m high, standing on its
summit.
7.2 La Fauchelle, close SE of Galiton, is 137m high and dominated
by L’Aiguille, a conspicuous cone at its SE end.
7.2 Galitons
de l’Est consists of three rocks named, from N to S,
Gallo, Pollastro, and Gallina. Gallo, 119m high, is the largest
and lies 1 mile NNE of the N extremity of Jazirat Jalitah.
Shoals, with a least depth of 6m, lie within 1 mile of Gallo.
Pub. 131

92 Sector 7. Algeria and Tunisia—Cap Matifou to Cap Serrat
7.2 Ecueil des Sorelles (37°24'N., 8°36'E.), consisting of two
shallow rocky patches, lies 14 miles WSW of Galitons de
l’Ouest. A lighted buoy, fitted with a racon, is moored close W
of the W patch and a buoy is moored close E of the E patch. A
concrete block, 2m high, stands on the W patch. A depth of
14.6m was reported (1970) to lie about 3 miles N of this block.
7.2 Banc des Mazzarilles, which is rocky and has depths of 21 to
49m, lies about 8 miles N of Jazirat Jalitah.
7.2 A depth of 6.1m was reported (1994) to lie in the vicinity of
Banc des Spiss, 15 miles N of Jazirat Jalitah.
7.2 Caution.—The buoys marking Ecueils des Sorelles should
not be relied upon because of their exposed positions.
7.2 Vessels have experienced strong currents in the vicinity of
Ecueils des Sorelles.
Cap Matifou to Golfe de Bejaia
7.3 Cap Matifou (Bourdj el Bairi) (36°49'N., 3°14'E.),
the E entrance point of Baie d’Alger, is the W extremity of a
low headland. The N side of the headland is cliffy and extends
E for 1.7 miles. The E part rises to a flat-topped hill, which
from a distance appears as an island.
7.3 A light is shown from a structure, 11m high, standing 1 mile
E of the cape. A signal station and two pylons stand close
NNW and 0.5 mile W, respectively, of the light.
7.3 A spit extends about 0.5 mile W from the cape and is marked
by a lighted buoy.
7.3 Banc de Matifou (36°51'N., 3°14'E.), with a least depth of
9m, lies about 2.2 miles N of the cape. Strong currents are experienced
in the vicinity of this shoal bank and vessels should
avoid passing over it.
7.3 Iles Sandja, a group of rocks, lies about 0.8 mile NE of Cap
Matifou Light, with the largest being 13m high. Vessels should
not attempt to pass between this group and the coast. Bordelaise,
a shallow rock, lies about 1.5 miles offshore, 2.5 miles E
of Cap Matifou Light. Several rocks and shoals lie between this
rock and the coast.
7.3 Ain Taya, a village, is situated 2.5 miles SE of Cap Matifou
Light. Small vessels, with local knowledge, can obtain anchorage,
sheltered from W winds, off this village.
7.3 Ilots Agueli, a group of small islets, lies about 0.7 mile offshore,
5 miles ESE of Cap Matifou Light. The largest islet is
25m high and is marked by a beacon. Anchorage can be obtained,
by small vessels with local knowledge, close E of the
middle of the largest islet. The berth is in depths of 12 to 14m,
rocky bottom, off a conspicuous cave. A sandy bottom can be
found farther offshore, but the position is less sheltered.
7.3 Draa Ed Dar, a hill, stands 2 miles SE of Ilots Agueli. It is 71m
high and prominent. A conspicuous group of buildings stands on a
wooded hillock near the coast, 2 miles E of this hill.
7.4 Cap el Achaichi (36°47'N., 3°31'E.), a headland, is
located 14.2 miles ESE of Cap Matifou, at the N extremity of a
chain of mountains. The most conspicuous summits of the
chain are Djebel Bou Arous, 444m high, and Mont Sidi Feredj,
452m high, which stand about 4 miles SE of the headland.
From the NW, these summits appear like a saddle, while from
the NE, they appear as two sharp peaks.
7.4 A small craft harbor, protected by two moles, lies on the SW
side of a point, 2.3 miles ENE of Cap el Achaichi.
Pub. 131
7.4 Cap Djenet, located 11.5 miles NE of Cap el Achaichi, is
high. A prominent hill, 438m high, stands 1.5 miles SE of the
cape.
7.4 Baie Mersat Djenet is entered close SW of Cap Djenet and
affords temporary anchorage, sheltered from E winds, to small
vessels with local knowledge.
7.4 Djebel Bou Berak, a conspicuous mountain, stands 5.5 miles
E of Cap Djenet. It is conical in shape and 593m high.
7.4 Cap Bengut (36°55'N., 3°54'E.), located 8.7 miles ENE of
Cap Djenet, is easy to identify from seaward. It lies at the E extremity
of the above-mentioned mountain chain and, on certain
bearings, appears saddle-shaped. A reef extends 0.1 mile NNW
from this cape. A light is shown from a tower, 29m high, standing
on the cape.
7.4 Pointe de Dellys, located 1.2 miles ENE of Cap Bengut, is
high, narrow, and fringed by a spit. A light is shown from a
structure, 8m high, standing on the point.
7.4 Caution.—Vessels should not approach the coast within
depths of less than 37m between the small port of Dellys and
Cap Sigli (36°54'N., 4°46'E.).
7.5 Dellys (36°55'N., 3°55'E.) (World Port Index No.
45560), a small port, lies in the W part of a bay which is entered
close E of Pointe de Dellys. This is a commercial harbor
which also supports fishing.
7.5 Depths—Limitations.—The main commercial facilities include
Berth No. 1, situated on North Quay, which is 107m long
and has a depth of 6m alongside, and Berth No. 4, situated on
South Quay, which is 129m long and has a depth of 5.5m
alongside. Generally, vessels up to 100m in length and 5.5m
draft can be accommodated. In addition, ro-ro vessels up to
105m in length can be handled.
7.5 Aspect.—The port is protected from the E by a breakwater
which extends SSE from a point lying 0.5 mile SW of Pointe
de Dellys.
7.5 A mosque, which stands close W of the harbor, is clearly visible
when approaching from the E. The town is situated along
the S part of the bay.
7.5 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and available during daylight
only. The port can be contacted on VHF channel 10, 11,
12, 13, 14, or 16. Vessels should send an ETA 24 hours in advance
of arrival. Messages may be sent through Alger Radio
(7TA). Pilots board within the anchorage area.
7.5 Anchorage.—The roadstead off the harbor is sheltered from
W and NW winds and the holding ground is good. Anchorage
should be obtained, in depths of 13 to 24m, about 0.2 mile SSE
of Pointe de Dellys.
7.6 Arbane Millia (36°54'N., 4°03'E.), a rock, lies close
inshore, 6.7 miles E of Dellys. It is large, white, and over 30m
high.
7.6 Tala Aicha, 890m high, stands 3.5 miles S of the rock. This
mountain is conspicuous and has a crater-like summit.
7.6 Pointe
Tigzirt, located 3.2 miles E of Arbane Millia, is front-
ed by an islet and a reef which lie within 0.5 mile of it. The
point can easily be identified by the red roofs of the houses in a
village which is situated in the vicinity. Small vessels, with local
knowledge, can obtain anchorage, sheltered from E winds,
under the lee of this point.
7.6 Cap Tedles (36°55'N., 4°10'E.), located 1.7 miles ENE of

Sector 7. Algeria and Tunisia—Cap Matifou to Cap Serrat 93
Pointe Tigzirt, is 250m high and rounded. A mountain, 843m
high, stands 3.7 miles S of the cape; its summit is surmounted
by a remarkable clump of trees.
7.6 Sidi Khaled, a point of land, is located 1 mile E of Cap Tedles
and surmounted by a mosque. Roches Sidi Khaled, formed
by several rocks and shoals, extends up to 0.7 mile NE from the
point. Small vessels, with local knowledge, can obtain anchorage,
sheltered from W winds, under the lee of these shoals, but
the holding ground is poor.
7.6 Pointe de Timliline, located 5 miles E of Cap Tedles, is dominated
by two prominent hills, 281m and 283m high.
7.6 Pointe de Mers el Farm is located 8.5 miles E of Cap Tedles,
and several rocks, awash, and shoals lie up to 1 mile offshore.
7.6 Azeffoun, fronted by a small jetty, lies in the SE part of the
bay, which is entered between Pointe de Mers el Farm and Cap
Corbelin, 4.5 miles ESE. Anchorage, sheltered from E winds,
can be obtained by vessels, with local knowledge, in depths of
7 to 10m, W of the jetty.
7.6 Cap Corbelin (36°55'N., 4°26'E.), reddish-yellow in color
and prominent, is the NW extremity of a mountainous projection.
From seaward, there appears to be a deep bay lying to the
E of the cape because the land on that side is very low. A light
is shown from a tower, 13m high, standing on the cape.
7.6 Tamgout, a mountain, stands 5.5 miles S of the cape. It is
1,278m high and very conspicuous from seaward.
7.7 Cap Sigli (36°54'N., 4°46'E.) is located 16 miles E of
Cap Corbelin and is fringed by rocks. This cape is only prominent
from close inshore either to the E or W of it. A light is
shown from a structure, 26m high, standing on the cape.
7.7 Between Cap Sigli and Cap Carbon, 18 miles ESE, the coast
is fronted by rocks. Temporary anchorage can be obtained, in a
depth of 12m, by vessels, with local knowledge, within a bay
which is entered 3 miles ESE of the cape.
7.7 Djebel Mindjou, 672m high, is located 1.8 miles S of Cap
Sigli; some prominent rocky outcrops, which resemble ruins,
stand on its summit.
7.7 Djebel Arbalou, 1,317m high, stands 10 miles SSE of Cap
Sigli and dominates this stretch of the coast. From the NW, its
summit appears conical, but from other directions it appears
rounded.
7.7 El Euch, a rocky islet, lies close inshore, 1.5 miles ESE of
Cap Sigli. It is reddish-yellow, 33m high, and has a small rock
at its N end.
7.7 Pointe Boulima (36°49'N., 4°59'E.), reddish in color, is located
12 miles ESE of Cap Sigli. This point lies at the E end of
a sandy beach and has a small, natural boat harbor on its W
side. Ile Pisan, 31m high, lies 0.6 mile NE of Pointe Boulima
and is fringed by rocks. Rochers des Moules, 1m high, lies 0.7
mile offshore, 1.5 miles NW of Pointe Boulima.
7.7 Pointe Mezaia, located 1.5 miles SE of Pointe Boulima, is
surmounted by a conical hill and is joined to the mainland by a
ridge of sand. From certain directions, it appears as an islet.
7.7 Cap Carbon (36°47'N., 5°07'E.), located 4.5 miles ESE of
Pointe Mezaia, is dominated by a small conical hill, 220m
high. A light is shown from a structure, 10m high, standing on
the summit of the conical hill. Another light is shown from a
structure, 8m high, standing at the foot of the cliffs on the N
side of the cape.
7.7 Djebel Gouraya, 660m high, stands 1 mile WSW of the cape
and is surmounted by a prominent fort and a signal station.
Golfe de Bejaia (Golfe de Bougie)
7.8 Golfe de Bejaia is entered between Cap Carbon and
Ras Afia, 28 miles E.
7.8 The S shore of the gulf is dominated by a mountain chain.
Dejbel Ta Babor, 1,969m high, is the highest and stands 7
miles inland, 23 miles SE of Cap Carbon. This mountain appears
flat-topped and isolated when seen from NW or NE, but
from the N, it can only be distinguished from the others by its
height and by a small spur on its W side.
7.8 Dar Mohand stands close to the coast, 4.7 miles S of Cap
Carbon. It is detached and 305m high.
7.8 Pointe Aokas, located 8 miles ESE of Dar Mohand, is dominated
by a hill, 467m high, which has sides falling steeply to
the sea.
7.8 Ile Mansouria is the outermost of a group of rocks which lie
about 0.5 mile offshore, 12 miles ENE of Pointe Aokas. A light
is shown from a structure, 6m high, standing on its N side.
7.8 Cap Cavallo (Ras Talou), located 23 miles E of Cap Carbon,
is the extremity of a chain of high conical hills which are separated
by deep valleys. Grand Cavallo, an islet, lies 0.5 mile offshore,
0.7 mile NE of the cape. It is 52m high and is covered
with brushwood. Petit Cavallo, another islet, lies 0.2 mile offshore,
2.6 miles NE of Grand Cavallo. It is flat and surrounded
by reefs.
7.8 Ilot Hadjret Tafalkout, 17m high, lies 1.1 miles WSW of Cap
Cavallo and is the outermost of several dangers in this vicinity.
A light is shown from a structure, 5m high, standing on this islet.
7.8 Ras Afia (36°49'N., 5°42'E.) is located 5 miles NE of Cap
Cavallo. A light is shown from a tower with a dwelling, 14m
high, standing on this point.
7.8 Banc des Kabyles, with a least depth of 7m, lies 3.2 miles
NW of Ras Afia and the sea breaks on it in bad weather. Ecueil
de la Salamandre, with a least depth of 4m, lies 2 miles NNW
of Ras Afia. Both of these dangers are frequently marked by
tide rips.
7.8 Golfe de Bejaia contains no safe anchorage for large vessels
except at Bejaia.
7.8 Caution.—A wreck reported to lie in approximate position
36°49.2'N, 5°39.4'E.
Bejaia (36°45'N., 5°05'E.)
World Port Index No. 45550
7.9 The port of Bejaia, formerly known as Bougie, lies on
the W side of Golfe de Bejaia and is principally a crude oil
loading terminal.
Port of Bejaia Home Page
http://www.portdebejaia.com.dz
7.9 Tides—Currents.—Tides are negligible. The water level
may rise with S winds and decrease with N and E winds; the
difference to the level does not exceed 0.5m.
7.9 A rather strong countercurrent is usually found setting N
Pub. 131

94 Sector 7. Algeria and Tunisia—Cap Matifou to Cap Serrat
through the roadstead. However, after heavy gales the current
flows along the shore of the gulf in a direction contrary to that
of the gale, although at the onset of the gale the current flows
with it.
7.9 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is protected by two
breakwaters and is divided into three basins. The E breakwater
extends S and is 0.4 mile long. The W breakwater extends
ENE, NNE, and NE and is 1.3 miles long. The entrance fairway
is 320m wide and has been dredged to a depth of 13.5m.
7.9 The two inner basins are entered from the SW side of the
outer basin through a passage, 80m wide. These basins have
2,700m of total commercial quayage with depths of 5.5 to 13m
alongside. There are facilities for general cargo, ro-ro, and bulk
vessels. Vessels up to 10,000 dwt and 9m draft can be accommodated.
7.9 The outer basin has three oil berths with depths of 11.5m,
12.5m and 13.5m alongside. Tankers up to 260m in length and
13m draft can be accommodated.
7.9 There is an SPM berth 3 miles SE of Cap Carbon. A pipeline
connects the berth to a position on the shore about 0.5 mile S of
the port.
7.9 Aspect.—The city appears as an amphitheater amid green
vegetation and contrasts with the high land mass close N.
7.9 Marabout of Sidi Yahia, a conspicuous building with a chimney
at its W end, stands near the shore, 0.3 mile W of the root
of the E breakwater.
7.9 A conspicuous chimney stands 2 miles SW of Marabout of
Sidi Yahia.
7.9 A light is shown from a structure, 15m high, standing at the
head of the E breakwater.
7.9 A lighted buoy is moored about 0.5 mile SSW of the head of
the E breakwater and marks the SW end of the dredged entrance
channel.
7.9 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Tanker vessels should
send an ETA at least 48 hours and 24 hours in advance to
SONATRA, Bejaia through Alger (7TA). A corrected ETA
should be sent if more than 1 hour different from previous estimates.
Other vessels should send an ETA 6 hours in advance,
but 12 hours if arriving at night. Pilots can be contacted on
VHF channel 10 or 16 and generally board about 1 mile NE of
the E breakwater.
7.9 Pilots for the small port of Jijel are also available.
7.9 Regulations.—No night movements for tankers with LPG or
refined products are permitted. No night berthing of tankers
over 80,000 dwt is allowed. Night departures are permitted.
7.9 Anchorage.—Anchorage, sheltered from all winds except
those from between the N and NE, can be obtained as convenient,
in depths of 10 to 20m, off the breakwaters. The bottom
consists of mud and sand and the holding ground is good where
the mud is hard, but poor where it is soft.
7.9 Caution.—A danger area, the limits of which are shown on
the chart, lies centered 0.5 mile ESE of the root of the W breakwater.
The danger area is marked by a buoy.
7.9 Several wrecks, some dangerous, lie in the approaches to the
harbor and may best be seen on the chart.
7.9 Between December and March, a heavy swell sometimes enters
the harbor, usually during and after prolonged NW winds.
This causes violent surging and may require vessels to put to
sea.
7.9 Vessels should not pass close to the breakwater heads.
Pub. 131
7.9 A wave recorder buoy is moored about 0.8 mile E of the
head of the E breakwater.
7.9 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within 0.7 mile of the
SPM.
Golfe de Bejaia to Skikda
7.10 Jijel (Djidjelli) (36°50'N., 5°47'E.) (World Port Index
No. 45530), a small port, lies 4 miles E of Ras Afia and is protected
by breakwaters. This is a general cargo port with ro-ro
facilities now used only by naval vessels and fishing boats.
7.10 Depths—Limitations.—The N breakwater extends E from
the E extremity of a small peninsula, which is located close N
of the town, to an islet and then SSE. The S breakwater extends
NE from a mole. The approach channel has a width of 120m
and depths of 10 to 11m.
7.10 The harbor has 670m of total commercial quayage with
depths of 4.3 to 7.3m alongside. There are facilities for general
cargo, ro-ro, and fishing vessels. Vessels up to 153m in length
and 9m draft can be accommodated.
7.10 Aspect.—Mezritane, 388m high, stands 1.2 miles SE of Ras
Afia. This hill is prominent and its summit is surmounted by a
tower.
7.10 The most conspicuous landmarks include the square tower of
the town hall; the large white hospital building which overlooks
the town; the belfry of a church and a water tower standing
in the S part of the town; and a factory building situated 2
miles WSW of the harbor.
7.10 A light is shown from a structure, 12m high, standing on the
islet at the E end of the N breakwater.
7.10 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory and pilots are available
as required from Bejaia. Vessels should send an ETA and
request for pilot directly to the pilot station at Bejaia at least 24
hours in advance. The port can be contacted by VHF. Pilots
generally board in the vicinity of the harbor entrance.
7.10 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available, in depths of 21 to
36m, between 0.5 and 1 mile from the N breakwater.
7.10 Caution.—The water level within the harbor sometimes varies
up to 0.5m, especially during March and April.
7.10 The N sides of the peninsula and the N breakwater are
fringed with rocks and shoals and should be given a wide berth.
Winds from the NW may raise surf within the harbor. Berthing
becomes difficult and cargo handling is frequently interrupted.
7.11 Jenndjene (Djen Djen) (36°49'N., 5°53'E.) lies about
5 miles E of Jijel.
The facilities include a general cargo quay, 760m long; a
mixed cargo quay, 250m long; and a ro-ro quay, 76m long.
There are depths of 11m alongside. In addition, there is a steel
product quay, 1,060m long, with depths of 10.5 to 18m alongside.
7.11 This
Port of Djen-Djen Home Page
http://www.djendjen-port.com.dz
port accommodates cargo vessels up to 30,000 dwt and
ore vessels up to 120,000 dwt.
Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot can be contacted on VHF

Sector 7. Algeria and Tunisia—Cap Matifou to Cap Serrat 95
channel 12 and boards in position 36° 51’N, 5° 54'E.
Vessels should provide an ETA 72 hours in advance of arrival.
The ETA should be confirmed 2 hours prior to arrival on
VHF channel 14 or 16.
7.11 The
port is closed during NW winds exceeding 22 to 27
knots. Vessels in port in these conditions may be asked to get
underway.
7.12 Ilot Tazerout (El Hadjra) (36°52'N., 6°04'E.), 13m
high, lies close off a point, 14.2 miles ENE of Jijel. Several
reddish and prominent sandhills, 88m high, stand close inland
within 3 miles W of this islet.
7.12 Conspicuous
hills along this part of the coast include Djebel
Bou Kertzoum, 148m high, standing 3 miles SE of Jijel; El
Koudiat, 112m high, standing 6 miles ESE of Jijel; and Djebel
Seddets, 956m high, standing 5 miles SSW of Ilot Tazerout.
7.12 Haut-Fond de Jijelar, a bank with a depth of 25m, lies about
6.5 miles NE of Jijel.
7.12 Ilot
Lamein, 10m high, lies close off a point, 11 miles NE of
Ilot Tazerout. Casabianca is situated 1.5 miles SE of Ilot
Lamein. Anchorage, sheltered from N and E winds, can be obtained
by vessels with local knowledge, in depths of 14 to 26m,
about 0.3 mile off the beach at Casabianca.
7.13 Ras Atia (Moghreb) (37°01'N., 6°16'E.) is located 2.5
miles NNE of Ilot Lamein. A light is shown from a structure,
15m high, standing on the point.
7.13 Mersa Damous, a cove, lies 2.3 miles ENE of Ras Atia and is
marked by some houses, with red roofs, standing on a cliff on
its W side. A conspicuous ravine is located at the head of this
cove.
Cap Bougaroun (Cap Bougaroni) (Ras Seba Rous)
(37°05'N., 6°28'E.) is located 10.5 miles ENE of Ras Atia and
is the N extremity of a mountainous promontory which lies between
Ilot Lamein and Collo. A light is shown from a structure,
10m high, standing on the cape. A signal station is situated
close E of the light.
7.13 Ras el Kbiba, a small peninsula, lies 4.5 miles SE of the
cape. Baie de Tamanert and Baie des Beni Said, two small
bays, are entered NW and SE, respectively, of this peninsula.
Bar en Nsa, a cove, is entered between the S entrance point of
Baie des Beni Said and Cap Collo, 1 mile SE.
7.13 Good anchorage, with W winds, can be obtained by vessels,
with local knowledge, in a depth of 14m within Baie de
Tamanert. Anchorage can also be obtained by vessels, with local
knowledge, within Baie des Beni Said, but care should be
taken to avoid a shallow reef which lies about 600m from the
head of the bay.
7.13 Temporary anchorage can be obtained, in a depth of 20m, in
the central part of Bar en Nsa.
Pointe Djerda (Cap Collo) (37°01'N., 6°35'E.) is the NE extremity
of Presqu’ile Djerda, a small peninsula. A light is
shown from a structure, 11m high, standing on the cape. A
shoal, with a depth of 22m, lies about 0.5 mile NE of the cape.
7.14 Collo (37°00'N., 6°35'E.) (World Port Index No.
45520), a small port, lies on the NW side of Baie de Collo,
which is entered between Cap Collo and Ras Frao (Kharras),
3.2 miles SE.
7.14 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is protected by a jetty,
145m long, which extends S from a point close S of the town.
There is 238m of total quayage, with depths of 4.2 to 5m
alongside.
7.14 Aspect.—The town is situated at the root of the peninsula.
Koudiat Djezair, 99m high, stands close S of the town and is
surmounted by a small but conspicuous fort.
7.14 Sidi Achour, a prominent shrine, surmounts the summit of a
hill, 536m high, standing 2 miles W of Cap Collo.
7.14 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory, but is advised for
vessels without local knowledge. Private pilots are available.
7.14 Anchorage.—Baie de Collo is one of the best open roadsteads
on the coast of Algeria. It affords excellent shelter from
W and N winds. Large vessels should anchor, in a depth of
27m, about 0.4 mile SE of the town. The holding ground is
mostly excellent. Small vessels can obtain anchorage, in depths
of 6 to 10m, about 100m from the shore.
7.15 Kharras (Ras Frao) (36°58'N., 6°38'E.), the SE entrance
point of Baie de Collo, is dominated by Morne Telezza,
an isolated and conical hill, 125m high.
7.15 Ras Rdeb (Ras Erded) is located 2.5 miles ESE of Ras Frao. Ile
Mta, an islet, lies about 0.5 mile offshore, 1 mile E of the point. It
is 62m high, but is not easy to distinguish from the coast.
7.15 Ras el Kal’a (Ras Bibi) is located 3 miles E of Ras Rdeb. Ilot
Bibi (Kal’a Rdjel el Klou), an islet 46m high, lies 0.5 mile
WNW of this point.
7.15 Pointe des Sept Freres is located 1.7 miles ESE of Ras Bibi;
a chain of small islets extends up to 0.3 mile NNW of it.
7.15 Point Esrah (Pointe Asra), located 4.5 miles E of Ras Bibi, is
fringed by islets. A spit, with a depth of 4.7m, extends up to
about 0.3 mile N of the point. Baie d’Esrah is entered between
Point Esrah and Cap Akmes, 2 miles SE. A prominent building,
with a red roof, stands at the head of this bay.
Ile Sridgina (Ile Srijina) (36°53'N., 6°53'E.), lying 0.3 mile
NE of Cap d’Akmes, is 48m high and surrounded by rocks and
shoals. A light is shown from a structure, 12m high, standing
near the middle of this islet.
7.15 Cap Est is located 0.9 mile SSE of Cap d’Akmes. Ile du Lion,
with a small islet lying close ENE of it, lies close NE of the
cape. It is 31m high and is marked by a light.
7.15 Rocher du Lazaret, a small island less than 1m high, lies
about 0.1 mile offshore, 0.5 mile S of Cap Est.
7.15 Ilot des Singes is located on the NW side of Baie de Stora,
0.8 mile S of Cap Est. This islet lies close inshore and is connected
to the mainland by a bridge. A light is shown from a
structure, 9m high, standing on the islet.
7.15 Stora, a village, is situated at the head of the bay, 0.3 mile
SSW of Ilot des Singes. A small harbor lies E of the village and
is protected by breakwaters.
7.15 Caution.—A prohibited anchorage area, the limits of which
are shown on the chart, extends NE from the vicinity of Ilot des
Singes.
Skikda (Philippeville) (36°53'N., 6°55'E.)
World Port Index No. 45510
7.16 The port of Skikda lies at the head of Golfe de Stora
(Golfe de Philippeville), 3 miles SSE of Ile Sridgina (Ile Srijina).
The harbor has good facilities for handling bulk cargo,
Pub. 131

96 Sector 7. Algeria and Tunisia—Cap Matifou to Cap Serrat
containers, general cargo, and ro-ro vessels.
7.16 Port Methanier, an oil and LNG terminal, has been constructed
1.7 miles E of Skikda.
7.16 Winds—Weather.—During bad weather, heavy seas frequently
roll into the gulf. With NW winds, heavy seas set onto
the shore between Stora and Skikda. Strong NW winds have
been reported to cause an undertow.
7.16 Tides—Currents.—Winds from the W raise the level of the
water in the harbor and winds from E lower it. The difference
may be as much as 0.3m.
7.16 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor at Skikda is protected
by a breakwater which extends 0.8 mile WNW from the vicinity
of Cap Skikda. Two commercial basins have berths with
depths of 6 to 10m alongside and facilities for bulk, general
cargo, ro-ro, and fishing vessels. Three tanker berths are situated
on the S side of the breakwater and have depths of 11 to
13m alongside. Tankers up to 230m in length and 13m draft
can be accommodated.
7.16 At Port Methanier, the harbor is protected by two breakwaters.
The W and outer breakwater extends 1 mile N and NE
from the shore. The E breakwater extends 0.3 mile NW from a
point on the shore lying 0.6 mile E of the root of the W breakwater.
The entrance fairway is dredged to a depth of 18m.
7.16 There are two LNG berths which can handle vessels up to
90,000 cu.m. and 11.5m draft. An LPG berth can handle vessels
up to 40,000 cu.m. and 10.5m draft. There are three oil
berths with depths of 14 to 16m. Tank vessels up to 265m in
length and 14.8m draft can be accommodated.
7.16 Aspect.—Cap Skikda is located 2 miles SE of Ilot des Singes.
It is surmounted by a white prominent villa with a staircase
descending to the sea.
7.16 The breakwater at Skikda, situated close W of Cap Skikda, is
9m high and conspicuous.
7.16 A bridge, with several arches, crosses the mouth of Oued
Safsaf, close E of Cap Skikda.
7.16 Port Methanier, the new port, is situated close E of Cap Skikda.
A conspicuous flare is situated close S of the harbor and
several prominent tanks and chimneys stand along the shore in
the vicinity of the port.
7.16 Lights are shown from structures standing at the heads of the
breakwaters at Skikda and Port Methanier.
7.16 The entrance fairway is indicated by a lighted range.
7.16 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 500 grt and
over. Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12, 14, or 16 and
board vessels bound for Skikda at the anchorage or about 1
mile N of the entrance. Vessels bound for Port Methanier are
generally boarded about 1 mile N of the head of the W breakwater.
Vessels should send an ETA 72 hours and 48 hours in
advance, with a confirmation 24 hours prior to arrival.
7.16 Regulations.—A mandatory Traffic Separation Scheme
(TSS) has been established in the NW and N approaches to the
port. The scheme is not IMO adopted.
7.16 Anchorage.—The roadstead anchorage for the port of Skikda
affords good protection from W winds, but not from NW
winds. In good weather, large vessels can obtain anchorage, in
Pub. 131
Port of Skikda Home Page
http://www.skikda-port.com
depths of 16 to 18m, sand, about 0.5 mile SE of Ilot des Singes.
In winter, large vessels should anchor, in depths of 20 to 25m,
farther offshore.
7.16 An anchorage designated for tankers lies, in depths of 30 to
40m, about 1 mile NW of the W breakwater at Port Methanier.
The holding ground is good.
7.16 Other vessels can anchor in the vicinity of position
36°55.4'E, 6°55.6'E.
7.16 Vessels should not obstruct the approaches and entrances to
the harbors.
7.16 Caution.—Large vessels should not pass close to the heads
of the breakwaters at Skikda or Port Methanier, as they are not
steep-to.
7.16 When the swell in the roads reaches a height of 2m, an undertow,
which makes remaining alongside very difficult, develops
at the berths within Port Methanier.
7.16 A wave recorder buoy is moored about 0.6 mile WNW of the
head of the W breakwater at Port Methanier.
Skikda to Golfe d’Annaba
7.17 Ras Filfila (Felfelah) (36°55'N., 7°06'E.), located 8
miles ENE of Port Methanier, is formed by rocky cliffs and has
a conical rock, 35m high, standing on its NE side. Small vessels,
with local knowledge, can obtain anchorage in a creek on
the E side of this point.
7.17 Oued el Kebir flows into the sea 9 miles NE of Ras Filfila,
and its mouth is conspicuous when approaching from the W.
7.17 Pointe
de Sidi Bou Merouane, located 1.5 miles N of the
Oued el Kebir, is fringed with foul ground. El Mersa Light is
shown from a structure, 5m high, standing close S of the point.
Anchorage, somewhat sheltered by the point, can be obtained
by vessels with local knowledge in this roadstead, but the NW
part is encumbered with rocks.
7.18 Cap de Fer (37°05'N., 7°10'E.), located 17 miles NE
of Skikda, is one of the most salient capes on the coast of Algeria;
the high land SE of it is very conspicuous. A light is shown
from a tower, 17m high, standing on the cape. A signal station
is situated near the light.
Cap de Fer Light bearing 120°, distant 7 miles
7.18 A rocky islet, with some rocks close W of it, lies about 0.2
mile W of the cape.
7.18 In winter, strong currents are experienced off the cape and
with WNW winds, there is frequently a heavy swell.
7.18 Large vessels can obtain good shelter from E winds in positions
S of the cape and about 0.7 mile offshore. Depths of 30m
are available for anchorage. The bottom is mostly formed of
mud, shells, and coral, with rocks and gravel in places.

Sector 7. Algeria and Tunisia—Cap Matifou to Cap Serrat 97
Cap de Fer from ENE
7.18 The coast between Cap de Fer and Cap Takouch, 10.5 miles
E, is fringed with rocks and shoals extending about 0.5 mile
offshore in places.
7.18 Baie de Sidi Akkacha, entered 5 miles E of Cap de Fer, affords
anchorage, sheltered from E winds, to vessels with local
knowledge. Several above-water rocks lie within 0.5 mile of its
E entrance point, which is surmounted by Sidi Akkacha, a conspicuous
white shrine.
Shrine of Sidi Akkacha
7.19 Cap Takouch (37°05'N., 7°24'E.) is the NE extremity
of a small multi-headed peninsula. A light is shown from a
tower, 10m high, standing on the summit of a hill, 0.4 mile SSE
of the cape. Sidi Merkeb, a conspicuous white shrine, stands
0.2 mile SSW of the light.
7.19 Ile Djezira, the outermost and largest of two islets almost
joined to the coast, lies close NE of the light.
7.19 Ile Takouch, 33m high, lies 1 mile offshore, about 2.7 miles
W of the cape.
7.19 Seiche du Cap Takouch, a rocky shoal plateau, lies about 2
miles N of the cape. It has a least depth of 13m and is dangerous
for deep-draft vessels.
7.19 A current, with a rate up to 2 knots, has been experienced on
the bank lying between Seiche du Cap Takouch and the coast.
In bad weather, the sea over this bank is especially heavy and
vessels should avoid passing over it.
7.19 Sidi Yahia, 545m high, stands 2 miles SSW of Cap Takouch.
This conical mountain is prominent and surmounted by a marabout
tower.
7.19 Sidi Benout, 538m high, stands 0.7 mile inland, 4 miles SE
of Cap Takouch. This conical mountain is flat-topped and surmounted
by a white marabout tower.
7.19 Baie de Takouch lies between Ile Djezira and La Pointe Percee,
2 miles SSE. Mersa Takouch (Chetaibi) (37°04'N.,
7°23'E.) (World Port Index No. 45500), a village, stands at the
head of the bay and is fronted by a small harbor formed by two
jetties extending S from the shore. A quay, 125m long, is situ-
ated between these jetties and has depths of 5 to 6m alongside.
Excellent shelter from W winds can be obtained in this bay, but
NE and E winds send in a heavy sea and swell. Anchorage can
be obtained, in depths of 10 to 20m, W of the village church.
7.19 Cap
Matfouch (Cap Akeine), located 6 miles SE of Cap Tak-
ouch, is reddish and dominated by a hill, 571m high. Roche
Akeine, marked by a light, lies 0.5 mile N of the cape. It has
several rocky heads, one of which is awash.
7.19 Sidi
Bou Zeid, a shrine, surmounts a coastal hill, 4 miles
SSE of Cap Matfouch. It is conspicuous when not hidden by
the trees. A prominent chimney stands in a village at the bottom
of the hill.
7.19 Cap du Pain de Sucre, located 4.5 miles E of Sidi Bou Zeid,
is a conspicuous feature. It has a rocky crest, 521m high, and
terminates in a pyramidal hill, 152m high.
7.19 Voile Noire, a rock, lies close inshore, 1 mile SE of the cape.
It is conical and 65m high.
Golfe d’Annaba
7.20 Ras el Hamra (36°58'N., 7°48'E.), located 6 miles E
of Cap du Pain de Sucre, is the W entrance point of Golfe
d’Annaba. When seen from a distance from E or W, this cape
appears as an island. It is fringed with rocks and two hills stand
near the seaward extremity.
7.20 A light is shown from a structure, 14m high, standing 0.5
mile W of the cape. A signal station stands on the summit of a
hill, 0.2 mile SW of the light.
7.20 Golfe
d’Annaba lies between Ras el Hamra and Cap Rosa,
22 miles E. It is easily identified from seaward and, at a distance,
appears larger than it really is. The heights descending
towards each entrance point are separated, at the head of the
gulf, by a low plain, which at some distance inland is backed
by detached mountains. A mountainous ridge extends 8.5 miles
SW from Ras el Hamra and terminates in a mountain, 1,008m
high.
7.20 Oued
Voile Noire from NW
Seybouse flows into the sea on the S side of the port of
Annaba, 6 miles S of Ras el Hamra. The depths off the mouth
of this river are shoal and liable to change with each rainy season.
7.20 Oued Mafragh flows into the sea 10.2 miles SE of Ras el
Hamra. Its entrance is the combined mouths of several rivers.
A signal station is situated close E of the river entrance.
7.20 Djebel Bou Abed, 739m high, stands 10.5 miles SSE of the
river entrance and is prominent.
7.20 Rocks, with a least depth of 20m, lie 5.5 miles NE and 7.5
miles ENE of the river entrance.
7.20 An aeronautical light is reported to be occasionally shown
Pub. 131

98 Sector 7. Algeria and Tunisia—Cap Matifou to Cap Serrat
from a position 4.7 miles SSW of the river entrance.
7.20 Between the entrance of Oued Mafragh and Cap Rosa, 15
miles ENE, the coast consists of a succession of cliffs, 49 to
101m high.
Annaba (Bone) (36°55'N., 7°46'E.)
World Port Index No. 45490
7.21 The port of Annaba lies on the W side of Golfe d’Annaba,
4 miles S of Ras el Hamra.
7.21 Tides—Currents.—There is a variation in the water level that
sometimes amounts to 0.4m above and below mean sea level.
7.21 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor consists of three basins
and is protected by two breakwaters, Jetee du Lion and Jetee
Sud (Quai Sud).
7.21 There is 3,985m of total commercial quayage, with depths of
4 to 13m alongside, and facilities for general cargo, bulk, and
ro-ro vessels. In addition, there are three tanker berths, with
depths of 7 to 13m alongside. Vessels up to 250m in length and
11.5m draft can be accommodated. Tankers up to 11.9m draft
can be handled.
7.21 Aspect.—Fort Genois stands on a rounded point, 1 mile
SSW of Ras el Hamra Light. A light is shown from a structure,
8m high, standing close WSW of the fort.
7.21 Baie du Lazaret and Baie des Caroubiers lie close SSW and
1.5 miles SSW, respectively, of the fort.
7.21 A group of four conspicuous buildings stand 1.2 miles NW
of the harbor entrance. The prominent Basilica of Saint Augustin
stands 2 miles SW of the harbor entrance.
7.21 A stranded wreck, conspicuous visually and on radar, lies
about 0.4 mile offshore, 5 miles SE of the harbor entrance.
7.21 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots may be contacted
on VHF channel 14 and generally board about 0.5 mile E of the
harbor entrance. During strong E winds, embarkation of the pilot
may be difficult. Vessels should send an ETA through Annaba
(7TB).
7.21 Regulations.—Special regulations are in force in Annaba
and its approaches. A copy should be obtained on arrival in
port.
7.21 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained, in depths of 20 to
22m, within Baie du Lazaret and S or SSW of Fort Genois. Anchorage
can also be taken in Baie des Caroubiers, but it is not
as safe.
7.21 Caution.—Rocks, with a depth of 13m, lie about 1.5 miles E
and 3.5 miles ESE of the harbor entrance.
7.21 A rock, with a depth of 8m, lies about 2.7 miles SE of the
harbor entrance.
7.21 A dangerous wreck lies about 1.5 miles S of the harbor entrance.
7.21 With NW gales, heavy seas are experienced off the harbor
entrance.
7.21 Sections of submarine cable may still exist within a former
prohibited anchorage area in the S part of Baie des Caroubiers.
Pub. 131
Port of Annaba Home Page
http://www.annaba-port.com
Annaba to Cap Serrat
7.22 Cap Rosa (36°57'N., 8°14'E.) is rocky, covered with
brushwood, and dominated by Djebel Karoussa, 247m high. Its
W side is faced with reddish cliffs. A light is shown from a
tower with a dwelling, 13m high, standing on the cape.
7.22 Rocher du Schiavone lies close off a point, 1.5 miles SE of
Cap Rosa. It is conical in shape and 35m high.
7.22 Baie
du Grande Canier and Baie du Petit Canier lie NW and
SE, respectively, of Rocher du Schiavone. These bays afford
fairly good shelter to vessels with local knowledge from winds
between the W and WNW, but both are open to the NE.
7.22 Cap
Gros is located 8 miles ESE of Cap Rosa. This cape is
easily identified as it rises to Kef el Alem, 235m high. Kef Trebiche,
256m high, stands 0.9 mile SSW of the cape.
7.23 El Kala (La Calle) (36°54'N., 8°27'E.) (World Port
Index No. 45480), a small port, lies 1.8 miles SE of Cap Gros
and is used by coasters.
7.23 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is divided into two basins.
The outer basin has a depth of 4.6m and the inner basin
has a depth of 3m. Vessels up to 61m in length and 4.5m draft
can enter in good weather.
7.23 A small jetty is situated 0.6 mile E of the harbor.
7.23 Aspect.—The harbor lies between Point Noire, located 1.7
miles SE of Cap Gross, and Ilot de France, 0.3 mile E. Ilot de
France has numerous buildings on it and is connected at its SE
end to the mainland by the quays at the head of the harbor. A
light is shown from a structure, 8m high, standing on the W
end of Ilot de France. Point Noire is 13m high and fronted on
its W side by a rock, 11m high. The town of La Calle stands on
the S side of the harbor.
7.23 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory. Local knowledge is
recommended. The services of a local resident are reported to
be available.
7.23 Anchorage.—Vessels with local knowledge can anchor within
a bay entered NW of Pointe Noire. It affords good shelter from W
winds, but with NW winds, a heavy swell rolls in.
7.23 Open anchorage can be obtained, in depths of 20 to 26m,
sand and gravel, about 0.4 mile N of Ilot de France Light, but
the holding ground is poor.
7.23 Both of the above anchorages generally become untenable
during winds from the NW or NE.
7.23 Caution.—The depths in the harbor cannot be relied upon
due to silting.
7.24 Monte Rotondo (36°54'N., 8°32'E.), 178m high,
stands 4 miles E of El Kala. The ruins of a factory with tall
chimneys are situated at the foot of this hill.
7.24 Cap Roux (36°57'N., 8°37'E.), located 8.5 miles ENE of El
Kala, can be identified by the reddish cliffs on its W side.
7.24 The
border between Algeria and Tunisia lies about 1.5 miles
E of this cape.
Ras Tabarqah (Cap Tabarka) (36°58'N., 8°45'E.), located 6
miles ENE of Cap Roux, consists of rugged grey cliffs and is
fronted by rocks. A prominent white house stands on a coastal
hill, close W of the cape.
7.24 Jazirat
Tabarqah (Ile de Tabarka) lies 0.2 mile offshore, 0.7
mile ESE of Ras Tabarqah. This island is crowned by a ruined
castle and is 95m high. Its N side is faced with steep cliffs and

Sector 7. Algeria and Tunisia—Cap Matifou to Cap Serrat 99
it slopes gently to the S end, where there are some ruins. A
light is shown from a structure, 8m high, standing on the ruins
of the castle.
7.24 The island is connected at its S end to the mainland by a rubble
causeway.
7.24 A small harbor, situated on the SW side of Jazirat Tabarqah,
has silted up.
7.25 Tabarqah (Tabarka) (36°58'N., 8°46'E.) (World Port
Index No. 45460), a small harbor, is situated on the SE side of
the island and protected by breakwaters. It has depths of 2.5 to
4.2m and is mostly used by fishing vessels and yachts.
7.25 Anchorage
can be obtained E or W of Jazirat Tabarqah, but
neither affords good protection, and the holding ground is bad.
The W roadstead is somewhat sheltered by the island, but is
dangerous in bad weather. In the E roadstead, also known as
the summer anchorage, vessels with local knowledge may anchor
as convenient.
7.25 Djebel Adissa, 889m high, and Djebel Bir, 1,019m high, are
both prominent and stand 13 miles S and 11.5 miles SSE, respectively,
of Cap Roux.
7.25 Djebel Moruna, a rocky hill, stands 3 miles E of Tabarqah. Two
conspicuous monuments, 0.2 mile apart, stand on its NE slope.
7.25 Djebel Zouara stands 11.7 miles NE of Tabarqah. Its prominent
black peak is 218m high. Kef es Sid, 825m high, stands 9
miles SE of Djebel Zouara. Its summit is rocky and resembles
a group of ruins.
7.25 Cap Negro, located 13.5 miles NE of Tabarqah, is not easy to
identify; however, Kef Budmah (Jebel Sidi Mohammed), 474m
high, stands 1 mile SE of it and is a good landmark. Anse Budmah
lies on the S side of the cape and is sheltered from winds
from the NNW through E to S. However, the bottom is mostly
rock, the holding ground is only moderately good, and the N
side of this bay is fringed with rocks.
7.26 Cap Kavansur (37°08'N., 9°02'E.) is located 3 miles
NE of Cap Negro. Kef En Nsoor stands 0.5 mile inland, 1 mile
E of the cape. It is 330m high and has a conspicuous conical
summit. Djebel Zitana (Djebel ech Chitane), 464m high, stands
2 miles E of Kef En Nsoor and is prominent.
7.26 Anse
de Sidi Mechrig lies 5 miles ENE of the cape and can
be identified by a small, rocky point surmounted by a ruin. A
conspicuous monument stands on a hill, close SSE of the point.
Another hill stands 0.5 mile SE of the monument and is surmounted
by a marabout tower.
7.26 Cap Serrat (37°14'N., 9°13'E.), located 11 miles NE of Cap
Kavansur, is fully described in paragraph 8.2.
Pub. 131

8.
Tunisia—Cap Serrat to Ras Ajdir
8.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 8 — CHART INFORMATION
101
Pub. 131

8.0 Plan.—This sector describes the N and E coasts of Tunisia.
The descriptive sequence is from W to E and then N to S.
General Remarks
8.1 Tides—Currents.—In the vicinity of Cap Serrat, the
currents are irregular and generally set with the prevailing
wind.
8.1 In Baie de Banzart and at other places along the N coast of
Tunisia, the tides are small and are often masked by the effects
of the wind and atmospheric pressure which may cause the water
level to vary by up to 1m.
8.1 Caution.—The winds in the vicinity of Cap Serrat are often
accompanied by haze, which makes it difficult to distinguish
the land.
Cap Serrat to Banzart
8.2 Cap Serrat (37°14'N., 9°13'E.), high and steep, is
formed by a ridge which projects NE. Three summits, each
about 186m high, stand on the ridge. A light is shown from a
tower with a dwelling, 13m high, standing on the cape. A signal
station is situated close S of the light.
8.2 Djebel el Hamar stands 4 miles S of the cape. This large and
round mountain is 365m high.
8.2 Djebel Zeizia stands 1 mile W of Djebel Hamar. It is 271m
high and has a jagged summit.
8.2 Djebel Blida stands 0.7 mile inland, 3.5 miles SE of the
cape. It is 245m high and has three cone-shaped summits.
8.2 Djebel Loko stands 0.6 mile inland, 5 miles ENE of Djebel
Blida. It is 126m high and shaped like a sugar loaf.
8.2 Ragoubet
el Goulea (Ras el Golea), a rocky point, is located
8.2 miles E of Cap Serrat. The coast between this point and Ras
el Dukara, 8.5 miles ENE, is formed by rocky cliffs broken by
dry ravines. Ras el Dukara may be identified by its ridge of serrated
cliffs which rise in steps from the sea.
8.2 A depth of 20m was reported (1994) to lie about 4 miles
NNW of Ras el Dukara.
8.2 The
coast between Ras al Dukara and Ras el Korane (Ras el
Kuran), 5.5 miles ENE, is formed by mostly small cliffs and
rocks. These cliffs are broken by sandy beaches through which
flow several small streams.
8.2 Ras
el Korane is formed by rocks and gray sandstone and is
rather flat. Between this point and Ras Ennghela, 4 miles E, the
coast first consists of cliffs and then by a low plateau bordered
by sand hills.
8.2 A
conspicuous red tower stands close to the coast, 1 mile
ESE of Ras el Korane.
Rashadat al Akhawat (Rchadet el Krouat) (Les Fratelli)
(37°18'N., 9°25'E.), a group of rocky islets and foul ground,
lies about 2.5 miles NNE of Ragoubet al Goulea and is the outermost
coastal danger.
8.2 Caution.—A danger area, the limits of which are shown on
the chart, lies in the vicinity of this group of rocks.
SECTOR 8
TUNISIA—CAP SERRAT TO RAS AJDIR
103
8.3 Ras Ennghela (37°21'N., 9°45'E.), the N point of Africa,
consists of a low plateau and is fronted by rocks and
shoals which extend up to 0.7 mile seaward. A light is shown
from a structure, 15m high, standing on the point. The ruins of
a tower are situated close to the light.
8.3 The
coast between this point and Ar Ras al Abayd (Cap
Blanc), 4.5 miles E, consists of a sandy beach followed by
dunes and then cliffs.
Ar Ras al Abayd (Cap Blanc) (37°20'N., 9°50'E.) is formed
by a narrow projection. Its seaward sides consist of vertical
white cliffs. A conspicuous signal station stands 0.6 mile S of
the cape, and two prominent radio masts stand close WNW of
it. A radiobeacon is situated at this signal station.
8.4 Ras Banzart (Cap Bizerte) (37°20'N., 9°52'E.), located
1.2 miles E of Ar Ras al Abayd, is neither as high nor as
steep, but is more salient. Three small, but prominent hills
stand on this cape. A radar surveillance station, equipped with
VHF, is situated on the cape.
8.4 A stranded wreck lies about 0.5 mile E of the cape.
Baie de Banzart (Baie de Bizerte) (37°18'N., 9°56'E.) is entered
between Ras Banzart and Ras al Zabib (Cap Zebib), 11
miles ESE. The city and port of Banzart (Bizerte) lie at the SW
side of this bay.
8.4 Caution.—An IMO-adopted Traffic Separation Scheme
(TSS) lies 17 miles NE of Ras Banzart (Cap Bizerte) and may
best be seen on the chart.
Banzart (Bizerte) and Menzel Bourguiba (Sidi
Abdallah) (37°17'N., 9°53'E.)
World Port Index No. 45440
8.5 The port of Banzart lies at the SW side of Baie de
Banzart, 3.5 miles S of Ras Banzart. It consists mainly of
Avant Port, Le Canal, Goulet du Lac, Lac de Bizerte, and Sidi
Abdallah. The city of Banzart stands principally on the NW
side of Le Canal. The town of Menzel Bourguiba stands close
W of Sidi Abdallah. This is a major harbor with facilities for
most types of vessels. There are naval facilities within the port.
Port of Bizerte Home Page
http://www.ommp.nat.tn
8.5 Tides—Currents.—Tides rise about 0.4m at springs and
0.3m at neaps.
8.5 The current in the canal has been reported (1997) to reach
rates of 1 to 2 knots.
8.5 Depths—Limitations.—Avant Port is protected by three
breakwaters. Jetee Nord, 1,025m long, extends E from the
coast and Jetee Est, 940m long, extends NNE from the coast.
Dique Exterior, a detached breakwater, 610m long, lies off the
entrance and may best be seen on the chart. The main entrance
Pub. 131

104 Sector 8. Tunisia—Cap Serrat to Ras Ajdir
to the harbor lies between Jetee Est and Dique Exterior. The
entrance between Dique Exterior and Jetee Nord is considered
to be dangerous for large and/or single-screw vessels due to
strong tidal currents.
8.5 A fishing harbor, protected by breakwaters, is situated close
SE of Jetee Est.
8.5 The
entrance to Avant Port is dredged to a depth of 12m. The
N part of this basin is used by barges and small craft. Two oil
berths are situated on the inner side of Jetee Est and have
depths of 8.2 and 11m alongside. Tanker vessels up to 50,000
grt, 225m in length, and 11m draft can be accommodated.
8.5 Le
Canal (Canal de Bizerte), quayed on both sides, is entered
in the SW part of Avant Port and leads to Baie de Sebra. The
fairway channel through Le Canal has been dredged to a depth
of 11m. Quai de Commerce, on the N side, has 500m of total
berthing space with a depth of 9m alongside. Quai de Cerealier,
at the junction of Le Canal and Baie de Sebra, is used by
bulk grain vessels. It is 220m long and has a depth of 9m
alongside.
8.5 Quai
de Tunisacier, 130m long, is situated on the N side of
Baie de Sebra and has a depth of 9m alongside. Quai de Cimentier,
180m long, is situated on the SW side of the bay and
has a depth of 9.8m alongside. A channel dredged to a depth of
10m and marked by lighted buoys leads to these facilities. Vessels
up to 200m in length and 9.8m draft can be accommodated.
8.5 A lift bridge spans Le Canal 0.5 mile SW of the entrance.
The lift span is 74m long.
8.5 Goulet
du Lac extends SW for 3 miles from the SW end of
Le Canal and then turns S into Lac de Bizerte (Buhayrat Banzart).
A channel, marked by buoys, leads through Goulet du
Lac and is dredged to a depth of 12m in the N part and 10m in
the S part.
8.5 Baie Ponty and Baie de Seti Meriem, on the N side of Goulet
du Lac, are the site of a naval station which has several finger
piers with depths of 6m alongside.
8.5 Lac
de Bizerte (Buhayrat Banzart) has general depths of 5.5
to 10m. A channel, marked by buoys, leads through the lake
and connects Goulet du Lac with Sidi Abdallah (Menzel
Bourquiba). It has a dredged depth of 10m.
8.5 Sidi
Abdallah (Menzel Bourquiba) is an artificial harbor ba-
sin which is formed by breakwaters on three sides. The main
entrance, 95m wide, is at the NE corner of the harbor and is approached
by the dredged channel which leads through the lake.
The town of Menzel Bourguiba (Manzil Bu Ruqaybah) stands
close W of the harbor.
8.5 The
N part of the harbor has a depth of 10m and the S part
has depths of 5 to 10m. There is 460m of total berthing space
with depths of 6.3 to 8.5m alongside. In addition, there are four
drydocks, the largest being 247m long and 40m wide.
8.5 Aspect.—Djebel Kebir, 277m high, stands 2.7 miles SW of
Ras Banzart and overlooks the city. It is the dominating landmark
in the N approach.
8.5 A conspicuous hotel stands 0.4 mile inland, 2 miles S of Ras
Banzart.
8.5 Fort
Sidi Salem stands 3 miles S of Ras Banzart. The belfry
in the barracks, situated 1 mile SSW of the fort, is prominent.
A conspicuous building stands on the W side of Avant Port, 0.6
mile SSE of Fort Sidi Salem. Zarzuna Minaret stands on the S
side of the harbor and is conspicuous.
Pub. 131
Banzart (Bizerte)—Zarzuna Minaret
8.5 A number of prominent flares are situated about 1.2 miles
SSW of the harbor entrance.
8.5 A light is shown from a prominent structure, 17m high,
standing on the head of Jetee Est.
8.5 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of more than
300 gross tons.
8.5 Pilots may be contacted on VHF channel 14 or 16 and generally
board about 1 mile ENE of the outer detached breakwater.
8.5 Regulations.—Vessels should send an ETA 72 hours, 48
hours, and 24 hours in advance.
8.5 Vessels must not exceed the minimum speed for safety and
steerageway as far as Baie de Sebra, at the SW end of Le Canal.
8.5 Large vessels must enter and depart by the S entrance.
8.5 Submarines are prohibited from diving in an area lying S of
the parallel of the SE head of the detached breakwater, and
bound to the W by the meridian of the same head and to the E
by the meridian of 9°58.5'E.
8.5 The speed of vessels in Goulet du Lac must not exceed 8
knots.
8.5 Anchorage.—Large vessels can obtain anchorage, in a
depth of 30m, about 1 mile E of the SE end of the detached
breakwater.
8.5 Caution.—Banc du Boberak, with depths of less than 1.6m,
extends up to about 0.5 mile from the coast, 2.3 miles SSE of
Ras Banzart.
8.5 Submarine cables and pipelines cross Le Canal and may best
be seen on the chart.
8.5 Due to submarine cables, prohibited anchorage areas, the
limits of which are shown on the chart, lie within Goulet du
Lac and extend seaward from close N of the harbor entrance.
8.5 The detached breakwater should be given a wide berth as it
slopes underwater.
8.5 The head of Jetee Est should be given a wide berth due to
masonry debris lying off it.
8.5 Several obstructions and wrecks lie in the approaches to the
port and may best be seen on the chart.
8.5 It was reported (1989) that the breakwaters are not radar
prominent until vessels are close to the harbor.
Banzart to Golfe de Tunis
8.6 Ras al Zabib (Cab Zebib) (37°16'N., 10°04'E.), located
8.5 miles E of Banzart, can be easily identified by two coni-

cal hills, 90m high, standing on it. The extremity of this cape is
low and fronted by foul ground.
8.6 Iles Cani (37°21'N., 10°07'E.) lies 6 miles NNE of Ras al
Zabib. It consists of two islets, 18 and 20m high, standing on a
rocky bank which extends 1.2 miles NE and SSW of them. A
light is shown from a structure, 21m high, standing on the summit
of the NE and higher of the two islets. A buoy, moored
about 1.3 miles SW of the light, marks the SSW extension of
the bank.
8.6 A depth of 9.5m was reported (1977) to lie about 5 miles
NNE of Iles Cani. A wreck, with a depth of 18m, lies about 6
miles NE of Iles Cani. An isolated bank, with a depth of 17m,
lies about 3.5 miles W of Iles Cani.
8.6 Caution.—An area dangerous for trawling, the limits of
which are shown on the chart, lies 4.5 miles ENE of Iles Cani.
8.7 Ras Sidi ali el Mekki (Cap Farina), located 11.5
miles ESE of Ras al Zabib, is the E extremity of a narrow
promontory and easy to identify. Between Ras al Zabib and
this cape, the coast is rugged and backed by high mountains. A
conspicuous shrine stands on a large sand hill close to the
coast, 2.5 miles SE of Ras al Zabib.
8.7 Ile Pilau lies 1 mile offshore, 2.3 miles NW of Ras Sidi ali el
Mekki. This islet is conical and 116m high.
8.7 Ile
Plane, 9m high, lies 2 miles E of Ras Sidi ali el Mekki. A
light is shown from a structure, 12m high, standing on the islet.
A stranded wreck, which is radar conspicuous, lies on the NW
side of the islet.
8.7 A bank, with a least depth of 12m, extends 2.8 miles NE
from the islet.
8.7 Several rocky shoal patches lie within 1.5 miles of Ras Sidi
ali el Mekki. The shallowest of these patches has a depth of
4.6m and lies about 1 mile NNE of the cape.
8.7 An isolated bank, with a least depth of 15m, lies about 12
miles NE of Ras Sidi ali el Mekki.
Golfe de Tunis
8.8 Golfe de Tunis is entered between Ras Sidi ali el
Mekki (Cap Farina) and Ras at Tib (Cap Bon), 36 miles ESE.
8.8 Oued Medjerda flows into the gulf through a delta, 4.5 miles
SSW of Ras Sidi ali el Mekki. Its mouth is fringed by a shoal
bank which is constantly extending to the E.
8.8 The entrance to Lac de Porto Farina, a shallow lagoon, lies in
a bay close NW of the river delta. A yacht harbor is situated
close NE of the entrance.
8.8 Ras Quamart (Cap Gammarth), located 16 miles SSE of Ras
Sidi ali el Mekki, is formed by a reddish cliff, 20m high. A
rock, with a depth of 5.4m, lies about 0.4 mile NE of the point.
A wreck, with a depth of 14m, lies about 4 miles ESE of the
point.
8.9 Cap Carthage (Ras Qartajannah) (36°52'N.,
10°22'E.) is located 3 miles SSE of Ras Quamart. Sidi Bou
Said Light is shown from a structure, 12m high, standing on
the cape. It was reported (1994) that this light structure was not
easy to distinguish during the day from the other buildings in
the vicinity. A stranded wreck, marked by a buoy, lies 0.3 mile
NE of the cape.
8.9 A small harbor, protected by breakwaters, lies on the S side
Sector 8. Tunisia—Cap Serrat to Ras Ajdir 105
of the cape and is used by fishing craft and yachts. A conspicuous
hotel stands on the beach close SW of this harbor.
8.9 The ruins of the ancient city of Carthage stand on the coast,
1.5 miles SW of the cape. A small white fort is situated close
NE of them.
8.9 The presidential palace stands 1.1 miles SW of the cape and
is conspicuous.
8.9 Caution.—A navigation prohibited area, the limits of which
are shown on the chart, is situated close offshore adjacent to
the presidential palace. It is marked by orange floats and extends
up to about 0.2 mile seaward.
8.9 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in an area approximately
0.3 mile in radius, centered about 320m S of the presidential
palace.
La Goulette (36°48'N., 10°18'E.)
World Port Index No. 45420
8.10 The harbor of La Goulette (Hala al Wadi) is situated
4.5 miles SW of Cap Carthage and serves as an outport for
Tunis. It forms the entrance to Canal de Tunis, a dredged channel,
which leads to the port of Tunis.
Port of La Goulette Home Page
http://www.ommp.nat.tn
8.10 Depths—Limitations.—An approach channel, about 3
miles long, leads to the harbor entrance. It is 100m wide and
dredged to a depth of 12.8m (1998).
8.10 The harbor is protected by two breakwaters and consists of
an outer basin, a main basin, and Bassin de Rhades, which is a
new inner basin situated on the S side of the canal.
8.10 The outer basin lies on the inner side of the W breakwater. It
has depths of 3m and is mostly used by yachts and fishing
craft.
8.10 The main basin, bordered on each side by quays, lies at the
entrance to Canal de Tunis and has general depths of 10.5 to
12m. A turning circle, 300m wide and dredged to a depth of
12m, is situated within this basin.
8.10 North Quay, on the N side of the basin, has 1,097m of total
berthing space, with a depth of 9m alongside. Facilities on the
S side of the basin include a phosphate berth, 120m long, with
a depth of 7.6m alongside; an ore berth, 80m long, with a depth
of 9.8m alongside; a grain berth, 80m long, with a depth of
9.6m alongside; and a tanker berth, 150m long, with a depth of
8.1m alongside.
8.10 Bassin de Rades has 1,200m of total berthing space, with a
depth of 7.2 to 8.8m alongside. There are facilities for ro-ro
and container vessels.
8.10 Vessels up to 200m in length and 8.8m draft can be accommodated.
Tankers up to 180m in length and 8m draft can be accommodated.
8.10 An overhead power cable, with a vertical clearance of 42m,
spans the channel at the E end of Bassin de Rades, about 1.25
miles inside the entrance to La Goulette. Another power cable,
with similar vertical clearance, spans the channel about 0.2
mile E of the first-mentioned cable.
8.10 Aspect.—The approach channel is marked by lighted buoys
Pub. 131

106 Sector 8. Tunisia—Cap Serrat to Ras Ajdir
and an outer approach lighted buoy is moored about 3.5 miles
ESE of the harbor entrance.
8.10 A light is shown from a structure, 11m high, standing at the
head of the harbor, on the N bank. It is intensified between the
bearings which lead through the harbor entrance.
8.10 The conspicuous cupola of St. Louis Chapel is situated on
the N side of the harbor. A prominent clock tower stands 0.7
mile NW of the head of the N breakwater.
8.10 A monument and a steeple, both conspicuous, are situated 2
miles SW and 4.7 miles SSE, respectively, of the head of the N
breakwater.
8.10 Fort de Sidi Ben Hassen stands in the S part of the city of
Tunis and is conspicuous.
8.10 Prominent chimneys stand 1 mile WNW and 1.5 miles
WSW, respectively, of the head of the N breakwater.
8.10 A control tower and several silos stand on the S side of the
harbor and are conspicuous from seaward.
8.10 Djebel Resass, 795m high, stands 13 miles S of the harbor
and is prominent.
8.10 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 100
grt. Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 9, 10, or 16 and
generally board within 0.3 mile of the outer approach lighted
buoy. Pilotage is available 24 hours, except for tankers and ore
carriers, when it is available during daylight hours only. Vessels
should forward an ETA at least 12 hours in advance. Vessels
in the canal should keep a listening watch on VHF channel
10.
8.10 Regulations.—Submarines are prohibited from diving in the
area lying SW of the prolongation of a line joining Ras Quamart
(Cap Gammarth) and Cap Carthage.
8.10 Vessels proceeding from the roadstead to the harbor must
follow the approach channel for its entire length.
8.10 The maximum speed in the harbor is 5 knots.
8.10 Tankers and ore carriers are not allowed to enter or leave the
harbor during the hours of darkness.
8.10 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor in the roadstead sheltered
only from winds between S and W. The best berth, in depths of
12 to 14m, lies between 0.5 and 1 mile N of the outer approach
lighted buoy. Small vessels may anchor N or S of the approach
channel, in depths of 7 to 9m, provided that they do not obstruct
navigation. The bottom consists mostly of fine sand and
affords good holding ground under normal conditions of wind
and sea.
8.10 Caution.—A ferry crosses the harbor at La Goulette.
8.10 Several submarine cables cross the harbor, 1 mile WNW of
the head of the N breakwater. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited
in this area.
Tunis (36°48'N., 10°12'E.)
World Port Index No. 45430
8.11 The port of Tunis lies 5 miles W of La Goulette (Hala
al Wadi) and is approached through Canal de Tunis, which
leads between masonry embankments across Lac de Tunis.
8.11 Winds—Weather.—Formation of a low pressure area in the
mountains to the S of Tunis will usually result in rough weather
in the roadstead with very little warning.
8.11 Depths—Limitations.—Canal de Tunis is dredged (1997)
to a depth of 7m over a width of 45m. It is marked by lighted
Pub. 131
beacons and leads across Lac de Tunis to the port, which consists
of three basins.
8.11 The harbor has 1,135m of total berthing space, with depths
of 5 to 7.5m alongside, and facilities for ro-ro, container, and
bulk vessels. Vessels up to 130m in length and 6.2m draft can
be accommodated.
8.11 Aspect.—A conspicuous hotel stands 3 miles NW of the
harbor.
8.11 A light is shown from a structure, 11m high, standing on the
W side of the harbor. The light is intensified over a narrow sector
covering the alignment of the canal.
8.11 Pilotage.—Pilotage for Canal de Tunis and the harbor is
compulsory. Vessels should maintain a listening watch on VHF
channel 10 while in the canal. See Pilotage for La Goulette in
paragraph 8.10.
8.11 Caution.—A mid-channel course should be maintained as
the cross section of the canal is V-shaped.
8.11 The speed of vessels in the canal is limited according to tonnage.
Tunis to Sousse
8.12 Pointe Er Reis (36°48'N., 10°33'E.) is located on the
E side of Golfe de Tunis, 12 miles E of the harbor entrance at
La Goulette (Halq al Wadi).
8.12 A bank, on which lies numerous rocks and wrecks, extends
up to about 1.5 miles NW from a point on the coast, 2 miles
SSW of Pointe Er Reis.
8.12 Ras Dourdass is located 4.5 miles NNE of Pointe Er Reis.
The coast between is backed by a range of mountains.
8.12 Rass
el Fartass, located 1.7 miles NE of Ras Dourdass, is
steep and rocky. Its summit is 100m high and is surmounted by
some ruins.
8.12 Rass el Ahmar (37°03'N., 10°54'E.), a low and rocky point,
is located 18 miles NE of Rass el Fartass. A prominent hill,
97m high, stands 1.2 miles SSE of the point and from certain
directions appears as an islet.
8.12 Sidi Daoud, a small harbor, lies 3 miles SSW of the point. It
is protected by breakwaters and mostly used by fishing craft
and yachts.
8.13 Ile Zembra (Djamour el Kebir) (37°08'N., 10°48'E.)
lies 7 miles NW of Rass el Ahmar. This island is 435m high
and an above-water rock lies about 0.5 mile W of its N extremity.
A yacht harbor, protected by breakwaters, is situated on the
S side of the island. A light is shown from the SW extremity of
the island.
8.13 Ile Zembretta (Djamour es Srir), 49m high, lies 3.7 miles
NNW of Ras el Ahmar. A light is shown from a structure, 8m
high, standing on this islet.
8.13 Caution.—A dangerous wreck, marked by several buoys,
lies about 1 mile SSE of the harbor entrance at Ile Zembra.
8.13 Vessels are advised to avoid navigating within an area which
extends up to 1 mile from the S coast of Ile Zembra, due to
yacht moorings.
8.13 Fishing is prohibited within 1.5 miles of Ile Zembra.
8.13 Ile Zembra has been declared a military island and landing is
prohibited.
8.13 A wreck is reported to lie in position 37°07.5'N, 10°46.0'E.

8.14 Ras at Tib (Cap Bon) (37°05'N., 11°03'E.), located
6.5 miles ENE of Rass el Ahmar, is the NE extremity of Tunisia
and also of the mountainous promontory which separates
Golfe de Tunis from the Golfe de Hammamet. A signal station
surmounts the summit of the hill, which dominates the cape,
and two prominent radio masts stand close W of it.
8.14 A light is shown from a structure, 20m high, standing 0.5
mile SE of the cape. A radiobeacon is situated 0.5 mile S of the
light.
8.14 A shoal, with a least depth of 2m, lies close N of the cape.
8.14 Sidi Mohamed Ech Cherif, a marabout, stands on a hill 5
miles S of Ras at Tib (Cap Bon). It is large, prominent, and surrounded
by trees.
8.14 Banc El Haouaria (37°20'N., 11°02'E.) lies about 14.5
miles N of Ras at Tib (Cap Bon). This bank has a least depth of
22m and a dangerous wreck lies on it.
8.14 Caution.—An IMO-adopted Traffic Separation Scheme
(TSS) lies 6 miles NNE of Ras at Tib (Cap Bon) and can best
be seen on the chart.
8.15 Ras ed Drek (37°03'N., 11°04'E.) is the S of three
points which lie close together, 3.5 miles SE of Ras at Tib (Cap
Bon). These points are fronted by rocks and shoals. The ruins
of a fort surmount a ridge immediately above Ras ed Drek.
8.15 Caution.—Several lights and lighted buoys, one of which is
equipped with a racon, lie close S of Ras ed Drek. These aids
mark the landing area of two submarine gas pipelines which
extend NE to the coast of Sicily.
8.15 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in this vicinity. Vessels
damaging these pipelines may incur serious risk of fire or explosion
and loss of buoyancy.
8.16 Ras el Melah (36°52'N., 11°08'E.), marked by a light,
is located 11 miles SSE of Ras ed Drek. The point is low but
rises to a large whitish sandhill. A shoal bank extends up to 0.5
mile from the point and an obstruction, with a depth of 16m,
lies about 1.5 miles NNE of it.
Ras Mostefa (Ras Mustafa) (36°50'N., 11°07'E.), located
2.5 miles SSW of Ras el Melah, is dominated by a conspicuous
hill on which stands a large fortress. The cape consists of two
sharp points, on the W of which stand the ruins of a battery and
a marabout. A customhouse is situated close N of the marabout.
Kelibia Light is shown from a structure, 18m high,
standing on the E end of the fortress.
8.16 Caution.—Several submarine cables extend seaward from a
point on the shore, 1 mile N of the cape. Anchorage is prohibited
in the vicinity of these cables.
8.16 A dangerous wreck lies about 1.3 miles SSW of the cape.
8.17 Burj Qualaybiyah (Kelibia Bay) (36°50'N.,
11°07'E.) (World Port Index No. 45415), a very small harbor,
lies in a bay on the W side of Ras Mostefa. It is protected by
breakwaters and the entrance is 55m wide. There are depths of
5 to 7m in the SW part of the harbor, but the NE part is shoal.
The harbor is mostly used by small craft and yachts with local
knowledge. Qualaybiyah, a small town, stands at the head of
the bay. It was reported (1988) that this harbor is used as a base
for offshore oil and gas operations.
8.17 Anchorage can be taken off the harbor, about 0.5 mile SW of
Ras Mostefa. The roadstead has depths of 11 to 15m and is
Sector 8. Tunisia—Cap Serrat to Ras Ajdir 107
sheltered from W and N winds. The bottom is mostly sand and
the holding ground is good.
8.17 Tazerka Oil Terminal (36°36'N., 11°41'E.) (World Port Index
No. 45435), lies 31 miles SE of Ras el Melah and consists
of a lighted platform.
8.17 Pilotage.—Pilotage, docking, and getting underway are accomplished
by a Berthing Master who remains onboard for the
entire stay. Vessels should send an ETA upon departure from
the previous port and update it 72 hours, 48 hours, and 24
hours prior to arrival. Any change of ETA of 3 hours should also
be reported. The Berthing Master boards 2 miles off the FP-
SU.
8.18 Rass Maamoura (Ras al Mamurah) (36°27'N.,
10°48'E.), located 27 miles SW of Ras Mostefa, is low and has
a village standing on it. A conspicuous tomb stands on the
shoulder of the SE foothill, 1.5 miles N of the point. A dangerous
wreck lies close S of Rass Maamoura.
8.18 A small fishing harbor, protected by breakwaters, is situated
on the S side of the point. A minaret stands 1 mile N of the harbor
and is prominent from seaward.
8.18 Isolated
banks, with depths of 26 to 28m, lie 15 miles ENE
(Banc de Kourba), 5 miles S (Banc Nabeul), and 11 miles S
(Banc Maamoura) of Rass Maamoura. These banks should be
avoided in bad weather, especially during NE gales.
8.19 Golfe de Hammamet (Khalij al Hammamat)
(36°10'N., 10°40'E.) is entered between Rass Maamoura and
the Presqu’ile de Monastir, a peninsula 41 miles S.
8.19 Al Hammamet (36°24'N., 10°37'E.), a small fortified town,
stands 10 miles WSW of Rass Maamoura. It is built on a low,
sandy promontory, the S extremity of which is known as Ras
Hammamet. The coast in this vicinity is built up with large hotels.
8.19 A tower, from which a light is shown, stands at the W angle
of the fortifications of the town. A conspicuous church and a
marabout are situated 0.7 mile and 1.2 miles WNW, respectively,
of the tower. A conspicuous house stands on the coast, 0.8
mile NW of Ras Hammamet.
8.19 A dangerous wreck, marked on its W side by a buoy, lies
about 0.3 mile WNW of Ras Hammamet.
8.19 Anchorage, sheltered from N and NW winds, can be obtained,
in a depth of 14m, off the town. The holding ground is
fair and the bottom is mostly sand and grass; however, at times
NW squalls blow down from the mountains.
8.19 Caution.—A submarine cable extends seaward from a point
on the shore, 5 miles SW of Ras Hammamet.
8.20 Hergla (36°02'N., 10°31'E.), a small town, is situated
22 miles SSW of Al Hammamet. It is fronted by a small harbor
which is protected by breakwaters marked by lights and used
by fishing craft and yachts. The town can be identified by a
prominent minaret, the dome of a mosque, and a prominent
water tower.
8.20 In the vicinity of this town, the shore is rocky and numerous
rocks, awash, lie close inshore. Farther to the S, the coast again
becomes sandy.
8.20 El
Kantaoui, an extensive yacht harbor, is situated 9.2 miles
SE of Hergla near Rass Marsa and is protected by two jetties. A
conspicuous hotel stands on the S side of the harbor.
Pub. 131

108 Sector 8. Tunisia—Cap Serrat to Ras Ajdir
8.20 Caution.—A stranded wreck lies midway between Rass
Marsa and Sousse.
Sousse (Susah) (35°50'N., 10°39'E.)
World Port Index No. 45410
8.21 The port of Sousse lies in the SW part of Golfe de
Hammamet, 38 miles SSW of Rass Maamoura.
8.21 Winds—Weather.—At times, heavy NW squalls descend
from the mountains. The winds in winter are mainly between
the NW and SW; in summer, they are mainly between the N
and NE.
8.21 It is reported that strong N winds generate a current which
make entry to the harbor very difficult.
8.21 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is protected by a breakwater,
670m long, and is entered between two piers, 65m apart.
The entrance channel is dredged (1986) to a depth of 8.5m.
8.21 A small basin, with a depth of 4.8m, lies in the SW part of
the harbor and is used by fishing vessels. Another small basin,
with depths of 1.8 to 3.9m, lies in the NW part of the harbor
and is used by yachts.
8.21 The main commercial basin has 1,200m of total berthing
space, with depths of 7.8 to 8.7m alongside. There are facilities
for ro-ro, container, bulk, and tanker vessels. Vessels up to
165m in length and 8.7m draft have been accommodated.
8.21 Aspect.—A light is shown from a structure, 22m high,
standing 0.8 mile WSW of the head of the breakwater. The approach
to the entrance channel is marked by lighted buoys. An
outer approach lighted buoy is moored about 0.6 mile E of the
breakwater head.
8.21 Several prominent landmarks, including a church belfry in
the NW part and the tower of a cathedral in the SW part, are
situated in the town. However, it is reported that all landmarks
are difficult to distinguish because of the multiplicity of them
and because of haze.
8.21 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 100 grt.
Pilots may be contacted on VHF channel 12 or 16 and generally
board off the entrance channel.
8.21 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 11m,
within the roadstead, but it is exposed to winds from the N to
SE. The holding ground is poor, except during the summer
when it may be considered good due to the deadening of the
waves by seaweed. Vessels should anchor about 0.7 mile ESE
of the head of the breakwater and S of the outer approach lighted
buoy.
8.21 Caution.—It is reported (1991) that the lighted buoys marking
the approach should not be relied upon.
8.21 A submarine pipeline, marked by a buoy, extends 0.5 mile E
from a point on the shore, 0.8 mile NW of the head of the
breakwater. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in the vicinity
of this pipeline.
Pub. 131
Port of Sousse Home Page
http://www.ommp.nat.tn
Sousse to Sfax
8.22 Monastir (35°46'N., 10°50'E.), a town, is situated 10
miles ESE of Sousse. It is surrounded by battlement walls and
stands at the NE end of Presqu’ile de Monastir, the peninsula
which forms the S entrance point of Golfe de Hammamet. This
peninsula is faced with rugged cliffs on its N side on which
stand, at the W end, a large hotel, a stadium, a palace, and a
large white house in ruins. A prominent marabout stands at the
E end. The E side of the peninsula slopes gently to the sea.
8.22 Ile
Egdemsi (Ile Sidi el Rhedamsi), 14m high, lies 0.2 mile
off the NE side of the peninsula and is joined to it by a spit. A
chimney and the buildings of a tunny fishery are situated on
this islet.
8.22 An extensive yacht harbor is situated between the mainland
and Ile Egdemsi, and an old fishing harbor lies close SE.
8.22 A fort standing 1 mile SSE of Monastir is prominent from
seaward.
8.22 A conspicuous thermal power station stands 7 miles WNW
of Monastir and is fronted by a small harbor, protected by
breakwaters.
8.22 Caution.—A prohibited area, the limits of which are shown
on the chart, extends up to 2 miles from the shore in the vicinity
of the power station.
8.22 A dangerous wreck lies approximately 4 miles ESE of the
light in the town of Monastir.
8.23 Ile Kuriate (35°48'N., 11°02'E.), a low island, lies 10
miles ENE of Monastir. A light is shown from a structure, 26m
high, standing on the summit of the island.
8.23 Ile Conigliera, a small and low island, lies 1.5 miles SSW of
Ile Kuriate.
8.23 Tunny nets, up to 3.5 miles long, are laid out NW and NNW
of these islands between the months of April and August.
8.23 A bank, with depths of less than 11m, extends up to 3 miles
E of Ile Kuriate. In bad weather, heavy seas are encountered on
this bank.
8.23 Several
dangerous wrecks lie within 6 miles E and SE of Ile
Kuriate and may best be seen on the chart.
Baie de Monastir (Baie dal Munastir) (35°43'N., 10°54'E.)
lies between Presqu’ile de Monastir and a shallow spit extending
NE, 8 miles SE. Several wrecks lie in the vicinity of this
bay and the spit and may best be seen on the chart.
8.23 This
bay offers very good anchorage, but it is exposed to N
and NE winds. The masses of seaweed, which fringe the shore
and surround the islands, deaden the sea and render anchorage
in depths of less than 10m secure. Vessels can anchor at the E
side of the spit.
Rass Dimasse (Ras Daymas) (35°38'N., 11°03'E.), located
13 miles SE of Monastir, is low, fronted by a shoal bank, and
hard to identify. A conspicuous mosque surmounts a hill, 1.2
miles SSW of the point. A prominent windmill stands 3 miles
SSW of the point and a pier, with a flagstaff at its head, is situated
0.5 mile SE of it.
Cap Afrique (Ras Ifriqiya) (35°31'N., 11°05'E.), is located 7
miles S of Rass Dimasse. It is also the extremity of a narrow
peninsula.

8.24 Al Mahdiyah (Mahdia) (35°30'N., 11°04'E.) (World
Port Index No. 45400), a town, stands on the peninsula close W
of the cape. A conspicuous tomb is situated near the extremity
of the cape. A light is shown from a structure, 15m high, standing
near the tomb. A conspicuous school building is situated
1.2 miles W of the light. A prominent castle and a prominent
minaret stand 0.2 mile and 0.5 mile WSW, respectively, of the
light.
8.24 A
small harbor, protected by an outer breakwater and two in-
ner breakwaters, lies on the S side of the narrow peninsula. It
has depths of 2.3 to 4.5m and is reported to be used by small
coasters. Anchorage can be taken S of the town in convenient
depths. The bottom is rocky, but shelter is afforded from winds
from the N to NE.
8.24 Rass
Salakta, located 7 miles S of Cap Afrique, is fringed
with rocks. In the vicinity of this point, the hills, which are
100m high, approach the coast and the beach gives way to vertical
cliffs. A town, situated 3 miles WNW of the point, is visible
from seaward. A small fishing harbor, protected by
breakwaters, lies on the S side of the point.
8.25 Rass Kaboudia (Ras Kabudiyah) (35°14'N.,
11°09'E.), located 11 miles SSE of Rass Salakta, is the SE extremity
of a rocky plateau which ends in a small peninsula.
This peninsula is fringed with islets and a chimney, and the
buildings of a tunny fishery are situated on it. A light is shown
from a tower, 18m high, on the NE extremity of the point.
8.25 A small fishing harbor is situated close SSE of the point.
8.25 A
dangerous wreck, marked by a buoy, lies about 10 miles
SSE of Rass Kaboudia.
Kerkennah Banks (Bancs Qarqannah) (35°00'N., 11°30'E.)
extend up to about 45 miles seaward from the coast between
Rass Kaboudia and Ras Bou Rmada (Ras bu Ramadah), 52
miles SW. They are mostly formed of sand, mud, and weeds.
8.25 The seaward sides of the bank are fringed with shoals and
are marked by lighted buoys. The outermost lighted buoy is
moored about 40 miles SE of Rass Kaboudia.
8.25 Numerous wrecks lie in the vicinity of this bank and may
best be seen on the chart.
8.25 Canal des Kerkennah (Majaz Qarqannah), a buoyed channel,
leads SW across the inner part of the bank and is available to
vessels with drafts up to 3m.
8.25 Iles Kerkennah (34°40'N., 11°10'E.), consisting of Ile Chergui
and Ile Gharbi, lie on the S part of the banks. These islands
are low and difficult to identify from seaward.
8.25 Ile
Chergui (Jazirat Ash Sharki) is the larger and NE island.
A light is shown from a structure, 9m high, standing on the
NW extremity of the island. A small fishing harbor is situated
close SE of the light.
8.25 Another
small fishing harbor is situated at El Attaia, 6 miles
SSE of the light. A radiobeacon is situated in the vicinity of
this harbor. A channel, marked by buoys, leads to the harbor.
Its seaward entrance lies 4 miles SSE of El Attaia, but local
knowledge is required.
8.25 Ile Gharbi (Jazirat al Gharbi) is the SW island. A small harbor
is situated at Rass Sidi Youssef, its W extremity. A ferry
boat runs from here to Sfax several times a day.
8.25 A lighted buoy, which marks the S edge of Kerkennah
Banks, is moored about 12 miles SSW of Ras Sidi Youssef.
8.25 Caution.—An anchoring and fishing prohibited area, the
Sector 8. Tunisia—Cap Serrat to Ras Ajdir 109
limits of which are shown on the chart, extends NW across Canal
des Kerkennah from the W end of Ile Gharbi to the mainland.
8.25 Several dangerous wrecks lie in the S approaches to Canal
des Kerkennah and may best be seen on the chart.
8.26 Ashtart Oil Terminal (34°17'N., 11°23'E.) (World
Port Index No. 45377) lies S of the banks, 26 miles SE of the S
extremity of Ile Gharbi. It consists of a lighted offshore platform
with flares; a large storage barge, moored 1 mile SSW of
the platform; and an SBM situated 1.5 miles W of the platform.
Submarine cables and pipelines connect these three facilities.
8.26 A radiobeacon is situated at the platform and transmits in
low visibility when a tanker vessel is expected. The berths lie
in a depth of 66m. Vessels up to 150,000 dwt can be accommodated
at the SBM; in good weather, vessels up to 100,000 dwt
can be accommodated alongside the storage barge.
8.26 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots generally board in
the anchorage area about 3 miles S of the platform.
8.26 Regulations.—Berthing is only permitted by day; one tug is
available to assist.
8.26 The terminal can be contacted on VHF channel 6, 9, or 16.
Unauthorized approach is prohibited.
8.26 Vessels should send an ETA 72 hours, 48 hours, and 24
hours in advance to SEREPT Sfax.
8.26 Anchorage.—Vessels may anchor, in a depth of 66m, about
6 miles S of the storage barge. Unauthorized anchoring within
3 miles of the terminal is prohibited.
Sfax (34°44'N., 10°46'E.)
World Port Index No. 45390
8.27 The port of Sfax lies W of Iles Kerkennah and 36
miles SW of Rass Kaboudia.
Port of Sfax Home Page
http://www.ommp.nat.tn
8.27 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 1.7m at springs and
1.1m at neaps.
8.27 In the roadstead, the flood current sets NE and the ebb sets
SW. They attain rates up to 1.7 knots at springs.
8.27 Depths—Limitations.—An approach channel, 2.5 miles
long, leads NW to the harbor entrance. It is 40m wide and is
dredged to a depth of 11m.
8.27 A fishing harbor, protected by breakwaters, lies close S of
the main harbor and is entered by a narrow channel dredged to
a depth of 5m; it has been reported (1996) that there is less water
in the dredged channel.
8.27 The main commercial basins have 1,970m of total quayage,
with depths of 10.3 to 10.5m alongside. There are facilities for
general cargo, phosphate, salt, sulphur, container, ro-ro, and
tanker vessels. Vessels up to 185m in length and 10.5m draft
can be accommodated.
8.27 Aspect.—Towers, 18m and 207m high, stand close SW and
1.7 miles NW, respectively, of Ras Sidi Mansour, a point located
7 miles NE of the port.
8.27 The white buildings of the town are dominated by a tall min-
Pub. 131

110 Sector 8. Tunisia—Cap Serrat to Ras Ajdir
aret, the green-roofed tower of the town hall, and a domed tower
standing near the waterfront.
8.27 Prominent marks include the cement factory and associated
chimney situated 0.2 mile NW of the N basin; a tower standing
at the SE entrance point of the outer basin; several storage
tanks situated in the vicinity of the N basin; and the phosphate
loaders and overhead transporter cranes standing on the quays.
8.27 A conspicuous house stands 2.3 miles W of the harbor entrance
and three tall chimneys stand 0.5 mile E of it. A conspicuous
building, with a water tower close NE of it, is situated
near a reservoir, 1.5 miles S of the above conspicuous house.
8.27 A light is shown from a structure, 17m high, standing on the
quay at the NW side of the harbor. The light is intensified between
the bearings which cover the entrance. The approach
channel is marked by lighted buoys and beacons.
8.27 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 100 grt.
Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 16 and generally
board about 1 mile SE of the entrance to the approach channel.
Vessels should send an ETA 4 hours in advance. Vessels intending
to enter at night should send a confirmation at least 1
hour before sunset. Pilots are available 24 hours, but entry at
night is inadvisable. Entry and departure by night is not permitted
for tankers of any size.
8.27 Anchorage.—Sheltered anchorage, in convenient depths,
can be taken in the roadstead. The holding ground is good and
the bottom is mostly mud or sand and weeds. It is advisable to
anchor NE of the entrance of the approach channel.
8.27 Caution.—A dangerous wreck lies adjacent to the N side of
the approach channel, about 0.7 mile SE of the harbor entrance.
8.27 A wreck, with a depth of 3.9m, lies about 1.2 miles ESE of
the harbor entrance.
8.27 An isolated patch, with a depth of 3m, was reported (1962)
to lie about 2.3 miles S of the harbor entrance.
8.27 A submarine cable extends SE from a point close SW of the
harbor entrance.
Sfax to Gabes
8.28 Ras Tina (34°38'N., 10°43'E.) is located 5.5 miles
SW of Sfax. A small jetty is situated on the N side of this point.
A light is shown from a prominent structure, 44m high, standing
1.5 miles WNW of the point.
8.28 The prominent village of Nakta, with a water tower, is situated
7.5 miles SW of Ras Tina.
8.28 Rass Bou Rmada (Ras Burmada) (34°31'N., 10°33'E.) is located
11 miles SW of Ras Tina. A wreck, with a depth of 10m,
lies about 2.5 miles SSE of the point.
8.28 The
small town of Mahares is situated 2.5 miles W of Rass
Bou Rmada and is dominated by a prominent minaret and several
shrines. Vessels with local knowledge can anchor, in
depths of 6 to 12m, good holding ground, S of the minaret.
8.28 Rass Yonga (34°25'N., 10°22'E.), located 9 miles SW of
Mahares, is low and hard to identify. A conspicuous mosque
stands 1.5 miles WNW of the point.
Gulf de Gabes (Khalij Qabis) (33°54'N., 10°07'E.) lies between
Rass Yonga and the NW extremity of Ile de Djerba,
about 37 miles SE. The oil terminal of La Skhirra is situated in
the NW part of the gulf and the port of Rhennouch (Ghan-
Pub. 131
nouche), with the town of Gabes, is situated in the SW part.
The shores of the gulf are mostly fringed by sand banks.
8.28 Caution.—Drilling operations are being carried out in the
gulf. The sites are usually marked by black and yellow buoys.
8.28 An anchorage prohibited area, with a radius of 1.5 miles, lies
12 miles SSW of Rass Yonga.
8.28 A gas pipeline runs N of the Ashtart Terminal to the Miskar
gas field. The pipeline originates at the coast SE of the town of
Nakta and is best seen on the chart.
8.29 Skhira el Kedima (34°20'N., 10°10'E.), a small projection,
is located 11.5 miles SW of Rass Yonga. A small pier,
with a depth of 1.2m at its head, extends 300m S from this projection.
8.29 Between
Rass Yonga and Skhira el Kedima, the marshy
coast is fronted by a bank of mud and weed which dries and extends
up to 8 miles offshore. Several small rocky islets lie on
this bank.
8.29 Ilot Kneiss lies on the bank, 4.5 miles SW of Rass Yonga. This
islet is 7m high and a prominent geodetic pillar stands on it.
8.29 The
seaward edge of the bank is marked by beacons. The W
edge of the bank forms the E side of Baie des Sur-Kenis, which
lies between the bank and the NW coast of the gulf. The W
side of this bay is marked by rugged, red cliffs.
8.29 Oued
ben Ghafef flows into the bay, 0.7 mile E of Skhira el
Kedima. It is fronted by a bar across which a narrow channel,
with a depth of 3m, leads. Small craft with local knowledge
can enter the river.
8.30 La Skhira (As Sukhayrah) (34°17'N., 10°06'E.)
(World Port Index No. 45380), an oil terminal, lies within the
Baie des Sur Kenis, 1.2 miles SW of Skhira el Kedima.
8.30 Tides—Currents.—The tide rises about 2.1m at springs and
1.4m at neaps.
8.30 Depths—Limitations.—The terminal consists of a jetty
which extends 1.2 miles SE from the shore. The berths consist
of a pier, which extends SSW from the head of the jetty, and
several mooring dolphins. The berths have depths of 14.5 to
15.3m alongside and tanker vessels up to 164,500 dwt, with a
maximum length of 300m and a maximum draft of 15.5m at
high water springs, can be accommodated.
8.30 Aspect.—A radio mast, 80m high, stands near the root of the
terminal jetty and a prominent water tower is situated 1 mile
ENE of it.
8.30 A light is shown from a structure standing 0.5 mile NW of
the root of the jetty.
8.30 Several prominent storage tanks are situated close NW of the
light. The village of Skhira, fronted by a breakwater and a disused
light structure, is situated 3 miles SW of the terminal jetty.
A ruined tower stands 3.7 miles SSW of the village.
8.30 Djebel Beida, 275m high, stands 16 miles SW of Skhira and
is conspicuous.
8.30 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted
on VHF channel 11, 12, 14, or 16 and generally board between
1 and 2 miles S of the berths. Vessels should send an ETA 48
hours and 24 hours in advance. Messages should be sent to
RAPETROL, La Skhira through La Skhira (3VP).
8.30 The approach to the terminal is marked by lighted buoys,
which may best be seen on the chart.
8.30 Anchorage.—Vessels may anchor, in a depth of 18m, about

1 mile SSE of the head of the jetty or, in a depth of 23m, about
2.5 miles SSE of the head of the jetty. The anchorage is dangerous
in W gales.
8.30 Caution.—An anchorage prohibited area lies E of Lighted
Buoy No. 1 and may best be seen on the chart.
8.30 Several wrecks and obstructions lie in the outer approaches
to the port and may best be seen on the chart.
Gabes (Ghannouche) (33°54'N., 10°07'E.)
World Port Index No. 45375
8.31 Gabes lies on the W side of Gulf de Gabes, 24 miles S
of La Skhira. The port includes the commercial harbor of Ghannouche
(Port de Rhennouch), which is entered through a
dredged channel, and the fishing harbor of Gabes, situated 2
miles S.
Port of Gabes Home Page
http://www.ommp.nat.tn
8.31 Tides—Currents.—The tide rises about 2.1m at springs and
1.3m at neaps.
8.31 The tidal currents set across the entrance channel, particularly
near the breakwaters.
8.31 Depths—Limitations.—The commercial port is protected
by two breakwaters. The approach channel is dredged to a
depth of 12.5m. The main facilities include 975m of total quayage,
with a depth of 10.5m alongside, and 785m of total quayage,
with a depth of 12.5m alongside. There are facilities for
general cargo, passenger, ro-ro, tanker, natural gas, ore, and
bulk vessels. Vessels up to 11.8m draft can be accommodated.
8.31 The fishing harbor is protected by a curved breakwater and
has depths of 3 to 4m within it.
8.31 Aspect.—The coast in the area of the port is generally lowlying
with sand dunes fronting the beach. A range of hills, paralleling
the coast, stands 4 miles inland and rises to heights of
between 100m and 140m.
8.31 A cluster of industrial installations, situated to the W of the
commercial harbor, can be seen from seaward. A prominent
chimney, 44m high, stands at a power station, to the N of the
commercial harbor. The dredged approach channel leading to
the commercial harbor is marked by lighted buoys. An outer
approach lighted buoy is moored about 2.6 miles NE of the
heads of the breakwaters.
8.31 A light is shown from a structure, 11m high, standing close
W of the fishing harbor. A conspicuous hotel is situated 0.5
mile SW of the light and a prominent mast, 106m high, stands
close SW of the hotel.
8.31 It was reported that an aeronautical radiobeacon is situated in
the vicinity of the airfield S of the town of Gabes.
8.31 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted
on VHF channel 12, 15, 16, or 17 and generally board in the vicinity
of the outer approach lighted buoy.
8.31 It is reported that the VHF range is limited to under 12 miles.
8.31 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in depths of 12 to 24m,
very poor holding ground, S of the dredged approach channel.
Sector 8. Tunisia—Cap Serrat to Ras Ajdir 111
Gabes to Ras Ajdir
8.32 Rass el Djorf (33°42'N., 10°43'E.) is located 32 miles
ESE of Gabes and formed by red cliffs, 15 to 18m high. The coast
between is fronted by shoals which extend up to 2.5 miles offshore
in places, especially in the approaches to Canal d’Adjim.
8.32 Guettaiet el Baharia, a low islet, lies in the W entrance to Canal
d’Adjim, 1.5 miles N of Ras el Djorf.
Ile de Djerba (Jazirat Jerbah) (33°50'N., 10°50'E.), a large
island, lies NE of Ras el Djorf and is flat and covered with
palm trees. Khalij bu Ghirarah (Bahiret el Bou Grara), a landlocked
bay, is formed by the indented S coast of the island and
the indented coast of the mainland. Entry into this bay is from
the W by Canal d’Adjim. Entry from the E is obstructed. The
village of Adjim stands at the SW extremity of the island.
8.32 The entrance to Canal d’Adjim, the W channel, is marked by
a lighted beacon situated 5.5 miles W of Rass el Djorf. Several
narrow channels, marked by beacons and buoys, lead E and
then SSE into Khalij bu Ghirarah from the vicinity of the lighted
beacon.
8.32 Caution.—Although the bay has depths of 11 to 14m in its
center, vessels are limited to a draft of about 3m because of
shoaling at both ends of the channels. An overhead cable, with
a vertical clearance of 30m, spans the channel, 1.2 miles SE of
Rass el Djorf. A submarine cable crosses the channel close S of
the overhead cable.
8.33 Bordj Djellidj (Burj Jillij) (33°53'N., 10°45'E.) is the
S entrance point of the Golfe de Gabes and the NW extremity
of Ile de Djerba. A small fort stands on the point. A light is
shown from a structure, 12m high, standing on the NW corner
of the fort. A prominent control tower stands 1.7 miles ESE of
the fort and an aeronautical light is shown close SE of it.
8.33 The
N coast of Ile de Djerba is fronted by a bank of mud and
weed, which has depths of less than 5.5m and extends up to 3
miles offshore in places. Heavy seas are raised off the N edge
of this bank by the slightest winds.
8.33 Dangerous wrecks lie about 8 miles NW and 13.5 miles
NNW of Bordj Djellidj.
8.33 Caution.—A fish haven area, the limits of which are shown
on the chart, lies 3.7 miles SW of Bordj Djellidj.
8.34 Houmt Souk (33°53'N., 10°51'E.) (World Port Index
No. 45370), a small harbor, lies 5.5 miles E of Bordj Djellidj
and is used by small coasters. A light is shown from a structure,
8m high, standing close SW of the harbor.
8.34 The harbor basin has depths of 1.5 to 4.5m and is protected
by breakwaters which extend 0.2 mile N on each side of the entrance
and cover at HW.
8.34 A
buoy, marking the edge of the coastal bank, is moored
about 4.2 miles NE of the light. Small vessels, with local
knowledge, may enter the harbor by day through a secondary
channel leading SSW across the flats from close S of the buoy.
This channel, only 15m wide, is dredged to a depth of 4m.
8.34 A
lighted approach buoy is moored about 4 miles N of the
light and a main channel, marked by lighted beacons, leads S
from it to the harbor basin. Vessels may anchor, although exposed
to all but S winds, in the vicinity of this lighted approach
buoy where there is good holding ground.
Pub. 131

112 Sector 8. Tunisia—Cap Serrat to Ras Ajdir
8.35 Rass Taguermess (33°49'N., 11°04'E.) is located
10.5 miles ESE of Houmt Souk. A light is shown from a structure,
49m high, standing on a hill, 0.5 mile W of the point. A
conspicuous hotel stands near the coast, 3.5 miles NW of the
light. A conspicuous mosque stands 2.5 miles S of the white
hills which back the point.
8.35 Vessels should give Rass Taguermess a wide berth as it is
fringed with shoals and foul ground. Several dangerous wrecks
lie offshore in this vicinity and may best be seen on the chart.
8.35 Aghir is located 4.7 miles SSW of Rass Taguermess. A
prominent fort stands at this town and a light is shown from a
structure, 6m high, standing on it.
8.35 Bordj Kastil (Bordj Castille), a prominent castle, stands on
the extremity of a peninsula, 5 miles SSW of Aghir. Several
mosques, situated inland, are also visible from seaward.
8.35 A series of low islets extends S from the peninsula and encloses
a shallow bay. A causeway, lying 3 miles SW of Bordj
Kastil, extends SSE from Ile de Djerba to the mainland and
blocks the E entrance to Bahiret el Bou Grara.
8.35 Rass Marmour (33°37'N., 11°03'E.), located 5.5 miles SE
of Bordj Kastil, stands at the N extremity of a chain of hills
faced with cliffs, which back this part of the coast.
8.35 Didon Oil Terminal (33°47'N., 11°53'E.) is an SBM located
approximately 45 miles E of Ile de Djerba. Pilotage is compulsory.
Vessels should provide an ETA 7 days, 72 hours, 48 hours
and 24 hours in advance of arrival. The pilot boards in position
33°47'N, 11°53.6'E.
8.36 Zarzis (33°30'N., 11°07'E.) (World Port Index No.
45365), a small harbor, lies 8 miles SSE of Rass Marmour. It is
protected by a breakwater which extends 1 mile seaward, and
is approached through a channel, 5 miles long, which is
marked by buoys and is dredged to a depth of 13m. An outer
approach lighted buoy is moored about 8.5 miles E of the har-
Pub. 131
bor entrance.
Port of Zarzis Home Page
http://www.ommp.nat.tn
8.36 A small fort is situated at Zarzis and two prominent marabouts,
which are visible from seaward, stand 0.8 mile N and
2 miles S of the town.
8.36 The harbor basin has been dredged to a depth of 12m. Petroleum
Quay, 640m long, has a depth of 12m alongside. Commercial
vessels up to 185m in length and 10.5m draft can be
accommodated. The tanker berth can handle vessels of up to
20,000 dwt, with a length of 170m and a draft of 8.5m. Pilotage
is compulsory. The pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 16
and board in the anchorage area. In addition, there are facilities
for fishing vessels.
8.37 Ras Ajdir (33°10'N., 11°33'E.) is located 30 miles SE
of Zarzis. The coast between is low and backed by lagoons.
The shore is fronted by a bank of sand and weed, which has
depths of less than 20m and extends up to 12 miles offshore.
Numerous shoals lie on this bank. The border between Tunisia
and Libya lies in the vicinity of Ras Ajdir.
8.37 Burj al Biban, a conspicuous fort, stands on an islet near the
entrance to a lagoon, 17 miles SE of Zarzis. Vessels, with local
knowledge, can anchor, in a depth of 7m, good holding ground,
about 8 miles NNE of the fort.
8.37 A tower beacon, 5.5m high, stands 10 miles NNE of the fort.
A lighted buoy is moored near the edge of the coastal bank,
about 2.5 miles NE of the tower beacon.
8.37 Caution.—Oil drilling operations are frequently carried out
in the waters off the edge of the coastal bank.

Pub. 131
9.
France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis
9.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
9.0SECTOR 9 — CHART INFORMATION
113

SECTOR 9
FRANCE—CAP CERBERE TO RUISSEAU SAINT-LOUIS
9.0 Plan.—This sector describes the S coast of France from Cap
Cerbere (42°26'N., 3°11'E.), at the Spanish-French boundary,
to Ruisseau Saint-Louis (43°47'N., 7°32'E.), at the French-Italian
boundary. The descriptive sequence is from W to E.
General Remarks
9.1 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds in this area
are from the N and NW, especially in winter during the stormy
season. Gales are rare in summer.
9.1 Golfe de Lion is notorious for bad weather and sudden
changes. Strong NW winds, known as the Mistral, may frequently
blow for a week and may even persist for a month in
winter.
9.1 Fog is frequent, particularly during E winds, off the coast between
Port-Vendres and Cap Leucate.
9.1 Tides—Currents.—The prevailing currents along this coast
set W and SW, but they are generally weak and overridden by
local surface currents caused by the winds.
9.1 After strong SE winds, a current usually sets W between
Pointe du Sablon and the Golfe de Fos and may attain a rate of
3 knots.
9.1 Regulations.—Special regulations apply to tankers laden
with hydrocarbons and to vessels carrying dangerous cargoes
navigating in the approaches to French ports. For further details,
see Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North
Atlantic Ocean and Adjacent Seas.
9.1 Mandatory Access Channels and Waiting Areas, which are
navigation controlled, lie in the approaches to several ports and
are indicated on the charts. Tankers laden with hydrocarbons
and vessels carrying dangerous cargoes, over 1,600 grt, are required
to use these approach access channels and associated
waiting areas. Special regulations apply to these vessels navigating
in the Mandatory Access Channels. For further details,
see Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic
Ocean and Adjacent Seas.
9.1 All vessels carrying hydrocarbons, including oil or other
dangerous cargo, navigating within French territorial waters
should maintain a continuous listening watch on VHF. A frequency
or channel will be designated for this purpose by the local
area traffic surveillance authority.
9.1 Regulations.—The New Inspection Regime (NIR) of the
Paris Memorandum of Understanding (PMoU) has introduced
a mandatory reporting system for vessels arriving at or departing
from a port or anchorage within the Paris MoU region, as
follows:
1. Vessels eligible for an Expanded Inspection (EI)—
The master, operator, or agent of a vessel eligible for an EI
shall provide the port an advance notice of arrival 72 hours in
advance. The following vessels are subject to an EI:
a. All vessels with a high risk profile.
b. All passenger vessels, oil tankers, gas tankers,
chemical tankers, and bulk carriers over 12 year old.
2. All other vessels—All other vessels bound for Paris
115
MoU member port must send an advance notice 24 hours
prior to arrival. If the voyage from the previous port is less
than 24 hours, not known, or is changed during the voyage,
the notification should be sent as soon as the information becomes
known.
These reports should be sent to the competent port authority
unless otherwise directed. Failure to submit the report may
subject the vessel to additional inspections.
9.1 For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regulations—Paris
Memorandum of Understanding on Port
State Control (PMoU) New Inspection Regime (NIR) in
Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic
Ocean and Adjacent Seas.
9.1 Caution.—Numerous fish havens are located in the Golfe du
Lion coastal strip, mainly in the approaches to Gruissan, the
mouth of the Aude, Cap d’Agde, Palavas-les-Flots, and the
Etang de Thau. Marine nature reserves extend from the coast
within this sector, particularly in the approaches to Banyulssur-Mer,
Cap Couronne, and Carry-le-Rouet.
9.1 French naval aircraft and naval vessels are reported to carry
out exercises along the coasts described in this sector. For further
details, see Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide)
North Atlantic Ocean and Adjacent Seas.
Cap Cerbere to Port-Vendres
9.2 Cap Cerbere (42°26'N., 3°11'E.) is formed by steep
cliffs which rise abruptly to a plateau. It is the E termination of
Chaine des Alberes, a rugged and prominent mountain range.
From seaward, the cape has a triangular shape and its summit is
surmounted by a small white building. A light is shown from a
structure consisting of a grey tower with curved buttresses and
a red roof standing on the extremity of the cape. A radio tower
is situated close W of the light.
9.2 Approaching
the coast from the S or E of Cap Cerbere, ves-
sels can readily identify the dark mass of Cabo Creus
(42°19'N., 3°18'E.). In addition, the two peaks of Dedos de
Cadaques, standing 1.7 miles W of Cabo Creus, may be distinguished.
9.2 San
Pedro de Roda, 689m high, stands 7 miles W of Cabo
Creus and its summit is surmounted by some ruins. Mont de
Cadaques, 610m high, stands 4 miles SW of Cabo de Creus.
Both of these peaks are very prominent.
9.2 Le Canigou, 2,785m high, stands 30 miles NW of Cabo de
Creus. It is snow-capped and prominent.
9.2 Anse
Cerbere, a small cove, is entered between Cap Cerbere
and Cap Canadell, 0.5 mile NW. It offers sheltered anchorage
to small vessels from winds from the S through W to N. The
holding ground is good, but local knowledge is advised. Two
rocks, 2m high, lies close off Cap Canadell with no safe passage
in the narrow channel between them and the cape. A village
is situated at the head of the cove.
9.2 Anse de Terrambou, an open bay, is entered between Cap
Canadell and Cap Peyrefite, 0.5 mile N, but is unsuitable for
Pub. 131

116 Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis
anchorage.
9.2 Cap l’Abeille is located 1.2 miles NNW of Cap Peyrefite.
The coast between is high, rugged, and fronted by rocks. Tour
de la Massane (elevation 808m) and Tour Madeloc (elevation
671m) and illuminated at night, both in ruins, stand on peaks
5.7 miles and 3.5 miles WNW, respectively, of Cap l’Abeille.
9.3 Cap Dosne (42°29'N., 3°08'E.) is located 1 mile
WNW of Cap l’Abeille and is surmounted by a prominent yellow
building.
9.3 Baie de Banyuls lies between Cap Dosne and Ile Grosse, a
rock, 0.2 mile ESE. Ile Grosse, 7m high, is joined to the mainland
by moles and breakwaters. The bay is divided into two
parts by Ile Petite, 3m high. Anse de la Ville, the W part, fronts
the town of Banyuls-sur-Mer. Anse de Fontaule, the E part,
contains a yacht marina which is protected by breakwaters.
9.3 During N or NW winds, anchorage is available, in depths of
5 to 6m, weed, in Anse de la Ville, E of the town. Strong E
winds raise a heavy sea. During offshore winds, moderate-size
vessels can obtain good anchorage, in a depth of 12m, about
0.3 mile NE of Cap Dosne.
9.3 Caution.—A marine nature reserve, marked by yellow
buoys, extends up to 0.8 mile seaward between Cap Peyrefite
and Banyuls-sur-Mer. Fishing and dumping are prohibited
within this reserve. Vessels are limited to a speed of 5 knots
when within 300m of the shore, and to a speed of 8 knots elsewhere
within the reserve.
9.4 Cap Castell (42°30'N., 3°08'E.) is located 0.5 mile N
of Cap Dosne and fronted by a detached perpendicular rock.
Cap Oullestrell, a rugged and prominent headland, is located
0.5 mile N of Cap Castell. Anchoring is prohibited within
500m of the NE extremity of this cape.
9.4 Anse
de Paulilles, a small bay, lies between Cap Oullestrell
and Cap Bear, 1 mile NNE. A dynamite factory stands on a
sandy beach at the head of this bay. An iron pier, with a depth
of 5.5m at the outer end, fronts the factory. The bay offers shelter
from N winds, but is exposed to heavy swell. The holding
ground is mostly sand, except for Roche La Lioze, a rock, with
a depth of 4.7m, which lies in the middle of the bay.
9.4 Cap Bear (42°31'N., 3°08'E.), located 5 miles NNW of Cap
Cerbere, is the E extremity of a rocky promontory which terminates
in a vertical black cliff, 9m high. The rugged terrain rises
from this cliff to a height of 56m, about 0.3 mile inland. Fort
Bear, an old fortress which is illuminated at night, stands on
the summit of the promontory.
9.4 A light is shown from a pink square pyramidal tower with a
red top, 27m high, standing 0.2 mile W of the extremity of the
cape. A signal station, consisting of a prominent white building,
is situated close W of the light.
9.4 Caution.—Numerous wrecks lie within 6 miles of Cap Bear.
9.4 Due to the existence of submarine cables, an anchoring and
trawling prohibited area, the limits of which are shown on the
chart, lies in the vicinity of Cap Bear. The area is 1.5 miles
wide and extends up to about 5.5 miles ESE of the cape, and up
to 11 miles N of the cape.
Pub. 131
Port-Vendres (42°31'N., 3°07'E.)
World Port Index No. 38720
9.5 Port-Vendres, a very old natural port that accommodates
commercial, fishing, and leisure vessels, lies 1.3 miles
WNW of Cap Bear and provides good shelter from sea and
swell.
9.5 Winds—Weather.—The strongest winds in this vicinity are
those from the NW, E, and SE. Storms often accompany strong
E and SE winds. The high hills, which rise abruptly near the
harbor, generally shield the area, but strong NW winds sometimes
sweep through the gap in these hills and hinder navigation.
9.5 Tides—Currents.—Tides are nearly negligible and rise
about 0.4m at springs and 0.3m at neaps. They may be affected
by the wind.
9.5 Off the port, the general set of the current is SE and it may
attain a velocity of 5 knots after a long period of strong N
winds. Even with strong winds against it, a velocity of 2 knots
may still be maintained. However, the effect of the current is
not felt more than 1 or 2 miles seaward of the harbor.
9.5 Depths—Limitations.—Mole Abri, a breakwater, extends
250m NW from the shore. The harbor is entered between the
head of Mole Abri and Pointe du Fanal, 300m SW. A yacht basin
is situated in the S part of the harbor.
9.5 There is 798m of total commercial quayage, with depths of 6
to 8m alongside, and facilities for ro-ro vessels. Vessels up to
155m in length and 8m draft can be accommodated.
9.5 Aspect.—The harbor lies at the foot of the E ranges of the
Pyrenees, and vessels approaching from seaward in fine weather
can distinguish these mountains from a great distance. The
coast to the N of the harbor is low and flat.
9.5 Prominent landmarks include Fort Saint-Elme, which stands
on a hill 0.5 mile W of the harbor, and Redoute du Fanal Light,
which stands on the W side of the harbor entrance.
9.5 A lighted range indicates the entrance channel. The front
mark, which is difficult to distinguish by day, is a red pillar on
a white base. The rear mark is a square tower with a red roof
bearing a stripe in the middle, with red and white squares.
9.5 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 45m in
length. Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12 or 16 and
generally board about 1 mile N of Mole Abri Light on the
lighted range. Vessels should send an ETA 18 hours in advance
through Marseille (FFM), and then contact the pilot 1 hour before
arrival on VHF channel 12.
9.5 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained within a designated
area, the limits of which are shown on the chart, lying N
of the breakwater. The area has good holding ground, in a
depth of 40m.
9.5 Caution.—During N winds, the current sets SE and vessels
should keep slightly W of the range line.
9.5 The seaward end of the breakwater should be given a wide
berth.
9.5 Foul anchorage areas and anchoring and dredging prohibited
areas, the limits of which are shown on the chart, lie in the approaches
to the harbor.

Port-Vendres to Port La-Nouvelle
Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis 117
9.6 Cap Gros (42°32'N., 3°06'E.), located 0.5 mile
WNW of Port-Vendres harbor entrance, is high and rugged.
9.6 Baie de Collioure lies between Pointe del Mich, located 0.7
mile W of Cap Gros, and Presqu’ile Saint Vincent, a small islet
lying 1.8 miles NW. A breakwater projects from the SE extremity
of this islet and connects it to the shore. A prominent
chapel stands on the summit of the islet, and a conspicuous citadel
is situated at the head of the bay.
9.6 During SW to N winds, the bay offers temporary anchorage,
in a depth of 6m, to small vessels with local knowledge, but it
is dangerously exposed to strong winds from the NE to ESE.
9.6 From Presqu’ile Saint-Vincent to Cap Leucate, 24 miles N,
the bottom is generally formed of sand, or sand and mud.
9.6 Fog is frequent along this stretch of coast, particularly during
E winds. In bad weather it is advisable for vessels to navigate
in depths of more than 25m.
9.6 Fishing and yacht harbors are situated at Massane, Saint
Cyprien, Canet-Plage, Barcares de Saint Laurent, Grau Saint
Ange, and Port Leucate, which lie 1.8 miles, 6 miles, 11 miles,
16 miles, 16.5 miles, and 23 miles N, respectively, of Presqu’ile
Saint-Vincent.
9.6 Landmarks along this stretch of coast, which can be easily
identified, include a square steeple standing at Argeles, 3 miles
N of Presqu’ile Saint Vincent; a church, with two towers, situated
4 miles farther NW; a conspicuous watch tower standing
close NW of Canet-Plage; a tower standing 1 mile SE of Canet-Plage;
the resort buildings situated at Canet-Plage and
Saint Cyprien; and a high tower, surmounted by belfries, standing
at Perpignam, 5 miles W of Canet-Plage.
9.6 A light is shown from a structure, 24m high, standing 0.3
mile N of Canet-Plage harbor. An aeronautical light is situated
7 miles WNW of the light.
9.6 Cap Leucate (42°55'N., 3°04'E.) is prominent, whitish, and
flat-topped. It rises steeply from the sea to a height of 52m. A
light is shown from a white pyramidal tower with a red lantern
and grey ridges, 17m high, standing 0.5 mile S of the cape. Fort
des Mattes, a small disused building, stands close S of the
light.
9.6 Caution.—A rectangular area of underwater obstructions
lies about 2 miles NE of Canet-Plage harbor entrance.
9.6 A conspicuous stranded wreck, painted white and illuminated
at night, lies about 100m offshore, 2.5 miles N of Barcares
de Saint Laurent. This wreck is situated on a S heading and
should not be mistaken for a vessel at sea or at anchor.
9.6 A restricted area, containing a wreck marked by lighted
buoys, lies in the approaches to Canet-Plage, centered 4.25
miles SE of the harbor. The area lies partly within an existing
prohibited area and extends about 1 mile NE from its E limit.
Port-La-Nouvelle (43°01'N., 3°04'E.)
World Port Index No. 38730
9.7 Port-La-Nouvelle, a small port, lies 6 miles N of Cap
Leucate. It is formed by a canal, with several open basins,
which connects Etang de Sigean to the sea. An offshore oil terminal
is situated close ENE of the harbor entrance.
9.7 Tides—Currents.—With NW winds, the water level can de-
crease by up to 0.4m. With winds from the SE, the water level
can increase by up to 0.5m. An increase of 1.5m was recorded
with sustained strong SE winds.
9.7 Depths—Limitations.—The entrance channel is dredged to
a depth of 8.7m. The canal leading to Etang de Sigean is 1.2
miles long. It has a surface width of 61m and a bottom width of
30.5m. The dredged depth is generally maintained at 6.3m
from June to September, but onshore winds cause silting and
the depth is variable. A fishing harbor and a yacht marina lie at
the W end of the canal.
9.7 The open basins at the E end of the canal have 740m of total
berthing space, with a depth of 8.7m alongside. Vessels up to
145m in length, 22m beam, and 8m draft can be accommodated.
9.7 An oil berth, consisting of several mooring buoys, lies 1 mile
ENE of the head of Jetee Sud. A submarine pipeline extends
from the berth to a point on the shore, close N of the harbor entrance.
A lighted buoy is moored close W of the berth. It is reported
that vessels up to 40,000 dwt, 190m in length, and 16m
draft can be handled.
9.7 Aspect.—The buildings of the town situated on the S side of
the canal are conspicuous. The sanitarium standing close inside
the entrance on the N side is prominent. In addition, numerous
oil tanks are situated on either side of the harbor entrance.
9.7 A light is shown from a structure, 17m high, standing on the
S jetty head of the harbor entrance.
9.7 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 45m in
length. Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12 or 16 and
generally board about 0.5 mile off the harbor entrance. Vessels
should send an ETA 18 hours in advance through Marseille
(FFM) and contact the pilot 1 hour before arrival. Vessels over
1,600 grt, carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous cargoes should
notify the Port Captain by telex, 24 hours in advance.
9.7 Regulations.—A Mandatory Access Channel, the limits of
which are shown on the chart, lies in the approaches and is entered
6 miles ESE of the harbor entrance. All vessels over
1,600 grt, carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous substances,
must report their entry into this channel and maintain a listening
watch on VHF. For further information, see paragraph 9.1.
9.7 Anchorage.—There is temporary anchorage, in a depth of
8m, sand, about 0.5 mile ENE of the harbor entrance, remaining
well clear of the submarine pipeline. If the wind shifts to E
or SE, vessels should leave this roadstead at once.
9.7 Caution.—During strong SE winds from the NE through
SE, the sea sometimes breaks a short distance off the entrance
and makes entry difficult.
9.7 A prohibited anchorage area is situated adjacent to the S side
of the access channel and centered 1.5 miles SSE of the harbor
entrance.
9.7 Caution.—A wreck lies in the approaches to Port-La-Nouvelle
in position 43°02.8'N, 3°08.5'E.
Port-La-Nouvelle to Sete
9.8 Grau de la Vieille Nouvelle (43°04'N., 3°05'E.),
marked by an old tower and several houses, is situated 2.7
miles NNE of Port-La-Nouvelle.
9.8 An area of obstructions, covered by a depth of 8m, lies about
0.6 mile SE of Grau de la Vieille Nouvelle.
9.8 Gruissan-Plage, an extensive yacht harbor, is situated 3.5
Pub. 131

118 Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis
miles NNE of Grau de la Vieille Nouvelle and is protected by
two moles, A prohibited area, the limits of which are marked
by buoys, lies centered 1.5 miles SE of the harbor entrance.
9.8 A submarine pipeline extends 2 miles ESE from a point on
the shore, 1.2 miles NNE of Gruissan-Plage.
9.8 Le Pech Rouge, a shoal patch, lies nearly 1 mile NE of the
root of this pipeline and is marked by a lighted beacon.
9.8 Port de Narbonne-Plage, an extensive yacht harbor, is situated
4 miles NE of Gruissan-Plage and is protected by two
breakwaters. A rectangular prohibited area lies 3 miles E of the
harbor entrance.
9.8 Rocher St. Pierre (43°11'N., 3°11'E.), located close NE of
Port de Narbonne-Plage, is 5m high and surmounted by the
sand-covered ruins of a battery. It is the most distinctive mark
in this vicinity.
9.8 A prohibited area, marked by lighted buoys, lies E of Rocher
St. Pierre.
9.8 A conspicuous radar tower, 25m high, stands 3.2 miles W of
Rocher St. Pierre and is surmounted by a dark green dome. A
water tower stands 0.5 mile WSW of Rocher St. Pierre and also
is conspicuous.
9.8 Valras-Plage, a resort, is situated at the mouth of the River
Orb, 6.5 miles NE of Rocher St. Pierre. A yacht and fishing
craft harbor is situated within the river mouth. A casino and a
large water tower stand in this vicinity and are excellent landmarks
from seaward.
9.8 Vias, a town, is situated 1.5 miles inland, 6.2 miles NE of
Valras-Plage. A black pointed steeple, with a water tower close
N, and a large white mansion stand in the town and are conspicuous
from seaward.
9.9 Cap d’Agde (43°16'N., 3°31'E.), low and rocky, is located
9.5 miles ENE of Valras-Plage. Montagne du Gros Frere,
848m high, stands 29 miles N of the cape and may be sighted
on a clear day from a considerable distance to the S. Mont
d’Agde, 115m high, stands 1.5 miles NNW of the cape. It is
isolated and conical and can easily be identified at a distance of
12 miles.
9.9 Between
the cape and the mouth of the River Herault, 3
miles W, the coast is fronted by rocks and rocky points. Pointe
de Roche Longue, located midway along this stretch, is surmounted
by an old battery. Two radio masts stand 1 mile N of
the battery and are prominent.
9.9 The town of Agde is situated 2 miles above the entrance to
the River Herault and is fronted by depths of 3 to 6m. Small
craft with local knowledge use the river.
9.9 An outfall pipeline extends 2 miles S from a point on the
shore, 0.5 mile E of the river entrance.
9.9 Port Cap d’Agde, a small harbor, is situated close W of Cap
d’Agde. It is protected by two breakwaters and used by yachts
and fishing craft.
9.9 Ilot
Brescou, formed by a flat rock, lies 1 mile SW of Cap
d’Agde and is surmounted by the grey structure of Fort Brescou.
A light is shown from a structure, 11m high, standing at
the S corner of the fort. This islet is surrounded by dangers and
foul ground.
9.9 Port Amboune, a small yacht harbor, is situated 1.2 miles
NNE of Cap d’Agde and is protected by two breakwaters.
9.9 Port Marseillan Plage, a small harbor, lies 2 miles NNE of
Port Amboune and is protected by two jetties. A canal, with a
Pub. 131
depth of 2m, connects the harbor with Etang de Thau, a lagoon.
9.9 Quilles, a small yacht harbor, is situated 6.5 miles NE of Port
Marseillan Plage. It lies on the SW side of Mont Saint Clair
and is protected by breakwaters. The coast between consists of
a low and narrow beach which separates Etang de Thau from
the sea. A range of hills stands on the N side of the lagoon.
9.9 During W and NW winds, vessels can anchor, in 5 to 6m,
sand and rock, poor holding ground, ENE of Cap d’Agde.
9.9 Caution.—Several prohibited areas (fish havens), the limits
of which may be seen on the chart, lie NE of Cap d’Agde and
are marked by lighted buoys.
9.9 A prohibited anchorage area, marked by lighted buoys, lies
about 1.2 miles SE of the harbor entrance.
Sete (43°24'N., 3°42'E.)
World Port Index No. 38750
9.10 The port of Sete lies 11 miles NE of Cap d’Agde and
consists of three sections. An outer harbor and a series of connecting
basins and canals in the N part, an industrial zone within
Etang de Thau, and an offshore terminal berth.
Port of Sete Home Page
http://www.sete.port.fr
9.10 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are NW, but SE
winds, often accompanied by violent storms in the open sea,
are frequent. Calms are rare in Golfe du Lion.
9.10 Tides—Current.—The sea level in the harbor normally
does not vary more than 0.2m, but variations of 1m have been
observed.
9.10 The current generally sets SW off the harbor entrance and
can attain rates of 1 to 3 knots.
9.10 Within the harbor, currents attaining rates of 3 to 4 knots
may occur due to the movement of the waters of Etang de
Thau. Fresh NW winds increase the flow of these currents out
of the lagoon; winds from seaward usually act in the opposite
direction.
9.10 Depths—Limitations.—The port is enclosed by breakwaters,
including a detached one which protects the harbor from
the S.
9.10 Pass de l’Ouest, the W entrance channel, is shallow and partly
obstructed. It can only be used by small craft with local
knowledge. Passe de l’Est, the E and main entrance channel,
lies between the detached breakwater and the new E breakwater
which extends 1 mile S from the shore. The outer part of
this entrance channel was dredged to a depth of 14.5m.
9.10 A channel leads N from the port of Sete to the industrial
zone on the E shore of Etang de Thau. It is dredged to a depth
of 7.5m and is marked by buoys and range beacons. Nearly the
whole of this E shore of the lagoon is lined with quays, behind
which are several factories.
9.10 The main commercial basins in the port include Canal Maritime,
with 1,953m of total quayage; Nouveau Bassin, with
380m of total quayage; Avant-Orsetti Bassin, with 920m of total
quayage; Bassin aux Petroles, with 400m of total berthing
space; Colbert Dock, with 777m of total quayage; and Darse 2
Dock, with 700m of total berthing space, including dolphins.

Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis 119
9.10 There are facilities for ro-ro, bulk, general cargo, passenger,
cruise, tanker, car ferries, ore carriers, chemical tankers, livestock
carriers, forest product carriers and fishing vessels within
the port.
9.10 Vessels up to 145m in length, 20m beam, and 6.8m draft can
be accommodated alongside the berths in Canal Maritime. The
channel is reduced to a width of 26m by a bridge.
9.10 The outer basins have depths of 9 to 14.5m alongside. Tankers
up to 35,000 dwt, 225m in length, and 11m draft can be accommodated.
Other vessels up to 60,000 dwt, 260m in length,
and 13.1m draft can be accommodated.
9.10 The Northern Unloading Station, an offshore oil terminal
consisting of a multiple buoy mooring, lies 0.6 mile NE of the
E head of the detached breakwater. A submarine pipeline extends
NNE from the berth to the shore. This terminal can handle
tanker vessels up to 80,000 dwt, with lightened drafts up to
12.5m.
9.10 Aspect.—The harbor lies at the foot of the E slope of Mont
de Sete (Mont Saint-Clair). This hill, 180m high, dominates the
area and is covered by houses. A television mast, a cross, and a
statue stand near its summit.
9.10 Mont Saint-Clair Light is shown from a white octagonal
tower with a dark green lantern, 19m high, standing on the SE
slope of the hill. Citadelle Richelieu, with a signal station at its
S end, is situated close NE of the light. A microwave relay
mast stands near the lookout station. A conspicuous steeple,
surmounted by a golden figure of the Virgin, stands in Sete,
near the harbor.
9.10 Montagne de la Gardiole, 180 to 240m high, extends between
4 miles and 10 miles NE of the town and terminates in a
distinctive peak surmounted by a prominent chapel. A watch
tower at Pioch de Camille is prominent. The chimneys of an industrial
zone, standing at the foot of this range, can be seen to
the NNE of the port. A flare, a large square steeple, and numerous
oil tanks are situated at Frontignan, 3.5 miles NE of the
port. A noticeable quarry lies 1 mile N of Frontignan.
9.10 A lighted approach buoy is moored about 12 miles SE of the
harbor entrance.
9.10 A sector light is shown from a structure standing in the SW
part of the harbor and aids in the approach to the entrance.
9.10 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 50m in
length beyond the Victoire Bridge and for vessels over 55m in
length up to the Victoire Bridge. Pilots must be contacted on
VHF channel 12 at least 1 hour before arrival at the boarding
station.
9.10 The pilotage area is bounded by a circle, with a radius of 6
miles, centered on the light at the E end of Epi Dellon. In good
weather, pilots will board 2.7 miles SE of Epi Dellon light. In
bad weather, pilots will give instructions to board in the shelter
of Epi Dellon. Entry may be suspended at night in bad weather.
Pilots will also board tanker vessels within the compulsory access
channel, about 4 miles SE of the old pipeline lighted buoy.
9.10 Regulations.—Vessels should send ETA messages 18 hours
in advance. Any change in ETA of more than 1 hour should be
reported.
9.10 A Mandatory Access Channel, with compulsory approach
and departure routes for all tanker vessels, extends between the
port and the outer approach lighted buoy and may best be seen
on the chart.
9.10 Inbound vessels should keep NE of the centerline; outbound
vessels should keep SW of it.
9.10 Tankers navigating within this compulsory approach and departure
access channel are considered to be restricted in their
ability to maneuver and must show the prescribed lights and
shapes accordingly. Vessels other than tankers are prohibited
from entering or anchoring within the area without permission
of the authorities.
9.10 All vessels over 1,600 grt, carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous
substances, must report their entry into the access channel
and maintain a listening watch on VHF channel 16. For further
information, see paragraph 9.1.
9.10 Anchorage.—An anchorage area, the limits of which are
shown on the chart, extends 3 miles S from the S side of the detached
breakwater.
9.10 Caution.—A dangerous wreck was reported (1994) to lie
about 0.5 mile NE of the E head of the detached breakwater.
9.10 Several restricted areas, the limits of which are shown on the
chart, are situated in the approaches to the port.
9.10 Works are in progress (2001) in the area between the light at
the end of Dique Est and the breakwater of the fishing port of
Frontignan-La Peyrade, as shown on the chart.
Sete to Golfe de Fos
9.11 Port de Peche de Frontignan-Le Peyrade (43°25'N.,
3°45'E.), a small harbor, lies 1.5 miles NE of the main entrance
to Sete harbor. It is protected by breakwaters and forms the entrance
to Canal du Rhone a Sete.
9.11 Frontignan,
an extensive yacht harbor, lies 3 miles NE of the
harbor entrance at Sete and is protected by breakwaters. A prohibited
area (fish haven) is centered 4 miles ENE of the harbor
and is marked by lighted buoys.
9.11 The
ruins of a church are situated at Maguelonne, 6.7 miles
NE of Frontignan. They are surrounded by a pine forest and are
conspicuous from seaward. Mont Bouzille, 197m high, stands
3.5 miles WNW of the ruins and is surmounted by a conspicuous
ruined chapel.
Maguelonne Church and the summit of Mont Bauzille,
bearing 294°
9.11 Palavas Les Flots (Grau de Palavas) (43°32'N., 3°56'E.), a
small harbor, lies 2.3 miles NE of Maguelonne and is protected
by a breakwater. It is mostly used by small craft and yachts.
The entrance is surrounded by a prominent group of buildings.
9.11 An aeronautical light is shown from a control tower standing
3.5 miles NNE of the harbor.
9.11 An area of floating and submerged objects, the limits of
Pub. 131

120 Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis
which is shown on the chart, lies 2 miles SE of the harbor entrance.
9.11 Caution.—A wreck, with an estimated least depth of 6m,
lies approximately 1.2 miles SSE of the seaward end of the outfall.
9.12 Golfe d’Aigues-Mortes (43°30'N., 4°05'E.) lies between
Palavas Les Flots and Pointe de L’Espiguette, 9 miles
ESE.
9.12 Grau
de Perols, a small harbor, lies 2 miles ENE of Palavas
Les Flots and a continuous line of buildings is situated between
them. This harbor is protected by breakwaters and bordered by
several high prominent buildings.
9.12 A prominent church tower standing at Mauguio, 6 miles NE
of the harbor, is visible from seaward.
9.12 La
Grande Motte, a yacht harbor, lies 5 miles ENE of Grau
de Perols. It is protected by two breakwaters and can be identified
by the pyramid-shaped buildings standing in its vicinity.
9.12 Le Grau du Roi, a small harbor, lies 2.5 miles SE of La
Grande Motte and close within the seaward end of the canal
which leads to Aigues-Mortes. The harbor is entered between
two jetties and is mostly used by fishing craft and yachts. A
conspicuous water tower stands 1 mile NNW of the entrance.
9.12 A dangerous wreck has been reported to lie 1.5 miles WSW
of the harbor.
9.12 Port Camargue, an extensive yacht harbor, lies 1 mile SSW
of Le Grau du Roi and is protected by two breakwaters. Two
jetties, situated 0.7 mile S of the entrance to the harbor, extend
seaward and form the entrance to a shallow canal.
9.12 Rocky banks and ledges, which are dangerous for anchoring,
lie parallel to the N shore of the gulf and extend up to 1.5 miles
offshore into depths of 14 to 20m.
9.12 During calms or NW winds, anchorage can be obtained in
greater depths outside of these rocky banks; however, anchorage
within this gulf is not considered safe.
9.13 Pointe de l’Espiguette (43°29'N., 4°08'E.) is reported
to be extending to the W by about 15m a year. Depths of 5m
have been reported to lie up to about 1 mile offshore in this vicinity,
and this part of the coast should be given a wide berth.
9.13 Les Baronnets, 10m high, is a chain of prominent sand dunes
which extends along the coast near Pointe de l’Espiguette
Pub. 131
Pointe de l’Espiguette Light
9.13 A light is shown from a square masonry tower with a black
top, 25m high, next to a house with a red roof standing on the
point. An old signal station tower is situated close NW of the
light with a pylon standing close to it.
9.13 Lighted buoys, which mark the edge of the coastal shoal bank,
are moored about 1.5 miles W and 1.5 miles S of the light.
9.13 Caution.—Between Pointe de L’Espiguette and the Golfe de
Fos, 33 miles E, the shore is very low. It is bordered by lagoons
and has very few landmarks. It is reported that the radar images
of Cap Couronne (43°20'N., 5°03'E.) is the E entrance point of
the gulf. A light is shown from a structure, 29m high, standing
on the cape. A prominent signal station stands on a hill, 0.5
mile N of the cape. The breakwaters and many canals are more
distinct than the outline of the shore itself.
9.13 Numerous dangerous wrecks lie off this stretch of the coast
and may best be seen on the chart.
9.14 Saintes-Marie-de-la-Mer (43°27'N., 4°26'E.), a
small town, is situated 13.5 miles E of Pointe de l’Espiguette.
The coast between is low, flat, and not easily distinguished. In
very clear weather, this town, which is dominated by its
church, is visible from a distance of about 7 or 8 miles and appears
as an isolated hillock.
9.14 The mouth of the Petit Rhone forms a break in the coastline,
12 miles E of Pointe de L’Espiguette. Depths of 1.6m lie in the
river mouth, but it is liable to silt.
9.14 Port Gardian, a small yacht harbor, lies 1 mile E of the river
mouth and is protected by two breakwaters.
Golfe des Saintes-Maries (Golfe de Beauduc) (43°24'N.,
4°34'E.) has low and sandy shores which are backed by sand
dunes, 6 to 7m high. It is entered between Saintes-Maries-dela-Mer
and Pointe de Beauduc (Pointe du Sablon), 8 miles
ESE.
9.14 A light is shown from a structure, 18m high, standing 6 miles
E of Saintes-Maries-de-la-Mer.
9.14 Pointe de Beauduc (Pointe du Sablon) (43°22'N., 4°34'E.)
is reported to be extending NW at about 15m a year and should
be given a wide berth. A light is shown from a structure, 25m
high, standing 1.5 miles SE of the point. Lighted buoys, marking
the coastal bank, are moored about 1.5 miles SW and 4
miles SE of the light.
9.14 Vessels can take anchorage in Golfe des Saintes-Maries to
the N of Pointe de Beauduc. The roadstead is sheltered from E
winds and has depths of 10 to 12m, muddy sand, good holding
ground. Local knowledge is advised.
9.14 Caution.—An anchoring and dredging prohibited area, the
limits of which are shown on the chart, extends NW of Pointe
de Beauduc.
9.14 Several wrecks, some dangerous to navigation, lie up to 2.5
miles offshore between Pointe de Beauduc and the mouth of
the River Rhone.
9.15 Faraman (43°22'N., 4°40'E.) is located 5.5 miles E of
Pointe de Beauduc. The coast between is reported to be receding
slowly. A light is shown from a structure, 43m high, standing
at Faraman. Piemanson Lighted Buoy, marking the coastal
bank, is moored about 3.7 miles SE of the light.
9.15 Along
this coast the current generally sets W and parallel to
the shore. After strong E or SE winds, it sometimes attains a
rate of over 3 knots.

Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis 121
9.15 Grau de Roustan (43°20'N., 4°50'E.), through which the
main branch of the River Rhone discharges, lies 7 miles E of
Faraman. The river carries a whitish sediment which discolors
the sea up to 6 miles off its mouth.
9.15 A beacon stands on the E bank of the river near the mouth. A
lighted buoy, with a spar buoy close W of it, is moored about
1.5 miles S of the beacon and indicates the river bar.
9.15 The banks formed around the mouth of the river are reported
to be advancing seaward at a rate of about 50m per year.
Golfe de Fos
9.16 Golfe de Fos (43°23'N., 4°57'E.) lies between the
mouth of the River Rhone and Cap Couronne, 9 miles E.
9.16 The E shore of the gulf is dominated by Collines de Martigues.
These hills, when viewed from seaward, appear to descend
from Chain des Alpilles, a mountain range standing 20
miles inland.
9.16 Cap Couronne (43°20'N., 5°03'E.) is the E entrance point of
the gulf. A light is shown from a white tower with red top surmounted
by a radar antenna, 29m high, standing on the cape. A
prominent signal station stands on a hill, 0.5 mile N of the
cape.
9.16 The W and N shores of the gulf are low, difficult to distinguish,
and liable to change; the coast then rises progressively
towards the E shore, where it becomes rocky and steep.
9.16 Port-Saint-Louis-du-Rhone, Fos, Port-de-Bouc, and Lavera
are situated within the gulf. It also provides access to the
Rhone, via Canal Saint-Louis, and to Etang de Berre, via Canal
de Caronte. Because of the bar at the mouth of the River
Rhone, vessels bound for Port-Saint-Louis-du-Rhone or farther
up the river generally proceed from the gulf through Canal
Saint-Louis, which is connected to the River Rhone by a lock.
9.16 Marseille-Fos is the name given to the group of ports which
are controlled by the Marseille Port Authority. This port complex
extends from the mouth of the River Rhone to Marseille,
23 miles E, and consists of the above-named ports, Marseille,
and their associated industrial areas.
Port of Marseille-Fos Home Page
http://www.marseille-port.fr
9.16 Tides—Currents.—The gulf is open to the S and strong SW
and SE winds usually result in a heavy sea. Moderate shelter
from W and SW winds can be found in the W part of the Golfe
de Fos. The current is generally weak and its velocity and direction
is determined largely by the wind.
9.16 Aspect.—They de la Gracieuse is the low bank on the E side
of the River Rhone, which extends 4.5 miles NE of the river
mouth. Several stranded wrecks lie close to the shore of this
bank. The bar at the mouth of the River Rhone advances about
50m seaward each year.
9.16 The coastal shoal off They de la Gracieuse is marked by
lighted buoys moored about 0.5 mile N, 1.2 miles SSE, and 2.5
miles S of the NE extremity of the bank. In addition, Lighted
Buoy GE, equipped with a racon, is moored about 0.5 mile E
of the NE extremity of the bank.
9.16 Landmarks on the W side of the gulf include several prominent
chimneys situated in an industrial area on the S side of the
Canal St. Louis, and several container gantry cranes, standing
at the Fos basin terminal.
9.16 Four wind turbines are located in the industrial area near the
central mole and Docking Basin No. 2.
9.16 Landmarks on the N side of the gulf include the refinery situated
1 mile NW of Fos-sur-Mer, and a cement factory, with
two conspicuous chimneys, situated 1 mile E of Fos-sur-Mer.
9.16 At the E side of the entrance to the gulf, the coastal shoal is
marked by lighted buoys moored about 1 mile W and 1.2 miles
WNW of Cap Couronne.
9.16 Landmarks on the E side of the gulf are numerous and the
following can be easily identified:
1. A conspicuous white viaduct, with six arches, standing
W of the village of La Couronne.
2. Four conspicuous chimneys standing near the shore,
2.5 miles NW of Cap Couronne.
3. A large tower standing on Fort de Bouc, at the S entrance
to Port de Bouc.
4. Two pylons, 95m high, standing 0.7 mile S of the
chapel.
5. Several flares situated in the vicinity of a refinery
close SE of Lavera.
6. The loom of Port de Bouc, which can be seen for up
to 40 miles seaward.
9.16 Port de Carteau, a small harbor, lies on the SW side of the
gulf, 0.5 mile S of the entrance to Canal de Saint Louis. It is
mostly used by fishing craft and the entrance is indicated by a
lighted range.
9.16 Anse de Lauron is entered 2.5 miles SSE of Port de Bouc.
An angled jetty extends 0.2 mile SW and SE from the N entrance
point of this bay.
9.16 Port de Carro, a small harbor, lies 2 miles SSE of Anse de
Lauron and 0.5 mile WNW of Cap Couronne. It is used by
small craft with local knowledge.
9.16 A light is shown from a tower standing at St. Gervais, at the
head of the gulf.
9.16 Omega Outer Approach Lighted Buoy, equipped with a racon,
is moored about 7.5 miles S of Cap Couronne.
9.16 Pilotage.—The pilotage zone for the Golfe de Fos is bounded
by latitude 43°19'N and the meridians of Cap Couronne and
Faraman Light. Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 50m in
length within this zone. Vessels should send an ETA through
Marseille (FFM) 24 hours in advance. Pilots can be contacted
on VHF channel 12 or 14 and generally board deep-draft vessels
W of Cap Couronne. Other vessels may be boarded closer
in. Vessels bound for Port-de-Bouc-Lavera, L’Etang de Berre,
and Port Saint-Louis-du-Rhone are boarded 2.5 to 4 miles S of
Lavera Lighted Buoy. Vessels, other than deep draft, bound for
Fos are boarded 2.5 miles S of Lavera Lighted Buoy.
9.16 Vessel Traffic Service.—A Vessel Traffic Management System
(VTMS) has been established in the approaches to the
Golfe de Fos and is an integrated service placed under the authority
of the Grand Port Maritime de Marseilles. It is based at
Port de Bouc (call sign: Fos Port Control) and Marseilles (call
sign: Marseilles Port Control). It is mandatory for all commercial
vessels navigating within the approach zone, the gulf, and
the ports.
9.16 Regulations.—An approach zone (regulated area), the limits
of which are shown on the chart, has been established off the
Golfe de Fos. Within this zone, the movement of all vessels is
Pub. 131

122 Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis
regulated by the Port Authority at Port de Bouc.
9.16 A Mandatory Access Channel, the limits of which are shown
on the chart, lies in the approaches and is entered 7.5 miles S of
Cap Couronne, in the vicinity of Omega Outer Approach
Lighted Buoy.
9.16 Inbound vessels should keep to the E of the centerline and
outbound vessels should keep W of it.
9.16 All vessels over 1,600 grt, carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous
substances, must report their entry into this channel and
maintain a listening watch on VHF. For further information, see
paragraph 9.1.
9.16 During reduced visibility, warnings of priority movements
by deep-draft vessels using the Mandatory Access Channel are
broadcast on VHF channel 16 on the hour, and at 15, 30, and
45 minutes past the hour.
9.16 Inbound vessels must send the following to the VTMS Center:
1. An ETA 48 hours in advance through the agent. The
message should also include the name, call sign, length,
beam, grt, draft, destination, type of vessel, cargo, nature,
and tonnage of any dangerous cargo.
2. An ETA 24 hours in advance or upon departure from
their previous port of call. This message provides ETA, draft,
nature and tonnage of any dangerous substances, and length
overall.
9.16 Vessels carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous cargo must report
their entry into French territorial waters 6 hours in advance
using the SURNAV message system. See Pub. 140,
Sailing Directions (Planning Guide), North Atlantic Ocean and
Adjacent Seas for details.
9.16 Vessels over 50m in length must report on VHF channel 12
to the VTMS Center upon entering the approach zone (regulated
zone). Vessels must state their position, course, speed,
name, call sign, and ETA, to obtain permission before passing
N of the latitude of Cap Couronne. Vessels, which have not received
appropriate instructions, may not proceed N of this position.
9.16 Prior to entering the Mandatory Access Channel, vessels
must establish a VHF listening watch and confirm with the
VTMS Center that deep-draft vessels are not intending to transit
the channel.
9.16 Vessels must obtain permission from the VTMS Center before
maneuvering or anchoring within the gulf and must maintain
a VHF listening watch.
9.16 Signals.—Vessels which, due to their draft, can navigate
only within the Mandatory Access Channel, have priority and
shall indicate same by showing the following signals:
1. By day and at night—Three red lights displayed vertically
and three white lights arranged in the same manner and
at the same level.
2. By day, in addition to the above lights—A black ball
displayed in a vertical line above a black cylinder.
9.16 Deep-draft vessels are accorded priority for right of way by
the VTMS Center. All other vessels must keep out of the way
of vessels showing the above deep-draft laden signals.
9.16 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken almost anywhere
within the Golfe de Fos at a distance of more than 0.5 mile offshore,
except in the prohibited areas or on Plateau du Grande
Forte. The latter is an area where the bottom is formed of rock
covered with mud lying nearly in the middle of the gulf between
the entrances to Canal Saint-Louis and Port-de-Bouc.
Pub. 131
9.16 The holding ground in the gulf is generally good, but with
fresh NW winds, vessels should be ready to get underway.
With strong SE winds, the sea is very heavy at the entrance of
the gulf, especially in the vicinity of Cap Couronne. At the
head of the gulf, the bottom is strewn with rocks and weeds
which extend up to 0.5 mile offshore.
9.16 It is recommended that vessels follow the instructions of the
pilot and VTMS Center before anchoring within the gulf.
9.16 Designated anchorage areas, the limits of which are shown
on the chart, are situated, as follows:
1. Golfe de Fos East lies E of the access channel and N
of the parallel of Cap Couronne.
2. Golfe de Fos West lies W of the access channel and N
of the parallel of Cap Couronne.
3. Golfe de Fos North lies N of the dredged entrance
channel and NW of the entrance to Port de Bouc.
9.16 Caution.—Lines of submerged stakes, used in establishing
fish havens, lie up to about 2 miles offshore between Cap Couronne
and Cap Mejean, 7.5 miles E.
9.16 Less water than charted was reported (1987) to lie off the N
extremity of They de la Gracieuse.
9.16 A prohibited anchorage area, the limits of which are shown
on the chart, extends up to 26 miles seaward from Cap Couronne.
Port-Saint-Louis-du-Rhone (43°23'N., 4°49'E.)
World Port Index No. 38770
9.17 Port-Saint-Louis-du-Rhone is situated on the W side
of the Golfe de Fos. The commercial port facilities occupy the
banks of the Canal Saint-Louis, which connects the Golfe of
Fos with the Grand-Rhone via a lock, aw well as the Bassin
Saint-Louis located at the W end of the channel.
9.17 Tides—Currents.—There is no appreciable tidal rise in the
harbor or canal. Winds from the N and NW sometimes lower
the water level in the canal by up to 0.5m; winds from SE tend
to raise the level.
9.17 Depths—Limitations.—The port is approached via the
main entrance channel, which is dredged to a depth of 24m and
extends WNW across the gulf. A fairway, 180m wide, leads W
from the SW side of this entrance channel to the E entrance of
Canal de Saint Louis. A jetty extends 1 mile E from the S side
of the entrance to the canal. The canal is 90m wide at the surface,
32m wide at the bottom, and is dredged, along with the
entrance fairway, to a depth of 7.9m. It leads 2 miles W to
Bassin des Tellines and Bassin de Saint Louis.
9.17 The W end of the canal is connected to the Rhone by a lock.
It is 135m long, with 19m of usable width, and has a depth of
5.5m at the sides and 6.9m in the center.
9.17 The port includes 2,840m of total quayage, which is situated
in the basins and along the sides of the canal. The berths are 90
to 180m long and have depths of 4.5 to 8m alongside. There
are facilities for ro-ro, LNG, tanker, and bulk vessels. Vessels
up to 190m in length and 7.9m draft can be accommodated.
9.17 Aspect.—The main dredged entrance channel is marked by
lighted buoys and indicated by a lighted range. The entrance
fairway leading to the canal is marked by lighted buoys and
beacons.
9.17 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted

Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis 123
by VHF and board near the N end of the access channel. See
Pilotage for the Golfe de Fos in paragraph 9.16.
9.17 Anchorage.—Vessels may obtain anchorage, in depths of 7
to 10m, about 1 mile SE of the jetty head.
9.17 Caution.—A depth of 23.7m was reported (1981) to lie in
the dredged entrance channel S of Saint Gervais Light.
9.17 Vessels entering the canal should keep about 20m clear of
the jetty.
9.17 Several shellfish breeding areas lie in the vicinity of the entrance
fairway and may best be seen on the chart.
Fos (Fos-Sur-Mer) (43°25'N., 4°53'E.)
World Port Index No. 38775
9.18 Fos, a large port, is situated on the NW side of the
Golfe de Fos and serves an extensive industrial area. The port
comprises three main basins, oil piers, and an industrial zone
for heavy industries.
9.18 Depths—Limitations.—The port is approached via the
main entrance channel, which is dredged to a depth of 24m and
extends WNW across the gulf. The main facilities consist of
three main basins and two petroleum jetties, which can handle
virtually all types of cargo including ro-ro, bulk, petroleum
products, LNG, LPG, and containers.
9.18 Basin No. 1 extends 2.7 miles NNW and is connected by a
lock to the Arles Canal. The lock is 120m long, 12m wide, and
has a depth of 4m. The upper part of this basin is dredged to a
depth of 10.5m and the lower part is dredged to depths of 12 to
20m. An LNG terminal at the head of the basin has a berth,
180m long, which can accommodate vessels up to 9.7m draft.
9.18 An ore berth, 640m long, is situated on the E side of the basin
and has a depth of 20m alongside. It can accommodate bulk
vessels up to 18.6m draft.
9.18 An ore berth at the Quai Mineralier, 850m long, is situated
on the lower W side of the basin and has depths of 16 to 17.5m
alongside. It can accommodate vessels up to 140,000 dwt,
300m in length, and 16.8m draft.
9.18 Basin South extends NNE from the NE side of Basin No. 1.
It is dredged to a depth of 13m in the upper part and 13.5m in
the lower part. Two petroleum berths, each 250m long, are situated
on the S side of the basin and can accommodate tankers up
to 12.8m draft.
9.18 A petroleum jetty extends 0.5 mile SSE from the S entrance
point of Basin South. It has three berths, 350 to 414m long, with
depths of 21.5 to 23.5m alongside. Tankers up to 400,000 dwt
and 22.2m draft can be accommodated alongside this jetty.
9.18 Basin No. 2, separated from Basin No. 1 by Central Mole,
extends 2 miles NW. The lower part of the basin is dredged to a
depth of 17m; the upper part is dredged to a depth of 12m.
9.18 Quai Graveleau, a container terminal, is situated on the SW
side of the basin and has a depth of 15m alongside. It is 1,150m
long and can accommodate vessels up to 13m draft.
9.18 Basin No. 3 (Bassin du Gloria) extends 0.7 mile W and is
dredged to a depth of 12m. Quai Brule Tabac, 665m long, is
situated on the N side of the basin and has facilities for ro-ro
and containers. It has a depth of 12m alongside and can accommodate
vessels up to 11.5m draft. Quai Gloria, 250m long, is
situated on the S side of the basin. It has a depth of 12m alongside
and can accommodate ro-ro vessels up to 11.5m draft.
9.18 An iron berth, 360m long, is situated on the N side of the basin
and can accommodate vessels up to 11.9m draft.
9.18 Basin No. 4 lies close E of the above petroleum jetty and is
dredged to a depth of 15m. Another petroleum jetty, situated at
the E side of this basin, has a tankwashing berth, 420m long. It
can accommodate tankers, in ballast, up to 550,000 dwt and
14m draft.
9.18 An extensive yacht harbor, protected by a breakwater, lies on
the E side of Pointe de Saint Gervais, 2 miles ENE of Basin
No. 4. A light is shown from St Gervais Light, 45m high,
standing near the marina.
9.18 Aspect.—The main entrance channel is marked by lighted
buoys and indicated by a lighted range.
9.18 Pilotage.—See Pilotage for Golfe de Fos in paragraph 9.16.
9.18 Caution.—An area in the W part of Basin No. 3 (Bassin de
Gloria) is under construction.
9.18 Seaplanes fighting forest fires are likely to use water from
the port, particularly in the approach area.
Port-de-Bouc (43°24'N., 4°59'E.)
World Port Index No. 38780
9.19 Port-de-Bouc is situated on the E side of the Golfe de
Fos, 5.5 miles NW of Cap Couronne. It is connected by Canal
de Caronte to Etang de Berre.
9.19 Tides—Currents.—Currents in the canal are mostly tidal
and set E or W, in conjunction with the tide, at a rate of 2 to 3
knots. However, after strong winds, these currents are very
variable.
9.19 Currents can vary in strength and direction following a discharge
from the Saint-Chamas hydroelectric plant. Depending
on the time of year and local energy needs, the current can
overlie the tidal range and cause a reversal of the flow of current
towards the Etang de Berre.
9.19 With NE winds and after heavy rains, an outgoing current,
fed by Etang de Berre, can reach a rate of 4 knots in the canal
and the harbor entrance.
9.19 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is approached via an
entrance channel dredged to a depth of 14.6m. A fishing basin
and a yacht marina are situated on the N side of the harbor.
9.19 A commercial quay, situated on the N side of the harbor, can
accommodate vessels up to 180m in length and 9.1m draft.
9.19 A liquid gas and petroleum terminal is situated at Lavera, on
the S side of the harbor. It has 2,800m of total berthing space
and can accommodate vessels up to 80,000 dwt, 275m in
length, and 12.8m draft.
9.19 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. See Pilotage for Golfe de
Fos in paragraph 9.16.
9.19 Regulations.—Passing or crossing in the entrance channel is
prohibited. The outbound vessel has priority over the inbound
one.
9.19 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained off the harbor entrance.
A good berth, in a depth of 14m, lies about 0.7 mile W
of the N entrance point. See Anchorage for Golfe de Fos in
paragraph 9.16.
9.19 Caution.—A submarine pipeline, formerly an offshore oil
terminal, extends 0.5 mile SW from a point on the shore, 0.6
mile SE of the harbor entrance. An anchorage and fishing prohibited
area, the limits of which are shown on the chart, lies in
Pub. 131

124 Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis
the vicinity of this pipeline.
9.19 Winds from the SW usually cause a heavy sea at the harbor
entrance and may make entry difficult.
9.19 A prohibited anchorage area, the limits of which are shown
on the chart, extends about 1.3 miles SW from the vicinity of
the harbor entrance.
Canal de Caronte
9.20 Canal de Caronte is used by ocean-going vessels en
route from Golfe de Fos to Etang de Berre. A small harbor,
used by yachts and fishing craft, is situated at Martigues, on the
N side of the canal near the E entrance.
9.20 Depths—Limitations.—The canal is 2.5 miles long. It has a
least depth of 10m between Port de Bouc and the Caronte railway
viaduct and a least depth of 8.2m from the viaduct to Etang
de Berre. It has a bottom width of 50m (40m beneath the
viaduct). Vessels up to 160m in length, 24m beam, and 7m
draft can transit the canal with a masthead height of 40m or
less.
9.20 Vessels of over 6,000 grt must transit by day only.
9.20 A viaduct railway bridge crosses the canal, 1.2 miles E of the
W entrance. The N section of the viaduct has a swing bridge
which may be opened upon request. The unopened section of
the viaduct has a vertical clearance of 23m, but vessels with a
masthead height of more than 21m should not pass under it.
9.20 A fixed road bridge, with a vertical clearance of 44.6m,
crosses the canal, 0.7 mile W of the E entrance.
9.20 An overhead power cable spans the canal 1 mile W of the E
entrance.
9.20 A bascule bridge crosses the canal at the E entrance. This
bridge may be opened upon request. It has, when closed, only a
vertical clearance of 5.5m in the center.
9.20 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. See Pilotage for Golfe de
Fos in paragraph 9.16.
9.20 Bridge authorities can be contacted by VHF. Vessels requiring
passage should hoist a black sphere by day or show a green
light by night and sound one long and one short blast. Delay in
passage must be signaled by lowering the black sphere or extinguishing
the green light and sounding two long and two
short blasts.
9.20 Signals.—The following signals are displayed on the viaduct:
Pub. 131
Caronte Railway Viaduct Signals
Day One black ball hoisted on
the bridge’s signal mast
Viaduct moving
Two black balls hoisted on
the bridge’s signal mast
Viaduct cannot open
Night Red horizontal line of light Viaduct closed
Red horizontal line of light
and white vertical line
Viaduct moving
White vertical line of light Viaduct open
Two red lines in shape of a
cross
Viaduct cannot open
9.20 The
following signals are displayed from the bascule bridge:
9.20 Anchorage.—Anchorage in the canal should be at the pilot’s
direction to avoid the numerous prohibited areas.
9.20 Caution.—High winds may prevent the opening of the
bridge spans.
Etang de Berre
Martigues Bascule Bridge Signals
Signal Meaning
Green flashing light Free passage. The bridge is
open
Red flashing light or
fixed light
Passage prohibited. The light
becomes fixed to inform
vessels coming from the E
that they must wait until
vessels arriving from the W
have passed.
Orange fixed light The bridge is moving.
Passage prohibited even for
vessels that do not require
the bridge open.
Orange flashing light
and red light both
illuminated
Orange flashing light
extinguished, red or
green light
illuminated
Free passage for vessels that
do not require the bridge to
open.
Passage prohibited for
vessels that do not require
the bridge to open.
9.21 Etang de Berre, which extends between Fos and
Marseille, is an important center for refining and the storage of
petroleum products. Oil refineries are situated at Berre and La
Mede. The lagoon is entered from Martigues (43°24'N.,
5°03'E.) via a channel, 2 miles long, which has a bottom width
of 50m and is dredged to a depth of 9m. Vessels are limited in
size by the restrictions of the Canal de Caronte.
9.21 Etang de Berre has depths of 5.5 to 9m, but vessels navigating
in depths of less than 8m run the risk of fouling their propellers
with weed.
9.21 Port Petrolier de la Mede (43°24'N., 5°06'E.), a marine terminal,
can handle vessels up to 70m in length and 5.1m draft.
Port Petrolier de la Pointe de Berre (43°28'N., 5°09'E.), another
marine terminal, can handle vessels up to 160m in length and
7.3m draft.
9.21 Winds—Weather.—The winds over the lagoon Berre are
peculiar to this locality. In summer, the prevailing winds are S
or SW, the latter being accompanied by rain. In winter, NW
gales on the neighboring coasts turn to N or NE over the lagoon
and raise a short, steep sea. In spring, W or NW winds,
accompanied by squalls, prevail over the lagoon.
9.21 Tides—Currents.—Winds from the S generally cause a
current to set E along the coast and winds from the N cause a
current that sets W. These currents are especially noticeable at
the entrance of Canal de Caronte.

Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis 125
9.21 Tidal currents in the lagoon are apparent only in the vicinity
of the canal and may be affected by discharges of water from
the St. Chamas power plant. Generally, the flood current sets S
in the lagoon.
9.21 The water level in the lagoon rises 0.2 to 0.4m above the
mean level during October, November, and December, and
falls by about the same amount in February.
9.21 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. See Pilotage for Golfe de
Fos in paragraph 9.16.
9.21 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in the lagoon, with
good holding ground of mud and thick weed.
9.21 Caution.—Several submarine oil and gas pipelines extend
across the lagoon and may best be seen on the chart. Their
landing places are marked by beacons.
9.21 Numerous prohibited areas, an anchoring prohibited area,
and regulated areas lie within the lagoon and may best be seen
on the chart.
9.21 The Marseille-Marignane Airport is situated in the SE part
of the lagoon and the runway projects 0.3 mile NW from the
shore.
Golfe de Marseille
9.22 Golfe de Marseille (43°16'N., 5°20'E.) is entered between
Cap Couronne and Ile Tiboulen, 14 miles ESE. The port
of Marseille fronts the E shore of the gulf and lies between 4.5
miles and 9 miles N of Ile Tiboulen.
9.22 Approaching
Golfe de Marseille from seaward, in clear
weather, vessels can usually first distinguish Pilon du Roi
(43°24'N., 5°28'E.), which stands 12 miles NE of Ile Tiboulen.
This mountain is 710m high and resembles a truncated cone
with a rounded top. Chaine de la Sainte-Baume, flat-topped,
stands 15 miles E of Marseille and is conspicuous. This range
has a vertical W side and dominates the whole stretch of coast
between Marseille and Toulon. Mont Coudon (43°10'N.,
6°01'E.) stands 5 miles NE of Toulon. It has a vertical E side
and is very prominent from seaward.
9.22 In addition, the loom of the port and city of Marseille has
been reported visible for up to 40 miles.
9.22 Upon
making a closer approach, the low and bare coast on
the N side of the gulf can be seen rising gradually in a series of
bold, irregular cliffs from Cap Couronne to Cap Mejean, 7.6
miles E. The reddish-colored and rounded double summit of
Cap Mejean is one of the best landmarks in this vicinity.
9.22 On
the SE side of the gulf, Montagne de Marseilleveyre
(43°13'N., 5°22'E.) stands close E of Ile Tiboulen. It is 432m
high, barren, and very conspicuous.
9.23 North side.—Ilot Aragnon (43°19'N., 5°05'E.), low
and dark, lies 1.2 miles E of Cap Couronne and is fringed with
foul ground. There is no safe passage between this islet and the
coast.
9.23 Port Sausset-les-Pins lies within in a cove, 2.3 miles E of
Cap Couronne. This small harbor is used by fishing craft. A
castle, with a prominent tower, stands close W of it.
9.23 Port
Carry-le-Roulet, another small harbor, lies within a
cove, 2 miles E of Port Sausset-les-Pins. A prominent building,
with a red roof, stands close inland at the head of the cove.
Small craft up to 30m in length and 3m draft may enter this
harbor with local knowledge. A prohibited area, the limits of
which are shown on the chart, is situated close E of the cove
and extends up to 0.7 mile offshore.
9.23 Cap Mejean (43°20'N., 5°14'E.) is located 3 miles E of Port
Carry-le-Roulet. Its rounded reddish-colored summit is very
conspicuous.
9.23 Port de Mejean lies within a bay which is entered close W of
Cap Mejean. The bay has a large and prominent viaduct situated
at its head and a group of buildings stand on its W entrance
point. This small harbor is used by fishing craft with local
knowledge.
9.23 Ile de l’Elevine, 23m high, lies close offshore, 0.7 mile E of
Port Mejean. A light is shown from a structure, 4m high, standing
on this small island.
9.23 A prominent old battery stands on a high promontory, 0.7
mile NE of the island. A conspicuous and large viaduct, which
spans a deep valley, is situated 1.2 miles NE of the island.
9.23 Pointe Esquallidou (43°21'N., 5°17'E.) is located 2.3 miles
NE of Ile de l’Elevine. A light is shown from a structure, 4m
high standing on the point.
9.23 An aeronautical light is shown from a structure standing 2.3
miles N of the point and an aeronautical radiobeacon is situated
0.5 mile E of it.
9.23 A conspicuous radio mast, 60m high, stands 3 miles NE of
Point Esquilladou.
9.23 Port de la Corbiere, Port de la Lave, Port Abri and Port Saumaty
lie in the N part of the gulf. These harbors mainly provide
facilities for barges and small craft.
9.23 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 15 to 20m, good
holding ground, within the N part of the gulf in the area as best
seen on the chart.
9.24 East side.—Ile Tiboulen (43°13'N., 5°20'E.), 50m
high, is steep-to. A light is shown from a structure, 7m high,
standing on this island.
9.24 Cap Croisette, located 0.5 mile E of Ile Tiboulen, is the extremity
of a peninsula which extends W from Montagne de
Marseilleveyre. Ile Maire, 133m high, lies close S between the
cape and Ile Tiboulen. Two rocks, 4m high, lie close off the S
extremity of Ile Maire.
9.24 Ile de Planier (43°12'N., 5°13'E.) lies 5.5 miles SSW of Ile
Tiboulen and is fringed with rocks and foul ground. It is low,
flat, and inconspicuous from a distance. A light is shown from
a structure, 62m high, standing on the island. A rock, with a
least depth of 1.3m, lies about 0.2 mile E of the E end of the island.
9.24 A bank, with a least depth of 13.2m, lies about 1.1 miles
ENE of the island. The sea breaks heavily over this bank and
vessels should give it a wide berth.
9.24 Anse des Goudes, a sheltered cove, lies 0.5 mile E of Cap
Croisette. A small quay, situated within this cove, is used by
yachts and small craft.
9.24 Mont Rose, 83m high, is located 1.2 miles NNE of Cap Croisette.
This point is distinctive and is surmounted by a radio
mast. Port de la Madrague, a small fishing and yacht harbor,
lies on the N side of this point.
9.24 Port de Pointe Rouge lies 2 miles NNE of Cap Croisette. This
extensive yacht harbor is protected by a breakwater and a pier.
9.24 Port du Prado (Port du Roucas-Blanc) lies 1.2 miles N of
Port de Pointe Rouge and is a private harbor. It is the headquarters
of several sailing clubs and consists of several extensive
Pub. 131

126 Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis
yacht basins.
9.24 Pointe d’Endoume (43°17'N., 5°21'E.) is located 4 miles N
of Cap Croisette. Iles d’Endoume, two small islets, lie on a
bank with depths of less than 10m, which extends up to 0.4
mile SSW of the point. A fort stands on the S islet. Rocky
patches, with a least depth of 8.5m, lie up to 0.5 mile WSW of
Pointe d’Endoume.
9.24 Banc du Sourdaras, a small rocky shoal, lies about 0.3 mile
WNW of Pointe d’Endoume and has a least depth of 1.6m. Its
NE extremity is marked by a beacon and its SW extremity is
marked by a lighted beacon, 14m high.
9.24 Several rocks lie on a bank which extends up to about 300m
N of Pointe d’Endoume. The largest and N rock is marked by a
beacon.
9.24 A conspicuous monument stands near the shore, 0.3 mile NE
of Pointe d’Endoume.
9.24 The Church of Notre Dame de la Garde, with a gilded statue
of the Virgin, stands on the summit of a hill, 143m high, 1 mile
E of Pointe d’Endoume. This church is a good landmark and is
sometimes illuminated at night.
9.24 Ile et Chateau d’If (43°17'N., 5°20'E.), a high and steep
rock, lies 1 mile W of Pointe d’Endoume and is surmounted by
the walled fortifications of Chateau d’If. A light is shown from
a structure, 15m high, standing on the NE end of this island.
9.24 Caution.— Works are reported (2007) in progress to build a
submerged artificial reef SE of Ile et Chateau d’If. A special
lighted buoy marks the SE corner of the area. Extreme caution
is needed in the area.
9.25 Ile Pomegues (43°16'N., 5°18'E.) is centered 2.3
miles WSW of Pointe d’Endoume. This island is high, barren,
and steep-to. A causeway extends from the N part of the island
and connects it to Ile Ratonneau. A light is shown from a structure,
2m high, standing at Cap Caveaux, the S extremity of the
island. A prominent television mast stands 0.2 mile SW of the
NE extremity of the island.
9.25 Port de Pomegues, a small bay, lies 0.8 mile NE of Cap
Caveaux, within a prohibited area. The limits of this area are
marked by a line of special buoys which stretch between the
two sides of the bay.
9.25 Ile Ratonneau (43°17'N., 5°19'E.) lies close N of Ile Pomegues.
The shores of this island are steep and indented with bays
and coves. Several small islets lie close to the coast in places
and may best be seen on the chart.
9.25 Ilot Tiboulen, 30m high, lies 0.2 mile W of the W extremity
of Ile Ratonneau. A light is shown from a white base with a
green top, 4m high, standing near the center of this bare and
rocky islet.
9.25 Port du Frioul is formed by the N side of Ile Pomegues, the S
side of Ile Ratonneau, and the E side of the causeway which
joins the two islands. This harbor, which is protected by a
breakwater, is used mainly by yachts. A shoal, with a least
depth of 2.5m, lies about 0.2 mile E of the root of the breakwater
and is marked by a lighted buoy.
9.25 Caution.—Due to the existence of submarine cables and
pipelines, a prohibited anchorage area, the limits of which are
shown on the chart, extends between the offshore islands and
Pointe d’Endoume.
9.25 Due to the existence of submarine cables, a prohibited anchorage
area, the limits of which are shown on the chart, lies
Pub. 131
between Ile de Planier and Ile Tiboulen.
9.25 Works are reported (2007) in progress to build submerged artificial
reefs in the NE part of Rade Endoume and S and W of
the charted Endoume anchorage area. Extreme caution is required
in these areas.
Marseille (43°19'N., 5°22'E.)
World Port Index No. 38810
9.26 The port of Marseille, the largest port in France, consists
of an extensive harbor which is situated behind a long and
detached breakwater system.
Port of Marseille Home Page
http://www.marseille-port.fr
9.26 Winds—Weather.—The Mistral, a violent NW wind, is the
most prevalent wind in this area, and at times, adversely affects
port operations. The cloudless skies of this area must be attributed
to this wind which is usually accompanied by a marked
drop in temperature. It is most severe between October and
April.
9.26 Visibility is very good with NW winds, but it is only mediocre
with E winds, which are frequently accompanied by rain.
Morning fog sometimes extends up to 2 miles seaward in summer
and in dead calm. It generally dissipates by the end of the
morning.
9.26 Tides—Currents.—Tides are almost negligible. Strong onshore
winds with a high sea cause the greatest change in the
water level, which may be as much as 0.2m.
9.26 Depths—Limitations.—The seaward approaches to the port
from the SW, passing N of Ile Ratonneau, are deep and clear.
Vessels from the S may also use the passage which leads between
Ile de Chateau d’If and the dangers lying W of Pointe
d’Endoume.
9.26 The harbor extends for 3.7 miles along the shore and consists
of a series of basins connected to one another. It may be entered
at either the N or S end. The S entrance has a depth of
11m and the N entrance has a depth of 20m.
9.26 The basins are sheltered by Digue du Large, an extensive detached
breakwater, and by Digue des Catalans, a small detached
breakwater situated 0.5 mile N of Pointe d’Endoume.
Digue du Large is 3.5 miles long, 9m high, and is quayed on its
inner side.
9.26 Vieux Port, an old basin, lies close E of the S entrance and is
mainly used by small craft and fishing vessels.
9.26 The main commercial facilities are situated within seven basins
and have 14,199m of total berthing space with depths of 6
to 14.5m alongside. There are extensive facilities for general
cargo, bulk, tanker, reefer, ro-ro, container, automobile ferry,
cruise, and passenger vessels. Vessels of unlimited length and
up to 14m draft can be accommodated.
9.26 In addition, there are 4,383m of total repair berthing space
and ten drydocks. The largest drydock can handle vessels up to
800,000 dwt.
9.26 A cleaning station, situated at the N end of the harbor, can
accommodate tanker and LNG vessels up to 550,000 dwt with
lightened drafts up to 9.5m.

Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis 127
9.26 Aspect.—The most conspicuous landmark in the city and
port of Marseilles is Notre Dame de la Garde, the church situated
atop a 143m high summit.
Port of Marseille
9.26 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory in the approaches to the port
for vessels over 50m in length carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous
substances, and for all other vessels over 70m in length.
9.26 Pilots board in position 43°19.7'N, 5°16.7'E for Marseilles
Harbor and in position 43°15.7'N, 5°19.0'E for Endoume Harbor.
9.26 Vessels should send an ETA 48 hours and 24 hours in advance
or on leaving the previous port. (See Vessel Traffic Service
System below.)
9.26 Vessels should contact the pilot 1 hour before arrival on VHF
channel 8.
9.26 Regulations.—A Mandatory Access Channel, the limits of
which are shown on the chart, lies in Golfe de Marseille. This
channel, the limits of which are shown on the chart, is entered
3 miles W of Ile de Planier and extends N and NE to the N end
of the port.
9.26 All vessels over 1,600 grt, carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous
substances, must report their entry into this channel and
maintain a listening watch on VHF. For further information,
see paragraph 9.1.
9.26 Vessel Traffic Service.—Marseille Vessel Traffic Service
(Marseilles VTS) has been established in the approaches to the
port and is coordinated by the Traffic Management Centre (call
sign: Marseille Port Control), situated 1.3 miles NNE of the S
entrance. Participation in Marseilles VTS is mandatory for all
commercial vessels navigating within the approaches.
9.26 Inbound vessels must send the following to the VTS Center:
1. An ETA 48 hours in advance. The message should also
include the name, call sign, length, beam, grt, draft, destination,
last port of call, and type of vessel.
2. An ETA at least 24 hours in advance. The message
should also include length, draft, cargo, and nature and tonnage
of any dangerous cargo.
9.26 Vessels carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous cargo must report
their entry into French territorial waters 6 hours in advance
using the SURNAV message system.
9.26 All vessels must contact the VTS Center when in VHF range
in order to receive mooring and berthing instructions.
9.26 All vessels must maintain listening watch on VHF channel
12 when within the approaches of the port.
9.26 Vessels within the area, which are not proceeding to the port
and intending to cross the access channel, must contact the
VTS center.
9.26 Anchorage.—Anchorage within Rade de Marseille, lying W
of the center of Digue du Large, is not recommended. This
roadstead is open to W winds and is not safe with E winds in
winter, when gusts of wind are strong and frequent.
9.26 A designated anchorage area, the limits of which are shown
on the chart, lies W of Digue du Large and close N of the S entrance.
9.26 Rade d’Endoume anchorage area, the limits of which are
shown on the chart, lies centered 0.5 mile S of Pointe d’Endoume.
It is situated between two prohibited anchorage areas
and provides good anchorage in fair weather. Large vessels can
anchor, in depths of 21 to 26m; small vessels can anchor, in
depths of 11 to 13m.
9.26 The above anchorage areas have bottoms of mostly sand and
weed, but several rocky patches have been reported to lie within
them.
9.26 Baie du Grande-Soufre, lying W of the causeway connecting
Ile Ratonneau and Ile Pomegues, offers temporary shelter during
N winds. Vessels can anchor here, in a depth of 20m.
9.26 Caution.—An obstruction lies close NW of the N end of
Digue du Large and is marked by a lighted buoy.
9.26 Several wrecks lie in the approaches to the port and may best
be seen on the chart.
9.26 Due to the existence of submarine cables, several prohibited
anchoring areas lie in the approaches to the port and may best
be seen on the chart.
9.26 Basins within Dique du Large may no longer be maintained
by dredging and may have lesser depths than charted. Vessels
intending to berth within Dique du Large should contact the
port authorities for current information.
9.26 Seaplane activity may occur in Rade de Marseille.
9.26 A wreck is reported (2006) to lie in 16.2m, about, 0.3 mile
W of Dique Nord-Ouest West Light.
Golfe de Marseille to Toulon
9.27 Ile Jarros (Jaire) (43°12'N., 5°22'E.) lies 1.5 miles SE
of Cap Croisette. This island is 58m high and bare, and an islet,
33m high, lies close off its NW end. A rocky shoal, with a
depth of 2.5m, lies about 0.2 mile SE of the SE end of the island.
9.27 Montagnes de la Saint Baume, 1,147m high, stands 16 miles
ENE of Cap Croisette. It is flat-topped with a vertical W side
and dominates this stretch of the coast.
9.27 Ile Caleseragne, lying 0.5 mile S of Ile Jarros, is 22m high
and flat. A shoal, with a depth of 3.3m, lies about 0.3 mile S of
the S extremity of the island and is marked by a beacon.
9.27 Ile Riou (43°10'N., 5°23'E.), lying 3 miles SE of Cap Croisette,
is bare and rises to a sharp peak, 190m high. This island
is very prominent, especially when viewed from the E, and is
surrounded by several islets and above-water rocks. A light is
shown from a structure standing on an islet lying 0.3 mile SW
of the E extremity of the island.
9.27 Caution.—Anchoring, fishing, and dredging are prohibited
within an area, the limits of which are shown on the chart, ly-
Pub. 131

128 Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis
ing close NE of Ile Riou and extending to Ile Caleseragne. Due
to unlighted floating objects and a submerged wellhead, navigation
within this area should be carried out with care.
9.28 Plateau des Chevres (43°12'N., 5°22'E.), a shallow
area of weed and rocks, fronts the coast 1.5 miles ESE of Cap
Croisette. It has a least depth of 6.7m and extends 0.5 mile offshore
towards Ile Jarros.
9.28 Mouillage de Four-a-Chaux, entered close E of Plateau de
Chevres, provides anchorage, in depths of 10 to 13m, weed.
This bight affords good shelter from N and NW winds, but is
open to the E.
9.28 Bec Sormiou, located 4 miles E of Cap Croisette, is a low,
bare, and light-colored point.
9.28 Cap Morgiou, located 1 mile E of Bec Sormiou, is formed by
a cliff and surmounted by two old batteries. La Grande Chandelle,
a remarkable square mass of rock, stands 0.7 mile NE of
the cape. It is 420m high and very prominent when seen from
the E or W.
9.28 Mont Puget stands 5 miles E of Cap Croisette. It is 556m
high and has prominent vertical escarpments.
9.28 Cassis (43°13'N., 5°32'E.), a small harbor, lies at the head of
Baie de Cassis, 7 miles ENE of Ile Riou. It is sheltered by a
mole and has extensive facilities for yachts and small craft. A
prominent castle stands 0.3 mile E of the harbor entrance and
dominates the town. Anchorage can be obtained, in depths of
10 to 12m, sand and weed, in the bay. The holding ground is
good, but the roadstead is open to S winds, which if strong,
send in a heavy sea. Local knowledge is advised.
9.28 Port Miou, a narrow cove on the W side of the bay, offers
shelter in depths 6 to 7m in all weather to vessels with local
knowledge. A reef, awash at its N end and with a depth of 3.7m
at its S end, lies about 4 miles SSE of Port Miou. It is marked
by a lighted beacon, 23m high.
9.28 Caution.—A submarine pipeline extends 4 miles SSW from
Port Miou and an anchorage prohibited area lies in its vicinity.
9.29 Bec de L’Aigle (43°10'N., 5°36'E.), located 4.5 miles
SE of Cassis, is 155m high and is formed by bare yellowish
cliffs which are perpendicular in their upper part. The stretch of
coast, which extends up to 3 miles NW of this point, is high
and composed of reddish cliffs. A signal station stands 1.8
miles NW of Bec de L’Aigle and surmounts the summit of
these cliffs.
9.29 Ile Verte, 47m high, lies 0.5 mile E of Bec de L’Aigle. A
rocky shoal, with a depth of 0.9m, lies close W of this island
and is marked by a beacon.
9.29 Baie de la Ciotat is entered between Bec de L’Aigle and
Pointe du Deffend, 4 miles ESE. Port La Ciotat lies in the W
part of this bay and Port des Lecques lies in the NE part.
9.29 Port des Lecques, consisting of two basins, is protected by a
breakwater. It has extensive facilities for small craft and yachts.
Vessels with local knowledge can anchor, in a depth of 9m,
close SE of the harbor.
9.29 Pointe du Deffend (43°09'N., 5°42'E.) can be identified by
its white cliffs, 29m high, which appear to be cut off from the
higher land to the E.
9.29 Caution.—A cable, 2,000m in length, with positive buoyancy,
is situated about 60 miles S of Bec de L’Aigle at a depth of
600m and is a danger to subsurface navigation.
Pub. 131
9.29 Baie de la Moutte, bordered by prominent reddish cliffs, is
entered between Pointe du Deffend and Pointe des Engraviers,
1.2 miles SE. Ile Rousse, 18m high, lies 0.2 mile SE of Pointe
des Engraviers.
9.29 A prohibited area, the limits of which are marked by bouys
and shown on the chart, lies close SW of Port des Lecques.
9.29 A submarine pipeline extends about 0.8 mile seaward from a
point on the shore, 1 mile NNW of Pointe du Deffend.
9.30 La Ciotat (43°10'N., 5°37'E.), a small port, mainly
consists of a large shipyard which is used for the construction
of tankers. The port is closed to commercial operations. La
Ciotat is also used by yachts and fishing vessels.
9.30 Winds—Weather.—The climate is comparatively mild, but
the area is subject to the cold NW winds of the Mistral which
blow down suddenly and violently from the mountains.
9.30 Depths—Limitations.—In addition to the drydock and
shipbuilding installation, the port has extensive facilities for
fishing craft and yachts.
9.30 The large harbor basin has 1,610m of total quayage with
depths of 1.3 to 7.6m alongside. Vessels up to 380m in length,
60m beam, and 7.5m draft can be accommodated.
9.30 The port no longer handles commercial cargo vessels.
9.30 Aspect.—The harbor can be identified by the prominent
cranes and workshops of the shipyard situated on its S side.
9.30 The Chapelle de Notre Dame de la Garde stands 0.7 mile
NW of Bec de L’Aigle and is prominent from seaward.
9.30 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Private pilots are provided
by the shipyard. The port may be contacted on VHF channel
12 or 16. The pilot boards in position 43°09.6'N, 5°38.5'E.
9.30 Anchorage.—The bay affords poor holding ground on a
bottom of mud and weed, and vessels are liable to drag during
strong winds. Anchorage should be taken within 0.3 mile of the
shore in order to get as much shelter as possible from the land
and to avoid the steep slope of the bottom which occurs farther
offshore. A good berth lies about 0.3 mile NE of the harbor entrance.
Good anchorage is also available, in a depth of 14m, in
Rade de Ceyreste, about 0.7 mile NE of the harbor entrance.
9.31 Baie de Bandol (43°08'N., 5°46'E.) lies 3 miles SE of
Pointe du Deffend and is entered between Ile de Bandol and
Pointe de la Cride, 1 mile SSE.
9.31 Ile
de Bandol can be identified by its prominent reddish-col-
ored rocks. It is connected to a peninsula close N by a bank
which has depths of 0.2 to 2m. Chateau de Bandol stands on
the outer end of the peninsula, which is 25m high and is conspicuous.
9.31 La
Fourmigue, a rock, lies on a shoal about 0.2 mile E of the
E extremity of Ile de Bandol. It is 1m high and marked by a
beacon. Vessels should not attempt to pass between the beacon
and the island.
9.31 A small yacht harbor, protected by two jetties, lies on the N
side of Ile de Bandol at its E end.
9.31 Pointe
de la Cride, the S entrance point of the bay, is low and
pointed. An old battery stands on its extremity. A reef extends
SW from the point and is marked at its seaward end by a beacon.
9.32 Bandol (43°08'N., 5°45'E.), a small harbor, lies on the
W side of Baie de Bandol and is protected by a breakwater. It

Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis 129
has extensive facilities for small craft and yachts. The harbor
can accommodate small vessels, with drafts up to 4m, but is liable
to silt up.
9.32 The nine-arch Aran viaduct stands 0.7 mile ENE of the harbor
and is very prominent from seaward.
9.32 Several outfall pipelines extend from the shore in the approaches
to the harbor and a patch of foul ground, consisting of
sunken moorings, lies about 230m E of the entrance.
9.32 Port Sanary Sur Mer, a small harbor, lies on the N side of
Baie de Sanary, 1.5 miles E of Pointe de la Cride. It is protected
by two moles and mainly used by small craft and yachts.
9.32 Baie de Sanary affords good shelter against winds from the
NW through NE to SE, but W or SW winds, if strong, send in a
heavy sea. An outfall pipeline extends 0.7 mile SW from a
point close W of the harbor. Its seaward end is marked by a
buoy. Vessels can anchor, in depths of 10 to 12m, sand and
weed, good holding ground, SSW of the harbor entrance.
9.32 Port de la Coudouriere, a small harbor, lies 1.2 miles SSE of
Port Sanary Sur Mer and is protected by two moles. An obstruction
is reported to lie about 0.2 mile WNW of the entrance
which is 64m wide. The harbor is used by small craft and
yachts.
9.32 Caution.—Due to the presence of mines, an anchoring, diving,
and fishing prohibited area, the limits of which are shown on the
chart, lies centered 1 mile SSW of Pointe de la Cride.
9.33 Port du Brusc (43°05'N., 5°48'E.), a small harbor,
lies 1.3 miles SSW of Port de la Coudouriere and is protected
by a jetty and a small detached breakwater. It has an entrance
46m wide and is used by small craft and yachts.
9.33 Ile du Grand Gaou and Ile du Petit Gaou, two small islands,
lie close to the mainland, 0.7 mile SW of Port du Brusc.
9.33 From the vicinity of these two islands, a bank, on which lie
several islands and dangers, extends about 2 miles WNW.
9.33 Ile du Grand Rouvean (43°05'N., 5°46'E.) lies 1.5 miles W
of Port du Brusc. It is surrounded by rocks and is the outermost
island on the bank. A light is shown from a structure, 14m
high, standing on the summit of this island.
9.33 Rochers des Magnons, a group of small islets and above-water
rocks, lies 0.3 mile W of Ile du Grand Rouveau. Seches des
Magnons, a chain of reefs, extends up to about 0.2 mile SW of
Rocher des Magnons and is marked by a beacon.
9.33 Vessels should give these dangers a wide berth.
9.33 Ile des Embiez lies 1 mile W of Port le Brusc. The channel
between this island and Ile du Grand Rouveau is obstructed by
numerous rocks. Pointe de Cougousset, the S extremity of the
island, is also the highest point of the island. It is 61m high and
surmounted by a prominent tower. An old castle, with a prominent
tower, stands in the center of the island. Pointe Saint
Pierre, the N extremity of the island, is surmounted by an old
battery.
9.33 Ile du Petit Rouveau, 14m high, lies close NW of Pointe
Saint Pierre. A detached rocky patch, with a depth of 2.1m, lies
about 0.3 mile N of this island and is marked by a beacon.
9.33 Ilot de la Tour Fondue, 40m high, lies close E of Ile des Embiez
to which it is connected. A light is shown from a structure
standing on the N point of this islet.
9.33 Port Saint Pierre (Port des Embiez), a small harbor, lies on
the N side of Ile des Embiez and is entered via a channel
marked by buoys and beacons. It has extensive facilities for
yachts and small craft.
9.33 Rade de Brusc lies between Ile des Embiez and the bank
fronting the coast between Port de la Couduriere and Port du
Brusc. This roadstead offers anchorage which is sheltered from
winds from E through S to WSW. However, the holding ground
is not good, especially in the N part where the bottom is
formed by fine sand. A good anchorage berth lies in depths of
11 to 13m, with the N extremity of Ile du Grand Rouveau in
line with Pointe Sainte-Pierre, N extremity of Ile des Embiez.
9.33 Caution.—Due to the existence of submarine cables, an anchoring,
fishing, and diving prohibited area, the limits of which
are shown on the chart, lies between the S end of Ile des Embiez
and the mainland and extends 1.5 miles S. This area is
used frequently by warships proceeding at high speed.
9.33 An islet, 9m high, lies close to the coast, 0.5 mile ESE of Ile
du Grand Gaou. A light is shown from a structure standing on
this islet when vessels are exercising in the vicinity. It has been
reported that when this light is shown, navigation is prohibited
N of 43°00'N, between the meridians of Ile du Grand Rouveau
and Cap Sicie, due to naval gunnery practice.
9.34 Cap Sicie (43°03'N., 5°52'E.), located 3.5 miles ESE
of Ile des Embiez, is a dark headland which rises to two small
peaks with a saddle between them. The prominent ruins of an
old signal station stand on the E peak. The conspicuous chapel
of Notre-Dame-de-la-Garde, with a pylon close W, stands on
the W peak. A light is shown from a white metal mast, 3m
high, standing at the foot of the cape.
9.34 A
rocky patch, with a depth of 4.5m, lies about 0.2 mile SE
of the cape. Deux Freres, two dark and rugged rocks, lie 0.5
mile ENE of the cape. The N rock is 20m high and the S rock is
15m high; both are very conspicuous.
9.34 Caution.—A submerged ordnance area, the limits of which
are shown on the chart, lies 8 miles S of Cape Sicie.
Approaches to Toulon
9.35 Presqu’ile de Saint Mandrier (43°05'N., 5°56'E.),
located 3 miles NE of Cap Sicie, is a peninsula which extends
2.5 miles E from the coast. It is joined to the mainland by a low
neck of land on which stands a large and prominent hotel. The
buildings of the city of Toulon can be seen across this low neck
from seaward.
9.35 Port de Sainte Elme, a small and shallow harbor, lies on the
SE side of this low neck of land. It is protected by two moles
and used by small craft.
9.35 Caution.—A submerged buoy covered by 7.5m of water is
located about 680m SE from Maregau Point. The buoy is used
for anchoring a target for weapons exercises.
9.35 Cap Cepet (43°04'N., 5°57'E.) is the SE extremity of the Presqu’ile
de Saint Mandrier. A light is shown from a structure,
15m high, standing on the cape. A prominent pylon, 22m high,
stands close W of the light.
9.35 A signal station is situated at the fort, which stands 0.7 mile
NNW of Cap Cepet.
9.35 Two lighted buoys are moored 0.7 mile S and SSE, respectively,
from the light structure.
9.35 Pointe de Carqueirane (43°05'N., 6°01'E.) is located on the
E side of the approach to the port, 3.5 miles ENE of Cap Cepet.
Pub. 131

130 Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis
This point lies on the N side of the outer roadstead and can easily
be recognized by its prominent red cliffs.
9.35 Golfe de Giens (43°04'N., 6°06'E.) is entered between
Pointe de Carqueiranne and Pointe Escampobariou, 4.7 miles
SE. Pointe Escampobariou is the SW extremity of Presqu’ile
de Giens, a peninsula, the W side of which is 118m high and
surmounted by a tower.
9.35 The E side of this gulf is bordered by a low and flat isthmus
which connects Presqu’ile de Giens to the mainland. The shore
of the isthmus is fronted by shoal water which extends up to
0.5 mile seaward.
9.35 The N side of this gulf is moderately high. La Colle Noire,
294m high, Mont le Paradis, 314m high, and Mont des
Oiseaux, 306m high, stand 1.5 miles ENE, 2.7 miles NE, and
3.7 miles ENE, respectively, of Pointe de Carqueirane.
9.35 Port les Salettes, a small harbor, lies on the N shore of the
gulf, 2.7 miles E of Pointe de Carqueirane. It is formed by two
jetties and is used by yachts and small craft. Hospital San Salvador,
a large and prominent building, stands 1.5 miles E of the
harbor.
9.35 Les Fourmigues, consisting of two rocks, lies 1.5 miles NW
of Pointe Escampobariou. The highest rock is 14m high, prominent
and marked by a beacon.
9.35 Several small islets lie on a rocky bank which extends 0.5
mile W from the NW extremity of Presqu’ile de Giens and
fronts the S shore of the gulf.
9.36 Grande Rade (43°06'N., 5°57'E.), the outer roadstead
of the port, is entered between Cap Cepet and Pointe de
Carqueirane. The SW side of this roadstead is formed by the
NE side of Presqu’ile de Saint Mandrier.
9.36 The N shore of Presqu’ile de Saint Mandrier is fronted by
naval installations. These include several small craft basins and
areas which have been dredged to depths of 4.5 to 7.5m.
9.36 Pointe Sainte Marguerite, located 1.7 miles NW of Pointe de
Carqueirane, is formed by a steep, grey cliff which rises to a
height of 65m.
9.36 Cap Brun, located 1 mile W of Pointe Sainte Marguerite, is
surmounted by a prominent fort.
9.36 Port de Saint Louis du Mourillon, a small harbor, lies 1.5
miles W of Cap Brun. It is protected by a breakwater and used
by yachts and fishing craft.
9.36 Presqu’ile du Mourillon extends 0.5 mile W from Port de
Saint Louis du Mourillon to its SW extremity, which is surmounted
by Fort de la Grosse Tour. A prominent seven-story
tower building stands 0.6 mile NE of the fort.
9.36 Grande Jetee, a main breakwater, extends 0.7 mile S from
the SW extremity of Presqu’ile du Mourillon and forms the W
side of Grande Rade. There is a gap in this breakwater, 45m
wide, situated 135m S of the root.
9.36 Grande Pass, the principal entrance to the port, leads between
the S end of Grande Jetee and the N side of Presqu’ile de
Saint Mandrier.
9.36 Anchorage.—Golfe de Giens offers shelter during winds
from the N through E to S. It is open to W winds, but the bottom
consists of mud and weed and is a good holding ground.
Vessels may anchor in the NE part of this gulf, clear of most of
the obstructions and prohibited areas.
9.36 Caution.—Due to the existence of submarine cables, an anchoring
and fishing prohibited area, the limits of which are
Pub. 131
shown on the chart, extends S from the vicinity of Port de
Sainte Elme.
9.36 An outfall pipeline extends 0.5 mile SSE from a point lying
close NE of the Cape Cepet.
9.36 A prohibited area, the limits of which are shown on the chart,
fronts the shore of the NE side of Presqu’ile de Saint Mandrier
and extends up to 250m seaward in places.
9.36 A prohibited area, the limits of which are shown on the chart,
lies centered 0.6 mile NE of Cap Cepet. Several mooring buoys
and obstructions lie within this area.
9.36 An obstruction, with a depth of 6m, lies about 0.2 mile ENE
of Cap Cepet and several mooring buoys are situated in this vicinity.
9.36 Anchoring, fishing, and diving are prohibited within several
areas, the limits of which are shown on the chart, lying within
Golfe de Giens. Navigation is prohibited within a circular area,
400m in diameter, lying 0.3 mile N of the S shore of the gulf.
An outfall pipeline extends 0.7 mile WSW from the NE shore
of the gulf.
9.36 An outfall pipeline extends 1 mile SSW from a point on the
shore, 0.2 mile E of Point Sainte Marguerite. A prohibited area,
the limits of which are shown on the chart, is centered at the
seaward end of this pipeline and is marked by a lighted buoy.
9.36 Several sonar target obstructions lie close S of Pointe de Carqueirane
and may best be seen on the chart.
Toulon (43°06'N., 5°55'E.)
World Port Index No. 38870
9.37 Toulon has the largest and best natural harbor on this
coast. It is the largest French military port on the Mediterranean
coast of France. The port consists of a large outer roadstead
and a spacious inner harbor, protected by an extensive
breakwater. The principal facilities of the naval base and the
commercial port occupy the entire N side of the inner harbor.
Minor naval and commercial installations are scattered elsewhere
about the port area.
Port of Toulon Home Page
http://www.var.equipement.gouv.fr
9.37 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are from the NW
(Mistral) and W. These winds may reach a velocity of Force
11. Winds from the E and SE, which are less frequent, are generally
accompanied by rain squalls, but do not exceed a velocity
of Force 9. Winds from other directions are even less
frequent and less strong. The presence of clouds over Mont
Coudon and Cap Sicie is a sign of rain.
9.37 Tides—Currents.—The tides are almost negligible, having
a range of 0.2m at springs.
9.37 Strong winds blowing from one direction for a prolonged period
may affect the depths in the harbor, but not to any substantial
degree.
9.37 The currents are weak and irregular and generally follow the
direction of the wind.
9.37 Depths—Limitations.—Grande Rade, the outer roadstead,
is deep, clear, and imposes no limitation on the size of vessel
which can enter.

Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis 131
9.37 Petite Rade, the inner roadstead, is sheltered by Grande Jetee.
Its N shore is occupied by the naval port which has berths
with depths up to 10m alongside and includes extensive repair
facilities and drydocks. It has been reported (2001) that the water
depth in this basin is 2 to 3m deeper than charted.
9.37 The main commercial facilities at the NE side of the harbor
include Fournel Quay, 345m long, with a depth of 9.5m alongside;
Quay Est, 170m long, with a depth of 8.2m alongside;
and Minerve Quay, 128m long, with a depth of 8.0m alongside.
Minerve Quay can accommodate vessels up to 170m long, with
a draft of 8m.
9.37 Additional commercial facilities are situated at La Seyne-
Bregaillon, at the NW side of the harbor. These include two
cargo berths, each 215m long, with a depth of 9.5m alongside.
9.37 There are facilities for general cargo, container, bulk, and roro
vessels. Generally, vessels up to 250m in length and 8.8m
draft can be accommodated. It was reported that vessels up to
340m in length have entered the harbor.
9.37 An oil terminal, consisting of a jetty extending for 520m parallel
with the shore, is situated in the S part of the harbor. The
berths can accommodate vessels up to 198m in length and have
dredged depths of 10m alongside. This jetty is mainly used by
naval vessels, but commercial tanker vessels can be accommodated
with permission.
9.37 A yacht marina is situated on the W side of this inner harbor
and a fishing craft basin is situated in the NE part.
9.37 Aspect.—Pointe de Balaguier, marked by an old fort with a
round tower and a flagstaff, lies in the roadstead to Toulon.
Pointe de Balaguier
9.37 On approaching the coast, prominent landmarks include Six
Fours, 210m high and conical, standing 4 miles WSW of Toulon;
Mont Faron, 585m high and almost entirely wooded,
standing 2 miles NNE of Toulon; Mont Coudon, 700m high
with a vertical E side, standing 4 miles NE of Toulon; and
Mont Caume, 801m high with a rounded peak, standing 3.5
miles N of Toulon.
9.37 For additional landmarks, see Approaches to Toulon beginning
in paragraph 9.35.
9.37 Lighted buoys are moored about 1.5 miles NNE, 1.1 miles
NNE, and 0.8 mile NE of Cap Cepet. A buoy is moored about
0.8 mile ENE of the head of Grande Jetee.
9.37 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of 45m in
length and over.
9.37 Inbound vessels should send a request for pilotage to the harbormaster
or to the Cap Cepet signal station at least 1 hour before
their ETA in the outer roadstead stating vessel name, call
sign, vessel type, length, and draft. Vessels should also send an
amendment if their ETA is changed by over 30 minutes.
9.37 Pilots may be contacted on VHF channel 12, or 16 and generally
board about 1 mile E of Grande Passe, the main entrance
to the inner roadstead.
9.37 When vessels are proceeding to a military installation or are
using a French naval tug, it is reported that a French Navy pilot
will take the place of the civilian pilot at the harbor entrance.
9.37 Regulations.—A Mandatory Access Channel, the limits of
which are shown on the chart, lies in the approaches to the port.
This channel, which is entered 13 miles SSE of Cap Cepet,
leads NNW until E of Presqu’ile de Saint Mandrier, and then
WNW to the vicinity of the harbor entrance. Inbound vessels
should keep to the starboard side of this access channel and
pass N of the lighted buoy, which is moored about 1.1 miles
NNE of Cap Cepet.
9.37 All vessels over 1,600 grt, carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous
substances, must report their entry into this channel and
maintain a listening watch on VHF. For further information,
see paragraph 9.1.
9.37 All vessels over 1,600 grt, carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous
substances, must send an ETA 48 hours in advance. The
message should also include name, call sign, nationality,
length, beam, draft, and type and quantity of cargo.
9.37 All other vessels must send an ETA 24 hours in advance. The
message should also include name, call sign, nationality,
length, beam, and draft.
9.37 All vessels over 25m in length should contact the signal station
by VHF before entering Grande Rade, the outer roadstead,
and should keep a continuous listening watch.
9.37 A speed limit of 12 knots is in force within Petite Rade, the
inner roadstead.
9.37 A number of mooring buoys are situated within the several
arms of the inner harbor, but they are primarily for use by
French naval vessels, and merchant vessels are not permitted to
secure to any of them without first having obtained permission
from the port authorities.
9.37 Vessels are prohibited from anchoring within 250m of any
mooring buoy and within 50m of any military establishment,
pier, quay, or jetty.
9.37 Anchorage.—Grande Rade offers good natural shelter from
all winds except those from the S and SE. Anchorage may be
obtained in Grande Rade, except in the prohibited areas which
are indicated on the chart.
9.37 Anchorage is prohibited in the inner harbor, except within a
triangular-shaped anchorage area shown on the chart and situated
in the N part.
9.37 Caution.—The head of Grande Jetee should be given a berth
of at least 25m.
9.37 Banc de l’Ane, with depths of less than 11m, fronts the S
part of the E side of Petite Rade and is marked by lighted
buoys.
9.37 Several submarine cables and submarine pipelines cross the
entrance to Petite Rade and may be best seen on the chart.
9.37 Several prohibited anchoring and fishing areas, the limits of
which are shown on the chart, lie within the inner part of the
harbor.
Pub. 131

132 Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis
Toulon to Golfe de Saint-Tropez
9.38 Giens (43°02'N., 6°08'E.) stands at the center of Presqu’ile
de Giens, 1.5 miles ENE of Pointe Escampobariou.
This village is very prominent from seaward.
9.38 Port du Niel, a small harbor, lies on the NW side of a small
bay, close S of the village. It is protected by a jetty and used by
small craft. Anchorage can be obtained by small vessels, in
depths of 10 to 13m, within the bay.
9.38 Ponte de l’Esterel, the E extremity of Presqu’ile de Giens, is
formed by a low, rocky, and tree covered promontory. A rock,
8m high, lies close off this cape.
9.38 Pointe de la Tour Fondue, located 0.7 mile WSW of Cap de
l’Esterel, is a projecting point surmounted by an old fort. Port
de la Tour Fondue, a small harbor, lies close NNE of the point
and is used mainly by ferry boats serving Iles d’Hyeres.
9.38 Ile du Grand Ribaud (43°01'N., 6°09'E.), 51m high, lies 0.7
mile SW of Pointe de la Tour Fondue. Its summit is surmounted
by a prominent chateau. A light is shown from a structure, 14m
high, standing on the S extremity of the island.
9.38 An islet, 18m high, lies midway between the island and the
mainland coast. A rock, 6m high, lies close N of this islet.
9.38 Caution.—Due to the existence of submarine cables, an anchoring
and fishing prohibited area, the limits of which are
shown on the chart, lies E of Ile du Grand Ribaud and extends
SE to Ile de Porquerolles.
9.39 Iles d’Hyeres (43°00'N., 6°23'E.), a chain of four islands,
extends up to 16 miles E of Ponte de l’Esterel. It consists
of Ile de Porquerolles, Ile de Bagaud, Ile de Port Cros, and Ile
du Levant.
9.39 Ile de Porquerolles (43°00'N., 6°12'E.) lies centered 3 miles
SE of Ponte de l’Esterel. The summit of the island, located 1
mile from its E end, is 142m high and surmounted by a signal
station.
9.39 Cap d’Armes, the S extremity of the island, is located in the
middle of the cliffy S coast. A light is shown from a structure,
16m high, standing on this cape. A prominent mast stands 1
mile NE of the light.
9.39 An islet lies close N of the NW extremity of Ile de Porquerolles
and a fort is situated on its N part. A shoal extends up to
0.3 mile N of this islet and is marked by a lighted beacon. A
dangerous wreck lies about 0.2 mile NE of the beacon.
9.39 Anchorage can be obtained by vessels, with local knowledge,
in a depth of 7m, weed, good holding ground, within a
bay bounded on its W side by the islet and by the shoal extending
to the N.
9.39 Port de Porquerolles, a small harbor, lies centered on the N
coast of the island. It is protected from the N by a jetty and
used by small craft. Small vessels, with local knowledge, may
anchor, in a depth of 10m, about 0.3 mile NNE of the harbor
jetty.
9.39 Several above-water rocks lie up to about 0.3 mile N of the
NE extremity of the island, and two rocky islets lie close ESE
and 0.3 mile ESE, respectively, of the SE extremity of the island.
9.40 Ile de Bagaud (43°01'N., 6°22'E.) lies 5 miles E of
the E extremity of Ile de Porquerolles. This island is 59m high,
rocky, and is topped with thick trees.
Pub. 131
9.40 Ile de Port Cros (43°00'N., 6°24'E.), lies close E of Ile de
Bagaud, is mainly wooded and is the highest island of the
chain. Its summit, 207m high, is surmounted by a building,
with two white cupolas, which are visible from a considerable
distance.
9.40 An islet, 63m high, lie 0.2 mile S of the S extremity of the island.
9.40 Ile du Levant (43°02'N., 6°28'E.), 130m high, lies centered
2.5 miles NE of the E end of Ile de Port Cros and is tree covered.
A light is shown from a structure, 7m high, standing on
Pointe du Titan, the SE extremity of the island. A peak, 99m
high, stands 0.3 mile WNW of the light and is surmounted by a
disused signal station.
9.40 A small above-water rock lies close ENE of Pointe du Titan.
A rock, with a depth of 1.4m, lies about 1 mile ENE of the
point and is marked by a beacon.
9.40 Caution.—Ile de Bagaud and Ile de Port Cros form a national
park. Navigation, anchoring, and fishing are prohibited within
600m of the coastlines. Landing on Ile de Bagaud is
prohibited. A prominent tower stands in the center and the
prominent ruins of a fort are situated at the W end of the island.
9.40 Several mooring buoys and targets are moored close offshore
around Ile du Levant.
9.40 Prohibited areas, the limits of which are shown on the chart,
lie SW of Pointe du Titan (Ile du Levant) and extend up to 2
miles from the coast. These areas, which are used by French
naval vessels, are not in force between July 1 and August 31.
Vessels are prohibited from approaching within 200m of the
coast of the island, except at the W end.
9.40 Anchoring and fishing prohibited areas, the limits of which
are shown on the chart, extend up to 11 miles seaward from the
S side of Ile du Levant and up to 2 miles seaward from the N
side of the island.
9.40 Several gunnery and bombing ranges are situated in the vicinity
of Ile du Levant. For further information, see Pub. 140,
Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and
Adjacent Seas.
9.41 Rade d’Hyeres (43°05'N., 6°14'E.) is entered between
Cap de l’Esterel and Cap Benat, 9 miles ENE. This bay
is sheltered by Iles d’Hyeres. Its NW shore is dominated by a
range of hills, the S of which is surmounted by the conspicuous
chapel of Notre Dame d’Hyeres.
9.41 Port d’Hyeres-Plage, a small harbor, lies 3 miles NNW of
Ponte de l’Esterel. It is protected by breakwaters and is used by
yachts, small naval craft, and ferries plying to Iles d’Hyeres.
Anchorage may be taken, in a depth of 15m, about 0.7 mile
from the harbor.
9.41 The town of Hyeres stands 2.5 miles NW of the harbor and is
built in the form of an amphitheater at the foot of a black
mountain. Le Fenouillet, 291m high, stands 1.5 miles NW of
the town and has a conspicuous rock on its summit.
9.41 Port d’Ayguarde-Ceinturon, a small yacht harbor, lies 1.2
miles NE of Port d’Hyeres-Plage and is subject to silting.
9.41 Berrian-Plage, another small yacht harbor, lies 0.7 mile NE
of Port d’Ayguarde-Ceinturon and a conspicuous building
stands close E of it.
9.41 Caution.—Anchorage is prohibited within an area, the limits
of which are shown on the chart, which extends 2 miles SE
from a point on the shore, close N of Port d’Hyeres-Plage.

Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis 133
Ile du Levant—NE extremity from SE, distant about 3 miles
Ile du Levant—SW extremity from SE, distant about 3 miles
Pub. 131

134 Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis
9.42 Port Pothuau (43°07'N., 6°12'E.) fronts the town of
Les Salins d’Hyeres and is protected by two jetties. This small
harbor has an entrance, 60m wide, and can accommodate small
vessels with drafts up to 4m. A quay, situated along the E jetty,
and a slip, in the NE angle of the harbor, are reserved for the
use of the French naval craft. The W side of the harbor is used
by fishing and pleasure craft.
9.42 Port de Miramar, a small and shallow yacht harbor, lies 2
miles E of Port Pothuau.
9.42 Several mooring buoys are situated along the coast and within
the roadsteads lying between Berrian-Plage and Port de
Miramar.
9.42 A factory stands at Bormettes on the N shore of the bay, 6.5
miles NE of Ponte de l’Esterel. It is conspicuous and lighted at
night. During the day, it may be identified by two tanks which
are situated in the vicinity. A range of hills approaches the
coast just E of this factory.
9.42 Pointe de Leoube, located 1 mile ESE of Bormettes, is faced
with a small but prominent white cliff and is fronted by an islet.
9.42 Batterie des Maures, an artificial islet, lies 0.2 mile NW of
Pointe de Leoube. It is prominent and surmounted by a discontinued
light structure.
9.42 Cap de Bregancon (43°06'N., 6°19'E.), 52m high, is located
1.7 miles ESE of Pointe de Leoube. This cape is the SW extremity
of a rocky islet which is surmounted by a fort and connected
to the mainland by a bridge. Chateau de Bregancon, a
conspicuous building with turrets, is situated 1.5 miles NNW
of the cape.
9.42 A small craft harbor, enclosed by two jetties, lies on the W
side of a point, 0.5 mile E of the cape.
9.43 Cap Benat (43°05'N., 6°22'E.), 185m high, is formed
by the SE extremity of a large, rounded, and rugged hill. It is
surmounted by an old signal station and a prominent television
tower. A rock, 6m high, lies close E of the cape and is marked
by a beacon. A small yacht basin is situated on the N side of
the cape.
9.43 Pointe de Gouron (Cap Blanc), so called from the color of its
rocks, which can be identified from some distance seaward, is
located 0.3 mile SW of Cap Benat.
9.43 Cap Benat Light is shown from a white tower with a red lantern
flanked by a main building, 16m high, standing near the
extremity of Pointe de Gouron.
9.43 An obstruction, in the form of a submerged buoy with a
depth of 20m, lies about 2.3 miles S of Cap Benat.
9.43 Pointe de l’Esquillette, located 0.7 mile N of Cap Benat, is
fronted by a rocky spit which extends up to 0.3 mile E.
9.43 Bormes les Mimosas (La Faviere), a yacht harbor protected
by a breakwater, lies 1.2 miles N of Pointe de l’Esquillette.
9.43 La Fourmigue, a rock, lies 2 miles NE of Cap Benat. It is 6m
high, surrounded by submerged rocks, and is marked by a
lighted beacon.
9.43 Caution.—Due to the existence of submarine cables, an anchoring
and dredging prohibited area extends SE from the
shore close N of Bormes les Mimosas harbor.
9.43 A measured distance is situated between Cap Benat and Cap
Negre and is indicated by beacons.
9.44 Le Lavandou (43°08'N., 6°22'E.), a small harbor, is
protected by a jetty and a mole, and has depths of 1 to 4m. The
Pub. 131
original basin is used by small craft. Anchoring is prohibited
within this basin on account of mooring chains lying on the
bottom.
9.44 Quays at the W ends of the mole and the breakwater are reserved
for the use of local ferries. An extensive yacht basin,
protected by a curved breakwater, lies close SE of the original
basin. Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 15 to 20m,
muddy sand, good holding ground, about 0.2 mile SE of the
harbor.
9.44 Cap Negre (43°09'N., 6°27'E.), a dark promontory, is located
4.2 miles NE of Cap Benat. This cape terminates in steep
cliffs and is surmounted by a prominent house with two towers,
which when seen from E, resembles a signal station. A beacon,
which is used in connection with a measured distance, stands
near the extremity of the cape. Another beacon, having the
same use, is situated 0.8 mile NNW of the cape. Anchorage
can be obtained, in a depth of 11m, within a small bay lying 1
mile W of the cape.
9.44 Pointe du Dattier is located 3 miles ENE of Cap Negre. A
prominent white house stands 0.2 mile NNW of the point, and
beacons are situated close N and 1 mile NNW of the point.
9.44 Cap de Cavalaire, located 4.2 miles ENE of Cap Negre, is
the S extremity of a promontory which rises to a height of 70m,
close N of the cape. A prominent television mast stands on the
cape.
9.44 Pointe de Cavalaire, 30m high, is located 0.5 mile NE of Cap
de Cavalaire and surmounted by a prominent white wall, 3m
high.
9.45 Baie de Cavalaire (43°10'N., 6°34'E.) is surrounded
by hills which slope gradually to its shores. It is entered between
Cap de Cavalaire and Cap Lardier, 3.7 miles E. Numerous
villas are scattered along the head of the bay, and a
conspicuous hotel is reported to stand close to the shore, 1 mile
N of Pointe de Cavalaire.
9.45 Port de Cavalaire lies on the N side of Pointe de Cavalaire. It
is formed by two jetties and has depths of 4 to 8m. This small
harbor is used by small craft and has extensive facilities for
yachts. The town, which is prominent, stands close NW of the
harbor.
9.45 Cap Lardier may be identified by the grey color of its barren
rocks. A wall, 4m high, stands on the cape and is prominent. A
rock, with a depth of 7.1m, lies about 0.5 mile ESE of the cape.
9.45 Baie de Cavalaire offers shelter from the Mistral, but is untenable
during winds from the E through S to SW. The bottom,
consisting of mud and weed, is a good holding ground provided
vessels do not anchor in too great a depth where the steep
slope may cause dragging. Local knowledge is advisable.
9.45 Baie de Briande is entered between Cap Lardier and Cap
Taillat, 1.2 miles NE. It offers shelter from the Mistral, but is
exposed to all winds from seaward.
9.45 Cap Taillat, fronted by rocks, is the SE extremity of a peninsula
which is 65m high and joined to the mainland by a low
isthmus. A beacon stands on this cape.
9.45 Caution.—An outfall and associated prohibited area extend
SE 0.7 mile from the coast from a point 1.0 mile NE of the
breakwater at Port de Cavalaire.
9.46 Cap Camarat (43°12'N., 6°41'E.), located 2.5 miles
NE of Cap Taillat, terminates in a red point from which rocks,

Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis 135
above-water and submerged, extend up to 0.7 mile E. A light is
shown from a black-topped square white tower, 29m high,
standing 0.2 mile W of the extremity of the cape. A signal station
is situated close SE of the light.
9.46 Voltera Castle, 1 mile W of Cap Camarat, is a conspicuous
landmark.
9.46 Mont Paillas, 322m high, stands 3.5 miles WNW of the cape
and is prominent. The village of Ramatuelle is situated 0.5 mile
ESE of the summit of this hill and is conspicuous from seaward.
9.46 Anse de Pampelonne is entered between Cap Camarat and
Cap du Pinet, 2.8 miles N. This bay is bordered by a low sandy
beach on its W side. Several submerged rocks lie in places
within 0.2 mile of the beach. An outfall pipeline extends 0.8
mile seaward in the S part of the bay.
9.46 The bay offers shelter from NW winds, but can not be used
with E winds. The bottom consists of fine sand with patches of
weed in places, which improves the holding ground. Anchorage
can be obtained, in a depth of 14m, fine sand and weed,
about midway between the entrance points.
9.46 La Nioulargo, a bank, lies 5 miles ENE of Cap Camarat and
has a least depth of 52m.
9.46 Caution.—Diving is prohibited in an area, the limits of
which are shown on the chart, lying in the vicinity of a historic
wreck, 0.7 mile S of Cap Camarat.
9.47 Cap de Saint-Tropez (43°16'N., 6°42'E.), the E extremity
of a peninsula, is bordered E and NE by foul ground.
9.47 Basse du Verhuge lies about 2 miles ESE of the cape and has
a depth of 13.7m. This shoal is dangerous in bad weather when
the sea breaks violently over it.
9.47 Teste-de-Can, a group of three above-water rocks, lies 0.5
mile SE of the cape and is prominent. A rocky ledge extends up
to about 1 mile NE of the cape and its seaward edge is marked
by a lighted beacon. Basse du Nord-Est, a detached rocky
patch, lies close ENE of the lighted beacon and has a least
depth of 4m.
9.47 Le Saint Julien, a bank, lies 4 miles E of the cape and has
depths of 53 to 70m.
9.47 Pointe de la Rabiou is located 1.2 miles NW of Cap de Saint-
Tropez. The coast between is 30 to 60m high and prominent. A
rocky ledge extends about 0.3 mile N from a point on the coast,
0.5 mile SE of Pointe de la Rabiou. It has depths of less than
5m, is awash at the seaward extremity, and is marked by a beacon.
9.47 A rocky shoal, with a least depth of 6.2m, lies about 0.5 mile
N of Point de Rabiou and is marked by a beacon.
Golfe de Saint-Tropez
9.48 Golfe de Saint-Tropez (43°17'N., 6°39'E.) is entered
between Pointe de la Rabiou and Cap Sardinaux, 2 miles N,
and extends for about 4 miles WSW.
9.48 Aspect.—On approaching the gulf, the following conspicuous
landmarks can easily be identified:
1. Borelly Castle, which consists of a group of buildings
surrounding a tower, standing 0.5 mile S of Pointe de la Rabiou.
2. Saint-Tropez, standing on the S shore, which with its
citadel and church tower, appears as a white mass.
3. A water tower, 46m high, standing 0.7 mile SW of
Saint-Tropez.
4. Saint Maxime, standing on the N bank and containing
several large hotels and a casino building.
5. A distinctive tabular mountain standing in the background
at the head of the gulf with a higher and conical peak
close N of it.
9.48 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained within the gulf in
the following areas:
1. Anse des Canebiers, a bay, lying 1 mile E of SaintTropez.
It affords anchorage sheltered from S and SE winds. A
good berth, in depths of 12 to 15m, lies about 0.3 mile N of
the head of the bay.
2. Off Sainte-Tropez, good anchorage can be found, in a
depth of 15m, soft mud and good holding ground, about 0.2
mile WSW of harbor entrance.
3. Off Pointe de la Pinede, good anchorage can be
found, in depths of 12 to 15m, about 0.2 mile W of the point.
4. Off Port Grimaud, anchorage may be taken close N of
the harbor entrance, where the bottom is hard mud, but it is
exposed to E winds.
5. Off Sainte Maxime, anchorage can be taken off the
harbor and sheltered from the Mistral, but it is exposed to E
and SE winds. The bottom forms a good holding ground, but
rocky banks extending SE of the harbor should be avoided.
9.48 Caution.—Several anchoring and fishing prohibited areas,
the limits of which are shown on the chart, lie within the gulf.
9.48 Several shellfish farm areas lie close to the shore of the gulf
and may best be seen on the chart.
9.49 Pointe de la Pinede (43°16'N., 6°38'E.), located 0.5
mile WSW of Saint-Tropez, is low; a conspicuous large hotel
stands 0.2 mile E of it.
9.49 Pointe
de Bertaud, located 1.5 miles WSW of Saint-Tropez,
lies at the SW corner of the gulf and a naval torpedo factory
stands on it. Chateau Bertaud is situated close SW of the factory
and a jetty extends NW from the shore adjacent to it. A light
is shown from a structure standing at the head of this jetty.
9.49 The
River La Giscle enters the gulf at the head, 0.5 mile NW
of Pointe de Bertaud. Marines de Cogolin (Port de Cogolin)
and Port Grimaud are located S and N, respectively, of the river
mouth.
9.49 Marines de Cogolin is entered between two jetties. This
small harbor can accommodate small craft, with drafts up to
4m, and has extensive facilities for yachts.
9.49 Port
Grimaud is also entered between two jetties. This small
harbor consists of a complex of waterways which form an extensive
yacht basin. Small craft, with drafts up to 3.5m, can be
accommodated. An outfall pipeline extends 0.2 mile E from a
point, 0.2 mile N of the harbor entrance.
9.49 Sainte
Maxime lies on the N side of the gulf, 3 miles NE of
Port Grimaud. This small harbor lies on the E side of a bay and
is protected by two breakwaters. Small craft up to 3.4m draft
can be accommodated alongside and there are extensive facilities
for yachts. Numerous prominent hotels stand close N of
the harbor.
9.49 A
rocky bank, with a least depth of 6m, extends about 0.2
mile SSE from the root of the S breakwater and should be
avoided. A wreck, with a depth of 13m, lies close E of this
rocky bank.
Pub. 131

136 Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis
9.49 A rock lies about 0.3 mile from the shore, 0.5 mile E of the
harbor. It dries 0.6m and lies near the edge of the coastal bank.
Cap Sardinaux (43°19'N., 6°40'E.), the N entrance point of
the gulf, is low but rises to a hill, 124m high, 1 mile W, which
is surmounted by a conspicuous disused signal station.
9.49 An outfall pipeline extends 0.3 mile SSE from the S side of
the point.
9.49 A rocky bank extends up to 0.7 mile E from the point and
several above-water and shallow rocks lie on it. Les Sardinaux,
a group of rocks, lies at the NE extremity of this bank and is
marked by a beacon. Seche al’Huile, a shoal, lies at the SE extremity
of this bank. It has a least depth of 3m and is marked by
a prominent lighted beacon.
9.50 Saint-Tropez (43°16'N., 6°38'E.), a small harbor, lies
on the S side of the gulf and is used by small craft and yachts.
The entrance, which is formed between a breakwater and an Lshaped
mole, is 55m wide. A large flat mole fronts the W part
of the harbor and divides it into two basins. The outer basin has
extensive berths for yachts. The inner basin has depths of 6m in
the center and 2.4 to 4m alongside the quays. Generally, the
harbor is accessible to small vessels up to 70m in length and
4.9m draft.
9.50 The port may be contacted by VHF. Official pilots are not
available, but can be obtained from Toulon with 12 hours advanced
notice.
9.50 A hovercraft terminal is situated close SW of the harbor.
9.50 Caution.—Anchoring, dredging, and fishing prohibited areas,
the limits of which are shown on the chart, extend up to 0.1
mile from the shore, close W of the harbor, and to the center of
the gulf from close E of the harbor.
9.50 A wreck, with a least depth of 3m, lies 0.2 mile WSW of the
harbor entrance.
Golfe de Saint-Tropez to Golfe de la Napoule
9.51 Baie de Bougnon (43°20'N., 6°41'E.) is entered between
Cap Sardinaux and Pointe des Issambres, 3 miles NE.
This bay is bordered by numerous villas, and a large white
building, which is very prominent from seaward, stands on its
N shore.
9.51 A yacht marina, protected by two jetties, is situated at the
head of the bay. The bay offers shelter from NW winds, but the
anchorage is untenable with winds from seaward.
9.51 Vessels may anchor to seek shelter from the Mistral, in 4 to
8m, opposite the beaches that line the bay SW of Port San-
Pierre-Les Issambres.
9.51 Golfe de Frejus (43°25'N., 6°46'E.) is entered between
Pointe des Issambres, which is low and wooded, and Cap du
Dramont, 7 miles NE. Baie de Saint Raphael forms the NW
corner of this gulf.
9.51 Between Pointe des Issambres and Pointe de Saint Aygulf,
2.7 miles NNE, the coast is slightly elevated and backed by
hills which gradually rise to the W. The shore is fronted by a
rocky bank which extends up to 0.1 mile seaward. A rock, with
a least depth of 1.2m, lies near the edge of this bank, about 0.5
mile S of Point de Saint Aygulf. A dangerous wreck lies about
0.2 mile NE of this rock.
9.51 A small boat harbor is situated 0.7 mile N of Pointe des Issambres.
An outfall pipeline extends up to 0.3 mile seaward from
Pub. 131
a point, 0.5 mile N of this boat harbor.
9.51 Bank du Mourrenegre, with depths of 68 to 84m, lies 2 miles
ENE of Pointe des Issambres.
9.51 Between Pointe de Saint Aygulf and Saint Raphael, 2.5 miles
NNE, the coast consists of a sandy beach backed by a low
plain.
9.51 An outfall pipeline extends up to 0.5 mile seaward from a
point, 0.5 mile N of Pointe de Saint Aygulf.
9.51 The River l’Argens flows into the gulf, 1 mile N of Pointe de
Saint Aygulf.
9.51 A French naval air station is situated on the W side of Baie
de Saint Raphael. The officers mess, a cream-colored prominent
building, stands on the N side of the mouth of the River
l’Argens. Hangars and other buildings are situated 0.5 mile NE
of the mess. An aeronautical light is occasionally shown from a
tower standing 0.5 mile NE of the river mouth.
9.51 A large hotel and a block of apartments stand along the shore
between the naval air station and Saint Raphael and are very
conspicuous.
9.51 The town of Frejus is situated 0.7 mile inland, 1.3 miles N of
the river mouth. It can be recognized by the pointed belfry of
the cathedral, which from seaward, stands out clearly against
the background of mountains. Port Frejus, an extensive yacht
marina, lies close NE of the N end of the air station.
9.51 Port de Santa Lucia lies 0.7 mile SE of Saint Raphael and
consists of two extensive yacht basins, each protected by a
breakwater. Craft up to 23m in length can be accommodated.
9.51 Anchorage.—Baie de Saint-Raphael, open S, is sheltered by
the islets and rocks lying off Pointe des Lions. The bottom consists
of thick, muddy clay and forms a good holding ground.
Naval vessels generally anchor, in depths of 15 to 20m. Merchant
vessels anchor, in depths of 12 to 16m, closer in.
9.51 Caution.—Several dangerous wrecks lie within Baie de
Saint Raphael and may be seen on the chart.
9.51 An obstruction area, the limits of which are shown on the
chart, lies off the mouth of the River l’Argens. Prohibited areas,
the limits of which are shown on the chart, lies adjacent to
the shore, close SW of the this obstruction area.
9.52 Saint Raphael (43°25'N., 6°46'E.) (World Port Index
No. 38940), a small harbor, is protected by two broad jetties
and is mostly used by small craft and yachts. The entrance,
60m wide, is subject to silting on its N side. Small vessels up to
91m in length and 4.5m draft can be accommodated. The harbor
may be contacted on VHF channel 12 and unofficial pilots,
or persons with local knowledge, are available. Vessels planning
a visit should contact the port authorities by letter or telephone
8 days in advance, stating the vessel’s length, beam,
draft, and ETA. The ETA should be confirmed 24 hours in advance.
The harbormaster should be contacted by VHF 2 hours
prior to arrival.
9.52 A church, with a large prominent dome, stands in the town,
close to the harbor. Another church, with a prominent square
clock tower, stands 0.2 mile NNE of the dome.
9.52 Caution.—Outfall pipelines extend up to 0.2 mile S from a
point close E of the harbor, and up to 0.6 mile S from a point
close W of the harbor.
9.52 The
harbor is sometimes inaccessible in bad weather. Winds
from the NW cause a choppy sea in the harbor and winds from
the S send in much surf.

Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis 137
9.53 Pointe des Lions (43°25'N., 6°48'E.) is located 0.3
mile E of the S basin at Port de Santa Lucia. It is low, red,
rocky, and is surmounted by a prominent palace.
9.53 Le Lion de Mer lies 0.5 mile WSW of Pointe des Lions. This
islet is 15m high, fringed with rocks, and is a reddish color. A
light is shown from a structure, 10m high, standing on the SW
part of the islet.
9.53 Le Lion de Terre, a reddish-colored islet, lies close W of
Pointe des Lions and is connected to the mainland by a chain of
rocks. The S and E sides of this islet are fringed with rocks.
9.53 Banc de Frejus and Banc Nouveau, with depths of 45 to
81m, are extensions of the coastal shore bank and lie 2 miles
SE of Point des Lions.
9.53 Port de Boulouris, a small craft harbor, lies 1 mile ENE of
Pointe des Lions. The prominent large buildings of a school
stand on the coast, 0.7 mile ENE of this harbor.
9.53 Cap du Dramont (43°25'N., 6°51'E.), the E entrance point
of Golfe de Frejus, is formed by a steep and reddish cliff, 128m
high, which is surmounted by a disused signal station. A large
greyish quarry is situated 0.5 mile NW of the cape and is prominent.
9.53 A group of islets and rocks front the SE side of the cape. A
small islet lies close SW of the cape, and a rock, with a depth
of 1.8m, lies close SSW of it.
9.53 A small and shallow fishing boat harbor is situated 0.3 mile
NW of the cape.
9.53 Ile d’Or lies 0.3 mile W of Cap du Dramont and is surmounted
by a distinctive square tower. A spit, on which lies a rock
awash, extends about 0.2 mile SW of this island.
9.53 Rade d’Agay (43°26'N., 6°52'E.) is entered between Cap de
Dramont and Pointe de la Baumette, 1 mile NE, and has a
sandy beach at its head. Mornes Rouges d’Agay, 213 to 288m
high, is a range of reddish hills which stand 0.5 mile inland at
the head of the bay.
9.53 Caution.—An outfall pipeline extends 0.7 mile SE from a
point on the shore, 0.8 mile N of Cap du Dramont.
9.54 Pointe de la Baumette is low and fronted by a bank
with depths of less than 5m. A light is shown from a white
square tower with a red lantern atop a white building, 15m
high, standing on the point. A conspicuous hotel stands close
NE of the light and dominates the light structure. Chateau
d’Agay and a white hotel, with a square tower, are situated on
the E side of the bay. A large hotel, with a red roof, stands near
the head of the bay.
9.54 Anchorage,
sheltered from the Mistral, can be taken in the
bay, but it is exposed to SE winds and a swell sometimes sets in
from seaward. A good berth, in depths of 15 to 16m, lies about
0.2 mile W of the light on Pointe de la Baumette. Small vessels
can anchor, in depths of 7 to 8m, at the head of the bay. The
bottom consists of mud and weed, good holding ground.
9.54 Several
buoys, used by pleasure craft, are moored in the in-
ner part of the bay.
Pointe des Vieilles (43°26'N., 6°53'E.) is located 1 mile
ENE of Pointe de la Baumette. Numerous villas are scattered
along the coast between these two points and a prominent hotel
stands on Pointe des Vieilles. A conspicuous viaduct, clearly
visible from seaward, is situated 0.5 mile N of the point.
9.54 A small and flat island, 8m high, lies on a rocky bank which
extends up to 0.3 mile SSE of Pointe des Vieilles, and is sur-
rounded by a group of rocks. A rock, 2m high, lies close S of
the island; another rock, with a depth of 1.6m, lies about 0.5
mile S of Pointe des Vieilles and is marked by a lighted beacon.
A wreck, with a depth of 22m, lies about 0.3 mile E of the beacon.
9.54 Caution.—A submerged target obstruction, with a depth of
100m, lies about 3 miles S of Pointe des Vieilles.
9.55 Cap Roux (43°27'N., 6°55'E.) is located 2 miles NE
of Pointe des Vieilles. It has a red saddle-shaped summit with a
rocky peak standing in the center of the dip. The cape terminates
in a low point and the coast in the vicinity is fronted by
rocks. Mont du Cap Roux, 457m high, stands 1 mile WNW of
the cape and has a prominent bare summit. A prominent television
mast, 58m high, stands on a summit, 1.8 miles NNW of
the cape.
9.55 A conspicuous viaduct is situated at Trayas, a village, 0.7
mile N of the cape. A remarkable square rock stands in the center
of another saddle, close above this village.
9.55 Caution.—A fishing prohibited area is located in the vicinity
of the cape, as shown on the chart.
9.55 Cap de l’Esquillon (43°29'N., 6°57'E.), 109m high, is located
2.3 miles NNE of Cap Roux. This point can be identified by
its cliffs, its well-wooded slopes, and by a viaduct which engirdles
it about halfway up.
9.55 A rock, 1m high, lies about 0.3 mile SE of the point and is
marked by a lighted buoy.
9.55 Port de la Figueirette, a small craft harbor, lies 0.7 mile W of
Pointe de l’Esquillon and is protected by a breakwater.
9.55 Pointe de la Galere is located 0.8 mile NNE of Pointe de
l’Esquillon. A small craft harbor, protected by a breakwater,
lies close N of the point. A lighted buoy, marking the approach
to this harbor, is moored about 0.2 mile NE of the entrance.
9.55 Caution.—An outfall pipeline extends up to 0.5 mile SSE
from a point on the shore, close W of Pointe de la Galere.
9.55 Pointe de l’Aiguille (43°30'N., 6°57'E.), located 0.5 mile N
of Pointe de la Galere, terminates in a pyramidal rock. A rocky
patch, with a least depth of 1.8m, lies about 0.2 mile SE of the
point.
9.55 The stretch of coast between Pointe de l’Esquillon and
Pointe de l’Aiguille consists of cliffs which form the foot of a
range of reddish hills.
Golfe de la Napoule
9.56 Golfe de la Napoule is entered between Pointe de
l’Aiguille and Cap de la Croisette, 4 miles ENE, from which a
group of islands extends up to 2 miles S.
9.56 The
W side of the gulf is bordered by the foothills of a range
of mountains which terminate in Piton San Peyre. This hill,
131m high, stands 1.2 miles NW of Pointe de l’Aiguille and is
surmounted by the ruins of a convent and a water tower.
9.56 The E side of the gulf is occupied by the town and port of
Cannes, where the houses form a semicircle along the shore.
9.56 Theoule-Sur-Mer, lying 0.5 mile W of Pointe de l’Aiguille,
is a small craft harbor which is protected by two jetties.
9.56 Port de la Rague, lying 1 mile N of Theoule-Sur-Mer, is a
small craft harbor which is protected by a breakwater. It has ex-
Pub. 131

138 Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis
tensive facilities for yachts.
9.56 Port de Mandelieu-La Napoule lies 0.5 mile N of Port de la
Rague and is protected by a breakwater. This small craft harbor,
with extensive facilities for yachts, has depths of 2 to 10m
and can accommodate vessels up to 50m in length.
9.56 Several prominent blocks of apartments stand between Port
de Mandelieu-La Napoule and the mouth of the River Siagne,
close N.
9.56 An extensive yacht marina is situated 0.5 mile within the river
mouth. The river is spanned by several bridges with vertical
clearances of 2.8m.
9.56 An outfall pipeline extends up to 0.8 mile SE from a point on
Pub. 131
Mont due Cap Roux from E
Coast of France extending N of Cap Roux from E
La Bocca—Bridge crossing mouth of the River Siagne
the shore, 0.5 mile NE of the river mouth. A small boat harbor
lies close SW of this point.
9.56 The conspicuous town of La Bocca fronts the coast, 1.7
miles NE of the river mouth. An airport and a conspicuous gas
works are situated 1 mile W of the town. Several piers, one of
which has a depth of 6m at the head, extend from the shore adjacent
to the town.
9.56 A large and conspicuous villa is situated on the top of La
Croix des Gardes, 160m high, which stands close N of La Bocca.
9.56 The coast between La Bocca and Cannes, 1.5 miles E, is
covered with villas, gardens, and prominent hotels.
9.56 A rock, with a depth of 6.7m, lies about 0.3 mile offshore,
0.5 mile ESE of La Bocca.
9.56 Caution.—A seaplane landing area lies centered on position
43°30.9'N, 7°01.1'E.
Cannes (43°33'N., 7°01'E.)
World Port Index No. 38960
9.57 Rade de Cannes is entered between a rounded point,
located 1.1 miles E of La Bocca, and Cap de la Croisette, 1.2
miles SE.
9.57 This
bay is almost exclusively used by pleasure craft and
consists of the harbor of Cannes, locally called Cannes I, lying
at the W side and the harbor of Cannes II, locally called Port

Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis 139
Pierre Canto, lying at the E side.
9.57 A shallow yacht basin and a shallow fishing craft harbor lie
close NNW of Cap de la Croisette.
9.57 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are generally
from between the W and N in winter. The NW Mistral is strong
at times. In summer, winds from the E and W prevail, with occasional
strong S winds.
9.57 A vessel anchored about 1.1 miles WNW of Pointe Bataignier
reported (1998) a W current with a rate of 2 knots.
9.57 Tides—Currents.—The tides are negligible, the spring
range being less than 0.3m.
9.57 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor of Cannes is protected
by a breakwater, which extends SE from the rounded N entrance
point of the bay, and by a jetty which extends S and SW
from the shore. Rocks and shoals extend from the shore on the
SE side of the jetty and are marked on their W side by a lighted
beacon. Vessels entering the harbor must pass SW of this lighted
beacon.
9.57 A berth alongside the W quay in the harbor is dredged to a
depth of 6.7m. Small vessels up to 70m in length and 6.1m
draft can be accommodated; however, it is reported (1989) that
the berthing space is utilized by numerous yachts with permanent
Med-moorings.
9.57 The harbor of Port Pierre Canto is protected by two jetties
having quays on their inner sides. It has depths of 3 to 8m and
extensive facilities for yachts.
9.57 Aspect.—The shore of the bay between the two harbors is
fronted by numerous prominent buildings and hotels. The town
of Cannes stands at the foot of the hills, which rise from the N
shore of the Golfe de la Napoule.
9.57 A prominent casino stands on Cap de la Croisette. A hill,
245m high, stands 1.7 miles NNE of Cap de la Croisette and is
surmounted by a prominent water tower; a large hotel stands
halfway up this hill and is conspicuous. The conspicuous Observatoire
du Grand Pin surmounts the summit of a hill, 270m
high, standing 2 miles N of Cap de la Croisette and a prominent
sanatorium is situated 0.5 mile N of it.
9.57 A prominent hotel stands on the rounded N entrance point of
Rade de Cannes. A tower stands, with the prominent belfry of
the cathedral a short distance N of it, close N of the hotel and
W of the harbor.
9.57 A light is shown from a white tower, 22m high, standing on
the extremity of the breakwater at Cannes and is conspicuous.
9.57 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for commercial vessels of
50m loa and over and for pleasure craft 80m loa and over. The
port can be contacted on VHF channel 8 or 12.
9.57 Requests for a pilot must be made 30 minutes in advance
(summer) or 2.5 hours in advance (winter). Due to the large
number of yachts entering the harbors, permission to moor and
enter should be obtained in advance from the port captain.
9.57 The pilot boards up to 1 mile W of Iles de Lerins (43°30.5'N,
7°00.2'E).
9.57 Regulations.—Sailing vessels do not have the right of way
over power-driven vessels within Rade de Cannes and Cannes
harbor.
9.57 The speed of vessels within the harbor is restricted to 3
knots.
9.57 A regulated area, the limits of which are shown on the chart,
lies between Cannes and the island lying S of Cap de la Croi-
sette. The speed of vessels in this area is restricted to 10 knots
and 5 knots when within 300m of the shore.
9.57 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be taken, in depths of 12 to
35m, mud and weed, within a designated area, the limits of
which are shown on the chart, lying 0.5 mile S of Cannes. The
anchorage is used by cruise ships.
9.57 Caution.—A submarine pipeline and several submarine cables
extends SSE between Cap de la Croisette and the N shore
of an island lying 0.7 mile S.
9.57 An outfall pipeline extends up to 0.5 mile S from the root of
the outer breakwater at Cannes harbor; the seaward end is
marked by a buoy.
9.57 Several rocky patches, with depths of 4 to 15m, lie in the W
approach to Rade de Cannes and may best be seen on the chart.
9.57 Rade de Cannes is generally very crowded with small craft
and yachts.
9.57 A prohibited anchorage area extends from Port Abri du Beal
to Le Vieux Port as best seen on the chart.
9.58 Iles de Lerins (43°31'N., 7°03'E.) lie on a rocky
bank, with depths of less than 5m, which extends up to 2.5
miles S from Cap de la Croisette. They consist principally of
Ile Sainte-Marguerite and Ile Saint-Honorat.
9.58 Ile
Saint-Marquerite lies centered 1 mile SSE of Cap de la
Croisette and is very wooded. A conspicuous citadel, in which
there is a disused signal station, stands near the middle of the N
coast of the island. A small shipyard is situated close W of this
citadel.
9.58 The
NW extremity of the island is surmounted by a ruined
tower. It is fronted by a shoal, with depths of less than 2m,
which extends up to 0.3 mile N and is marked by a lighted beacon.
A shoal, with a depth of 8.6m, lies about 0.3 mile NW of
the beacon and the sea breaks on it during S winds.
9.58 The E extremity of the island has the ruins of a battery standing
close WSW of it. A low islet lies close E of this point and is
connected to it by a ridge of rocks.
9.58 Ile
Saint-Honorat lies centered 1.8 miles SSE of Cap de la
Croisette. A conspicuous chateau stands on a projection on the
S coast of the island. The belfry of an abbey, which emerges
from the surrounding trees close N of the chateau, is prominent.
9.58 The E extremity of the island is surrounded by small islets
and rocks which extend up to 0.3 mile from it. This point is
surmounted by a prominent ruined chapel.
9.58 The rocky bank, on which these islands lie, extends 0.5 mile
S of Ile Saint-Honorat and is marked at its S end by a lighted
beacon.
9.58 Anchorage,
sheltered from N and S winds, can be taken on a
bottom of muddy sand and weed, good holding ground, between
Ile Sainte-Marguerite and Ile Saint-Honorat. Vessels
should anchor E or W of the rocky bank lying between these islands.
There is also good anchorage for small vessels to the N
of Ile Sainte-Marguerite and to the E of the citadel. With Mistral
winds, a sheltered anchorage is available to the E of Cap de
la Croisette, but care must be taken to avoid the dangers in this
vicinity.
9.58 Caution.—Several submarine cables lie on the rocky bank
and extend between the islands.
9.58 A speed limit of 5 knots is in force within the channel lying
between the islands.
Pub. 131

140 Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis
Pub. 131
Cannes—La Vieux Port
Cannes—Hotel Carleton (twin green domes)

Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis 141
Cannes—Standpipe on Super-Cannes
Cannes—Conspicuous hotel on Le Petit Juas
Pub. 131

142 Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis
Pub. 131
Cannes—Casino on Cap de la Croisette
Cannes—Iles de Lerins from W

Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis 143
Cannes—Ile Sainte-Marguerite from W
Cannes—Ile Sainte-Honorat from W
Pub. 131

144 Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis
Golfe Juan
9.59 Golfe Juan (43°33'N., 7°06'E.) is entered between
Cap de la Croisette and Point de l’Ilette, 3.8 miles ENE. This
gulf is sheltered from the SW by Iles de Lerins and from the S
by shoals and is one of the best roadsteads along this part of the
coast. In the approaches to the gulf, the currents are weak and
are usually influenced by the wind.
9.59 From
seaward, the gulf appears to be bounded to the N by a
range of low hills. These hills form a buttress ending at Cap de
la Croisette, on their W side, and separate Golfe Juan from
Golfe de la Napoule.
9.59 A
hovercraft terminal is situated on the SE side of Cap de la
Croisette. The approach channel is marked by buoys and the
arrival and departure of the hovercraft are indicated by a siren
which sounds one long blast every ten seconds.
9.59 Port
du Moure-Rouge, lying 0.5 mile NNE of Cap de la
Croisette, is a small craft harbor which is protected by two jetties.
A prominent seminary, formerly a hotel, stands halfway
up a hill, 0.7 mile NE of the harbor.
9.59 The N side of the gulf is formed by a beach behind which
stands numerous conspicuous houses, villas, and hotels.
9.59 Port
de Golfe Juan, lying 2.5 miles NE of Cap de la Croi-
sette, is a small craft harbor which is protected by two breakwaters
and has extensive facilities for yachts. A light is shown
from a white square tower with corbels, 16m high, standing
0.7 mile WNW of the harbor entrance. A high building situated
close to the E breakwater is conspicuous.
9.59 Port
Gallice lies on the E side of the gulf, 1.7 miles E of Port
de Golfe Juan. This small craft harbor is protected by two
breakwaters and has extensive facilities for yachts. The approach
channel lies close SE of shoals, with a depth of 2m, and
is marked by lighted buoys, buoys, and beacons. A small boat
basin lies on the SE side of the harbor.
9.59 The
village of Juan-les-Pins is situated close NNE of Port
Gallice and has numerous high buildings lining the waterfront.
A large white building standing close to the church, at the E
side of the village, is very prominent. Also prominent is a
moorish-type villa, with a white minaret, standing close to the
beach, at the W end of the village.
9.59 Caution.—A seaplane landing area lies centered on position
43°32.7'N, 7°05.1'E.
9.60 La Garoupe (43°34'N., 7°08'E.), located 0.7 mile E
of Port Gallice, is the highest point of the Cap d’Antibes peninsula.
It dominates the E shore of the gulf. A light is shown from
a square white tower with a red lantern, 24m high, standing on
this point.
9.60 A signal station and a prominent chapel are situated close
NE and close SW, respectively, of the light.
9.60 Pointe de l’Ilette (43°33'N., 7°07'E.) is the E entrance point
of the gulf and the SW extremity of the Cap d’Antibes peninsula.
A light is shown from a white tower with a black top, 13m
high, standing on the point.
9.60 Tour Graillon, a 20m high tower, stands 0.3 mile N of the
light, with a prominent hotel situated close SE of it.
9.60 A rocky bank, with a least depth of 3.5m, lies about 0.3 mile
S of Pointe de l’Ilette.
9.61 La Fourmigue (43°32'N., 7°06'E.), a group of low
Pub. 131
and dark rocks, lies 1.7 miles WSW of Pointe de l’Ilette and is
marked by a lighted beacon which stands on the highest rock.
Basses de la Fourmigue consists of several rocky patches
with depths of 5 to 9m. These patches lie on a bank which extends
up to 1 mile ENE of La Fourmigue. Le Secanion, with a
least depth of 5m, is the farthest E of these patches. It lies 0.8
mile E of La Fourmigue and is marked by a buoy.
9.61 The
main access to Golfe Juan is made through Passe de
l’Ouest, which lies between Ile Sainte-Marguerite and La Fourmigue.
Access can be made through Passe de l’Este, which lies
between Le Secanion and the Cap d'Antibes peninsula.
9.61 The
roadstead in the gulf is sheltered from NW winds. A
considerable sea is raised by SSE winds, but it is not dangerous
for well-moored vessels. Large vessels can anchor, in depths of
13 to 15m, about 0.8 mile NE of La Fourmigue. Small vessels
can anchor farther N, in depths of 10 to 12m. Vessels can also
obtain anchorage in Mouillage du Piton, sheltered from the E,
but exposed to S winds. This roadstead, lying 0.5 mile NW of
the Tour Graillon, has depths of 14 to 16m and a bottom of
mostly soft mud and weed.
9.61 Caution.—Several submarine cables, which may best be
seen on the chart, extend seaward from a point on the shore, 0.7
mile NNE of Cap de la Croisette.
9.61 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in a nature reserve area
lying 1.5 miles NE of Cap de la Croisette. This area is marked
by buoys and may best be seen on the chart.
9.61 An
outfall pipeline extends 1 mile SSE from the harbor en-
trance at Port de Golfe Juan and is marked by a buoy at its seaward
end. Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of this
pipeline.
Golfe Juan to Nice
9.62 Cap Gros (43°33'N., 7°09'E.) is located on the E side
of the Cap d’Antibes peninsula, 1.2 miles NE of Pointe de l’Ilette.
A shoal, with a least depth of 4.6m, lies close E of this
cape.
9.62 Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 18 to 20m, sand and weed,
good holding ground, within Anse de La Garoupe, which is entered
between Cap Gros and Pointe Bacon, 1 mile N.
9.62 Between the peninsula of Cap d’Antibes and the peninsula
of Cap Ferrat, 11 miles NE, the Alpes Maritimes recede from
the coast, which appears low from seaward.
9.62 Pointe
Bacon is fronted by a rocky bank, with depths of less
than 5m, which extends up to 0.3 mile NNE of it. A reef, partly
above-water, lies on this bank. Rocks, with depths of 12m and
13m, lie about 0.2 mile ESE and 0.4 mile ENE, respectively, of
the point.
9.62 Port
de la Salis lies in the S corner of a bay, 0.5 mile W of
Pointe Bacon. This small craft harbor is protected by two
breakwaters. Numerous rocky patches and above-water rocks
lie in the approaches to the harbor and may best be seen on the
chart.
9.62 Caution.—An explosives dumping ground area, the limits of
which are shown on the chart, lies centered 0.6 mile NE of
Pointe Bacon.
9.62 An outfall pipeline extends up to 0.5 mile E from Pointe Bacon.
9.62 Submarine cables extends seaward from a point on the shore,
close NW of Port de la Salis and can best be seen on the chart.

Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis 145
Antibes—Fort Carre
Port Marina Baie des Anges—conspicuous pyramidal apartment buildings
Pub. 131

146 Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis
9.62 A seaplane landing area is centered on position 43°32.9'N,
7°09.3'E.
Antibes (43°35'N., 7°08'E.)
World Port Index No. 38980
9.63 Antibes (Port Vauban) is an ancient town standing on
a promontory which separates the harbor from the small bay to
the S. The harbor has extensive facilities for pleasure craft,
yachts, and fishing boats.
9.63 Tides—Currents.—Tides are negligible in the area, but
winds and other conditions may vary the level in the harbor
somewhat.
9.63 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is protected by an outer
breakwater which extends NE and N from the NE corner of the
town. It consists of an inner yacht basin, in the W part, a fishing
boat basin, in the S part, and a small craft and pleasure craft
basin, in the center. In addition, a commercial tanker berth,
with a depth of 8m alongside, is situated on the inner side of
the breakwater at the outer end. This berth is 40m long and can
accommodate small vessels up to 3,000 tons.
9.63 Generally, yachts and pleasure craft up to 50m in length and
3.5m draft can be accommodated within the basins.
9.63 Aspect.—The town is surrounded by fortifications and
Pub. 131
Antibes—Outer Breakwater Head Light
flanked by two large square towers. Fort Carre surmounts the
point on the N side of the harbor and is prominent.
9.63 A light is shown from a structure, 10m high, standing on the
head of the outer breakwater.
9.63 Pilotage.—The harbor may be contacted on VHF channel 9
or 16. Pilotage is not compulsory, but is available for the larger
vessels.
9.63 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor E or NE of the harbor entrance,
but the bottom of fine sand is a poor holding ground and
they are advised to anchor in Golfe Juan. Vessels can also anchor,
in depths of 10 to 20m, E of the town.
9.64 Port Marina Baie des Anges (43°38'N., 7°08'E.), a
small craft harbor, lies 3 miles NNE of Antibes. It is protected
by two breakwaters and has extensive facilities for yachts. The
harbor is backed by large pyramidal blocks of apartments
which are very conspicuous from seaward.
9.64 The shore between the harbor and Antibes is low and backed
by a range of low hills which stand a short distance inland. Villeneuve-Loubert
and Cagnes are villages standing on the
slopes of these hills, 1.5 miles NNW and 2 miles NNE, respectively,
of the harbor. Both villages are prominent from seaward
and a high conspicuous tower is situated at Ville-neuve-Loubert.
9.64 Caution.—An outfall pipeline extends 0.5 mile SE from a
point on the shore, 1.5 miles NE of Port Marina Baie des Anges.
9.64 A submarine cable extends SE from a point on the shore, 1
mile NNE of Port Marina Baie des Anges.
9.64 A seaplane landing area lies centered on position 43°33.0'N,
7°09.2'E.
9.65 Port de Saint Laurent du Var (43°39'N., 7°11'E.), a
small craft harbor, lies 2.3 miles NE of Port Marina Baie des
Anges. It is protected by breakwaters and has extensive facilities
for yachts. A boat basin lies 0.5 mile W of the harbor and
is reported to be subject to silting.
9.65 The
River Var flows into the NE part of Baie des Anges, 0.7
mile E of Port de Saint Laurent du Var. Its mouth may be identified
by a large bridge, which crosses the river 0.5 mile within
the entrance, and by three prominent chimneys which stand at a
factory farther inland.
9.65 The coast projects on either side of the river mouth and the
entrance is dangerous to approach at night.
9.65 Nice-Cote d’Azur Airport is situated close E of the river
mouth and is conspicuous at night because of its numerous
lights. The S part of the airport is built on reclaimed land. The
control tower and some prominent suburban houses situated
behind the runways may be seen from seaward.
9.65 The coast to the NE of the airport consists of a beach, backed
by houses. A prominent belfry stands near the shore, 2.3 miles
NE of the mouth of the River Var.
9.65 Caution.—A prohibited area, the limits of which are shown
on the chart, surrounds the seaward sides of the airport. Areas,
in which vessels with superstructure heights of 4m or more
above sea level are prohibited, lie at the NE and SW sides of
the airport and may best be seen on the chart.

Nice (43°42'N., 7°17'E.)
World Port Index No. 38990
Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis 147
9.66 The city of Nice, standing 4 miles NE of the mouth of
the River Var, is a world famous tourist and health resort.
9.66 Winds—Weather.—Winds from the S and SW are rare, but
they sometimes blow in gusts with rain squalls and create a
strong swell in the entrance channel.
9.66 Tides—Currents.—Tides are almost negligible, being within
a range of about 0.3m.
9.66 The water level may vary as much as 0.3 to 0.6m with the
wind. Rises of up to 1m have been observed with strong gusts
from the E.
9.66 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is divided into four basins.
Bassin de Tour Rouge, the outer NE basin, has berths for
small craft and yachts.
9.66 Bassin Lympia, the inner basin, has a depth of 6.5m and extensive
facilities for small craft and yachts are situated at its E
side. Quai Papacino, 140m long, lies at the W side of this basin
and has a depth of 5.5m alongside.
9.66 Bassin Admirals, the central basin, has a depth of 7m. Quai
Infernet, 215m long, lies at the SW side of this basin and has a
depth of 7m alongside. Quai Ribotti, 90m long; Quai d’Entrecasteaux,
95m long; and Quai des Caboteurs, 95m long, also
lie within this basin and have depths of 5.5m alongside.
9.66 Bassin du Commerce, the main outer basin, has a depth of
7m. Quai de Commerce, 245m long, with a depth of 7m alongside,
and Quai Traverse du Commerce, 125m long, with a
depth of 6.5m alongside, lie within this basin.
9.66 The harbor has facilities for automobile ferries and ro-ro vessels.
9.66 Vessels up to 170m long, with a draft of 7m, can be accommodated.
9.66 Aspect.—The promontory of Mont Boron overlooks the city
from close E and rises to a summit, 220m high, 1 mile N of its
seaward end. Fort de Mont Alban stands on the summit and is
very prominent.
9.66 From the summit of Mont Boron, a range of high mountains
backs the coast to the E as far as the Italian border.
9.66 An observatory, with a prominent cupola, stands on the summit
of Mont Gros, which is 375m high and stands 1.5 miles N
of Fort de Mont Alban.
9.66 The entrance to the harbor lies between Cap de Nice, the SW
extremity of the Mont Boron promontory, and Le Chateau, a
distinctive wooded hill, standing at the SE end of the city, 0.7
mile NW. The harbor is protected by a breakwater which extends
SE from Le Chateau. A prominent light structure, 20m
high, stands on the head of the breakwater.
9.66 Several high-rise buildings back the NE shore of the harbor
and are very conspicuous from seaward.
9.66 Pilotage.—The pilotage area includes the port of Nice and
Rade de Villefranche and extends up to 3 miles seaward of the
harbor. Pilotage is compulsory within this area for vessels of
50m or more in length.
9.66 Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12 or 16 and generally
board about 1 mile from the harbor entrance.
9.66 Pilots are also available here for other harbors along the
coast as far as the Italian border.
9.66 Regulations.—Vessels should send an ETA 24 hours in ad-
vance through Grasse (TKM) and confirm it when within VHF
range.
9.66 Anchorage.—Vessels are advised to anchor in Rade de
Villefranche.
9.66 Caution.—A restricted area, the limits of which are shown
on the chart, lies S of the harbor entrance and extends up to 1
mile seaward. Within the zone, vessels under sail and vessels
under power of less than 20m in length can only transit to enter
or depart the port or obtain or leave an anchorage. In addition,
they must avoid the route taken by warships and power vessels
of 50m or more in length.
9.66 The harbor entrance is reported to be very hard to distinguish
from seaward, and vessels are advised to steer for the observatory
on Mont Gros until the entrance can be identified.
Rade de Villefranche
9.67 Rade de Villefranche (43°42'N., 7°19'E.) is entered
between Pointe des Sans Culottes, the SE extremity of the
Mont Boron promontory, and Pointe Malalongue, the SW extremity
of Cap Ferrat, 1 mile SE.
9.67 The bay extends N for 1.5 miles and offers sheltered anchorage
to vessels of any size. It is used by vessels that cannot enter
Nice.
9.67 The W coast of the bay is dominated by the promontory of
Mont Boron. The E coast is formed by the rugged and moderately-elevated
promontory of Cap Ferrat.
9.67 Cap
Ferrat Light is shown from a structure, 32m high, stand-
ing close N of Pointe Malalongue. A large hotel, very prominent
from seaward, stands 0.2 mile E of the light. A prominent
signal station surmounts the summit of Cap Ferrat, which is
138m high and stands 0.5 mile N of Point Malalongue.
9.67 Anse de l’Espalmador, at the E side of the bay, offers shelter
from E winds.
9.67 Caution.—Within the bay, sailing vessels do not have the
right of way over vessels under power.
9.67 Speed is limited to 5 knots within an area which extends 1
mile S from the head of the bay.
9.67 Anchoring,
fishing, and diving prohibited areas, the limits of
which are shown on the chart, lie in the vicinity of Pointe des
Sans Cullottes; in the vicinity of the shore, close NNW of
Pointe Malalongue; and SW of Cap Ferrat. They extend up to
1.5 miles seaward.
9.67 This bay may sometimes be used by sea planes fighting forest
fires.
9.68 Villefranche (43°42'N., 7°19'E.) (World Port Index
No. 39000), consisting of two small harbors, lies at the NW
side of the bay.
9.68 Depths—Limitations.—The N harbor is protected by a
breakwater and is used by yachts. It is small and has depths of
only 1m.
9.68 The S harbor is protected by a breakwater and has facilities
for small craft. Vessels up to 60m in length and 4m draft can be
accommodated.
9.68 Aspect.—The prominent town is built in the form of an amphitheater.
The Citadel, a large structure with four bastions, is
very conspicuous. It stands close S of the town between the
two harbors.
9.68 Pilotage.—For further information, see Nice in paragraph
Pub. 131

148 Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis
9.66.
9.68 Anchorage.—Vessels generally anchor on the W side of the
bay from abreast the S harbor breakwater to abreast the N end
of the town; the bottom is soft mud and weed.
9.68 Caution.—Several mooring buoys are situated in the bay
and may be used by vessels up to 35,000 tons.
9.68 A prohibited anchorage area, the limits of which are shown
on the chart, lies in the center of the bay, 0.3 mile E of the S
harbor.
Rade de Villefranche to Monaco
9.69 Presqu’ile de Saint Hospice (43°41'N., 7°21'E.),
40m high, is a peninsula which extends E from the center of
the E side of the Cap Ferrat promontory. It is surmounted by a
chapel and a conspicuous tower
9.69 Pointe Saint Hospice, located 1.2 miles NE of the Cap Ferrat
Light, is the E extremity of the peninsula.
9.69 Vessels,
with local knowledge, can anchor off Anse de Scal-
etta, a small bay, lying 0.2 mile WNW of Pointe Saint Hospice.
There are depths of 6 to 13m with a bottom of muddy sand and
weed, good holding ground.
9.69 Port
de Saint Jean Cap Ferrat, a small harbor, lies on the N
side of the root of Presqu’ile de Saint Hospice. It is protected
by a breakwater, which extends NNW, and can accommodate
small craft and yachts with drafts up to 4m.
9.69 Beaulieu-sur-Mer
is situated on the coast, 1.2 miles NNW of
Pointe Saint Hospice. This town may be identified by several
prominent buildings. Two harbors are situated in this vicinity.
Port des Fourmis lies close S of the town and Port de Beaulieu
lies close N of it.
9.69 Port
des Fourmis is very small and shallow. It is formed by
two breakwaters and is used by small fishing craft and yachts.
A prominent white house stands on a point located close E of
the harbor.
9.69 Port de Beaulieu is enclosed by a breakwater and its entrance
is protected by a detached breakwater. This harbor has extensive
facilities for small craft and yachts.
9.69 Caution.—An anchoring and fishing prohibited area, the
limits of which are shown on the chart, lies 0.6 mile SE of
Beaulieu and is marked by buoys.
9.69 The waters off Beaulieu may sometimes be used by sea
planes fighting forest fires.
9.70 Cap Roux (43°43'N., 7°21'E.) is located 0.7 mile NE
of Beaulieu. Port de Silva Maris, a very small boat harbor, lies
on the NE side of this cape.
9.70 Between Cap Roux and Cap d’Ail, 2.5 miles E, the coast is
very high. Eze, a village with a prominent viaduct nearby, surmounts
a hill which stands 0.8 mile NE of Cap Roux and is
very conspicuous.
9.70 Cap d’Ail (43°43'N., 7°25'E.) is formed by a low and bare
plateau and is surmounted by the ruins of a battery. A rocky
bank, with depths of less than 9m, extends up to 0.2 mile S
from the cape.
9.70 Port de Cap d’Ail, a small harbor basin, lies on the SW side
of the area of reclaimed land, 0.7 mile SW of the main harbor.
It is protected by breakwaters and used by yachts.
9.70 La Tete de Chien (43°44'N., 7°24'E.), 550m high, is a distinctive
rock standing 0.8 mile N of the cape.
Pub. 131
9.70 Mont Agel, a flat and level mountain, stands 3.2 miles NNE
of the cape. It is 1,148m high and surmounted by several radio
masts and a prominent radar scanner. Another radio mast
stands 0.5 mile NE of its summit.
Monaco (43°44'N., 7°25'E.)
World Port Index No. 39025
9.71 The Principality of Monaco consists of three towns
and three harbor basins. Monaco, the capital, is built on a
promontory which stands on the S side of the main harbor, 1
mile NE of Cap d’Ail. La Condamine, the commercial town, is
situated close W of the main harbor and Monte Carlo, the residential
town, is situated close N of it.
9.71 The International Hydrographic Organization has its offices
in Monte Carlo.
9.71 Winds—Weather.—Strong E to SE winds cause a heavy sea
in the harbor.
9.71 Depths—Limitations.—Port de Fontvielle, another harbor
basin, lies on the N side of the area of reclaimed land and is bordered
on the N side by the town of Monaco. It is protected by two
breakwaters and is used by small craft and yachts. Craft up to 35m
in length can be handled.
9.71 Port de la Condamine, the main harbor basin, lies N of the
town of Monaco. It is entered between two breakwaters which
form an entrance 100m wide at the surface and 80m wide at the
bottom. The new jetty is 325m in length and has a depth alongside
of 12m. Depths up to 22m lie in the outer part of this basin
and the quays have depths of 4 to 8.5m alongside. Vessels up to
135m in length, 20m beam, and 7m draft can be accommodated.
The harbor is mainly used by pleasure craft and there is
very little commercial activity.
9.71 Aspect.—The Principality of Monaco can be easily identified
from seaward by its numerous buildings. These buildings
give it the appearance of a whitish patch on the coast, and enable
vessels, approaching from the S, to identify this part of the
coast although the nearby peaks may be covered by fog.
9.71 Conspicuous landmarks include the Sports Complex standing
on the reclaimed land, close NE of Port Cap d’Ail; the
Oceanographic Museum, a large white building, standing on
the SE side of Monaco; and the Monte Carlo Casino, with its
green cupolas and two bell towers, standing close N of the
main harbor.
9.71 An aeronautical light is occasionally shown from the heliport.
9.71 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 80m in
length . Pilots should be requested 24 hours in advance through
Monaco CRS or Grasse CRS. The pilot can be contacted on
VHF channel 12 and boards 0.3 mile E of the port entrance.
9.71 Regulations.—Vessels should send their ETA to the harbormaster
48 hours in advance, stating the vessel’s name, dimensions,
draft, flag, and duration of stay. The ETA should be
confirmed 24 hours before arrival.
9.71 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained E of the main
harbor entrance, in a depth of 70m, or NE of the entrance, in a
depth of 50m, outside the anchorage prohibited areas.
9.71 Caution.—Oceanographic data equipment lies moored 28
miles SE of Monaco along the seaward alignment of the
French-Italian border. A restricted area, marked by two ODAS

Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis 149
Monaco—La Tete de Chien from S
Monaco—La Tete de Chien from E
Pub. 131

150 Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis
buoys, one of which is lighted, marks the instrumentation.
9.71 A prohibited zone, the limits of which are shown on the
chart, lies adjacent to the shore between the outer breakwaters
of Port Cap d’Ail and Port de Fontvielle. This zone is due to
the establishment of a heliport on the reclaimed land lying between
the two harbors.
9.71 A prohibited anchorage area, the limits of which are shown
on the chart, extends E and S of Port de Fontvielle.
9.71 An outfall pipeline extends 0.4 mile SE from a point on the
shore, 0.2 mile NE of Port Cap d’Ail.
9.71 The navigation of power boats is prohibited within a marine
reserve area, the limits of which are shown on the chart, lying
adjacent to the shore, 0.7 mile NE of the main harbor. Anchoring
and fishing are also prohibited within this area.
9.71 An outfall pipeline extends 0.2 mile from the shore near the
S end of this marine reserve area and anchoring in its vicinity is
prohibited.
9.71 Entry prohibited areas, best seen on the chart, extend seaward
from the breakwaters at Port de la Condamine. These areas
mark works in progress (2002). The works are intended to
extend the harbor E with two new breakwaters. This will create
a new basin E of the existing entrance.
9.71 An anchorage prohibited area, shown on the chart, extends E
from the entry prohibited areas. Two lighted mooring buoys are
located at the SE limit of the area.
Monaco to Ruisseau Saint-Louis (French-Italian
Border)
9.72 Pointe de la Vieille (43°45'N., 7°27'E.) is located 1.2
Pub. 131
Monaco—Monte Carlo Casino
miles NE of Monaco and is fronted by rocks.
9.72 Baie de Roquebrune is entered between Pointe de la Vieille
and Cap Martin, 1.8 miles E, and the town of Roquebrune
stands close N of its head. An old prominent fort stands in the
town and a large rock, surmounted by a tower, overlooks the
town.
9.72 Cap Martin terminates in a low point on which stands a large
hotel. A disused signal station and a water tower are situated
0.2 mile NW of the hotel and rise above the olive and pine trees
which cover the cape.
9.72 During good weather, vessels can anchor, in depths of 10 to
20m, rock and weed, in the middle of the bay.
9.72 Caution.—An outfall pipeline extends 0.5 mile S from Cap
Martin.
9.72 An anchoring and dredging prohibited area, the limits of
which are shown on the chart, lies centered 0.3 mile E of
Pointe de la Vieille and is marked by a buoy.
9.73 Menton (43°47'N., 7°31'E.), a small harbor, lies 2
miles NE of Cap Martin. It is protected by two jetties and is
used by fishing boats and yachts. The town stands in an amphitheater
which is situated on a small promontory at the NE end
of a beach. A square tower stands on the extremity of the promontory,
and the spire of a church, which is situated in the town,
is prominent from seaward.
9.73 An
outfall pipeline extends 0.5 mile SSE from the root of the
S jetty. During good weather, vessels can anchor, in depths of
10 to 15m, fine sand and weed, about 0.2 mile E or SE of the
harbor entrance. Large vessels can anchor farther out, in depths

Sector 9. France—Cap Cerbere to Ruisseau Saint-Louis 151
of 20 to 25m, but must leave if the winds shift to the E or S.
9.73 Port de Menton-Garavan, a small craft harbor, lies 0.5 mile
NE of Port Menton. It is protected by an outer breakwater and
has extensive facilities for yachts.
9.73 The border between France and Italy lies about 1 mile E of
Port de Menton-Garavan in the vicinity of Ruisseau Saint-Louis,
described in paragraph 10.2. It is indicated to seaward by the
alignment of two beacons. The front beacon stands on the
beach and the rear beacon stands close W of a bridge which
spans the river.
Pub. 131

Pub. 131
10.
Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino (includ-
ing off-lying islands)
10.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 10 — CHART INFORMATION
153

SECTOR 10
ITALY—WEST COAST—RUISSEAU SAINT-LOUIS TO PROMONTORIO DI PIOMBINO (IN-
CLUDING OFF-LYING ISLANDS)
10.0 Plan.—The coast described in this sector comprises of the N
and E shores of the Ligurian Sea and Arcipelago Toscano,
which lies mainly in the N part of the Tyrrhenian Sea. The descriptive
sequence is NE from Ruisseau Saint-Louis (Italian-
French border) to Genova, then SE and S to Promontorio di
Piombino and Arcipelago Toscano.
General Remarks
10.1 Winds—Weather.—In the Ligurian Sea and Golfe di
Genova, the prevailing wind is from the NW practically all
year. However, locally along the coast, there is some variation
due to the land configuration. In the N part of the Tyrrhenian
Sea, the most prevalent winds are from the SE, W, and NW.
10.1 Fog is not common and the little that does set in usually occurs
during the early morning and lifts shortly after sunrise.
10.1 Tides—Currents.—Tides, tidal currents, and surface currents
within this area are generally negligible. The greatest
fluctuation of water level is caused by wind action and atmospheric
pressure gradients.
10.1 Regulations.—Tanker vessels of 1,600 grt and over entering
or leaving Italian ports and carrying, or with uncleaned tanks
which last carried, petroleum, gas, or chemical products should
report to a shore station before entering Italian territorial waters
off Italian ports. For further details, see Pub. 140, Sailing
Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and Adjacent
Seas.
10.1 The New Inspection Regime (NIR) of the Paris Memorandum
of Understanding (PMoU) has introduced a mandatory reporting
system for vessels arriving at or departing from a port
or anchorage within the Paris MoU region, as follows:
1. Vessels eligible for an Expanded Inspection (EI)—
The master, operator, or agent of a vessel eligible for an EI
shall provide the port an advance notice of arrival 72 hours in
advance. The following vessels are subject to an EI:
a. All vessels with a high risk profile.
b. All passenger vessels, oil tankers, gas tankers,
chemical tankers, and bulk carriers over 12 year old.
2. All other vessels—All other vessels bound for Paris
MoU member port must send an advance notice 24 hours
prior to arrival. If the voyage from the previous port is less
than 24 hours, not known, or is changed during the voyage,
the notification should be sent as soon as the information becomes
known.
These reports should be sent to the competent port authority
unless otherwise directed. Failure to submit the report may
subject the vessel to additional inspections.
10.1 For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regulations—Paris
Memorandum of Understanding on Port
State Control (PMoU) New Inspection Regime (NIR) in
Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic
Ocean and Adjacent Seas.
10.1 Caution.—Submarines are reported to exercise frequently in
the E part of the Golfe di Genova.
155
Ruisseau Saint-Louis (Italian-French Border) to
San Remo
10.2 Ruisseau Saint-Louis (Fiume San Luigi) (43°47'N.,
7°32'E.) marks the border between France and Italy. Punta Garavano,
located 0.5 mile ESE of the mouth, is high, rocky, and
pointed. The prominent village of Grimaldi is situated close N
of the point and is surrounded by olive trees.
10.2 Capo Mortola (43°47'N., 7°33'E.), located 1.2 miles ESE of
the river mouth, can be recognized by Villa Hambury, a reddish
building surmounted by a prominent square tower on its W
side, standing 0.2 mile N of it.
10.2 A fresh water spring lies in a depth of 14m, about 300m
SSW of the cape. With a calm sea, the boiling action of this
spring can be seen on the surface. The spring is marked by a
lighted buoy.
10.2 A rocky spit extends about 0.3 mile S from the cape and is
marked by a buoy.
10.2 The cape offers moderate shelter from SW winds and vessels
can anchor, in depths of 7 to 10m, sand, good holding ground,
E of Villa Hambury.
10.2 Ventimiglia, a town, is situated at the mouth of the Fiume
Roja, 2.7 miles E of Capo Mortola. In its W part, the belfry of
the cathedral and San Spirito Hospital, a long building, are
prominent from seaward. Two prominent bridges stand within
0.4 mile of the river mouth.
10.2 During E and NE winds, good anchorage is available, in a depth
of 17m, good holding ground, about 0.5 mile S of the mouth of the
Fiume Roja. However, this roadstead is untenable during S winds.
10.2 Along this stretch of coast between Capo Mortola and San
Remo, 9 miles ENE, the onset of winds from seaward is generally
indicated by clouds along the mountains, a dark horizon,
and a swell.
10.2 Capo Saint Ampeglio, located 3 miles ESE of the mouth of
Fiume Roja, appears low and rises gradually to a summit which
is covered with vegetation.
10.2 Bordighera, a resort, is situated in the vicinity of the cape. The
old part of the town, with a prominent belfry, stands close N of
the cape. The modern part of the town extends along the beach to
the W of the cape. A conspicuous casino building, with a church
close W of it, stands on an embankment, close within the cape.
A small craft harbor, formed by two moles, lies close NE of the
cape. It has a depth of 3.5m, but is subject to silting. The port
monitors VHF channels 16 and 25.
10.2 Ospedaletti, a small village, is situated 2.5 miles NE Capo Saint
Ampeglio. It can easily be identified by its casino, a conspicuous
yellow building, which is surmounted by three cupolas.
10.3 Capo Nero (43°48'N., 7°44'E.), located 3 miles ENE
of Capo Saint Ampeglio, is rounded and yellowish. Villa Anfossi,
a red two-story building, stands on its summit. Numerous
Pub. 131

156 Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino
buildings stand close to the shore in this vicinity.
10.3 A hovercraft terminal is situated 1 mile NE of the cape. The
arrival or departure of a hovercraft is indicated by a red flag
displayed at the terminal and by the sounding of a siren.
10.3 Caution.—Less water than charted has been reported off the
small harbor at Bordighera.
10.3 A submarine pipeline extends 0.6 mile seaward from a point
on the shore, 1 mile W of Capo Saint Ampeglio.
10.3 A submarine pipeline extends ENE along the coast from a
position lying 0.9 mile NE of Capo Saint Ampeglio to a position
lying 0.6 mile WNW of Capo Nero. Anchoring in the vicinity
of this pipeline is prohibited.
San Remo (43°49'N., 7°47'E.)
World Port Index No. 39360
10.4 The port of San Remo lies 2.5 miles ENE of Capo
Nero and is a winter tourist resort. The harbor is mainly used
by yachts with few facilities for commercial vessels except for
fishing and passenger vessels.
10.4 Winds—Weather.—Winds from the E can cause a heavy
surf in the harbor, making berthing difficult.
10.4 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is protected by two
breakwaters and has depths of 10 to 11m in the entrance. An
extensive yacht marina is situated in the E part of the harbor. A
commercial quay, situated in the W part of the harbor, is 100m
long and has a depth of 6m alongside. Vessels up to 100m in
length and 4.3m draft can be accommodated.
10.4 Aspect.—The town is dominated by Monte Bignone,
1,298m high, standing 3 miles N of it. This hill can be recognized
by its dark color and by a prominent building which surmounts
a ridge close E of the peak.
10.4 The conspicuous cathedral of Madonna della Costra, surmounted
by a white cupola and two low belfries, stands on the
summit of a hill on which the old part of the town is situated.
This cathedral is generally floodlit at night.
10.4 The new part of the town extends along the coast and includes
numerous large hotels and villas. A prominent radio
mast, 76m high, stands near the shore at the E end of the town.
10.4 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in a depth of 12m, sand,
close E of the harbor entrance. The holding ground is good, but
anchorage is not advisable with strong S winds. There is an additional
anchorage 0.75 mile W of the entrance with similar
holding characteristics.
10.4 Directions.—The approach channel leads NW from a point
0.3 mile SE of the entrance. Vessel entering and leaving port
should keep to the starboard side of the channel. The port monitors
VHF channels 15 and 16.
10.4 Caution.—A dangerous wreck lies about 0.4 mile E of the
harbor entrance.
10.4 An outfall pipeline extends 0.7 mile seaward from a point on
the shore, 0.5 mile W of the harbor entrance.
10.4 An outfall pipeline extends 0.2 mile seaward from a point on
the shore, 0.5 mile E of the harbor entrance.
10.4 An outfall pipeline extends 0.5 mile seaward from a point on
the shore, 0.8 mile E of the harbor entrance.
10.4 It is reported (1996) that three new breakwaters were under
construction outside the port.
10.4 An anchoring prohibited area is centered at position
Pub. 131
43°49.5'N, 7°47.0'E.
San Remo to Imperia
10.5 Capo Verde (Cape dell’ Arma) (43°49'N., 7°50'E.), a
rounded cape, is located 2.3 miles E of San Remo. It rises to a
hill, 114m high, which is marked by a prominent succession of
cultivated terraces. The small white sanctuary of Nostra Signora
della Guardia, surrounded by trees, stands on the summit of
this hill. A light is shown from a structure, 15m high, standing
on the cape.
10.5 Torre dell’ Arma, an ancient square tower, stands on the
coast, 1 mile NE of Capo Verde. A breakwater jetty, 68m long,
extends E from a point on the shore, close to this tower.
10.5 The
village of Arma di Taggia extends along the coast be-
tween the tower and the mouth of the Fiumara di Taggia, 0.8
mile ENE. Numerous prominent chimneys stand in the village,
and a yacht marina lies within the entrance of the river. A pleasure
craft marina is reported (1989) to be under construction at a
point along the shore, about 2 miles ENE of the river mouth.
10.5 Caution.—A submerged reef is located off the town of Bussana
Mare. The reef area is marked by four yellow lighted buoys.
10.6 Capo San Lorenzo (43°51'N., 7°58'E.), located 4.6
miles ENE of the mouth of the Fiumara di Taggia, is low and
sandy. A prominent church with a belfry, which is hidden from
the W by modern buildings, stands near the coast in the vicinity
of the cape. A prominent sanitarium, fronted by a long veranda,
stands 0.7 mile W of the cape.
10.6 The conspicuous village of Poggi, in which there are two
prominent belfries, is situated on a hill, 149m high, 1.5 miles
NE of the cape.
10.6 Caution.—An outfall pipeline extends 0.3 mile SE from a
point on the shore, close to Torre dell’ Arma.
10.6 A submarine pipeline lies about 0.5 mile offshore between
Capo Verde (Cape dell’ Arma) and Imperia. Anchoring within
1 mile of this pipeline is prohibited.
10.6 A dangerous wreck lies 4 miles E of Capo Verde.
Imperia (43°53'N., 8°02'E.)
World Port Index No. 39370
10.7 The port of Imperia consists of Imperia Ponente (formerly
Porto Maurizio) and Imperia Levante (formerly Oneglia).
It is located at the mouth of the Torrente Impero, 2 miles
WSW of Capo Berta.
Port of Imperia Home Page
http://www.guardiacostiera.it/imperia
10.7 Winds—Weather.—Strong SE and E winds cause a heavy
surf in the harbor and affect the water level.
10.7 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor basin at Imperia Ponente,
on the W side of the port, is protected by two breakwaters.
An extensive marina is situated in the N part. The
commercial quay is 280m long with a depth of 6.8m alongside.
Vessels up to 110m in length and 6m draft can be accommodated.

Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino 157
10.7 The harbor basin at Imperia Levante, on the E side of the
port, is protected by two breakwaters. The commercial quays
are 200m long, with a depth of 9m alongside, and 350m long,
with a depth of 6.7m alongside. Vessels up to 10,000 dwt,
160m in length, and 8m draft can be accommodated.
10.7 Aspect.—Imperia Ponente (Porto Maurizio), a small town, is
situated on a rounded hill which rises close N of Punta Chiappe,
at the W side of the port. Imperia Levante (Oneglia)
stands on a plain close E of the mouth of the Torrente Impero,
at the E side of the port.
10.7 The prominent monastery of Santa Chiarra, with a long row
of arches, stands close N of Punta Chiappe. Imperia Ponente
Cathedral stands on the summit of a hill, 0.2 mile N of Punta
Chiappe. It is a prominent light-colored building with a conspicuous
dome flanked by towers with cupolas. This dome is
hidden from the SW by other buildings.
10.7 A prominent group of chimneys is situated at the W end of
Imperia Levante. A prominent town hall building, four stories
with a square tower, stands midway between Imperia Ponente
and Imperia Levante.
10.7 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt.
Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 11, 12, or 16 and generally
board about 1 mile SE of the harbor entrance. Pilotage is
advised for all vessels without local knowledge. Vessels must
provide an ETA 24 hours prior to arrival.
10.7 Vessels entering have priority over vessels leaving.
10.7 Regulations.—Vessels carrying or which have carried petroleum
gas or chemical products are prohibited from navigating
within the immediate area of the combined port. The maximum
speed allowed is 3 knots.
10.7 Vessel Traffic Service.—Savona Vessel Traffic Service
(VTS) covers Imperia. The VTS provides an information service,
navigational aid service, and a traffic organization service.
Details of the VTS operation are available in paragraph
10.14.
10.7 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in depths of 11 to 13m,
sand, good holding ground, in the areas listed below:
1. Anchorage Zone A is a circle, with of radius 500m,
centered on position 43°52.7'N, 8°03.0'E. This anchorage is
reserved for vessels exceeding 10,000 gross tons.
2. Anchorage B is a circle of radius 500m, centered 1
mile S of the Porto Mauricio S breakwater head.
3. Anchorage Zone C is a circle, with a radius 500m,
centered on position 43°52.1'N, 8°01.6'E.
10.7 Restricted areas are established for these anchorages, each
with a 500m radius centered on the anchorage center.
10.7 Caution.—A submarine pipeline extends 1.2 miles seaward
from the mouth of Torrente Impero. An anchoring prohibited
area, the limits of which are shown on the chart, lies in the vicinity
of this pipeline.
10.7 Several trawling prohibited areas lie in the approaches to the
harbor and may best be seen on the chart.
10.7 Between mid-April and the end of October, an area lying N
of a line joining the heads of the inner breakwaters at both harbors
is reserved for water-skiing in daylight hours. This area is
generally marked by buoys and navigating, anchoring, and
fishing are prohibited within it.
10.7 Works are reported (2009) in progress involving the entire
basin of Porto Maurizio.
Imperia to Rada di Vado
10.8 Capo Berta (43°54'N., 8°05'E.), located 1.5 miles E
of the E basin at Imperia, is rounded and bare of vegetation on
its lower part. When this cape is enveloped in cloud, SE winds
can be expected.
10.8 Torre Alpicella stands on the summit of a hill, 267m high,
0.5 mile WSW of the cape.
10.8 Diano Marina, a village, is situated close N of Capo Berta. It
can be recognized by the tall belfry of the church which has a
small red dome. Diano Castello is situated 1.2 mile NW of Diano
Marina. This prominent village can be identified by a
white church with a large convent close S of it. Picco d’Evigno,
989m high, stands NNW of Diano Castello and is conspicuous.
10.8 Anchorage may be obtained off Diano Marina. A good berth
lies, in a depth of 15m, sand, about 0.5 mile ESE of the village.
Small vessels may anchor closer to the shore, in a depth of 6m.
10.8 Capo Cervo, located 2.8 miles ENE of Capo Berta, is rocky
and precipitous. A prominent yellow house, with a red roof,
stands on the cape and is flanked by two gray buildings.
10.8 The village of Cervo, situated close W of the cape, is easily
recognized by the houses which are grouped around its church
on the slope of a coastal hill. The beach fronting the village is
crossed by a stone railway bridge with six arches.
10.8 The village of Rollo, with a conspicuous belfry, is situated
on a hill 1 mile N of Capo Cervo and is prominent from seaward.
10.8 Caution.—An anchoring, fishing, and diving prohibited area,
the limits of which are shown on the chart, is situated in the
vicinity of an historic wreck lying 1.5 miles ESE of Diano Marina.
10.8 An outfall extends 0.6 mile SE from Capo Berta.
10.8 Work is in progress (2006) to repair the coastal road damaged
by landslides in the vicinity of Capo Berta.
10.9 Capo Mele (43°57'N., 8°10'E.), located 2.7 miles NE
of Capo Cervo, is high and rounded. A light is shown from a
prominent tower with a dwelling, 25m high, standing on the
cape. A signal station surmounts the summit of the cape.
10.9 Currents
off this cape are strong and usually set SW. It is re-
ported locally that they attain their greatest velocity between 1
mile and 2 miles offshore. However, at a distance of about
350m from the coast, there may be SW or even a countercurrent
at times. The currents are generally not dangerous and
tend to set away from the coast.
10.9 Marina
di Andora, a village, extends along the shore close W
the cape and contains some prominent red buildings. Anchorage
is available, in a depth of 13m, sand, about 0.4 mile SE of
this village.
10.9 The
coast between Capo Mele and Capo Santa Croce, 3.7
miles NNE, forms a wide bay. The shore is high and rocky for
1 mile and then it becomes low and sandy. The village of
Laigueglio, situated 1.5 miles NNW of Capo Mele, has a
prominent church with twin belfries and a white facade; only
the upper part of the facade is visible from seaward.
10.9 Alassio,
a resort town, extends along the beach, 1 mile S of
Capo Santa Croce. Three churches stand in this town and the N
and E ones have prominent belfries. The conspicuous sanctuary
of Madonna Della Guardia, a large building, stands on the
crest of a ridge, 1.5 miles NW of the town. A T-headed pier
Pub. 131

158 Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino
projects 160m from the beach abreast the E church. It has a
depth of 3m and is used by small craft in good weather. Anchorage
is available about 0.4 mile SE of the pier, in a depth of
27m.
10.9 Capo Santa Croce (44°01'N., 8°12'E.) is a steep promontory
which terminates in a yellowish-colored rocky point. It is
surmounted by a small gray chapel near two prominent highrise
buildings.
Caution.—A submarine pipeline extends up to 0.4 mile SE
of Capo Santa Croce. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in
the vicinity of this pipeline.
10.10 Porto di Alassio (Luca Ferrari) (44°00'N., 8°10'E.), a
small harbor, lies on the N side of Capo Santa Croce and is protected
from the E by an outer breakwater. Its entrance, which
lies between the head of the breakwater and a mole, is 80m
wide. There are depths up to 4m in the harbor, which is subject
to silting, and extensive facilities for small craft and yachts.
The port monitors VHF channel 16.
10.10 Monte Bignone, 520m high, stands 1 mile NW of Capo Santa
Croce and is prominent.
10.10 Capo Lena (44°03'N., 8°14'E.), located 2.3 miles NE of Capo
Santa Croce, is the SE extremity of a wide tract of low and
flat land. It is rounded, sandy, and formed by deposits which
are brought down by the Fiume Centa. Depths of less than 10m
extend as far as 0.5 mile offshore to the S of the cape and it
should be given a wide berth, especially after heavy rains and
violent seas which produce changes in the depths near the
mouth of the river.
10.10 Isola Gallinara lies 1 mile S of the cape. It is 90m high,
rocky, and covered with vegetation. A prominent house, surmounted
by a tower and surrounded by a wall, stands on the
summit of this island.
10.10 Albenga, an old town, is situated 0.5 mile inland of Capo Lena.
It can be recognized by several high reddish-colored towers,
the cathedral, and a conspicuous high-rise building.
10.10 Anchorage may be obtained by small vessels, with local
knowledge, in a depth of 6m, off the beach abreast this town.
10.10 It is reported that should the sky to the S become obscured
by heavy cumulus clouds with gray strata, strong S winds may
soon be expected.
10.10 Caution.—A submarine cable and a submarine pipeline
(water) extend between the NW side of Isola Gallinara and the
mainland to the NW. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in
the vicinity of this pipeline and cable.
10.10 Due to residual ordnance, fishing and diving are prohibited
within 500m of Isola Gallinara.
10.10 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in the vicinity of an
historic wreck lying 1 mile ENE of Capo Lena.
10.11 Capo di Noli (44°12'N., 8°25'E.) is located 12.3 miles
NE of Capo Lena. The coast between is dominated by a chain
of high mountains. Monte Carmo, 1,390m high, stands 4 miles
inland, nearly midway between the two capes.
10.11 Ceriale
is situated 3 miles N of Capo Lena. This village can
be recognized by its modern light-yellow buildings and a tall
chimney. Castello Borelli is situated 0.5 mile NNE of Ceriale.
This castle stands on the lower seaward slope of Monte Picarro,
281m high, and is surmounted by a conspicuous tall and
slender tower. Borghetto Santo Spirito, situated 0.3 mile NNE
Pub. 131
of the castle, consists of modern buildings and hotels.
10.11 Six jetties, each 60m long and 160m apart, extend from the
shore at Ceriale and terminate in almost circular platforms. The
N platform is submerged and marked by a beacon.
10.11 Loano, a town, is situated 5 miles NNE of Capo Lena. It can
be identified by the church which has a large and dark cupola
surmounted by a statue. Another cupola, lighter and smaller,
surmounts the monastery of Monte Carmel which stands 0.3
mile N of the town.
10.11 A fishing craft harbor fronts the town and is protected by two
breakwaters.
10.11 Vessels can anchor, in a depth of 18m, about 0.5 mile SE of
the town.
10.11 Pietra Ligure, another small town, is situated close N of
Loano. It can be recognized by the buildings and tall cranes of
a shipyard. A church standing in the NE part of the town is also
prominent from seaward.
10.11 Caution.—Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in a fish haven
area, the limits of which are shown on the chart, lying off
Loano.
10.11 A wreck, with a depth of 18.4m, is located in position
44°05.99'N, 8°15.18'E.
10.12 Capo di Caprazoppa (44°10'N., 8°20'E.), located 2.5
miles ENE of Pietra Ligure, is a rocky point, 82m high, which
rises steeply from the sea. A prominent ruined tower, with a
white villa nearby, stands on its summit. Monte Caprazoppa,
291m high, stands close W of the cape and is a good landmark
because of the numerous red patches on its S slopes. In addition,
a large and light-colored patch lies on its SE side and is
very prominent from seaward.
10.12 The towns of Finalmarina, Finalpia, and Finalborgo form the
municipality of Finale Ligure and present an almost unbroken
line of buildings between Capo di Caprazoppa and Punta San
Donato, 1.5 miles ENE. Punta San Donato is a small rocky
projection which rises perpendicularly from the sea and is surmounted
by an ancient tower.
10.12 The small harbor of Finale Ligure is formed by a breakwater,
which extends NE from Punta San Donato, and has extensive
facilities for yachts. The harbor monitors VHF channels 9 and
16.
10.12 Punta Crena, located close SSW of Capo di Noli, is steep,
rocky, and surmounted by a prominent tower.
10.12 Capo di Noli (44°12'N., 8°25'E.), high and rocky, rises
steeply from the sea. It is a yellowish-gray color and is dotted
with vegetation. Monte Capo di Noli, 276m high, stands close
SW of the cape and is prominent. The town of Noli is situated
0.5 mile N of the cape. La Rocca, an old castle with a high tower,
stands on a steep and isolated hill, 121m high, close N of the
town.
10.12 Vessels can obtain shelter from W winds in the bight lying
between the cape and the town of Noli.
10.12 Vessel Traffic Service.—Savona Vessel Traffic Service
(VTS) covers Noli. The VTS provides an information service,
navigational aid service, and a traffic organization service. The
VTS is provided by Savona. Details of the VTS operation are
found in paragraph 10.14.
10.12 Spotorno, a town, is situated 2 miles N of Capo di Noli. The
yellow belfry of its church rises above the houses and is prominent.
A large hotel, with a large veranda, is situated close NE

Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino 159
of the town and is prominent from seaward. An old fort stands
on a hill, close NW of the town. A dangerous wreck lies close
off this town.
10.12 Punta del Maiolo, located 1 mile NE of Spotorno, is wooded.
It can be identified by Torre di Ere which stands on the summit
of a hill, 127m high, 1.7 miles NE of the point. This prominent
tower is square and has its upper part in ruins.
10.12 Isola di Bergeggi, 64m high, lies 1.2 miles SE of Punta del
Maiolo. A ruined fort stands on the summit of this islet. From
the S or SE, the islet is difficult to distinguish against the coastal
background. A protected marine area has been established
centered 0.3 mile NE of Isola di Bergeggi. Entry is prohibited
into the area.
10.12 Capo di Vado (44°15'N., 8°27'E.), located 1.2 miles NNE of
Punta del Maiolo, has several large stone quarries on its E side
which give it a whitish appearance. Its summit, 161m high, is
surmounted by the ruins of Forte di Stefano. A light is shown
from a tower attached to a dwelling, 34m high, standing on the
cape.
Rada di Vado (Quiliano) (44°16'N., 8°26'E.)
World Port Index No. 39420
10.13 The port of Rada di Vado consists of an open roadstead,
a harbor, and an offshore pipeline terminal.
10.13 Winds—Weather.—During the winter, winds from the NE
quadrant blow frequently and violently, sometimes preventing
the berthing of vessels. Strong SW winds can also suspend berthing
operations.
10.13 Tides—Currents.—The current is generally weak and usually
sets SW with an inshore countercurrent. When this countercurrent
sets in the opposite direction, it is sometimes strong
enough to make berthing difficult and it also indicates that SE
winds can be expected.
10.13 Depths—Limitations.—The Sarpom Offshore Terminal
Berth, formed by seven mooring buoys, lies in a depth of 35m,
1.1 miles NNE of Capo di Vado. Two submarine pipelines extend
WNW from the berth to the shore at the mouth of Torrente
Quiliano. Tankers of 50,000 to 250,000 dwt can be handled.
The largest vessel that can be accommodated is 351m in length
and 316,000 dwt.
10.13 Porto di Capo di Vado, a harbor basin, is protected from the
E by Molo di Sopraflutto, a main breakwater, which extends
0.4 mile NNW from the cape. This basin has 900m of total berthing
space with depths of 10 to 15m alongside. There are facilities
for container, ro-ro, and reefer vessels up to 60,000 dwt.
10.13 Six piers extend from the shore at Rada di Vado. Five of
these piers, which are described from S to N, have commercial
berthing facilities and one pier (Pontile Enel) is used only as a
seawater intake.
10.13 Pier San Raffaele, a bulk cargo pier, is 450m long and has
two berths. The N berth, 128m long, has a depth of 9.1m alongside
and can handle vessels up to 30,000 dwt. The S berth,
160m long, has a depth of 12.5m alongside and can handle vessels
up to 50,000 dwt, 220m in length, and 12.3m draft.
10.13 Pier Pontile Esso, an oil pier, is 350m long and has a depth of
9m alongside the berth at its head.
10.13 Pier Agip Agrimont, an oil pier, is 700m long and has a
depth of 10m alongside the berth at its head.
10.13 Pier Industria Italiana, an oil pier, is 420m long and has a
depth of 9.4m alongside the berth at its head. Vessels carrying
sulfuric acid may also be handled here.
10.13 Pier Isa, an oil pier, is 435m long and has a depth of 9.4m
alongside the berth at its head.
10.13 Aspect.—The port is backed by a chain of mountains which
are covered with vegetation. The conspicuous sanctuary of Madonna
del Monte, with a belfry and cupola, stands on the summit
of a hill, 162m high, 2.3 miles NNW of Capo di Vado.
10.13 From seaward, the inhabited districts along the shore appear
as one single line of houses. The slender belfry of the cathedral
standing in the center of Vado Ligure is conspicuous. Forte di
Vado, situated close NW of Capo di Vado, is prominent from
seaward and well preserved. A prominent church, with a belfry
and a conical cupola, stands in the village of Zinola. A prominent
church, with a yellow belfry and a cupola, stands at Legino.
10.13 Several lighted ranges, shown when vessels are expected, assist
berthing at the piers.
10.13 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory and is provided by Savona.
Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 13 and generally
board about 1.5 miles S of Capo di Vado Light.
10.13 Vessels should contact the pilot by VHF 3 hours prior to arrival.
10.13 Regulations.—Vessels should send an ETA from the last
port of call, then 96 hours, 72 hours, 48 hours, and 24 hours in
advance, to Porto di Savona. Any changes in ETA greater than
12 hours should be reported.
10.13 Rada di Vado harbor and terminals can be contacted on VHF
channel 11, 13, or 16.
10.13 There is a speed limit of 6 knos within Vado Ligure for conventional
vessels. High speed ferries are limited to 10 knots
when entering or leaving port.
10.13 Vessel Traffic Service.—Savona Vessel Traffic Service
(VTS) covers Rada di Vado. The VTS provides an information
service, navigational aid service, and a traffic organization service.
Details of the VTS operation are found in paragraph
10.14.
10.13 Anchorage.—Rada di Vado offers excellent anchorage with
good holding ground, but winds from the SE, although rarely
violent, do raise a sea.
10.13 Vessels awaiting berthing in Rada di Vado may obtain anchorage
off Savona or in a designated area, the limits of which
are shown on the chart, lying centered about 2 miles NE of Capo
di Vado. A pilot is required for anchoring within this designated
area.
10.13 Caution.—An anchoring, fishing, and stopping prohibited
area, the limits of which are shown on the chart, lies 1 mile N,
NE, and E of the head of Molo di Sopraflutto.
10.13 Two outfall pipelines extend from the shore in the vicinity of
the piers at Rado di Vado and may best be seen on the chart.
10.13 An area of works in progress (2000) is located between
Banchina Nord and Pontile San Raffaele.
Savona (44°19'N., 8°30'E.)
World Port Index No. 39440
10.14 The port of Savona lies 3.5 miles NE of Porto Capo di
Vado. The old part of the city is situated on a plain close SW of
Pub. 131

160 Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino
the harbor, at the foot of a hill, on which the modern part of the
city is rapidly expanding.
10.14 Winds—Weather.—Winds from the NE blow straight into
the port, but do not raise a heavy sea. Winds from the E to S
send in a swell, but this condition is generally of short duration.
Gales from the SE are usually indicated when the water reaches
the level of the first step of the Rotonda; this sometimes occurs
24 hours ahead of the storm. This is particularly
advantageous, for although the stormy weather already prevails
at sea, within the harbor there are usually only slight N winds,
if any.
10.14 During the period of N winds prior to a gale, the peaks of the
mountains are covered with elongated clouds, called Garo.
10.14 Tides—Currents.—The tides are negligible, rising only
0.3m at springs. However, the advent of strong onshore winds
can increase the rise by as much as 0.6m.
10.14 The current off the port sets constantly SW with a velocity
which depends on the winds and the strength of the discharges
from the neighboring rivers. Its average rate is 1 knot, but under
certain conditions it may attain a rate of 2 knots.
10.14 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is protected from the
SE by Nuovo Molo Frangiflutti, an outer breakwater, which extends
0.7 mile NE from Punta San Erasmo. Molo Frangiflutti,
which extends NE, lies 275m NW of the outer breakwater and
divides the harbor into two main parts.
10.14 Darsena Vecchia, a basin, is entered at the W end of the N
part. It has 480m of total berthing space with depths of 4.6 to
8.5m alongside.
10.14 Darsena Nuova, a basin, is entered on the S side of the inner
part. It has 794m of total berthing space with depths of 6.3 to
9m alongside.
10.14 Calata Paola Boselli, a quay, lies at the S side of the inner
part. It has 525m of total berthing space with depths of 7.5 to
Pub. 131
Port of Savona Home Page
http://www.porto.sv.it
Savona
8.5m alongside.
10.14 Darsena Alto Fondale, which forms the outer part, has 450m
of total berthing space with a depth of 15m alongside. Vessels
up to 14m draft can be accommodated.
10.14 There are facilities for container, ro-ro, and bulk vessels.
Reclamation and harbor expansion have extended the port to
the NE to provide deep water berths capable of handling bulk
and vehicle carriers.
10.14 Aspect.—Conspicuous landmarks include a chimney standing
S of the harbor; the sanctuary of Madonna degli Angeli,
with a wide belfry, standing by itself on the slope of a hill,
close NW of the city; a high-rise building which stands in the
harbor area and overlooks the city; and the silos situated on Calata
Paolo Boselli.
10.14 The orange lighting of the harbor area can be seen from a
great distance and greatly facilitates night approaches.
10.14 Pilotage.—Pilotage is mandatory within an area bound by
the coast and a line joining Capo di Vado Light, a position 1
mile ESE of the Savona Breakwater (44°18'51.6''N,
8°31'33.6''E), and Capo d’Albisola.
10.14 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt with the exception
of warships, fishing vessels, tugs, vessels engaged in
local traffic or working within the port and vessels of less than
500 grt. Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 13 and usually
board 1 mile off the mandatory pilotage area.
10.14 Vessels 500 grt and less should contact the pilot station for
instructions.
10.14 There is a maximum speed limit of 6 knots within the harbor.
10.14 This station also supplies pilots for Rada di Vado.
10.14 Vessel Traffic Service.—A Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) is
established for Savona. The VTS provides an information service,
a navigational aid service, and a traffic organization service.
10.14 The Savona VTS area is bounded by lines joining the following
positions:
a. 44°21.7'N, 8°36.0'E.
b. 44°04.8'N, 8°50.5'E.
c. 43°55.5'N, 8°37.5'E.
d. 43°39.5'N, 8°24.0'E.
e. 43°38.0'N, 8°07.0'E.
f. 43°43.5'N, 7°50.5'E.
g. 43°57.0'N, 8°10.7'E.
h. Capo di Santa Croce.
i. 44°07.0'N, 8°18.3'E.
j. 44°10.7'N, 8°25.0'E.
k. Capo di Vado.
l. 44°16.5'N, 8°26.4'E.
10.14 A precautionary area extends 3 miles from the outer limits of
the VTS area.
10.14 A restricted area, with a radius of 5 miles, is centered on
Nuovo Molo Frangiflutti Light.
10.14 The VTS can be contacted (call sign: Savona Traffic) on
VHF channel 15 or 16.
10.14 Participation in the VTS is mandatory for all vessels of 300
gross tons and over with the exception of warships, naval auxiliary
vessels, vessels owned or operated by the state for noncommercial
public purposes, fishing vessels under 45m loa,
and recreational craft less than 45m loa.
10.14 Vessels should report to Savona VTS on VHF channel 15, as
follows:

Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino 161
1. When entering or transiting the precautionary area using
the following format:
Designator Information Required
A
2. When entering the VTS restricted area:
3. When anchoring or weighing anchor:
4. On arrival in port:
Vessel name, call sign, flag, and IMO
number
Time of expected entry into the VTS
B
area
C Position
E True course
F Speed
G Port of origin
I Port of destination
Quality and quantity of cargo, stating
P
IMDG Code/UN Number if dangerous
Q Any deficiencies
U Type and size of vessel
Designator Information Required
Vessel name, call sign, flag, and IMO
A
number
E True course
F Speed
G Port of destination
H
Time and point of entry into the VTS
area
Designator Information Required
Vessel name, call sign, flag, and IMO
A
number
B Time of anchoring or weighing anchor
C Anchorage position
O Draft
Quality and quantity of cargo, stating
P
IMDG Code/UN Number if dangerous
Q Any deficiencies or limitations
S Weather conditions
Designator Information Required
A
Vessel name, call sign, flag, and IMO
number
Designator Information Required
B Time of arrival
5. One hour prior to departure:
Designator Information Required
B ETD and port of destination
6. Upon departure from port:
Designator Information Required
Vessel name, call sign, flag, and IMO
A
number
I Port of destination
K Time of weighing anchor
Quality and quantity of cargo, stating
P
IMDG Code/UN Number if dangerous
U Type and size of vessel (in gross tons)
7. When embarking/disembarking the pilot:
Designator Information Required
A
B
Vessel name, call sign, flag, and IMO
number.
Time of embarking/disembarking the
pilot
8. When exiting the VTS area:
Designator Information Required
K Time of exiting the VTS area
I Port of destination
X Any other information
10.14 Vessels must maintain a continuous listening watch on VHF
channels 13 and 16 while in the roads.
10.14 Vessels intending to transit the VTS area must send a request
in advance to the VTS Center. When within the VTS area, they
must maintain a continuous listening watch on VHF channel
15, navigate with particular care, and check their position constantly.
In case of damage or loss of polluting cargo they must
inform the Harbormaster’s Office as soon as possible.
10.14 The precautionary area within which the first contact must
be made between the vessel and the VTS is 3 miles adjacent to
the VTS area.
10.14 Anchorage.—Anchorage, sheltered from the SW through N
to the NE, is available, in depths of 12 to 22m, sand, good
holding ground, in Rada di Albissola, an area lying 1.5 miles
NE of the harbor entrance.
10.14 A designated anchorage area, the limits of which are shown
on the chart, lies centered 1 mile S of the harbor entrance. Ves-
Pub. 131

162 Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino
sels are advised not to anchor in this area without the aid of a
pilot.
10.14 Anchorage can also be taken in the designated area at Rada
di Vado.
10.14 Two deep water anchorage berths lie 1.5 to 2 miles SSE of
Savona.
10.14 Caution.—An anchoring, stopping, and fishing prohibited
area, the limits of which are shown on the chart, extends up to
0.5 mile from the harbor entrance.
10.14 An anchoring prohibited area, the limits of which are shown
on the chart, extends up to 1 mile N, NE, E, and SE of the harbor
entrance.
10.14 Several outfall pipelines, which may best be seen on the
chart, extend from the shore NW of the harbor entrance and
from the vicinity of Punta San Erasmo.
10.14 A area of reclamation works (2000) exists around the Molo
Frangiflutti.
Savona to Genova
10.15 Albisola Marina (44°20'N., 8°30'E.) a small town,
stands 1.5 miles NE of Savona. It is easily identified by a railroad
station, a railroad bridge, and a church with a statue which
are all prominent.
10.15 Punta Celle, located 1.4 miles ENE of Albissola Marina, terminates
in a very steep and rocky mass which is surmounted by
a pine grove.
10.15 Celle
Ligure, a small town, is situated close NNE of the
point. A beach at the center of the town is interrupted by a
rocky elevation, almost sheer to the sea, which has arches and
columns on it. A prominent hotel stands close NE of the town.
10.15 Punta
dell’ Omo, located 1 mile ENE of Celle Ligure, can be
identified by the numerous light-colored and large buildings in
its vicinity. La Crocetta, a small church with a pointed belfry,
stands on the summit of a hill, 294m high, 1 mile NNW of the
point and is easy to distinguish.
10.15 Varazze (44°22'N., 8°35'E.), a town, is situated 0.9 mile NE
of Punta dell’ Omo. The conspicuous Collegio Don Bosco, a
yellow four-story building, stands at the back and overlooks the
town. The white building of a shipyard is situated near the W
end of the town and is prominent. Monte Grosso, 402m high,
stands 1 mile NE of the town and is covered by dark green vegetation.
It can be recognized by the small chapel of Guardia di
Varazze, which in clear weather appears from seaward as a
white point on a dark peak.
10.15 A small craft harbor, protected by a breakwater, lies close N
of Punta dell’ Aspera and close W of the town.
10.15 During periods of strong NE winds along the entire coast, it
is reported that very weak winds, or a calm, will be experienced
in the immediate vicinity of Varazze.
10.15 Vessel Traffic Service.—Savona Vessel Traffic Service
(VTS) covers Varazze. The VTS provides an information service,
navigational aid service, and a traffic organization service.
Details of the VTS operation are found in paragraph
10.14.
10.15 Vessels with local knowledge can anchor off the town, in a
depth of 11m, sand.
10.15 The site of a historic wreck and its circular prohibited area is
located 0.7 mile SE of Punta dell’Aspera.
Pub. 131
10.16 Punta d’Invrea (44°20'N., 8°37'E.), located 2.4 miles
NE of Varazze, can be identified by a castle, visible among the
trees, standing at the top of a steep hill, close N of it.
10.16 Cogoleto, a small town, is situated 1.5 miles NE of the point
and has a conspicuous white church standing on the beach at its
E end. The conspicuous buildings of a hospital, some light-colored
and others dark red, stand on a plateau, 193m high, 1 mile
WNW of the town.
10.16 Capo Arenzano, located 1.7 miles ENE of Cogoleto, rises
steeply from the sea to a flat summit on which stand numerous
large buildings. A small craft harbor, the entrance of which is
partially obstructed by a sand and gravel bank, lies close N of
the cape.
10.16 A wreck, with a depth of 30m, lies about 1.6 miles SSE of
the harbor. An anchoring and fishing prohibited area, with a radius
of 0.1 mile, is centered over the wreck.
10.16 The town of Arenzano, situated 0.5 mile N of the cape, is
dominated by a church, with a prominent bell tower, standing
on the slope of a hill behind it. Another prominent church
stands close W of the town and rises high among the trees.
10.16 Punta della Chiappa is located 2 miles NE of Capo Arenzano.
A pink three-story building, surmounted by a squat tower,
stands on the point and aids in its identification. Scoglio Nave,
a low and dark-colored rock, lies close off the point, but is difficult
to distinguish against the coastal background.
10.16 Vessels can anchor, in a depth of 13m, sand and weed, E of
the large church in Arenzano. The holding ground is good and
small vessels can obtain shelter from W and SW winds.
10.16 Voltri (44°26'N., 8°45'E.) is situated on the E side of Torrente
Cerusa, 3 miles NE of Arenzano. It forms the W end of
the built up area which extends W from Genova. A prominent
belfry, with a cupola, stands near the shore between Torrente
Cerusa and Torrente Leiro, which divides the town in half. A
prominent church, with a white and red belfry, stands on a hill,
159m high, behind the town.
10.16 Torrente Cerusa and Torrente Leiro bring down considerable
deposits which form temporary banks off their mouths. These
banks are usually dispersed along the coast during heavy
weather and cause the beaches to extend further seaward.
10.16 Pra (44°26'N., 8°47'E.) is situated 1.5 miles E of Voltri. This
town may be recognized by a distinctive building standing on
the heights behind it. The building consists of two blocks, the
higher one being surmounted by a cylindrical tower.
Genova (44°24'N., 8°56'E.)
World Port Index No. 39470
10.17 Genova, the principal commercial port of Italy, lies
centered 19 miles NE of Savona and also has extensive ship-repair
facilities. The port handles containers, raw materials, bulk
cargos, chemicals, oil, perishable goods, and manufactured
products. It is also a major ferry port and cruise line destination.
10.17 Winds—Weather.—The
Port of Genova Home Page
http://www.porto.genova.it
prevailing winds in summer are

Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino 163
from the SE (Scirocco) and the strongest winds are from the
SW (Libeccio). The latter seldom reach the port with any great
force. However, when they do, these winds are quite violent
and cause a high swell in the harbor.
10.17 Winds from the N to NW, especially in winter, descend from
the mountains in violent squalls and frequently bring rain,
sleet, or snow. They usually reach their maximum force at a
distance of 1 to 2 miles offshore where they raise heavy seas.
Gales are most frequent in February and least frequent in July.
10.17 Tides—Currents.—The tides are negligible with a rise of
only about 0.3m at springs. However, changes in the water level
caused by winds and atmospheric pressure variations can exceed
those of the tide. Winds from the S tend to raise the level
and winds from the N tend to lower the level.
10.17 Tidal currents within the harbor are negligible. Outside the
harbor, the current generally sets W at an average rate of 0.7
knot, increasing with SE winds to about 2 knots.
10.17 Depths—Limitations.—The Multedo Offshore Oil Terminal
is situated off the W end of the port and consists of a platform
and a single buoy mooring.
10.17 The single mooring platform lies in a depth of 50m, 1 mile
SW of the W end of the airport at Genova. A submarine pipeline
extends NE from the platform towards the shore. The berth
at this platform can handle tankers up to 500,000 dwt.
10.17 The single buoy mooring (SBM) lies in a depth of 65m,
about 1 mile ESE of the platform. A submarine pipeline extends
NW from this buoy towards the entrance to the inner oil
harbor. The berth at this buoy can handle tankers up to 270,000
dwt, 350m in length, 53m beam, and 20m draft.
10.17 The W part of the main port consists of Porto Petroli di
Multedo, an inner oil terminal, the Ansaldo Shipyards, and the
Cristoforo Colombo Airport. A steel works, with storage areas,
is situated close E of the airport.
10.17 The E part of the port consists of numerous basins with the
central part of Genova arranged like an amphitheater on the
slopes of the mountains which encircle it.
10.17 The main harbor is protected from the S by a detached breakwater
nearly 3 miles long. It is known as Diga Foranea, in the
W part, and Molo Duca di Galliera, in the E part.
10.17 The entrance channel and turning basin at Port Petroli di
Multedo have depths of 15.5m. This inner oil terminal has four
piers projecting from the N side and a total of eleven berths.
Tankers up to 130,000 dwt, 259m in length, and 14m draft can
be accommodated.
10.17 The W harbor entrance, which leads S of the W extremity of
Diga Foranea, has a least charted depth of 13.5m. Use of this
entrance is usually restricted to vessels berthing at the steel
works basin. This basin, which has 500m of berthing space
depths of 12.1 to 13.4m alongside, is used only by vessels with
cargoes of coal or iron for the steel works. Vessels with a masthead
height exceeding 31m are not permitted to berth at the
steel works.
10.17 The E and main entrance to the harbor lies between the E extremity
of Mola Duca di Galliera and the head of Molo di Sottoflutto,
which extends SSW.
10.17 Avamporto is entered from the E entrance and comprises the
area between Molo Duca di Galliera and Molo Giano. This basin
is mostly used by vessels awaiting a berth.
10.17 Bacino delle Grazie lies N of Avamporto and is used mainly
for repairs. Calata Olii Minerali, at the S part of the W side of
this basin, has 474m of berthing space and can accommodate
vessels up to 11m draft.
10.17 Porto Vecchio is entered from Bacino delle Grazie and extends
W and N to the head of the port. There are depths of 7 to
11m alongside the numerous piers and quays which have facilities
for general cargo, ro-ro, automobile ferries, and passenger
vessels. A quay, 500m long, with a depth of 14.5m alongside,
is used by container vessels.
10.17 Bacino della Lanterna lies W of Caleta Olii Minerali. This
basin has depths of 12 to 13m with facilities for mineral, oil,
coal, and bulk cargo. There is 1,184m of total berthing space
and vessels up to 10.5m draft can be accommodated.
10.17 Bacino di Sampierdarena extends 1.2 miles WNW of Bacino
della Lanterna. There are depths of 8 to 14m alongside the
piers which project SSE into this basin and are used for general
and bulk cargoes. In addition, a container quay, 1,200m long,
has five berths, with depths of 11 to 11.6m alongside.
10.17 Aspect.—The municipality of Genova extends from Voltri to
Nervi, about 13 miles ESE. The villages and small towns form
an unbroken line of buildings along the coast which extend
from the shore to the slopes of the mountains in the background.
The center of Genova is easily recognized because its
populated area extends chiefly inland. At night, the city lights
are visible from a great distance to seaward.
10.17 The following landmarks are very conspicuous when approaching
the harbor:
1. The sanctuary of Madonna del Gazzo (44°27'N.,
8°51'E.) standing on the summit of Bric del Gazzo, 421m
high. It can be recognized, even at night, due to its votive
light shown on the crest of the mountain.
2. The sanctuary of Madonna della Guardia, with a cupola
and steeple, standing on the summit, 804m high, of
Monte Figogna, 3 miles N of Bric del Gazzo.
3. Forte Castellacio (44°26'N., 8°55'E.), with two radio
towers and a massive reddish tower.
4. Forte Quezzi (44°26'N., 8°58'E.), a large structure,
standing on a hill, 231m high, NE of the city.
5. Torre Quezzi, standing isolated 0.3 mile ENE of Forte
Quezzi.
6. Forte Ratti (44°26'N., 9°00'E.), a long and low structure,
with a round tower at its NW end.
7. Forte Richelieu, surmounted by a cupola, standing 1
mile SSW of Forte Ratti.
8. The buildings and lights of Cristoforo Columbo Airport
(Genova) situated at the W end of the harbor.
9. A huge shed and six chimneys situated at the steel
works to the E of the airport.
10.17 Approaching the harbor from the E, the following landmarks
can also be easily identified:
1. Monte Fascie (44°25'N., 9°02'E.), 834m high, with a
conspicuous white cross standing on the W side of its summit.
2. Monte Guigo, with a dense number of houses situated
on its slopes, standing 1.5 miles SE of Monte Fascie.
3. Monte di San Croce, surmounted by a chapel, standing
1.5 miles ESE of Monte Guigo.
4. The steeple of Pieve Ligure standing on the SE slope
of Monte di San Croce.
10.17 The fairway channel leading to the inner oil harbor is marked
by lighted buoys.
Pub. 131

164 Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino
10.17 Lanterna Light is shown from a structure, 76m high, standing
2 miles WNW of the E harbor entrance. A radiobeacon is
situated at the light. A signal station is situated close S of the
base of the light. Caution is necessary, as this light is reported
to be not easily distinguished from the S and the signal station
is not visible between the bearings of 010° and 024°.
10.17 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt.
Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12 and usually board
about 1 mile SE or SW of the harbor entrances or from the offshore
terminals, as appropriate.
10.17 Vessels up to 2,000 gross tons that are not using tugs may
ask the pilot station, via VHF, for assistance to be provided by
radio when the master on board demonstrates good knowledge
of the Italian language.
10.17 Regulations.—Vessels carrying polluting or dangerous cargo
must report to the harbormaster at least 24 hours prior to entering
Italian territorial waters. These vessels must maintain
VHF contact when within range.
10.17 Approach Zones, the limits of which are shown on the chart,
lie in the vicinity of the approach channels leading to the E harbor
entrance and to the inner oil harbor. Within these zones,
vessels must keep to the starboard side of the fairway. Vessels
crossing these zones must do so at right angles to the line of the
channel and in the least time practicable.
10.17 A recognition and reporting zone has been established, bearing
215° distant 5 miles from Lanterna Light (44° 24.3'N,
8°54.3'E) , for vessels unable to find a berth in the harbor. Such
vessels should enter the zone and report to the signal station on
VHF channel 16 for instructions in order to determine their
ETA.
10.17 Tankers and vessels carrying dangerous cargo are permitted
to anchor in Anchorage Area Bravo or one of the lettered anchorages
while awaiting a berth.
10.17 In order to establish priorities between vessels leaving or entering
port and aircraft taking off or landing at Christoforo
Columbo Airport a regulated zone has been established in an
area connected by the following positions:
a. 44°25.7'N, 8°45.2'E.
b. 44°22.9'N, 8°43.7'E.
c. 44°20.6'N, 8°55.0'E.
d. 44°23.4'N, 8°56.3'E.
10.17 Additionally, two way points have been established in the
waters leading to the approach channel to the petrochemical
Pub. 131
Genova Pilot Boat
harbor (Multedo Oil Port). These points are designated T1 and
T2 and are located, as follows:
1. T1—44°25.2'N, 8°49.5'E.
2. T2—44°24.7'N, 8°48.2'E.
10.17 Within the regulated area vessels entering the port have priority
over aircraft movements. Vessels leaving port must give
way to aircraft movements except in cases where the departing
vessel has entered the approach channel and has already passed
way point T1.
10.17 Vessels having an air draft of more than 48m must report to
the Harbor Pilots Control Tower and to the Operations Room
in the Harbormaster’s Office prior to entering the regulated area
or before moving within the area.
10.17 When transiting the approach channel to the oil harbor, all
oil and gas tankers regardless of air draft and all other vessels
with an air draft of more than 14m must make the same reports
described above.
10.17 Vessels transiting the approach channel to the oil harbor are
prohibited from stopping between the rubble breakwater and
the head of the airport. Vessels using the Pra-Voltri Canale di
Calma must maintain a distance of 50m to 150m from the Digea
Foranea of Porto di Voltri.
10.17 Vessel Traffic Service.—A Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) is
established for Genoa. Genova Traffic VTS, which collaborates
with the Pilots Corporation to carry out port traffic monitoring
and management services, operates from the Control
Tower situated near the Molo Giano. The VTS provides an information
service, a navigational aid service, and a traffic organization
service.
10.17 The VTS (call sign: Genova Port Radio) can be contacted on
VHF channel 16 or 70. Vessels are required to report to Genova
Port Radio when passing the following positions both inbound
and outbound:
a. 44°25'40.2''N, 8°45'13.2''E.
b. 44°22'52.8''N, 8°43'43.2''E.
c. 44°20'36.0''N, 8°55'00.0''E.
d. 44°20'00.0''N, 8°59'05.0''E
10.17 Vessels intending to transit the VTS area must send a request
in advance to the Center. When within the VTS area they must
maintain a continuous listening watch on VHF channel 11,
navigate with particular care, and check their position constantly.
In case of damage or loss of polluting cargo, they must inform
the Harbormaster’s Office as soon as possible.
10.17 The precautionary area within which the first contact must
be made between the vessel and the VTS is 7 miles adjacent to
the VTS area.
10.17 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be obtained off Genova in the
following designated areas, the limits of which are shown on
the chart:
1. Zone Alpha (44°23'N., 8°45'E.)—For vessels proceeding
to or from Genova-Voltri.
2. Zone Bravo (44°24'N., 8°50'E.)—For small tankers
proceeding to or from Genova-Multedo. A submarine pipeline
extends 0.125 mile into this anchorage from the E part
of Diga di Corigliano. It is marked by a lighted buoy at the
seaward end of the pipeline.
3. Zone Charlie (44°22'N., 8°54'E.) and Zone Delta
(44°21'N., 9°02'E.)—For vessels proceeding to or from Port
Vecchio and Sampierdarena.
4. Zone Echo (44°22.6'N., 8°51.5'E.), Zone Foxtrot

Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino 165
(44°22.6'N., 8°52.5'E.), and Zone Golf (44°21.7'N.,
8°52.2'E.)—For tankers over 40,000 grt proceeding to or from
Genova-Multedo.
5. Zone Hotel (44°23.3'N., 8°51.2'E.) and Zone Lima
(44°23.4'N., 5°52.0'E.)—For tankers proceeding to or from
Genova-Multedo between 20,000 and 40,000 grt.
10.17 Caution.—Anchoring, stopping, and fishing prohibited areas,
the limits of which are indicated on the chart, lie in the vicinity
of the harbor entrance channels.
10.17 The
main harbor has no free-swinging anchorage mooring
berths. In addition to numerous alternative Mediterranean
mooring berths at quays and moleheads normally used for
alongside berthing, there are a considerable number of fixed
moorings suitable for lighterage operations in connection with
ocean-going vessels.
10.17 Numerous unlighted mooring and warping buoys are situated
throughout the harbor area.
10.17 A
prohibited area, the limits of which are shown on the chart,
has been established in the vicinity of the offshore terminals.
The passage of unauthorized vessels through this area is prohibited.
10.17 The inshore area between Voltri and Pra is being reclaimed
and developed as a large container and ro-ro terminal with a
quay, 1,100m long, and depths up to 15m alongside.
10.17 A
mole, the head of which is marked by a light, extends 0.3
mile SSE from an area of reclaimed land lying 0.9 mile E of
Voltri. A main detached breakwater, about 1.3 miles long, is
under construction in this vicinity. It extends SW and WNW
from a position 0.7 mile WNW of the W extremity of the airport
at Genova.
10.17 Many high-speed ferries operate in the harbor area.
Genova to Golfo Marconi
10.18 Nervi (44°23'N., 9°02'E.), a tourist resort, is situated
4.8 miles ESE of the E entrance to Genova and can be identified
by its numerous large hotels and villas. A prominent building,
with a small belfry and a cupola, stands on the W side of
this town.
10.18 The coast between Nervi and Camogli, 5 miles SE, is rocky,
indented, and drops steeply to the sea. The town of Bogliasco,
situated 1.5 miles E of Nervi, can be identified by a high masonry
viaduct. This viaduct has several arches and crosses Torrente
del Poggio, a stream in the middle of the town.
10.18 Sori, a small town, is situated 1.5 miles ESE of Bogliasco. It
can be identified by a concrete railroad viaduct, which crosses
the mouth of Torrente di Sori, and by a large highway bridge
standing close N of the viaduct. The belfry of a church, which
stands close W of the viaduct, is also prominent.
10.18 Between Sori and Recco, 1.7 miles SE, there are numerous
large houses and villas. The light-colored belfry of Sant’ Appolinare
stands at a height of 266m, 0.5 mile E of Sori. The larger
belfry of Polanesi stands at a height of 257m, 0.5 mile ESE of
the former belfry. Both are very prominent from seaward.
10.18 The small church of Sant’ Uberto, with no belfry, stands at a
height of 480m, 0.5 mile N of the belfry of Polanesi. A high
column, surmounted by a statue of Christ, stands close to it.
10.18 Camogli (44°21'N., 9°09'E.), an ancient town, is built on the
slopes of Monte Esoli and can be easily recognized by its tall
houses, one above the other. The prominent sanctuary of Nos-
tro Signore di Caravaggio, an isolated and low building with a
small stumpy belfry, stands on a summit, 615m high, 2 miles
NE of the town. A small craft harbor fronts the town and is protected
by a breakwater. Vessels, with local knowledge, can anchor
off the town, in depths of 16 to 17m, sand, good holding
ground, close SW of the head of the breakwater.
10.18 Caution.—Several outfall pipelines extend up to 1 mile seaward
between Nervi and Camogli and may best be seen on the
chart.
10.18 An area of foul ground, the limits of which are shown on the
chart, lies about 1 mile SW of Camogli.
10.19 Promontorio di Portofino (44°19'N., 9°11'E.) is the
most prominent of the numerous coastal projections on the NW
coast of Italy. Its sides are high, rugged, rocky, and generally
steep-to. Monte di Portofino, 610m high, stands in the SW part
of the promontory and is surmounted by a disused signal station.
Two radio masts stand 0.3 mile NNE of the summit and
are prominent from the E and W, but are obscured from the S.
10.19 The village of San Rocco, with a prominent belfry surmounted
by a black cupola, stands on a hill, 240m high, 1 mile S of
Camogli and is visible from the W.
10.19 Punta della Chiappa, located 1.7 miles S of Camogli, forms
the SW extremity of the promontory. It is a low, bare, and dark
point which is marked by a beacon. Monte Tocco, 427m high,
stands 0.5 mile E of the point. Its summit is surmounted by a
disused signal station and a signal mast.
10.19 The coast between Punta della Chiappa and Punta di Portofino,
3.5 miles ESE, is high, rocky, and steep-to. Cala dell’ Oro
and Seno di San Fruttuoso, two small bays, lie 1 mile and 1.3
miles ESE, respectively, of Punta della Chiappa and are separated
by a sharp ridge. This ridge terminates in a small rocky
promontory, 103m high, on which stands an old tower.
10.19 Punta Portofino (44°18'N., 9°13'E.), the SE extremity of the
promontory, is bare, rocky, and bold. It rises to a hill, 100m
high, on which stand two old forts. A pillar stands at the extremity
of the point. Punta di Portofino light is shown from a
structure, 12m high, standing close within the extremity of the
point. A prominent statue of the Madonna stands on the slope
of the hill, near the light.
10.19 Caution.—A wreck lies 0.3 mile ENE of Punta Portofino in
position 44°18'03.2''N, 9°13'34.2''E.
Golfo Marconi
10.20 Golfo Marconi (44°18'N., 9°15'E.) is entered between
Punta di Portofino and Chiavari, a town, 4.5 miles ENE.
It extends 2.7 miles NNW to Rapallo, at the head, and is considered
to be the most picturesque in the Italian rivieras. The W
side of the gulf, which has many small bays, offers good shelter
from winds from the S through N. However, the NE side of
the gulf is exposed to S and SW winds.
10.20 During
the winter, winds from the NW prevail and often
blow with great violence. An exceptionally clear atmosphere
with serene skies and sparse high clouds above the mountains
around Rapallo and Chiavari usually precedes strong NE or
NNE winds. In summer, winds from the S prevail and rarely attain
great force. When NNW winds, locally called “Provenza,”
blow violently, a change of weather can be expected with probable
winds from the SE.
Pub. 131

166 Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino
10.20 The most conspicuous landmarks within the gulf include
Convento di Cervara, a long and isolated building, standing 1
mile NNW of Punta di Portofino; Monte Rosa, 612m high,
which stands 1.7 miles NE of the head of the gulf and is surmounted
by the sanctuary of N. S. di Montallegro; the isolated
church of Sant’ Ambroglio, with a white belfry, standing halfway
up a hill, between Rapallo and Zoagli; and Colonia Marina
di Chivari, a red and white horizontally banded high
building, standing near the coast, 0.8 mile WNW of Chiavari.
10.20 Caution.—Tankers that have carried or those carrying petroleum
or chemical and gas products in bulk are prohibited from
navigating within an area extending 6 miles offshore between
Punta Carrega on Promontorio di Portofino (44°18'N., 9°11'E.)
and Punta Baffe (44°14'N., 9°27'E.). From October to April,
tankers of 650 grt or less are permitted to close the coast to 3
miles within this area.
10.21 Portofino (44°18'N., 9°13'E.), a small craft harbor
now used exclusively by yachts, is entered between Punta del
Coppo, located 0.3 mile NW of Punta di Portofino, and the
coast, 0.1 mile NW. It is protected from all but NE winds, but
even these cause little sea. The town is a tourist resort and contains
several prominent hotels and villas.
10.21 Punta del Pedale is located 1.4 miles N of Punta di Portofina.
Vessels can anchor, in depths off 20 to 30m, mud, off a bight
lying S of this point.
10.21 Caution.—An outfall pipeline extends 1.1 miles ESE from a
point on the shore, close N of Punta del Pedale. Anchoring and
fishing with nets are prohibited within a zone of 200m to 400m
centered on the pipeline. The 200m zone extends from the
shore to the first 500m of the pipeline. The 400m area encompasses
the remainder of the pipeline.
10.21 Several dangerous wrecks lie between Punta di Portofino and
Punta di Pedale and may best be seen on the chart.
10.21 An outfall pipeline extends 0.2 mile SE from the N shore in
the approaches to Portofino and may best be seen on the chart.
10.21 The Portofino Marine Nature Reserve has been established
as a restricted area. The area extends 7 miles along the coastline
from Punta Cannette (44°20.8'N., 9°09.3'E.), rounds
Punta della Chiappa (44°19.3'N., 9°08.7'E.) and Punta di
Portofino (44°17.8'N., 9°13.2'E.), and continues N to Punta
del Pedale (44°19.2'N., 9°13.0'E.). Anchoring, fishing, and
unauthorized entry or mooring are prohibited within this area.
10.21 Unexploded ordnance is reported to lie close S of Punta Porofino
Light. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within a radius
of 100m of position 44° 17.8'N, 9° 13.1'E.
10.22 Santa Margherita Ligure (44°20'N., 9°13'E.), a
small harbor, lies in the SW corner of a small bay, 2 miles N of
Punta di Portofino. It fronts the city and is protected by a mole
which extends 0.2 mile NE from the coast. The harbor can be
contacted on VHF channel 14 or 16 and is accessible to small
vessels up to 50m in length and 4.6m draft, but strong winds
from SE to SW cause a considerable sea in the vicinity of the
berths. Vessels can anchor, in depths of 14 to 15m, sand, fair
holding ground, ESE of the head of the mole.
10.22 The
city appears to be divided into two parts by an old for-
tress which stands 0.5 mile WSW of Punta Pagana, the NE entrance
point of the bay. A church, with a white facade and a tall
belfry, stands in the S part of the city and is prominent from
Pub. 131
seaward. Another prominent church, with twin belfries and a
black cupola, stands 0.2 mile N of it.
10.22 Villa Spinola, surmounted by a square tower, stands close W
of Punta Pagana and The Imperial Hotel, a large building,
stands on the wooded slopes, close E of the head of the bay.
10.22 The city, a resort, is brightly lighted at night and is visible
from a considerable distance to seaward.
10.22 Rapallo (44°21'N., 9°14'E.), a tourist resort, lies at the head
of a small bay in the N part of the gulf. A small harbor, protected
by moles, lies close N of Punta Langan, the SW entrance
point of the bay. It can be contacted by VHF and consists of a
small craft basin and an extensive yacht basin.
10.22 The town can be recognized by the casino, a red building,
standing close NE of Punta Langan; the Excelsior Hotel, a
large building, standing close NW of the casino; and the cathedral
standing in the center of the town, 0.5 mile N of Punta Pagana.
In addition, the clock tower at St. Michele church,
situated 0.2 mile SW of Punta Langan, has been reported to be
a good landmark and is illuminated at night.
10.22 Anchorage off Rapallo is very exposed and should only be
used during good weather. Large vessels may anchor, in depths
of 18 to 30m, mud, good holding ground, S of the harbor.
10.22 Caution.—An outfall pipeline extends 1.2 miles SSE from
the head of the bay. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in the
vicinity of this pipeline.
10.23 San Pantaleo (44°20'N., 9°15'E.), a small town, is located
1.2 miles SE of Rapallo and can be identified by a prominent
belfry. Zoagli, a village, is situated 0.5 mile SE of the
town. A prominent railroad viaduct, with seven arches, crosses
a river, close W of this village.
10.23 Monte
Anchetta, 550m high, stands 1 mile ENE of Zoagli
and overlooks this part of the coast. The belfry of Rovereto
church can be seen above a triangular patch on the slope of this
mountain.
10.23 Punta
Chiappe is located 1.5 miles SE of Zoagli. The promi-
nent chapel of Madonna della Grazie, a long and low building
with a small tower, stands 0.3 mile ENE of this point.
10.24 Chiavari (44°19'N., 9°19'E.), an industrial town as
well as a resort, is situated on the NW side of the mouth of Torrente
Entella. The town is fronted by a small craft harbor which
is enclosed by moles. An ancient fortress stands in the center of
the town and a prominent convent, with a black cupola surmounted
by a small copper dome, is situated near the shore,
close E of the harbor.
10.24 Lavagna,
a small town, stands on the SE side of the mouth of
Torrente Entella and appears to be part of Chiavari when seen
from seaward. It is dominated by the church of San Stefano,
which has a black cupola and a white facade, and is flanked by
twin belfries. The town is fronted by an extensive yacht harbor
which is protected by two moles. Torre de Controllo, a building
with a glass top, stands near the harbor. It is 19m high and very
conspicuous.
10.24 Caution.—An area of sunken barges, the limits of which are
shown on the chart, lies centered 0.5 mile SW of Zoagli.
10.24 An outfall pipeline extends 0.9 mile SW from a point on the
shore, 0.2 mile E of Punta Chiappe.
10.24 A marine farm, marked by buoys, is located 0.5 mile SSE of
Lavagna.

Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino 167
Golfo Marconi to Golfo della Spezia
10.25 Punta di Sestri (44°16'N., 9°23'E.), located 3.2 miles
SE of Chiavari, is not easily discernible from the NW against
the rocky background. This point is the NW extremity of a
short, rounded, and wooded peninsula which is joined to the
coast by a narrow isthmus. Torre Marconi, a massive and cylindrical
tower, stands on the summit of the peninsula which is
40m high. It is visible only from the S and W, being hidden by
trees from other directions.
10.25 Sestri Levante (44°16'N., 9°23'E.), a town, is situated partly
on the peninsula and partly on a small plain at the mouth of
Torrente Gromolo. The belfry of San Stefano church, a red
building, which stands out against the wooded background,
and the belfry of San Bernardo, which is small and pointed, are
situated 1 mile ENE and 1.5 miles NE, respectively, of Punta di
Sestri.
10.25 A harbor, used by small craft, is formed by a mole, quayed
on its E side, which extends 265m NNW and N from Punta di
Sestri. Anchorage is available, in depths of 11 to 13m, mud,
close NW of the head of the mole. Small vessels can anchor
closer inshore, in a depth of 9m, E of the mole. Local knowledge
is advised as the depths in this vicinity are constantly
changing because of deposits brought down by Torrente Gromolo.
10.25 Vessel Traffic Service.—La Spezia Vessel Traffic Service
(VTS) covers Sestri Levante. The VTS provides an information
service, a navigational aid service, and a traffic organization
service. Details of the VTS operation are found in paragraph
10.31.
10.25 Punta Manara, located 1.5 miles SE of Punta di Sestri, is
bold and cliffy. It rises close inland to the summit of Monte
Castello, which is 265m high and surmounted by a prominent
building.
10.25 Vessels can anchor in the bay lying E of Punta Manara.
There is good holding ground, in a depth of 9m, sand, about 0.2
mile from the head of the bay clear of the charted outfall.
10.25 Punta Baffe is located 1.8 miles ESE of Punta Manara. A
prominent tower stands on the slope of a hill, 0.3 mile N of this
point. Monte Pu, 1,001m high, stands 5 miles NE of the point
and can be identified by its bare, rounded, and light-colored
summit which rises above the densely wooded slopes.
10.26 Moneglia (44°14'N., 9°29'E.), a village, is situated on
the NE shore of a small bay, 2 miles E of Punta Baffe. The
prominent church of Santa Croce, with a slender belfry, stands
at its SE end. A railway crosses two prominent viaducts, with
several arches, which stand in the vicinity of the village.
10.26 Scoglio Pietra Stella, a rocky patch, lies about 200m offshore,
S of Santa Croce church. It is reported to be awash in
places.
10.26 The village of Lemeglio is situated on a hill, 0.5 mile SE of
Moneglia; its church and steeple are very prominent from seaward.
10.26 Monte
Pastorelli, 149m high, is the summit of a rounded
headland located 8 miles ESE of Punta Manara. This headland
terminates in Punta di Monte Grosso, at the W side, and in
Punta della Madonna, at the S side. The latter point is bare,
rocky, and surmounted by a small chapel with an arched porch.
10.26 Bonassola, a village, stands at the head of a small bay which
is entered between Punta della Madonna and Punta Levanto,
0.5 mile ESE. The latter point is formed by the W extremity of
a hill, 196m high. The village is situated between two streams
and is fronted by a tall railway embankment.
10.26 Caution.—Several wrecks, some dangerous, lie off this
stretch of coast and may best be seen on the chart.
10.26 A
wreck lies about 1 mile off the coast at Bonassola. It is
sunk in depths of 40 to 44m and is reported to contain ammunition.
10.27 Levanto (44°10'N., 9°37'E.), an ancient town, is situated
at the head of a bay, 1.5 miles SE of Bonassola. It is fronted
by a sandy beach and backed by hills in the form of an
amphitheater. La Torre, a battlement structure, stands on a
steep rocky eminence, near the SE end of the beach. Casino
Municipale, a prominent building with porticos at its base, is
situated on the beach.
10.27 Secca del Peria, a rocky and shallow shoal area, lies about
0.2 mile offshore, 0.5 mile W of Levanto. Depths of 10 to 14m
lie in the passage between this shoal area and the shore.
10.27 A
small craft harbor, protected by two moles, lies at the N
side of the bay.
Punta del Mesco (44°08'N., 9°38'E.) is covered by thick
vegetation and is faced with bare, rugged cliffs. A disused signal
station stands 0.3 mile N of the point.
10.27 The
area between Punta del Mesco and Capo di Monte Ne-
gro, 5 miles SE, is known as Le Cinq Terre and is noted for its
wine production. It includes, from N to S, the villages of
Monterosso al Mare, Vernazza, Corniglia, Manarola, and Riomaggiore.
Several small private boat harbors lie within the
bays along this stretch of the coast.
10.27 Monterosso
al Mare is situated at the head of a bay which is
entered between Punta del Mesco and Punta Corone, 1.2 miles
ENE. This latter point is rocky and surmounted by a white pillar.
The village stands on a rocky spur which divides a wide
beach into two parts. A white villa, surmounted by a small tower,
stands on a small rocky spur at the W end of the beach. Vessels
can anchor, in a depth of 20m, off the W part of the beach.
10.27 The
white church and belfry of San Bernardino, standing 3
miles E of Punta del Mesco, are prominent. Vernazza is situated
along the shores of a cove, 1.5 miles SE of Monterosso al
Mare.
10.27 The
village of Corniglia is situated on the top of a promonto-
ry, 96m high, which has steep and rugged sides. It can be recognized
by a prominent white and spired belfry. Manarola is
situated on a rocky point, and Riomaggiore is situated at the
mouth of a narrow valley.
10.27 Capo
di Monte Negro can be easily recognized by the sanc-
tuary of Madonna di Monte Negro, with its prominent belfry
and cupola, standing 0.5 mile NE of its seaward extremity.
10.28 Scoglio Ferale (44°04'N., 9°47'E.), a conical rock,
lies 230m offshore, 2.3 miles SE of Capo di Monte Negro. A
white cross stands on its summit and a red pillar stands at its
foot. This rock is connected to the coast by a rocky ridge. It is
darker than the coast behind it and is easily recognizable when
seen from the NW or SE.
10.28 Punta
del Persico, located 1 mile WSW of Scoglio Ferale, is
reddish-colored. A prominent light-colored house, with a tower,
stands halfway up the hill behind this point.
Pub. 131

168 Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino
10.28 Between Punta del Persico and Punta San Pietro, 1.7 miles
SE, the rocky coast rises nearly vertically to a considerable
height. Punta della Castellana, 510m high, stands 0.7 mile E of
Punta del Persico and is surmounted by a fort. Monte Muzzerone,
327m high, stands 0.6 mile NNW of Punta San Pietro and
is surmounted by a fort. An old prominent church is situated on
Punta San Pietro and the ruins of a large tower stand on higher
ground behind it.
10.29 Isola Palmaria (44°02'N., 9°51'E.), 204m high, is
formed by rock which appears to consist of wide parallel strata,
alternately light and dark-colored. A prominent signal station,
with a lattice mast close by, stands on the summit of the island.
10.29 Vessels entering or leaving Golfo della Spezia are required to
identify themselves by VHF to this signal station.
10.29 The narrow passage leading between Punta San Pietro and
Isola Palmaria is navigable only by small craft.
10.29 Isola del Tino (44°01'N., 9°51'E.) lies close S of Isola Palmaria
and is covered on its E side by a dark and thickly-wooded
area. Its W side is composed of light-colored perpendicular
cliffs. A light is shown from a structure, 24m high, standing on
the summit of the island. A racon is situated at the light.
10.29 Il Tinetto, 18m high, lies close S of Isola del Tino and is connected
to it by a ridge of rocks, some of which are above water.
Dangers extend up to 0.1 mile S of Il Tinetto.
10.29 The narrow passage between Isola del Tino and Isola Palmaria
has a depth of 27m and can be easily navigated, but after
strong winds, the current in this passage is appreciable. Vessels
using this passage must reduce speed to not more than 6 knots.
10.29 Caution.—Anchoring, fishing, and dumping prohibited areas,
the limits of which are shown on the chart, extend between
the N side of the Isola del Tino and the S side of Isola Palmaria,
and between the NW side of Isola Palmaria and the mainland.
10.29 Tanker lightening operations are sometimes carried out
about 1.5 miles S of Isola del Tino. Vessels engaged in these
operations may be at anchor or otherwise unable to maneuver
and should be given a wide berth.
10.29 A circular prohibited area is located in the Seno di Fossola as
shown on the chart.
10.29 A Marine Nature Reserve extends from Capo dell’ Isola to
Punta San Pietro. The reserve includes sea areas off Isola del
Tinto and the W coast of Isola Palmaria. Restrictions and prohibitions
are in force in the reserve area. Mariners should contact
local authorities for details.
Golfo della Spezia
10.30 Golfo della Spezia, which opens between Isola del Tino
and Capo Corvo, 5 miles E, extends 5.5 miles NW to the
port of La Spezia at its head. The gulf is safe, spacious, and is
surrounded by mountains.
10.30 Winds—Weather.—In the gulf, winds from the SE and SW
quadrants prevail in summer. Winds from the NE and N prevail
in winter. None of these winds are dangerous.
10.30 The
SE winds sometimes blow violently in winter and are
usually accompanied by rain. They may be forecast by clouds,
which cover the summit of Punta della Castellana, and by a
slight rise of water in the gulf.
10.30 When there are fresh W winds out at sea, heavy squalls may
come down the gorges between the surrounding mountains on
Pub. 131
the W side of the gulf.
10.30 Tides—Currents.—Tidal rise at La Spezia is less than 0.5m
at springs.
10.30 The current in the gulf normally sets N along the E shore and
S along the W shore, but at times it is considerably influenced
by the prevailing winds.
10.30 Aspect.—Capo Corvo, the E entrance point of the gulf, is
formed by the S extremity of a rocky spur. Several rocks front
the cape and are marked by a beacon. Monte Rocchetta, 412m
high, is prominent and rises on the E side of the gulf, 2.5 miles
NW of the cape. Tellaro, a prominent village, is situated on a
rocky point, 2 miles NW of the cape.
10.30 Punta Santa Teresa, marked by a light, is located 2.5 miles
NW of Tellaro.
10.30 Torre Scuola, marked by a light, lies close off the NE extremity
of Isola Palmaria. It is square with a prominent triangulation
column at the top and the S side is partly demolished.
10.30 Baia di Portovenete is entered between Torre Scuola and Punta
della Castagna, 0.6 mile NNW. Portovenere, situated near the head
of the bay, has a prominent church. The town is fronted by a small
craft harbor which is protected by two moles.
10.30 Punta Santa Maria, marked by a light, is located 0.3 mile N
of Punta della Castagna.
10.30 When approaching the gulf, conspicuous landmarks, in addition
to those previously described, include the belfry of the village
of Montemarcello which stands on a hill, 0.5 mile N of
Capo Corvo; and Monte Murlo, 360m high, which stands 1.2
miles NNW of Capo Corvo, and is surmounted by a light-colored
two-story building.
10.30 Regulations.—Due to the presence of danger areas, submarine
exercise areas, exercise mine buoys, and torpedo launching
zones, three mandatory traffic routes, which are indicated
on the chart, are to be used when proceeding to and from Rada
di La Spezia, the inner part of Golfo della Spezia, as follows:
1. East Route.—About 275m wide. Reserved for vessels
approaching from or headed S which are less than 500
grt and with a draft of less than 5m, and for small vessels.
2. Middle Route.—About 500m wide. Used by vessels
entering the port. This route is compulsory for vessels whose
gross tonnage exceeds 500 tons and draft is greater than 5m.
3. West Route.—About 500m wide. Used by vessels
leaving the port. The route is compulsory for all vessels regardless
of tonnage.
10.30 Anchorage.—Baia di Portovenere offers anchorage, in 10 to
12m, mud, good holding ground, sheltered from the W. Seas
from the SW that enter the bay between Isola Palmaria and the
mainland are diminished by the shallow bar which lies across
the E end of this passage.
10.30 Large vessels should anchor, in a depth of 12m, about 0.3
mile NW of Torre Scuola.
10.30 Caution.—Several shellfish havens lie close to the shores of
the gulf and associated bays, and may best be seen on the chart.
10.30 A prohibited area lies within the bay entered between Punta
della Castagna and Punta Santa Maria.
Rada di La Spezia (44°06'N., 9°50'E.)
World Port Index No. 39520
10.31 Rada di La Spezia, the inner part of Golfo della Spe-

Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino 169
zia, is protected by Diga Foranea, a detached breakwater, and
forms the extensive harbor of La Spezia. The port has commercial
facilities, but is also a main naval base with a large naval
shipyard situated in its NW part.
Port of Rada de La Spezia Home Page
http://www.porto.laspezia.it
10.31 Depths—Limitations.—Diga Foranea, the detached breakwater,
is 1.2 miles long and lies between Punta Santa Teresa
and Punta Santa Maria, with an entrance at either end. The surface
of this breakwater along its central part is occasionally
awash.
10.31 Passo di Levante, the NE entrance, is 228m wide and has a
depth of 11m.
10.31 Passo de Ponente, the SW and main entrance channel, is
410m wide. A fairway channel, dredged to a depth of 13.9m,
leads through this entrance and extends to the commercial facilities
in the N part of the harbor.
10.31 Darsena Duca degli Abruzzi, which gives access to the naval
dockyard, is enclosed by three moles. A channel, with a controlling
depth of 11.2m, leads NW into this basin and is indicated
by a lighted range.
10.31 The main commercial facilities include the following:
1. Molo Garibaldi Pier, which has 508m of total berthing
space with depths of 7.5 to 8.5m alongside at its W side and
350m of berthing space, with a depth of 11m alongside, at its
E side.
2. Malaspina Quay, 196m long, with a depth of 6.1m
alongside.
3. Arton Quay, 300m long, with depths of 9.5 to 11m
alongside.
4. Paita Quay, which has 535m of total berthing space
with depths of 7.3 to 11m alongside.
5. Fornelli Pier (La Spezia Container Terminal), which
has 1,138m of total berthing space, with depths of 10 to 13m
alongside.
6. Messina Ro-Ro Terminal and Tarros Ro-Ro Terminal,
which have depths of 8.5m and 6.7m alongside, respectively.
7. Molo Garibaldi Oil Jetty, which consists of a dolphin
berth, 244m long, with a depth of 13.9m alongside.
8. Panigaglia (SNAM) Gas Jetty lies at the SW side of
the harbor within a restricted area. It is 520m long and provides
a berth, 241m long, with a depth of 10.4m alongside.
9. ENEL Oil and Coal Terminal Jetty is situated at the
NE side of the harbor and has a berth, 260m long, with a
depth of 13m alongside. It can handle vessels up to 84,150
grt, 255m in length, and 12.8m draft.
10. Arcola Offshore Oil Terminal, consisting of five
mooring buoys, lies in the E part of the harbor and is surrounded
by a restricted area. It can handle vessels up to
50,000 dwt, with a maximum length of 230m and a maximum
draft of 12.8m. Caution is necessary since some of the
mooring buoys are not lighted and sometimes they may be
partially submerged
10.31 There are facilities for tanker, bulk, passenger, general cargo,
ro-ro, and gas vessels in the harbor. Generally, vessels are only
restricted in size by their drafts.
10.31 In addition, the port has extensive repair facilities including
six drydocks and a floating dock which can handle vessels up
to 110,000 dwt.
10.31 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 gross
tons entering, exiting, or maneuvering within the port. Pilots
can be contacted on VHF channel 14 and generally board about
1 mile seaward of the main breakwater near Torre Scuola for
the West Route or off Lerici for the East Route. Vessels bound
for the port or an anchor berth in Rada Interna must provide
their ETA at the pilot boarding position as far in advance as
possible on VHF channel 14. Vessels should send an ETA 72
hours, 48 hours, and 24 hours in advance.
10.31 When approaching the gulf, vessels should report by VHF to
the signal station situated on Isola Palmaria.
10.31 Signals.—When torpedo firing practice is taking place, the
following signals are shown from a structure standing on Punta
della Castagna:
1. By day—A red flag.
2. By night—Three vertical fixed red lights.
10.31 When gunnery practice is in progress, the following signals
are shown from the structure on Punta della Castagna and the
signal station on Isola Palmaria:
1. By day—A cone, point up; a ball; and a cone, point
down, disposed vertically.
2. By night—Three vertical fixed red lights.
10.31 Tanker vessels carrying products considered dangerous and
vessels carrying out bunkering operations must display the following
signals:
1. By day—Flag B of the International Code of Signals.
2. By night—A red light visible all around.
10.31 Regulations.—Vessels must approach the port using one of
the three mandatory traffic routes (see Regulations in Golfo
della Spezia in paragraph 10.30).
10.31 Vessels entering Rada di La Spezia, Porto Mercantile, and
Darsena Duca degli Abruzzi must give way to vessels leaving.
10.31 Vessels in the harbor must not exceed a speed of 6 knots.
10.31 Parts of the inner gulf may be used by seaplanes. Vessels of
any kind, which happen to be in the vicinity of seaplanes taking
off or landing, must come to a stop and wait until the operation
is completed; any interference with the planes must be
avoided.
10.31 Vessels with drafts of more than 9.4m have precedence in the
dredged fairway channel which leads to the petroleum jetty at
the SE side of Molo Garibaldi, provided Flag D of the International
Code is displayed by day or a red, white, and another red
light are shown vertically at night.
10.31 Commercial vessels must not secure to any of the mooring
buoys in the harbor without permission of the authorities.
10.31 Ships may not be dismantled in the anchorage areas. An appropriate
berth and permission from local authorities is required
for such activity.
10.31 Vessel Traffic Service—A Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) is
established for La Spezia at the harbor masters office. The VTS
provides an information service, a navigational aid service, and
a traffic organization service.
10.31 The La Spezia VTS comprises the water area bounded by the
following positions:
a. 44°13.8'N, 9°29.7'E.
b. 43°57.0'N, 9°13.5'E.
c. 43°46.0'N, 9°45.2'E.
d. 44°02.7'N, 10°01.2'E.
Pub. 131

170 Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino
10.31 The
area is sub-divided into five smaller areas, as follows:
1. Rada Interna—The water area inside Diga Foranea.
2. Rada Esterna—The water area between Diga Foranea
and a line joining Isola del Tino and Punta di Maralunga.
3. Subarea 1—The area between the coast and a line
bearing 160° from Isola del Tino.
4. Subarea 2—The area between a line bearing 160°
from Isola del Tino and a line between Isola del Tino and position
43°57.0'N, 9°13.5'E.
5. Subarea 3—The area N of a line between Isola del Tino
and position 43°57.0'N, 9°13.5'E.
10.31 A precautionary area extends 3 nautical miles from the outer
limits of the established VTS area.
10.31 La Spezia VTS (call sign: La Spezia VTS) can be contacted
on VHF channels 6 and 74.
10.31 Participation in the VTS is mandatory for all vessels of 300
gross tons and over, fishing vessels of 45m loa and over, pleasure
craft of 45m and over loa, and all vessels, irrespective of
tonnage or length, deemed to represent a potential risk to navigation
or navigational safety, the safety of people, or the environment.
Participation is optional but recommended for all
other vessels.
10.31 Reporting points have been established along the VTS limits,
expressed as bearings to Isola del Tino, as follows:
1. Alpha—bearing 270°.
2. Bravo—bearing 315°.
3. Charlie—bearing 000°.
4. Delta—bearing 045°.
5. Echo—bearing 090°.
10.31 Vessels should report to La Spezia VTS on VHF channel 74,
as follows:
1. Before or upon entering the precautionary area:
Designator Information Required
Pub. 131
Vessel name, call sign, flag, IMO
A
number, MMSI number, and gross tons
B Time of entering the precautionary area
Position (Latitude/Longitude) or bear-
C or D
ing and distance from a landmark
E True course
F Speed
G Port of origin and time of departure
I Port of destination and ETA
L Sailing Plan (if deemed necessary)
Cargo (quality, quantity and IMO class
P
of dangerous cargo)
T Address for obtaining information
about the cargo
U Type of vessel, loa, and draft
Number of passengers and crew on
W
board
X Other information
2. Upon entering the VTS area:
Designator Information Required
Vessel name, call sign, flag, IMO
A
number, MMSI number, and gross tons
H Time of entering the VTS area
3. On passing a reporting point, when requested by the
VTS:
Designator Information Required
Vessel name, call sign, flag, IMO
A
number, MMSI number, and gross tons
B Time of passing the reporting point
C Position at the reporting point
4. On anchoring:
Designator Information Required
Vessel name, call sign, flag, IMO
A
number, MMSI number, and gross tons
B Time of anchoring
C Anchoring position
X ETD (if applicable)
5. On embarking/disembarking pilot:
Designator Information Required
Vessel name, call sign, flag, IMO
A
number, MMSI number, and gross tons
B Time of embarking/disembarking pilot
J Pilot embarked/disembarked
6. On arrival at the port:
Designator Information Required
Vessel name, call sign, flag, IMO
A
number, MMSI number, and gross tons
K Time of arrival
7. On departure from the port:
Designator Information Required
Vessel name, call sign, flag, IMO
A
number, MMSI number, and gross tons
B Time of departure
I Port of destination and ETA

Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino 171
Designator Information Required
L Sailing plan
P
Cargo (quality, quantity, and IMO class
of dangerous cargo)
8. On exiting the VTS area:
Designator Information Required
Vessel name, call sign, flag, IMO
A
number, MMSI number, and gross tons
B Time of exiting the VTS area
C or D
Position (Latitude/Longitude) or bearing
and distance from a landmark
10.31 Vessels in the Rada Interna and Rada Esterna anchorages
must maintain a continuous listening watch on VHF channel
74 as well as VHF channels 16 and 14.
10.31 Vessels intending to transit the VTS must send a request in
advance to the VTS Center. When within the VTS they must
maintain a continuous listening watch on VHF channel 74,
navigate with particular care, and check their position constantly.
In case of damage or loss of polluting cargo they must inform
the Harbormaster’s Office as soon as possible.
10.31 The precautionary area within which the first contact must
be made between the vessel and the VTS is 3 miles adjacent to
the VTS area.
10.31 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in the harbor under
the directions of the pilot. Vessels can anchor, in 6 to 12m,
thick mud, good holding ground. The surrounding mountains
and the long detached breakwater give the roadstead excellent
protection from the sea and weather.
10.31 Ten designated anchor berths have been established in the inner
harbor. Berth I2 is reserved for use by methane tankers for
limited periods of time to a maximum of 6 hours. Berth I1 and
Berth I3 are reserved for use by naval vessels. Anchorage I8 is
for use by tankers engaged in tank work or for safety reasons.
10.31 There are a number of mooring buoys, which provide freeswinging
berths, situated in the inner part of the gulf, but they
are reserved mainly for naval vessels.
10.31 Vessels up to 10m draft are advised to anchor about 1 mile
SE of the SW end of the detached breakwater. Deep-draft vessels
should anchor about 1 mile E of Isola del Tino.
10.31 Fourteen anchor berths have been established in the outer
roadstead. Anchorage E9 is reserved for vessels carrying bulk
liquid, gas or other dangerous cargo.
10.31 Anchorage E3 and Anchorage E4 are restricted to vessels
with a length not greater than 130m, with a maximum stay of
48 hours.
10.31 Anchorage is prohibited along the range line leading into
Darsena Duca degli Abruzzi.
10.31 Caution.—A torpedo firing range, marked by buoys moored
along the firing line, extends 8.5 miles in a 112° direction from
Punta della Castagna. A gunnery firing range extends 14 miles
between the bearings of 133° and 150° from Punta della Castagna.
10.31 Submarine power cables lie in the vicinity of both harbor en-
trances and may best be seen on the chart.
10.31 The depths in the dredged fairway channels are constantly
changing and the authorities should be contacted for the latest
information.
10.31 Several shellfish haven areas lie along the shores of the inner
part of the gulf and may best be seen on the chart.
10.31 Seaplanes may operate in the vicinity of the Seno di Cadimare,
which fronts an Italian Naval Air Station. Naval aircraft are
authorized to use the entire gulf.
Golfo della Spezia to Livorno
10.32 Punta Bianca (44°02'N., 9°59'E.), located 0.5 mile E
of Capo Corvo, can be identified by a prominent whitish patch
on its lower part. Castello Fabricotti, a prominent reddish
building, is situated on the E slope of Monte Marcello, which
stands 0.5 mile NNE of the point.
10.32 The
mouth of the Fiume Magra, lying 1 mile NE of Capo
Corvo, can be easily identified by the tall trees which fringe
each bank. The coast between this river mouth and Livorno, 33
miles SSE, is low, sandy, and is backed by the high Apuan
Alps, which can be recognized from a great distance by the
marble quarries. The principal peaks of this chain are Monte
Sagro, Monte Altissimo, and Monte Pania della Croce.
10.32 From seaward of La Spezia, with very clear visibility, the
hills of Livorno can be seen to the SSE and appear as distant islands.
10.32 The white building of Colonia Marina of Marinella stands
1.7 miles ENE of Punta Bianca and is conspicuous.
10.33 Marina di Carrara (44°02'N., 10°02'E.) (World Port
Index No. 39550), a small harbor, lies 2.7 miles E of Punta Bianca
and is used for the loading of the well-known Carrara
marble.
Marina di Carrara Home Page
http://www.portauthoritymdc.ms.it
10.33 Winds—Weather.—Strong SW winds cause a considerable
sea in the harbor.
10.33 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is protected by breakwaters.
There is 1,139m of total berthing space with dredged
depths of up to 10m. The port is subject to silting and available
depths must be confirmed with the Port Authority.
10.33 Several mooring buoys are situated in the harbor and are
used by yachts.
10.33 Aspect.—The yellow belfry of the church in the town is 45m
high and is very prominent from seaward. Molo di Ponente
Light is shown from a white square tower and building, 22m
high, standing near the root of the W breakwater.
10.33 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of over 500
grt. Warships, auxiliary vessels, Italian and foreign hospital
ships, fishing vessels not used in Atlantic trade, tugs, and local
port services vessels are excluded from the piloting requirement.
Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12 and generally
board about 1 mile from the entrance. Departing vessels
have the right of way over other traffic. Vessels of less than
2,000 grt employed in coastal trade and not requiring tug assistance
my obtain radio assistance from the pilot station on VHF
Pub. 131

172 Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino
channel 12. Vessels should provide ETA 48 hours and 24 hours
prior to arrival.
10.33 Vessel Traffic Service.—La Spezia Vessel Traffic Service
(VTS) covers Marina di Carrara. The VTS provides an information
service, a navigational aid service, and a traffic organization
service. Details of the VTS operation are found in
paragraph 10.31.
10.33 Anchorage.—An anchorage area, the limits of which are
shown on the chart, lies centered 1.5 miles SW of the harbor.
The anchorage contains seven designated naval anchorage
berths; they are designated Y1, Y2, and Z1 through Z5. Berths
are assigned by harbor authorities. This area is reserved for the
use of commercial vessels awaiting alongside berths.
10.33 Caution.—The depths in the harbor and in the approaches
are subject to change and the pilot should be contacted for the
latest information.
10.33 The heads of the breakwaters should be given a wide berth in
order to avoid the underwater foundations.
10.33 An area being reclaimed (2001), enclosed by a prohibited area,
is located outside the E breakwater, as seen on the chart.
10.34 Marina di Massa (44°00'N., 10°06'E.), a tourist resort,
is situated 3 miles SE of Marina di Carrara. Numerous
prominent hotels and villas stand along the beach in this vicinity.
The town of Massa is situated 2.5 miles inland and is visible
from seaward.
10.34 Torre Balilla stands 1.5 miles SE of Marina di Carrara. This
tower is 100m high and very prominent from seaward.
10.34 Forte dei Marmi, situated 7 miles SE of Marina di Carrara, is
a bathing resort. It can be recognized by the many houses
standing along the shore and by the Grand Hotel, a conspicuous
three-story building with two superstructures on its terraced
roof.
10.34 Between Forte dei Marmi and Viareggio, 6 miles SSE, the
low and sandy coast presents an almost continuous line of
buildings and is backed by thick pine woods.
10.34 Viareggio (43°52'N., 10°15'E.), a tourist resort, is situated at
the seaward end of Canale della Burlamacca, 6 miles SSE of
Forte di Marmi. A small harbor and a marina, protected by
breakwaters, lie in the vicinity of the canal entrance. Viareggio
Outer Breakwater Light is shown from a white round tower,
32m high, standing near the root of the breakwater on the S
side of the canal. The city can be recognized by a large fourstory
hotel in its N part, another hotel, with two towers, standing
close SE of the former one. The port monitors VHF channels
11 and 16. Vessels are prohibited from stopping within 1
mile of the entrance to Viareggio.
10.35 Marina di Pisa (43°40'N., 10°16'E.), a tourist resort,
is situated 11.5 miles SSE of Viareggio. This town can be recognized
by a high belfry and an extensive yellow building
which stand in its NW part. The town of Pisa stands 6 miles inland.
A light is reported to be shown from a war memorial
which stands on a hill 7 miles inland about 10 miles NE of Marina
di Pisa.
10.35 Caution.—A dangerous wreck lies about 150m offshore, 0.4
mile NW of the entrance to Viareggio. This vessel, loaded with
cement, lies close below the surface.
10.35 Several dangerous wrecks lie off the coast between Viareggio
and Livorno and may best be seen on the chart.
Pub. 131
10.35 Submarine cables extend seaward from a point on the shore,
2 miles S of Marina di Pisa.
10.35 Due to the changing depths and banks off the mouths of the
rivers along this stretch of coast, vessels are advised to stay at
least 1 mile offshore.
10.36 Secche della Meloria (43°34'N., 10°13'E.), on which
the sea breaks during strong SW winds, consists of a series of
shoals which are formed of sand and mud with occasional
patches of rock and weed. These shoals lie almost parallel to
the coast, between 2.7 and 5 miles W of Livorno.
10.36 Torre
della Meloria stands on the S part of the shoals, 3.1
miles W of the S end of the outer detached breakwater at Livorno.
This tower consists of a square building, 20m high, with
arched openings in its lower part. A light is shown from a
structure, 17m high, standing close S of this tower. Another
light is shown from a structure, 20m high, standing on the N
part of the shoals, 2.4 miles N of the tower.
10.36 Secca di Fuori, with a least depth of 8.9m, lies isolated about
4 miles NW of Torre della Meloria.
Livorno (43°33'N., 10°19'E.)
World Port Index No. 39590
10.37 The large port of Livorno (Leghorn) lies centered 7
miles S of Marina di Pisa. The city stands on a plain between
the hills and the sea. Several military facilities are situated here
including the Italian Naval Academy and the Italian War College.
Port of Livorno Home Page
http://www.portauthority.li.it
10.37 Winds—Weather.—Winds from the W to NW prevail during
the summer. During the winter, winds from the SE to SW
are prevalent with occasional SW gales. After periods of SW
and W winds, considerable swell is usually experienced in the
entrance channel.
10.37 Tides—Currents.—Tides rise about 0.5m at springs and
0.3m at neaps. During SE and SW winds, the water level may
be increased by as much as 0.5m.
10.37 In summer, a current may set S at a rate of 0.3 knot, between
Secche della Meloria and the coast. With persistent W winds, it
may attain a rate of 1.5 knots.
10.37 Depths—Limitations.—The N entrance is 330m wide and
may only be used by small vessels up to 5.5m draft. The port
can accommodate vessels up to 11.4m draft.
10.37 The S and main entrance has a navigable width of 250m between
the S end of Diga Curvilinea and the shoal water which
extends from the shore at the E side. The entrance fairway is
dredged to a depth of 12.5m.
10.37 The main port facilities are situated within several basins:
1. Bacino Santo Stefano:
a. A gas and oil terminal has 410m of total berthing
space, with depths of 4.3 to 11.3m alongside.
b. Darsena Toscana, 1,200m long, has a depth of
12.5m alongside and Calata Alto Fondale, 750m long, has
a depth of 12m alongside; both are used for containers.

Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino 173
Facilities include post-Panamax shore cranes.
2. Bacino di Evoluzione—Calata Tripoli, 250m long,
has a depth of 7.9m alongside and is used for chemicals.
3. Darsena Pisa—Calata Darsena Pisa, 250m long, has a
depth of 12m alongside and is used for bulk cargo.
4. Darsena Admiral Inghirami (Dock No. 1)—A cargo
terminal has 1,170m of total berthing space, with depths of 6
to 8.8m alongside and is used by U.S. Navy vessels.
5. Canale Industriale—A cargo terminal has 2,000m of
total berthing space, with depths of 5.5 to 8.5m alongside.
6. Bacino Cappellini:
a. Calata Orlando, 450m long, has a depth of 8.7m
alongside and is used for containers.
b. Calata Franco, 320m long, has depths of 8.5 to 10m
alongside and is used by ferries.
7. Bacino Firenze—Calata Pisa and Calata Carrara, each
450m long, have depths of 7.6m alongside and are mostly
used by ferries, ro-ro, and passenger vessels.
8. Porto Mediceo—A passenger and ferry terminal has
1,300m of total berthing space, with depths of 4 to 8.7m
alongside.
10.37 In addition, there are extensive repair facilities with two drydocks.
The largest is 350m long and 56m wide and can handle
vessels up to 300,000 dwt.
10.37 Aspect.—Diga Marzocco, a low breakwater, extends SW
from the coast and protects the port from the N. Diga Meloria
and Diga Curvilinea together form one long detached breakwater
which protects the port from the W. Diga della Vegliaia, a
low and detached breakwater, protects the port from the S. The
outer heads of these breakwaters are marked by lights.
10.37 Livorno Light is shown from a tower, 52m high, standing 0.5
mile NE of the outer head Diga della Vegliaia. A radiobeacon
and a racon are situated at the light.
10.37 An articulated light is moored 1.2 miles NW of the N head of
Diga Meloria and marks the N approach channel.
10.37 The coast to the N of the port consists of a low and even
beach. Torre del Marzocco, a prominent tower with a tiled roof,
stands at the S end of this beach near the root of Diga Marzocco.
Numerous light-colored oil tanks are situated close N of
this tower.
10.37 A conspicuous thin tower, 56m high, stands 1.1 miles NE of
Torre del Marzocco in the vicinity of several tall chimneys and
other industrial structures. Several grain silos, 45m high, stand
on the N side of Porto Mediceo, 0.9 mile S of Torre del Marzocco.
10.37 Landmarks in the city and harbor area include a convent,
with a cupola, standing 0.7 mile S of Torre del Marzocco; the
square belfry of the cathedral, standing 0.3 mile S of the convent;
and a conspicuous high-rise building, 86m high, standing
0.7 mile S of the cathedral. Another light-colored high-rise
building stands in the center of the city and is prominent.
10.37 The cranes of the Ansaldo Shipyards, standing S of the grain
silos, are prominent. The Italian Naval Academy, situated between
Livorno and the suburb of Ardenza, consists of a large
gray building. Its square clock tower, which is surmounted by a
flagstaff, contains a signal station. Several radio antennas, 67m
high, stand close S of the academy building.
Livorno—Basin between Molo Mediceo (left) and Molo di Difessa (right)
Pub. 131

174 Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino
Pub. 131
Livorno—Entrance to Porto Mediceo
Livorno—New pier NW of Diga Rettilinea (currently charted as Area Under Reclamation)

Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino 175
Livorno—Approach to Calata del Magnala from SW
Livorno—Nuovo Darsena Petroli—Berth No. 10 (left) and Berth No. 11 (right)
Pub. 131

176 Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino
Pub. 131
Livorno—East side of Calata del Mangale
Livorno—Silos on E side of Calata del Magnala

Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino 177
Livorno—Darsena Ammiraglio (left) and Canale Industriale (right)
Livorno—Darsena Toscana
Pub. 131

178 Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino
10.37 The coast between Livorno and the suburb of Antignano, 3
miles SSE, is broken, rocky, and fronted by a bank.
10.37 Monte Nero, 313m high, stands 4.5 miles SSE of Livorno
and is surmounted by a prominent tower. A white chapel stands
high up on the slopes of this hill.
10.37 Pilots must contact Port Approaches Control on VHF channel
80 at the time of embarkation/disembarkation stating the
following information:
10.37 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt
and is available 24 hours. Pilots should be contacted on VHF
channel 12 at least 1 hour prior to arrival. Pilots board in position
43°34.3'N, 10° 16.6'E for Bocca Nord and in position
43°31.7'N, 10° 16.1'E for Bocca Sud.
Designator Information Required
A Vessel type, name, call sign, and flag
B Time finished with engines in local time
C Pilots name
D Vessel position
10.37 Regulations.—A traffic separation scheme (TSS) with inner
and outer precautionary areas, the limits of which are shown on
the chart, lies in the approaches to the S entrance of the harbor
and extends SW. Stopping is prohibited in the outer precautionary
area. Inbound vessels must keep to the S of this zone and
outbound vessels must keep to the N of it. Crossing the separation
zone from N to S or vice-versa is prohibited except for
small vessels and fishing boats.
10.37 If the entrance is occupied by a vessel leaving, an arriving
vessel must wait until the entrance is clear.
10.37 Vessels using the N entrance must keep to the starboard side
of the entrance channel. Vessels with drafts of more than 3m
may not use the N entrance.
10.37 The Livorno Harbor Office is equipped with a Port Approaches
Control (PAC) System which controls maritime
traffic in the area of Livorno harbor and its approaches. The
PAC Area is bounded, as follows:
1. North limit—43°45'N.
2. West limit—10°00'E.
3. South limit—43°20'N.
10.37 All merchant vessels over 30m long are subject to PAC control.
Vessels arriving or departing the port of Livorno, or transiting
the PAC Area, must report, as follows:
1. Initial Contact Message.—Vessels must contact
PAC Livorno directly on VHF channel 80 (or through Maritime
Warning on VHF channel 10) 30 minutes before entering
the PAC Area, stating the following information:
Pub. 131
E
Possible messages, should the pilot
learn of the existence of serious faults
which might put at risk the safety of
shipping in general or the vessel concerned.
Designator Information Required
A Vessel type, name, call sign, and flag
Designator Information Required
Position (latitude and longitude), head-
B
ing, and speed
G Last port of call
Destination (if in transit) and ETA (in
L
local time)
O Length, beam, and draft
Cargo (in the case of dangerous cargo
indicate name/class of danger and
quantity, method of transport (pack-
P
ages, containers, tanks, tank carriers, or
in bulk), and whether they are unclean,
not gas free, or not completely inert)
T Name of vessel’s owner and/or agent
W Passengers and crew
X
Various possible faults, maneuvering
information, etc. (to be indicated even
if negative)
2. Arrival Message.—Vessels must contact PAC Livorno
directly on VHF channel 80 (upon completion of mooring at
quayside, by the pilot on board, or if lying at anchor in the
roadstead, upon completion of anchoring, by the vessel’s captain),
stating the following information:
Designator Information Required
A Vessel type, name, call sign, and flag
B
C
Time when finished with engines (in
local time)
Position (pier or quayside, or if lying at
anchor, the point of anchorage, with
range and bearing from Livorno Light)
3. Departure Message.—Vessels must contact PAC Livorno
directly on VHF channel 80 (or through Maritime Warning
on VHF channel 10) 1 hour before departure, stating the following
information:
Designator Information Required
A Vessel type, name, call sign, and flag
B ETD
L
First port of call and ETA (if possible.
Otherwise indicate “awaiting orders”)
Cargo (details as in Initial Contact
P
Message.)
W Passengers and crew
X
Various possible faults, maneuvering
information, etc. (to be indicated even if
negative)
4. Crossing Entry and Exit Traffic Lanes Sector.—Ves-

Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino 179
sels wishing to be authorized to cross the Port of Livorno Entry
and Exit Traffic Lanes Sector must contact PAC Livorno directly
on VHF channel 80 (to be done by the pilot or the vessel’s
captain), stating the following information:
Designator Information Required
A Vessel type, name, call sign, and flag
B Request to cross the sector
H Reasons for crossing
Livorno Light
Livorno—Torre del Marzocco
10.37 Anchorage.—Rada di Livorno, which lies between Secche
della Meloria and the section of the coast extending N from the
port area, offers temporary anchorage with some protection
from SW seas. Anchorage may be taken in a depth of 9m,
about 1.2 miles NW, 1.2 miles W, or 2 miles NW of the N harbor
entrance.
10.37 In addition, designated anchorage berths under the control of
the port authority lie, in depths of 10 to 50m, in the approaches
to the port, as follows:
1. Berth A, the explosives anchorage, lies 4 miles NW of
Pub. 131

180 Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino
the N entrance.
2. Berth B, for vessels of 150m in length or less, lies 2.3
miles WNW of the N entrance.
3. Berth C, for vessels of 150m in length or less, lies 1.6
miles SSW of the S breakwater.
4. Berth D, for vessels over 150m in length, lies 2.8
miles SSW of the S breakwater.
5. Berth E, for gas carriers over 200m and oil tankers,
lies 3.6 miles S of the S breakwater.
10.37 An anchorage area, for cistern and gas carriers with lengths
of under 200m, the limits of which are best seen on the chart,
lies S of the S breakwater.
10.37 Caution.—An anchoring, fishing, and stopping prohibited
area, the limits of which are indicated on the chart, extends up
to 4.5 miles SW from the S entrance of the harbor.
10.37 Frequently,
particularly in the early morning, the land breeze
blows the smoke from the city toward Secche della Meloria.
The resulting haze sometimes limits visibility and prevents
identification of landmarks from seaward. In such instances,
vessels coming from the N and W, even with light drafts, are
advised to proceed S and pass well to the W of Secche della
Meloria. Monte Nero, which is not usually obscured, may be
used as an aid.
10.37 It
is reported that the lights marking Secche della Meloria
are not powerful. At night, especially during low visibility, vessels
approaching from the N, W, or SW may first sight several
fixed lights, which are situated in the industrial area to the N of
the port, before sighting any navigational lights.
10.37 The entrance channels and harbor basins are subject to silting.
10.37 The
PAC Center supplies the following information on re-
quest on VHF channel 80, or in emergencies on VHF channel
16:
1. Weather conditions—Visibility, wind speed and direction,
and sea conditions.
2. Situation information—Condition of navigation support
systems, presence of other vessels in the area, assigned
berth, or the need to wait at anchor.
Livorno to Promontorio di Piombino
10.38 Torre del Boccale (43°29'N., 10°20'E.), which stands
4 miles SSE of the S breakwater at Livorno, is attached to a villa
and the two together resemble a castle. Torre Calafuria, situated
close N of a masonry viaduct, stands 0.2 mile SSE of
Torre del Boccale and is also prominent. Il Montaccio, 253m
high, stands 1 mile E of Torre del Boccale and its summit is
surmounted by the ruins of a signal station.
10.38 Torre del Romito, a prominent light-colored structure, stands
1.2 miles ESE of Torre Calafuria. It surmounts the summit of
Punta del Romito, a headland, which 91m high, steep, and
wooded. Punta Fortulino, located 2.5 miles SE of Punta del
Romito, can be identified by a reddish-colored building which
stands amid the trees.
10.38 Punta Castiglioncello (43°24'N., 10°24'E.) is the extremity
of a rocky promontory which rises to a summit, 50m high,
close inland, and is covered with thick vegetation. A massive
battlement tower stands near the summit of the promontory and
several villas and houses are situated on its slopes. Villa Patrone,
a conspicuous battlement structure, stands 0.2 mile E of the
Pub. 131
tower.
10.38 Rosignano Marittimo stands 3 miles E of Punta Castiglioncello.
This small town can be easily recognized by the belfry of
a church and a castle which are situated at its S end. Rosignano
Solvay, another small town, extends along the coast to the SE
of Punta Castiglioncello. It can be recognized by several large
industrial plants, with tall chimneys, standing at the S end.
10.38 Caution.—Several outfall pipelines extend up to 1.5 miles
seaward from points along this stretch of the coast.
10.39 Vada (43°21'N., 10°27'E.) (World Port Index No.
39610), small port, lies 13 miles SE of Livorno. The town is
built around a church, with a slender and prominent spire, and
is clearly visible from seaward. A short pier fronts the town
and is protected from the N by a breakwater which lies parallel
to it. The pier is also protected from the S by a curved breakwater.
Another pier, 1 mile long, extends W and WNW from the
root of the N breakwater. A berth at this pier can accommodate
LPG vessels up to 30,000 tons and 11m draft. Pilots are available
from Livorno. The pilot boards vessels about 0.5 mile SW
of the pier during daylight hours only. Anchorage is available
ENE of Secche di Vada, in about 16m.
10.39 Secche di Vada (43°19'N., 10°22'E.), a rocky shoal, lies
about 4.5 miles WSW of Vada. It has a least depth of 2m and
lies in the vicinity of a bank which fronts the coast and has
depths of less than 11m. Secche di Vada Light is shown from a
prominent round black concrete tower with a red band, 18m
high, standing on the shoal.
10.39 Vessels can obtain anchorage, in a depth of 16m, sand and
weed, about 1 mile NE of the light or in a depth of 13m, mud
and weed, about 1.7 miles ENE of the light.
10.39 Fiume Cecina enters the sea 3 miles SE of Vada. Cecina, a
small town, is situated 1.5 miles upstream and is partly hidden
by trees. Its reddish-brown belfry, which has a clock, can be
distinguished from seaward. Marina di Cecina, a village, stands
close S of the river mouth. Forte di Cecina, a prominent building,
stands in its NW part and resembles a row of houses,
10.39 Forte di Bibbona, a low and reddish-colored building, stands
on the shore, 4 miles SSE of Marina di Cecina. It can be recognized
from as far as 5 miles offshore. A modern five-story
building stands 1 mile N of this fort. The village of Bibbona is
situated 3.5 miles ENE of the fort and appears as a wide and
light-colored patch on the slopes of the coastal hills.
10.39 Forte di Castagneto is situated 4 miles S of Forte di Bibbona
and is similar in appearance. However, this fort may be distinguished
by the village of Marina di Castagneto Carducci and
the white building of the marine colony which stands close N
of it. Torre Donoratico, a tall and slender tower, stands on the
flat summit of a hill, 179m high, 2.8 miles SE of Forte di Castagneto.
10.39 San Vincenzo is situated within 4.5 miles of Forte di Castagneto
and extends along a beach. This town can be distinguished
from a great distance by the conspicuous belfry of its church
and is fronted by a small boat harbor.
10.39 Punta del Molino (43°01'N., 10°31'E.) is located 5 miles S
of San Vincenzo. The coast between is low and sandy. This
rocky point is distinctive and indicates where the coast ceases
being sandy and becomes rocky. Villa de Stefani, a yellow
building with a red roof, stands on the summit of the point and
forms an excellent landmark from seaward.

Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino 181
10.40 Porto Baratti (43°00'N., 10°30'E.) lies on the N side
of Promontorio di Piombino and is entered between Punta del
Molino and Colle di Populonia, a headland, 1.5 miles SW.
Torre di Populonia, a conspicuous and battlement tower, surmounts
the summit of Colle di Populonia, which is 181m high.
Two farmhouses and a chapel stand near the middle of the
sandy beach at the head of the bay. Populonia, a village, is situated
at the SW corner of the bay. Vessels with local knowledge
can anchor within the bay.
10.40 Promontorio di Piombino, with a high and steep coast, extends
5 miles SSE from Porto Baratti. Monte Massoncello,
286m high, is the highest part of the promontory and stands 2
miles S of the village of Populonia. The land to the E of the
promontory is low and when seen from a distance, from the N
or S, the promontory appears as an island.
10.40 The description of the coast of Italy SE of Promontorio di Piombino
continues in paragraph 13.2.
10.40 Caution.—An anchoring, fishing, and diving prohibited area
lies in the N approach to Porto Baratti and may best be seen on
the chart.
Arcipelago Toscano
10.41 Arcipelago Toscano, a wide group of islands, consists
of Isola di Gorgona (43°26'N., 9°54'E.); Isola Capraia;
Isola d’Elba; Isola Pianosa; Isola di Montecristo; Isola del
Giglio; Isola di Giannutri; the small islands of Isola Palmaiola
and Isolotto Cerboli which lie NW of Isola d’Elba; Scoglio d’
Affrica (42°21'N., 10°04'E.); and Formiche di Grossetto
(42°35'N., 10°52'E.). These islands are spread over an area
which lies between the N part of the E coast of Corse (Corsica)
and the W coast of Italy. They form excellent landmarks and
the passages leading between them are wide and deep.
10.41 Caution.—Due to the existence of submarine cables and
pipelines, several anchoring and fishing prohibited areas, the
limits of which are shown on the chart, lie in the vicinity of the
group of islands.
10.41 The islands of the Arcipelago Toscano lie within Parco Nazionale
dell’Archipelago Toscano. Zones have been established
for the protection of wildlife around the islands of Gorgona,
Capraia, Montecristo, and Giannutri.
10.42 Isola di Gorgona (43°26'N., 9°54'E.), the N island of
the group, lies 22 miles W of Punta Castiglioncello and is used
as a penal colony. The island is hilly and much of it is covered
with low scrub and a thin growth of trees. The coast on the W
side is rocky and rises steeply from the sea to Punta Gorgona,
the summit of the island, which is 255m high and surmounted
by a disused signal station. Torre Vecchia, an old fort, stands on
the crest of a hill, 208m high, close N of Punta Gorgona. It is
very prominent from the E and W. The N and S extremities of
the island are marked by lights. Cala della Scalo, the principal
landing place, lies near the middle of the E side of the island
and is also marked by a light. Due to the rocky bottom and the
considerable depths close to the coast, in most places, there is
no secure anchorage off the island.
10.42 Caution.—Unauthorized vessels are prohibited from stopping,
fishing, and approaching within 2,000m of the island except
with permission of the authorities at Livorno.
10.43 Isola Capraia (43°02'N., 9°39'E.) lies 29 miles
WNW of Promontorio di Piombino and is of volcanic origin.
The W slopes of the island are rocky and precipitous, but the E
slopes are more gentle and partly cultivated. A mountainous
ridge traverses the island, from N to S, and stands within 0.5
mile of the W coast. Monte Castello is the summit of the island.
It is 447m high and stands 1.5 miles S of the N extremity
of the island. Monte Arpagna, 410m high, stands 1.7 miles S of
Monte Castello and is surmounted by a disused signal station.
These peaks are conspicuous and may be recognized from a
great distance.
10.43 Lo Stagnone, a lake, is located at a height of 321m, 0.5 mile
S of Monte Castello. It is drained by a river which reaches the
E coast of the island at Porto di Capraia.
10.43 Le Formiche, a group of above-water rocks, extend up to 0.2
mile NE of Punta della Teia, the N extremity of the island.
10.43 Porto di Capraia, formed by an L-shaped mole, lies at the
SW corner of a small bay on the NE side of the island. The S
entrance point of this bay is marked by a light and the small
town of Capraia stands close S of it. Forte di Capraia is situated
at the E side of the town and accommodates a prison.
10.43 Punta della Zenobito, the S extremity of the island, can be
identified by a tower which stands at a height of 83m above a
ridge of light-colored rock. The cliffs to the NE of the tower,
when seen from the SE, have a pronounced reddish color. Punta
del Trattoio, marked by a light, is located 1.5 miles NNW of
Punta della Zenobito. Isolotto La Praiola, a high and rounded
islet, lies 0.5 mile NNE of this point and is connected to the
coast by a ridge of rocks.
10.43 Caution.—Landing and navigating within 0.3 mile of the
coast in the N part of Isola Capraia is prohibited. However,
landing is permitted at Porto di Capraia.
Arcipelago Toscano—Isola d’Elba
10.44 Isola d’Elba (42°46'N., 10°18'E.), the largest island
of the group, is located with its N extremity lying 5 miles SW
of Promontorio di Piombino and is separated from the mainland
by Canale di Piombino.
10.44 Three
distinct mountain ranges stand on the island. The W
and highest range culminates in Monte Capanne, 1,019m high,
which is the summit of the island. The W coast of the island is
steep, rocky, and offers no shelter, but the other coasts are
deeply indented by numerous small bays and are frequently
used by vessels encountering strong N winds. The N and E
coasts of the island present a cultivated and pleasant appearance,
while the W and S coasts are steep and rugged. Cima del
Monte, 516m high, dominates the E coast of the island.
10.44 Caution.—Local magnetic anomalies are frequently encountered
off the coasts of Isola d’Elbe.
10.45 Capo Vita (42°52'N., 10°25'E.), the N extremity of
the island, is dominated by Monte Grosso, 347m high, which
stands 1.2 miles SSW of it and is surmounted by a disused signal
station. A detached rocky patch, with a least depth of 6m,
lies about 0.8 mile N of the cape. A prominent and isolated
obelisk stands 0.5 mile S of the cape.
10.45 Isola dei Topi, 34m high, lies 0.5 mile SE of the cape. Capo
Castello, a prominent and rounded headland, is located 0.2
Pub. 131

182 Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino
mile S of the cape and surmounted by several conspicuous
villas.
10.45 Cavo, a village, stands at the head of a small bay which is entered
0.4 mile SE of Capo Castello. It is fronted by a pier, with
depths of 2 to 7m alongside, which is used by ferries from the
mainland and small craft.
10.45 Capo Pero, located 1.2 miles SE of Cavo, is steep, rocky, and
surmounted by a prominent yellow house. Torre del Giove, a
massive and rectangular-shaped tower, stands on a conical
peak, 352m high, 1.5 miles SW of the cape. It is the best landmark
on the E coast of the island and is visible from any part of
Canale di Piombino. When seen from the E, this tower appears
to be pierced in the middle.
10.45 La Mineria di Vigneria (Pontile Vigneria), a pier, is situated
1.7 miles SSW of Capo Pero. It is 80m long and is used for
loading ore.
10.46 Rio Marina (42°49'N., 10°26'E.), a small harbor, lies
at the foot of reddish-colored mountains. Rio dell’ Elba is
situated on the mountain slopes, 1 mile W of the harbor. This
town can be easily distinguished from seaward as a large threestory
building stands in its N part and is conspicuous. The port
exports locally-mined iron ore and serves local ferries.
The harbor is protected by a mole and has general depths of
6m, but is subject to silting.
Vessels can anchor, in a depth of 30m, mud, good holding
ground, in front of the town.
10.46 Capo
Ortano, located 1 mile S of Rio Marina, is steep and
rocky. A prominent radio mast stands on the summit of a hill,
0.2 mile WSW of the cape. Isolotto d’Ortano, 24m high, lies
1.5 mile S of Rio Marina and has bare, rocky sides and a
rounded green summit. It is connected to the coast by a rocky
ridge.
10.46 Punta delle Canelle (Capo d’Arco), located 2.5 miles S of
Rio Marina, is steep, rocky, and fronted by a shallow shoal. Ca-
Pub. 131
Rio Marina
po Bianco, located 1 mile WSW of the point, can be recognized
by whitish patches on its lower parts. A pier, used for the
loading of mineral ore, extends from a small point, 0.3 mile
NNE of this cape.
10.47 Golfo di Porto Azzurro (42°46'N., 10°24'E.) is entered
between Punta dello Stendardo, located 0.5 mile WSW of
Capo Bianco, and Capo Forcado, 0.6 mile SSE. This gulf is
dominated by a prominent and huge citadel, which stands on
the promontory close NW of Punta della Stendardo. A large
conspicuous cross stands on Monte Mar di Capanna, 290m
high, 1 mile NW of the citadel. Monte Castello, 390m high, is
higher of two peaks, which stand 0.5 mile NW of Monte Mar
di Capanna and is surmounted by a prominent pillar.
10.47 A light is shown from a tower, 6m high, standing on the wall
of a fort which is situated on Capo Forcado.
Capo Focardo Light
10.47 Isolotto dei Liscoli lies close inshore, 0.7 mile SE of Capo
Forcado. Its upper part is covered with brush while the lower
part is bare and shows prominent white strata.
10.47 Porto Azzurro, a small harbor, lies in a cove entered close W

Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino 183
of the promontory on which the citadel is situated. It is protected
by a mole and is accessible to small vessels, with local
knowledge, up to 80m in length and 5m draft.
10.47 Caution.—Anchorage within depths of less than 50m in the
vicinity of Porto Azzurro is reported to be dangerous due to unexploded
mines.
10.47 In
1982, a considerable landslide occurred in the vicinity of
Punta dello Stendardo and vessels should stay clear of this
point.
10.48 Punta dei Ripalti (42°42'N., 10°26'E.), the SE extremity
of Isola d’Elba, is steep and rocky. This point is dominated
by Poggio del Turco, 187m high, which stands close N of
it. Capo della Calamita, located 1.2 miles W of the point, is the
S extremity of a high, mountainous mass which is composed of
reddish-colored rock, rich in iron ore.
10.48 Isolotti Gemini, lying 1 mile NW of Capo della Calamita,
consists of an outer islet, 42m high, and an inner islet, 23m
high. Scoglio Corbella, lying 0.5 mile WSW of these islets, are
a group of blackish above and below-water rocks.
10.48 Caution.—Anchorage within depths of less than 40m in the
vicinity of Isolotti Gemini is reported to be dangerous due to
unexploded mines.
10.49 Cala dell Innamorata (42°43'N., 10°22'E.) is entered
between Islotti Gemini and Capo Francese, 0.5 mile N. A large
T-shaped iron ore pier, which extends 135m WNW, is situated
within this cove. There are depths of only 2m at the head of this
pier, but vessels can obtain anchorage off it, in a depth of 26m,
weed.
10.49 Golfo
Stella is entered between Punta Morcone, located 1
mile NNW of Islotti Gemini, and Capo della Stella, 2 miles
WNW. It is bordered on the W side by a long and narrow
promontory which terminates to the S in Monte Capo Stella,
150m high. The twin peaks of Monte Volterraio stand 3 miles
NW of the head of this gulf. An ancient castle stands on the W
peak and can be distinguished from seaward. Anchorage is
available, in a depth of 11m, sand, in the NW corner of the
gulf.
10.49 Golfo
della Lacona is entered between Capo della Stella and
Capo di Fonza, 1.5 miles W. It is surrounded by high land and
sheltered from N winds. Vessels can obtain anchorage, in depths
of 5 to 16m, good holding ground, in the N part of this gulf.
10.49 Golfo
di Campo is entered between Punta di Mele, located
0.7 mile W of Capo di Fonza, and Punta di Campo, 1.5 miles
WSW. Monte Poro, 157m high, stands close W of Punta di
Campo.
10.49 Marina
di Campo, a small harbor, lies on the N side of a
rocky promontory which projects from the W side of the gulf.
It is protected by a breakwater and has a depth of 4m. The gulf
offers good shelter from all winds except those from the SE.
There is good holding ground and anchorage can be taken, in a
depth of 12m, about 0.2 mile NE of the harbor.
10.50 Punta di Fetovaia (42°44'N., 10°10'E.), 37m high, is
located at the SW end of the island and is the extremity of a
narrow peninsula. This peninsula has rugged and steep sides,
and consists of barren cliffs with a flat top.
10.50 The W and NW coasts of Isola d’Elba, beyond Punta di Fe-
tovaia, are high and rocky with no coastal indentations of any
importance and practically no noteworthy features. There is no
safe shelter as the winds and seas are reported to follow the
contour of the coast.
10.50 Punta
Nera, the W extremity of the island, can be identified
by light-colored patches on the rocks. Campo alle Serra, 600m
high, stands 1 mile ENE of the point and is very visible from
seaward. Its summit is surmounted by an old and disused signal
station.
Punta Polveraia (Punta Forana) (42°48'N., 10°07'E.) is
formed by a perpendicular headland. A light is shown from a
tower, 10m high, surmounting the point.
10.51 Marciana Marina (42°48'N., 10°12'E.), a small harbor,
lies 4 miles ENE of Punta Polveraia and is protected by a
breakwater. It has depths of 3 to 6m and is used by fishing vessels
and yachts.
10.51 The village, which backs the harbor, can be identified by
Torre Medicea, a prominent tower, standing at its W end and
by a hill, 118m high, standing at its E end.
10.51 Golfo di Procchio is entered 2 miles E of Marciana Marina.
Its E side is bordered by a wide and sandy beach. Numerous
hotels, high-rise buildings, villas, and beach huts stand along
the shores of this gulf. Vessels can anchor off the beach, in a
depth of 24m, sand.
10.51 Golfo della Biodola lies close NE of the E entrance of Golfo
di Procchio and is seldom visited by vessels.
10.51 Golfo di Viticcio is entered between Punta Penisola and Capo
d’Enfola, 0.7 mile N. A village stands at the SE corner of
this small bay. Vessels can obtain temporary anchorage, in a
depth of 10m, rock and weed, off a beach on the S side of the
low isthmus connecting Capo d’Enfola with the mainland.
10.51 Capo d’Enfola (42°50'N., 10°16'E.) is formed by the outer
end of a peninsula which rises to a conical hill, 135m high,
near its extremity. Scoglio la Nave, a bare and conical rock, lies
close NW of the cape.
10.51 Punta Acquaviva is located 1.2 miles ESE of Capo d’Enfola.
Secca di Santa Lucia, a rock, lies 0.7 mile ENE of the point and
has a least depth of 8.5m.
10.51 Capo Bianco, located 1.2 miles ESE of Punta Acquaviva, is
steep, of moderate height, and has white patches on both sides.
Secca di Capo Bianco, a rocky spit, extends up to about 0.3
mile NNE of the cape and is marked by a lighted beacon.
10.51 Scoglietto, lying 0.7 mile NE of Capo Bianco, is a barren
and blackish rock on which landing is prohibited. Scoglietto
Light is shown from a prominent structure, 8m high, standing
on its summit.
10.51 Punta Falcone (42°49'N., 10°20'E.) is located 0.8 mile ESE
of Capo Bianco and is fronted by a spit of sand and rock which
extends up to 150m NNE of it. A light is shown from a tower,
25m high, standing on Forte Stella, 0.1 mile SE of Punta Falcone.
Forte Falcone, another prominent fort, is situated close
NW of Forte Stella.
10.52 Portoferraio (42°49'N., 10°20'E.) (World Port Index
No. 39720), a small port, lies within Rada di Portoferraio,
which is entered between Punta Falcone and Punta Falconaia,
1.1 miles E. The bay has depths of 25 to 40m at the entrance,
which gradually decrease within, and is accessible to vessels of
Pub. 131

184 Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino
any tonnage.
10.52 Winds—Weather.—In winter, winds from the NE and SE
quadrants prevail, those between the S and SE predominating.
In the other seasons, winds from the SW quadrant prevail. The
N winds sometimes blow violently in winter, particularly in
February and March, and raise heavy seas in the outer
anchorages.
10.52 Depths—Limitations.—La Darsena, the harbor basin,
fronts the city and is protected by a mole. It is 245m long and
200m wide and has depths of 6 to 14m in the center. The quays
lining its sides have depths of 3 to 4m alongside. Several mooring
buoys lie in this basin. In addition, a new harbor, has 300m
of total berthing space with depths of 4 to 10m alongside. It is
used by ferries and vessels with drafts up to 9m.
10.52 Aspect.—When approaching the bay, the city of Portoferraio,
which is built on the S slopes of a peninsula, is not visible
from seaward. However, Forte Falcone and Forte Stella, which
stand on the NE side of the city, can be distinguished. Volterraio,
an ancient and prominent castle, stands on a peak, 394m
high, at the E side of the bay.
10.52 Pilotage.—Pilotage into the bay and harbor is compulsory
for vessels over 500 grt. All naval vessels are exempt from this
Pub. 131
Port of Portoferraio Home Page
http://www.porto.piombino.li.it
Portoferraio
requirement. The harbor can be contacted on VHF channel 12.
Vessels must keep to the port side of the harbor when entering
or leaving and departing vessels have the right-of-way.
10.52 Regulations.—Vessels entering and leaving port must use
the approach channel.
10.52 Anchorage.—Rada di Portoferraio affords anchorage to vessels
of all sizes, but the bottom, being of soft mud, is not a
good holding ground. With SE winds, which prevail in the area,
vessels are liable to drag anchor, even when riding to two
anchors.
Arcipelago Toscano—Isola Palmaiola
10.53 Isola Palmaiola (42°52'N., 10°28'E.), lying 2.8 miles
E of the N extremity of Isola d’Elba, is conical and has precipitous
sides. It is 105m high and steep-to except on its N side
where dangers extend up to 0.3 mile offshore. A light is shown
from a structure, 14m high, standing on the summit of the island.
10.53 Isola Cerboli (42°52'N., 10°33'E.), lying 3.2 miles ESE of
Isola Palmaiola, is steep-to. When seen from the NW or SE, it
presents an irregular outline. The summit of this small island is
74m high and surmounted by an old tower.
Arcipelago Toscano—Isola Pianosa
10.54 Isola Pianosa (42°35'N., 10°05'E.), lying 7 miles

Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino 185
SSW of Isola d’Elba, is flat and generally less than 30m high.
In contrast to the other islands of the group, except for several
buildings and some slight undulations of the land, it presents a
low and uniform appearance from seaward.
10.54 Punta
del Marchese, the N extremity of Isola Pianosa, is
formed by the N end of a promontory which occupies the N
part of the island. Scoglio Scarpa, an above-water rock, lies
close N of the point and is dark and prominent. Foul ground extends
up to 0.6 mile E of the point and it should be given a wide
berth.
10.54 Podere del Marchese, a prominent and isolated building,
stands on a hill, 21m high, which rises close SE of the point.
10.54 Punta
dei Bagni is located 1.7 miles SSE of Punta del
Marchese. A masonry obelisk stands on the coast, close S of
this point.
10.54 Cala San Giovanni is entered between Punta dei Bagni and a
point, surmounted by a barracks, 0.4 mile SE. Secca San Giovanni,
partly awash in places and on which the sea breaks, extends
about 0.2 mile ENE from this latter point. Pianosa, a
village, stands within a sandy beach at the head of Cala San
Giovanni. A light is shown from a structure, 14m high, standing
0.5 mile S of Punta dei Bagni and close NE of the prison.
10.54 Isolotto La Scola lies 0.5 mile ESE of the light and is prominent.
This islet has a flat top, which is surmounted by a pillar,
and is 34m high, being of a greater height than the main island.
It lies in a shallow area of rocks and shoals and should be given
a wide berth.
10.54 Punta Brigantina, 28m high, is the S extremity of Isola di Pianosa.
This point is surmounted by a house, and shoals with
depths of less than 3m, extend up to 0.1 mile S and SW of it.
10.54 Punta del Segnale, located 1 mile WNW of Punta Brigantina,
is the E entrance point of Cala Ruta. This small cove has depths
of 10 to 14m up to within a short distance of its rocky shores.
Torre San Marco, a prominent tower, stands on top of a cliff,
close W of the cove. Anchorage is available, in a depth of 18m,
sand, about 0.5 mile SSE of Punta del Segnale.
10.54 Golfe della Botte, entered W of Punta del Marchese, offers
shelter from winds from the SE and SW quadrants. Its shores
are precipitous and of uniform height. Anchorage can be taken,
in a depth of 10m, sand and weed, about 0.5 mile E of its W entrance
point.
10.54 Caution.—Due to the existence of the penal establishment
on the island, landing or stopping near the shores is prohibited.
10.54 It is reported that unexploded ordnance lies close to Isolotto
La Scola and close to Punta del Marchese.
Arcipelago Toscano—Islands Southeast of Isola
Pianosa
10.55 Isola di Montecristo (42°20'N., 10°19'E.) lies 16
miles SE of the S extremity of Isola Pianosa. The island is
formed of granite and is bare and conical with precipitous
steep-to coasts. Picco del Segnale, the summit, stands in the N
part and is 645m high.
10.55 The
island does not offer anchorage for large vessels due to
its sheer depths and abundance of rocks. However, the numerous
bays provide shelter in all weather to small boats and fishing
vessels.
10.55 Caution.—Isola di Montecristo is a game reserve and is in-
habited only by game wardens. Landing on the island or navigation
within 500m of it without permission is prohibited.
10.56 Scoglio d’ Affrica (42°21'N., 10°04'E.), a small rock,
lies 10.5 miles W of the NW extremity of Isola di Montecristo.
It is 2m high and is surrounded by shoal spits. A light is shown
from a tower, 16m high, standing on this rock. Scoglio d’Affrica
lies in the SW part of Formiche di Montecristo, a bank,
which has depths of less than 37m.
10.56 Two rocky patches, with depths of 7.5m and 6m, lie about
2.5 miles and 3 miles NNE, respectively, of Scoglio d’Affrica.
Another shoal, with a depth of 15m, lies about 0.9 mile E of the
rock.
10.56 Caution.—Scoglio d’Affrica should not be approached closer
than 1 mile, particularly during bad weather, as it is often
difficult to distinguish.
10.57 Isola del Giglio (42°21'N., 10°54'E.) is separated
from Promontorio Argentario (see paragraph 13.8) by a passage,
8 miles wide. The island is formed of granite and little
cultivated. Its coasts are high, mostly steep-to, and generally
clear of dangers.
10.57 Poggio della Pagana, 496m high, is the summit of the island.
It rises near the center and is surmounted by a beacon. Giglio
Castello, a village, stands at a height of 402m, 1 mile N of Poggio
della Pagana. A huge castle and a disused signal station are
situated in the vicinity of this village and are excellent landmarks.
A prominent disused lighthouse stands at a height of
288m, 0.5 mile N of the castle.
10.57 Punta del Fenaio is the NW extremity of the island. A light is
shown from a prominent structure, 10m high, standing on this
point.
10.57 Punta di Capel Rosso is the S extremity of the island. A light
is shown from a prominent tower, 20m high, standing 0.2 mile
N of the seaward extremity of this point.
10.57 Caution.—A restricted area lies 4 miles W of Isola Giglio.
Mariners should consult local authorities before entering the
area.
Giglio Marina (42°22'N., 10°55'E.), a village, is situated on
the E side of the island, 2.6 miles N of Punta di Capel Rosso. It
can be identified by a light-colored church, with a prominent
belfry, and by an old circular tower which stands at the E end.
10.57 A small harbor, sheltered by two moles, fronts the village.
The entrance, open to the N, is 50m wide. The harbor has a
depth of 4m and is used by small vessels, ferries, and yachts. It
can be contacted by VHF.
10.57 Caution.—It is reported that unexploded ordnance, which is
dangerous to navigation, lies in a depth of 42m, close S of the
small harbor at Giglio Marina.
10.58 Isola di Giannutri (42°15'N., 11°06'E.) lies 6 miles
SSW of Promontorio Argentario (see paragraph 13.8) and 9
miles SE of Isola del Giglio. It has a rocky and steep-to coast.
Punta Mezzogiorno, 93m high, rises near the S end of the island.
It is the highest peak and is surmounted a building which
resembles a tower.
10.58 There
is no water on the island, except what is collected in
reservoirs from the rain, and there are few inhabitants. Numerous
ruins and fragments of marble from the period of the Ro-
Pub. 131

186 Sector 10. Italy—West Coast—Ruisseau Saint-Louis to Promontorio di Piombino
man Empire are found everywhere on this island.
10.58 Punta del Capel Rosso is the S extremity of the island. A
light is shown from a tower, 9m high, standing on this point.
10.58 Punta Secca, the N extremity of the island, is low, flat, and
formed of black rock. Cala Maestra, a small cove, is entered
0.8 mile SW of Punta Secca and used by small craft. Poggio
Cannone, 83m high, stands close E of the head of this cove and
is surmounted by a massive building which resembles a fortress.
10.58 Golfo degli Spalmatoi occupies most of the E side of the is-
Pub. 131
land and has bare, rocky, and steep-to shores. It offers excellent
shelter from all winds except those from the SE quadrant. Anchorage
can be taken anywhere in the gulf. The depths are considerable,
being about 40m, and the bottom is rocky. Cala
Spalmatoi, a deep and narrow cove, lies in the NW corner of
the gulf and offers good anchorage, in a depth of 13m, to small
vessels with local knowledge.
10.58 Caution.—Due to submarine archaeological operations,
vessels are prohibited from passing within 0.1 mile of most of
the shore of Isola di Giannutri.

11.
France—Corse (Corsica)
11.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 11 — CHART INFORMATION
187
Pub. 131

11.0 Plan.—This sector describes the coasts of Corse (Corsica)
and the Strait of Bonifacio which separates Corse from Sardegna
(Sardinia). The descriptive sequence is from the N to S
along the E coast of the island and from S to N along the W
coast.
General Remarks
11.1 The island of Corse (Corsica) is French and, although
separated by a comparatively shallow channel from Sardegna
(Sardinia), is distinctive on account of its rugged outline and
mountainous ridges.
11.1 Tides—Currents.—The range of the tide in this area is negligible.
11.1 There are no regular currents along the coasts of Corse, except
in the Strait of Bonifacio where they are influenced by the
winds. After strong NW gales, the current, which usually sets
E, may attain a rate of 3 knots.
11.1 Regulations.—Tankers laden with hydrocarbons and vessels
carrying dangerous cargoes, over 1,600 grt, are required to
keep at least 7 miles off the Corsican coast, except in the Strait
of Bonifacio.
11.1 Special regulations apply to tankers laden with hydrocarbons
and to vessels carrying dangerous cargoes navigating in the approaches
to French ports. For further details, see Pub. 140,
Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and
Adjacent Seas.
11.1 Mandatory Access Channels and Waiting Areas, which are
navigation controlled, lie in the approaches to several ports and
are indicated on the charts. Tankers laden with hydrocarbons
and vessels carrying dangerous cargoes, over 1,600 grt, are required
to use these approach access channels and associated
waiting areas. Special regulations apply to these vessels navigating
in the Mandatory Access Channels. For further details,
see Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic
Ocean and Adjacent Seas.
11.1 All vessels carrying hydrocarbons, including oil, or other
dangerous cargoes navigating within French territorial waters
should maintain a continuous listening watch on VHF. A frequency
or channel will be designated for this purpose by the local
area traffic surveillance authority.
11.1 The New Inspection Regime (NIR) of the Paris Memorandum
of Understanding (PMoU) has introduced a mandatory reporting
system for vessels arriving at or departing from a port
or anchorage within the Paris MoU region.
11.1 For further information, see paragraph 9.1 and North Atlantic
Ocean—Regulations—Paris Memorandum of Understanding
on Port State Control (PMoU) New Inspection
Regime (NIR) in Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning
Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and Adaecent Seas.
11.1 Caution.—Magnetic anomalies have been reported at frequent
intervals along the E coast of Corsica, particularly between
the latitudes of 42°17'N and 41°35'N, with deviations of
up to 5° observed.
SECTOR 11
FRANCE—CORSE (CORSICA)
Cap Corse to Bastia
189
11.2 Capo Bianco (43°00'N., 9°21'E.), the NW extremity
of the peninsula of Cap Corse, has a whitish appearance, but
the coast to the N of it is rugged and black.
11.2 Capo
Grosso, 127m high, is located 1.2 miles NE of Capo
Bianco and surmounted by a signal station. The prominent villages
of Tollare and Barcaggio are situated 1.2 miles and 1.8
miles E, respectively, of the cape. A prominent round tower
stands near the village of Tollare.
11.2 Pointe
d’Agnello is located at the NE end of the peninsula of
Cap Corse, 2.8 miles E of Capo Grosso. A round tower stands
at the edge of a cliff on this point.
11.2 Ile de la Giraglia (43°02'N., 9°24'E.) lies N of the peninsula
of Cap Corse, 1 mile NNW of Punta d’Angelo. This small island
lies at the N end of the coastal bank and is steep and surmounted
by an old square tower. A light is shown from a
prominent tower, 26m high, standing on the N part of the island.
11.2 A rock, awash, lies about 0.2 mile W of the N extremity of
the island and a shoal patch, with a depth of 5.3m, lies about
0.2 mile S of the S extremity of the island.
11.3 Mont Cinto (42°22'N., 8°54'E.), 2,710m high, is the
summit of a mountain range which ends abruptly at its N end in
Mont Asto (42°35'N., 9°12'E.), 1,533m high.
11.3 Vessels
approaching the peninsula of Cap Corse from the W
or NW will first see this large mountain range which dominates
the NW coast of Corse. The outline of the island then becomes
lower and rises towards the mountain chain, which runs S to N
on the peninsula of Cap Corse.
11.3 A
tower stands on the coast, 1.5 miles SE of Pointe d’Agnel-
lo. Danger de Sainte-Marie, with a least depth of 5m, lies about
0.5 mile N of this tower and Banc de Sainte-Marie, with a least
depth of 9.3m, lies about 1 mile ENE of this tower. The sea
breaks heavily on these dangers during bad weather. A fringing
reef, with a least depth of 2.6m, extends up to about 0.5 mile
ENE from the tower.
11.3 Rade
de Sainte-Marie, formed between the aforementioned
dangers and the coast, offers anchorage with moderately good
shelter from W winds. A good berth, in depths of 11 to 12m,
weed, lies about 0.3 mile NE of the tower and SSE of Danger
de Sainte-Marie.
11.4 Iles Finocchiarola (42°59'N., 9°28'E.), marked by a
lighted buoy, consists of three islets which are surrounded by
rocks. A ruined tower stands on the E and largest islet. Sommet
Tamarone, 112m high, stands on the coast, 0.7 mile WSW of
the ruined tower. Its summit is surmounted by a prominent pyramid.
11.4 Pointe
de la Coscia, located 1 mile S of Sommet Tamarone,
is the S entrance point of Baie de Tamarone. This bay is 0.7
mile wide and affords shelter from W winds.
Pub. 131

190 Sector 11. France—Corse (Corsica)
11.4 Macinaggio, a village, is situated in a bay which is entered S
of Pointe de la Coscia. It is fronted by a small harbor which is
protected by two jetties and has extensive facilities for small
craft and yachts.
11.4 Marine de Meria, a small cove, is entered 1.5 miles SSE of
Macinaggio and can be recognized by an old mill which stands
on a rocky promontory on the N side. A small town is situated
near the shore at the head of the cove. Sommet Castello, 475m
high, stands 1.5 miles WSW of the cove and can be seen over
the intervening hills.
11.4 Capo Sagro (42°48'N., 9°30'E.), marked by a light, is located
11 miles S of Iles Finocchiarola and a signal station stands
close N of it. Mont Merizatodio, 778m high, rising steeply 1.5
miles W of the cape and dominates the immediate area.
11.4 The village of Erbalunga, situated 1.5 miles SSW of Capo
Sagro, stands on the S side of a rocky point; an old tower in ruins
stands on the extremity of the point. A prominent convent is
situated close N of the village and the isolated belfry of the
church at Brando stands 0.8 mile WNW of it.
11.4 Tour de Miomo is situated 2 miles S of Erbalunga and stands
near a group of houses on a rocky point which overlooks a
small beach. Close S of this beach, the coast rises fairly steeply
to the summit of Sommet Cornichiola which is 282m high.
11.4 Pointe Toga (42°42'N., 9°28'E.) is located 2 miles S of Tour
de Miomo and has a large steel works situated close SSW of it.
Bastia (42°42'N., 9°27'E.)
World Port Index No. 39060
11.5 Bastia, the principal commercial port of Corse, comprises
three separate harbor areas. Port Saint-Nicholas, in the
center, is reserved for commercial operations; Vieux-Port, in
the S part, is used by fishing vessels and pleasure craft; and
Port de Plaisance de Toga, in the N part, is used by yachts and
small craft.
11.5 Winds—Weather.—The Libeccio, a local W to SW wind, is
predominant throughout the year and reaches a maximum frequency
in summer. It can be especially violent in this vicinity.
11.5 Tides—Currents.—Tides and currents at Bastia are negligible,
the water level being affected mainly by periods of strong
winds.
11.5 Depths—Limitations.—Port Saint-Nicholas is the only harbor
accessible to commercial vessels. Pier limitations are, as
follows:
Pub. 131
Port of Bastia Home Page
http://www.bastiaport.net
Pier Length Max.
draft
South Jetty Quay 157m 7.5m
North Jetty Quay 125m 6.5m
Remarks
General cargo and
tankers
General cargo and
tankers
Pier Length Max.
draft
Aviation 45m 6.5m
Fango 1 219m 6.5m
Vessels less than
40m long
General cargo and
tankers
Rive 90m 6.7m
General cargo and
tankers
North Quay 118m 6.5m Cement
Northeast Quay 137m 6.5m
East Quay 245m 7.5m
No. 8 Quay 150m 9.0m
Remarks
General cargo and
tankers
General cargo and
tankers
General cargo and
tankers
11.5 When ships simultaneously occupy North Quay and Northeast
Quay, their lengths are limited to 72m at North Quay and
120m at Northeast Quay.
11.5 There are facilities for general cargo, ro-ro, bulk, automobile
ferries, tankers, gas, and passenger vessels. Generally, vessels
up to 160m in length and 7m draft can be accommodated. It
has been reported that vessels up to 200m in length have been
handled.
11.5 Aspect.—The mountains, which form the backbone of the
peninsula of Cap Corse, rise close behind the coastal strip on
which Bastia is situated. Le Pigno, the highest peak, stands 2.5
miles inland and is surmounted by a prominent pylon. The
spire of the church of Sainte-Marie, situated in the citadel at
the S end of the town, is prominent from seaward.
11.5 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 45m and
over in length or over 150 grt. Pilots can be contacted on VHF
channel 12 or 16 and generally board about 1 mile E of the harbor
entrance.
11.5 Pilots are provided by Haute Corse Station, whose center is
at Bastia. Pilots at this station also serve the oil berths at Lucciana
and Solenzara, the Bastia-Sud Gas Terminal, and the ports
of Calvi and L’Ile-Rousse.
11.5 Regulations.—Vessels should send an ETA at least 1 hour in
advance. Vessels that do not routinely call here should provide
the ETA 24 hours in advance and confirm the ETA 1 hour in
advance.
11.5 A Mandatory Access Channel, the limits of which are shown
on the chart, lies in the approaches to the port and is entered 7
miles E of the harbor. All vessels over 1,600 grt and carrying
hydrocarbons or dangerous substances must report their entry
into this channel and maintain a listening watch on VHF. For
further information, see paragraph 11.1.
11.5 The access route for other vessels lies S of the Mandatory
Access Channel and may best be seen on the chart.
11.5 The speed limit within 1 mile of the port is 20 knots.
11.5 Anchorage.—During W winds, vessels may anchor in Anse
de Porto Vecchio. There are depths of 15 to 30m in this bight,
about 0.4 mile S of Vieux-Port. An alternative anchorage lies
approximately 6 miles SSE in Arcu anchorage, in about 20m,
weed and muddy sand bottom, good holding ground.

11.5 Caution.—Anchoring, fishing, and diving prohibited areas,
the limits of which are shown on the chart, lie in the approaches
to the port.
11.5 A local magnetic anomaly creating a deviation of up to 2°30'
may be experienced within 1 mile of the power cables which
land 2 miles S of Bastia.
Bastia to Golfe de Porto Vecchio
11.6 Etang de Biguglia (42°38'N., 9°27'E.) enters the sea
2 miles S of Bastia. This river extends 7 miles SSE and is separated
from the sea by a narrow sand dune which is covered with
vegetation.
11.6 Between Bastia and Alistro, 27 miles SSE, the coast is mostly
low and backed by mountains standing from 2 to 5 miles inland.
11.6 South Bastia Gas Terminal (42°40'N., 9°28'E.) is situated
close N of Etang de Biguglia. The berth, which consists of several
mooring buoys, lies at the seaward end of a submarine
pipeline which extends 0.4 mile ESE from the shore. A lighted
buoy is moored about 0.3 mile E of the berth and marks the E
approach. Pilotage, which is compulsory, must be obtained
from Bastia. Access to the terminal is regulated and entry controlled
by the Bastia harbormaster.
11.6 Regulations.—An access channel, 0.5 mile wide, leads W to
the terminal berth and is entered about 7 miles E of it. The use
of this channel is obligatory for vessels carrying methane.
11.6 Vessels using the access channel should not enter it before
obtaining permission from the Captain of the Port of Bastia by
VHF.
11.6 Caution.—A submarine pipeline extends 0.8 mile NE from
a point on the shore, 3.2 miles SSE of the South Bastia Gas
Terminal. Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of this pipeline.
11.7 Punta di Arcu (Pointe d’Arco) (42°34'N., 9°31'E.),
located 8 miles SSE of Bastia, is surmounted by a ruined tower
and a white building. Maison Casone, with a prominent terraced
balcony, stands on a ridge, 3 miles NNW of the point.
Maison Pinetta, consisting of two low buildings with red roofs,
is situated 2 miles SE of Maison Casone.
11.7 Furiani, a village, stands 2.5 miles SW of Bastia and is dominated
by a white, square bell tower.
11.7 Mouillage d’Arco, lying 2 miles N of Pointe d’Arco, affords
anchorage, in a depth of 20m, sand and weed, very good holding
ground.
11.7 Lucciana Oil Terminal (42°33'N., 9°33'E.), an offshore
pipeline berth, is situated 2 miles S of Pointe d’Arco. The terminal
supplies a power station 4 miles SSW. It lies in a depth
of 9.9m and consists of four mooring buoys. A lighted buoy is
moored about 0.3 mile E of the berth and marks the approach.
Pilotage is compulsory within 3 miles of the terminal. Pilots
are provided from Bastia and entry is controlled by the harbormaster
at Bastia.
11.7 Regulations.—A Mandatory Access Channel, the limits of
which are shown on the chart, lies in the approaches to the terminal
and is entered 6 miles E of the berth. All vessels over
1,600 grt, carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous substances,
must report their entry into this channel to the Captain of the
Port of Bastia and maintain a listening watch on VHF. For fur-
Sector 11. France—Corse (Corsica) 191
ther information, see paragraph 11.1.
11.8 Flueve Golo (42°31'N., 9°33'E.) enters the sea 2.5
miles S of Pointe d’Arco. Several oil tanks stand 1.2 miles NW
of the river mouth and are visible from seaward.
11.8 Between
this river and Fium’ Alto, 5 miles S, the low and
flat coastal area extends as much as 4 miles inland in places.
Two beacons, reported to be not very conspicuous from seaward,
stand within this stretch of the coast. To the S of Fium’
Alto, the mountains slope down to the beach.
11.8 Marine
de Padulella, situated 3.5 miles S of Fium’ Alto,
comprises several prominent houses, one of which is very
white. The belfry of San-Nicolao, standing 1.5 miles inland, is
isolated and conspicuous from seaward.
11.8 Port de Campoloro, a yacht marina, lies 2 miles S of Marine
de Padulella and is protected by two breakwaters.
11.8 Prominent
mountains inland include Mont San Petrone,
1,767m high, standing 9 miles W of Marine de Padulella; and
Pointe de Caldane, 1,724m high, standing 3.5 miles S of Mont
San Petrone.
11.8 Tour
d’Alistro, a ruined tower, stands 11.5 miles S of Fium’
Alto. Between this tower and Marine de Solenzara, 25 miles
SSW, the coast is low, marshy, and provides no sheltered anchorage.
A light is shown from a tower, 23m high, standing 0.8
mile NW of Tour d’Alistro. A disused signal station is situated
near the light.
11.8 The chapel of Sainte-Marie stands 6 miles S of Tour d’Alistro
and is prominent.
11.8 Tour Bravone, in ruins, stands on a coastal hill, 48m high,
3.5 miles S of Tour d’Alistro.
11.8 Etang de Diane lies 3.5 miles S of Tour Bravone. This lagoon
is navigable by boats in winter and has a mouth near its N end.
The ruins of Tour de Diane stand on the S side the mouth.
11.8 Caution.—A local magnetic anomaly may be experienced E
of Etang de Diane.
11.8 The town of Padulone (Marine d’Aleria), consisting of several
houses, is situated close S of the lagoon on the N side of the
mouth of the Tavignano. Also in this vicinity, the conspicuous
belfry of the village of Aleria and the old penitentiary of Casabianda
are prominent from seaward.
11.8 The village of Calsarello stands on the S side of the Fium
d’Orbo, 5 miles SW of Padulone. It has a building, with a cylindrical
tower surrounded by pillars, which is visible from seaward.
A tower, which resembles a lighthouse, stands 0.5 mile
SSW of the village and is prominent. A stranded wreck lies 1
mile S of the river mouth.
11.8 The village of Prunelli-di-Fiumorbo, in which stands a
domed belfry, is situated inland, 5.5 miles WNW of Calsarello.
The conspicuous belfry at Isolaccio-di-Fiumorbo stands at the
head of a valley, 2 miles W of Calsarello.
11.9 Solenzara Oil Terminal (41°55'N., 9°25'E.) lies 4.5
miles S of Calsarello. A submarine pipeline extends about 0.3
mile from the shore to a berth, which consists of four mooring
buoys, and its seaward end is marked by a yellow and black
buoy. A lighted buoy is moored about 0.2 mile E of the berth
and marks the approach.
11.9 Pilotage is compulsory within a circle of radius 3 miles of
the terminal. Pilots are provided from Bastia.
Pub. 131

192 Sector 11. France—Corse (Corsica)
11.9 Regulations.—A Mandatory Access Channel, the limits of
which are shown on the chart, lies in the approaches to the terminal
and is entered about 6.5 miles E of the berth. All vessels
over 1,600 grt, carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous substances,
should obtain permission for their entry into this channel from
the Captain of the Port of Bastia and maintain a listening watch
on VHF channel 16. For further information, see paragraph
11.1.
11.9 Caution.—Solenzara Air Base is situated 1.5 miles NW of
the oil terminal; a prohibited area extends up to 300m from the
base.
11.9 A seaplane landing area lies centered on position 42°03.0'N,
9°29.2'E.
11.10 The Riviere de Travo (41°54'N., 9°24'E.) enters the
sea 1 mile SW of the oil terminal. It can be identified by a large
bridge, with a chapel situated N of it, standing 1 mile inland.
The heights of Ventiseri, on which stand a belfry and a triangulation
marker, are located 4 miles WNW of the river mouth.
11.10 The
prominent village of Solenzara stands on the S side of
the mouth of the Solenzara River, 3 miles S of the mouth of the
Travo. Sommet de Mozza, 1,124m high, stands 4 miles W of
this village and has the appearance of a gigantic column.
11.10 Between
Solenzara and Punta San Ciprianu, 15 miles S, the
coast is rocky and backed a short distance inland by pine-covered
mountains. Mont Santo stands 1.7 miles SW of Solenzara.
The conspicuous village of Sari is situated on its slopes.
11.10 Anse
de Cannella, lying 3.5 miles S of the mouth of the So-
lenzara River, can be identified by the red cliffs which overlook
a beach at its head. Anse de Favone, another cove, lies 5 miles
S of the Solenzara River and can be identified by a prominent
chapel which stands on its N entrance point.
11.10 Punta de Fautea (41°43'N., 9°25'E.), the E extremity of a
rocky promontory, is dominated by Tour de Fautea, which can
be seen from some distance seaward. Ile de Fautea, 32m high,
lies close off this promontory.
11.10 Golfe de Pinarellu (Pinarello Bay) is entered between a point
located 1.2 miles S of Punta de Fautea and Ile de Pinarellu, 1.3
miles S. The latter island is 58m high and is surmounted by a
conspicuous tower. Ilot Roscana, a group of rocks, lie in the entrance
to this gulf. They are red with whitish tops and the largest
is 9m high. The gulf affords anchorage to small vessels, in
depths of 12 to 15m, in its central part. The holding ground is
poor and there is no protection from E winds.
11.10 Punta Capicciola, located 1.5 miles SSW of Ile de Pinarellu,
is the extremity of a narrow peninsula which is 30m high and
reddish in color. A rock lies close off the extremity of the point.
Sommet della Vacca Morta, 1,315m high, stands 10 miles W of
the point and is black and jagged.
11.10 Baie de San Ciprianu (41°38'N., 9°21'E.) is entered between
Punta d’Arasu and Punta San Ciprianu, 1.2 miles SSW.
Ile de Cornuta, reddish and pointed, and Ile San Ciprianu, 24m
high with a rounded top, lie 0.2 mile S and 0.2 mile SW, respectively,
of Punta d’Arasu.
11.10 A light is shown from a structure, 11m high, standing on
Punta San Ciprianu.
11.10 The bay affords anchorage to small craft, in a depth of 6m.
This anchorage is sheltered from W through N to NE, but the
holding ground is not good.
Pub. 131
11.11 Golfe de Porto Vecchio (41°37'N., 9°20'E.) is entered
between Punta San Ciprianu and Punta de la Chiappa, 1.2
miles SE. It offers the best anchorage on the E coast of Corse.
11.11 Roches de Pecorella, a group of above-water and submerged
rocks, lies 0.7 mile ESE of Punta San Ciprianu. This group is
marked by a lighted beacon and submerged rocks, shoals, and
dangers lie within 0.2 mile of it.
11.11 Punta di Benedettu is located on the N shore of the gulf, 1.3
miles W of Punta San Ciprianu. It forms an isolated promontory,
45m high, in the middle of a plain. Anchorage can be obtained
SW of Punta San Ciprianu and E of Punta di Benedettu,
in depths of 10 to 20m, mud and weed. This roadstead has
good holding ground, but is exposed to E winds.
11.11 Punta de la Chiappa (41°37'N., 9°20'E.) is the S entrance
point of the gulf. A light is shown from a prominent structure,
21m high, standing on the point. Roches de Chiappino, a group
of above-water rocks and shoals, lies 0.2 mile NE of the point.
11.11 Punta di l’Arena is located on the S shore of the gulf, 2.3
miles W of Punta de la Chiappa. The coast between is composed
of high cliffs which are interrupted by sandy beaches.
Punta di l’Arena is fronted by a sandy spit, which extends
NNW, and should be given a wide berth.
11.11 Ilot Ziglione, 13m high and wooded, lies about 200m offshore,
0.9 mile SW of Punta di l’Arena. Small vessels may obtain
anchorage SW of Punta di l’Arena or, in a depth of 6m,
mud and weed, between N and NW of Ilot Ziglione.
11.11 Marina d’Arge, located 1.1 miles W of Punta de la Chiappa,
is the most prominent beach on the S shore of the gulf.
11.11 Paso Nord leads into the gulf between Punta San Ciprianu
and Roches de Pecorella, and Passe de l’Est leads between
Roches de Pecorella and Roches de Chiappino.
11.12 Porto Vecchio (41°35'N., 9°17'E.) (World Port Index
No. 39070), a small port, lies at the SW end of the gulf.
11.12 Depths—Limitations.—The port consists of a yacht harbor,
which fronts the town, and Quai de Commerce, which fronts an
area of salt pans, 0.3 mile SE of the town.
11.12 There is 250m of total berthing space with a depth of 5.5m
alongside. Vessels up to 5.2m draft can be accommodated.
11.12 Aspect.—The town, which contains a prominent steeple, is
built on a hill and is surrounded by walls. The conspicuous ruins
of Chateau de Georgesville, with a gray-green flat roof, are
situated 0.5 mile N of the town and surrounded by trees. Several
white warehouses stand in the vicinity of the commercial
quay.
11.12 A directional sector light is shown from a structure standing
on the W shore of the gulf and indicates the fairway.
11.12 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 60m in
length. Vessels should send an ETA at least 24 hours in advance
and then contact the pilot on VHF channel 16 when
within range. Pilots are provided from Ajaccio. The pilot
boards 1 mile NE of Punta di a Chiappa.
11.12 Regulations.—A Mandatory Access Channel, the limits of
which are shown on the chart, leads W and SW through the
gulf to the harbor. Its seaward entrance lies 0.6 mile NNW of
Punta de la Chiappa. All vessels over 1,600 grt, carrying hydrocarbons
or dangerous substances, must report their entry into
this channel and maintain a listening watch on VHF. For
further information, see paragraph 11.1.
11.12 Caution.—Seaplanes used to fight fires operate in the area

est seen on the chart.
Golfe de Porto Vecchio to the Strait of Bonifacio
11.13 Iles Cerbicale (41°33'N., 9°22'E.), a group of islands,
lies 0.8 mile offshore and is centered 2.6 miles S of Punta de la
Chiappa.
11.13 From the N to S, the group consists of Ile Forana, 34m high,
Ile de Maestro Maria, 5m high, Ile Piana, 36m high, and Ile Pietricaggiosa,
10m high.
11.13 Rocher de la Vacca, an islet, lies 0.5 mile ESE of Ile Forana.
It is 24m high, isolated, and rather pointed. Danger de la Vacca
lies about 0.7 mile SE of Rocher de la Vacca and is marked by
a lighted buoy. It consists of two shoal heads with depths of 4
to 4.5m.
11.13 Iles du Toro (41°30'N., 9°23'E.) lies 2.3 miles SSW of Danger
de la Vacca and comprises of a compact group of rocks up
to 34m high. The W rock is prominent and has a summit
shaped like a finger. Hautfond du Toro, a rock, lies about 0.5
mile E of the group. It has a least depth of 2.7m and is marked
by a lighted buoy.
11.13 Caution.—The above dangers are surrounded by shoals,
rocks, and foul ground, and vessels are advised to give them a
wide berth.
11.13 Iles Cerbicale is a designated nature reserve. Landing is prohibited
between April 1 and August 31 unless special permission
has been given. The landing of motor vehicles is forbidden
at all times.
11.14 Punta di Rondinara (41°28'N., 9°17'E.), reddish in
color, is the extremity of a peninsula, 59m high, which is connected
to the mainland by a low isthmus. Tour de Sponsaglia, a
ruined tower, stands 1.2 miles NNE of the point and is conspicuous.
11.14 Golfe de Santa Manza (41°26'N., 9°16'E.) is entered between
Punta di Rondinara and Punta di u Capicciolu, 2.2 miles
SSW.
11.14 Punta
di u Capicciolu is the NE extremity of a peninsula
which rises to a remarkable summit, 107m high, 0.2 mile SW
of the point. The ruins of Tour Santa-Manza stand 1 mile SW
of the point.
11.14 Cap Blanc is located at the head of the gulf, 1.5 miles W of
Punta di u Capicciolu. It is composed of prominent white cliffs,
46m high.
11.14 Anchorage
is available in the gulf, in depths of 20 to 30m,
sand and weed, good holding ground, approximately 1 mile
WNW of Tour Santa Manza (Tour de Sant’ Amanza), sheltered
from all but winds between the N and E. The bottom is sand
and weed, good holding ground.
11.14 Caution.—A dangerous wreck is located 0.7 mile NE of
Punta di Rondinara. It is surrounded by an anchoring, fishing,
and diving prohibited area of 300m radius.
11.15 Punta de Sporono (Pointe Sperone) (41°22'N.,
9°16'E.) is located 4.2 mile SW of Punta di u Capicciolu and is
the SE extremity of Corse. It is formed by a small tongue of
land with vertical sides and is surmounted by a beacon.
11.15 Ile Porraggia (41°23'N., 9°16'E.), 19m high, lies 2 miles S
of Punta di u Capicciolu. This island is surmounted by a pyramid
of stones and an islet lies close NE of it.
Sector 11. France—Corse (Corsica) 193
11.15 Iles Gavitti (41°24'N., 9°15'E.), lying 0.7 mile NW of Ile
Poraggia, consists of a group of rocks up to 4m high, which lie
on the middle of a bank with depth of less than 5m.
Isles Lavezzi (Archipel Lavezzi) (41°20'N., 9°15'E.) lie centered
4 miles S of Punta di u Capicciolu. The group is composed
of two principal islands and numerous small islets, reefs,
and shoals. A channel, marked by buoys, leads between the
group and Corse. It is used only by small vessels, with local
knowledge, during clear daylight hours.
11.15 Ile Cavallo, the N principal island, lies 1.5 miles E of Punta
de Sporono. It is 37m high and is surrounded by rocks and
shoals.
11.15 Ile Perduto, lying 1.5 miles E of the island, is low and surmounted
by a small block of stone. Above and below-water
dangers extend up to about 0.4 mile from the islet and are
marked by a lighted buoy.
11.15 Ecueil de Perduto, a drying rock, lies about 0.5 mile SE of
the islet. It is marked by a lighted beacon.
11.15 Ile Lavezzi (41°21'N., 9°15'E.), the S principal island, consists
of a rugged mass of rock. It is surrounded by rocks and is
connected to Ile Cavallo by foul ground. Capu di u Beccu, the S
extremity of the island, is difficult to identify from the S as it
blends with the higher elevations of the island. A light is shown
from a structure, 10m high, standing on this cape.
11.15 The prominent Pyramide de la Semillante, in commemoration
of the wreck of the French frigate La Semillante in 1854,
stands on an islet close W of the cape.
11.15 Ile Piana lies 0.5 mile NE of Pointe de Sperono and is
marked by a prominent beacon.
11.15 Ecuel de Lavezzi, with a least depth of 3.1m, lies about 1
mile S of the S extremity of Ile Lavezzi. A light is shown from
a structure, 22m high, standing on this shoal and a lighted buoy
is moored about 0.4 mile SSE of it.
11.15 Caution.—Iles Lavezzi are a designated nature reserve area
and diving and fishing are prohibited in the vicinity of the
group.
11.15 A submarine pipeline extends between the N end of Iles
Lavezzi and the S coast of Corse and may best be seen on the
chart.
The Strait of Bonifacio
11.16 The Strait of Bonifacio is 6.5 miles wide, but off-lying
islands and dangers narrow the principal passage to a width of
3 miles. There are depths of not less than 53m in the fairway
between Iles Lavezzi and Isola Razzoli.
11.16 Winds—Weather.—In the summer, the predominant winds
in the strait are from the W. In the winter, the predominant
winds are from the NE. The winds strengthen in the strait and
shift from NW to SW, at the E entrance, and from NE to SE, at
the W entrance.
11.16 Winds from the SW are very rare during the summer in the
W part of the strait. They blow most often during the winter before
strong gales and storms. However, winds from the NW can
quickly develop.
11.16 Generally, winds ease up during the night and regain their
maximum intensity in the middle of the day.
11.16 Tides—Currents.—In the strait, tidal currents are weak and
variable, but there are important wind induced currents.
11.16 Winds from the NW produce currents which set E at up to 2
Pub. 131

194 Sector 11. France—Corse (Corsica)
knots; winds from the W may produce currents which set E at
up to 4 knots; and winds from the E produce currents which set
W at up to 3 knots.
11.16 Regulations.— Transit is prohibited to ships carrying hazardous
cargos flying Italian and French flags. Ships with hazardous
cargo flying other flags shall comply with regulations
issued by their flag state.
11.16 For the purpose of improving the safety of navigation in the
Strait of Bonifacio and reducing the risks of pollution of the
French and Italian coastlines as a result of groundings or collisions
involving tankers, gas carriers, or bulk chemical carriers,
a system of reporting, surveillance, and information has been
established by the governments of France and Italy in order to
warn vessels of any hazard that might threaten their safe passage.
11.16 A Ship Movement and Reporting System (MAREP) has
been established within the Strait of Bonifacio and its E and W
approaches.
11.16 The system is mandatory for all vessels of 300 grt and over.
The system is referred to as BONIFREP and covers the waters
within a 20-mile radius of Bonifacio (41°23.4'N., 9°09.8'E.).
The system’s call sign is “Bonifacio Traffic” and is used when
reporting to either the Italian authority based at La Maddalena
Coast Guard Station, Sardinia or the French authority based at
the Pertusato Naval Signal Station, Corsica. Vessels should establish
contact on VHF channels 10 and 16.
11.16 Vessels are required to transmit their reports upon entering
the precautionary areas situated at either end of the routing
scheme, or when passing the following demarcations:
1. Eastbound.—A line joining:
a. Cabo de Feno Light (41°23.6'N., 9°05.9'E.).
b. The W end of the N limit of the routing scheme
(41°19.2'N., 9°06.5'E.).
c. The W end of the S limit of the routing scheme
(41°16.8'N., 9°06.2'E.).
d. Capo Testa Light (41°14.7'N., 9°08.7'E.).
2. Westbound.—A line joining:
a. Punta di Rodinara (41°27.9'N., 9°16.7'E.).
b. The E end of the N limit of the routing scheme
(41°22.6'N., 9°22.4'E.).
c. The E end of the S limit of the routing scheme
(41°21.6'N., 9°23.3'E.).
d. Punta Galera (41°14.6'N., 9°27.6'E.).
11.16 The reported information should be formatted, as follows:
Article Required Information
A Name, call sign, flag, and IMO number.
B Time in UTC
C Latitude and longitude.
D Bearing and distance from a landmark.
E Course.
F Speed.
O Draft.
P IMO cargo, cargo category, and quantity.
Q or R Vessel defects, damage, or limitations.
Pub. 131
11.16 Vessels of over 5,000 grt transporting oil, dangerous chemicals,
or substances likely to pollute the sea or coastline are
strongly urged not to pass through the Strait of Bonifacio. This
recommendation does not apply to vessels sailing in either direction
between Porto Torres and any port on the Italian mainland
from Civitavecchia to Napoli.
11.16 Vessel Traffic Service.—An IMO-adopted VTS scheme is
in operation for the control of shipping within the Strait of
Bonifacio. The charted routes are mandatory for all vessels of
20m or more in length.
11.16 Caution.—Several submarine cables, some power, lie in the
strait and may best be seen on the chart. Anchoring and fishing
in their vicinity is prohibited.
11.16 A magnetic anomaly maybe experienced in the vicinity of
the power cables.
11.17 North side of the Strait of Bonifacio.—In clear
weather, vessels approaching the Strait of Bonifacio from the E
or W can first identify the high mountains in the S part of
Corse which may best be seen on the chart.
11.17 The
Article Required Information
X
Any additional information, including
pollution incidents or cargo loss.
The Strait of Bonifacio from NE
The Strait of Bonifacio
N side of the strait between Punta de Sperono (Pointe
Sperone) and Capo Pertusato is composed of very rugged, red
granite cliffs. Then towards Cap de Feno, the coast consists of
relatively low, rocky cliffs. In the vicinity of Bonifacio, the
coast comprises of nearly horizontal plateaus which are formed
of whitish limestone and backed by angular ridges.
11.17 Le Pretre, a shoal, lies about 0.4 mile WSW of Punta de
Sperono. It has a least depth of 4.6m and is marked by a bea-

con.
11.17 Capo Pertusato (41°22'N., 9°11'E.), the S extremity of
Corse, is located 1.7 miles W of Punta de Sperono. Ile Saint-
Antoine, surmounted by a chapel, lies close S of the seaward
extremity of the cape. A light is shown from a prominent structure,
17m high, standing 0.2 mile ENE of the cape. A prominent
signal station is situated 0.5 mile NW of the light.
11.17 The port of Bonifacio lies 1.7 miles NW of Capo Pertusato
and is fully described in paragraph 11.19.
11.18 South side of the Strait of Bonifacio.—The S side of
the strait is formed in the W part by the N coast of Sardinia and
in the E part by L’Archipelago della Maddalena, an extensive
group of islands, which are fully described beginning in paragraph
12.5.
11.18 Isola Razzoli (41°18'N., 9°21'E.), the NW island of the
group, is marked by a light with racon. It is bordered to the NW
by Secca di Razzoli, a rock, which is the outermost danger on
the S side of the passage. This rock lies about 0.5 mile NW of
Isola Razzoli Light and has a least depth of 8m. Isola Razzoli is
further described in paragraph 12.5.
11.18 Isola la Presa lies 1.5 miles E of Isola Razzoli and a shoal,
with a depth of 10m, lies about 0.4 mile N of it.
Directions.—The main passage through the strait lies between
Ecueil de Perduto and Ecueil de Lavezzi, on the N side,
and Isola Razzoli and Punta Falcone, the N extremity of Sardegna,
on the S side. The passage is not less than 3 miles wide
and presents no difficulties during daylight.
11.18 At night, vessels coming from the N or NE can avoid Ecueil
de Perduto by keeping Isola Razzoli Light bearing not less than
180°. When Ile Lavezzi Light bears 270°, vessels should then
steer SW through the middle of the strait between Isola Razzoli
and Ecueil de Lavezzi. After passing through the red sector of
Isola Razzoli Light, vessels should alter course and steer W
with the latter light kept bearing 080° astern until W of Ecueil
de Lavezzi. Vessels may then shape courses as convenient for
the remainder of the passage.
11.18 At night, vessels from the W should steer for Isola Razzoli
Light, with a bearing less than 093°, and keep to the S of its red
sector. Having passed through the red sector of Ile Lavezzi
Light, vessels should then steer NE out of the E entrance of the
strait.
11.18 Passage de la Piantarella, which leads between the SE coast
of Corse and the islands of Ile Poraggia and Ile Ratino, has a
least depth of 9m in the fairway. It should be used only during
the daytime when the wall beacons on Ile Piana and Punta de
Sperono are clearly visible.
11.18 Caution.—Deep-draft vessels should take care to avoid the
shoal bank which lies 2 miles E of Ile Lavezzi Light.
11.18 Passage between Iles Lavezzi and Ecueil de Lavezzi does not
shorten the route distance to any great extent and is not recommended
for large vessels.
11.19 Bonifacio (41°23'N., 9°09'E.) (World Port Index No.
39080), a small port, lies on the N side of the strait. The harbor
is formed by a cove which affords excellent shelter.
11.19 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is mostly used by ro-ro
ferries, fishing vessels, and pleasure craft. The main commercial
quay is 60m long with a depth of 7m alongside. Vessels up
to 100m in length and 6m draft can be accommodated.
Sector 11. France—Corse (Corsica) 195
11.19 Aspect.—The town is built on the rocky peninsula, which
forms the S side of the cove, and is visible from some distance
seaward. The cliffs of the peninsula overhang the sea and have
chasms which appear as prominent black patches on the white
rock. The town is bounded to the E by the white walls of fortifications.
The church of Sainte-Marie Majeure, with a prominent
belfry surmounted by a small Byzantine dome, stands
close W of the fortifications. The conspicuous octagonal tower
of Saint-Dominique stands 0.2 mile W of the church. The low
and conical belfry of Saint-Francois is situated close to the SW
extremity of the peninsula.
11.19 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 75m in
length. Vessels should send an ETA at least 24 hours in advance.
Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 16 and are provided
from Ajaccio. The pilot boards 0.5 mile S of Pointe de la
Madonetta Light.
11.19 Caution.—Certain water areas and quays are reserved for
use of the French Navy and are not to be used by other vessels
without authorization by the Naval Commandant.
11.19 The harbor entrance is reported to be difficult to distinguish
from a distance.
The Strait of Bonifacio to Golfe de Valinco
11.20 Cap de Feno (41°23'N., 9°06'E.), the NW entrance
point of the Strait of Bonifacio, is dominated by a ridge which
extends 1.5 miles ENE. Three prominent peaks rise from this
ridge. The E peak is 219m high and is surmounted by Croix de
la Trinite. The W peak is 229m high. A light is shown from a
white square tower with black top, 12m high, standing on the
cape.
11.20 Iles de la Tonnara, a group of islets, lies close offshore, 2
miles N of the cape. The largest islet of the group is surmounted
by a prominent stone pyramid.
11.20 Golfo de Ventilegne is entered between Iles de la Tonnara
and Punta de Ventilegne, 1.2 miles NW. The N and E shores of
this small bay are fronted by a rocky bank.
11.20 Baie
Passage de la Piantarella
de Figari is entered between Punta de Ventilegne and
Pointe de Figari, 2 miles WNW. Tour de Figari stands on a
heap of rocks on the W shore of this bay, 1 mile NE of Pointe
de Figari. This tower is reported to be difficult to distinguish
against the background. The bay affords good anchorage to
vessels with local knowledge, except during SW winds. The
Pub. 131

196 Sector 11. France—Corse (Corsica)
bottom is formed of sand and mud with moderately-good holding
ground. The best berth is sheltered from NW winds and
lies, in a depth of 16m, weeds, about 0.1 mile ESE of Tour de
Figari. A directional light leads into the bay.
11.20 Tour d’Olmeto (41°29'N., 8°59'E.), a conspicuous white
tower, stands 2.8 miles NW of Pointe de Figari. Three groups
of dangers extend up to 2 miles SW of this tower. Petit Ecueil
d’Olmeto, with a depth of 3.9m, is the outermost danger;
Grand Ecueil d’Olmeto, with a least depth of 0.2m, lies in the
middle; and Ecueil du Pretre, with a depth of 0.8m, lies closest
to the shore and is marked by a beacon which was reported destroyed
in 1986.
11.20 Sommet La Petrosa, 412m high, stands 2 miles N of the tower
and overlooks this section of the coast.
11.21 Les Moines (41°27'N., 8°54'E.), consisting of three
groups of dangerous rocks, lies 1.8 miles W of Petit Ecueil
d’Olmeto. The middle group of rocks is the highest and rises
up to 6m. A light is shown from a structure, 31m high, standing
on the S group of rocks.
11.21 Rocks and shoals extend up to 0.2 mile SW of the light and
an isolated sandy patch, with a least depth of 17m, lies about
1.2 miles W of the light.
11.21 The passage between Les Moines and Petit Ecueil d’Olmeto
is 1.3 miles wide. The N extremity of Les Moines is steep-to
and the two N rocks are clearly visible.
11.21 Caution.—Les Moines is enclosed by a nature reserve. Entry
into the reserve is prohibited.
11.21 Capu di Zivia (Pointe Latoniccia) (41°31'N., 8°50'E.) is the
extremity of a promontory which rises to Sommet de Pietra
Nera. This peak, which stands 1.7 miles NE of the cape, is
197m high and rocky.
11.21 Ilot Latonniccia lies 0.2 mile S of the cape. It is steep, 20m
high, and whitish in color. A rocky patch, with a depth of 4.7m,
lies about 0.2 mile S of this islet and foul ground extends between
them.
11.21 Haut-Fond de Latoniccia, a rocky area with a least depth of
23m, lies about 2.5 miles S of Capu di Zivia. During W winds,
vessels should avoid this locality because of the heavy sea
caused by eddies.
11.21 Between Capu di Zivia and Capo Senetosa, 3.5 miles NW,
the coast is rocky, indented by several coves, and backed by
low mountains which form prominent isolated blocks.
Capo Senetosa (Pointe Senetose) (41°34'N., 8°47'E.), a
prominent headland, is the SW extremity of Corse. It rises to a
summit, 129m high, 0.8 mile inland which is surmounted by a
gray tower. A light is shown from a prominent structure standing
0.5 mile SE of the point. This light structure is 15m high
and consists of two white towers with black tops joined by a
white building.
11.21 Pointe Aquila, a low and narrow tongue of land, projects
250m SSW from the cape. The cape is fronted by above and
below-water rocks and should be given a wide berth. Scoglio
Blanco, the outermost visible rock, lies about 0.2 mile NW of
the cape.
11.21 The coast between Capo Senetosa and Punta di Camo Moro,
5 miles N, is rocky, sheer, and jagged. Pointe d’Eccica, located
2 miles NNW of Capo Senetosa, is bordered by a peak, 111m
high, which rises close E of it. Ile d’Eccica, low and bare, lies
Pub. 131
0.5 mile W of the point. The channel between this islet and the
point is encumbered with rocks.
Golfo de Valinco
11.22 Golfo de Valinco (41°40'N., 8°49'E.), entered between
Pointe di Camo Moro and Capo di Muro, 9 miles NW,
offers good shelter during E and S winds, but is exposed to
winds between the W and N. Pointe di Camo Moro is surmounted
by a fort with a large prominent tower.
11.22 The
gulf extends 6 miles ENE and is enclosed by mountains.
Pointe di Furchiccioli, 1,535m high, stands 5 miles NE of the
head of the gulf. This peak appears as a plateau with a bare
ridge and is very steep on its W side. Pointe di Buturetu, 870m
high, is crowned by a rock which has the appearance of a citadel.
This peak stands 2 miles N of the head of the gulf and
overlooks the village of Olmeto, which is situated on its E
slopes. Pointe Savaziglia, 669m high, stands 2 miles E of the
head of the gulf. This mountain has two peaks and overlooks
the village of Viggianello which is situated on its W side.
11.22 The
S coast of the gulf recedes to form a bight close E of
Pointe di Camo Moro. The village of Campo Moro is situated
at the head of this bight. A large modern chateau, with three
prominent turrets, stands close SW of the village. Anchorage is
available, in depths of 12 to 24m, weed, good holding ground,
N of the chateau and about 0.2 mile from the beach at the head
of the bight. Shelter is afforded from winds between the SW
and W, but this roadstead is untenable with winds from the
NW.
11.22 Pointe
di Falumbaja (Pointe Cardicciani) is located 2 miles E
of Pointe di Camo Moro. It is fronted by a group of detached
rocks, one of which is white and prominent.
11.23 Propriano (41°41'N., 8°54'E.) (World Port Index No.
39090), a small port, lies at the inner end of the gulf.
11.23 Depths—Limitations.—The main harbor, which is mostly
used by pleasure craft and ferries, is formed by a jetty which
extends 0.2 mile N from the shore. A basin for fishing vessels
lies in the inner part of the harbor and an extensive yacht marina
lies close E of it.
11.23 The commercial basin has a ro-ro berth, 200m long, with a
depth of 8m alongside, and a dolphin berth which can accommodate
ro-ro vessels up to 135m in length and 7m draft.
11.23 Aspect.—The town can be identified by a conspicuous
church, with a square belfry, which stands isolated on high
ground. A light is shown from a structure, 17m high, standing
on the seaward extremity of the harbor jetty.
11.23 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 60m in
length. Pilots are provided from Ajaccio. Pilotage is available
and advisable for all vessels without local knowledge. The pilot
may be contacted on VHF channel 9 or 16. The pilot boards
2 miles W of the port entrance. Vessels should provide an ETA
at least 24 hours in advance.
11.23 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available, in depths of 10 to
12m, sand and weed, close E of the N jetty head, but this berth
is exposed to winds between the W and N.
11.23 Caution.—During NW winds, a swell enters the harbor.
11.23 Obstructions and rocks lie on the N side of the main harbor
jetty and it should be given a wide berth.
11.23 Work is reported (2010) in progress within the commercial

port.
11.24 Pointe d’Aglio (41°41'N., 8°53'E.), marked by a tower,
is located 0.8 mile NW of Propriano.
11.24 The head of the gulf comprises a wide, sandy beach. The
Riviere Barachi flows into the gulf near the N end of this
beach.
11.24 Pointe di Bitussu (Pointe de Taravo) located 2.3 miles WNW
of Pointe d’Aglio, is low and fringed by rocks. A prominent
tower stands 0.5 mile N of the point and a sandy beach extends
1.5 miles NW from it to Porto Pollo.
11.24 Porto Pollo, a small bight, offers shelter during NW winds
although the holding ground is not good. Vessels should anchor,
in a depth of 20m, about 300m offshore in its SW part.
11.24 Pointe di Porto Pollo is located SW of Porto Pollo and is
fronted to the S and SE by foul ground.
11.24 Baie de Cupabia is entered between Pointe di Porto Pollo
and Cap Nero, 3.5 miles WNW. Both of its entrance points are
fringed with rocks and shoals. The E shore of the bay is rocky
and overlooked by Tour Capanelle, which stands 1.5 miles N of
the S entrance point. Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 12
to 15m, sand and weed, about 0.2 mile offshore, WNW of Tour
Capanelle. This berth is sheltered from all winds except those
from the SW.
11.24 Cap Nero, the N entrance point of the bay, is formed of high,
black cliffs. Tour Nero stands on the cape. It is light-colored
and shows up clearly amongst the vegetation. Sommet della
Monteta, 349m high, stands 1.5 miles NE of the cape and is
prominent from seaward.
11.24 A detached rock, with a depth of 2.4m, lies about 0.7 mile E
of Cap Nero.
11.25 Capo di Muro (41°44'N., 8°40'E.), the N entrance
point of the gulf, is located 2.3 miles NNW of Cap Nero. A
light is shown from a tower, 7m high, standing on the cape.
11.25 This
cape is fronted by a bank, with depths of less than 18m,
which extends up to 0.5 mile S and SW of it. A detached rocky
patch, with a least depth of 11m, lies about 1 mile S of the cape.
Golfe d’Ajaccio
11.26 Golfe d’Ajaccio (41°50'N., 8°43'E.) is entered between
Capo di Muro and Pointe de la Parata, 9.5 miles NNW
and extends 10 miles NE.
11.26 A prominent television tower surmounts a peak, 580m high,
which stands 5 miles ENE of Capo di Muro.
11.26 Pointe
Guardiola, located 0.5 mile N of Capo di Muro, is
fringed by rocks which extend up to 0.5 mile offshore. Sommet
Guardiola, 167m high, stands 0.5 mile E of the point and Tour
Muru stands on a cliff, close E of its summit.
11.26 The gulf is overlooked on its E side by Cozzanaccio, 1,060m
high, which rises 12.5 miles NE of Capo di Muro.
11.26 The coast extending to the NE of Capo di Muro forms three
open bays which are separated by protruding points.
11.26 Pointe
de la Castagna, which separates the first and second
bays, is located 3.7 miles NE of Pointe Guardiola. It is rounded
and rises to a summit, 91m high, which is surmounted by a
tower.
11.26 Pointe de Sette Nave, which separates the second and third
bays, is located 3.2 miles NE of Pointe de la Castagna and
Sector 11. France—Corse (Corsica) 197
fronted by foul ground and rocks. It is the W extremity of a
peninsula which is surmounted by Tour Isolella, a prominent
tower. La Campanina, a shallow rock, lies about 0.5 mile SW
of the point and is marked by a beacon, 7m high.
11.26 Pointe
de Porticcio, which borders the N side of the third
bay, is located 2.6 miles NE of Pointe de Sette Nave and is
fronted by rocks. A prominent hotel is situated 0.2 mile E of
the point. Ecueil Dorbera, a group of rocks, lies about 0.3 mile
SSW of the point.
11.26 To
the N of Pointe de Porticcio, the head of the gulf is bor-
dered by a sandy beach. An airport is situated on a plain, which
adjoins the beach, 2.5 miles NNE of the point.
11.27 Pointe d’Aspretto (41°55'N., 8°46'E.), located 2.4
miles NNW of Pointe de Porticcio, is the E entrance point of
Baie d’Ajaccio. Darse d’Ajaccio, a small enclosed harbor, lies
on its E side. The hangars and buildings of a French naval air
station stand on the point and are conspicuous.
11.27 Les Scoglietti, a group of above-water and submerged rocks,
extends up to about 0.4 mile S of Pointe d’Aspretto. An obstruction,
with a depth of 11.4m, lies close S of this group.
11.27 The
W entrance point of Baie d’Ajaccio is located 1 mile
WSW of Pointe d’Aspretto. A conspicuous citadel stands on
this point. A light is shown from a tower, 13m high, standing at
the E side of the citadel.
11.27 La
Citadelle, a shoal patch, lies about 0.2 mile S of the cita-
del. It has a least depth of 3.3m and is marked by a lighted beacon.
A rocky shoal, with a depth of 3.5m, lies about 0.1 mile W
of the beacon.
Ajaccio (41°55'N., 8°45'E.)
World Port Index No. 39100
11.28 Ajaccio, the capital of Corse, is a commercial port and
the site of a naval base. The port occupies Baie d’Ajaccio and consists
of three basins, which lie on the W side of the bay, and an
outer harbor which consists of the center and E side of the bay.
Port of Ajaccio Home Page
http://www.corse-du-sud.cci.fr
11.28 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are from the NE
and very mild weather exists all year round. During the winter,
strong SW winds may be experienced.
11.28 Tides—Currents.—Tides and currents are negligible.
Winds from the SW may sometimes cause a sea and swell in
the harbor.
11.28 Depths—Limitations.—The approaches to the bay impose
no limitations on the size of vessels using it. The fairway leading
through the harbor to the various basins is deep and clear.
11.28 Bassin de la Ville, the S harbor basin, is protected from the S
by the Jetee de la Citadelle. Its S part is used by fishing vessels
and pleasure craft.
11.28 Quai de la Gare Maritime, 200m long, and Quai l’Herminier,
90m long, form the W side of this basin and have depths of 6.5
to 7m alongside. Jetee des Capucins projects E from the N end
of Quai l’Herminier. Its S side has a berth, 100m long, with a
depth of 7m alongside.
Pub. 131

198 Sector 11. France—Corse (Corsica)
11.28 Bassin des Capucins lies N of Bassin de la Ville. The N side
of Jetee des Capucins forms the S side of this basin and has a
berth, 135m long, with a depth of 7m alongside. Jetee du Margonajo
and Quai de la Chambre de Commerce form the N and
W sides of the basin and have depths of 7.5m alongside.
11.28 The above quays have extensive ro-ro facilities and can accommodate
vessels up to 200m in length and 7m draft.
11.28 Bassin de Cannes, the N harbor basin, is occupied by an extensive
yacht marina.
11.28 Appontement Jeanne d’Arc is declared ruined and is no
longer in service.
11.28 Appontement Saint Joseph, with a depth of 7.5m alongside,
extends from NE corner of the bay and is used by oil tankers.
11.28 Tahiti LNG terminal, consisting of a mooring buoy, lies 0.2
mile NE of Pointe d’Aspretto. A submarine pipeline extends
NNE from the berth to the shore. Vessels up to 1,500 tons and
5m draft can be handled.
11.28 Aspect.—The olive-covered slopes of Mont Salario rise behind
the town and several prominent chapels are situated on
them.
11.28 A French naval seaplane base, with hangars and workshops,
is situated on the S side of Pointe d’Aspretto. Two radio masts
stand 0.5 mile N of this base and two radio masts stand on a
cliff on the E shore of the bay, 0.3 mile NW of the base.
11.28 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 60m
long. Pilots can be contacted on VHF channels 12 and 16 and
generally board about 0.5 mile ESE of La Citadelle Lighted
Beacon. Vessels should send an ETA at least 24 hours in advance
and a confirmation 1 hour before arrival.
11.28 This station also provides pilots for Propriano, Bonifacio,
Bonifacio Strait, and Porto-Vecchio.
11.28 Regulations.—A Mandatory Access Channel, the limits of
which are shown on the chart, lies in the approaches to Ajaccio
and is entered 15 miles SW of the port. All vessels over 1,600
grt, carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous substances, must report
their entry into this channel and maintain a listening watch
on VHF. The use of this channel is reported to be only authorized
during daylight. For further information, see paragraph
11.1.
11.28 Restricted military zone areas, the limits of which are shown
on the chart, lie in the vicinity of the base at Pointe d’Aspretto
and in the vicinity of Appontement Saint Joseph, at the NE corner
of the bay. Vessels without prior permission from the military
authorities are prohibited from entering these areas.
11.28 A restricted area, the limits of which are shown on the chart,
lies in the vicinity of Appontement Jeanne d’Arc, at the NW
corner of the bay. Vessels and small craft are prohibited from
entering or anchoring in this area when a methane tanker is
berthed at the pier.
11.28 A navigation restricted area, the limits of which are shown
on the chart, lies N of a line between Les Scoglietti and the citadel.
Within this area, sailing vessels and small craft must proceed
only for the purpose of entering or leaving a harbor basin
or an anchorage berth. Such craft must stay clear of any vessels
50m in length and over. Bathing, diving, or using beach craft or
wind surfers is prohibited within this area.
11.28 Anchorage.—There is good anchorage, but SW and ENE
winds, if strong, usually cause a moderately rough sea.
11.28 Mouillage de la Ville, in Bassin de la Ville, offers anchorage
to small vessels, in depths of 5 to 7m, with a swinging radius of
Pub. 131
115m.
11.28 Large vessels, of unlimited size, anchor in Mouillage des Capucins,
which lies E of Bassin des Capucins, in depths of 20 to
25m, mud, excellent holding ground.
11.28 Caution.—Submarine cables extend S from the vicinity of
the W entrance point of the bay. They extend out of the gulf
and along the SW coast of Corse and may best be seen on the
chart.
11.28 A prohibited anchorage area, the limits of which are shown
on the chart, lies in the vicinity of the entrance to Bassin de la
Ville.
11.28 Seaplanes from the naval air station frequently carry out
practice flights.
11.28 Several unlighted mooring buoys are reported to be situated
within the bay.
11.28 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in the vicinity of the
Tahiti LNG Terminal.
11.28 Works are reported (2008) in progress within the port.
11.28 A buoyed wreck, with a minimum unsurveyed clearance of
6m, lies about 0.25 mile NNE of Jette des Capucins.
11.29 Chapelle des Grecs (41°54'N., 8°43'E.) stands on the
coast, 1 mile WSW of Ajaccio. La Guardiola, a drying rock
surrounded by foul ground, lies about 0.4 mile S of the chapel.
A light is shown from a prominent tower, 8m high, standing on
the rock.
11.29 La Botte, a rock, lies about 0.6 mile WSW of La Guardiola.
It is 4m high. An outfall pipeline extends 0.3 mile S from the
shore, close W of this rock.
11.29 Pointe Scudo, located 2 miles W of Chapelle des Grecs, is
fronted by rocks and shoals. A prominent house, with a tower,
stands 0.5 mile N of this point.
11.29 Pointe de la Parata is located 3 miles WSW of Pointe Scudo.
Its summit, 58m high, stands close N of the seaward extremity
and is surmounted by Tour Parata. Sommet Scuda, 529m high,
stands 3.5 miles ENE of the point and is surmounted by a pyramid.
11.29 The gulf is overlooked on its N side by Pointe di Lisa, 790m
high, and Punta Pozzo di Borgo, 780m high, which stand 4.5
and 5.5 miles NE, respectively, of Pointe de la Parata. A prominent
chateau is situated near the summit of Punta Pozzo di
Borgo and a dome-shaped monument stands on its S slope.
11.29 Iles Sanguinaires (41°53'N., 8°36'E.), a chain, extends up to
about 2 miles SW of Pointe de la Parata. It consists of several
shoals, three rocky islets, and the main island of Grand Sanguinaire.
11.29 Grand Sanguinaire lies at the SW end of the chain. A light is
shown from a prominent structure, 16m high, standing on the
summit of the island and a tower stands near the S end.
11.29 Rocks and shoals extend up to 0.5 mile SW of the SW end of
the island and up to 0.3 mile SE of its SE end. Ecueil du Tabernacle,
a rock with a least depth of 3m, lies 0.6 mile SE of the
SE end of Grande Sanguinaire and is marked by a lighted buoy.
11.29 Passe des Sanguinaires leads between Ile Porri, the N islet of
the chain, and Pointe de la Parata. It is 0.2 mile wide and has a
depth of 7m. Vessels of moderate draft, with local knowledge,
can use this channel during daylight and with good weather.
11.29 Caution.—Vessels entering Golfe de Ajaccio should steer to
pass clear of Iles Sanguinaires and at least 1 mile SW of the S
extremity of Grande Sanguinaire.

Golfe d’Ajaccio to Golfe de Calvi
11.30 Cap de Feno (41°58'N., 8°36'E.) is located 4.3 miles
N of Pointe de la Parata. The coast between is moderately high
and rocky. The cape consists of steep cliffs and Tour de Feno, a
prominent tower, stands close E of its seaward extremity.
11.30 La Botte, a rock 22m high, lies about 0.7 mile offshore, 1.2
miles S of the cape. Ecueil de Fico, with a least depth of 2m,
lies about 0.5 mile N of La Botte.
11.30 Golfe
de Lava is entered between Capo di Feno and Pointe
Parragiola, 3.5 miles NE. Pietra de Piombata, 10m high, lies
1.2 miles ENE of Capo di Feno. This rocky islet is surrounded
by dangerous rocks. La Figiera, another small islet, lies 0.2
mile offshore, 1 mile ESE of Pietra de Piombata. During good
weather, anchorage can be obtained in the N part of this gulf.
11.30 Bank de Provencale, with a least depth of 15.4m, lies about
1.7 miles NE of Pointe Parragiola.
11.30 Golfe
de Sagone is entered between Pointe Parragiola and
Pointe di u Puntiglione, 6 miles NNW. Pointe Palmentoju is located
on the SE side of the gulf, 4.1 miles NE of Pointe Parragiola.
It is surmounted by a ruined tower and fronted by rocks.
Recife de Paliage, a rocky shoal area, lies 1.4 miles W of this
point and has a least depth of 0.9m.
11.30 Pointe
Saint-Joseph is located on the NE side of the gulf, 2.8
miles N of Pointe Palmentoju. Recife de San Giuseppe (Recife
de Saint-Joseph), a group of rocks and shoals, extends up to 1
mile SW of this point. A sandy beach extends 1.5 miles SSE
from Pointe Saint-Joseph to Pointe Capigliolu, which is fronted
by rocks and surmounted by two ruined towers.
11.30 Anse
de Sagone, in the NE part of the gulf, is entered E of
Pointe de la Batterie (Pointe Albellu), which is located 1.5
miles NW of Pointe Saint-Joseph. Sommet Saltelle, 924m
high, stands 3 miles ENE of the head of this bay and overlooks
the area. Anchorage is available, in a depth of 12m, sand and
mud, in the NW part of the bay. Local knowledge is advised.
11.30 Pointe
de Triu, located 1 mile W of Pointe de la Batterie, is
fronted by a rocky area with a least depth of 2.7m. Plateau de la
Licciola, with a least depth of 9.2m, extends up to about 0.5
mile SSW of the point.
11.31 Punta di u Puntiglione (Pointe de Cargese)
(42°08'N., 8°35'E.), the N entrance point of the gulf, is fronted
by rocks. A prominent tower surmounts the summit of a hill,
162m high, which stands 0.5 mile NE of the point. The village
of Cargese, situated 0.7 mile ENE of the point, is laid out like
an amphitheater and has two prominent belfries.
11.31 Recif
Marifaja, 1.5m high, lies about 0.6 mile offshore, 2
miles ESE of the point. A shoal patch, with a depth of 7.1m,
lies 0.6 mile WSW of the point.
Golfe de Peru (42°08'N., 8°35'E.) lies between Punta di u
Puntiglione and Punta d’Omignia, 1.5 miles NW. The latter
point is fronted by an above-water rock and is formed by a long
and narrow peninsula which is surmounted by a tower.
11.31 Golfo
de Chioni is entered between Punta d’Omignia and
Pointe d’Orchino, 1.7 miles N. The latter point is fronted by
rocks and is marked by a tower which stands 0.7 mile ENE of
it.
11.31 A shoal patch, with a depth of 9m, was reported (1986) to lie
about 1 mile NNE of Pointe d’Orchino.
11.31 A bight is formed between Pointe d’Orchino and Punta alli
Sector 11. France—Corse (Corsica) 199
Tuselli (Pointe Tuselli), 1.8 miles N. Port d’Arone (Anse
d’Arone) and Cala di Palu, two coves, lie in the inner N part of
this bight. Except at the head of this bight, where there is a
sandy beach, the shores consist of blackish cliffs. Small vessels
can obtain shelter from NW winds within the two coves. Local
knowledge is required.
11.32 Cap Rosso (Cap Rossu) (42°14'N., 8°32'E.) is composed
of cliffs and is fronted by several rocks. Tour de Turghio
stands on the summit of a gigantic red granite cliff, 342m high,
0.5 mile E of the extremity of the cape.
11.32 Golfe
de Porto is entered between Cap Rosso and Cap Seni-
no, 5 miles NE. The coasts of this gulf are steep and surmounted
by high mountains. The S shore is bordered by some rocky
islets which lie close inshore. Pointe Palani, located 1 mile E of
Cap Rosso, has a conspicuous granite pinnacle standing above
it.
11.32 The
village of Porto is situated at the head of the gulf and is
separated from the sea by a rocky promontory on which stands
a prominent tower. A quay, used by small craft, lies on the N
side of this promontory.
11.32 Golfe
Punta d’Omignia
de Girolata is entered between Cap Senino and Punta
Rossa, 2 miles NW. Cap Senino is the W extremity of a promontory
which is dominated by Mont Senino, 619m high and
very steep. Girolata is situated in a cove at the head of the gulf,
A fort, surmounted by a tower, stands on the NW entrance
point of the cove. Anchorage can be obtained, in depths of 20
to 29m, within this cove.
11.32 Sommet Porcire, 540m high, stands 1.8 miles NE of Punta
Rossa and overlooks this part of the coast.
11.32 Pointe Palazzo is located 2.7 miles N of Punta Rossa. The
Pub. 131

200 Sector 11. France—Corse (Corsica)
coast between consists of high, rugged, and dark red cliffs.
Pointe Palazzo is topped by a plateau, the striated rocks of
which resemble a row of books. Ilot Palazzo, 58m high, lies
close NW of the point.
11.33 Ile de Gargalo (Ile de Gargalu) (42°22'N., 8°33'E.)
lies 0.5 mile SSW of Pointe Palazzo and is separated from the
mainland by a very narrow passage. The summit of the island,
127m high, is surmounted by a tower and Le Casque, a distinctive
helmet-shaped rock, stands on a small plateau, close NW
of it. A light is shown from a structure, 6m high, standing on
the NW end of the island. Ilot Garganello, a small islet, lies
close off the S extremity of the island.
11.33 Baie
d’Elbo indents the coast between Pointe Palazzo and
Pointe Nera, 1 mile E. Marine d’Elbo, a sandy beach, is located
at the head of a small inlet, in the S shore of the bay. There are
several buildings here and it is an important center for lobster
fishing. Ilot Pori, 31m high, lies 0.5 mile ENE of Pointe Nera.
The shores of Baie de Focolara, which is entered close E of the
islet, consist of high cliffs.
11.33 Sommet Mufrareccia, 407m high, stands 0.8 mile inland, 3.7
miles NE of Pointe Palazzo.
11.33 Les Scoglietti, a group of above-water rocks up to 4.3m high,
lie off a point located 0.8 mile NW of this hill. The group is
surrounded by foul ground and rocks, awash.
11.33 Golfe
de Galeria, is entered between Pointe Ciuttone, located
6 miles NE of Pointe Palazzo, and Pointe Stollo, 1.7 miles SW.
The village of Galeria is situated at the S corner of the gulf and
Tour Galeria stands on low ground, 0.5 mile SW of it. A rocky
area, with a least depth of 1.8m, fronts the shore at the head of
the gulf and extends up to about 0.3 mile offshore, N of the village.
Pointe Ciuttone is formed by an isolated outcrop of red
granite. This outcrop rises to a height of 200m about 0.5 mile
inland and a stone pyramid stands about halfway up its slope.
The gulf is easily identified by Capu Tondu, 840m high, which
stands 2 miles S of its head and has an isolated peak. The gulf
offers fairly good anchorage during good weather, but with a
W swell, it becomes untenable. Fog appearing SW of Capu
Tondu usually precedes the arrival of the swell. Anchorage can
be taken, in depths of 13 to 17m, sand, mud, and weed, about
0.3 mile WNW of Tour Galeria.
11.34 Baie de Crovani (42°28'N., 8°29'E.) is entered between
Capo Morsetta, located 2 miles N of Pointe Ciuttone and
Cap Martino, 1.3 miles SSE. A low islet, which is fronted by
rocks on its SW and S sides, lies close SW of Capo Morsetta.
A sandy beach lies at the head of the bay and the prominent
buildings of the village of L’Argentelle are situated near its S
end. The bay offers good anchorage, sheltered from all but W
winds.
11.34 Sommet Vigatoggio, 259m high, stands 0.7 mile NE of Capo
Morsetta. This peak is surmounted by a pyramid; another one
is situated on its SW slope.
11.34 Tour Turccia, in ruins, stands on a bare and pointed peak,
294m high, 1.5 miles NNE of Capo Morsetta.
11.34 Capo al Cavallo is located 2.6 miles NNE of Capo Morsetta.
A prominent disused signal station is situated on a summit,
322m high, standing 0.4 mile ESE of the cape.
11.34 Banc de Cavallo, with a least depth of 31m, extends up to 1.8
miles NW of Capo al Cavallo. During bad weather, the sea
Pub. 131
breaks heavily on this bank and vessels are advised to stay at
least 3 miles from it.
11.34 Baie Nichiareto, entered 2 miles ENE of Capo al Cavallo, is
reported to give good shelter from W to SW winds. A rock,
17m high, lies 0.3 mile SE of Pointe Bianca, the S entrance
point of the bay.
11.34 Pointe de Revellata (42°35'N., 8°43'E.), located 4.7 miles
NE of Capo al Cavallo, is the N extremity of a peninsula which
rises on its E side to a ridge. Sommet Belloni, surmounted by a
prominent black pyramid, is the highest peak of this ridge and
stands 0.7 mile SW of the point. The W coast of the peninsula
consists of nearly perpendicular cliffs. A pointed rock, 27m
high, fronts the NE side of Pointe de Revellata. A light is
shown from a tower with a dwelling, 16m high, standing on the
point.
11.34 Caution.—Fishing is prohibited in an area which extends
NW from Pointe de Revellata.
Golfe de Calvi
11.35 Golfe de Calvi (42°34'N., 8°47'E.) is entered between
Pointe Saint Francois (Punta San Francesco), located 0.7 mile
E of Pointe de Revellata, and Pointe Caldano, 2 miles ENE,
which is surmounted by a tower.
11.35 Vessels
approaching the gulf may identify it by Mont Gros-
so, 1,941m high, standing 8.5 miles SE of Pointe Saint Francois,
and by the E termination of a chain of mountains which
dominates this region.
11.35 Other
conspicuous landmarks include the chapel of Madon-
na della Serra standing at a height of 216m, 1.5 miles SW of
Pointe Saint Francois; Maison Renucoli, flanked by two clusters
of trees, situated 1.5 miles SSE of Pointe Saint Francois;
the red railroad station of Calenzana-Lumio standing at the
head of the gulf, 1.5 miles S of Pointe Caldano; and the flat
summit of Bestia, 803m high, standing 4 miles SE of Pointe
Caldano. About halfway up the W slopes of Bestia, a road can
be seen leading to the prominent village of Montemaggiore,
which stands 1.5 miles S of the summit. The slender steeple of
a church is situated in the village and is conspicuous from seaward.
11.36 Calvi (42°34'N., 8°46'E.) (World Port Index No.
39110), a small port, lies close SE of Pointe Saint Francois.
11.36 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor area lies S of the citadel
and E of the lower town. It is protected from the NE by the land
formation. A small jetty projects SSE from the coast off the SE
extremity of the citadel and provides partial protection during
N and NE winds. There is an extensive yacht basin which is
protected by a breakwater. It is an important local ferry terminal.
11.36 Quai Nord, the principal quay, is 140m long and has facilities
for ro-ro vessels. Vessels up to 120m in length and 7.5m
draft can be accommodated.
11.36 A mooring buoy is situated S of the quay.
11.36 Aspect.—The town is divided into two parts. The N, or high
part, is surrounded by the walls of a prominent citadel and has
a bell tower situated in its midst. The S, or lower part, is situated
immediately SW of the citadel and is overlooked by two
forts, one of which is surmounted by a white building. A tall
and slender steeple stands in this part.

11.36 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 60m length
or more and for vessels over 150 gross tons. The pilot is provided
by Bastia.
11.36 Anchorage.—Anchorage in the gulf is excellent with W or SW
winds, but winds from the N and NE can cause rough seas. The
recommended berth, in a depth of 12m, sand and weed, lies about
0.2 mile E of the head of the breakwater of the yacht basin.
11.36 Caution.—Several submarine cables are landed in the vicinity
of Pointe Saint Francois. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited
within 0.6 mile NNE of the point.
11.36 Seaplanes used to fight forest fires may operate within Golfe
de Calvi during the summer.
Golfe de Calvi to Cap Corse
11.37 Pointe d’Espano (42°36'N., 8°48'E.) is located 1 mile
N of Pointe Caldano. The coast between is low and fringed by
rocks. The ruins of a tower stand on the N side of Pointe d’Espano,
which is fronted by Ile de Spano (Ile d’Espano), 15m
high and flat, on its W side.
11.37 Pointe
Saint-Ambrogio is located 1.2 miles E of Pointe d’E
spano. Rocher Elephant, two round and prominent rocks, are
situated close inland, between these two points. The rocks
stand on the slope of a hill and are so named because of their
shape. A small yacht harbor, protected by two moles, lies close
S of Pointe Saint-Ambrogio.
11.37 Pointe
Saint-Damiano is located 1.3 miles ENE of Pointe
Saint-Ambrogio. This point is low, but can be readily identified
by its white rocks. The village of Algajola, with its slender
steeple, stands 0.5 mile ESE of the point and a wide and sandy
beach extends 0.7 mile NE from it. Ecueil de l’Algajola (Danger
de l’Algajola), a group of shallow rocks, lies 1.5 miles NW
of Algajola. This group is marked by a beacon which is difficult
to distinguish. The beacon was reported (1992) to be destroyed.
11.37 Punta
di Vallitone is located 1.5 miles NE of the village. This
point is low, rocky, and a tower stands near its extremity. La
Galere, a rock awash, lies 0.3 mile NE of the tower and should
be given a berth of at least 0.5 mile.
11.38 Iles Rousses (42°39'N., 8°56'E.), a group of four yellowish
islands, lies close off the coast, in the vicinity of the
town of L’Ile Rousse. Grande Ile Rousse (Isula la Pietra), the
largest island, is connected by a causeway to Ile Sicota, the S
island of the group, which in turn is connected by another
causeway to the mainland. The other two islands lie close N of
the W end of Grande Ile Rousse.
11.38 Vessels
approaching this part of the coast can easily identify
Sommet d’Orcica, 409m high, which is conical and stands 1.2
miles SSE of Ile-Rousse. The village of Monticello is situated
on its E slope and the domed chapel of Saint-Francois is situated
0.5 mile SE of the village.
11.39 L’Ile Rousse (42°38'N., 8°56'E.) (World Port Index
No. 39120), a small and partially-protected harbor, is formed
by a jetty extending SE from the causeway which links Grande
Ile Rousse to Ile Sicota.
11.39 Depths—Limitations.—A quay on the S side of the jetty is
128m long and has a depth of 4.6m alongside. Another quay,
125m long, has a depth of 7.2m alongside. The harbor has fa-
Sector 11. France—Corse (Corsica) 201
cilities for ro-ro vessels and is mostly used by ferries. Vessels
up to 120m in length and 8m draft can be accommodated.
11.39 Aspect.—Prominent features in the town include the twin
steeples of the church of Sainte-Marie, which is situated 0.5
mile SSE of the W extremity of Ile Sicota; the cathedral standing
close E of the church; and a large red hotel situated close
SE of the cathedral.
11.39 A prominent disused signal station stands on the N slope of a
hill, 0.7 mile W of the town.
11.39 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels 60m or more
in length and vessels of more than 150 gross tons. The pilots
are available from Bastia. The port monitors VHF channel 16.
11.39 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available for vessels of any size,
in depths of 14 to 27m, NE of the town, but the roadstead is exposed
to winds from between the NW and NE. Small vessels
can anchor closer inshore, S of the jetty head.
11.39 Caution.—Danger de L’Ile Rousse, a rocky area with a least
depth of 6.5m, lies within 0.5 mile NNW of the extremity of
the jetty.
11.39 Haut-Ford de Naso, with a least depth of 13m, lies about 0.5
mile NE of the jetty head. Heavy seas break over this shoal
during bad weather.
11.39 A seaplane landing area lies centered on position 42°38.2'.,
8°57.1'E.
11.40 Pointe de Lozari (42°39'N., 9°00'E.), located 3 miles
E of L’Ile Rousse, is bordered on its W side by a large house
and several hangars, with red roofs, and on its E side by a long
sandy beach on which are situated several houses. The village
of Belgodere stands 3.2 miles S of the point and is conspicuous
because of its elevated position on the slopes of a blackish and
bare peak, 1,207m high.
11.40 From seaward, the rocky coast between L’Ile-Rousse and
Golfe de Saint Florent, 15 miles ENE, is dominated by a mountain
range which stands 2.5 miles inland and has peaks of 396
to 488m high. The most conspicuous summits are Mont Iffana,
475m high and rounded, standing 8.5 miles ENE of L’Ile-
Rousse; Mont Robbia, 413m high with a very sharp peak,
standing 2.5 miles ENE of Mont Iffana; and Mont Genova,
418m high and cone-shaped, standing 1.8 miles SE of Mont
Robbia.
11.40 Anse de Peraiola is entered 2.7 miles NE of Point de Lozari.
The ruins of a tower stand on its N entrance point and a cliff
nearby forms a prominent white patch which can be seen from
seaward. Punta di l’Acciolu (Pointe de l’Alciolo) is located 1.8
miles N of this inlet. This point rises steeply to Mont Orlando,
170m high, which stands 0.5 mile SE of it. A prominent rock,
which is beak-shaped and pointing W, stands on the point.
11.40 Punta di Mignola is located 11.7 miles NE of L’Ile Rousse.
This point can easily be recognized by a black pyramid standing
at a height of 152m, 0.5 mile S of it. Irregular depths lie up
to 2 miles N of the point and cause a very heavy sea during W
winds.
11.40 Punta di Curza is located 2.5 miles E of Punta di Mignola.
This point is whitish, low, and salient and a long sandy beach
extends to the W of it. Mont Porcini, 114m high, stands 0.7
mile S of the point.
11.40 Punta Mortella (42°43'N., 9°16'E.) is located 2 miles SE of
Punta di Curza. A light is shown from a tower with a dwelling,
12m high, standing on the point. A conspicuous disused signal
Pub. 131

202 Sector 11. France—Corse (Corsica)
station stands close SW of the light.
11.41 Golfe de Saint Florent (42°42'N., 9°18'E.) is entered
between Punta Mortella and Pointe Vecchiaia, 3 miles E, and
provides indifferent anchorage. Strong swells enter this gulf
and the holding ground is poor.
11.41 Landmarks in the vicinity include Punta del Cepo, located
1.2 miles SSE of Punta Mortella, which is surmounted by an
old battery, and the citadel and village of Saint-Florent, which
stand on the E side of the head of the gulf, 3 miles SE of Punta
Mortella.
11.41 Pointe Vecchiaia is marked near its extremity by a pyramid.
A light is shown from a structure, 5m high, standing 0.5 mile E
of this pyramid. Tour de Farinole stands 1.3 miles NNE of the
light.
11.41 Ecueil de Tegnosa, a rocky bank with parts nearly awash, lies
about 0.3 mile W of the citadel at Saint-Florent and is marked
by a lighted beacon, 8m high. A rocky patch, with a least depth
of 1.7m, lies about 0.2 mile NE of the beacon.
11.41 Cap Fornali, surmounted by an old tower, is located on the
W side of the gulf, 1 mile from the head. A light is shown from
a structure, 9m high, standing on the cape.
11.41 An extensive yacht and small craft harbor fronts the village
of Saint-Florent and is protected by breakwaters.
11.41 Anchorage is available, in depths of 11 to 12m, sheltered
from all but N winds, in a roadstead lying 0.3 mile SE of Cap
Fornali. Smaller vessels, with local knowledge, can anchor, in
a depth of 6m, sand and weed, close S of the lighted beacon
marking Ecueil de Tegnosa.
11.41 Caution.—Due to the existence of submarine cables, an anchoring
and fishing prohibited area, the limits of which are
shown on the chart, extends NW from the vicinity of the entrance
to Golfe de Saint Florent.
11.41 A fishing and diving prohibited area extends up to 2.3 miles
from the coast in the vicinity of Tour de Farinol and may best
be seen on the chart.
11.42 Nonza (42°47'N., 9°21'E.), a small village, is situated
on a steep rock, 4.2 miles NNE of Pointe Vecchiaia. This village
can be identified from a considerable distance by a large
and prominent tower which stands on its N side.
11.42 Roches d’Albo, located 1.7 miles NNW of Nonza, are
formed by a perpendicular white cliff which is surmounted by a
disused asbestos factory.
11.42 Pointe
de Canelle (Punta di Canelle) is located 1.5 miles
NNW of Roches d’Albo and a pyramid stands near its seaward
extremity. Mont Cucaru (Mont Cuccaro), 932m high, stands 2
Pub. 131
miles E of Pointe de Canelle and overlooks this part of the
coast.
11.42 The belfry tower at Canari, situated 1 mile NE of Pointe de
Canelle, is the most prominent object in this vicinity. A large
convent, with a pink belfry, and a chateau stand near the tower.
11.43 Punta di Stintinu (Pointe Minervio) (42°54'N.,
9°19'E.) is located miles 3.8 miles N of Pointe de Canelle. It
rises to the summit of Mont Minervio, 418m high, which
stands 0.4 mile inland and is surmounted by a pyramid.
11.43 Tour de Seneque is situated on a prominent and rocky pinnacle,
2 miles ENE of Mont Minervio. The village of Pino stands
1 mile W of this tower and is very conspicuous. It contains a
chateau and several tombs.
11.43 Near the coast in this vicinity, an old tower stands on a low
hill and overlooks a convent. The village of Morsiglia is situated
2 miles N of Pino. This village is dominated by the chapel
of La Madone, which stands on the summit of a hill, 542m
high, 0.8 mile E of it.
11.43 Isola Centuri lies close to the coast, 3 miles N of Punta di
Stintinu. Baie de Centuri is entered between this island and a
point, 0.7 mile N. The island is connected to the coast by a
ridge of rocks and is surrounded by above and below-water
rocks. A rocky patch, with a least depth of 0.3m, lies about
250m NNW of the island. The bay is fronted by a rock shelf
which has depths of less than 5m and extends up to 250m from
the shore in places. The conspicuous village of Centuri is situated
in the SE corner of the bay. A prominent mill stands 0.5
mile NE of the E extremity of Ile de Centuri and Chateau Marcantoni,
a building surmounted by a flagpole, stands 0.5 mile E
of it.
11.43 A small harbor, used by yachts and fishing boats, fronts the
village of Centuri and is protected by a mole. Anchorage is
available, except with W winds, in depths of 15 to 18m, within
Baie de Centuri, but the holding ground is not very good.
11.43 This area is dominated by Sommet Torricella, 544m high,
which stands 1.5 miles E of the head of the bay and is surmounted
by a white dome and a radio mast. The chapel of
Sainte-Catherine stands at a height of 521m, 0.4 mile NNW of
mast.
11.43 Hautfond de Centuri, with least depth of 13.8m, lies centered
3 miles NW of Ile de Centuri. The sea breaks heavily on this
rocky bank and during bad weather it should be given a wide
berth.
11.43 Capo Bianco (43°00'N., 9°21'E.), the NW extremity of the
peninsula of Cap Corse, is located 1.8 miles N of Ile de Centuri
and has previously been described in paragraph 11.2.

12.
Italy—Sardegna (Sardinia)
12.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 12 — CHART INFORMATION
203
Pub. 131

12.0 Plan.—This sector describes the coasts of the Italian island
of Sardegna (Sardinia), L’Archipelago della Maddalena, and
other off-lying islands and islets. The descriptive sequence is
from N to S along the E coast and S to N along the W coast.
General Remarks
12.1 Regulations.—Tanker vessels of 1,600 grt and over,
entering or leaving Italian ports and carrying, or with uncleaned
tanks which last carried, petroleum, gas, or chemical
products should report to a shore station before entering Italian
territorial waters off Italian ports. For further details, see Pub.
140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean
and Adjacent Seas.
12.1 Vessels
of over 5,000 grt transporting oil, dangerous chemi-
cals, or substances likely to pollute the sea or coastline, are
strongly urged not to pass through the Strait of Bonifacio. This
recommendation does not apply to vessels sailing in either direction
between Porto Torres and any port on the Italian mainland
from Civitavecchia to Napoli.
12.1 The
New Inspection Regime (NIR) of the Paris Memoran-
dum of Understanding (PMoU) has introduced a mandatory reporting
system for vessels arriving at or departing from a port
or anchorage within the Paris MoU region.
12.1 For
further information, see paragraph 10.1 and North At-
lantic Ocean—Regulations—Paris Memorandum of Understanding
on Port State Control (PMoU) New Inspection
Regime (NIR) in Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning
Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and Adaecent Seas.
12.1 Caution.—Several submarine cables, some power, lie in the
Strait of Bonifacio and may best be seen on the chart. Anchoring
and fishing in their vicinity is prohibited.
12.1 A
large area of the Tyrrhenian Sea to the E of Sardegna is
used for missile firing exercises. This area extends up to approximately
12°E. For further details, see Pub. 140, Sailing Directions
(Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and Adjacent
Seas.
Punta Falcone to Capo Ferro
12.2 Punta Falcone (41°16'N., 9°14'E.), the N extremity
of Sardegna, can be identified by a hill, 57m high, which stands
close inland of the point and is surmounted by a small beacon.
12.2 Punta Marmorata is located 0.5 mile E of Punta Falcone. A
granite pyramid, 13m high, stands on this point and a similar
pyramid, 11m high, stands 0.4 mile SW of it.
12.2 Isola
Marmorata, consisting of two islets, lies close SE of
Punta Marmorata and is surrounded by rocks and foul ground.
A dangerous wreck, with a mast showing, lies about 0.2 mile
NNE of the N islet. The passage lying between Isola Marmorata
and the mainland is obstructed by rocks.
12.2 Cala
Marmorata, entered S of Isola Marmorata, offers good
shelter from SW, W, and NW winds, but those from the latter
direction sometimes send in a heavy swell. The head of this
SECTOR 12
ITALY—SARDEGNA (SARDINIA)
205
bay is rocky and should not be approached.
12.2 Scoglio Paganetto, marked by a beacon, lies about 1.5 miles
E of Cala Marmorata and is the NE of the dangerous rocks
which extend from Punta Monterosso. Secca Colombo, a rocky
patch, lies about 0.5 mile SE of Scoglio Paganetto and has a
least depth of 7m.
12.2 Punta Monterosso, located 1.4 miles ESE of Cala Marmorata,
is fringed by dangers and should not be approached within
at least 0.8 mile.
12.2 Porto Pozzo, entered 1.3 miles SSE of Punta Monterosso, offers
excellent protection for small vessels which anchor in the
S end. However, the shores of this inlet are shallow and foul. A
small craft harbor lies on the W shore.
12.2 Porto Liscia offers the best anchorage along this section of
the coast. This inlet is entered between Punta delle Vacche,
which forms the E side of Porto Pozzo, and Penisola Cavalli.
The latter point is 16m high and is fronted by a small islet and
several above-water rocks. Anchorage can be taken, in a depth
of 18m, mud, about midway within the entrance. Excellent anchorage
is also available, sheltered from N winds, in the W part
of this inlet. The berth lies in a depth of 18m, sand, but to reach
it vessels must take care to avoid a detached rocky patch, with a
depth of 9.5m, which lies near the center of this roadstead. A
shoal patch, with a least depth of 6.5m, also lies in the SW part
of the roadstead. Local knowledge is advisable.
12.2 Porto Puddu (Porto Pollo) is entered close E of Penisola
Cavalli and offers anchorage, in a depth of 8m, weed.
12.3 Punta Sardegna (41°12'N., 9°22'E.), high and rocky,
is located 7 miles SE of Punta Falcone. A light is shown from a
structure, 13m high, standing on the point. Mont Canu, 396m
high, stands 4 miles S of the point and is prominent.
12.3 Rada
di Mezzo Schifo is entered between Punta Stropello,
located 0.5 mile S of Punta Sardegna, and Punta Palau, 1 mile
SE, which is marked by a light. Anchorage is prohibited due to
unexploded ordnance on the bottom.
12.3 The
village of Palau is situated on the W side of a cove
which is entered between Punta Palau and Punta Nera, 0.6 mile
SE. A pier, with a depth of 7m alongside, fronts the village, 0.3
mile SSE of Punta Palau. A shoal, with a least depth of 1.4m,
extends WNW from Punta Nera and is marked by a lighted
beacon.
12.3 Capo
d’Orso, located 1.5 miles ESE of Punta Nera, is
marked by a light. This steep and rugged cape rises to a hill,
122m high, which is surmounted by a peculiar rock formation
resembling a bear.
12.3 Golfo
Saline is entered between Punta Capre, located 0.8
mile S of Capo d’Orso, and Punta Saline, 0.7 mile SSE. It offers
anchorage, sheltered from NW winds, in depths of 14 to
18m, weed, about 0.3 mile S of Punta Capre.
12.4 Golfo di Arzachena (41°08'N., 9°27'E.) is entered
between Punta Saline and Capo Tre Monti, 1.8 miles SE. Secca
di Tre Monti, with a depth of 5m, lies about 0.7 mile NNW of
Pub. 131

206 Sector 12. Italy—Sardegna (Sardinia)
Capo Tre Monte and is marked by a lighted beacon. The gulf
offers good shelter from all directions except the NE quadrant.
12.4 An obelisk stands on a hill, 15m high, standing close SW of
Punta Arzachena, which is located 1.5 miles SSE of Punta Saline.
Another similar obelisk stands on Monte Corro, 1.3 miles
SSW of Punta Arzachena.
12.4 A rocky patch lies about 0.3 mile S of Punta Arzachena and
is marked by a beacon. Isolotto Pa, low, rocky, and deep yellow
in color, lies 2 miles SSE of Punta Saline. A beacon surmounts
the summit of Tre Monti, 64m high, which stands 0.3 mile S of
the extremity of Capo Tre Monti.
12.4 Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 15m, sand and weed,
about 0.5 mile E of Isolotto Pa. During winds from the NW or
SW, small vessels can find good shelter and may anchor, in a
depth of 5m, about 250m S of Isolotto Pa.
12.4 Liscia di Vacca, a bay, lies 1.5 miles E of Capo Tre Monti
and is entered S of Isolotto Cappuccini, an islet, 23m high. Anchorage
can be taken, in a depth of 20m, weed, about 0.5 mile
SE of the summit of this islet, but it is exposed to NW winds
and to the swell from the NE.
12.4 Capo Ferro (41°09'N., 9°32'E.), located 2.3 miles NE of
Golfo di Arzachena, is the NE extremity of Sardegna. The cape
is formed by a steep, rugged, and dark-colored promontory. A
light is shown from a prominent structure, 18m high, standing
on the cape.
L’Archipelago della Maddalena
12.5 L’Archipelago della Maddalena (41°15'N., 9°24'E.)
lies off the E part of the N coast of Sardegna and consists of
several islands and numerous islets and rocks. Isole Razzoli,
Budelli, Santa Maria, Spargi, Maddalena, Santo Stefano, and
Caprera are the principal islands of the group and are all
Pub. 131
Capo Ferro Light
formed of red granite.
12.5 Regulations.—Within the waters of the La Maddalena Maritime
District, except for the regulations on protected marine
areas, during the period from May to October, the maximum
speed of vessels in transit must not be greater than 7 knots
within 500m of the coast or 10 knots in the area between 500
and 1,000m from the coast.
12.5 Throughout the year, access to the ports of La Maddalena
and Palau and transit within the Arcipelago di La Maddalena
by vessels providing regular service between Sardinia and Corsica,
cruise ships bound for the ports or roadsteads of the arcipelago,
and cargo vessels under 300 grt must be through the
sea area between the line connecting Punta Sardegna and Punta
Tegge and the line connecting Capo d’Orso and Punta Fico at a
speed of not greater than 15 knots.
12.5 Isola Razzoli (41°18'N., 9°21'E.), the NW island, lies on the
SE side of the Strait of Bonifacio. This island is hilly and rocky
and its shores are indented and fringed by rocks. Monte Capello,
65m high, is the summit of the island and stands in its SE
part. A light, with racon, is shown from a prominent tower,
12m high, standing near the NW extremity of the island. A
conspicuous building, 20m high, is situated close SE of the
light. This building is reported to be the former light structure
and is now a signal station.
12.5 Scoglio Callot, an above-water rock, lies close off the NW
extremity of the island and Secce Razzoli, a rocky patch, lies
0.3 mile NW of it and has a least depth of 8m.
12.5 Isola Budelli (41°17'N., 9°21'E.), hilly and barren, lies close
S of Isola Razzoli and is separated from it by Cala Giorgio
Marino. A prominent pyramidal beacon, plainly visible, stands
on Punta Bambaccia, the S extremity of the island. Temporary
anchorage can be taken, in depths of 22 to 33m, within Cala
Giorgio Marino, but this roastead is exposed to W winds.

12.5 Cala Lunga, on the W side of the island, contains a short
beach on which landing is possible. A small pier is situated in
the NE part of this bay and is used for servicing the light.
12.5 Caution.—Navigation, anchoring, fishing, and bathing are
prohibited within 300m of Isola Budelli without permission of
the authorities.
12.5 A prohibited area, best seen on the chart, is located between
Isola Razzoli and Isola Santa Maria.
12.6 Isola Santa Maria (41°18'N., 9°22'E.) lies close E of
Isola Razzoli and is flat and covered with vegetation. Guardio
Turco, the summit of the island, is 49m high and stands near
the center. A light is shown from a structure, 12m high, standing
on Punta Filetto, the E extremity of the island.
12.6 Isolotto La Presa, 50m high, lies close off the N extremity of
Isola Santa Maria and is almost connected to it. A shoal, with a
depth of 10m, lies about 0.5 mile NW of the N extremity of
Isola Santa Maria. Cala Muro lies between the SW side of Isolotto
La Presa and the NW side of Isola Santa Maria. It offers
good anchorage, in depths of 14 to 33m, but is exposed to NW
winds and strong NE winds send in a heavy swell.
12.6 Three groups of islets, with deep and narrow channels between
them, lie on the E and SE sides of Isola Santa Maria and
are surrounded by rocks.
12.6 Isola Corcelli, the N group, is separated from Isola Santa
Maria by Passo Santa Maria. A rocky patch, with a depth of
6.6m, lies almost in the middle of this channel. The largest island
of this group is 31m high; a stone pyramid, 3m high,
stands on the E islet; and a light is shown from a structure, 12m
high, standing on the N islet.
12.6 Isola Barettini lies close S of Isola Corcelli. The largest islet
of this group is 40m high; this islet can be distinguished from
all directions by the conical profile of its S part.
12.6 Isolotti Barrettinelli, the S group, lies close S of Isola Barettini
and is separated from the N extremity of Isola Maddalena
by Passo di Barrettinelli, which is about 0.5 mile wide between
the shoal areas at its sides.
12.6 Isola Spargi (41°15'N., 9°21'E.) is hilly, furrowed by ravines,
and fringed with rocks. A beacon stands near its summit,
Guardia Preposti, which is 153m high and stands in the S part
of the island. When viewed from the W, the profile of this island
appears to slope from the S to the N. Punta Banditi, a conspicuous
rocky elevation, terminates in three peaks near the N
extremity of the island and can easily be distinguished.
12.6 Secca Corsara, with a depth of 3m, lies about 0.3 mile off the
SW extremity the island and is marked by a lighted beacon.
12.6 Isolotto Spargiotto lies 0.7 mile WSW of the NW extremity
of Isola Spargi and the channel between them should not be attempted.
This small island is 47m high, bare, and fringed by islets
and rocks.
12.7 Isola La Maddalena (41°14'N., 9°25'E.), the largest
island in the archipelago, is predominantly mountainous, barren,
and rocky. It is the only one which is thickly populated.
The coast is indented, fringed with numerous dangers, and inaccessible
nearly everywhere.
12.7 The
principal peaks on the island are Puntiglione, 143m
high, which stands in the SW part; Guardia Vecchia, 152m
high, which stands in the SW part and is surmounted by a mast
and a signal station on a fort; and Guardia del Turco, 84m high,
Sector 12. Italy—Sardegna (Sardinia) 207
which stands near the N end and is surmounted by a prominent
beacon.
12.7 Punta Marginetto, the N extremity of Isola Maddalena, is
low. Stagno Torto, a bay, is entered close SW of the point. It is
exposed to N winds and should not be entered without local
knowledge. Punta Tegge, the SW extremity of Isola Maddalena,
is formed by a rocky peninsula, 20m high. A detached shoal
patch, with a least depth of 2.5m, lies close W of this point and
is marked by a beacon.
12.7 Caution.—Submarine cables are landed in the vicinity of
the W side of Stagno Torto and may best be seen on the chart.
12.8 Punta Lunga (41°15'N., 9°26'E.) is located 1 mile SE
of Punta Marginetto, the N extremity of Isola Maddalena. This
point is fronted by rocks and can be recognized by its elongated
shape and by a prominent column which stands on its extremity.
A yacht marina and a hotel complex are situated in a
small inlet which is entered close S of the point.
12.8 Isola Giardinelli lies 1.5 miles S of Punta Lunga. It is 12m
high and is connected to Isola Maddalena at the SW end.
12.8 Passo
della Moneta, which leads between Isola Maddalena
and Isola Caprera, has a least depth of 1.5m and is available to
small craft with local knowledge. The S part of this passage is
obstructed by a causeway which has an opening, 21m wide,
and an overhead clearance of 4.6m.
12.9 Rada di La Maddalena (41°12'N., 9°24'E.) (World
Port Index No. 39140) lies between the S coast of Isola La
Maddalena and the NW coast of Isola Santo Stefano. The town
of La Maddalena is situated on the N side of the roadstead.
Port of La Maddalena Home Page
http://www.lamaddalena.it/porto.htm
12.9 Winds—Weather.—Winds from the W are the prevailing
ones. When the sky is dark and clouds form over the coast of
Corse, it is a good indication that strong W winds can be expected.
12.9 Tides—Currents.—Currents in this area are mainly influenced
by the winds. During a strong W wind, a current has
been reported to set E at a rate up to 4 knots.
12.9 Depths—Limitations.—La Maddalena is mostly used by
small craft, coasters, and ro-ro ferries. The two main quays are
280m and 154m long and have depths of 6.4m alongside. Vessels
up to 150m in length and 6m draft can be accommodated
alongside.
12.9 Aspect.—Secca di Mezzo Passo, a rocky shoal with parts
awash, lies 0.4 mile SSW of Punta Tegge, the SW extremity of
Isola Maddalena.
12.9 Secca del Palau, a dangerous shoal area with large abovewater
rocks, lies centered 0.5 mile SE of Secca di Mezzo Passo.
Its NE and S sides are marked by lighted beacons.
12.9 The main entrance fairway leads ENE into the roadstead between
these two outer dangers and is indicated by a lighted
range which may best be seen on the chart.
12.9 Isola Chiesa lies at the head of the roadstead and its NE extremity
is connected to Isola Maddalena by a bridge. Two conspicuous
radio masts stand on this small island.
12.9 A passage leads between Secca del Palau and Isolotto Roma,
Pub. 131

208 Sector 12. Italy—Sardegna (Sardinia)
0.2 mile E, and is indicated by a lighted range.
12.9 Several shoal rocky areas lie on either side of the entrance
channel and are marked by buoys and beacons.
12.9 Conspicuous landmarks at La Maddalena include a threestory
college building which stands on a hill, at the NW side of
the town and the belfry of the cathedral.
12.9 Pilotage.—Pilots are not available at the port. It is recommended
that large vessels, without local knowledge, request a
local pilot from the naval base. The harbor can be contacted on
VHF channel 10 or 16.
12.9 Anchorage.—The roadstead offers anchorage to large vessels
and provides good holding ground. However, it is exposed
to W winds which are the most violent. Anchorage in the roadstead
is reserved for commercial vessels and small Italian warships.
There are several mooring buoys which are used by
Italian naval vessels.
12.9 Caution.—Anchoring and fishing prohibited areas lie in the
NE part of the roadstead and in the outer approaches, and may
best be seen on the chart.
12.10 Isola Santo Stefano (41°12'N., 9°25'E.) is rather flat
on its W side, while its E side rises steeply from the sea. Punta
della Zucchero, 101m high, is the summit of the island and
stands in the central part.
12.10 Casa Napoleone, a two-story building, and Forte San Giorgio,
surmounted by a pillar, stand 0.3 mile E and 0.3 mile NE,
respectively, of the SW extremity of the island. Both are very
prominent landmarks.
12.10 Isolotto Roma lies close off the SW part of Isola Santo Stefano.
This islet is arid, yellowish, and 13m high. A prominent
monument stands on its W extremity. A shoal area lies close W
of this islet and is marked by a beacon.
12.10 Scoglio Nasse, marked by a beacon, is the N of a group of
rocks which extend up to 150m N from the NW extremity of
Isola Santo Stefano.
12.10 Two piers are situated close S of Punta Sassu, the NE extremity
of the island; the S pier can be used by vessels with
drafts up to 6.1m.
12.10 Rada di Santo Stefano (41°12'N., 9°26'E.) lies between the
E side of Isola Santo Stefano and the S part of the W side of
Isola di Caprera. A naval base is situated on Isola Maddalena at
the head of the roadstead. Rada di Santo Stefano is entered
from the S and is reserved for the use of the Italian Navy.
12.10 Caution.—Anchoring and fishing prohibited areas lie in the
vicinity of Rada di Santo Stefano and may best be seen on the
chart.
12.10 A prohibited area, best seen on the chart, lies along the E
coast of Isola Santo Stefano. Transit of the outermost part of
the prohibited area may be authorized for safety of navigation
after authorization is received via VHF channel 16.
12.11 Isola Caprera (41°13'N., 9°28'E.), the E island of the
archipelago, is higher and more rugged than the other islands.
Punta Teialone, the summit of the island, stands close E of the
center. It is 212m high and surmounted by a small tower. Messa
del Cervo, 139m high, stands in the N part of the island.
These two summits are the only unmistakable peaks of the
whole archipelago.
12.11 Punta Coticcio is the seaward extremity of a salient projection
on the E coast of the island. It is 198m high and reddish in
Pub. 131
color.
12.11 Punta Rossa (41°10'N., 9°28'E.), the S extremity of Isola
Caprera, is formed by the seaward end of a long and narrow
peninsula. This peninsula is easy to identify by the long sheds,
walls, and bastions of the works situated on it.
12.11 Secca di Punta Rossa, a shoal bank, extends 0.2 mile SW of
the point and is marked by a buoy. Isola Porco, 25m high, lies
0.5 mile NW of the point and is fringed by rocks. A beacon
stands at the NE side of this islet.
12.11 The promontory of Punta Rossa is centered 0.8 mile NNE of
Punta Rossa. It is 40m high and is connected to the main island
by a narrow isthmus. Isola Pecora, 15m high, lies on the shore
bank, close E of the E end of this promontory. It is fringed by
rocks and is surmounted by a beacon.
12.11 Punta Fico, the SW extremity of Isola Caprera, is located 1.7
miles NW of Punta Rossa. It is the W extremity of a small peninsula
which rises to Monte Fico, 71m high, 0.3 mile NE of the
point. Isolotto Fico, marked by a beacon, lies close SW of the
point. A shoal extends up to 0.1 mile W in the vicinity of Punta
Fico and is marked by a buoy.
12.11 A causeway, previously described in paragraph 12.8, extends
W from the W side of Isola Caprera to the SE extremity of Isola
Maddalena.
12.11 Caution.—Anchoring and fishing prohibited areas lie in the
vicinity of Isola Caprera and may best be seen on the chart.
12.11 Prohibited areas lie in the vicinity of the S part of Isola Caprera
and may best be seen on the chart.
12.12 Off-lying dangers.—Isolotti Monaci (41°13'N.,
9°31'E.), a group of rocky islets and shoals, lies 1.2 miles E of
the E side of Isola Caprera. The islets are low and light-colored.
The passage between this group and Isola Caprera is deep
and free of dangers. A light is shown from a tower, 16m high,
standing on the SW islet.
12.12 Secca dei Monaci (41°13'N., 9°33'E.), with a least depth of
2.8m, lies about 1 mile E of Isolotti Monaci and is marked
close E by a buoy.
12.12 Secca delle Bisce (41°11'N., 9°32'E.), a rocky shoal with a
least depth of 4.5m, rock, is centered about 2 miles SSE of Isolotti
Monaci, and about 1.3 miles NNE of Isola delle Bisce.
12.12 Isola delle Bisce (41°10'N., 9°31'E.), 21m high and barren,
lies close N of Capo Ferro. This islet is not easily distinguishable
from the land behind it. A light is shown from a tower, 9m
high, standing on the S side of the islet. The N side of the islet
is foul and rocky shoals extend up to about 0.4 mile N of it.
12.12 Passo delle Bisce leads between Capo Ferro and Isola delle
Bisce. It is free of dangers and is used by vessels from the E
which are proceeding to Rada di Santa Stefano.
12.12 Caution.—A prohibited area, best seen on the chart, surrounds
Isole delle Bisce.
Capo Ferro to Olbia
12.13 Punta Cervo (41°08'N., 9°32'E.), located 1.2 miles
SSE of Capo Ferro, is low, bare, and fringed with shoals. Secca
del Cervo, with a least depth of 2.3m, extends 0.6 mile NE of
the point. The extremity of this shoal is marked by a lighted
beacon.
12.13 Porto Cervo (41°08'N., 9°32'E.), a yacht harbor formed by
an inlet, is entered S of Punta Cervo. The entrance channel is

indicated by a lighted range which may best be seen on the
chart. A speed limit of 3 knots is in force within Porto Cervo. A
quay is situated on the E side of a cove in the SE part of the
harbor. It is 228m long and has depths of 3 to 7.3m alongside.
In addition, there are several mooring buoys in the cove. Anchorage
is available in Pevero Golf Roads in a depth of about
25m
12.13 An extensive harbor for yachts and small craft lies in a cove
at the head of the harbor.
12.13 Golfo Pevero (41°07'N., 9°33'E.), entered SE of Porto Cervo,
offers good protection from SE and SW winds, but is open
to the NE. Vessels, with local knowledge, can anchor, in depths
of 11 to 14m, weed, within the gulf.
12.13 Monte Zoppo (Monte Zoppu), a good landmark, stands 0.5
mile S of the SE entrance point of Golfo Pevero. This hill is
barren, reddish, and 139m high. Punta Moru, bare and rugged,
is located 2.3 miles W of Monte Zoppo. It is 390m high and is
surmounted by a pyramid.
12.13 Isole di li Nibani, a group of rocks and shoals, extends up to
1 mile NNE from the SE entrance point of Golfo Pevero. These
dangers are dark, rocky, and difficult to distinguish from the
land behind them. The N islet is 26m high and is marked by a
lighted beacon.
12.13 Passo delle Galere, which lies between Isole di li Nibani and
the mainland, is 0.1 mile wide and has a depth of 9m in the
fairway. It can be used by vessels with local knowledge by day.
12.13 Caution.—A prohibited area, best seen on the chart, surrounds
Isole di li Nibani.
12.14 Punta Capaccia is located 1.7 miles S of Isole di li Nibani.
A prominent hotel stands on the side of a bay, close W of
the point.
12.14 Golfo di Congianus (41°04'N., 9°34'E.) is entered between
Punta Capaccia and Capo Figari, 7.5 miles SE. Several islands
and islets lie in its NW part and its shores are high, rocky, and
indented. Several small yacht marinas are situated within the
gulf.
12.14 Isola dei Poveri, lying 0.5 mile SE of Punta Capaccia, is barren,
reddish, and surrounded by rocks which are marked by a
buoy and a lighted beacon; a deep passage, 0.2 mile wide, leads
between these dangers and the coast of Sardegna.
12.14 Isola Mortorio, lying 1.5 miles SE of Isola de Poveri, is reddish,
rugged, and barren. It rises to a height of 77m near the NE
end. The E side of this island is steep-to, but the NW and S
sides should not be approached closer within 0.2 mile because
of foul ground. Isole Mortoriotto are formed by two detached,
dark, and steep-to rocks. They lie close together, 0.5 mile NE
of Isola Mortorio, and are marked by a lighted beacon.
12.14 Isolotti Camize, bare and reddish, lie on a bank about 0.5
mile W of Isola Mortorio; a deep passage, 0.2 mile wide, leads
between them.
12.14 Isole Soffi, 32m high, lies 1 mile SW of Isola Mortorio. It is
less rugged and more covered with vegetation than the rest of
the islands. Isole Le Camere, formed by two small islands, lies
close NE of Isola Soffi. They are 22m and 30m high, rugged,
and are sparsely covered with vegetation.
12.14 Caution.—An anchoring and trawling prohibited area lies in
the vicinity of Golfo di Congianus and may best be seen on the
chart.
12.14 A prohibited area, best seen on the chart, surrounds Isola Morto-
Sector 12. Italy—Sardegna (Sardinia) 209
rio and Isole Soffi.
12.15 Cala di Volpe (41°05'N., 9°32'E.) lies on the NW side
of the gulf and is entered N of Punta Ligata, which is marked
by a light. It offers good shelter from NW winds. Punta Ligata
can be easily recognized by Monte dell’Isola, which stands
close SW and has a prominent conical profile. Vessels can anchor,
in a depth of 20m, sand and weed, in the outer part of this
cove. Small vessels, with local knowledge, can anchor, in a
depth of 9m, in the N part of the cove, sheltered from E winds.
12.15 Golfo
di Cugnana is entered between Punta Ligata and Punta
Volpe, 1.7 miles SSE. Porto di Cugnana, the inner part of this
bay, is shallow. Monte Congianus, 649m high, stands 1.5 miles
NW of the head of this bay and can be identified by a small
saddle in its summit.
12.15 Isola
Portisco, a small islet, lies on a bank close to the W
side of Golfo di Cugnana. It is low, dark-colored, and not readily
identified from seaward. Anchorage can be taken, in a depth
of 15m, about 0.5 mile SSE of this islet. Cala Razza di Giunco,
a small cove, lies on the NW side of Golfo di Cugnana. It affords
anchorage, in a depth of 7m, about 0.2 mile from the
head.
12.15 Caution.—A submarine cable is located between the coast S
of Portisco harbor and the coast S of Nuraghe point.
12.16 Capo Figari (41°00'N., 9°40'E.), located 5.2 miles SE
of Punta Volpe, is the E extremity of a rocky peninsula which is
340m high and steep-to. The precipitous cliffs, which rise from
the sea, have large fissures in places and are riddled with caves.
The N slopes of the peninsula are whitish and the peninsula itself
is covered with bushes and dwarf trees of a dark green color.
12.16 With strong NW winds, violent gusts blow down from this
cape.
Golfo degli Aranci (40°59'N., 9°37'E.) is bounded on the
NE side by the peninsula of which Capo Figari is the E extremity.
Anchorage by commercial vessels can be taken, in a designated
area, within this gulf, sheltered from NE and NW winds.
The bottom is mostly mud and weed with good holding
ground. However, strong SE winds send in a heavy sea and
storms from the N and E cause a considerable swell in the
roadstead. During offshore winds, which are prevalent in winter,
the water level in the gulf may be lowered.
12.16 Isolotto di Figarolo, marked by a light, lies 1.2 miles SW of
Capo Figari. This islet is 141m high, pyramidal in shape, and is
covered with thick brush. A narrow passage, with a depth of
7.7m in the fairway, leads between this islet and the S side of
the peninsula. It should be used only by small vessels with local
knowledge.
12.16 Golfo di Olbia (40°57'N., 9°38'E.) is entered between Punta
delle Casette, located 3.6 miles SW of Capo Figari, and Cape
Ceraso, 3.8 miles SE. Porto di Olbia lies at its head.
12.17 Porto di Golfo Aranci (Aranci Gulf Harbor)
(41°00'N., 9°37'E.) lies at the head of the gulf and is mainly
used by ferries. The harbor consists of two basins, divided by
moles. There is a depth of 7.7m in the S basin and depths of 5.3
to 7.2m in the N basin. A small fishing and yacht harbor lie
close N of the commercial quay. The most prominent buildings
include the post office standing near the waterfront; the rail-
Pub. 131

210 Sector 12. Italy—Sardegna (Sardinia)
road station, with a red roof; and a modern three-story structure
standing E of the town. A local pilot is available upon request.
12.17 Regulations.—See Regulations for Olbia in paragraph
12.19.
12.17 Caution.—An anchoring and fishing prohibited area extends
about 0.5 mile S and W from the head of Golfo Aranci and
may best be seen on the chart.
12.18 Isolotto Porri, 9m high and covered with vegetation,
lies 0.8 mile SSW of Punta delle Casette. Secca dei Porri, with
a least depth of 3.5m, lies about 0.5 mile offshore, 1.2 miles
SSW of the point.
12.18 Monte Sa Curi, 415m high, stands 2.5 miles W of Punta
delle Casette. Another prominent peak, of lesser height and not
so sharp, stands close S of it.
12.18 Capo Ceraso (40°55'N., 9°39'E.), the S entrance point of the
gulf, is the NE extremity of a promontory. Monte Maladormida
(Monte Maladrummi), 218m high, stands on this promontory,
1.2 miles SW of the cape. A tower is situated near the extremity
of the cape. A shoal bank fronts this cape and extends up to
0.4 mile E of it. A large rock lies about 0.2 mile E of the cape
and is marked by a pyramidal beacon. An islet lies 0.1 mile
NW of the cape and is also marked by a pyramidal beacon.
12.18 Punta Ruia, 35m high, is located 1 mile W of Capo Ceraso. It
is prominent and is surmounted by a beacon in the form of a
dome. A rocky area extends up to 0.3 mile N from the coast between
this point and the cape.
Olbia (40°55'N., 9°30'E.)
World Port Index No. 39180
12.19 The port of Olbia lies at the W end of a long and narrow
inlet at the head of Golfo di Olbia. It is therefore not easily
seen from seaward.
12.19 Tides—Currents.—The tidal range is small, being only
0.6m at springs. There is little or no current in the harbor. Outside
the harbor, the currents vary depending on the wind conditions.
Tidal currents can sometimes reach rates of 3 to 4 knots
near the harbor entrance.
12.19 Depths—Limitations.—A long mole, which terminates in
Stazione Marittima, extends 0.8 mile E from abreast the town
of Olbia and is reserved for the use of ferries. A channel,
dredged to a depth of 9.8m, was reported (1984) to lead to the
berths at the E end of this mole.
12.19 A secondary channel, 73m wide, leads to Molo Vecchio and
Pontile Benedetto Brin, and has been dredged to a depth of
6.7m. A main berth, 320m long, is situated at S side of Pontile
Benedetto Brin and another, 130m long, is situated at the E
side of Molo Vecchio. Both have depths of 6.7m alongside.
12.19 At Su Arrasolu, situated 0.5 mile NW of Stazione Marittima,
a T-headed pier extends from the shore and has a depth of 6.8m
at its head.
12.19 Several mooring buoys are also situated within the harbor.
12.19 Generally, vessels up to 10,400 dwt, 191m in length, and
Pub. 131
Port of Olbia Home Page
http://www.olbiagolfoaranci.it
6.1m draft can be accommodated.
12.19 Aspect.—The fairway leading through the entrance of the
inlet is marked by lighted beacons.
12.19 Islotta della Bocca lies close E of the S entrance point of the
inlet. A light is shown from a structure, 22m high, standing on
this islet. A racon is situated at the light.
12.19 The principal landmarks in the vicinity of the town include
the dome of the cathedral; a low and dark-colored bell tower;
several tall cranes; and two radio masts.
Islotta della Bocca Light bearing SW
12.19 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt,
but is recommended for all vessels without local knowledge.
Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12 or 16 and generally
board about 1 mile E of Isola della Bocca Light. Vessels should
send an ETA at least 2 hours in advance. Pilots are reported to
speak good English.
12.19 Regulations.—A Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) has been
established in the approaches to Olbia and may best be seen on
the chart. A separation zone lies about 2.3 miles N of Capo
Ceraso. Inward and outward routes for Porto di Golfo Aranci
are situated to the N of this zone; inward and outward routes
for Olbia are situated to the S of the zone.
12.19 The TSS is not IMO-adopted, but the Italian authorities have
advised mariners that the principles of the routing system defined
in Rule 10 of The International Regulations for Preventing
Collisions at Sea (72 COLREGS) apply.
12.19 The berths at Stazione Maritima are reserved for the use of
ferries.
12.19 Vessel Traffic Service.—A Vessel Traffic Service is in operation
for the control of shipping. The system is mandatory for
any vessel of 50 grt or greater.
12.19 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in Golfo degli Aranci or
in a designated area lying 1.8 miles E of the entrance to the inlet.
Anchorage Area A and Anchorage Area B are best seen on the
chart.
12.19 Caution.—Anchoring and fishing prohibited areas lie in the
approaches and entrance to the harbor and may best be seen on
the chart.
12.19 A prohibited area is established in an area centered 1 mile
NNE of Capo Ceraso within the Inshore Traffic Zone S of the
TSS. The area contains unexploded ordnance.

Olbia to Arbatax
12.20 Golfo Spurlatta (40°54'N., 9°39'E.), entered SE of
Capo Ceraso, offers anchorage, sheltered from all but NE
winds, in depths of 15 to 20m. However, cables lie in the greater
part of this gulf.
12.20 Isola
Tavolara, the N extremity of which lies 4.2 miles E of
Capo Ceraso, forms the outer SE side of the gulf. It is long,
narrow, and almost inaccessible. Punta Cannone, 564m high,
stands in the SW part of the island and is the summit. Punta
Castellacio, 510m high, stands in the NE part of the island and
is prominent. The SE coast, NW coast, and the SW end of the
island are steep-to.
Isola Tavolara
12.20 Punta Timone, the NE extremity of the island, is located at
the outer end of a small peninsula, 185m high. A light is shown
from a tower, 7m high, standing on this point.
12.20 Cala del Faro, a cove, lies on the SE side of the peninsula
and offers anchorage to small vessels, in depths of 14 to 17m.
12.20 Punta del Papa is the E extremity of the island. A disused
light structure stands 0.2 mile N of this point. Monte del Papa,
305m high, stands 0.2 mile W of the point and is prominent.
12.20 Spalmadore di Terra, a bight, lies at the SW end of Isola
Tavolara and offers anchorage, in a depth of 20m, about midway
between the entrance points. This berth is exposed to SE
winds which send in a heavy sea. Several houses stand at the
head of the bight and a conspicuous lime kiln is situated on its
E side. A low, narrow, and sandy peninsula extends 0.5 mile
SW and forms the NW side of this bight. A shoal area extends
up to 0.5 mile NW of this sandy peninsula and Isolotto Verde,
Isolotto Spalmatore, and numerous rocks lie on it.
12.20 Isolotto Reulino (Isolotto Rosso), 11m high and reddish, lies
0.3 mile S of the S extremity of this sandy peninsula. Isolotto
Cana, rocky and grayish, lies 0.7 mile SSE of Isolotto Reulino.
12.20 Porto della Taverna indents the coast between Isolotto Reulino
and Isolotto Cana. Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of
18m, sand and weed, about 0.5 mile SSW of Isolotto Reulino
and in the middle of the entrance to Porto della Taverna. Small
vessels, with local knowledge, can anchor, in depths of 9 to
11m, sand, about 0.5 mile farther SSW.
12.20 Caution.—Due to the existence of cables, an anchoring and
fishing prohibited area lies in Golfo Spurlatta and may best be
seen on the chart.
12.20 A prohibited area, marked by lighted beacons, surrounds Isola
Molarotto and may best be seen on the chart.
12.20 A nature reserve has been established in the vicinity of Isola
Tavolara.
Sector 12. Italy—Sardegna (Sardinia) 211
12.21 Isola Molara (40°52'N., 9°44'E.), 158m high, is undulating
and partially cultivated. Isola Molarotto, lying 1.7
miles E of the E extremity of Isola Molara, is 51m high, reddish,
and conical.
12.21 Scogli
Cerri (Scogli Tre Fratell), consisting of several above
and below-water rocks, lies between 0.5 mile and 1.2 miles SW
of Isola Molarotto. The passage between these shoals and Isola
Molarotto should not be attempted, but the one between the
shoals and Isola Molara can be used.
12.22 Capo Coda Cavallo (40°50'N., 9°44'E.) is reddish
and the extremity of a small peninsula, 10m high. A hill of the
same name, 103m high, stands 0.7 mile WSW of the cape. Isolotta
Proratora, lying close NW of the cape, is also reddish.
Punta Sugaraccia, 62m high, is located 0.5 mile W of the cape
and is a good landmark.
12.22 Cala Coda Cavallo, entered between Punta Sugaraccia and
Isolotta Proratora, affords anchorage, in depths of 10 to 14m,
sheltered from all winds.
12.22 Porto
Brandinchi is entered between Isola Rossa (Isola
Ruia), located 1.2 miles SW of Capo Coda Cavallo, and
Scoglio Testa di Moro, 0.3 mile S. Isola Rossa is a dull reddish
color and can be easily identified. The coast between this island
and Capo Coda Cavallo is fringed with rocks and should
not be approached closer than 0.2 mile. The passage leading
between the island and the coast to the N is foul.
12.22 Scoglio
Testa di Moro, which lies on the outer end of a bank
with depths of less than 11m, is triangular in shape and not easily
identifiable from a distance, particularly during rough
weather. A small promontory, 29m high, stands at the head of
Porto Brandinchi and separates two coves which have white
sandy beaches. Anchorage is available, in depths of 12 to 14m,
less than 0.5 mile W of Isola Rossa. Porto Brandinchi is exposed
to SE winds and NE winds cause a heavy surf.
12.22 From
Porto Brandinchi to Capo Comino, 19 miles SSE, the
coast differs greatly in aspect from that farther to the N. Extensive
coastal plains, parts of which are marshy, lie between the
mountains and the shore, but the coast itself is low, sandy, and
noticeably white in places. The land is under cultivation and
the farm buildings and scattered villages give it an appearance
which contrasts greatly with the destitute and forsaken aspect
of most parts of Sardegna.
12.22 San
Teodoro d’Ovidde, situated 5 miles SSW of Capo Coda
Cavallo, can be recognized by its white belfry. From the E, the
village is partially hidden by a group of trees. The coast to the
N and the point located E of this village should be given a wide
berth as they are fringed with dangers.
12.22 Punta
d’Ottiolo, located 2.5 miles SE of the village, is sharp
and rocky. Punta Maggiore, dark and conical, stands 6.5 miles
WSW of the point and is 971m high. Isolotto d’Ottiolo, low
and inconspicuous, lies 1 mile S of the point and is marked by
a light. A submerged reef extends about 0.5 mile E of this islet.
12.22 Punta
Santa Ana, located 3.5 miles S of Punta d’Ottiolo, can
be recognized by a small hill which stands near it. This hill has
a long white stripe on its slope, which when seen from the N,
has the appearance of a village.
12.22 Isolotti
dei Pedrami (Scoglio Pedrami), surrounded by sever-
al above-water rocks, lies 1.2 miles offshore, 1.7 miles SE of
Punta Santa Ana. Punta Pedrami is located 2.4 miles S of Punta
Santa Ana and is backed by Monte Lungu, 232m high and cone
Pub. 131

212 Sector 12. Italy—Sardegna (Sardinia)
shaped.
12.22 Posada, a village, is situated 2.5 miles SW of Punta Pedrami
and stands at the foot of a conspicuous castle which is in ruins
at its W end; the houses of the village are gathered on the summit
of a cone-shaped hill with steep sides.
12.23 La Caletta (40°37'N., 9°45'E.), the harbor for Siniscola,
is easily recognized by Torre San Giovanni, which stands
immediately N of it. The harbor, which is used by small craft
and coasters, is formed by two breakwaters and is sheltered
from all winds. The outer breakwater extends SE from near
Torre San Giovanni. There is a berth, 160m long, on the inner
side of the outer breakwater. It is used by small vessels up to
4.5m draft.
12.23 Punta
Santa Lucia, located 2 miles SSE of La Caletta, can be
identified by a partly demolished tower. From the N, a group of
reddish houses and a long stretch of white sand behind the tower
stand out against the background of green vegetation. However,
the houses and the stretch of sand are not very
conspicuous from the S. A small hill stands 0.3 mile S of the
tower and is surmounted by a silo.
12.24 Capo Comino (40°32'N., 9°50'E.), the E extremity of
Sardegna, is low, rocky, fringed by reefs, and should be given a
wide berth. A light is shown from structure, 20m high, standing
on the cape. A disused signal station is situated 0.2 mile WSW
of the light.
12.24 Isola Ruia (Isola Ruja) lies close inshore on the N side of the
cape. It is low, rocky, reddish, and surrounded by rocks. Anchorage,
sheltered from SW and NW winds, can be obtained,
in a depth of 29m, sand, about 0.7 mile N of this islet. Small
vessels, with local knowledge, can obtain shelter from SE
winds, closer inshore, in depths of 10m.
12.24 Punta Catarina, 1,127m high, stands 14 miles WSW of Capo
Comino at the SW end of Monte Alvo de Siniscola, a mountain
range. This range shows up white above the dark-colored
mountains in front of it and is an excellent landmark. Punta
Cupetti, 1,250m high, stands at the NE end of this range.
12.24 From Capo Comino to Punta Nera, 8.5 miles SSW, the coast
is backed by a series of rocky hills which are mostly covered
with vegetation, but show large bare patches of reddish rock in
places. Due to dangers fringing this stretch of the coast, vessels
should not approach within less than 1 mile.
12.24 Punta Ginepro, located 5.8 miles SSW of Capo Comino, is
low and fringed with rocks.
12.24 Punta Nera (40°23'N., 9°45'E.), located 8.5 miles SSW of
Capo Comino, is a low and rounded projection and is darker
than the land behind it.
12.25 Golfo di Orosei (40°14'N., 9°43'E.), entered close S
of Punta Nera, is bordered by a shorebank which extends 4
miles SW of the N entrance point. This stretch of the coast
should not be approached closer than 1 mile due to the alluvial
deposits brought down by Fiume Cedrino. The land behind the
shorebank is low and marshy, but the rest of the coast of the
gulf is mostly high, steep, and inaccessible. A wreck, with a
depth of 8m, lies about 1.2 miles offshore, 1.7 miles SSW of
Punta Nera.
12.25 Orosei, a town, stands 2.5 miles W of Punta Nera. It is situated
on the S bank of the Cedrino and is partly visible from sea-
Pub. 131
ward. A belfry, with a black cupola, and the facade and dome
of a church are prominent. Monte Tuttavista, 805m high,
stands 3 miles W of Orosei and is prominent. Anchorage can
be taken, in depths of 18 to 30m, fair holding ground, about 1
mile offshore, 1 mile S of Punta Nera.
12.25 Cala Gonone, located 7.5 miles SW of Punta Nera, can be
easily recognized by a group of houses which stand on the
shore and interrupt the uninhabited appearance of this part of
the coast. Villa Maria Luisa, light blue with yellow shutters, is
the most conspicuous building in this vicinity.
12.25 Caution.—A wreck containing hazardous material is located
in position 40°21'12.6''N, 9°44'13.8'’E. Vessels are prohibited
from entering a circular area, with a radius of 1,000m,
centered on the wreck.
12.26 Capo di Monte Santu (40°05'N., 9°44'E.) is a steep
and rugged promontory which rises perpendicularly from the
sea. When seen from the N, it appears as a slope with a high
terrace. From the E and SE, conspicuous reddish patches show
up on its cliffs.
12.26 The coast between Capo di Monte Santu and Capo Bellavista
is high, rocky, and inaccessible for the first 6 miles, then it becomes
low and sandy.
12.26 Punta Pedra Longa, located 4 miles SSW of Capo di Monte
Santu, is fronted by a detached reddish column which is shaped
like a pointed tooth and very conspicuous. From the E, it can
be mistaken for the rocky part of Monte Ginnircu from which it
projects.
12.26 Isola dell’Ogliastra, 47m high, lies 3 miles S of Punta Pedra
Longa and is reddish, rocky, and covered with scanty vegetation.
Several rocks extend up to 0.2 mile seaward off its NE
side. Torre Santa Maria Navarrese stands on a point, 1 mile
NW of this islet. The passage leading between the islet and the
coast is 0.5 mile wide and has a depth of 8.5m in the fairway.
12.26 Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 15m, sand and weed,
about 0.2 mile SSW of Isola dell’Ogliastra or in a depth of 8m,
about 200m W of the islet, but these berths are dangerous in SE
winds.
12.26 Lotzorai, a village, is situated 2 miles W of Isola dell’ Ogliastra
and is visible from seaward. A light-colored belfry, with a
prominent spire, stands in it.
12.26 Gulf di Tortoli is entered between Isola dell’Ogliastra and
Capo Bellavista, marked by a light, 2.5 miles S.
12.26 Caution.—Winds from the NW and NE quadrants come up
suddenly and blow with extreme violence in this vicinity. They
may last for 4 or 5 days and are preceded by whitish clouds
which cover the peak of Monte Santo.
12.26 Winds from the SW quadrant, which also blow with great
force, may be forecast by low clouds on the slopes of the
mountains around Ogliastro. With these wild winds, the sea
rapidly becomes rough and constitutes a danger for vessels in
the harbors. In summer, rather weak SE winds prevail and are
preceded by a dense mist over all the SE quadrant.
Arbatax (39°56'N., 9°42'E.)
World Port Index No. 39190
12.27 The port of Arbatax lies in the S part of Golfo di Tortoli
and on the N side of the promontory of Capo Bellavista. It

is the only refuge on the E coast of Sardegna to the S of Olbia.
12.27 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is formed by two breakwaters.
The E breakwater extends NW from the N extremity of
Capo Bellavista and the W breakwater extends NE from the
head of the gulf. The harbor is entered from the NW and has a
depth of 12m in its outer part.
12.27 The main facilities include West Quay, with 450m of berthing
space and depths of 8 to 8.4m alongside; Central Quay,
with 100m of berthing and a depth of 5.6m alongside; and
South Quay, with 80m of berthing space and a depth of 8.7m
alongside. There are facilities for ro-ro vessels and additional
berths along the inner side of the E breakwater. Vessels up to
200m in length and 7.6m draft can be accommodated.
12.27 Aspect.—The belfry of the cathedral at Tortoli, situated
close W of the port, is prominent.
12.27 Torre di Arbatax, gray with a red roof, stands at the W side
of Arbatax. A conspicuous chimney is situated 0.5 mile W of
the tower. Colonia Marina, white with red-roofed buildings, is
situated on the beach of the S shore of the harbor.
12.27 Pilotage.—Pilotage and berthing services are optional and
are available by local people. The port can be contacted on
VHF channel 11 or 16; the local pilot generally boards about 1
mile NE of the harbor entrance.
12.27 Regulations.—Bunkering must be authorized in advance
and is carried out only during daylight hours.
12.27 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available 0.5 to 0.7 mile N of
the light at the head of the E breakwater. The pilot boat leads
vessels to anchorage.
12.27 Caution.—A seaplane landing area has been established off
the entrance to the port.
Arbatax to Golfo di Cagliari
12.28 Capo Bellavista (39°56'N., 9°43'E.) is a rocky promontory,
which due to the low land behind it, appears as a darkcolored
island when seen from the N or S. A light is shown
from a prominent structure, 19m high, standing on the cape.
An auxiliary light is shown from a concrete column.
Capo Bellavista Light
12.28 Porto di Frailis, a cove, lies on the S side of the cape and has
a depth of 10m in the entrance. Torre San Gemiliano, 42m
high, stands on its W entrance point. Anchorage can be taken,
Sector 12. Italy—Sardegna (Sardinia) 213
sheltered from NW winds, in a depth of 20m, sand, about 0.3
mile SE of the tower.
12.28 Between Capo Bellavista and Capo Sferracavallo, 13 miles
S, the coast alternates in high rocky stretches and low, sandy,
and marshy stretches.
12.28 Capo Sferracavallo is overlooked by Punta Cartuceddu,
598m high. Monte Ferru, 875m high, stands 2 miles NW of the
cape and is also a good landmark.
12.28 Torre San Giovanni di Saralla, 20m high, stands near the
coast, 3 miles S of Capo Sferracavallo. A wreck, with a depth
of 14m, lies about 0.5 mile S of this tower.
12.28 Torre di Murtas stands 7 miles S of Torre San Giovanni di
Saralla and several prominent reddish above-water rocks lie
close E of it. Cala Murtas, a bight, extends between this tower
and Capo San Lorenzo, 3.5 miles S. A white sandy beach lines
the shore of the bight. The conspicuous ruins of Castel di Quirra
surmount the summit of a conical hill, 296m high, which
stands 2.5 miles SW of Torre di Murtas.
12.28 Isola di Quirra (Scoglio di Murtas), 12m high and surrounded
by smaller rocks, lies 1 mile offshore, 2 miles SSE of Torre
di Murtas. From the NNE, this islet appears reddish with a
whitish top. A navigable passage leads between the islet and
the coast, but it can only be used by vessels with local knowledge.
12.29 Capo San Lorenzo (39°29'N., 9°39'E.), 184m high,
is dark and rocky. This cape can easily be identified by the
dark-colored tower which stands on its summit. A tourist village,
consisting of low houses, is situated W of the cape and is
visible from the N.
12.29 From the cape, the coast, for a distance of 3 miles to the S, is
backed close inland by a chain of hills with flattened conical
summits. This stretch of the coast is fringed with shoals and
should not be approached within 0.5 mile.
12.29 Torre Motta (Monte Rosse) stands 2 miles S of the cape and
Torre di Porto Corallo, 15m high, stands on a low and rocky
point, 1.3 miles farther S.
12.29 The coast between Torre di Porto Corallo and Capo Ferrato
is low, sandy, and backed by salt water lagoons. It is fringed
with shoals and should not be approached within 0.5 mile.
12.29 Caution.—It is reported that unexploded ordnance lies within
3 miles of the coast between Torre di Murtas and Torre Monte
Rosso.
12.30 Capo Ferrato (39°18'N., 9°38'E.), a steep and whitish
promontory, rises to Monte Ferru, 299m high. This conical
hill stands 1.5 miles inland and is surmounted by a prominent
tower. Monte Sette Fratelli, 1,023m high, stands 9 miles W of
the cape. Seven rather inconspicuous saw-toothed peaks stands
on its flattened summit. A light is shown from a structure, 10m
high, standing on the cape.
12.30 A rocky shoal, with a least depth of 12.5m, lies about 5 miles
SSW of Capo Ferrato.
12.30 Between
Capo Ferrato and Punta dei Cappuccini, 7 miles S,
the coast is mostly low and sandy, but has rocky points in places.
Monte Nai and Monte Cannas, two cone-shaped peaks,
dominate this stretch of the coast. A prominent road leading to
the summit can be seen on the latter mountain.
12.30 Monte Turun (Monte Turnu), located 1.5 miles NNW of
Punta dei Cappuccini, is a rocky promontory, 56m high.
Pub. 131

214 Sector 12. Italy—Sardegna (Sardinia)
Scoglio di Sant’ Elmo, barely above water and steep-to, lies
about 0.2 mile offshore, 0.3 mile E of Monte Turun.
12.30 Punta dei Cappuccini rises steeply from the sea and is free
from off-lying dangers. Anchorage, during offshore winds, is
available, in a depth of 20m, sand, midway between Scoglio di
Sant’ Elmo and this point.
12.30 Torre di Cala Pira, light-colored and conspicuous, stands 0.7
mile S of Punta dei Cappuccini. Anchorage can be taken, in a
depth of 30m, sand, about 0.7 mile SSE of this tower.
12.30 Punta Molentis, located 2.5 miles SSW of Torre di Cala Pira,
is a small promontory, 7m high. It is fringed with rocks and
connected to the mainland by a low sandspit. Anchorage, with
local knowledge, can be taken, in a depth of 26m, sand, about
midway between Punta Molentis and Isola Serpentara.
12.31 Isola Serpentara (39°08'N., 9°36'E.) lies 2.3 miles
ENE of Punta Molentis, and Torre di San Luigi surmounts its
summit which is 54m high and stands in the N part. This tower
is reported to be cylindrical, badly-ruined, and not very prominent.
Three rocky islets lie on a shoal bank which extends up to
0.4 mile N of the island. The passage leading between the island
and the mainland has a depth of 23m and is free of dangers.
12.31 Porto
Giunco, a bight, is entered between Punta Molenti and
Capo Carbonara, 2.7 miles SSW. Torre Giunco, partly in ruins,
stands on the summit of a small promontory, 64m high, 1 mile
N of Capo Carbonara. Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of
17m, sand and weed, about 0.7 mile ENE of this tower. However,
this berth should not be used during NE or SE winds.
12.31 Secca
dei Berni, marked by a lighted beacon, lies 1.5 miles
SSW of Punta Molentis. This shoal patch has a least depth of
2.4m at its N end.
12.32 Capo Carbonara (39°06'N., 9°31'E.), the SE extremity
of Sardegna, is the seaward end of a steep peninsula which
is covered with low evergreen vegetation and joined to the
mainland by a low, sandy isthmus. A light is shown from a
structure, 5m high, standing 0.7 mile NNW of the extremity of
the cape. A disused signal station, consisting of a house, and
Torre Caterina stand on the summit of the peninsula which is
112m high.
Isola dei Cavoli (39°05'N., 9°32'E.), 40m high, lies 0.3 mile
SE of Capo Carbonara. It is low, rocky, and partly covered by
bushes. A light is shown from a conspicuous structure, 37m
high, standing in the NE part of the island.
12.32 The island is surrounded by rocks and shoals and should not
Pub. 131
Isola dei Cavoli from ESE
be closely approached. The passage leading between the island
and Capo Carbonara has a least depth of 10.5m in the fairway,
but a shoal bank extends up to 0.3 mile NW from the N side of
the island. A depth of 15m lies about 1.5 miles S of Isola dei
Cavoli Light.
12.32 Secca di San Caterina (Secca di Cala Caterina), a rocky
patch, lies about 1.5 miles W of Isola dei Cavoli. It has a least
depth of 5.1m and is marked by a lighted beacon.
12.32 Caution.—Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in the vicinity
of a submarine cable which is landed on the NW shore of
Isola dei Cavoli.
Golfo di Cagliari
12.33 Golfo di Cagliari (39°10'N., 9°07'E.) is entered between
Capo Carbonara and Capo di Pula, 25 miles WSW. The
two sides of the gulf are mountainous, but a long stretch of
sandy shore lies at the head and is broken only by Capo Sant’
Elia. Several extensive saltwater lagoons and areas of marshes
lie behind the sandy shore.
12.33 The
prevailing winds in the gulf are from the W and ENE,
and these may increase suddenly to violent storm which can
last for 3 days. The W winds gain in velocity as the barometer
falls, while the ENE winds increase as the barometer rises.
12.34 East side of Golfo di Cagliari.—Golfo di Carbonara
(39°07'N., 9°29'E.) is entered between Capo Carbonara
and Capo Boi, 4.2 miles WNW. A light is shown at the head of
this gulf, 1.5 miles NNW of Capo Carbonara. A prominent
white house is situated 0.2 mile NW of this light. A large and
conspicuous hotel stands 1.3 miles ENE of Capo Boi. The conspicuous
ruins of Fortezza Vecchio are situated on a salient
point, 1.5 miles NW of Capo Carbonara. Scoglio Santo Stefano,
18m high and surrounded by rocks, lies about 0.2 mile
SW of Fortezza Vecchio.
12.34 Capo Boi, the W entrance point of this small gulf, is formed
by the termination of a rocky promontory. This promontory is
119m high and its summit is surmounted by Torre di Capo Boi.
12.34 Secca de Piscadeddus, with a least depth of 3.7m, lies about
0.5 mile offshore, 1 mile E of the cape.
12.34 Monte Maria, 587m high, stands 3 miles NE of Capo Boi
and rises gently to a central peak which is easily identified. Anchorage
can be taken, in a depth of 20m, sand, about 0.7 mile
WNW of Fortezza Vecchio. Smaller vessels can anchor closer
inshore, in a depth of 15m.
12.34 Quartu Sant’ Elena, a town, is situated 1 mile inland, 13
miles NW of Capo Boi. A white cathedral stands in the town
and has a reddish roof, a cupola, and a belfry all of which are
prominent.
12.34 Capo Sant’ Elia (39°11'N., 9°10'E.), located at the head of
Golfo di Cagliari, appears as an island when seen from the E.
This cape can be easily recognized by its whitish chalk streaks.
A light is shown from a prominent tower, with a dwelling, 21m
high, standing on the SW side of the cape.
12.34 Torre Sant’ Elia is situated on the summit of the cape and
Torre del Poetto, partially in ruins, is situated on the E side.
Castello Sant’ Ignazio, a small fort, stands 0.5 mile N of the
light and The Lazaretto, a large and light-colored building, is
situated at the foot of the hill, close W of the fort.
12.34 Scoglio Sant Elia, a prominent above-water rock, lies at the

extremity of a shoal spit, about 0.2 mile W of the light.
12.34 Caution.—Close approach to the coast in the vicinity of
Cape Sant’ Elia is prohibited due to the possibility of rock
falls.
Cagliari (39°13'N., 9°07'E.)
World Port Index No. 39210
12.35 The port of Cagliari, the largest commercial port of
Sardegna, lies at the head of the Golfo di Cagliari, 3 miles NW
of Capo Sant’ Elia. The city of Cagliari is the capital of the island.
Port of Cagliari Home Page
http://www.porto.cagliari.it
12.35 Winds—Weather.—Winds from the NW prevail and generally
blow for a considerable length of time. Winds from the SE
occur infrequently and winds off the land are more frequent
and violent. The winds from the SE raise a sea in the roadstead
and a consequent swell results in some parts of the port. A
mass of clouds on the mountains is usually an indication of
winds from the SE quadrant. The sky with scattered cumuli indicates
the probability of winds from the NW.
12.35 Tides—Currents.—Tides are negligible, being only 0.3m at
springs. However, the water level can be raised by as much as
0.3m by onshore winds.
12.35 The currents are weak and mostly influenced by the wind. A
current, which sets E, is particularly noticeable with winds
from the NW quadrant, and after heavy rains it carries sea
weed into the harbor.
12.35 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is protected from the S
by Nuovo Molo di Levante, which extends 0.6 mile W and then
0.4 mile SW from the E shore of the promontory. It is also protected
from the SW by Nuovo Molo di Ponente, which extends
about 1 mile seaward.
12.35 The main quays include:
1. Calata Sant Agostino, with 280m of total berthing
space and a depth of 7.5m alongside, is used by fishing vessels
up to 25m in length.
2. Molo Sabaudo, with 931m of total berthing space and
depths of 8.1 to 8.5m alongside. The inner side of the mole
has 445m of berthing space for commercial vessels while the
outer side has 445m of berthing space and is used by ferries.
3. Molo Rinascita, with 910m of total berthing space
and a depth of 10.9m alongside.
4. Molo di Levante, with 350m of total berthing space
and a depth of 11.1m alongside.
12.35 There are facilities for container, ro-ro, and bulk vessels.
12.35 The harbor also has 817m of total berthing space, with
depths of 2.1 to 8.8m alongside for small craft and passenger
ferry vessels.
12.35 Vessels up to 7.9m draft can be accommodated alongside.
12.35 Aspect.—The city is situated on the S slope of a small hill
and has a picturesque and imposing appearance. Its buildings,
which are arranged in the form of an amphitheater, are dominated
by conspicuous towers and cupolas. When the city is approached
from the SE, it is hidden by the promontory of Capo
Sector 12. Italy—Sardegna (Sardinia) 215
Sant’ Elia. The illumination of the city is very conspicuous
from seaward and may be visible from up to 20 miles distant.
12.35 The following landmarks are conspicuous:
1. Torre San Pancrazio, standing in the N and highest
part of the city
2. Castello San Michele, with four towers and several radio
station antennas close above it, standing 1.5 miles NNW
of Torre San Pancrazio
3. A yellow sanitorium situated at the foot of Monte Urpino,
to the E of the city;
4. A cathedral, with the dome and steeple in the form of
a tower, standing in the city
5. Torre dell’ Elefante, reddish with a battlement structure
appearing to be composed of two towers, standing in the
center of the city
6. A convent, which may be recognized by its numerous
windows and white cupola, situated in the SE part of the city
7. A high-rise building, brown with white horizontal
bands, standing in the vicinity of the harbormaster’s office
12.35 Prominent landmarks in the vicinity of the harbor include a
silo and several gantry cranes.
12.35 A racon is situated at the light structure standing on the head
of Nuovo Molo de Levante.
12.35 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 500 grt and
over. Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 9 or 16 and generally
board about 1 mile outside the harbor entrance near the
lighted beacon.
12.35 Regulations.—A Traffic Separation Scheme is established
in the approaches to Cagliari. The scheme consists of two pairs
of inbound and outbound lanes separated by a broad separation
zone. Each pair of lanes has its own narrow separation zone.
The separation zone between the pairs of lanes is marked at its
N end by a lighted buoy. The lanes E of the separation zone are
for use in approaching the old port. The lanes to the W of the
separation zone are designed for use in approaching the new
harbor facilities of Nuovo Porto Industriale (Porto Canale). A
common precautionary zone lies N of the pairs of lanes between
the two harbor entrances.
12.35 Vessel Traffic Service.—Cagliari Vessel Traffic Service
(Cagliari VTS) has been established in Cagliari Roads. Three
convergence points have been established to permit local authorities
to conduct radar tracking and authorize vessel movement
in the area, as follows:
1. Point P (39°10.0'N., 9°07.5'E.)—For vessels bound
for the commercial port
2. Point Y (39°09.5'N., 9°06.0'E.)—For vessels bound
for Porto Industriale
3. Point Q (39°03.8'N., 9°06.1'E.)—For vessels enroute
to the Sarroch Oil Terminal
12.35 All points are charted. Vessels closing these points must report
to the Operations Center or pilots on VHF channel 14 or
16.
12.35 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in four separate designated
areas, as follows:
1. Anchorage Area Bravo—A trapezoidal-shaped area
centered 1.7 miles SSW of the light at the head of the Nuovo
Molo di Levante. Its NE and SE sides border the outbound
lane of the TSS for the new construction harbor. It is adjacent
to Anchorage Area Delta. This anchorage area is divided
into Waiting Area B1 and Waiting Area B2 and is for the
Pub. 131

216 Sector 12. Italy—Sardegna (Sardinia)
use of vessels bound for the industrial and commercial port.
2. Anchorage Area Delta—A quadrilateral-shaped area
centered 1.5 miles SW of the same light. Its NE side borders
the outbound lane of the TSS for the new industrial port.
Used by vessels bound for Pontile ENICHEM Sud.
3. Anchorage Area Foxtrot—Located on the E side of
the TSS for the old harbor of Cagliari. It is also a quadrilateral
area centered 1.0 mile from the same light. It borders the
inbound lane of the TSS for the old port. Used as a refuge
and by vessels bound for Cagliari.
4. Anchorage Area Hotel—Centered 4.5 miles SSE of
Nuovo Molo di Levante Light. Priority for use of this anchorage
is given to vessels not headed for the port of Cagliari
who must stop in the roadstead.
12.35 Caution.—The lighted aids are reported to be difficult to
distinguish due to the numerous bright neon lights of the city.
12.35 Several submarine cables lie in the approaches to the port
and may best be seen on the chart.
12.35 Ferry traffic in the harbor is heavy.
12.35 A
Marine Nature Reserve, the limits of which are shown on
the chart, has been established on the W side of the gulf between
Punta Zavorra (39°03'N., 9°03'E.) and Capo Saint Elia.
Fishing is restricted within the area. For details, consult local
authorities.
12.35 Works
are in progress (2007) to establish a buoyed fairway
in the port approaches. The work area is centered 3.75 miles S
of Nuovo Molo di Levante Light and consists of a 2-mile
stretch oriented NNW-SSE.
12.36 West side of Golfo di Cagliari.—Villa Marongiu
(39°12'N., 9°04'E.), a very conspicuous building, is situated
1.7 miles WNW of the head of the outer breakwater at Cagliari
and can be recognized by its red color. Torre Su Loi, 9m high,
stands 5 miles SSW of the villa and is also conspicuous. Monte
Luis, 177m high, stands 2 miles SSW of the tower and is conical
with a rounded summit. A prominent chimney stands 2
miles S of the tower.
12.36 ENICHEM Pier (Pontile SIL) extends 1 mile SE from a
point on the shore, 2.7 miles SW of Villa Marongiu. Vessels up
to 6m draft can be handled alongside.
12.36 Regulations.—A Traffic Separation Scheme is established
in the approaches to the ENICHEM Pier facility. It consists of
a NW inbound traffic lane, a southeast bound departure lane,
and a narrow separation zone. The entrance is 2.4 miles SE of
the head of Pontile ENICHEM Sud.
12.36 Caution.—A new harbor, Nuovo Porto Industriale, lying
close NE of Villa Marongiu, remains under construction
(2000) and is protected by two breakwaters which extend up to
1 mile seaward from the shore in this vicinity. A lighted buoy is
moored near the entrance to the new facility.
12.37 Sarroch Oil Terminal (Porto Foxi) (39°05'N.,
9°02'E.) (World Port Index No. 39215), a refinery with associated
flares and tanks, is situated 9 miles SW of Cagliari and
stretches for about 1.5 miles along the coast. This installation is
served from seaward by Pontile Saras No. 1 and Pontile Saras
No. 2.
12.37 Depths—Limitations.—Pontile Saras No. 1 extends ENE
from the coast, 1.7 miles NNW of Punta Zavorra (39°04'N.,
9°03'E.). It is illuminated by bright neon lights and is very visi-
Pub. 131
ble from seaward.
12.37 The pier head extends 0.2 mile SE from the E extremity of
the main pier. A turning area, lying NE of this pierhead, and an
approach channel are dredged (1980) to a depth of 22.8m and
are marked by lighted buoys. A turning area, lying close SW of
this pierhead, is dredged (1980) to a depth of 18.8m and is
marked by a lighted buoy. An outer approach lighted buoy is
moored about 2.6 miles SE of the pier head.
12.37 Tankers up to 380,000 dwt and 20.7m draft can be accommodated
at the berth on the NE side of this pierhead.
12.37 Two berthing arms extend NW from the N side of Pontile
Saras No. 1, and three berthing arms extend SE from the S
side. The outer berthing arms on each side of the pier can accommodate
tankers up to 270m in length with drafts of 11.6 to
12.8m, but a shoal patch, with a depth of 9.7m, lies close off
the head of the NW arm. The inner arm on the NW side and the
center arm on the SE side of the pier can accommodate tankers
up to 200m in length with drafts of 7.9 to 11m, but a shoal
patch, with a depth of 10.2m, lies close W of the head of the SE
arm. The inshore berthing arm on the SE side is designed to
handle coastal tankers up to 5,000 grt.
12.37 Pontile Saras No. 2, also known as Pontile Saras Chimica,
extends 0.6 mile E from the shore, 1 mile NNW of Pontile Saras
No. 1. An inner berth, suitable for small tankers, extends
230m SE from its midpoint.
12.37 A main outer berth, formed by dolphins, is situated at the
head. A lighted range, indicated on the chart, assists vessels approaching
the pierhead. The outer berth can handle tankers up
to 212m in length and 9.2m draft.
12.37 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 gross
tons. Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 9 or 16 and
board in the vicinity of Anchor Berths G1, G2, G3, or G4, according
to the size of the vessel.
12.37 Regulations.—A Traffic Separation Scheme is established
in the approaches to the terminal. The scheme consists of a
NW inbound lane, a SE outbound lane, and a narrow separation
zone. The inbound lane is marked on the N by a line of
lighted buoys marking the entrance channel. The S limit of the
inbound lane is the separation zone and is marked by a line of
lighted buoys along the center of the separation zone. The S
limit of the outbound lane is the boundary of Anchorage Area
Alfa. A lighted safe water buoy, designated Q, marks the entrance
to the inbound lane.
12.37 Anchorage.—The following designated anchorage berths
are situated in the vicinity of the terminal:
1. Anchor Berth G1 lies 2.3 miles NE of Punta Zavorra
and should be used by vessels with drafts greater than 12.8m.
2. Anchor Berth G2 lies 1 mile NNE of Punta Zavorra
and should be used by vessels with drafts less than 12.8m.
3. Anchor Berth G3 lies 2.5 miles N of Punta Zavorra
and should be used by vessels of less than 5,000 tons.
4. Anchor Berth G4 lies 2.5 miles E of Punta Zavorra
and should be used by large vessels of 250,000 grt.
12.37 There are three designated anchorage areas in the vicinity of
the terminal, as follows:
1. Anchorage Area Alfa—Located E of Punta Zavorra.
It contains two anchor berths; Anchor Berth G2 is in the NW
part while Anchor Berth G4 is in the E part. Its NE limit borders
the outbound TSS lane for the terminal.
2. Anchorage Area Charlie—A triangular-shaped area

centered 3.4 miles NNE of Punta Zavorra. It contains Anchor
Berth G3. Its NE side borders the outbound TSS lane
for the ENICHEM Pier.
3. Anchorage Area Echo—A quadrilateral area centered
2.3 miles NE of Punta Zavorra. It contains Anchor Berth G1.
12.37 Caution.—A restricted area, the limits of which are shown
on the chart, lies in the vicinity of the terminal piers. Passage is
prohibited in this area except by vessels using the terminal and
by craft in the harbor service.
12.38 Punta Zavorra (39°04'N., 9°03'E.), located 1.8 miles
S of the oil terminal, is dominated by several hills which are
covered with vegetation. Sarroch is situated near the top of a
small hill, 1.5 miles WNW of the point. A large yellow building
stands in the NE part of this village and is very prominent.
Torre dei Diavolo stands at the top of a rocky precipice, 1 mile
SSW of the point.
12.38 Capo di Pula (38°59'N., 9°01'E.), the W entrance point of
Golfo de Cagliari, is the rocky extremity of a low and sandy
peninsula. It is dark-colored and 35m high. A light is shown
from a structure, 16m high, standing on the cape.
12.38 The peninsula is joined to the mainland by a low isthmus,
which is dominated by the church of Sant Efisio. Isolotto Coltellazzo
lies close E of the cape and is dark in color.
12.38 Isolotto San Macario lies about 0.4 mile offshore, 1.2 miles
NNE of the cape. A conspicuous tower stands in its N part and
it is steep-to on the E side.
12.38 Punta Sa Cresia, 864m high, stands 6 miles NW of the cape.
Its gentle sloping sides constitute an excellent landmark in this
vicinity.
Golfo di Cagliari to Porto Ponte Romano
12.39 Capo Spartivento (38°53'N., 8°51'E.) is located 10
miles SW of Capo di Pula. The coast between consists mostly
of very light-colored sandy beaches. Because of underwater
rocks, the shore in this vicinity should not be approached closer
than 1 mile. Behind the beaches, the land is mostly low but
is backed by mountains.
12.39 Torre
di Cala d’Ostia, 7m high, stands 3.2 miles SW of Capo
di Pula and is prominent from seaward. Torre de Chia, 44m
high, stands 5 miles farther SW and dominates a small, rocky
promontory.
12.39 Isolotto
Su Giudeu, low and blackish, lies close inshore, 1.2
miles SW of Torre de Chia. On the shore facing this islet can be
seen several conspicuous sand dunes. They are very light-colored
and from the E, appear as a large white patch.
12.39 Capo
Spartivento is steep, rocky, and is bordered close in-
shore by several islets and rocks. Rocky patches lie up to 0.5
mile seaward of the cape and should be avoided. A light is
shown from structure, 19m high, standing on the cape. A white
house stands close to the light and a disused signal station
stands 0.5 mile N of it.
12.39 Porto
di Malfatano is entered between Isolotti Ferraglione,
lying 1 mile WNW of Capo Spartivento, and Capo Malfatano,
1 mile W. The latter cape is the extremity of a steep-sided peninsula,
67m high, which is surmounted by Torre Malfatano.
Isola Tuaredda, 31m high with an above-water rock close SW,
lies near the head of this inlet. Anchorage can be taken, in a
depth of 15m, weed and rock, about 0.2 mile from the shore, in
Sector 12. Italy—Sardegna (Sardinia) 217
the outer part of the inlet.
12.40 Golfo di Teulada (38°53'N., 8°43'E.) is entered between
Capo Malfatano and Capo Teulada, 7.5 miles W. Porto
di Teulada, a cove, lies at its head. The E shore of the gulf is
hilly and barren and should not be closely approached. Torre di
Piscinni, 12m high and truncated, dominates a small rocky
point, 1.5 miles NW of Capo Malfatano. Porto di Teulada offers
shelter during NE and NW winds. Its E shore is fairly
steep-to, but a rocky patch, with a depth of 7.5m, lies about 0.3
mile ENE of Punta Niedda, its W entrance point. Torre Budello,
23m high, stands on a point on the W side of Porto di Teulada,
near its head. Punta Planedda, 350m high, stands 1.5 miles
E of this tower and is surmounted by a conspicuous white
building.
12.40 Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 16m, sand and weed,
about 0.2 mile SE of Torre Budello. This berth is sheltered
from NE and SW winds.
12.40 Isolotta Rossa (Isola Rossa), lying 0.5 mile S of Punta Niedda,
is 54m high, reddish, and stands out against the coast. From
the SE, this islet appears saddle-shaped, but from the SW, only
one hillock is visible.
12.40 Capo Teulada (38°52'N., 8°39'E.), 223m high, rises steeply
from the sea at the outer end of a hilly peninsula. This peninsula
decreases in height towards the mainland to which it is
joined by a low, sandy isthmus.
12.40 Cala Brigantina, located 1.5 miles NE of the cape, is open to
the SE. It is separated from Porto Scudo, which is also open
SE, by a steep promontory, 165m high. Torre di Porto Scudo
stands on the SE slope of this promontory.
12.40 Caution.—An anchoring and fishing prohibited area lies in
the vicinity of Capo Teulada and may best be seen on the chart.
12.40 An area of unexploded ordnance lies 1.5 miles WNW of Capo
Mulfatano.
12.40 A wreck, with a depth of 13.5m over it, lies in position
38°53.3'N, 8°39.7'E.
12.40 There are rocks, awash, E of Punta Tonnara in position
38°52'58''N, 8°39'38''E and position 38°52'58''N, 8°39'36''E.
12.41 Golfo di Palmas (39°00'N., 8°30'E.) is entered between
Capo Teulada and Capo Sperone, 11.5 miles NW. It offers
good anchorage with the best holding ground being on its
E side. Although the gulf is open to the S, the seas raised by
winds from that direction are considerably decreased by the
time they reach the inner roadstead anchorages. The only offlying
dangers are Secca di Cala Piombo and Secca della Vacca.
On either side of the gulf, the coasts are hilly and extensive salt
water lagoons lie near the head.
12.41 Cala Piombo, entered close NW of Capo Teulada, is free
from dangers and its shores can be approached closely. Its head
is bordered by a shorebank and numerous sand dunes. Torre di
Cala Piombo stands on the summit of a hill, 193m high, which
stands on the N side of this cove.
12.41 Secca di Cala Piombo, with a least depth of 1.3m, lies about
0.7 mile WNW of the N entrance point of Cala Piombo. The
passage leading between this shoal and the mainland is deep in
the fairway.
12.41 Punta Menga (38°57'N., 8°35'E.), 31m high, is covered
with low vegetation and shows up against the whitish dunes behind
it. A small house stands on the summit of this point. The
Pub. 131

218 Sector 12. Italy—Sardegna (Sardinia)
shore of Porto Pino, entered SE of the point, is generally sandy
with many dunes surrounded by pine bushes.
12.41 The coast between Punta Menga and Punta di Porto Botte,
3.5 miles NNW, is rocky and backed by low hills which are
covered with vegetation. Porto Botte, entered N of Punta di
Porto Botte, has sandy shores backed by low marshes and salt
ponds. A pier is situated 0.7 mile E of the N entrance point. It
is connected with the railroad system and is a shipping point
for charcoal. A warehouse, with a red roof, stands close to a
group of white houses in this vicinity. There are also large
heaps of charcoal nearby, which are sometimes prominent from
seaward. Anchorage, with local knowledge, within this bay is
available, in a depth of 10m, sand, SW of the warehouse.
12.41 The head of Golfo di Palmas consists of a low and sandy
isthmus which connects Isola di Sant’ Antioco to the mainland.
Porto Ponte Romano (39°03'N., 8°28'E.)
World Port Index No. 39220
12.42 Porto Ponte Romano (Sant Antioco) is the deep-water
harbor for the town of Sant’ Antioco, which is situated on the
W side of the head of the gulf.
12.42 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing wind in winter is from
the NW (Maestrale) and is sometimes rather violent. In other
seasons, the winds alternate. Winds from the SE (Sirocco)
sometimes brings haze.
12.42 Tides—Currents.—Tides are almost negligible, being only
0.3m at springs.
12.42 Winds from the NW may lower the water level in the harbor
and winds from the SE may raise it. The currents in the approaches
are negligible.
12.42 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is approached through
a channel, 80m wide. This channel leads E of a detached breakwater
and has a depth of 7.5m. The coal pier provides 365m of
berthing space on its W side, 320m on its E side, and 222m at
its head.; there are depths of 7 to 8m alongside. Banchinna della
Sanita extends 150m ENE from the root of the coal pier and
has depths up to 8m alongside. Vessels up to 7m draft can be
accommodated.
12.42 Aspect.—At night, the port is lighted by powerful lights on
high columns which are visible for a great distance.
12.42 Conspicuous landmarks include the harbormaster’s office
building at the base of the pier, a high crane at the coal quay,
and a reddish building standing 2 miles NNE of the base of the
pier.
12.42 The entrance fairway is marked by lighted buoys. A light is
shown from a tower, with a dwelling, 22m high, standing at the
E side of the harbor.
12.42 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of over 500
grt. Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12 and generally
board about 0.5 mile SE of the outer fairway lighted buoys.
12.42 Anchorage.—The entire area of water in the N part of the
gulf offers anchorage with a bottom of sand and weed, good
holding ground. Vessels should anchor, in a depth of 9m, close
SE of the outer end of the entrance channel or, in depths of 14
to 18m, about 3 miles S of the harbor.
12.42 Six anchorage areas, S1 to S6, are located in Golfo di Palmas.
Coal lightering operations are carried out in S3 (from October
1 through May 31) and in S4 (from June 1 through
Pub. 131
September 30).
12.43 Punta Cannai (38°58'N., 8°27'E.), a low and rocky
point, is located 1.6 miles NE of Capo Sperone. It is surmounted
by Torre Canai, 29m high, which is gray and very conspicuous
from seaward.
12.43 The coast for the first 3 miles to the SW of Porto Ponte Romano
is low and is bordered by a sandy shore backed by a
marshy strip. Along most of the remainder of the W side of the
gulf, hills extend to the shore and end mostly in cliffs, 9 to 24m
high. Three small coves lie along this stretch of shore and there
are short segments of sandy beach at their heads.
12.43 Secca della Vacca, with a depth of 4.2m, lies about 1 mile
SSW of Punta Cannai and is marked by a beacon.
12.43 Capo Sperone (38°57'N., 8°25'E.), the S extremity of Isola
di Sant’ Antioco, is low and rocky. This cape is dominated by a
gray building, with a turret, which stands 0.7 mile N of its seaward
extremity. Monte Arbus, 230m high, stands 1 mile ENE
of the cape and is the highest of three prominent hills in this vicinity.
A beacon is situated on its summit.
12.43 Isolotta la Vacca, 95m high, lies 2 miles SE of Capo Sperone
and is fringed with numerous above and below-water rocks. Il
Vitello, the highest of these above-water rocks, lies close off
the N end of the islet.
12.43 Isolotta del Toro (38°52'N., 8°25'E.), 112m high, lies 5.5
miles S of Capo Sperone. This islet is conical and steep-to. A
light is shown from a structure, 6m high, standing on the summit
of the islet. A detached shoal, with a least depth of 11.6m,
lies about 0.2 mile NW of the islet.
12.43 Banco Pomata (Secca Pomata), a detached rocky patch, lies
about 2.7 miles WSW of Capo Sperone and has a least depth of
13m. During W gales, the sea breaks heavily over this patch
and it should be given a wide berth.
12.43 Caution.—A wreck is located in approximate position
38°52.9'N, 8°24.5'E.
Isola di Sant’ Antioco
12.44 Monte Perdas de Fogu (39°02'N., 8°26'E.), 271m
high, is the summit of Isola di Sant’ Antioco. Isolotto Mangiabarca,
marked by a light, lies close offshore, 8 miles NNW of
Capo Sperone. The W coast of the island between the cape and
the islet is rocky, indented in places, and is fringed by a shore
bank.
12.44 The NW coast of the island between Isolotto Mangiabarca
and Punta di Manca, 2 miles NNE, is steep and rocky, but not
greatly elevated. The conspicuous buildings and chimneys of
the tunny fisheries at Spiaggia Grande are situated in the vicinity
of Punta Maggiore which is located close NE of the Isolotto
Mangiabarca.
12.44 Secca della Saline, a shoal area with several rocks awash,
lies about 0.2 mile offshore, 1 mile SW of Punta di Manca.
12.44 Calasetta (39°06'N., 8°22'E.) is situated on the N extremity
of Isola di Sant’ Antioco. This town is dominated by a conspicuous
tower, 29m high, which stands close W of it. The white
cupola of the church, visible only from the N, is also prominent.
A pier and a mole front the NE side of the town. The pier
has a depth of 4m alongside a spur on its S side. Works are in
progress (2008) to build an outer breakwater. Anchorage can
be taken, in depths of 11 to 13m, sand and weed, about 1.2

miles NW of the town.
12.44 The N coast of Isola di Sant’ Antioco between Calasetta and
Punta Dritta, 2.5 miles E, is low and marshy. Scocca (Scrocca
Manu), 148m high, stands midway along this section of the
coast and is surmounted by a beacon.
12.44 Sant’ Antioco, situated on the NE side of the island, is laid
out in the form of an amphitheater on the slope of a hill. An ancient
fort dominates the town and the church in also prominent.
12.44 Caution.—An anchoring and fishing prohibited area, which
may best be seen on the chart, extends between the NW side of
Isola di Sant’ Antioco and the SE side of Isola di San Piero.
Isola di San Pietro
12.45 Isola di San Pietro (39°09'N., 8°17'E.) is separated
from Isola di Sant’ Antioco and the mainland coast of Sardegna
by Canale di San Pietro. The N and central portions of the
island are rugged and hilly, but the S part is rather flat and more
extensively cultivated. Guardia dei Mori, 215m high, is the
summit of the island. It stands in the N part and is surmounted
by a prominent building.
12.45 The
S coast of the island is fringed with reefs. Punta delle
Colonne, the SE extremity, takes its name from a group of conspicuous
columnar rocks standing on a rocky area which extends
up to 0.2 mile S of the point.
12.46 Capo Sandalo (39°09'N., 8°13'E.), the W extremity
of the island, is rugged and fronted by a small islet. A light is
shown from a prominent structure, 30m high, standing on the
cape. A radiobeacon is situated at the light.
12.46 Isolotto del Corno (Isolotto del Gallo), 16m high, lies 0.8
mile W of the cape and is steep-to.
12.46 La Punta, the NE extremity of Isola di San Pietro, is the extremity
of a level promontory, 20m high. Several buildings and
a tall chimney stand at a tunny fishery on this promontory.
12.46 Isola
Piana, 19m high, lies 0.5 mile NE of La Punta. A light
is shown from a structure, 8m high, standing on the N side of
the island. This island is rocky, covered with vegetation, and
the buildings and a tall chimney of a tunny fishery are situated
on its E side. Isolotto dei Ratti, 6m high, lies close S of Isola
Piana and is covered with vegetation.
12.46 The E coast of Isola di San Pietro is low, sandy, and fringed
with numerous shoals. An extensive flat extends E from this
coast and connects it with the coast of Sardegna.
12.46 Caution.—Tunny nets, which are generally marked, may extend
as much as 3 miles N of Isola di San Pietro.
12.46 Punta
Grossa is located 1.2 miles S of La Punta. A group of
warehouses, no longer in use, are situated close N of the point
and are conspicuous from seaward.
12.47 Carloforte (39°08'N., 8°19'E.) (World Port Index No.
39250), a small harbor, lies on the E side of Isola di San Pietra
and fronts the only town on the island. It is sheltered by two
breakwaters and mostly used by ferries and fishing boats.
12.47 All
winds cause surf in the harbor, especially winds from the
N and SE. Winds from the NE and SE quadrants also cause
heavy seas in the harbor.
There is a depth of 5.4m alongside the main quay. Vessels up
to 3,000 dwt and 4.6m draft can be accommodated.
Several shoals lie in the approach and two narrow channels
Sector 12. Italy—Sardegna (Sardinia) 219
lead to the harbor entrance. Both are marked by lighted buoys
and indicated by range beacons, some lighted, which may best
be seen on the chart.
12.47 Prominent
landmarks in this vicinity include Torre San Vit-
torio, standing close SE of the town; the steeple of the cathedral
in the town; and a large reddish building standing close
NW of the town.
Pilotage is not compulsory for the port, but must be used for
passage through Canale di San Pietro. Pilots for the canal are
provided by Porto di Sant Antioco. The port can be contacted
on VHF channel 11 or 16.
12.47 Vessels
must contact the port authorities on VHF channel 16
prior to entering or leaving the port. Departing vessels have the
right-of-way over vessels entering the port. There is a speed
limit of 3 knots in the harbor.
Vessels with drafts up to 4m may obtain anchorage about 0.8
mile E of the cathedral belfry. This berth is on the S range line.
12.47 Caution.—An outfall pipeline extends 1 mile E from a point
on the coast, close N of Carloforte.
12.47 A submarine cable, which may best be seen on the chart, extends
WNW from a point on the coast, close N of Carloforte.
12.47 A least depth of 4.7m lies between the breakwater heads.
12.47 A fishing prohibited area, best seen on the chart, is centered
on the anchorage in position 39°10.7'N, 8°20.0'E.
12.47 A
submarine pipeline extends ENE from a point on the coast
in the vicinity of Punta du Din. A restricted area of extends
0.11 mile on each side of the pipeline. Underwater activity is
prohibited within the restricted area.
12.47 A semi-circular anchorage and fishing prohibited area with a
radius 1 mile lies centered on position 39°08.7'N, 8°19.0'E.
Canale di San Pietro
12.48 Numerous shoal areas obstruct Canale di San Pietro
and restrict passage to vessels with drafts of less than 4.6m.
The S part of the passage is deep and clear. The safest route
through the center portion of the passage is in the vicinity of
several buoys which are moored about 1 mile off Carloforte.
Passage just E of these buoys leads over a bank in a least depth
of 5m. Caution and careful navigation are necessary in this area.
The N part of the passage has several offshore banks with
wide areas of open water between them and the shores.
12.48 Anchorage
in the S part of Canale di San Pietro is preferable
to that in the N part, because of its less difficult approach. It is
exposed to SW winds, but these are neither frequent nor violent.
Anchorage, sheltered from NW winds, can be taken, in
depths 11 to 13m, sand and weed, about 1.5 miles SE of Torre
San Vittorio.
12.48 Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 12m, sand and weed,
in the N part of Canale di San Pietro, about 1 mile SE of Isola
Piana.
12.48 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels transiting the Canale di
San Pietro and those heading to or coming from Porto Vesme.
Porto Vesme (39°12'N., 8°24'E.)
World Port Index No. 39260
12.49 The port of Porto Vesme lies 4.5 miles NE of Carloforte
and is mostly used for the shipping of bulk minerals and
Pub. 131

220 Sector 12. Italy—Sardegna (Sardinia)
coal.
12.49 Winds—Weather.—The predominant winds are from the
NW, SSE, and SSW. During the winter, NW winds may produce
a strong undertow in the port.
12.49 Tides—Currents.—The tidal range is generally about 0.3m,
although from December to April it may be as much as 0.6m.
12.49 In general, the tidal currents are negligible, but may become
appreciable during strong winds.
12.49 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor, which is protected by
breakwaters, is approached through a channel, 200m wide. The
fairway of this channel is dredged to a depth of 14m. The entrance
between the breakwater heads is 134m wide.
12.49 The main facilities include Banchina Commerciale, an ore
quay, which has 280m of berthing space, with a depth of 8.2m
alongside, and whose W side is reserved for vessels up to
32,500 dwt with a maximum length of 200m; Pontile Euroallumina,
a bulk ore terminal, which has 400m of berthing space
with a depth of 13m alongside; and Pontile Samin, 40m long,
with a depth of 8.5m alongside. This berth is used for sulfuric
acid and can handle vessels with a maximum length of 100m
and a maximum draft of 9m.
12.49 It is reported that vessels up to 92,000 dwt and 12m draft can
be accommodated in the harbor.
12.49 Aspect.—Scoglio La Ghingetta, lying 1 mile NW of the harbor
entrance, is surrounded by rocks. A light is shown from a
tower, 10m high, standing on this rocky shoal.
12.49 Several shoal patches, with depths of 3 to 7m, lie about 1.6
miles WNW of the light and are marked by a lighted buoy.
12.49 Portoscuso, a small craft harbor, lies close NW of Porto Vesme
and is protected by breakwaters. Torre Portoscuso, a large
structure, stands close W of a village, 0.2 mile NW of the harbor.
12.49 The coal conveyor loading system and two chimneys of an
electric plant, which are situated at Porto Vesme, are conspicuous
from seaward. The entrance channel is marked by lighted
buoys.
12.49 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt.
Vessels approaching from the N usually embark the pilot about
2 miles N of Isola Piana. Vessels approaching from the S and
all vessels with a draft of less than 5.2m embark the pilot about
1 mile N of Calasetta. In inclement weather from the NW, vessels
arriving from the N will be directed to head to the entrance
of South Channel or to the Gulf of Palmas to board the pilot.
The pilots and harbor can be contacted on VHF channel 12. Pilots
are provided from Porto di Sant’ Antioco.
12.49 Anchorage.—Anchorage for vessels with drafts not exceeding
6m is available about 0.4 mile E of Scoglio La Ghinghetta.
Anchorage, sheltered from all but NW winds, can be obtained
in Anchorage Papa, in a depth of 13m, sand and weed, good
holding ground, about 1.2 miles SW of Porto Vesme.
12.49 Other anchorage berths have been established in the approaches
to Porto Vesme. Zone P1, Zone P2, and Zone P5 each
have a radius of 0.3 mile and are for vessels with a maximum
draft of 8m. Zone P3 and Zone P4 each have a radius of 0.2
mile and are for vessels with a maximum draft of 5.2m.
12.49 Directions.—From the NW, large vessels are advised to approach
the port by passing between Isola dei Meli and Secca
Martin in depths of about 30m. Smaller vessels may pass between
Isola Piana and Secca Grande in depths of about 15m,
but currents setting NNE towards Secca Grande are sometimes
Pub. 131
experienced.
12.49 Caution.—Entry into port is not recommended with strong
SE winds, which increase the current setting on the breakwater
and make maneuvering difficult in the very restricted waters.
12.49 A prohibited entrance area, with a radius of 300m, surrounds
Scoglio La Ghinghetta.
12.49 The entrance fairway is subject to silting.
Canale di San Pietro to Porto di Oristano
12.50 Capo Altano (39°14'N., 8°22'E.), located 2.5 miles
NW of Porte Vesme, is high and rocky. Isola dei Meli, 11m
high, lies 0.5 mile W of the cape and is surrounded by rocks
and foul ground.
12.50 Caution.—Tunny nets, which are generally marked, may extend
as much as 3 miles W of Capo Altano.
12.51 From Capo Altano to Porto Paglia, 3.5 miles NW, the
coast is high and rocky. At Porto Paglia, a small inlet, the
buildings of a tunny-processing plant are conspicuous. A low
reddish tower stands close W of the buildings and is prominent
from seaward.
12.51 Fontana
a Mare, situated 1.5 miles NNE of Porto Paglia, can
be recognized by a conspicuous white chimney dominating a
group of ruined houses. A white pipeline descends down the
side of a hill from the chimney. A stretch of sandy beach extends
between Porto Paglia and Fontana a Mare. At Porto Nebida,
situated 1 mile N of Fontana a Mare, a four-story building
stands at the base of a small wharf and is prominent from seaward.
12.51 Scoglio Pan di Zucchero (39°20'N., 8°24'E.), 132m high,
lies close offshore. When seen from the SW, this rock blends in
with the coastal background and is not easy to identify.
12.51 Porto
Flavia, a small inlet with steep shores, lies close NE of
Scoglio Pan di Zucchero. An ore-loading machine, situated in
an opening in the cliff, loads ore directly into holds of vessels
via a chute. Vessels usually anchor, in a depth of 9m, close to
the loading facility and moor to bollards on the shore. In addition,
there are several mooring buoys in the vicinity. The berth
is sheltered from N winds, but loading operations may be effected
during the prevailing NW winds.
12.51 Torre di Cala Domestica, 40m high, stands 2.5 miles NNW
of Porto Flavia and is prominent.
12.52 Capo Pecora (39°27'N., 8°23'E.), 18m high, is a
small projection which is joined to the coast by a low stretch of
land. It is dominated by Punta del Guardianu, 478m high,
which stands 1.2 miles inland. An above-water rock lies close
off the W extremity of this cape. The conspicuous peak of
Monte Arcuentu, 785m high, stands 12 miles NE of the cape.
12.52 The coast between Capo Pecora and Capo della Frasca (Capo
Frasca), 19 miles NNE, is steep and rugged. At the center of
this stretch, a large isolated building stands at Porto Tremolia.
12.52 Porto
Palma, a small inlet, is entered 3 miles N of Porto
Tremolia and has a sandy beach at its head. Several buildings
and a tall chimney of a tunny-fisheries plant are situated along
this beach.
12.52 Torre
di Flumentorgiu, 61m high, stands on a small point, 1
mile NNW of Porto Palma. It is conspicuous and very visible
from seaward.

12.52 Capo Frasca (39°46'N., 8°27'E.) is the N extremity of Piana
di Santadi, a plateau, which rises perpendicularly from the sea
and is covered with vegetation. A light is shown from a structure,
8m high, standing on the cape.
12.52 Caution.—An anchoring and fishing prohibited area, the
limits of which are shown on the chart, lies in the vicinity of
Capo Frasca.
12.53 Golfo di Oristano (39°49'N., 8°30'E.) is entered between
Capo della Frasca and Capo di San Marco, 5.5 miles
NNW. The gulf has low, sandy, and gently sloping shores. In
places, there are several whitish sand dunes, with patches of
vegetation, backed by extensive lagoons and marshes.
12.53 Conspicuous
landmarks in the approach to this gulf include
Monte Sa Trebinalada, 795m high, with two peaks, standing
13.5 miles E of Capo Frasca; Monte Urtigu, 1,050m high, with
gently sloping sides, standing 19 miles NNE of Capo San Marco;
and Torre San Giovanni, 50m high and surmounted by two
small turrets standing on a hill, 1 mile N of Capo di San Marco.
12.53 A prominent bell tower stands in the town of Oristano, which
is situated 7.5 miles ENE of Capo di San Marco.
12.53 Torre Grande (Gran Torre), standing 4.7 miles NE of Capo di
San Marco, is a large tower, 15m high, surrounded by houses.
A light is shown from this tower.
12.53 Pontile Merci, situated 0.9 mile SE of Torre Grande, projects
180m SW from the shore. Its head is rectangular and has a
depth of 6.9m alongside.
12.53 Pontile Perlite, situated close SE of Pontile Merci, projects
135m WSW from the shore. It has a T-head, 37m long, with a
depth of 6.7m alongside.
12.53 Pontile
SIPSA, situated close SE of Pontile Perlite, projects
180m WSW from the shore. The head is fitted with pipelines
for crude oil and has depths of 7 to 8m alongside.
Porto di Oristano (39°52'N., 8°33'E.)
World Port Index No. 39261
12.54 Porto di Oristano lies 3 miles SE of Torre Grande and
is entered through a dredged channel leading SE from a deep
area which extends NE into Golfo di Oristano.
Port of Oristano Home Page
http://www.oristano.guardiacostiera.it
12.54 Tides—Currents.—Currents are influenced by the lagoon
of San Giusti, which connects to the harbor via a feeder channel.
High tides generate a current flow toward the harbor; low
tides create a flow away from the harbor.
12.54 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor entrance is protected by
a mole and approached by a channel, 200m wide, which has a
dredged depth of 13m (1982).
12.54 The harbor consists of an outer basin and an inner basin,
both of which have a depth of 12m.
12.54 The main quays include Banchina Sottoflutto, with 308m of
berthing space and a depth of 11m alongside; Molo Sottoflutto,
with 120m of berthing space and a depth of 9.5m alongside;
Banchina Riva Est, with 520m of berthing space and a depth of
11m alongside; Banchina Riva Nord, with 520m of berthing
Sector 12. Italy—Sardegna (Sardinia) 221
space and a depth of 11m alongside; and Banchina Martini,
with 360m of berthing space and a depth of 11m alongside.
12.54 Vessels up to 60,000 dwt, 300m in length, and 11.7m draft
can be accommodated.
12.54 Aspect.—An outer lighted buoy is moored about 1.2 miles
SSW of Torre Grande and marks the approach. A lighted range
indicates the entrance channel.
12.54 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted
on VHF channel 11, 12, or 16 and board 2 miles NW of the
port. Tugs are available from Porto Torres, but 48 hours advance
notice must be given.
12.54 Regulations.—Navigation in the access channel is subject to
Rule 6 of the International Regulations to Prevent Collisions at
Sea of 1972.
12.54 Anchoring requires prior authorization. Vessels must contact
the pilots (on VHF channel 12,) and the port authorities (on
VHF channel 16) for permission to anchor.
12.54 Anchorage.—Small vessels can obtain anchorage, in a
depth of 6m, about 0.6 mile offshore, SSW of Torre Grande.
12.54 Three designated anchor berths are available, with limits as
best seen on the chart, as follows:
1. Berth B is centered on position 39°53.0'N., 8°31.4'E.
2. Berth C is located 1 mile SE of Capo di San Marco.
3. Berth D is NE of Berth C and centered 2.2 miles E of
Capo di San Marco.
12.54 Caution.—Depths within Porto di Oristano are subject to
change. Mariners are advised to contact the port authority for
the latest information.
Porto di Oristano to Isola Asinara
12.55 Capo di San Marco (39°52'N., 8°26'E.), 56m high, is
formed by a small and rocky promontory which is joined to the
mainland by a low and narrow strip of land. A light is shown
from a prominent structure, 15m high, standing on the cape.
12.55 Torre Vecchia, a low tower, is situated 0.5 mile NE of the
light.
12.55 Caution.—Unexploded ordnance is reported (1994) to lie
close SE of Capo di San Marco.
12.55 A prohibited area, best seen on the chart, encircles Capo di
San Marco.
12.55 Lighted
Capo di San Marco Light bearing N
superbuoys, best seen on the chart, lie up to 40 miles
W and SW of Capo di San Marco. These buoys are anchored to
the bottom by nylon cables and are a hazard to navigation and
to fishing.
Pub. 131

222 Sector 12. Italy—Sardegna (Sardinia)
12.56 Capo Mannu (40°02'N., 8°23'E.) is located 11 miles
NNW of Capo di San Marco. The coast between is backed by a
range of low hills covered with scrub in its S part and is low
and marshy in its N part. The cape is marked by a light. Torre
Sevo, standing 2.8 miles NW of Capo di San Marco, is very
visible from seaward.
12.56 Il Catalano, a dark-colored rock, lies on a shoal area, about
7.5 miles W of Capo di San Marco. It is 11m high and is surmounted
by a disused light structure. A detached rocky patch,
with a depth of 12m, lies about 1.2 miles SSW of this rock and
a dangerous wreck lies in this vicinity.
12.56 Rocky shoals, with depths 2.5m and 8m, lie about 0.7 mile
NNE and 2.5 miles NNE, respectively, of Il Catalano.
12.56 Isolotto Mal di Ventre (39°59'N., 8°18'E.), 18m high, is
flat, rocky, and fringed by shoals. Rocky shoals extend up to 1
mile NE of the island and a detached rocky area, awash, lies
about 1 mile SW of the island. A light is shown from a structure,
4m high, standing on the summit of the island. Anchorage
is available, in a depth of 16m, about 0.5 mile SE of the island
and sheltered from NW winds.
12.56 Caution.—A prohibited area, best seen on the chart, extends
from the NE extremity to the SW extremity enclosing the entire
W part of the island.
12.57 Capo Mannu, 48m high and precipitous, is joined to
the mainland by a marshy isthmus. When seen from the N or S,
this cape appears to consist of two flat islets. A light is shown
from a structure, 11m high, standing on the cape. Torre Mora
and Torre Mannu stand close S and 0.7 mile NE, respectively,
of the light.
12.57 Cala Saline, entered S of Capo Mannu, offers shelter to vessels
from winds from the NE and SE. Local knowledge is essential.
12.57 Isola de sa Tounaria (Isolotto Peloso), 12m high, lies close
offshore, 1.7 miles NE of Capo Mannu.
12.57 The coast between Capo Mannu and Capo Marargiu, 18
miles N, is rugged and somewhat high. Monte Urtigu dominates
the first section of this stretch of the coast.
12.57 Torre Foghe, a conspicuous tower, stands near the mouth of
the Fiume Mannu, 9.2 miles NE of Capo Mannu. The town and
cathedral of Cuglieri are situated 4.5 miles E of this tower and
are plainly visible from seaward.
12.57 Rocks extend up to 0.5 mile offshore, 2 miles N of Torre
Foghe.
12.57 Torre Columbargia, 33m high, stands on a reddish hill, 1.2
miles N of Torre Foghe. The town of Tresnuraghes is situated 3
miles ENE of this tower and can easily be recognized by its cathedral
dome which is fronted by two spires.
12.57 Isola Rossa (40°17'N., 8°28'E.), 15m high, lies close off the
S entrance point of Fiume Temi to which it is joined by a dike.
A large and conspicuous tower stands on the summit of the island.
12.57 A small breakwater extends SSE from the S extremity of this
island and a pier, with a depth of 4m at its head, extends from
the E side of the island. Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of
16m, about 0.2 mile NW of the island, but the berth is exposed.
12.58 Bosa Marina (40°16'N., 8°32'E.) is situated close NE
of Isola Rossa and on the S bank of Fiume Temo. Several conspicuous
resort buildings stand 1 mile S of the town. A quay,
Pub. 131
115m long, fronts the town and has a depth of 3m alongside.
There is an extensive marina and small craft harbor in this vicinity.
12.58 Torre Argentiera stands 2.5 miles N of Isola Rossa and is visible
from seaward. However, a conspicuous steep-sided hill,
scored with vertical furrows, stands close E of the tower and is
a better landmark.
12.58 Capo Marargiu (40°20'N., 8°23'E.) is high, bordered by
rocks, and distinctive due to its greenish color. A shoal patch,
with a depth of 5m, lies about 0.5 mile SW of the cape.
12.58 Torre Badde Iana stands 6.5 miles N of the cape and is white
and prominent.
12.58 Punta Poglina, located 4 miles NNW of Torre Badde Iana, is
low and surmounted by Torre Poglina, partially in ruins.
12.58 Rada d’Alghero (40°34'N., 8°15'E.) is entered between the
town of Alghero, situated 13 miles N of Capo Marargiu, and
Capo Galera, 3 miles WNW. The E shore of this bay is low and
sandy, and the W shore is hilly and rocky. An undulating coastal
plain, partly under cultivation, lies immediately inland of the
head of this bay.
12.58 Isolotto della Maddalena, marked by a light, lies on the shore
bank, 0.9 mile NW of Alghero. It is 4m high and rocky. Because
of its reddish color, this islet shows up against the light
sandy background of the shore. Depths of less than 5.5m extend
SW from this islet.
12.58 Conspicuous landmarks in this vicinity include Monte
Doglia, 437m high and conical, standing 3.5 miles N of Capo
Galera; a yellow villa standing on Capo Galera; Torre Lazzaretto,
standing 0.5 mile N of Capo Galera; and a belfry standing
1.2 miles N of Alghero.
12.58 This bay is open to winds from the SW which may last as
long as 8 days. When the summit of Monte Doglia is enveloped
in dense clouds, winds from the S or SW can be expected. A
dense fog over the coast to the S of Alghero is a sign of winds
from the W or NW.
12.58 Anchorage is available, in a depth of 20m, sand and weed,
good holding ground, about 0.7 mile W of Isolotto della Maddalena.
Anchorage is also available, in a depth of 14m, sand and
weed, about 0.2 mile E of Torre Lazzaretto.
12.58 Alghero (40°34'N., 8°19'E.), a small harbor, is sheltered by
two breakwaters. The town stands on a small rocky promontory
and is surrounded by medieval walls. The harbor is accessible
to small vessels up to 70m in length and 4m draft. Pilotage
is not compulsory, but is available. The pilot may be contacted
on VHF channel 11 or 16. Three designated anchorage areas
are located, as follows:
1. Anchorage A—position 40°34'02.4''N, 8°17'31.2''E.
2. Anchorage B—position 40°33'43.8''N, 8°17'43.8''E.
3. Anchorage C—position 40°34'20.4''N, 8°16'40.8''E.
12.58 Fertilia, a small town, is situated 2.5 miles NE of Capo Galera.
It has a prominent church spire and is fronted by a small
and shallow harbor.
12.59 Punta del Giglio (40°34'N., 8°12'E.) is located 2
miles W of Capo Galera and the coast between is high and
rocky. Punta del Giglio rises to a height of 108m, 0.2 mile inland,
and is surmounted by a tower. Punta del Rumani, 169m
high, stands near the coast, about midway along this stretch.
12.59 Porto Conte, entered close W of Punta del Giglio, offers
shelter from all winds. Monte Timidone, 361m high, stands on

the W side of this inlet and dominates the whole of this area.
With strong N winds, it is advisable to keep close to the NW
shore of this inlet and in the lee of Monte Timidone. When this
hill is obscured by clouds, strong NW winds can be expected
and may last for up to 5 days.
12.59 Torre
Nuova stands on a point located 1.5 miles N of Punta
del Giglio. This point is marked by a light and several hotels
and other prominent buildings are situated in its vicinity. Anchorage
can be taken, in depths of 6 to 20m, good holding
ground, within this inlet.
12.60 Capo Caccia (40°34'N., 8°10'E.), the W entrance
point of Porto Conte, is an imposing dark-colored promontory
with an almost perpendicular rock face. A light is shown from
a structure, 24m high, standing on the cape.
12.60 Caution.—A prohibited anchorage area extends up to 0.3
mile seaward around Capo Caccia.
12.60 The coast from Capo Caccia to Punta delle Gessiere, 4 miles
N, is high and inaccessible. Isolotto Foradada, 182m high and
pierced by a hole, lies 0.7 mile NW of the cape and is conspicuous.
Isola Piana lies 2.7 miles NNW of the cape. It is 107m
high and conspicuous. Torre Pegna stands on the brink of a
cliff, 0.7 mile SSE of the islet.
12.60 Torre di Bantine Sale, 20m high and partly demolished,
stands on the S entrance point of Porto Ferro, 4.2 miles NE of
Punta delle Gessiere. Torre Bianca, 64m high and conspicuous,
dominates a small conical promontory covered with brush on
the N entrance point of this bay.
12.60 Capo dell’ Argentiera (40°44'N., 8°08'E.), 221m high, can
Sector 12. Italy—Sardegna (Sardinia) 223
Capo Caccia
be easily recognized. Miniera dell’ Argentiera stands close E of
the cape. A prominent church and the conspicuous equipment
of the continually active mines are situated in this village.
12.60 From Capo dell’ Argentiera to Capo del Falcone, 14 miles N,
the coast is high, rocky, and inaccessible. It has a whitish color
for about 3 miles to the SSW of Capo del Falcone.
12.60 Capo
Mannu, located 4 miles NNE of Capo dell’ Argentiera,
is formed by a dark spur-shaped promontory. Isola dei Porti,
lying 6 miles NNE of Capo Mannu, appears conical from the
SW, but from the NW it is difficult to distinguish from the
coast.
12.60 Punta
Scoglietti, located 2.5 miles SSW of Capo del Fal-
cone, is low and rocky. When seen from the S, this point appears
to be whitish. It should not be approached closer than 0.5
mile because of the fringing rocks and shoals.
12.61 Capo del Falcone (40°58'N., 8°12'E.) is formed by
the N termination of a small peninsula. The summit of this peninsula,
189m high, stands 1 mile S of its seaward extremity and
is surmounted by Torre del Falcone, a conspicuous tower.
12.61 Isola
Piana, 23m high, lies close NE of the cape and divides
the canal leading between Sardegna and Isola Asinara into two
passages. A conspicuous dark tower stands on the NE side of
this islet. Passagio della Pelosa, the S passage, is available only
to small craft with local knowledge. Passagio dei Fornelli, the
N passage, has a depth of 3m in the fairway and is available
only to small vessels with local knowledge during good weather.
An overhead cable, with a height of 25m, spans the W entrance
of Passagio dei Fornelli and is supported by three
pylons.
Pub. 131

224 Sector 12. Italy—Sardegna (Sardinia)
Isola Asinara
12.62 Isola Asinara (41°04'N., 8°16'E.) consists of four
principal parts, all high, which are connected by low isthmuses.
The principal elevations of the island, from S to N, are Monte
Maestra Fornelli, 265m high; Monte Tumbarino, 241m high;
Monte Ruda, 215m high; and Monte Scomunica, 408m high.
Punta della Scorno (Punta Caprara) (41°07'N., 8°19'E.), the
N extremity of the island, is fringed with shoals which extend
up to 0.2 mile N of it. A light is shown from a prominent structure,
35m high, standing on the point.
12.62 The
W coast of the island is inaccessible and barren. The E
coast is partly rocky, partly sandy, and fringed with rocks, except
along the NE part which is generally steep-to. The buildings
of a penal colony are situated on the N side of Cala
d’Oliva, which is entered 2.5 miles SSE of Punta Caprara.
12.62 Punta
Trabuccato is located 4.3 miles SSE of Punta della
Scorno. This point is the extremity of a small peninsula which
is connected to Isola Asinara by a low isthmus. Torre Trabuccato
stands on the summit of this low peninsula.
12.62 Rada
della Reale, entered SW of Punta Trabuccato, has high
and rugged shores. Three groups of buildings of a quarantine
station stand on the N shore of this inlet. Two masonry piers
are situated near the W group of these buildings. The larger
one, 75m long and T-shaped, has a depth of 5m close off its
head.
12.62 Scogli
Neri, a group of drying rocks, extends up to 1.3 miles
SE from the vicinity of the quarantine station and is marked by
a lighted beacon. Anchorage is available on either side of this
group, in a depth of 10m, sand and weed. Regulations state that
these anchorages be used only in emergencies. Winds from the
E and NE cause a heavy swell in this bight.
12.62 Caution.—The island and waters surrounding the coastline
are known as Asinara National Park.
12.62 A
restricted area, the limits of which are shown on the chart,
lies in the vicinity of Isola Asinara. Landing is prohibited, except
for persons engaged in rescue or surveillance activities or
those with specific permission from park authorities.
12.63 Golfo dell’ Asinara (41°00'N., 8°30'E.), entered E of
Isola Asinara, offers good anchorage, sheltered from winds
from the NW, SW, and SE quadrants.
12.63 Between
Punta Negra, located 1.8 miles SE of Capo del Fal-
cone, and Porto Torres, 9 miles SE, the shores of Golfo dell’
Asinara are low, sandy, and backed by ponds. From Porto
Torres to Punta Tramontana, 11.3 miles ENE, the shore consists
of a series of sand dunes with a scattering of vegetation.
The remainder of the coast is composed of alternate high rocky
tracts and low sandy sections. In the background, the undulating
terrain rises gradually towards the higher elevations of the
interior of Sardegna.
12.63 Winds
from the NW, frequently very stormy, prevail in this
gulf. Winds from the NE, which are infrequent, usually raise a
rough sea in the gulf. If the coast of Sardegna is plainly visible
from the offing, generally NE or SE winds are to be expected.
When Monte Scomunica, standing near the N end of Isola Asinara,
is covered with clouds, generally strong NW or SW
winds are to be expected. There are no well-defined currents in
the gulf and those which have been encountered are mainly
surface currents influenced by the wind.
Pub. 131
12.63 Stintino (39°56'N., 8°14'E.), a small town, is situated 1 mile
S of Punta Negra and has several prominent white houses. Two
conspicuous chimneys of a tunny fisheries plant stand 1 mile S
of the town. Also prominent at this side of the gulf are Monte
Elva, 112m high, and Monte Alvaro, 342m high, which stand
4.5 miles W and 4.5 miles SW, respectively of Porto Torres.
Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 29m, sand, good holding
ground, about 0.7 mile E of Stintino.
12.63 Caution.—A marine farm is located 2.5 miles E of the port
entrance.
Porto Torres (40°50'N., 8°24'E.)
World Port Index No. 39310
12.64 Porto Torres lies at the head of Golfo dell’ Asinara
and consists of a new harbor and an old harbor.
Porto Torres Home Page
http://www.portotorres.guardiacostiera.it
12.64 Winds—Weather.—A violent NW wind, which is common
through the winter season, may create a heavy sea and considerable
surf in the approaches to the port.
12.64 Tides—Currents.—The tide is negligible, rising only 0.3m
at springs.
12.64 Depths—Limitations.—The old harbor, lying at the E side
of the port, is protected by two breakwaters which form an entrance,
270m wide, facing NE. This harbor is divided into two
basins. Avamporto is the outer basin and Porto Interno is the
inner basin.
12.64 The Molo di Ponente (W breakwater) is internally quayed
and comprises three berths.
12.64 The Molo di Levante (E breakwater) is 448m in length and is
oriented NW. Its inner side comprises the Banchina Alti Fondali
and is used for ferries and cargo vessels.
12.64 The entrance to the inner basin leads between two moles and
is 80m wide. This basin has 740m of quayage, with depths of
5.5 to 6.5m alongside.
12.64 Vessels up to 150m in length and 8m draft can be accommodated
in the old harbor.
12.64 The new harbor, which includes an oil terminal, lies at the W
side of the port and is protected by a breakwater which extends
about 0.6 mile NNE, 0.5 mile ENE, and then 1 mile E. It has
facilities for container, ro-ro, bulk, and tanker vessels.
12.64 Pontile di Levante, at the E side of the new harbor, extends
0.5 mile N from the shore. It has two berths for tankers at the
outer end, with depths of 12.7 to 14.5m alongside, and two
berths for dry cargo vessels at the inner end with depths of 12m
alongside.
12.64 Pontile Carichi Liquidi extends 0.6 mile N from the shore,
0.3 mile W of Pontile di Levante. It has three berths with
depths of 9 to 16m alongside. Berthing is done during daylight
hours only; unberthing is allowed up to 2359 local time.
12.64 Pontile Carichi Secchi extends 0.5 mile N from the shore,
0.7 mile W of Pontile Carichi Liquidi. There are three berths,
with depths alongside of 4 to 9m.
12.64 Aspect.—The town is situated on rather flat terrain and is
without any conspicuous heights when seen from seaward. The

most conspicuous landmark is the chimney of the cement
works which stands 0.8 mile WSW of the root of the W breakwater.
This chimney is reported to be clearly visible because of
its outline against the sky. Also prominent from seaward are
the Colonia Marina, a pink building, standing 0.5 mile E of the
town; several green tanks situated to the W of the town; and the
two loading gantries at the harbor.
12.64 Vessels of unlimited size with drafts up to 14.5m can be accommodated.
12.64 A light is shown from a prominent structure, 20m high,
standing 0.2 mile S of the old harbor. A light with racon is situated
at the head of the W breakwater at the old harbor.
12.64 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 tons.
Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12 or 16 and generally
board about 1 mile from the breakwater. Large tankers are
boarded up to 3 miles from the breakwater.
12.64 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available in two designated areas
to the NE of the port, as follows:
1. Area Balai 1 is centered 2 miles NE of the head of
Molo di Ponente and is used by vessels waiting to load or offload.
2. Area Balai 2 is centered 2.5 miles NE of the head of
Molo di Ponente and is used by vessels awaiting the results
of examinations.
12.64 Caution.—A submarine power cable lies in the entrance to
the old harbor and may best be seen on the chart.
12.64 The navigation lights at the harbor are reported to be sometimes
difficult to distinguish against the bright lights of the industrial
area.
12.64 Several submarine cables, which may best be seen on the
chart, extend N from the shore of the gulf, close E of the port.
Porto Torres to Punta Falcone
12.65 Punta Tramontana (40°53'N., 8°38'E.), the E entrance
point of Golfo dell’ Asinara, can be easily recognized by
a conspicuous tank standing on it. The coast between this point
and Porto Torres is moderately high and steep, with a succession
of sand dunes in the E part.
12.65 Castelsardo,
a town, stands on a small conical promontory, 4
miles NE of Punta Tramontana. An ancient fortified citadel,
surmounted by the tall antenna of a television relay station,
stands on the summit of the promontory which is 114m high.
From the W, the belfry of the cathedral can be seen at a lower
level and appears similar to a lighthouse. Torre Fragiano, partly
ruined, stands close W of the town.
12.65 Secca
di Castelsardo, a detached rocky patch with a depth of
11m, lies about 5.5 miles N of Castelsardo. The sea breaks on
this patch during strong N winds. Secca di Punta Spinosa, with
a depth of 9m, lies about 1 mile W of Castelsardo.
Sector 12. Italy—Sardegna (Sardinia) 225
12.65 San Pietro a Mare is situated SW of the mouth of Fiume
Coghinas, 4 miles E of Castelsardo. This village stands behind
sand dunes and a conspicuous chimney can be seen close S of
it.
12.65 Fiume Coghinas is the second largest river in Sardegna, but
its mouth cannot be easily identified from seaward. The sea in
the vicinity of the mouth of this river becomes turbid only
when the river is swollen.
12.65 Isola Rossa, lying 9 miles NE of Castelsardo, is 27m high,
barren, reddish, and surrounded by rocks. A prominent tower
stands on a point, 23m high, located close E of this island. A
shoal, with a depth of 7.9m, lies about 0.5 mile S of the island.
12.65 Punta di li Francesi (Punta Vignola), located 11 miles NE of
Isola Rossa, is 28m high and rocky. A prominent tower, partly
in ruins, stands 0.5 mile SE of this point. A shoal, with a depth
of 9.4m, lies about 1.5 miles ENE of the tower.
12.65 Capo di Monte Russu, located 3.5 miles ENE of Punta di li
Francesi, is a rugged and reddish promontory, 89m high, which
is easily recognized. From the W, it stands out from the surrounding
land and large patches of light-colored sand can be
seen on its shores. An islet lies 0.2 mile N of this cape.
12.65 Detached rocky patches, with depths of 6.5m and 7.5m, lie
about 1 mile W and 1.5 miles SW of the light. A patch, with a
depth of 7.5m, lies about 0.7 mile SSW of the SW extremity of
the cape. The sea breaks heavily on the shoals lying W of the
cape with rough NW seas.
12.66 Capo Testa (41°14'N., 9°08'E.), the SW entrance
point of the Strait of Bonifacio, is a prominent and rugged projection
which is connected to the mainland by a low, narrow,
and sandy isthmus. An inconspicuous pillar stands on its summit
which is 127m high. Capo Testa light is shown from a
structure, 33m high, standing near the NW end of the peninsula.
A disused signal station is situated close W of the light.
12.66 La
Colba, a cove entered on the SE side of the cape, offers
excellent shelter from winds from the NE quadrant. Anchorage
can be taken in Baia Santa Reparata, which lies close E of Capo
Testa, by small vessels. The best berth, in a depth of 16m,
sand, lies about 200m from the E shore and SE of the W entrance
point.
12.66 Between
Capo Testa and Punta Falcone, 3.5 miles E, the S
side of the Strait of Bonifacio is high, rocky, and fringed with
rocks and shoals. Porto Longonsardo, a narrow creek, lies 2.5
miles NE of Capo Testa. A light is shown from a structure, 7m
high, standing 0.5 mile SW of the E entrance point of this
creek. A village is situated on the W entrance point. A quay,
with a depth of 5m alongside its outer end, projects from the W
side of the creek and is used by fishing vessels and ferries.
12.66 The Strait of Bonifacio is described fully beginning in paragraph
11.16.
Pub. 131

13.
Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spar-
tivento
13.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 13 — CHART INFORMATION
227
Pub. 131

SECTOR 13
ITALY—WEST COAST—PROMONTORIO DI PIOMBINO TO CAPO SPARTIVENTO
13.0 Plan.—This sector describes the NE and E shores of the Tyrrhenian
Sea, the E side of Stretto di Messina, and the toe of the
boot of Italy. The general descriptive sequence is from N to S.
General Remarks
13.1 Regulations.—Tanker vessels of 1,600 grt and over
entering or leaving Italian ports and carrying, or with uncleaned
tanks which last carried, petroleum, gas, or chemical
products should report to a shore station before entering Italian
territorial waters off Italian ports. For further details, see Pub.
140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean
and Adjacent Seas.
13.1 The New Inspection Regime (NIR) of the Paris Memorandum
of Understanding (PMoU) has introduced a mandatory reporting
system for vessels arriving at or departing from a port
or anchorage within the Paris MoU region.
13.1 For further information, see paragraph 10.1 and North Atlantic
Ocean—Regulations—Paris Memorandum of Understanding
on Port State Control (PMoU) New Inspection
Regime (NIR) in Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning
Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and Adaecent Seas.
Canale di Piombino
13.2 Canale di Piombino (42°54'N., 10°29'E.) is generally
about 5 miles wide and leads between the SW side of Promontorio
di Piombino and the NE end of Isola d’Elba.
13.2 Punta Falcone (42°56'N., 10°30'E.), the SW extremity of
Promontorio di Piombino, is a conspicuous headland which is
fronted by a prominent rock. When seen from a distance, the
promontory appears to be an island.
13.2 Isola Cerboli and Isola Palmaiola lie in the S approach to the
channel and are fully described in paragraph 10.53.
13.2 At night, the red flashes of the blast furnaces situated in the
industrial area of Piombino on the S end of Promontorio di Piombino
are visible for some distance offshore. The thick
smoke of the chimneys also helps to identify the area.
13.2 During the winter, the currents in Canale di Piombino are not
very strong and are influenced by the prevailing winds. In summer,
a current sets E and sometimes attains a rate of 2.5 knots,
but it is weakened by SE winds. When winds are blowing from
either of the two W quadrants, this current is strong in the vicinity
of Isola Palmaiola and weak along the coast of Promontorio
di Piombino.
13.2 Caution.—Due to the existence of submarine cables and
pipelines, an anchoring and fishing prohibited area, the limits
of which are shown on the chart, extends S and W from the SW
side of Promontorio di Piombino.
Portovecchio di Piombino (42°56'N., 10°33'E.)
World Port Index No. 39740
229
13.3 The port of Piombino lies in the NW corner of Golfo
di Follonica and is protected by breakwaters. The city of Piombino,
an industrial center, is situated SW of the port and
stands on the S end of Promontorio di Piombino.
Port of Piombino Home Page
http://www.porto.piombino.li.it
13.3 Winds—Weather.—A difficult swell sets into the harbor
with S or SE winds.
13.3 Depths—Limitations.—Mollo Batteria extends NE and
protects the harbor from the SE. Pontile Italsider extends SE
and protects the harbor from the N and E. The approach has
depths of 13 to 18m. The approach channel to Pontile Italsider
is dredged to a depth of 12m.
13.3 The main berths include the following:
1. Ilva Pier N—260m long, with a depth of 11.9m alongside.
2. Ilva Pier S—180m long, with a depth of 9.2m alongside.
3. Magona Pier N—50m long, with a depth of 6.7m
alongside.
4. Magona Pier S—100m long, with a depth of 6.1m
alongside.
5. Trieste Pier—130m long, with a depth of 5.8m alongside.
6. Outer Mole—140m long, with a depth of 7.9m alongside
13.3 There are facilities for general cargo, passenger, ro-ro, and
bulk vessels. Lightering operations are also possible in an area
designated by the port authorities.
13.3 The port can accommodate vessels up to 80,000 dwt, with a
length of up to 260m, and a maximum draft of 11.9m.
13.3 Berthing of vessels greater than 50,000 dwt is inadvisable in
darkness or bad weather. Severe S gales may force all ships in
the harbor to leave berths on account of the swell and proceed
to sea.
13.3 Aspect.—La Rocchetta, a rocky spur, is located 1.3 miles SE
of Punta Falcone and extends 250m S from the middle of the
city. A light is shown from a structure, 5m high, standing on
this spur.
13.3 A prominent red belfry stands at the W end of the city and a
hospital, with a slender tower, stands in the center. Il Castello,
an old and massive fortress, stands on the coast, close E of the
city.
Pub. 131

230 Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento
13.3 A prominent disused signal station, with a flagstaff close to
it, stands on the SE extremity of Promontorio di Piombino.
Several blast furnaces and numerous chimneys are situated farther
inland.
13.3 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt.
Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12 and generally
board about 1 mile ESE of the Molo Batteria. Vessels should
send an ETA and call on VHF 1 hour prior to arrival.
13.3 Regulations.—Vessels entering or leaving the harbor must
keep to the starboard side of the approach channel and proceed
at the slowest speed consistent with maneuverability. Vessels
entering the harbor must give way to vessels leaving.
13.3 Vessels entering or leaving Piombino should maintain a listening
watch on VHF channel 13, as follows:
1. On entering—From 1 mile off the entrance until completion
of berthing.
2. On leaving—Immediately on leaving the berth until 1
mile off the entrance.
13.3 If requested, the Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) will provide
information, radar assistance, and radar pilotage in the approaches
to Piombino. This service is available 24 hours. The
VTS is located at the Semaphore Station and can be contacted
on VHF channel 12.
13.3 Anchorage.—Anchorage A is for vessels with a draft of 7m
or less. It lies 0.7 mile NE of the harbor entrance within the pilotage
area. Anchorage B lies 1.5 miles E of the harbor entrance
outside the pilotage area and is used by tankers awaiting
a berth at Torre del Sale power station. Anchorages C1-C5 are
for vessels with a draft of greater than 7m. These anchorages
lie SE of the harbor entrance around the perimeter of the lighterage
area.
13.3 Strong S or SE winds frequently raise heavy seas in the
roadstead, hampering cargo handling operations.
13.3 Caution.—Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within
350m of a line joining the heads of Molo Batteria and the approaches
to Pontile Italsider.
Golfo di Follonica
13.4 Golfo di Follonica lies between Promontorio di Piombino
and Punta Ala, 11 miles SE. Its N and NE shores are
low and marshy, but the SE shore consists of a sandy beach and
is backed by green hills. Torre del Sale, attached to a house,
stands on the N shore of the gulf, 2.8 miles NE of Piombino.
Torre Mozza, a dark tower, stands on the beach, 4.2 miles E of
Torre del Sale. Its upper part is broken away.
13.4 Several large buildings, a chimney, and silos line the shore
near Torre del Sale, and are fronted by a small private oil harbor.
The berth, which is protected by moles, has a depth of
4.5m alongside and can handle vessels up to 2,000 dwt and
4.3m draft. An outfall pipe lies off the harbor entrance.
13.4 Follonica (42°55'N., 10°46'E.), a small town, is situated on
the NE shore of the gulf, 2.5 miles ESE of Torre Mozza. It
stands on the coastal plain among numerous pine trees. A
church, with a slender belfry, stands in the town; a prominent
tall building stands 0.2 mile SSW of the church; and a large
yellow building, with a red roof, is situated 0.4 mile SE of the
town.
13.4 A pier, used primarily for the extraction of sea water for use
in refrigeration plants, extends up to 1.5 miles SE of Follonica.
Pub. 131
There are depths of 7 to 8m along the N side of the head of this
pier, and depths of 5 to 6m along the S side of the head.
13.4 Vessels en route to the anchorage must contact the Piombino
pilots on VHF channel 12 to notify their ETA and request an
anchorage assignment.
13.4 Anchorage areas, best seen on the chart, have been established,
as follows:
1. Area A—Vessels with a draft exceeding 7m. Established
2 miles WSW of the pier head centered on position
42°53'N, 10°44'E. This anchorage is used by vessels due to
moor at the pier. Vessels bound for this anchorage must contact
Piombino and Torre del Sale pilot station prior to arrival
for instructions.
2. Area B—Vessels bound for the Torre del Sale power
station.
3. Area C—Vessels with a maximum draft of 7m.
13.4 Caution.—A prohibited area containing a dangerous wreck,
which may best be seen on the chart, lies 1.5 miles W of this
sea water extraction pier.
13.4 Concrete structures have been placed on the sea bed along
the coast near Follonica between Torre del Sale and Punta Le
Canne to discourage illegal trawling.
13.5 Punta Portiglione (42°53'N., 10°47'E.), located on
the E side of the gulf, is relatively high and steep. A prominent
two-story building stands on the flat top of the point. This point
marks the end of a low beach and the beginning of a steep and
rocky stretch of coast.
13.5 A concrete platform and pillar, standing close 90m SW of
Punta Portiglione, is the terminus of an overhead cable ore
transporter. Vessels up to 134m in length and 5.5m draft can be
handled at this facility. Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over
500 tons. It has been reported (1987) that this terminus is no
longer in use.
13.5 Punta Ala (42°48'N., 10°44'E.), the SE entrance point of
Golfo di Follonica, is easily identified by a fort standing 0.2
mile E of it. This fort is comprised of a pink, square building
with windows and it is surmounted by a tower. A two-story
building, with a curved facade facing W, stands on the extremity
of the point. An extensive yacht marina lies in the vicinity of
the point.
13.5 A strong current, especially during the summer with NW
winds, sets towards Scogli Porchetti, a ridge of above and below-water
rocks, which extends 0.4 mile W of Punta Ala.
Scoglio dello Sparviero, an islet, lies 0.5 mile WSW of the outer
rock of the ridge, and is surmounted by an old tower. The
passage between this islet and the ridge of rocks should not be
attempted.
Golfo di Follonica to Baia di Talamone
13.6 Forte Rocchetta (42°46'N., 10°48'E.), a yellow
building with a square tower, stands on a rocky spur, 3.5 miles
SE of Punta Ala. Between this fort and Cala di Forno, 16 miles
SE, the coast consists of a sandy beach, broken only by the entrance
of Fiume Ombrone. Torre Galera, standing 0.5 mile
NNW of Forte Rochetta, is high and surrounded by ruins. To
the S of Cala di Forno, the coast is formed by cliffs. Two small
towns and numerous towers are situated along this coastal area.
13.6 Castiglione della Pescaia (42°46'N., 10°53'E.) stands on the

Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento 231
N bank of a canal. This town is situated partly on a plain and
partly on a hill which is surmounted by an old citadel. A point,
covered with a thick pine grove, is located 0.7 mile WNW of
the town. A prominent brick-red villa, fronted by a wall, stands
in the middle of the pine grove. Numerous villas, with bright
red roofs, are situated along the coast between this point and
the town.
13.6 Marina di Grosseto, situated 5 miles SE of Castiglione della
Pescaia, is a beach resort with numerous villas and buildings
standing close to the shore. Torre San Rocca stands on the
beach at this resort. It is red with a white roof, but is difficult to
distinguish from the nearby structures.
13.6 Fiume Ombrone, located 4 miles S of Marina di Grosseto,
empties into the sea through a low beach and its mouth should
be given a wide berth at all times. A house, with a red roof,
stands on the beach in front of thick pine woods in the vicinity
of the river mouth.
13.6 Torre Castel Marina stands 2.5 miles E of the mouth of Fiume
Ombrone. Torre Collelungo stands 0.5 mile farther SSE
and is an old and well preserved tower.
13.6 Between Torre Collelungo and Cala Forno, 1.5 miles SSE,
the coast is rocky. Torri dell’Uccellina, standing 1.2 miles E of
Torre Collelungo, consists of two towers. The NW tower is tall
and reddish and the other is shorter and dark in color. A conspicuous
tower, with high windows, also stands on the S side of
Cala Forno. Cala Forno is a small and rocky cove, with depths
in the middle of 5m, lying on the N side of a high promontory.
13.6 Torre Cannelle stands 2.3 miles SSE of Cala Forno. This
tower is squat and square with an enclosing wall on its S side.
13.6 Capo d’Uomo, located 4 miles SSE of Cala Forno, is surmounted
by a tall and prominent tower.
13.6 Formiche di Grosseto (42°34'N., 10°53'E.), consisting of a
group of three rocks, lies about 7 miles SW of the mouth of Fiume
Ombrone. The N rock, 12m high and whitish, is the largest
and highest of the group. A light is shown from a structure,
12m high, standing on this rock. The middle rock is blackish.
The S rock is the smallest and lowest of the group. During
gales, overfalls have been observed more than 0.5 mile S of it.
13.6 Caution.—It is reported that unexploded ordnance exists to
the W of Castiglione della Pescaia. It lies in a depth of 6.4m
within approximately 1.7 miles of the W harbor light. Vessels
are advised that it is dangerous to navigate or anchor in this vicinity.
13.6 A wreck lies about 1 mile W of the tower standing on the S
side of Cala Forno. It is reported to contain unexploded ordnance
which has been dispersed on the bottom. Therefore, it is
prohibited to anchor or fish within 1.5 miles of the coast between
Cala Forno and the mouth of the Fiume Ombrone.
Baia di Talamone
13.7 Baia di Talamone (42°33'N., 11°09'E.) is 1.2 miles
wide at its entrance and is fringed by a bank which is clearly
marked by discolored water. The village of Talamone, surrounded
by a wall, is situated close N of the W entrance point.
An old fortress, surmounted by a tower, stands within the village
walls. A light is shown from a tower, 18m high, standing
on the S side of the fortress.
13.7 A prominent church belfry is situated close N of the village,
but is visible only from between the S and E. A cemetery, with
a conspicuous white monument, is situated about midway between
the village and this belfry. A small craft harbor, protected
by a mole and a breakwater, front the village.
13.7 A
square tower stands on the S entrance point of the bay.
Torre Saline, a massive square tower with several houses close
to it, stands 3 miles farther SSE. A tall and conspicuous silo,
with a flat roof and a yellow superstructure, is situated in a village,
NW of Torre Saline.
13.7 During N winds, Baia di Talamone affords good anchorage,
in a depth of 12m, mud, SE of the cemetery and ENE of the W
entrance point.
13.7 Caution.—Anchorage is prohibited in a triangular area
which extends 0.7 mile S of Talamone and may best be seen on
the chart.
13.7 A dangerous wreck is reported to lie about 0.7 mile SE of
Talamone.
Promontorio Argentario
13.8 Promontorio Argentario (42°24'N., 11°08'E.),
which is higher and more prominent than Promontorio di Piombino,
appears as an island when seen from a distance. Its
coasts are rugged, rocky, broken, and steep-to.
13.8 Monte
Argentario, the summit of the promontory, and Pog-
gio Canaloni, standing 0.3 mile S of it, appear as twin peaks
when seen from the W or SW, because of the similarity of their
outlines. During the summer, the mountains are generally obscured
by haze, but in winter, a mountain with twin peaks,
standing 35 miles NE of the promontory, is clearly visible in
good weather. However, during strong SE winds, this mountain
is covered with mist.
13.8 Conspicuous
landmarks in this vicinity include Torre Argen-
tiera, a tall and dark tower, standing 2 miles SSE of Punta Lividonia
(42°26'N., 11°06'E.); the television antenna situated N of
Monte Argentario; and Scoglio Argentarola, a tall and lightcolored
building, standing on the N end of a ridge, 1.7 miles S
of Punta Lividonia.
13.8 Isola
del Giglio and Isola di Giannutri, which lie E and S of
Promontorio Argentario, are fully described in paragraph 10.57
and paragraph 10.58, respectively.
13.9 Porto Santo Stefano (42°26'N., 11°07'E.) (World
Port Index No. 39790), a Naval harbor, lies on the NE side of
Promontorio Argentario. It is entered between Punta Nera and
Punta della Madonnetta, 1 mile WNW, and consists of two harbors,
Porto del Valle and Porto Vecchio.
Porto Santo Stefano Home Page
http:/www.portosantostefano.guardiacostiera.it
13.9 Winds—Weather.—Winds from the NW are often strong
and raise a sea in the roadstead. Winds from the NE quadrant,
especially NNE winds, are dangerous to vessels at the quays.
13.9 Depths—Limitations.—The entrance to Porto del Valle has
a depth of 11m and there are general depths of 5 to 10m within
the harbor. Banchino Toscana has 120m of berthing space with
depths up to 7.6m alongside. Vessels up to 90m in length can
be handled with drafts up to 7m, and vessels up to 110m in
length can be handled with drafts up to 6.5m. Tankers up to
Pub. 131

232 Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento
20,000 tons can be accommodated by mooring stern-to at the
outer side of the E mole and discharging via a floating pipeline.
There are also facilities for bulk, ro-ro, and hydrofoil vessels.
13.9 Aspect.—The town stands at the foot of steep hills and is
dominated by an old fort and a church with a square belfry. The
town of Orbetello is situated near the middle of a large salt lake
which separates Promontorio Argentario from the coast. This
town is plainly visible and prominent from seaward. A conspicuous
tower, in ruins, stands on a point, 0.7 mile E of Punta
Nera. A prominent column, surmounted by a statue, and a
small white pillar stand on Punta della Madonnetta.
13.9 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 tons.
The pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 14 or 16 and
board at the port entrance. Vessels in the roadstead must not
exceed a speed of 6 knots.
13.9 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor off the harbor, in a depth
of 26m, mud, WNW of Punta Nera and NW of the church outside
the prohibited area.
13.9 Caution.—Due to submarine cables, an anchoring and fishing
prohibited area, the limits of which are shown on the chart,
extends N from the N side of Porto Santo Stefano and then SW
to Isola del Giglio.
13.9 In order to avoid obstructing vessels entering and leaving the
port, anchoring and fishing are prohibited in an area, which
may best be seen on the chart, lying in the roadstead.
13.10 Punta Lividonia (42°26'N., 11°06'E.), the NW extremity
of Promontorio Argentario, is surmounted by a disused
light structure. A light is shown from a structure, 12m high,
standing close SW of the point. A prominent mast stands close
SE of the point.
13.10 Punta Calagrande, located 1.5 miles SW of Punta Lividonia,
is surmounted by a disused signal station consisting of a building
surrounded by a group of light-colored huts.
13.10 Punta Calamoresca, 0.7 mile S of Punta Calagrande, is surmounted
by an old ruined tower. Scoglio Argentarola, lying 0.3
mile W of this point, is a dark above-water rock which is steepto
except at its N end. A spit, with a depth of 8m at its extremity,
extends about 100m N from its N end.
13.10 Punta di Torre Ciana, steep and rocky, is the S extremity of
Promontorio Argentario. A tower, with a short wall behind it,
stands close within this point.
13.10 Punta Avoltore, located 1.5 miles E of Punta di Torre Ciana,
consists of steep, rugged cliffs which rise sheer from the sea.
These cliffs, 227m high, are surmounted by a massive and conspicuous
tower.
Pub. 131
Punta Lividonia from SW
13.10 Colle della Rocca, a hill, stands 1.5 miles N of Punta Avoltore,
on the S side of Porto Ercole.
13.10 Porto Ercole (42°23'N., 11°13'E.), a small craft harbor, lies
on the SE side of Promontorio Argentario at the head of a small
inlet. It is protected by a breakwater. From the E, the hills on
both sides of the inlet appear rounded and of about the same
height. Both of these hills project out conspicuously from the
higher land of which they are spurs, and are surmounted by old
forts. Another small but conspicuous light-colored fort stands
0.5 mile SW of the S entrance point of the harbor. Anchorage
can be taken off the entrance to the harbor, in a depth of 14m,
sand, NNW of the S entrance point of the inlet.
13.10 Caution.—Due to the presence of a suspected explosive device
a circular prohibited area, with a radius of 100m, lies centered
on position 42°23.1'N, 11°12.9'E.
Promontorio Argentario to Civitavecchia
13.11 Punta Ansedonia (42°24'N., 11°17'E.), located 3.5
miles E of Porto Ercole, is the S end of a moderately high,
steep, and rocky promontory which separates two beaches.
Torre Ansedonia, a ruined, barely visible tower standing on the
summit of the promontory is visible from seaward. A house,
with a red roof, is situated near this tower and to the W and
lower down stands a prominent white house. Another tower,
partly in ruins, stands on the SE extremity of the point.
13.11 Isola Formica di Burano, lying 1.7 miles SE of Punta Ansedonia,
is low and black. It should not be closely approached.
13.11 Between Punta Ansedonia and Civitavecchia, 30 miles SE,
the coast is low, sandy, and can be approached within 1 mile,
except near Punta Morelle, about midway along this stretch.
The village of Capalbio, standing 6.7 miles NE of Punta Ansedonia,
appears as a white patch from seaward and is conspicuous.
This village is dominated by a square tower.
13.11 Montalto di Castro (42°21'N., 11°36'E.), a village, is situated
2 miles inland. This village can be identified by its conspicuous
church belfry and small castle which has two red towers.
Torre di Montalto stands on the beach, SW of the village. It is a
brick structure situated at the SE end of a long building.
13.11 Porto Clementino, situated 9 miles SE of Torre di Montalto,
consists of a group of buildings standing on the beach. A conspicuous
white building, painted red in its upper part, stands
close S of this town and is surmounted by a tower. Another
conspicuous white building is situated close NW of the town.
13.11 Tarquinia, situated 3.2 miles NE of Porto Clementino, is a
large town which stands on a plateau. It has numerous towers
and a conspicuous church is situated at the E end. A conspicuous
red building, without windows, stands on the hillside,
about midway between Tarquinia and Porto Clementino.
13.11 Torre Valdaliga, a short tower, stands on the coast, 1.8 miles
NW of Civitavecchia. A power station, with three conspicuous
chimneys, is situated close E of this tower.
13.11 Two structures, from which lights are shown, are situated 0.2
mile WNW and 0.3 mile W of the power station. Two piers,
which carry pipes for the extraction of sea water, extend up to
0.2 mile S of the power plant and are marked by lights at their
heads.
13.11 Caution.—Coastal reclamation is being carried out between
a position lying 0.7 mile SE of the power station and the entrance
to Civitavecchia.

Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento 233
13.11 Anchoring and fishing prohibited areas, which may best be
seen on the chart, extends SW from the vicinity of a point lying
4 miles SE of Porto Clementino and Torre Valdaliga.
13.11 A submarine pipeline, which may best be seen on the chart,
lies about 2 miles offshore along the S part of this stretch of
coast.
13.11 A prohibited area has been established in the vicinity of position
42°20.0'N, 11°27.4'E. No fishing, anchoring, diving, or
trawling is permitted within a 500m radius of this marine reserve.
Civitavecchia (42°06'N., 11°47'E.)
World Port Index No. 39810
13.12 Civitavecchia, the port for Roma, stands on a plain
and is easily seen and identified from seaward. The port consists
of outer and inner harbors with several basins.
Civitavecchia Home Page
http:/www.port-of-rome.com
13.12 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are from the SE
and bring rain, especially during the winter. In the summer, the
land and sea breezes usually alternate, except for variations due
to atmospheric disturbances. Strong SW breezes may raise a
slight sea in the outer harbor.
13.12 Tides—Currents.—Currents in the vicinity of the port follow
the direction of the wind. Generally, they set NW with little
strength.
Civitavecchia—Approach to harbor entrance
13.12 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is protected by an outer
breakwater which extends 1 mile NW from the W side of Forte
di Michelangelo. A shoal, marked by a lighted beacon, lies
about 500m ESE of the head of this breakwater and narrows
the entrance channel to a width of about 120m.
13.12 The five main harbor basins have 1,851m of total berthing
space, with depths of 5.5 to 11.9m alongside. Darsena Petroli,
a tanker basin, has 702m of total berthing space, with depths of
10.2 to 10.5m alongside. In addition, there is 868m of total berthing
space, with depths of 7.3 to 8.7m alongside, on the inner
side of the breakwater.
13.12 There are facilities for ferry, cruise, bulk, and tanker vessels.
Vessels up to 49,500 dwt, 250m in length, 35m beam, and
10.5m draft can be accommodated.
13.12 Aspect.—Good landmarks in the vicinity of the harbor include
a cemetery, enclosed by a stone wall, situated 0.2 mile
NE of the harbor entrance; a number of silos standing in the SE
part of the harbor; and Forte di Michelangelo standing close SE
of the harbor.
13.12 A chimney, 250m high and painted with red and white
stripes, and a group of three smaller chimneys, also painted
with red and white stripes, stand in the NW part of the town.
Civitavecchia Light is shown from a prominent structure, 33m
high, standing 1.5 miles E of the harbor entrance. A radiobeacon
is situated at the light. A racon is situated at the light structure
standing on the head of the outer breakwater.
13.12 An oil platform, from which a light and a racon is shown, has
been established NW of Civitavecchia, 1.5 miles W of Torre
Valdaligia (42° 07.4'N., 11°45.6'E.). A submarine oil pipeline
is laid from the platform to the shore, 1 mile NE.
Pub. 131

234 Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento
Pub. 131
Civitavecchia—Berth No. 12B
Civitavecchia—Forte Michelangelo

Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento 235
Civitavecchia Light
13.12 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt.
Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 14 and generally
board about 1 mile from the harbor entrance.
13.12 Regulations.—A Traffic Separation Scheme has been established
in the approaches to Civitavecchia. The scheme consists
of a precautionary area, a 200m wide separation zone, an in-
Civitavecchia—Chimneys 1 mile N of harbor entrance
bound lane SE of the separation zone, an outbound lane NW of
the separation zone, and an Inshore Traffic Zone. All vessels
transiting in the TSS near the port entrance must maintain a listening
watch on VHF channels 14 and 16.
13.12 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in a depth of 16m, about
500m NW of the head of the outer breakwater. Two anchorage
areas have been established. Anchorage Area A is for use by all
vessels except those carrying dangerous cargo. Anchorage Area
B is for use by vessels carrying dangerous cargo.
13.12 Caution.—Care should be exercised when entering the harbor
at night as the navigation lights are not easily distinguished
from the lights of the town.
13.12 An anchoring, fishing, and stopping prohibited area, the limits
of which are shown on the chart, lies in the vicinity of the
approaches to the port.
13.12 The above oil platform is surrounded by a restricted area,
with a radius of 0.2 mile, to which entry is prohibited.
13.12 An extensive area of works in progress extends NW from the
head of the outer breakwater and is best seen on the chart.
Civitavecchia to Fiumicino
13.13 Capo Linaro (42°02'N., 11°50'E.) is low and barren.
It is surmounted by two high antennas which are very conspicuous
from seaward.
13.13 Santa
Marinella, a small town and summer resort, extends
along the coast to the E of the cape. Palazzo Riviera, a conspicuous
group of high buildings, is situated near the E end of this
town. Anchorage may be obtained, by vessels with local
knowledge, in a depth of 12m, weed, about 0.2 mile offshore,
Pub. 131

236 Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento
0.5 mile ESE of Palazzo Riviera.
13.13 Torre Marangone, a large square structure, stands on the
beach, 2 miles NNW of the cape. An extensive yacht and pleasure
craft harbor, protected by two moles, lies close NNW of
this tower.
13.13 The coast between Capo Linaro and the mouth of Fiume Tevere,
25 miles SSE, is low and slopes gently to the sea. The N
part of this stretch of coast is barren, while the S part is thickly
covered with pine trees. Numerous small streams flow through
valleys and discharge into the sea along this stretch. Shoals and
rocky patches front the shore and extend up to 2 miles seaward
in places.
13.13 Caution.—Three obstructions, which may best be seen on
the chart, have been placed, with depths of 18 to 22m, on the
seabed between 2.5 miles NW and 1 mile W of Capo Linaro.
These obstructions are used as a deterrent to trawling.
13.14 Santa Severa (42°01'N., 11°58'E.) is situated on the
coast, 5.5 miles ESE of Capo Linaro. This village can be identified
by the houses which are enclosed within the walls of a
large castle. At a short distance NNE of the castle, a conspicuous
hill, with a bare and white peak, stands out from the surrounding
hills and is visible at a great distance. A conspicuous
red villa is situated 1.3 miles SE of Santa Severa. It is surrounded
by trees and stands close N of a section of low trees. A
factory, with a tall chimney, is situated close E of this villa.
13.14 Anchorage
may be obtained, with local knowledge, in a
depth of 11m, about 0.2 mile SW of the castle, having regard to
the coastal bank and detached shoal patches in this vicinity.
Several rocks lie close offshore abreast the castle and give it
protection from the sea.
13.14 Monte
Santo, 430m high, stands 4.7 miles NE of Santa Sev-
era. It has a conspicuous rocky projection on the NW side and
the ruins of a fort stand on the summit. A large, low, and lightcolored
building, which is visible from seaward, stands on the
saddle between Monte Santo and Monte Sassone, 1.3 miles W.
Torre Flavia, split in two and dark, stands 5.5 miles SE of Santa
Severna.
13.14 Cerveteri,
a village, is situated 3.2 miles NE of Torre Flavia
and is clearly visible from seaward. Two villages, separated by
a wooded area, stand on the coast to the SSW of Cerveteri and
are prominent. A conspicuous church, partly hidden by some
houses, stands at the NW end of Ladispoli, the NW village.
Two conspicuous buildings, one being a well-preserved castle
and the other a modern house, stand at the E end of Palo, the
SE village.
13.14 The
coast between Palo and Fiumicino, 11 miles SSE, is
backed by low, undulating hills which gradually decrease in elevation
to the S. Torre di Palidoro, a square and light-colored
structure, stands 2 miles SE of Palo and can be easily identified
by a low farmhouse which is situated close SE of it.
13.14 Torre
del Maccarese stands 3.5 miles SSE of Torre di Pali-
doro and is square and shorter than the former tower. It is situated
at the N edge of a dense wood which backs the coast and
extends 2 miles SSE. A dangerous wreck, marked by a buoy,
lies offshore 3.7 miles WSW of the tower.
13.14 When navigating at night along the coast between Capo Linaro
and Capo d’Anzio, 50 miles SE, the glare of the lights of
Pub. 131
Roma (Rome) can be seen.
Fiumicino (41°46'N., 12°14'E.)
World Port Index No. 39820
13.15 Fiumicino stands on the N bank of Canaledi Fiumicino,
just within its shallow entrance. Fiumara Grande, the S
branch of Fiume Tevere (Fiume Tiber), is located 2 miles S.
Isola Sacra, which separates the two entrances, is low and flat
with no distinctive features. The offshore oil terminal lies SW
of the town.
13.15 Tides—Currents.—Great caution is necessary when conducting
a coastal transit at night in this vicinity, especially during
fresh NE winds, because of the nature of the coast, the off
lying shoals, and the various and irregular currents. In general,
the current from Fiumara Grande sets perceptibly NNW because
of the prevailing S winds. Its rate is variable and can
sometimes reach as much as 6 to 7 knots. This is also true off
the mouth of Canale di Fiumicino. When S winds are blowing
freshly, the dividing line between the yellowish current and the
blue sea water is distinctly visible. If a vessel is approaching
from the SW, blue water will be reached after the vessel has
passed beyond the river mouth. The current close inshore
sometimes sets towards the land.
13.15 Depths—Limitations.—The offshore oil terminal consists
of two mooring platforms connected to the shore by submarine
pipelines.
13.15 These platforms, situated 0.5 mile apart, lie 2.7 miles SW of
the entrance to Canale di Fiumicino. Platform R1 can accommodate
vessels up to 200,000 dwt, with drafts up to 15.2m.
Platform R2 can accommodate tankers up to 150,000 dwt, with
drafts up to 13.7m. Each terminal is marked by a light.
13.15 Aspect.—The town of Fiumicino is situated on the N bank
of a canal which forms the seaward mouth of Fiume Tevere.
The large buildings and control tower of the airport stand close
N of the town and are very conspicuous. A large yellow hotel
and the pilot lookout station tower, 13m high, stand at the W
end of the town and are prominent. A light is shown from a
structure, 17m high, standing in the vicinity of the canal entrance.
13.15 Lido di Ostia, conspicuous and clearly visible from seaward,
extends SE along the coast from the S entrance of Fiumara
Grande. Within this resort is a prominent church, water tank,
and the tower of a college.
13.15 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for berthing at the mooring
platforms and for all vessels transiting the canal and river.
Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12 or 16 and board in
the pilotage zone, located about 1 mile N of the platforms. Vessels
should send their ETA 72 hours and 24 hours in advance
through Roma Radio.
13.15 Regulations.—Traffic zones have been established in the
waters between Fosso Cupino and Tor San Lorenzo. There are
three zones, as follows:
1. Local Traffic Zone.
2. Inshore Traffic Zone (ITZ).
3. Offshore Traffic Zone.

13.15 The
Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento 237
Entry/Exit Points are located, as follows:
Entry/Exit Points Description
Check Point Zone
Echo 1 Area
Echo 0 Area
Uniform 0 Area
A point about 11 miles SW of the
breakwaters (41°40.8'N, 11°59.2'E).
Area with a radius of 0.3 mile centered
on a point about 8 miles WSW
of the breakwaters (41°46.2'N,
12°02.5'E).
Area with a radius of 0.3 mile centered
on a point about 6 miles SW of
the breakwaters (41°41.8'N,
12°07.9'E).
Area with a radius of 0.3 mile centered
on a point about 6 miles WSW
of the breakwaters (41°43.5'N,
12°05.8'E).
13.15 Vessels of 50 grt and over are prohibited from navigating in
the ITZ, with the following exceptions:
Vessel Exception Entry/Exit Point
Tankers carrying hydrocarbons, noxious
substances, or dangerous chem-
Check Point Zone
ical products in a liquid or gaseous
state
Vessels bound for North Anchorage Echo 1 Area
Vessels bound for South Anchorage Echo 0 Area
Vessels leaving the ITZ Uniform 0 Area
13.15 Vessels bound to or from the canal must pass 3.5 miles N of
Echo 1 Area or 4.5 miles S of Echo 0 and head on a direct
course without passing through the anchorage areas.
13.15 Anchorage.—The anchorages are designated for use, as follows:
1. Anchorage Alpha—Vessels of 30,000 dwt and over.
This anchorage contains anchor berths F1, F2, and F3.
2. Anchorage Beta—Vessels less than 30,000 dwt. This
anchorage contains anchor berths F4, F5, and F6.
3. Anchorage Delta—Vessels with a maximum draft of
3m. This anchorage contains anchor berths F7, F8, and F9.
13.15 Caution.—An anchoring prohibited area, which can best be
seen on the chart, lies in the vicinity of the offshore terminal.
13.15 A spoil ground, with a radius of 0.5 mile, lies centered 2.5
miles WNW of the entrance to Canale di Fiumicino.
13.15 Navigation is restricted for merchant vessels exceeding 50
tons in the Fiumicino Coastal Traffic Zone, which lies close
seaward of the 100m depth curve and for those vessels approaching
or departing the oil terminal or port facilities. Fishing
vessels of less than 150 tons and pleasure craft are
exempted from these restrictions, but must remain clear of the
oil terminal restricted area and the anchorages.
13.15 Tankers transporting liquid or gaseous hydrocarbons or dangerous
chemical products must enter the ITZ through the
Check Point Zone (41°40.8'N., 11°59.2'E.) where vessels must
obtain permission to enter from the Operations Center of the
harbormaster.
13.15 Vessels requesting an anchor berth in the North Anchorage
must enter the ITZ through Echo 1 Area, centered on position
41°46.2'N, 12°02.5'E. Vessels requesting anchorage in the
South Anchorage must report from Echo 0 Area, centered in
position 41°41.8'N, 12°07.9'E. All vessels leaving the ITZ
must do so via Uniform 0 Area, centered on position
41°43.5'N, 12°05.8'E. Each of the calling-in areas has a radius
of 0.3 mile.
13.15 Vessels arriving or departing the port area must transit 3.5
miles N of Echo 1 Area, avoiding the anchorage zones.
13.15 A dangerous wreck, the position of which is approximate,
lies in 41°48.3'N, 12°10.0'E, 3 miles NW of the entrance to Canale
di Fiumicino.
Fiumicino to Capo Circeo
13.16 Capo d’Anzio (41°27'N., 12°37'E.) is located 25
miles SE of Fiumara Grande. The coast between consists of a
light-colored sandy beach. Dense pine woods back the first 11
miles of this stretch of shore. The next 8 miles is covered by a
continuous succession of buildings behind which is cultivated
land with scattered groups of trees. The remaining 7 miles is
formed by an almost uninterrupted line of buildings backed by
a dense pine forest.
13.16 Monte Cavo (41°45'N., 12°42'E.), the W peak of Monti Albani,
stands 14 miles inland and is conspicuous. It can be identified
by a large building on the summit.
13.16 Other
landmarks along this part of the coast include Castel
Proziano, a white tower, which rises above a group of houses 5
miles ENE of Lido di Ostia; and a large red square tower in the
village of Pomezia, which is situated 3 miles inland, 14 miles
NW of Capo d’Anzio.
13.16 A large industrial complex, with a high tank, is situated close
inland, 4.5 miles NNW of Capo d’Anzio.
13.16 Capo
d’Anzio is formed by a steep headland of porous rock.
It has numerous grottoes and terminates in an arch which is
clearly visible from the S. A light is shown from a white round
tower on dwelling, 21m high, standing 0.2 mile SE of the cape.
13.16 Caution.—Anchoring prohibited areas, which may best be
seen on the chart, extend up to 6 miles seaward along the coast
between Fiumara Grande and Capo d’Anzio.
13.16 Numerous outfalls, most marked by lighted buoys, are found
along this section of the coast and are best seen on the chart.
13.17 Anzio (41°27'N., 12°38'E.) (World Port Index No.
39830), a resort, is fronted by a harbor which extends along the
coast E from Capo d’Anzio. The harbor is protected from the S
and SW by Molo Innocenziano and from the W by Molo Neroniano.
This is a small commercial and ferry port which is also
important for fishing.
Port of Anzio Home Page
http:/www.guardiacostiera.it/anzio
13.17 Tides—Currents.—Along this part of the coast, the current
usually sets NW parallel to the shore. Although weak under
normal conditions, its strength may be increased by SE winds.
Pub. 131

238 Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento
During SE winds, water may be driven into the harbor.
13.17 Depths—Limitations.—There are four berths situated on
the inner side of Molo Innocenziano with depths of 4.5m
alongside. The harbor is mostly used by coasters, fishing vessels,
and pleasure craft. The maximum draft permitted in the
access channel under favorable conditions is 3.6m.
13.17 A field of buoys used to moor vessels transporting LPG is located
at the mouth of the Fosso Grande. It is composed of five
orange buoys and a buoyant yellow beacon. The field is served
by a submarine pipeline that extends into the sea 2,750m from
the coast.
13.17 Aspect.—Prominent landmarks include a cupola standing
among the trees of a cemetery, 0.5 mile NNE of Capo d’Anzio;
a large cathedral standing 0.2 mile S of the cemetery; and a
dark red tower standing 0.5 mile E of the cape.
13.17 Nettuno, situated 1 mile ENE of Anzio, is conspicuous from
seaward because of its closely grouped buildings, large castle
with rugged towers, and church with a gray belfry and high facade.
This village is fronted by an extensive yacht marina.
13.17 Villa Borghese, a gray building with a flat roof, stands
among a group of trees about midway between Anzio and Nettuno
and is also conspicuous.
13.17 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of over 200
gross tons. Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12, 13, or
14 and board 0.5 mile SE of Molo Frangiflutti Light. Due to
the continual variations in depths at the harbor entrance, local
knowledge is required. Pilot service is restricted in bad weather.
Entering or exiting the port in adverse weather is prohibited.
13.17 Regulations.—Entering the port at night is not advisable.
Vessels must contact Coast Guard Operations on VHF channel
12 or 16 prior to anchoring. Upon anchoring, vessels must also
send the following information:
1. Name and international call signs.
2. Flag, number, and port of registration.
3. Length and grt.
4. Last port of call and port of destination.
5. Type and quantity of cargo. If the vessel is empty,
state the nature of the last cargo carried.
6. Time of anchoring and estimated length of stay.
7. Position of anchoring.
8. Number of personnel on board.
9. Purpose of anchoring.
10. Any damage or deficiencies which could develop into
an emergency situation.
13.17 Anchorage.—During good weather, temporary anchorage
can be taken, in a depth of 9m, sand, about 0.5 mile SE of the
head of Molo Innocenziano. The anchorages are designated F1
through F5. Vessels at anchor must maintain a listening watch
on VHF channel 16.
13.17 Caution.—Approaching the harbor from the W or SW, care
is necessary to avoid the dangers which extend SE of Capo
d’Anzio.
13.17 It is reported that unexploded ordnance lies in a depth of
6.4m approximately 1 mile E of the head of Molo Innocenziano.
13.17 A submarine power cable extends in a SSW direction from
the coast 3 miles ENE of Capo d’Anzio Light, passing close
SE of the anchorage area.
13.17 A wreck, with a depth of 21m, is located about 1.7 miles SW
of Torre San Lorenzo in position 41°31.6'N, 12°30.9'E.
Pub. 131
13.18 Capo Circeo (41°14'N., 13°04'E.) is located 23 miles
SE of Capo d’Anzio. The coast between is low, sandy, and uniform.
A chain of several narrow lakes lies close inside the SE
part of this stretch of coast.
13.18 Torre Astura, standing 7 miles ESE of Capo d’Anzio, is a
conspicuous dark-colored structure which is visible from a
great distance. It stands on a rock which is connected to the
shore by a stone bridge with several arches.
13.18 Torre di Foce Verde, a square structure, stands on the coast, 2
miles E of Torre Astura. A small water intake pier is situated S
of the tower. An extensive industrial complex, with a conspicuous
tall building, is situated 0.8 mile N of the tower. The town
of Latina, situated 4 miles farther NE, can be identified by a
tall light-colored belfry with a tower standing near it.
13.18 Sabaudia, situated 5 miles NNW of Capo Circeo, can be
identified by its slender church belfry with a tower standing
near it. Both of these structures rise from among several lightcolored
buildings and stand out against the dark forest behind
the town.
13.18 Torre Paola, standing 3 miles S of Sabaudia and at the foot of
Monte Circeo, is a short and gray structure which does not
show up well against the rocky slopes behind it.
13.18 Capo Circeo is the SW extremity of a promontory which is
connected to the mainland by a low and flat plain. This promontory,
when seen from the NW, appears as a high, pointed island.
From the SE, it appears as a long undulating ridge. A
disused signal station stands near the middle of the promontory.
A light is shown from a structure, 18m high, standing 1 mile
E of the cape.
13.18 Torre del Fico stands on the E extremity of the promontory, 2
miles E of the cape. It is round and conspicuous. Torre Vittoria
and Torre Olevola stand 1 mile NNE and 2 miles NNE, respectively,
of the cape. They are both square with windows and several
buildings are situated in their vicinities.
13.18 Caution.—There are seaplane landing areas in the vicinity
of Capo Circeo. Zone Alpha is located ESE of the cape. Zone
Bravo is located ESE of Terracina and SSW of Monto Rotundo.
Isole Pontine
13.19 Isole Pontine (Isole di Ponza) (40°50'N., 12°58'E.),
consisting of a group of five islands, lies in the approach to
Golfo di Gaeta. This group is divided into two distinct sections,
22 miles apart. Palmarola, Ponza, and Zannone form the NW
and more important section and lie 15 to 20 miles SSW of Capo
Circeo; Ventotene and Santo Stefano, forming the SE section
of the group, lie about 30 miles SE of the cape.
13.19 The currents around Isole Pontine are usually weak and are
greatly influenced by the winds. After heavy gales, they often
run strongly in the passages which separate the islands.
13.19 Isola di Palmarola (40°56'N., 12°51'E.), the W island of the
group, has high, irregular coasts.
13.19 Cala
del Porto, on the W coast of the island, affords the only
anchorage. La Forcina, dominating the head of this inlet, is a
distinctive, light-colored, and rocky mass. From the W, it
shows three distinct peaks, but from the E, it shows only one
sharp summit. A promontory, 70m high, forms the S side of
this inlet. It is surmounted by a small chapel and is connected
to the main island by a low isthmus. Anchorage can be taken in

Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento 239
the inlet, during offshore winds, in depths of 8m to 9m, sand.
13.19 Isola di Ponza (40°54'N., 12°57'E.), the largest island of the
group, is high with a rugged and irregular outline. Isola di
Gavi, lying close off the NE extremity of Isola di Ponza, is
light-colored except for the red rock at its N end.
13.19 The E coast of Isola di Ponza is bare and rugged, with lightcolored
limestone showing at various places. Scoglio Evangelista
lies 1 mile SW of Isola di Gavi and is high and conspicuous.
A light is shown from the S extremity of Isola di Ponza at
Punta della Guardia.
13.20 Ponza (40°54'N., 12°58'E.) is situated on the S side of
Cala di Ponza, an inlet, and is fronted by a small harbor protected
by moles. The harbor has depths of 2.6 to 6m and is accessible
to vessels up to 60m in length and 5m draft. Larger
vessels can anchor off the harbor entrance, in depths of 10 to
22m, mud. The harbor monitors VHF channels 14 and 16. The
cupola of the church and a castle, which are situated in the
town, are conspicuous.
13.20 Small vessels may anchor, in depths of 4 to 7m, mud, close
SE of Punta Torrione.
13.20 Faraglioni, lying close off the W coast of the island, is a conspicuous
group of rocks. The largest and highest of which has a
white patch and is especially noticeable from the S and SW.
13.20 Scoglio della Botte (40°51'N., 13°06'E.), lying 7 miles SE of
Isola di Ponza, is a bare rock with steep sides, 18m high.
13.20 Isola Zannone (40°58'N., 13°03'E.) lies 3.2 miles NE of Isola
di Ponza and several shoals lie on the bank which separates
them. Lights are shown from the N and SW extremities of this
island.
13.20 Isola Ventotene (40°48'N., 13°26'E.) rises to a summit,
139m high, close within its S extremity. A large and conspicuous
yellow castle stands at the S end of a village on the NE
coast of this island. A small harbor, marked by a light, fronts
the village and is used by ferries.
13.20 Isola Santo Stefano (40°47'N., 13°27'E.) lies close E of Isola
Ventotene and is surmounted by a conspicuous yellow building.
Both of these islands are formed by the remains of an
ancient volcanic crater.
13.20 Caution.—Landslides may occur along the coasts of Isola di
Ponza and Isola Ventotene. Prohibitions are in place in the vicinity
of Cala dell’Acqua due to landslides.
13.20 Prohibited areas marking nature reserves, best seen on the
chart, have been established surrounding these islands.
Golfo di Gaeta
13.21 Golfo di Gaeta, fronted by Isole Pontine, lies between
Capo Circeo and Punta Torre Fumo, 53 miles SE. The coast is
generally low and flat, except near Terracina, Gaeta, and Mondragone.
13.21 Terracina (41°17'N., 13°15'E.), situated on the NE side of a
shallow canal, is a resort and consists of an old city and a new
city. The old city stands on the slope of a rocky hill and is dominated
by two conspicuous towers and a belfry which are situated
close NW of it. The new city stands on a plain at the foot of
the hill and has several prominent buildings. The ruins of an
ancient temple, with numerous arches, stands on the hill above
the city. It is conspicuous from the E and S. A small craft harbor
lies in the vicinity of the canal entrance and is protected by
breakwaters. Entrance to the port is limited to vessels with a
draft of 2.7m or less and vessels with a loa less than 50m. The
port monitors VHF channel 16. Anchorage can be taken, in
depths of 5 to 15m, sand, good holding ground, E of the canal
entrance clear of the prohibited area.
Gaeta (41°13'N., 13°35'E.)
World Port Index No. 39860
13.22 The port of Gaeta lies at the W side of Golfo di Gaeta.
The city stands on the W side of the promontory which forms
the SW entrance point of Rada di Gaeta. It is divided into two
parts, Gaeta-Sant’ Erasmo and Gaeta-Porto Salvo. Formia,
with its two small harbors, is situated on the NW side of the
roadstead. Gaeta handles bulk crude oil and general cargo and
is an important fishing port.
13.22 Winds—Weather.—From September to April, winds from
the E prevail; from May to August, winds from the W prevail.
Generally, the velocity of these winds is minimal during the
morning, increasing in the afternoon, and decreasing at sunset.
Gusts from the N, which may blow suddenly in winter, are, although
rare, violent and dangerous for vessels in the harbor.
The Garigliano (wind from the NE to ENE) makes berthing
and unberthing difficult, particularly during the winter. Strong
winds from SE to SSW create a strong surf along the coast, especially
at Gaeta-Porto Salvo.
13.22 Depths—Limitations.—The approach to the roadstead is
deep and clear of dangers.
13.22 Porto San Antonio, in the S part of the harbor, has a depth of
6m and is reserved for naval vessels. Vessels up to 180m in
length and 8m draft can be accommodated.
13.22 Bancina Caboto, a dry cargo pier, is 106m long. Vessels up
to 130m in length and 6.4m draft have been accommodated
alongside.
13.22 Banchina Genepesca, a ro-ro pier, is 70m long and has berths
on either side with depths of 4.2 to 5m alongside.
13.22 Salvo d’Acquisto, a dry cargo pier, is 240m long. Vessels up
to 7m draft can be accommodated alongside.
13.22 AGIP Oil Jetty is 200m long and has a depth of 15m alongside.
Tankers up to 90,000 dwt and 14.6m draft can be accommodated.
13.22 It is reported (2001) that the offshore oil terminal berth is not
in use.
13.22 Aspect.—Rada di Gaeta, a bay, lies between Promontorio di
Monte Orlando and Promontorio di Scauri, 4.7 miles NE. The
port lies at the SW end of this bay. Between Gaeta and Sperlonga,
8 miles NW, the coast is rugged and cliffy with several
conspicuous features and objects. The promontory at Sperlonga
decreases in height towards its extremity, on which stands
Torre Truglia, a prominent structure. Torre Sant’ Agostino, situated
3.7 miles SE of Torre Trugli, is a structure partly in ruins
which stands on a sandy beach. Torre Viola, standing 2 miles
farther SE, consists of two structures, one cylindrical and the
other one square and lower.
13.22 The promontory of Monte Orlando, at the SW entrance of
the roadstead, is high, rocky, and surmounted by the Torre Orlando,
which is conspicuous. Monte Orlando Light is shown
from a round tower, 14m high, standing close SSE of Torre Orlando.
Pub. 131

240 Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento
13.22 A conspicuous castle is situated 0.4 mile E of the light. Punta
della Trinita, the SW extremity of the promontory, is formed by
a high, brown, and rugged cliff with three vertical clefts. A
chapel is situated in one of these clefts. Punta dello Stendardo
Light is shown from a red round tower, 6m high, standing on
point, the NE extremity of the promontory. A signal station,
painted with black and white squares, is situated close SE of
the light.
13.22 That part of the city called Gaeta-Sant’ Erasmo is situated
partly on a spur, which projects E from Promontorio di Monte
Orlando, and partly on the N side of the promontory itself.
Within this part of the city, the red tower SW of Porto San Antonio
and the former convent SW of Punta Mulino can be identified.
That part of the city called Gaeta-Porto Salvo is ancient
and extends 1 mile N from the N side of the isthmus which
connects Promontorio di Monte Orlando with the mainland.
Monte Conca, 189m high, rises in slopes close N of this part of
the city.
13.22 Formia, in the NW part of the roadstead, is an industrial
town and can be identified by Castello Baldoni, which stands
isolated on a green hill behind the it. A high chimney stands
close NE of the town. The town is fronted by two small craft
harbors which are protected by breakwaters.
13.22 A lighted range, which may best be seen on the chart, indicates
the approach to the oil jetty.
13.22 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 tons.
Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12 or 16 and generally
board within 2 miles ENE of Punta Stendardo. Vessels should
send an ETA 72 hours, 48 hours, and 24 hours in advance.
They should then contact the pilot 1 hour before arrival.
13.22 Anchorage.—Anchorage berths, best seen on the chart, have
been established from NNW through ESE of Punta dello Stendardo.
The berths are designated A through E, F, F1, F2, G1,
G2, and R.
13.22 Anchorage can be taken NE of the harbor and clear of the
prohibited areas. Anchorage can also be taken off Formia, in
depths of 12 to 14m, mud, good holding ground, but this roadstead
should only be used in good weather during offshore
winds.
13.22 Caution.—Shellfish bed areas lie along the shores in parts
of Rada di Gaeta and may best be seen on the chart.
13.22 Anchorage and fishing prohibited areas lie in the approaches
to the port and may best be seen on the chart.
13.22 A submarine pipeline extends up to 1.6 miles ESE and SE
from the N part of the port and may best be seen on the chart.
The pipeline is reported (2010) disused and the circular anchoring
and fishing prohibited area associated with the pipeline
is no longer in effect.
13.22 Landslides may occur along the coast of Golfo de Gaeta.
Prohibited areas, which may extend from 50 to 250m from the
coast, may be established as necessary.
13.22 A prohibited area, radius 0.5 mile, surrounds the dangerous
wreck SW of Terracina.
13.22 A marine nature reserve, marked by lighted buoys, has been
established along the S coast of the Promontorio Monte Orlando.
13.22 A restricted area, centered 8.75 miles SSW of Monte Orlando
Light, extends 8.5 miles in a WNW/ESE direction and 3.75
miles in a NNE/SSW direction. Mariners should consult the local
authorities before entering the area.
Pub. 131
13.22 A
wreck lies in position 41°07.4'N, 13°33.1E.
13.23 Mondragone (41°07'N., 13°53'E.), situated on the E
side of the gulf, stands among trees at the foot of Monte Petrino,
which is surmounted by a conspicuous castle. To the SE of
this town, conspicuous objects include a square church tower
and a water tank, showing above the trees, in the village of
Castelvolturno on the SE bank of Fiume Volturno; Torre Patria,
a square structure, close S of which the hills begin to approach
the coast; and a dark building, with a red roof and tower, situated
close inland behind several low sand dunes, 2 miles N of
Torre Patria.
13.23 Anchorage is obtainable, with good holding ground, off the
coast to the W of Mondragone. This roadstead is sheltered
from NE winds, but is dangerous during SW winds.
13.23 To
the NW of Mondragone, the village of Castelforte, which
is dominated by a white tower, is conspicuous from seaward.
The village of Minturno, situated 4 miles SW of Castelforte,
contains two large prominent factories and a belfry. A square
tower, standing close N of this village, appears to be part of the
village when seen from the S.
Golfo di Gaeta to Golfo di Napoli
13.24 Isola Flegree (40°43'N., 13°55'E.), a group of three
islands, lies within 10 miles of Punta Torre Fumo, the S entrance
point of Golfo di Gaeta. It consists of Isola d’Ischia, Isola
di Vivara, and Isola Procida.
13.24 Caution.—A protected marine area has been established in
the vicinity of Isola Flegree. The area has been divided into
zones, with regulations and restrictions applicable to each
zone. Local authorities should be contacted for details.
13.24 Isola di Vivara (40°45'N., 14°00'E.), 109m high, is covered
with bushes and surmounted by a tower. This small island lies
at the SW end of Isola Procida and is connected to it by a
bridge.
13.24 Isola Procida (40°45'N., 14°01'E.) is the NE island of the
group. This island is covered mostly with vineyards. Its summit,
91m high, stands in the NE part. A prominent beacon
stands on the S extremity of the island. A light is shown from a
structure, 3m high, standing on Punta Pioppeto, the N extremity
of the island. Several small boat harbors are situated around
the island.
13.25 Isola d’Ischia (40°43'N., 13°55'E.), the outermost
and largest island of the group, lies on the NW side of the entrance
of Golfo di Napoli. It is separated from Isola di Procida
and the mainland to the NE by Canale d’Ischia and Canale di
Procida. The island, which is nearly all covered with vegetation,
rises in its W part to Monte Epomeo, its summit. From the
NW and SE, the two sharp peaks of Monte Epomeo, which
stand close together, appear as one.
13.25 Punta
Imperatore, the SW extremity of the island, is a rocky
promontory which forms an imposing mass, 227m high. A disused
signal station is situated on the summit of this promontory.
A light is shown from a structure, 13m high, standing on the
W slope of the point.
13.25 The town of Forio stands about midway along the W coast of
the island, close inland of Punta del Soccorso. A large and

Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento 241
prominent tower rises from among the buildings in this town.
The church situated on Punta del Soccorso is also conspicuous.
A small harbor fronts the town and is subject to silting. It is
only used by small craft and yachts.
13.25 On the N coast of the island, the village of Lacco Ameno can
be identified by a prominent tower and a white house at its W
end. A pier, with a depth of 6m at its head, fronts this village,
but dangers lie within its head.
13.25 Casamicciola Terme, situated 0.7 mile E of Lacco Ameno, is
another prominent village fronted by a small harbor. It is reported
that hydrofoil ferries berth here.
13.25 Caution.—A protected marine area known as Regno di Nettuno
has been established in the vicinity of Isola d’Ischia. Isola
Vivara and Isola Procida are included in the area. The area has
been divided into zones, with regulations and restrictions applicable
to each zone. Local authorities should be contacted for
details.
13.26 Porto d’Ischia (40°45'N., 13°57'E.), a small harbor,
lies on the NE side of the island. The harbor is an old volcanic
crater. It is lined with quays and sheltered from all winds, but
entry is limited to vessels up to 70m in length and 4m draft. It
is reported that hydrofoil ferries berth here. This harbor can be
contacted on VHF channels 13 and 16.
13.26 Castello d’Ischia, situated 1.4 miles SE of Porto d’Ischia, is
prominent and stands on a round rock, 91m high. This rock is
connected to the E coast of the island by a causeway with an
arched bridge under it which forms a boat passage. A church
and the ruins of a cathedral stand close to this castle.
13.26 Landmarks include a prominent yellow building standing
close S of the harbor and a church and another building situated
along the S shore of the harbor.
13.26 Caution.—An anchoring prohibited area extends NE between
Isola d’Ischia and the mainland and may best be seen on
the chart.
13.26 Vessels are warned not to anchor, fish, or engage in any form
of seabed activity along the W side of Isola d’Ischia. This is
due to the danger from obstructions and explosive ordnance on
the bottom.
13.27 Canale d’Ischia (40°44'N., 13°59'E.), about 1.2 miles
wide at its narrowest part, lies between Isola d’Ischia and Isola
di Vivara. This passage is considered safer than Canale di Procida.
Formiche di Vivara, a rocky shoal with a depth of 4m, lies
1 mile NE of Castello d’Ischia. This shoal is marked on its W
side by a lighted beacon. Vessels should pass about midway between
Formiche di Vivara and Castello d’Ischia. On the W side
of the passage, the town of Ischia, which stands along the NE
end of the island, is conspicuous.
13.27 The
Porto d’Ischia Home Page
http://www.guardiacostiere.it/ischia
currents off the coast of Isola d’Ischia are usually weak
and are influenced by the wind. However, in this passage they
sometimes attain an appreciable velocity, and in good weather
they become tidal and change direction every 6 hours.
Canale di Procida (40°46'N., 14°03'E.), lying between Isola
di Procida and the mainland to the NNE, is 1.5 miles wide.
However, because of several shoals, the fairway, which has a
depth of 9m, is reduced to a width of only about 0.2 mile. The
town of Procida, standing on the NE end of the island, is conspicuous
from seaward. This town is fronted by a small craft
harbor which is protected by breakwaters.
Golfo di Napoli
13.28 Golfo di Napoli (40°40'N., 14°12'E.), which is approached
from the SW via the channel of Bocca Grande, is
flanked on its NW side by the islands of Isole Flegree and on
its SE side by Isola di Capri. The shores of this gulf contain
three spacious bights; Golfo di Pozzuoli and Rada di Napoli lie
on the N side while Rada di Castellammare di Stabia lies on the
E side.
13.28 Vesuvio (40°49'N., 14°26'E.), which dominates the entire
gulf, is easily identified from seaward because of its isolated
position in a region of low land. The N coast of the gulf is less
mountainous than the S side and consists of green hills with extinct
craters here and there.
13.28 Monte Sant’Angelo a Tre Pizza (40°39'N., 14°30'E.) is the
summit and the most conspicuous peak of the ridge which
stands on the SE side of the gulf.
13.29 Golfo di Pozzuoli (40°47'N., 14°07'E.), lying on the
NW side of Golfo di Napoli, is entered between Capo Miseno
and Punta della Gaiola, 4.5 miles ENE.
13.29 Capo Miseno (40°47'N., 14°05'E.) is the S extremity of a
promontory which consists of a large yellow rocky mass connected
to the mainland by a low sandy isthmus. The seaward
face of this cape is bare, steep, and rugged. A light is shown
from a structure, 12m high, standing on the cape.
Capo Miseno Light bearing 290°
13.29 Approaching Capo Miseno, the white belfry, with a prominent
cupola, at Bacoli and a large castle, standing 1.2 miles N
and 2 miles N, respectively, of the cape, can easily be distinguished.
Also conspicuous and readily identifiable throughout
Golfo di Napoli is the convent of Camaldoli, which stands 4
miles N of Punta della Gaiola. This convent must not be confused
with the convent situated at the foot of Vesuvio.
13.29 Secca della Gaiola, a shoal bank, extends up to 0.4 mile SSE
of Punta della Gaiola. Several above-water rocks lie on this
shoal which is marked by an articulated lighted beacon.
13.30 Miseno (40°47'N., 14°05'E.), a small harbor, lies on
the N side of the Capo Miseno promontory. At the head of this
harbor, a narrow canal leads into Lago Miseno. A conspicuous
Pub. 131

242 Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento
gray building stands on the S side of the canal. Depths of 7 to
11m lie in the outer part of the harbor, but only small craft can
use the inner part which has depths of 2.3 to 5m. A range consisting
of unlighted beacons leads into the port.
13.30 Baia (40°49'N., 14°04'E.), the site of ancient Roman ruins,
stands at the head of a bight in the NW part of the gulf. The
temple of Venus, the most conspicuous of these ruins, is
formed by an octagonal structure with windows. A large yellow
building stands close S of it. A small prominent church
stands in the middle of the town. The small harbor, which is
used by small craft, fronts the town and has a depth of 3m. Access
to the port is limited to vessels with a draft of 4m or less.
Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 29m, mud, good holding
ground, off this harbor.
13.30 Caution.—Following the earthquake activity in 1986, charted
depths in Golfo di Pozzuoli are unreliable and vessels
should exercise great caution.
13.30 Shellfish beds may lie along the shores of Golfo di Pozzuoli.
A dangerous wreck with masts exposed and a stranded wreck
lie close SE of the Temple of Venus ruins.
13.30 A prohibited area, best seen on the chart, lies NNE of the ruins
in the Porto de Baia estuary.
13.30 A marine farm, marked by lighted and unlighted buoys, is
centered 0.8 mile NE of the ruins and is best seen on the chart.
13.30 An area of obstructions, formerly a marine farm, is located in
the central part of the Golfo di Napoli NE of Miseno and S of
Pozzuoli; it is best seen on the chart.
13.30 An underwater park has been established in the vicinity of
Baia. Additional underwater marine parks have been established
0.4 mile SW of Punta della Gaiola and 0.8 mile NNE of
Fortino Tenaglia.
Pozzuoli (40°49'N., 14°07'E.)
World Port Index No. 39940
13.31 Pozzuoli, a small port, lies on the NE shore of the gulf
of the same name. The harbor is protected from the S by Molo
Caligoliano, which extends 0.2 mile W from the city.
13.31 Winds—Weather.—Winds from the S are generally preceded
and accompanied by substantial rises in the water level
which sometimes inundates the quays. The Libeccio and Scirocco
(SW and SE winds) send swells into the harbor.
13.31 Depths—Limitations.—The main facilities include Molo
Caligoliano, 294m long, with depths of 4 to 5.5m alongside;
Emporio Quay, with 282m of total berthing space and depths
of 6.2 to 8.2m alongside; Molo Pirelli, with 445m of berthing
space and a depth at its head of 7m and Banchina Villa, which
has a depth of 4.5m alongside and is used by ferries. Vessels up
to 6.5m draft can be handled. There are also extensive facilities
for fishing vessels at the port.
13.31 Aspect.—The city stands on a small promontory. On the N
side of the harbor, Monte Nuovo, covered with vegetation,
stands near the coast. Farther NE, the massive and rocky Monte
Barbaro is conspicuous. Within the vicinity of the city, numerous
Roman ruins are prominent from seaward. On the N side of
the city, the Temple of Serapide, with three columns, stands
near the shore and is conspicuous. A quarry situated E of the
city is also conspicuous. There are several prominent churches
within the city.
Pub. 131
13.31 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 tons.
The port can be contacted on VHF channel 10 or 16. The pilot
can be contacted on VHF channel 16.
13.31 Regulations.—Vessels must not exceed a speed of 4 knots
inside the harbor.
13.31 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken outside the harbor,
with good holding ground, mud bottom, but avoiding a sewer
outfall which extends 0.7 mile SW from the S side of the town.
Vessels are to anchor S of a line between the lights at Baia Fortino
Tenaglia and on Molo Caligoliano. In S winds, anchorage
on or to the N of this line is dangerous.
13.31 Four anchorage areas, identified as A, B, C, and D, have
been established, as follows:
1. Area A—for vessels up to 100m in length with compulsory
pilotage.
2. Area B—for vessels up to 200m in length with compulsory
pilotage.
3. Area C—for vessels of up to 100 m in length.
4. Area D—for all vessels.
13.31 Caution.—Strong winds from the W or WSW can cause a
strong undertow that makes it unsafe to remain moored at the
piers.
Bagnoli (40°49'N., 14°10'E.)
World Port Index No. 39950
13.32 Bagnoli, a small port, lies on the E side of Golfo di
Pozzuoli. The harbor area fronts an industrial center and is situated
close SE of the city, which is noted for its hot mineral
springs.
13.32 Depths—Limitations.—There are depths of over 18.5m in
the approach to the piers.
13.32 Pontile Italsider Nord, used for unloading bulk cargo, is
647m long with depths of 11 to 12.6m alongside. Vessels berth
on both sides of the outer 200m of this pier.
13.32 Pontile Italsider Sud, used for loading bulk cargo, is 384m
long. A berth, 160m long, with a depth of 10.5m alongside is
situated at head of the pier.
13.32 Pontile Montecantini, 245m long, has a depth of 5.4m alongside
the berth at its head.
13.32 There are extensive facilities for the handling of bulk ores
and minerals. Vessels up to 80,000 dwt and 12.5m draft can be
accommodated.
13.32 Aspect.—The harbor is protected from the S by Isola di
Nisida, an islet, which is conspicuous and is connected to the
shore at the E end by Molo Cappellini. Two large cranes are
situated in the harbor and several prominent chimneys stand
close E of it.
13.32 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 tons.
Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 9 or 12 and board
about 1 mile W of Isola di Nisida.
13.32 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor off the harbor as convenient
good holding ground, sand. The depths decrease gradually
towards the shore with no dangers.
13.32 Caution.—The shores of Isola di Nisida should be given a
wide berth due to landslides. Porto Paone on the SW side of the
island is for police and military craft only. Other vessels are
prohibited from approaching, stopping, or landing in the port.
13.32 Gaiola Underwater Park has been established in the vicinity

Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento 243
of Secca della Gaiola E of Isola di Nisida. A marine reserve,
surrounded by an entry prohibited area, has been established in
the area surrounding the Isola di Nisida.
13.32 A
submarine discharge pipeline extends from the coast, near
the Emissario di Bagnoli, for about 560m in the SW direction.
A submerged reef is located 50m from the collector mouth.
Napoli (40°51'N., 14°16'E.)
World Port Index No. 39960
13.33 Napoli, at the head of Rada di Napoli, stands at the
edge of a plain that extends to the foot of Vesuvio. The large
port, which fronts the city, consists of an extensive harbor with
several large basins which lie behind a system of breakwaters.
Napoli Home Page
http://www.porto.napoli.it
13.33 Winds—Weather.—The Libeccio (SW wind) is the prevailing
wind. When strong it can send a heavy swell into the harbor.
A S wind is often associated with morning fog.
13.33 Tides—Currents.—The tidal rise is negligible, being only
0.3m at springs. The water level in the harbor is mainly influenced
by the wind. With S winds, it increases by up to 0.3m
and with strong N winds, it decreases by an equal amount.
13.33 A constant SW set of 1 knot has been reported (1997)
outside the breakwater.
13.33 Depths—Limitations.—The port is protected on its W side
by a breakwater which extends about 1 mile ESE from the
shore. The remainder of the port is protected from the S by a
detached breakwater which extends about 0.3 mile NE and
then 1.1 miles SE. The main entrance to the port is via Bocca
di Ponente, which leads between the E end of the W breakwater
and the W end of the detached breakwater. It has depths of
29 to 34m. The secondary entrance, at the E end of the port,
has a dredged depth of 14.8m.
13.33 The harbor contains a naval dockyard and arsenal. There are
extensive facilities for repairs with several floating docks and
graving yards, the largest being 349m long and 45m wide.
13.33 There is about 7 miles of total quayage. This includes 80
berths, with depths of 7.3 to 11m alongside for container, passenger,
ro-ro, bulk, and general cargo vessels. Generally, vessels
are only limited by their drafts.
13.33 The oil terminal is situated at the E end of the harbor and
comprises three piers. There are 11 berths, with depths of 7.6
to 14.3m alongside. Tankers up to 90,000 dwt and 14.1m draft
can be accommodated.
13.33 Aspect.—Approaching from the W, the following landmarks
can be identified:
1. The convent of Camaldoli, previously mentioned in
paragraph 13.29.
2. The dark and massive Castel Sant’ Elmo standing on
the summit of Collinadi San Martino, 2.3 miles ESE of the
convent.
3. Castel dell’ Ovo, which separates Rada di Mergellina
and Rada di Santa Lucia.
4. The white cupolas of the observatory which stands 2
miles N of Castel dell’ Ovo.
13.33 Approaching from the SE, Vesuvio dominates the NE shore
of the gulf; an observatory, situated three-quarters of the way
up its slope, and the lower station of the funicular railway, a little
higher up and 1 mile ESE, can be easily identified.
13.33 On the coast 1 mile SE of Torre del Greco, Torre Bassano,
dark and square, can be identified and a convent, standing 1
mile ENE of it, is conspicuous. Between Torre del Greco and
Napoli, the red belfry of Santa Maria Pugliano and the prismshaped
belfry of San Giovanni a Teduccio, standing 1.7 miles
NNW and 3.7 miles NW, respectively, of Torre del Greco, can
be easily identified.
13.33 Conspicuous landmarks within the city of Napoli include the
large buildings of Palazzo Reale and the iron and glass cupola
situated 0.5 mile N of Castel dell’ Ovo; the skyscraper standing
0.2 mile NNE of Palazzo Reale; and the belfry of a church
situated close N of Calata Villa del Popolo.
13.33 A light is shown from a red round tower, 24m high, standing
on the head of Molo San Vincenzo, the W breakwater. A racon
is situated at the light.
13.33 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of over 500
grt. Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12 or 16. Pilots
board for the W channel (Canale di Ponente) about 1.5 miles S
of the main harbor entrance. Pilots board for the E channel
(Canale di Levante) about 1 mile S of the red light at the head
of the Diga Duca d’Aosta. All vessels arriving or departing
must proceed at a speed not exceeding 6 knots.
13.33 Regulations.—A Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) has been
established in Rada di Napoli for use in the approaches to Canale
di Ponente. The scheme has a 700m separation zone with
inbound and outbound lanes on either side. The initial approach
is on course 350° for 1.5 miles. A turn to course 307° is
then made to enter port. The inbound lane is E of the separation
zone and the outbound lane is W of the separation area.
13.33 A recommended route has been established for the approach
to Canale di Levante. It is a two-way route 1 mile in length.
The route is oriented N-S with its origin at the entrance light
beacons.
13.33 All vessels entering or leaving the harbor must report to the
Operations Center at the harbormaster’s office on VHF channel
14 and provide the following information:
1. Vessel name and type.
2. Destination or last port of call.
3. Description of cargo.
13.33 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available in Rada di Napoli, as
follows:
1. Anchor Berth A1 through Anchor Berth A3 are centered
S of the Molo S Vicenzo in Rada di Santa Lucia. They
are intended for use by vessels carrying non-dangerous cargo.
Pilotage is compulsory for Anchor Berths A1-A3.
2. Anchor Berths A4 and A5 are for use by vessels carrying
dangerous cargo.
Pilotage is compulsory for Anchor Berths A4 but not for
Anchor Berth A5.
3. Anchor Berth B1 through Anchor Berth B3 are located
immediately S of the Alpha anchor berths mentioned
above and are for the use of tankers carrying, or that have
carried, dangerous liquid products, including flammable liquids,
liquefied gasses and toxic liquids. Anchor Berth B3 and
Anchor Berth B4 are not used when a nuclear-powered ves-
Pub. 131

244 Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento
Pub. 131
Napoli—Harbor Control Tower
Napoli—Antemurale Thaon de Revel Light

Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento 245
Napoli—Mount Vesuvius from W
Napoli—Mashio Angioino
Pub. 131

246 Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento
Pub. 131
Napoli—Castel Sant Elmo
Napoli—Molo Angioino (Stazione Marittima)

Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento 247
Napoli—Caleta del Piliero, with Castel Sant Elmo (upper left) and GAB Skyscraper (center)
Napoli—Castel dell Ovo
Pub. 131

248 Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento
Pub. 131
Napoli—Molo Immacoltella Vecchia
Napoli—Molo Carlo Pisacane

Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento 249
Napoli—Approach to Caleta Villa del Popolo
Napoli—Darsena Bacini
Pub. 131

250 Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento
13.33 Rada
sel is moored in Anchor Berth X4.
Pilotage is not compulsory for Anchor Berths B1-B3.
4. Anchor Berth X3 and Anchor Berth X4, for nuclearpowered
naval vessels, are located S of the boundary for the
Bravo anchor berths.
5. Anchor Berth C1 through Anchor Berth C3 are located
SE of the entrance to Canale di Levante. Anchor Berth C1
is for the use of vessels not carrying dangerous cargo. Anchor
Berth C2 is for use by vessels carrying dangerous cargo,
excluding tankers. Anchor Berth C3 is for the use of vessels
carrying dangerous cargo, including tankers.
Pilotage is compulsory for Anchor Berths C1 and C2 but
not for Anchor Berth C3.
6. Anchor Berth D1 and Anchor Berth D2, located SW
of the entrance to Canale di Levante, are for the use of pleasure
craft.
di Santa Lucia, lying S of the W breakwater, is also the
Pub. 131
Napoli—Main Entrance (departure view)
Castel dell’ Ovo
usual anchorage for naval vessels which generally anchor, in
depths of 18 to 20m, sand, good holding ground. However, this
roadstead is exposed to S winds.
13.33 Anchorage E in Rada di Mergellina is for use by small craft.
13.33 Vessels
bound for the anchorage areas must report at least 1
hour prior to ETA to the Operations Center at the Napoli Harbormaster’s
Office on VHF channel 14 and to the local pilots
office on VHF channel 12 if a pilot was requested.
13.33 While at anchor vessels must maintain a listening watch on
VHF channel 14 or 16.
13.33 Caution.—Caution is necessary because numerous fishing
boats are likely to be encountered in the approaches to the port.
13.33 Several unlighted and uncharted mooring buoys are situated
within the confines of the harbor.
13.33 Harbor traffic is heavy, with many ferries crossing at relatively
high speeds.
13.33 A wreck lies in position 40°47.5'N, 14°20.5'E off the coast

Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento 251
near Torre del Greco.
13.33 A dangerous wreck lies close S of Molo San Vicenzo.
Torre Annunziata (40°45'N., 14°27'E.)
World Port Index No. 39990
13.34 Torre Annunziata, situated at the E end of Golfo di
Napoli, stands on the NE corner of Rada di Castellammare di
Stabia. The small port, which fronts the town, is protected by
two moles.
13.34 Winds—Weather.—Winds from the SSE or SW are reported
to cause the most swell in the harbor. During heavy SW
gales, the sea often washes over the outer mole. A remarkable
agitation of the water in the harbor is reported to occur an hour
or two before SE winds set in. During fresh NW winds, berthing
alongside is reported to be dangerous.
13.34 Tides—Currents.—The currents at night, mainly caused by
the discharge of Fiume Sarno, set generally NW along the
coast. Between this river and Torre Annunziata, the current
normally does not exceed a velocity of 1 to 1.5 knots, but with
fresh E winds, it is increased considerably and felt farther offshore.
13.34 During the day, the current, because of winds from seaward,
sets E, overcoming the current from Fiume Sarno and deflecting
it towards Castellammare di Stabia. The velocity of this
current usually does not exceed 1 knot, but with fresh W or
WSW winds, it may be considerably increased.
13.34 Depths—Limitations.—There are depths up to 10.8m in the
harbor. The main commercial facilities include Molo di Levante,
247m long, with depths of 8.3 to 9m alongside; and
Banchina Crocelle, 300m long, with depths of 6 to 7m alongside
a usable length of 198m. The harbor is mostly used by
bulk vessels and fishing boats. Vessels up to 143m in length
and 8.9m draft have been handled.
13.34 Aspect.—The ruins of Pompeii, destroyed by the eruption of
Vesuvio in 79 A.D., are situated 1.5 miles E of the harbor.
Torre Scassata, partly in ruins, is situated 1.4 miles W of the
harbor and is conspicuous from seaward. Also conspicuous
from the approaches is the church, with a belfry and surmounted
by a cross, standing 1 mile NNW of Torre Scassata.
13.34 The town of Torre Annunziata is dominated by the tall cupola
of the church of the Carmine, which stands near the head of
the harbor. A prominent tower, used for bulk cargo, stands on
the SE side of the harbor.
13.34 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 gross
tons. The pilot can be contacted on VHF channel 9 or 16. Vessels
over 80m in length may only enter during daylight hours.
The pilot boards 0.5 mile S of the breakwater.
13.34 Anchorage.—Three anchorage areas, which are designated
A, B, and C, are located SW and W of the port.
1. Anchorage Area A, the S of the anchorages, has two
designated berths, FA1 and FA2. They are located using Molo
di Ponente Light, as follows:
a. FA1—bearing 196° at 0.9 mile.
b. FA2—bearing 218° at 1.1 miles.
2. Anchorage Area B, the NW of the anchorages, has
three designated berths, FB1, FB2, and FB3. They are located
using Molo di Ponente Light, as follows:
a. FB1—bearing 245° at 1 mile.
b. FB2—bearing 274° at 1.1 miles.
c. FB3—bearing 279° at 0.8 mile.
3. Anchorage Area C, the NE anchorage, is used for vessels
carrying dangerous cargo. This anchorage has three designated
berths, FC1, FC2, and FC3. They are located using
Molo di Ponente Light, as follows:
a. FC1—bearing 201° at 0.4 mile.
b. FC2—bearing 229° at 0.7 mile.
c. FC3—bearing 256° at 0.5 mile.
13.34 Caution.—A restricted area, marked by a lighted buoy, consisting
of a shellfish haven, lies close W of the W mole and
may best be seen on the chart.
13.34 Vessels should give the head of the W mole a wide berth.
13.34 A
restricted area has been established between Torre Annun-
ziata and Castellammare di Stabia. Anchoring and fishing are
prohibited within the area.
Castellammare di Stabia (40°42'N., 14°29'E.)
World Port Index No. 40000
13.35 Castellammare di Stabia is situated in the SE corner
of Rada di Castellammare di Stabia. The small port extends
along the shore W of the town and is protected by a breakwater.
13.35 Winds—Weather.—Strong W and SW winds cause a heavy
sea and swell in the harbor. With SE winds, strong squalls
sweep down from the mountains and sometimes endanger vessels
which are berthed alongside the inner side of the breakwater.
13.35 Tides—Currents.—Winds between the NE and ESE are reported
to cause a weak current which sets W off the entrance to
the harbor.
13.35 Depths—Limitations.—There are depths of 15m at the entrance
of the harbor, with a minimum depth of 9m in the center
of the basin; drafts allowed vary between 4 and 10m.
13.35 The main facilities include Molo Foraneo, with 300m of berthing
space; Banchina Fontana, with 230m of berthing space;
Molo Sottoflutto, with 240m of berthing space; and Banchina
Marinella, with 250m of berthing space. These quays have
depths of 4 to 8.5m alongside.
13.35 The harbor is mostly used by bulk vessels and fishing boats.
Vessels between 130m and 150m in length, with drafts up to
8.2m, can be accommodated.
13.35 Aspect.—Several mountains stand to the S of the harbor and
are conspicuous from seaward.
13.35 Scoglio di Revigliano, surmounted by a conspicuous ruined
castle with a large tower, lies close offshore, 2 miles NNW of
the harbor.
13.35 An industrial center, with several factories and chimneys, extends
N along the coast from the town. Castellamare di Stabia
Light is shown from a white tower on a white three-story building,
16m high, standing close S of the harbor.
13.35 A church, with a prominent bell tower, is situated 0.5 mile W
of the light. Several silos stand at the head of the harbor and
can be seen from seaward. Two prominent radio masts are reported
to stand 2.3 miles SE of the light.
13.35 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 gross
tons. The pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 9 or 16. Vessels
arriving must obtain an anchor berth from the Harbormaster
on VHF channel 16. Vessels arriving or departing must
Pub. 131

252 Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento
proceed at a speed not exceeding 6 knots. The pilot boards 1
mile NW of the breakwater.
13.35 Regulations.—Vessels must arrive and depart via established
traffic lanes between Waiting Area A and Waiting Area
B. An inshore traffic zone has been established between the S
boundary of Waiting Area A and the coast.
13.35 Anchorage.—Two anchorage areas designated A and B
have been established to the W and NW of the harbor.
13.35 Anchorage Area A lies W of Molo Foraneo Light and contains
three designated berths, FA1, FA2, and FA3. They are located
using Molo Foraneo Light, as follows:
1. FA1, bearing 280° at 1 mile, is for vessels of 150-
180m overall length.
2. FA2, bearing 268° at 0.5 mile, is for vessels of 100-
150m overall length.
3. FA3, bearing 261° at 0.9 mile, is for vessels of 150-
180m overall length.
13.35 Anchorage Area B lies NW of Molo Foraneo. It contains one
designated berth, FB1. This berth is located bearing 335° distant
0.6 mile from Molo Foraneo Light and is for vessels of 180
to 220m overall length.
13.35 Vessels arriving with dangerous cargo are prohibited from
using these anchorages. Such vessels are required to wait at
least 2.5 miles from the head of Molo Foraneo to receive instructions
from the Port Authorities.
13.35 Caution.—A seaplane landing area is located about 1 mile
N of the light at the head of Molo Foraneo.
Castellammare di Stabia to Bocca Piccola
13.36 Punta Campanella (40°34'N., 14°20'E.) is located 10
miles SW of Castellammare di Stabia. The coast between
forms the SE side of Golfo di Napoli and is dominated by a
mountain range. The shore is indented by several small bays
and fringed by beaches here and there.
13.36 Good landmarks include Monte Vico Alvano (40°37'N.,
14°26'E.), with a sharp peak surmounted by a cross; Monte
Sant’ Angelo, surmounted by a building conspicuous from the
W, standing 1.5 miles NNW of Monte Vico Alvano; and the
convent of Santo Francesco, which is situated near the coast,
1.5 miles NE of Monte Sant’ Angelo. This convent is topped
by a lighted cross and has a black dome and a red belfry.
13.36 Vico Equense (40°40'N., 14°26'E.) stands on the edge of a
tableland. Several conspicuous belfries are situated in this
town, behind which stands a castle with a wall supported by
arches. A prominent red church, with a tall square belfry,
stands at the E end of the town. Scoglio Santa Margherita, a
group of rocks, fronts the town. Large vessels can anchor, in
depths of 11 to 14m, sand, moderate holding ground, about 0.2
mile NNE of Scoglio Santa Margherita.
13.36 Sorrento (40°38'N., 14°23'E.), a tourist resort, stands in the
S part of a bight which lies between Punta Gradelle and Capo
di Sorrento, 2.7 miles SW. The town, with numerous hotels, is
situated on a high terrace in the midst of luxurious vegetation
and is fronted by a small craft harbor which is protected by a
mole. It can easily be identified by the bright metal dome and
belfry of the church which stands close WSW of the harbor. A
conspicuous light-colored hotel also stands close W of the harbor.
A prominent red church, with a cupola and a belfry, stands
on Punta Gradelle.
Pub. 131
13.36 With strong SW winds and onshore winds, a current sets NE
and follows the line of the coast in this vicinity. Off Sorrento,
the currents are mostly weak and set W. During the winter,
large vessels can anchor, in a depth of 40m, good holding
ground, about 0.2 mile N of the head of the mole at Sorrento.
At this time of year, winds from the SE and SW are accompanied
by intermittent rain and generally back to the NE. When
this occurs and because of the violence of the NE winds, vessels
should leave this anchorage.
13.36 Caution.—Anchoring and fishing prohibited areas extend
up to 0.5 mile seaward from the shore in the vicinity of Sorrento
and may best be seen on the chart.
13.37 Capo di Sorrento (40°38'N., 14°21'E.) is located 1.2
miles WNW of the town of Sorrento. The coast between descends
gradually in regular slopes, near the bottom of which
are several coves. The cape is rocky and its extremity is surmounted
by the ruins of a temple which consists of a few walls
and arches. A ruined tower stands close SW of the cape.
13.37 Capo di Massa, located 0.8 mile SW of Capo di Sorrento, is
steep and rocky. This cape is surmounted by a large and dark
tower, with a prominent white building situated half way up the
slope behind it.
13.37 Scoglio Vervece lies 0.8 mile offshore, about 0.9 mile SW of
Capo di Massa. It is a moderately high, prominent rock and is
marked by a lighted beacon. A submarine pipeline extends NW
from the coast in the vicinity of this rock and may best be seen
on the chart.
13.37 Caution.—An anchoring and fishing prohibited area extends
along the coast from N of Capo di Sorrento to the SW and S as
best seen on the chart.
13.38 Capo Corbo (40°36'N., 14°20'E.), located 1.2 miles
SSW of Capo di Massa, can be identified by the fairly-prominent
square tower standing on it. The town of Massalubrense is
situated 0.5 mile ENE of the cape. A large yellow building,
with a red roof and a yellow belfry, stand in this town. A prominent
church, with a white facade and yellow belfry, stands at
the head of the cove on the NE side of Capo Corbo. A prominent
village stands 0.4 mile SE of Capo Corbo and can be identified
by a tower surmounted by a smaller square tower.
13.38 Punta
Scoglio Vervece Light
San Lorenzo, located 0.8 mile SSW of Capo Corbo, is
formed by a high, rocky, and narrow ridge which is surmounted
by a partly demolished and dark-colored tower. A prominent
white pillar stands close N of the tower.

Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento 253
13.38 Punta di Calla Baccoli, located 0.5 mile SSW of Punta San
Lorenzo, can be identified by a vertical white wall caused by
excavation work. Torre Fossa, standing 0.7 mile SSE of the
point, is square with heavy cornices.
13.38 Bocca Piccola (40°34'N., 14°18'E.), deep and clear of dangers,
lies between Punta Campanella, the S entrance point of
Golfe di Napoli and Isola di Capri.
Isola di Capri
13.39 Isola di Capri (40°33'N., 14°14'E.), separated from
the mainland by Bocca Piccola, lies at the S end of Golfo di
Napoli and the N end of Golfo di Salerno.
13.39 Monte Solaro, the summit of the island, stands in the SW
part. It is 589m high and surmounted by the ruins of a fort.
Monte Cappelletto, standing NE of it, is surmounted by a large
cross.
13.39 Punta del Monaco (40°33'N., 14°16'E.) is the E extremity
of the island. Capo Tiberio is located 0.3 mile NNW of Punta
del Monaco and is fronted by a small rock. A light is shown
from a structure, 5m high, standing on this rock.
13.39 Marina Grande (40°33'N., 14°14'E.) is situated on the N
side of the island. It is the port for Capri and is fronted by a
small harbor which is protected by breakwaters. The town of
Capri stands 0.3 mile SE of the harbor. Anchorage can be taken
in the roadstead off this harbor, keeping in mind that there are
depths of over 29m at a distance of only 320m offshore. The
harbor is mostly used by small craft and yachts. There are no
authorized pilots, but men with local knowledge are available
by request. The harbor can be contacted by VHF. It is reported
that vessels should not enter or leave at a speed greater than 5
knots. Vessels leaving the harbor usually take precedence over
other vessels.
13.39 The harbor is exposed to NE winds. During NE and SW
winds, it is subject to a choppy sea.
13.39 When approaching the harbor, Marina Grande appears separated
from Capri by a green valley of woods and vineyards
which is crossed by a prominent funicular railway. Forte San
Michele stands on the summit of a hill, 0.3 mile SE of the harbor.
However, this fort does not show up well as its low and
dark walls are the same color as the hill. Villa Torricelli is
prominent and stands 0.1 mile W of the root of the NW breakwater.
It consists of a white building with a turret, which resembles
a belfry, and can be identified by a hotel, with
conspicuous white columns and a large terrace, which stands
on the slope just below it.
13.40 Punta Carena (40°32'N., 14°12'E.), the SW extremity
of the island, is low and salient. It is dominated by Torre
Guardia, a conspicuous tower, which stands 0.4 mile NE of the
point. Punta Carena Light is shown from a eight-sided tower on
a two-story dwelling, 28m high, standing close E of the seaward
extremity of the point. A radiobeacon is situated at the
light.
13.40 Punta
dell’ Arcera (Punta di Vetereto), located 1.5 miles N of
Punta Carena, is the NW extremity of Isola di Capri. The W
coast of the island is rugged, bare, precipitous, and dotted with
farms.
13.40 Marina Picolla is situated on the S side of the island, 1.7
miles ENE of Punta Carena. It is a beach resort and is backed
by numerous white villas standing on the green slopes. To the
E, the coast rises steeply to the ruins of a castle. La Certosa, situated
0.3 mile farther to the E, is a large and conspicuous
building. Vessels with local knowledge can anchor, in depths of
7 to 10m, weed, off Marina Piccola.
13.40 Punta di Tragara (40°33'N., 14°15'E.), the SE extremity of
the island, is steep and terminates in a high and conical bluff.
Isola Faraglioni, two high and conical islets, lie close together
S of the point. The S islet resembles Punta di Tragara and the N
islet, when seen from the E, shows a large natural arch.
13.40 The E coast of Capri, between Punta di Tragara and Punta
del Monaco, is high, irregular, bare, and of a wild aspect. Monte
Tiberio, which stands close SW of Punta del Monaco, is
340m high and is surmounted by a conspicuous church.
13.40 Caution.—A submarine cable area extends NE between the
island and the mainland and may best be seen on the chart.
13.40 An entry prohibited area lies within the submarine cable area
1.7 miles NE of the light at Capo Tiberio.
Golfo di Salerno
Punta Carena Light
13.41 Punta Campanella (40°34'N., 14°20'E.) is the SW
extremity of a promontory which descends gradually from the
summit of Monte Santo Costanzo. This mountain is 498m high
and is surmounted by a white chapel which is an excellent
landmark from seaward. A high brown rock, small in diameter,
lies close off the point. A light is shown from a prominent
structure, 18m high, standing on the point.
13.41 Golfo di Salerno, entered S of Punta Campanella, has steep
and rocky shores on its N and E shores, which are backed by
mountains more than 1,000m high. The head of the gulf lies
between Salerno and Agropoli and is low and sandy. The gulf
is generally clear of off-lying dangers, except along its NW
shore where Scoglio Vivaro and Li Galli lie within 2 miles of
the coast.
13.41 Li Galli (40°38'N., 14°26'E.), a group of three rocky islets,
lies 5 miles E of Punta Campanella. Gallo Lungo, the E and
largest of the group, is surmounted by a tower with a prominent
villa standing close SE of it. A light is shown from a structure,
12m high, standing on the N end of this islet. Casteluccia and
La Rotonda lie 0.1 mile W and 0.2 mile SW, respectively, of
Gallo Lungo.
13.41 Scoglio Vivaro lies 1.5 miles W of Li Galli. This rock is high
Pub. 131

254 Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento
and rounded.
13.41 Punta di Montalto, located 1 mile E of Punta Campanella, is
steep, rocky, and terminates in twin peaks. Torre di Montalto,
situated close N of this point, is square and partly in ruins.
Scoglio Penna, lying close SW of the point, is a small, high,
and dark rock.
13.41 Scoglio Isca (40°35'N., 14°23'E.) is rounded at the top and is
covered with sparse vegetation. Although high and massive,
this rock is difficult to distinguish, even at a short distance from
the coast.
13.41 The village of Santa Agata, situated 1.2 miles N of Scoglio
Isca, stands in the middle of dense vegetation, on the crest of
the coastal range, and is visible from seaward.
13.41 Punta Santa Elia, located 1.5 miles ENE of Scoglio Isca, is
surmounted by a conspicuous white two-story house. The coast
extending to the E of the point is rocky, steep, and eroded by
the sea into the form of numerous caves.
13.41 Lo Scaricatore, the coastal area lying in the vicinity of Capo
Scannato, 1.5 miles ENE of Punta Santa Elia, is less steep. The
road to Solento, which is cut into the rocky slopes of Monte Vico
Alvano, passes 0.2 mile N of Capo Scannato and is very
prominent from seaward.
13.41 Caution.—Passage within 0.3 mile of the coast between
Punta Campanella and Positano, 8 miles ENE, is reported to be
prohibited between June and September.
13.41 Nature reserves have been established along the coast between
Punta Campanella and Positano, as well as surrounding
Li Galli. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in the reserve areas
which are best seen on the chart.
13.42 Positano (40°38'N., 14°29'E.) stands at the mouth of
a wide valley which opens out like an amphitheater between
the slopes of Monte Commune and Monte San Angelo a Tre
Pizzi. This town can easily be readily recognized, since it is the
only one between Punta Campanella and Capo Sottile, where
the buildings extend all the way down to the sea. Anchorage
can be taken by small vessels about 0.2 mile seaward of the
town, over a sandy bottom and sheltered from N winds. However,
vessels should leave this anchorage at the first sign of S
winds, especially in winter.
13.42 Capo Sottile (40°36'N., 14°32'E.), located 2.5 miles ESE of
Positano, is high, steep, and overlooked by a slender tower,
partially in ruins, which has a small ruined fort at its foot.
13.42 Capo
di Conca, located 2 miles farther E, is rocky and sur-
mounted by a prominent yellow quadrangular tower. A large
yellow building, with a central tower, surmounts a mountain,
which stands NW of the cape, and is an excellent landmark
from seaward. When seen from the E or W, it appears detached
from the slope of the mountain behind it. The village of Conca
dei Marini stands 0.3 mile N of the cape. It can be easily recognized
by the conspicuous church, with its tall yellow belfry surmounted
by a small cupola.
13.43 Amalfi (40°38'N., 14°36'E.), a small harbor, is protected
from the SW by a breakwater and from the E by a jetty.
Both the breakwater and jetty are quayed on their inner sides.
Small vessels up to 150m in length and 4m draft can be accommodated.
The harbor can be contacted on VHF channel 14 or
16.
13.43 Winds in the vicinity of the harbor, during autumn and win-
Pub. 131
ter, are mostly from the S and SE. They are generally violent
and blow for a few days, sometimes veering to the SW. In summer,
gentle land and sea breezes prevail. When Punta Licosa,
located at the SE end of Golfo di Salerno, is clearly visible, N
winds are likely. When Capo d’Orso is hidden by clouds or
mist, E winds may be expected.
13.43 It is reported to be dangerous to enter Amalfi during strong
winds from the NE to SE, or to remain there with a SE wind
because of the strong backwash it causes.
13.43 Landmarks
in this vicinity include Torre dello Ziro, an iso-
lated tower, standing on a mountain ridge to the E of Amalfi;
Torre di Pogerola, a tower partly in ruins, standing on a hill to
the W of the town; the emerald green cupola of the prominent
cathedral situated in the town; and Hotel Cappuccini, situated
in a cleft of an overhanging cliff on the coastal road to the W of
the town.
13.44 Atrani (40°38'N., 14°36'E.), a village, is separated
from Amalfi by a steep, high, and rocky ridge which is dominated
by Torre dello Ziro. This ridge terminates at the coast in
Capo di Atrani, a high plateau, which is surmounted by a tower.
A prominent church, with a maroon and white belfry and
three small cupolas of green glazed tile, stands to the E of the
town; this church faces away from the sea. Anchorage is obtainable
off this village, in a depth of 15m, about 350m offshore.
13.44 The town of Minori, situated 1.5 miles NE of Atrani, stands
at the mouth of a valley which is dominated by Monte Mandrino,
484m high. A dark church, with a red roof, stands on the
summit of this mountain and is clearly visible from all directions.
It is situated in an isolated and dominant position among
green forests.
13.44 Torre Mezzacapo, a massive square building, stands on a
rocky point, 0.3 mile ESE of Minori. Hotel Miramare, a yellow
building with a red roof and three cylindrical spiral turrets,
stands close N of this tower. A sandy beach extends between
the tower and Punta Salicerchio, 0.8 mile ESE.
13.44 The town of Maiori is situated close behind the foregoing
beach. It stands in the form of an amphitheater at the mouth of
a valley and is overlooked by Monte dell’ Avvocata, 1,002m
high. A dark-colored convent, with a red roof and a square belfry,
stands on the W side of this mountain, a little below its
summit. It is visible from any direction and is especially prominent
from the S. A prominent church, with a dome, belfry, and
clock stands in the town and can be seen from seaward. Anchorage
can be taken, in depths of 14 to 20m, good holding
ground, not less than 0.2 mile offshore. However, it is reported
to be dangerous to remain at this anchorage during S winds.
13.44 Torre Badia, light in color, stands on a high cliff, 1 mile ESE
of Punta Salicerchio. Two conspicuous buildings are situated
on the slopes of a hill above this tower.
13.44 Caution.—Several submarine pipelines extend up to 1 mile
from the coast between Positano and Porto di Salerno. The outer
ends of these pipelines are marked by buoys and anchoring
is prohibited in their vicinities.
13.44 Due to alluvial deposits in the vicinity of Minori and Maiori,
the beaches extend notably seaward and there may be less water
than charted. Care must be taken when anchoring in these
roadsteads.
13.44 Currents in the bight between Capo di Atrani and Capo

Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento 255
d’Orso generally set W and are reported to increase in velocity
when strong S winds are forecast.
13.44 Caution.—Trawling is prohibited within 1 mile of the coast
between Positano and Salerno due to the deployment of various
types of equipment in the coastal area.
13.45 Capo d’Orso (40°38'N., 14°41'E.), a short and squat
promontory, is the seaward termination of the S slopes of Monte
Piano, 390m high, which stands 0.5 mile N of it. A light is
shown from a structure, 5m high, standing 0.4 mile W of the
cape.
13.45 Torre d’Erchie stands close NE of the E extremity of the
cape. It is prominent and is situated on a small rocky projection.
13.45 Cetara,
a town, stands at the entrance of a deep ravine, 0.7
mile NNE of Torre d’Erchie. It can easily be identified by a
square tower, surmounted by a two-story building, standing at
the E end.
13.45 Punta
Fuente, located 2 miles NNE of Capo d’Orso, is bar-
ren and rocky. Punta d’Albori, located 0.5 mile farther NNE,
can easily be identified by a tower, with a square base, standing
on a high rocky slope close WNW of it. This tower is surmounted
by a one-story battlemented house with three large
arches and a sloping roof.
13.45 Scogli
due Fratelli, a group of above-water rocks, lie close
off the coast, about 0.5 mile ENE of Punta d’Albori. The houses
of the village of Marina di Vietri are situated along the beach
between the latter point and the group of rocks.
13.45 Torre Crestarella stands on a short and rocky promontory,
0.2 mile NE of Scogli due Fratelli. It is surmounted by a structure
having three arches and a red roof.
13.45 Anchorage
can be taken, in a depth of 11m, sand, ESE of the
tower standing on Punta d’Albori. Small vessels can take temporary
anchorage, in depths of 5 to 6m, off Marina di Vietri,
sheltered from NW and NE winds.
Porto di Salerno (40°40'N., 14°45'E.)
World Port Index No. 40040
13.46 Salerno stands in the extreme N part of Golfo di Salerno
and is built partly near the sea and partly on the slopes of
the heights behind it. The port fronts the city and is protected
by breakwaters.
13.46 Winds—Weather.—Winds from the N (the Tramonta),
which blow down from the mountains in violent squalls, can
put a strain on the moorings of vessels. Winds from the S and
SSW cause a surf, impose a heavy strain on moorings, and can
make entry difficult.
13.46 Tides—Currents.—Tides are almost negligible. With the
approach of strong S or SW winds, the water level in the harbor
is usually raised and the quays may become inundated. As
weather conditions change, the water level drops rapidly and
causes strong currents which make entry difficult.
13.46 Depths—Limitations.—The entrance is 260m wide and has
a depth of 12m. The harbor consists of three main basins which
have 1,460m of total quayage. There are twenty four berths, up
to 380m in length, with depths of 6.5 to 11m alongside. There
are facilities for general cargo, ro-ro, and container vessels. In
addition, fishing vessels and pleasure craft use this harbor.
Generally, vessels up to 220m in length and 10.8m draft can be
accommodated.
13.46 Aspect.—The ruins of a prominent castle stand on the crest
of a hill overlooking the town, 1.5 miles NE of Torre Crestarella.
Monte San Liberatore, 462m high, stands NW of the harbor.
When viewed from the SE, its peak has a profile which resembles
the beak of a bird and can be recognized from a considerable
distance. The white building of a disused convent, with a
small belfry and cupola, can be seen on the E side of this
mountain, near its summit. A conspicuous cross, 18m high,
stands near the summit and is illuminated from 1900 to 2300
during the summer and from 1700 to 2100 during the winter.
The cupola of St. Giovanni Battista is conspicuous from seaward.
St. Giovanni Battista
13.46 The tall chimney of a cement works, which is situated close
E of Fiume Irno, stands E of the city and is prominent. From
seaward, and especially from the S, the conspicuous viaducts
and the supporting walls of the panoramic road leading into the
city can be seen at a great distance.
13.46 Moro Folaneo Elbow Light is shown from a white metal pillar
on a pedestal, 5m high, standing on the elbow of the E
breakwater.
13.46 A light, with a racon, is shown from a structure, 13 m high,
standing at the end of the E breakwater.
13.46 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt;
national and foreign naval vessels are reported to be exempt.
Local knowledge is advisable. Pilots can be contacted on VHF
channel 14 or 16 and generally board close outside the harbor
entrance.
13.46 Regulations.—To prevent damage to port facilities vessels
greater than 300 gross tons must use minimum speed and maximum
caution when maneuvering within the harbor. The use of
thrusters and maneuvering propellers are prohibited upon departing
the moorings.
13.46 Anchorage.—Vessels waiting to enter the harbor should find
anchorage as convenient off Punta di Fuente.
Pub. 131

256 Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento
13.46 Four anchorage areas, designated A, B, C, and D, have been
established S of the outer breakwater. These areas must be used
unless other arrangements have been made with the port authorities.
Anchorage Areas A and B are for vessels of 150m or
less in length. Anchorage Areas C and D are for vessels of
greater than 150m in length.
13.46 Caution.—The entrance requires a sharp turn after passing
the head of Molo di Ponente, the W breakwater.
13.46 Trawling is prohibited within 1 mile of the coast between
Positano and Salerno due to the deployment of various types of
equipment in the coastal area.
13.46 A cement structure, semi-awash, dangerous to navigation,
and marked by a red/orange beacon, is located near the mouth
of the Fiume Sele in approximate position 40°32.9'N.
14°54.3'E.
13.47 Torre Angellara (40°39'N., 14°49'E.), situated 4
miles SE of Salerno, is a massive square building surmounted
by a small house. It is easily recognized by a large red palace
which stands immediately to the N of it. Monte Giovi, 299m
high, stands 1 mile ENE of the tower and is characterized by a
huge cliff at its summit.
13.47 The coast between this tower and Agropoli, 18 miles SSE, is
mostly backed by a wide coastal plain.
13.47 An unmarked semi-submerged rubble breakwater, 100m
long, has been established 0.2 mile SE of Torre Angellara.
13.47 Torre Tusciano, standing 6 miles SE of Torre Angellara, is
white and surmounted by a small house. It is sometimes not
visible from seaward due to the presence of tall eucalyptus
trees. A group of modern buildings are situated close N of this
tower and a white factory building, with two silos shaped like
towers, stands close S of it. This latter building is low and long
and stands out against the green background of the trees which
cover the flat area behind it.
13.47 Fiume Sele is located 6 miles SSE of Torre Tusciano. The
river mouth is not easily distinguished, but it has tall trees lining
the banks for some distance inland and can be identified
from seaward by this characteristic.
13.47 Caution.—Trawling is prohibited within 1 mile of the coast
between Salerno and Fiume Sele due to the deployment of various
types of equipment in the coastal area.
13.48 Paestum (40°25'N., 15°00'E.), an ancient Greek city
in ruins, is situated 5 miles SE of the mouth of Fiume Sele and
nearly 1 mile inland from the coast. It has several temples still
standing which are visible from 6 to 7 miles offshore.
13.48 A
cylindrical tower is situated near the coast, SW of these ru-
ins. This tower can be identified by the small houses which surround
it, and by the vegetation which covers a large part of it
and the houses.
13.48 Monte Sporano, 1,082m high, stands 4.5 miles E of Paestum.
This mountain along with Monte Sottano, standing 1.5
miles SW, dominate this section of the coast.
13.48 Torre San Marco, prominent and slender, stands at the foot of
a hill near the coast, 2.7 miles S of Paestum.
13.48 Caution.—It is reported that the depths off this part of the
coast are irregular and are decreasing.
13.48 A wreck, with a depth of 15m, lies about 2.7 miles NW of
the cylindrical tower.
Pub. 131
13.49 Agropoli (40°21'N., 14°59'E.), a prominent town, is
situated on the SW side of a short, steep, and rocky promontory
of which Punta del Fortino is the W extremity. The NW side of
this promontory has numerous prominent grottoes. A light is
shown from a structure, 10m high, standing on Punta del Fortino.
13.49 Anchorage
can be taken NNW of the town, in a depth of
13m, sand, good holding ground, about 0.7 mile NNW of the
light. However, this anchorage is exposed to winds from the
SW through W to NW. In winter, strong NW winds, which
sometimes last for three days, raise a heavy sea in this roadstead.
13.49 A dangerous wreck lies offshore, about 0.5 mile W of the
town.
13.49 Between
Punta del Fortino and Punta Paglian, 3 miles SW,
the coast is high, steep, and fringed with rocks. Then to the
town of Santa Maria di Castellabate, located 2 miles farther S,
the coast is low, sandy, and uniform. The coast extending to the
S of this town comprises a sandy beach and rises gradually inland
to cultivated hills, the slopes of which are dotted with
houses.
13.49 Santa
Maria di Castellabate consists of a long row of houses
which stand along the rocky shore. From seaward, a large
white building is very visible. It seems to stand above a prominent
viaduct with eight large arches on each of two levels.
13.49 The
town of Castellabate stands 0.5 mile SSE of Santa Maria
di Castellabate and can be recognized from various directions
by a castle and other houses which are situated on the summit
of a hill.
13.49 The coast between Castellabate and Punta Torricella, 1.5
miles SW, is hilly and scattered with houses which form the
village of San Marco di Castellabate.
13.49 A
small harbor, protected by a mole, lies 1 mile SW of the
castle at Castellabate. Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of
20m, sand, about 0.5 mile offshore from Santa Maria di Castellabate.
However, this anchorage becomes untenable with winds
from the SW and NW quadrants. Anchorage can also be taken,
in a depth of 10m, good holding ground, about 250m offshore
from San Marco di Castellabate.
13.49 Caution.—Artificial concrete structures have been positioned
in the waters off the coast between Agropoli and Marina
di Casal Velino to discourage illegal trawling.
13.49 A
marine reserve is established along the coast in the vicinity
of Santa Maria di Castellabate. Contact local officials for details.
Golfo di Salerno to Golfo di Policastro
13.50 Punta Licosa (40°15'N., 14°54'E.), a low salient
point, is the S entrance point of Golfo di Salerno. From seaward,
the best landmark in this vicinity is the village church of
Sant’ Antonio, which stands on the summit of a hill, 176m
high, 0.5 mile E of the point. Torricella, a conspicuous hill,
326m high, stands 1.5 miles ESE of Punta Licosa and appears
as two peaks, except from the S. It is surmounted by a ruined
tower.
13.50 Isolotto
di Licosa, lying 0.3 mile W of the point, is low and
yellowish like the mainland and not easily distinguished from
the NW. This islet lies on a rocky area, with depths of less than
5m, which extends up to about 0.5 mile W of Punta Licosa.

Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento 257
Depths of less than 10m lie up to 1 mile W of the point. A light
is shown from a structure, 9m high, standing on this islet.
13.50 Secche di Licosa, which consists of patches of rock and sand
with a least depth of 6m, lies centered about 1.2 miles W of
Isolotto di Licosa.
13.50 Between Punta Licosa and Punta dell’ Ogliastro, 2 miles SE,
the coast is rugged and fringed by rocks both awash and abovewater.
Punta dell’ Ogliastro, low and flat, is fringed by reefs
and shoals which extend up to about 0.1 mile from it. Torre
dell’ Ogliastro, square and in ruins, stands near the seaward extremity
of the point.
13.50 Caution.—Artificial concrete structures have been positioned
in the waters off the coast between Punta Licosa and
Punta delle Grine to discourage illegal trawling.
13.50 A marine reserve is established along the coast in the vicinity
of Punta Licosa. Contact local officials for details.
13.51 Agnone (40°13'N., 15°00'E.), a village, is conspicuous
from seaward. Anchorage can be taken in a suitable depth,
with a good holding ground of mud and sand, in front of this
village. Shelter is afforded from N and NE winds, but this
roadstead becomes untenable with onshore winds.
13.51 This
part of the coast is dominated by Monte Madonna della
Stella, 1,130m high, which stands 3.5 miles ENE of Agnone.
The light-colored summit of this mountain is surmounted by a
dark-colored church. Numerous villages, all visible from seaward,
are situated on the lower slopes of Monte Madonna della
Stella.
13.51 The
village of Acciaroli, situated 3 miles SSE of Agnone,
consists of old houses which line the rocky coast. A large tower,
on a square base, stands on a rocky ridge in front of this village.
In addition, the white belfry and pyramidal spire of the
church show up well from seaward. A small fishing harbor
fronts this village.
13.51 Torre di Caleo, standing 1 mile SE of the village, is partly in
ruins, but is visible in clear weather.
13.51 La Punta, a promontory, is located 1.2 miles ESE of Torre di
Caleo and is fringed by rocks, awash. It is surmounted by a
tower which has been almost completely demolished.
13.51 The
coast in the vicinity of Acciaroli and La Punta should be
given a berth of at least 1 mile. Seas break on the numerous
dangers in this area.
13.52 Marina di Casal Velino (40°11'N., 15°07'E.), a
prominent village, can be identified by a square tower, in ruins,
which stands on a steep ridge, near the beach. The village of
Castelnuovo Cilento, situated 3.5 miles NE, can be easily distinguished
from seaward as it stands on a hill which has gentle
slopes and is covered with olive trees; a tower dominates the
village.
13.52 The
coast extending to the SE of Marina di Casal Velino is
low and sandy. It is dominated by high hills that rise on either
side of the wide and rich valley of the Fiume Alento. The village
of Castellamare di Bruca, standing 0.5 mile E of the
mouth of Fiume Alento, is situated on a rocky shrub-covered
hill and is separated from the sea by a wide beach. A tower on a
round base stands in the village and is conspicuous from seaward.
13.52 The village of Ascea, situated 2 miles SE of the mouth of the
Fiume Alento, stands on the slopes of the hills behind the
beach. It is prominent and is situated in the midst of olive
groves. A church, with a red roof and cupola, stands close NW
of the village and is conspicuous.
13.52 Torre del Telegrafo, square and in ruins, stands 1 mile S of
Ascea on a coastal spur which descends steeply to a low and
rocky point. An isolated and above-water rock lies close W of
the extremity of this spur.
13.52 Caution.—Works are in progress (2007) to establish antitrawling
structures on the seabed extending up to 2 miles off
the coast between Capo Palinuro and Marina di Ascea. Entry
into these areas is prohibited.
13.53 Marina di Pisciotta (40°06'N., 15°14'E.), situated 2.5
miles SE of Torre del Telegrafo, stands on a gravel beach. This
village can be easily recognized by a square tower, with battlements,
standing on a plateau at its SE end. The village of Pisciotta,
situated 0.5 mile inland of the tower, stands on a conical
hill covered with olive groves. The railway station at Pisciotta,
a three-story red building, is situated above the village and is
conspicuous. A prominent railroad bridge, with several arches,
stands in this vicinity.
13.53 Anchorage
is obtainable, with local knowledge, off Marina
di Pisciotta. The best berth, in depths of 15 to 20m, weed and
rock, lies about 700m offshore, but the use of an anchor buoy is
advised. Landing from boats is possible under the lee of a ridge
of rocks, awash, which extend from abreast Marina di Pisciotta.
13.53 Torre
Ficaiola, square and reddish, stands 0.8 mile SE of
Marina di Pisciotta. This tower is reported to be hard to distinguish
from the land behind it.
13.54 Capo Palinuro (40°02'N., 15°16'E.), a flat-topped
promontory, is 203m high and projects W from the lower
wooded hills of the adjoining coast. It sides are steep and
rocky. A light is shown from a structure, 24m high, standing
close to a low and massive tower on top of the cape near Punta
del Telegrafo, its SW extremity. A disused signal station is situated
on a hill, 0.3 mile E of the light.
Capo Polinuro Light
13.54 Porto Palinuro, a small bight with sandy shores, is formed on
the N side of the cape. It lies between the village of Palinuro
and Punta del Fortino, 0.5 mile WSW. An ancient fort stands
on the latter point, and several houses are situated along the
beach at the head of the bight.
13.54 Punta della Quaglia, the NW extremity of Capo Palinuro, is
surmounted by Torre Formicola, an ancient tower.
13.54 Anchorage can be taken in Porto Palinuro, in a depth of 18m,
Pub. 131

258 Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento
good holding ground, ENE of Torre Formicola. Good shelter
from SE winds is afforded in Porto Palinuro. During SW
winds, although sheltered from the wind itself, vessels are
sometimes affected by the heavy seas that sweep back from the
coast to the anchorage. The last phase of bad weather is particularly
dangerous, when the wind veers violently W and NW
before becoming calm.
13.54 The S side of Capo Palinuro is reddish and rocky. Torre
Calafetente stands near the edge of the coast, 0.7 mile E of the
light.
13.54 Scoglio della Marina, lying 320m E of the SE extremity of
the cape, is a tall rock. It is grayish in color with steep cliffy
sides.
13.54 Caution.—Several dangerous wrecks lie in the vicinity of
Capo Palinuro and may best be seen on the chart.
13.55 Ancoraggio della Molpa (40°01'N., 15°19'E.), a
wide bight, is entered E of Scoglio della Marina. A rounded
and yellowish cliff, 138m high, separates the mouths of two
rivers at the head of the bight. This cliff appears to overhang a
beach at its foot and is surmounted by the inconspicuous ruins
of Castello di Molpa.
13.55 Monte
Sant’Antonio, 510m high, stands 2.7 miles E of the E
entrance point of the bight and dominates the area. A white
chapel stands on the S slope of this hill, near the summit. Anchorage
can be taken, in depths of 9 to 10m, in the W part of
the bight.
13.55 Torre
Finosa, whitish and square, stands near the edge of the
cliffs, 0.9 mile SSW of the summit of Monte Sant’Antonio.
Isolotto di Camerota, a large rock, lies about 150m offshore, 1
mile SE of the tower. It is low and covered with vegetation. A
tower, with a square base and a large cornice, stands on the
coast, close N of this islet.
13.56 Marina di Camerota (40°00'N., 15°5'E.) is situated
0.5 mile E of Isolotto di Camerota. This village stands on the E
side of a rocky promontory which separates two bights. It is
dominated by a prominent belfry with a terraced roof. Torre del
Poggio, 10m high and light-colored, stands close inland at the
E end of the village.
13.56 The
village of Camerota is situated on a hill, 2 miles N of
Marina di Camerota. Torre di Punta Zincalo stands on the E entrance
point of the bight in which Marina di Camerota is situated.
This tower is square, squat, and dark. Anchorage is
obtainable off Marina di Camerota. A good berth, in a depth of
13m, sand, is W of Torre di Punta Zincalo.
13.56 Caution.—The wreckage of an aircraft is reported to lie in a
depth of 10m, about 200m off Marina di Camerota.
13.56 A marine reserve is established along the coast in the vicinity
of Marina di Camerota. Contact local officials for details.
Golfo di Policastro
13.57 Golfo di Policastro (40°03'N., 15°35'E.) is entered
between Punta Iscoletti, located 7 miles ESE of Capo Palinuro,
and Isola Sant’Ianni, 14 miles E. This gulf is high and rocky on
its W and E sides, while its head is low and sandy. The waters
of the gulf are deep and the shores are generally free of dangers.
13.57 The gulf is surrounded by mountains which rise at a relative-
Pub. 131
ly short distance from the coast. Monte Bulgheria, 1,225m
high, stands 5 miles N of Punta Iscoletti; Monte Coccovello,
1,511m high, stands 5 miles N of Isola Sant’Ianni; and Monte
San Biagio, 623m high, stands 1.3 miles NNE of Isola
Sant’Ianni. This latter mountain is conspicuous and is easily
recognized by the belfry of Maratea standing on its N slope and
by a statue of Christ surmounting its summit. This statue is reported
to be illuminated at night between June 1 and September
30.
13.57 During
S winds, vessels in the gulf are sometimes exposed to
heavy seas which get more violent closer to the coast. However,
these S winds generally do not last long. Winds from the W
and NW are generally stronger and last much longer. If the
slopes of Monte Bulgheria are covered with cloud, usually S
winds are indicated. When Monte Coccovello can be seen amid
streaks of cloud, locally known as Secce, it is very probable
that strong S winds can be expected.
13.57 Punta
Iscoletti, arid and light-colored, is high with steep
rocky sides and is surmounted by a tower. Torre Mozza, standing
1.3 miles NE of the point, is light-colored, square, and partly
demolished. Torre Spinosa, square with a large cornice,
stands on the lower slope of a coastal hill, 2.5 miles NE of
Torre Mozza. This tower is prominent from seaward and a high
radio antenna rises from its base.
13.58 Scario (40°03'N., 15°29'E.), a small town, is situated
on the NE shore of the gulf. This town has a prominent church,
with a cylindrical belfry and a square tower, which stands near
the beach at its NE end. A light is shown from a white tower
and dwelling, 12m high, standing near the S end of the town. A
small craft harbor fronts the town.
13.58 Anchorage
off Scario is the best in the gulf for large vessels
and is sheltered from winds from the WSW through N to NE.
The best berth, in a depth of 13m, good holding ground, lies
about 500 to 600m offshore, ENE of the light.
13.58 Torre
dell’Oliva, standing 0.7 mile NNE of the light at Scar-
io, is a large square structure situated low down and close to
the sea. A masonry bridge, which is prominent from the SSE,
stands 1 mile NE of the tower. It spans the Fiume Bussento, 0.2
mile upstream from the river mouth.
13.58 The
town of Policastro del Golfo stands on the slopes of a
conical hill, 87m high, 0.8 mile NE of the mouth of Fiume
Bussento. An ancient square tower, with a large ruin situated
close E of it, stands on the summit of this hill. The land slopes
down from this hill to the valley of Fiume Bussento and is covered
with olive trees. A small craft harbor fronts the shore at
Policastro del Golfo.
13.58 Villamare
(Marina di Vibonati), a village situated 3 miles E
of Policastro del Golfo, can be identified by a prominent
church with a dark and square belfry. A small hill, surmounted
by a tower on a square base, stands at the E end of this village
and is surrounded by a group of houses.
13.59 Sapri (40°04'N., 15°38'E.), a small town, stands at the
back of a shingle beach at the head of a cove, 1.5 miles E of
Villamare. Punta del Fortino, the W entrance point of the cove,
is low, rocky, and marked by a light. Capo Bianco, the E entrance
point of the cove, is surmounted by a tower in ruins. A
prominent church belfry is situated in the E part of the town
and a conspicuous hospital building stands in the center of the

Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento 259
town and resembles a Swiss chalet.
13.59 Anchorage can be taken, with local knowledge, in a depth of
11m, in the outer part of the cove. Small vessels can anchor, in
a depth of 5m, about 0.5 mile off the head of the cove.
13.59 A breakwater extends from the E side of the cove and protects
a pier which is situated at the head. This pier is used by
fishing boats and small craft. The cove is completely open to
the SW and sometimes winds from that quadrant render the anchorage
untenable.
13.59 The coast extending SE of Capo Bianco is high, rocky, and
irregular. Scoglio Scialandro, an above-water and blackish
rock, lies 0.2 mile S of the cape. This rock can be easily distinguished
from the SE, but from other directions, it is hardly visible
because it has the same color as the coast behind it.
13.59 Torre delle Grive, standing 1.5 miles SE of Capo Bianco, is
situated on Punta delle Grive, a rocky spur, which rises perpendicularly
from the sea. This tower is the same color as the surrounding
rock and is not easily distinguished from seaward. A
dangerous wreck, with a depth of 8m, is reported to lie about
300m S of the tower.
13.59 The village of Acquafredda, consisting of a group of houses
set among olive groves, is situated 1 mile ESE of Punta delle
Grive. A viaduct, with high arches, can be seen to the N of the
village and several other prominent arches stand in an elevated
position, 1 mile SSE of the village.
13.60 Torre Santa Venere (40°00'N., 15°42'E.) stands on a
small promontory fronted by rocks which extend up to 0.2 mile
offshore. This tower can only be distinguished from a short distance
to seaward. Maratea, standing on the N slopes of Monte
San Biagio, is situated 1 mile E of Torre Santa Venere. This
town is very visible from the W, and even at a great distance,
can be identified by a belfry and a spire which dominate the
houses. Maratea is not visible to vessels approaching from the
SW quadrant.
13.60 The
summit of Monte San Biagio is very sharp and is sur-
mounted by a large statue of Christ, which differentiates it
from the surrounding peaks. The statue is erected on a gray
column which stands on the W slope in the center of a circular
terrace with a balcony.
13.60 Porto
di Maratea, a small cove, is entered 0.5 mile SE of
Torre Santa Venere. Torre del Porto stands on its SE entrance
point. This cove is protected by a mole and a short breakwater
and has a small harbor which is used by small craft and fishing
boats.
13.60 Isola
Sant’Ianni (Isola Sant’Janni) lies about 0.2 mile off-
shore, 1 mile S of Porto di Maratea. This islet is 8m high and is
surmounted by a black cross. Its lower part is jagged and covered
with vegetation. A depth of 12m lies in the narrow fairway
between the islet and the mainland, but this passage should not
be attempted without local knowledge. Secca della Giumenta,
with a least depth of 1.3m, lies about 0.2 mile offshore, 0.4
mile SE of Isola Sant’Ianni.
Golfo di Policastro to Capo Bonifati
13.61 Torre di Caino (39°57'N., 15°44'E.), square and in
ruins, stands on the summit of a rocky promontory, 1.7 miles
SE of Isola Sant’Ianni. It appears conical from the NW and SE.
13.61 Fiumara di Castrocucco flows into the sea, 1.5 miles SE of
Torre di Caino. This river is spanned by a bridge, with five
arches, which stands 0.5 mile above its mouth. The banks of
the river are bordered by tall trees and many greenhouses can
be seen situated in their vicinity. The village of Praia a Mare,
situated 2 miles farther SE, extends along a wide beach at the
base of Serra Vingiolo. The summit of this hill is 524m high
and stands 0.5 mile E of the village. A long building, with a
prominent chimney, stands out along the beach due to its light
color. The chimney of a woolen mill nearby is also conspicuous.
13.61 Isola di Dino (39°52'N., 15°46'E.), 65m high, has bare and
precipitous sides. This islet lies 1.5 miles SE of Praia a Mare
and its top is flat and cultivated. The islet is joined to the mainland
by a ridge of above-water rocks. A partly destroyed tower
stands on the W extremity of the islet. Torre di Fiuzzo stands
abreast Isola di Dino. It is squat, battlemented, and is situated
close inland, on the mainland. Anchorage can be taken either N
or S of Isola di Dino, but both berths are exposed to W winds.
The best berth, with a bottom of sand and weed, good holding
ground, is about 250m N of the E extremity of the islet. This
anchorage is frequently used in winter during strong S winds.
13.61 Porto San Nicola, entered 1.5 miles SSE of Isola di Dino, is a
small and sandy bight which is overlooked by a hill, 110m
high, on which is situated the prominent village of San Nicola
Arcella.
13.61 Caution.—Strong winds from between the ENE and N
sometimes cause whirlpools off Isola di Dino, rendering the
anchorage untenable.
13.61 A submarine cable extends between Isola di Dino and the
mainland; the landing places of this cable are marked by lighted
beacons.
13.62 Capo Scalea (39°50'N., 15°46'E.) is the W extremity
of a promontory, 81m high. This promontory has steep and
rocky sides and a level and cultivated top. Torre Dino stands on
the summit of this promontory, near its W end.
13.62 Scalea is situated on the slopes of a small hill standing 1.5
miles SE of the cape. This hill is surmounted by medieval ruins
and by a church with a red belfry. The houses of the town are
arranged in terraces, rising one above the other. Several bare
mountains overlook the town and it is fronted by a low and
wide beach.
13.62 Secca della Giumenta, awash at LW, lies about 0.2 mile offshore,
W of Scalea. This shoal reef consists of two rocky ridges
which lie parallel to each other and perpendicular to the coast.
13.62 Scoglio la Torre is a prominent rock, lying at the S end of the
beach, which is connected to the shore by a sandy tongue. It is
surmounted by a tower and several houses. Anchorage by small
vessels, with local knowledge, can be taken a short distance off
the tower. In December and January, winds from the ENE are
sometimes so violent as to make this anchorage untenable.
13.62 Caution.—Two wrecks, partially covered with sand, lie approximately
50m from the coast, adjacent to Scalea. They are
reported to lie in a depth of 5m and both contain unexploded
ordnance.
13.63 Monte Montea (39°40'N., 15°57'E.), 1,783m high, is
an excellent landmark. Cozzo Sangineto, 1,092m high, stands
2.5 miles S of Monte Montea. This mountain has a sharp peak
and is also conspicuous.
Pub. 131

260 Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento
13.63 The coast extending to the S of Scalea is characterized by a
wide valley which is rich in trees. The village of Cirella Vecchia,
situated 6 miles S of Scalea, consists of a conspicuous
group of houses, in ruins. It stands on the crest of a small and
bare hill, close inland. The village of Cipolina stands 2 miles
NNE of Cirella Vecchia and is conspicuous.
13.63 Isola di Cirella (39°42'N., 15°48'E.) lies 1 mile SSW of Cirella
Vecchia and presents a rounded outline when seen from the
N or S. A tower, with a square foundation, stands on the summit
of this islet. A depth of 11m lies in the fairway between the
islet and the mainland, but the depths rapidly decrease towards
the shores.
13.63 The village of Diamante, situated 1.5 miles SSE of Isola di
Cirella, consists of several houses which are mostly white and
stand on a small plateau, 25m high. Torre di Diamante, standing
on a square foundation, is situated in the W part of the village
and very prominent. The village of Marina, situated 3.5
miles SSE of Diamante, consists of a few prominent houses.
Castello del Principe, in ruins, stands close to the coast, 5.8
miles SSE of Diamante.
13.63 Capo Tirone (39°38'N., 15°51'E.), a rocky mass, is located
3.7 miles SE of Diamante and is surmounted by a tower. This
cape is fringed by rocks and shoals which extend up to about
0.2 mile offshore. An underwater ridge of rocks lies about
100m offshore and parallels the beach which fronts the village
of Marina.
13.63 Belvedere Marittimo, a conspicuous little town, stands 0.7
mile ESE of Capo Tirone. It is situated on a rounded hill, 150m
high, which rises from a plateau with rocky sides that slope
steeply to the sea.
13.63 Numerous rivers enter the sea along this stretch of coast, the
most important being Torrente Sangineto, which discharges 2.5
miles SSE of Capo Tirone. This river is spanned by a prominent
bridge, 0.5 mile above its mouth.
Capo Bonifati to Golfo di Sant’Eufemia
13.64 Capo Bonifati (39°33'N., 15°52'E.), a short coastal
projection, can be identified by a prominent green hill, 254m
high, which rises close within the cape and is surmounted by
Torre del Capo. Capo Bonifati Light is shown from a white
framework tower on a hut, 7m high, standing close to the cape.
However, this light structure is not easily seen from seaward
except when within about 2 miles.
13.64 A
large and square tower, situated in a walled enclosure,
stands on a rocky spur which extends from the cape. Another
building, situated in the enclosure, obscures this tower from
view when approaching from the SE.
13.64 From Capo Bonifati to Golfo di Sant’Eufemia, 39 miles
SSE, the coast is quite regular, generally steep-to, and clear of
dangers.
13.64 Capo
Testa, located 2 miles SE of Capo Bonifati, is a dark-
colored rocky spur which interrupts a long stretch of light-colored
beach. Cresta la Serra, 620m high, stands 1.7 miles E of
the cape and is surmounted by the Sanctuary of Santa Maria.
This mountain is barren and reddish, and the Sanctuary is
prominent from seaward because of its light color.
13.64 The
town of Cetraro, standing 1.2 miles SW of Capo Testa,
is situated on a hill, 76m high, and is bordered to the N by Torrente
San Giacomo. The mouth of this latter river is spanned by
Pub. 131
a prominent bridge.
13.64 Aquapessa, situated 1.5 miles SE of Cetraro, stands on a hill,
80m high. Intavolata, another small village, is situated 1.2
miles farther SSE. This latter village consists of a group of
prominent houses which is situated on a coastal hill. A conspicuous
white patch, on which can be seen a stone bluff supporting
a winding road, is situated about midway between
these two villages.
13.64 Guardia Piemontese (39°28'N., 16°00'E.), a town, is built
on the crest of a hill, 514m high, which is fairly prominent
from seaward. A dark tower and a large tank stand in the N part
of town. A belfry stands in the S part and dominates the whole
town. Torre di Fuscaldo, standing 3 miles farther S, is white
with a large cornice. The small town of Fuscaldo, situated on a
hill covered with olive trees, stands 0.7 mile E of this tower. It
can be identified by the compact appearance of the houses and
their dark and red roofs.
13.65 Paola (39°22'N., 16°02'E.), a town, stands 3.5 miles
SSE of Torre di Fuscaldo and 0.5 mile inland. It stands in the
form of an amphitheater on a spur, 94m high, of the coastal
range. A conspicuous arched viaduct is situated close S of the
town. Another viaduct connects the town with Marina di Paola,
situated close W. Torre di Paola, a large building, stands on a
small hill, close N of Marina di Paola.
13.65 From Paola to Amantea, 13.5 miles S, the coast consists of a
narrow beach closely backed by hills on which are situated numerous
small towns and villages.
13.65 San
Lucido, situated 3.2 miles S of Paola, is a picturesque
village which is built on a plateau. This plateau is 60m high
and drops steeply to the sea. A prominent high wall and a ruined
castle surmount a rocky mass which is located in front of
the village. A viaduct, with many arches, stands at the S end of
the high wall and is very prominent from seaward.
13.65 Fiumefreddo
Bruzio, situated 4.3 miles S of San Lucido, is
built about halfway up a slope on a spur of the coastal range.
The remains of a castle are situated close S of this town. Two
bridges stand close N of the spur on which the town is built. A
prominent group of white buildings stand on the beach at the S
of the town.
13.65 The
distinctive peak of Monte Cocuzzo, 1,541m high, stands
3.2 miles ESE of Fiumefreddo Bruzio and can be easily identified
from seaward. Longobardi, a prominent town, stands halfway
up the slopes of a mountain which stands close W of
Monte Cocuzzo.
13.65 Belmonte,
a village, is situated 2.8 miles S of Longobardi. It
can be identified by a white tower, 30m high, which stands 0.5
mile WSW of the village and is surmounted by a large cross.
This tower stands on a battlemented terrace and is an excellent
landmark.
13.66 Scoglio Isca (39°09'N., 16°04'E.), consisting of two
above-water rocks, lies 0.2 mile offshore, 3.7 miles SSW of
Longobardi. The larger rock is 12m high.
13.66 Caution.—The Oasi Blu di Isca marine reserve and protected
area encloses Scoglio Isca. Navigation, fishing, and stopping
within the area are prohibited.
13.66 Amantea (39°08'N., 16°05'E.) is situated 1 mile SE of Scogli
Isca. This prominent town stands partly on the coastal plain
and partly on the slope of a hill that is dominated by an old

Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento 261
tower. The remains of a conspicuous castle and the ruins of an
old church are situated close S of the hill. The tower, the ruins
of the castle, and the church can not be distinguished easily as
they blend in with the background.
13.66 Torre
di Guardia, standing 2.5 miles SSE of Amantea, is a
white building which is situated on a steep hill. This hill terminates
in a blackish cliff which is fringed with rocks. Several
small houses stand near the base of this tower.
13.66 Scoglio Formicola, 0.6m high, lies about 0.2 mile offshore,
close SW of the tower.
13.66 Fiume Oliva enters the sea, 1.2 miles S of Torre di Guardia.
This river has a whitish gravel bed and two prominent bridges
close above the mouth.
13.66 Fiume
Savuto is located 4 miles SSE of Torre di Guardia.
The mouth of this river can be recognized by its whitish color
and by a bridge, with three spans, which crosses it. The S shore
of the river mouth is covered with a dense clump of trees.
13.66 Torre
del Casale stands 1.5 miles SE of the mouth of the Fi-
ume Savuto. This tower is dark, cylindrical, and its top is in ruins.
Torre Lupo (Torre dei Lupi), a dark and truncated building
with a window facing the sea, stands on a rocky spur, 2 miles
SSE of Torre del Casale.
13.66 Capo Suvero (38°57'N., 16°10'E.) rises steeply from the
beach and can be easily recognized. A light is shown from a
prominent structure, 25m high, standing on the cape.
13.66 Torre
Spineto, standing 0.5 mile E of the light, is partly in ru-
ins. Monte Mancuso, standing 4.5 miles NE of the cape, is surmounted
by a conspicuous radar antenna. The towns of
Gizzeria and Falerna are situated 3 miles NE and 3 miles NNE,
respectively, of the cape. They are situated on the slopes of the
mountains and dominate the cape.
13.66 A detached rocky area, with a least depth of 4.5m, lies about
0.5 mile S of the cape.
Golfo di Sant’Eufemia
13.67 Golfo di Sant’Eufemia (38°50'N., 16°00'E.) indents
the coast between Capo Suvero and Capo Vaticano, 25 miles
SW. The shores of the gulf are formed by a sandy beach. This
beach is wide on the E side and is backed by a coastal plain, but
it gradually narrows as the hills approach the coast close N of
Pizzo. The beach then becomes a narrow strip and extends to
Briatco. From Briatco to Capo Vaticano, the shore of the gulf is
high, rocky, and interspersed with several narrow beaches. Numerous
villas stand both close to the water and on the hills inland
along this stretch. During favorable weather, vessels can
anchor off the shores of the gulf, but are exposed to all W
winds.
13.67 Sant’Eufemia Marina, situated 3 miles ESE of Capo Suvero,
consists of a few houses among which the railroad station is
conspicuous. Bastione di Malta is a large, square, and battlemented
tower. It stands close E of the above railroad station
and is partly hidden by tall trees. Torre di Mezzapraia, a dark
structure, stands 6.5 miles S of Bastione di Malta. It is situated
near a low fort, in ruins, and a red two-story building with a
terrace above it. Anchorage can be taken off Sant’Eufemia Marina,
over a bottom of sand, good holding ground.
13.67 Caution.—The section of beach between Capo Suvero and
Sant’Eufemia Marina is subject to shoaling due to progressive
silting.
13.67 A
wreck lies in position 38°49.7'N, 16°03.4'E.
13.68 Pizzo (38°44'N., 16°10'E.), a beautiful town, is built
on a large rock mass, 106m high, which has perpendicular NE
and W sides. It interrupts a long stretch of sandy beach. The cathedral
of San Francesca, with a conspicuous dome surmounted
by a structure on a square base, stands close N of the town.
A large tower, the remains of a castle, is situated in this vicinity
and is also very prominent. Anchorage, during good weather or
with moderate winds from NNE to SSE, can be taken, in
depths of 10 to 20m, hard sand, poor holding ground, W of this
town. However, it is dangerous to remain at this anchorage
with W winds.
Vibo Valentia Marina (38°43'N., 16°08'E.)
World Port Index No. 40060
13.69 Vibo Valentia Marina, a small port, lies in the S part
of Golfo di Sant’Eufemia, near the town of Bivona, and is enclosed
by two breakwaters.
13.69 Winds—Weather.—Winds from the E prevail in winter and
spring. In the autumn and also in winter, winds from the SSW
and WNW are usually experienced. Winds from the W raise a
sea in the harbor, and winds from the E, although violent, do
not. Winds from the E usually cause a haze and those from the
SSW and WNW are generally accompanied by fog.
13.69 Tides—Currents.—The currents follow the coast and are
influenced by those in Stretto di Messina. Off the entrance of
the harbor, they occasionally attain rates of 1 knot. Vessels approaching
the harbor entrance will sometimes experience a W
set, even with the wind and sea from between the W and WSW.
13.69 Depths—Limitations.—Vibo Valentia Marina is accessible
to vessels up to 200m in length and 8.5m in draft. The harbor is
subject to silting which makes dredging periodically necessary.
13.69 Aspect.—The town of Vibo Valentia, situated 3 miles S of
the harbor, stands on the slope of a hill. This town is easily recognized
by its massive, dark castle. The buildings of a cement
factory are situated 0.5 mile SW of the harbor. These buildings,
which are dominated by a high chimney, stand out against the
background of green hills and form the best landmark in approach.
13.69 Villa Gagliardi is situated on the beach in front of a group of
trees, 0.5 mile W of the above-mentioned tall chimney. It is a
two-story yellow building, with a red roof, which is surmounted
by a prominent yellow turret.
13.69 A conspicuous group of large cylindrical tanks is situated
near the root of the outer breakwater and extend along its outer
side. Numerous silver-colored tanks are situated near the head
of this breakwater.
13.69 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of 500 grt
or more. The port can be contacted on VHF channel 14 and a
local pilot will generally board close outside the harbor entrance.
A speed limit of 5 knots is in force within the harbor.
Vessels entering the harbor have precedence over other vessels.
13.69 Anchorage.—Vessels waiting for a berth may anchor in locations
designated by the harbor master. Tankers and cargo
vessels have separate designated anchor berths. Anchor Berths
A-F are within the compulsory pilotage area. Anchor Berths G-
N lie outside the area.
Pub. 131

262 Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento
13.70 Torre di Rocchetta (38°44'N., 16°00'E.), standing 4
miles W of Vibo Valentia Marina, is a large structure, in ruins,
situated on a square base and fronted by above-water rocks.
Several old houses and two conspicuous buildings stand in the
vicinity of this tower.
13.70 Scoglio Safo, an above-water rock, lies about 250m offshore,
0.8 mile E of Torre di Rocchetta. A spit, with depths of less
than 2m, extends offshore up to 0.3 mile NE of this rock.
13.70 Briatco (38°43'N., 16°01'E.) stands on a small plateau, 30m
high with vertical sides, on the W bank of the Fiumara Murria.
The houses of this village are overlooked by a prominent
church with two belfries surmounted by small domes. The bluish
two-story building of the railroad station stands 0.5 mile W
of the village and is conspicuous. The ruins of an ancient village
are situated close W of Briatco.
13.70 In good weather, anchorage can be obtained, in a depth of
8m, about 0.2 mile offshore, abreast Briatco. Local knowledge
is required.
13.70 Torre Galera, a ruined tower, stands 1 mile W of Briatco and
is situated on a flat and rocky spur which drops steeply to the
sea. A conspicuous convent, visible only from the NE, stands
on the beach next to the vertical wall of this spur. Scoglio Arena,
an above-water rock, lies 0.4 mile offshore, abreast Torre
Galera.
13.70 Capo Cozzo, located 1.5 miles WSW of Torre Galera, has a
rounded top and precipitous rocky sides. From this cape, a
wide and sandy beach trends WSW for 4 miles to Tropea.
Parghelia, a village, is situated 1.2 miles E of Tropea and
stands along a ridge, 87m high, which slopes steeply to the sea.
This village is dominated by a church, with a gray belfry,
which stands at the E end.
13.70 Tropea stands on a rocky plateau, 60m high, which rises
steeply from a wide beach. This town is partly surrounded by
ancient walls. Two rocky masses rise from the beach in front of
the town. Isola, the W rocky mass, is surmounted by a sanctuary
and San Leonardo, the E rocky mass, is cultivated at its top
and appears isolated.
13.70 A shoal bank, 1 mile long, lies close off Tropea. It extends
roughly parallel to the coast and has depths of 2 to 3m.
13.70 From Tropea to Capo Vaticano, 5 miles SW, the coast is
rocky and fringed with a narrow beach of very white sand. Several
old towers stand along this beach and cultivated hills, dotted
with small villages, rise behind them.
13.70 Scoglio Vadera is a small, low, and blackish rock. It lies
about 0.3 mile offshore, 1.2 miles N of Capo Vaticano.
13.71 Capo Vaticano (38°37'N., 15°50'E.), one of the most
distinctive promontories along this coast, is rocky, steep, and
rugged. Its slopes are furrowed by water courses which are
spanned by bridges. A light is shown from a prominent structure,
8m high, standing on the cape.
13.71 A
disused signal station stands close NE of the light on the
flattish top of the promontory. Scoglio Mantineo lies about
320m W of Capo Vaticano.
Golfo di Gioia
13.72 Golfo di Gioia (38°30'N., 15°50'E.) indents the coast
between Capo Vaticano and Capo Paci, 22 miles SSW. The
depths within this gulf are considerable up to within a short
Pub. 131
distance of its shores. This gulf lacks shelter and is fully exposed
to winds from the W. Its N and S shores are mountainous
while its head is formed by a low and sandy beach that is
crossed by numerous rivers. Several towns and villages stand
along the shores of the gulf and on the neighboring heights.
13.72 Monte Petto di Torre, 467m high, stands 3 miles SE of Capo
Vaticano. It slopes gradually seaward and can be recognized by
a conspicuous white building which stands on one of the terraces
in the vicinity of a road. This building has wide balconies
facing the sea and two prominent turrets.
13.72 Nicotera (38°33'N., 15°56'E.), a town, is prominent from
seaward. It can be recognized by a massive palace building,
with arches, and a church with a prominent spire.
13.72 San Ferdinando, standing 4 miles S of Nicotera, can be identified
by the square belfry of its principal church; the latter faces
seaward and overlooks the low houses of the town. Another
church, standing on the beach at the S end of the town, is very
prominent from seaward.
13.72 Rosarno stands at the W end of an isolated hill, 2.7 miles E
of San Ferdinando. This town is also visible from a great distance
offshore. A slender belfry and a reddish school building,
surmounted by a tower, rise among the other buildings.
13.72 Caution.—A sunken wreck, in two sections, lies about 1.1
miles SSW of San Ferdinando. One section lies, with a depth
of 4m, about 20m offshore; the other section lies, with a depth
of 16m, about 200m offshore.
13.72 Two wrecks, separated by a distance of about 30m, lie 1.5
miles S of the Nicotera Marina.
13.73 Gioia Tauro (38°26'N., 15°54'E.) extends to the coast
and is visible from a considerable distance to seaward. However,
to vessels within 2 miles of the coast, it is mostly hidden by
trees. A church, with a yellow belfry and a red roof, stands out
among the buildings of this large town and is conspicuous. The
chimneys of several factories, which serve to identify this locality,
stand along the beach abreast of the town.
13.73 Gioia Tauro Industrial Port (38°27'N., 15°54'E.) (World
Port Index No. 40115), is protected by two breakwaters which
form an entrance, 250m wide. Within the breakwaters, a channel,
about 1.2 miles long, leads to a quayed basin with a ro-ro
terminal. Vessels may not overtake or meet in the channel within
0.5 mile of the light on Molo Sud. The port is a hub and
feeder port. It provides dedicated bi-weekly feeder connections
to a number of strategic Mediterranean ports.
Gioia Tauro Home Page
http://www.portodigioiatauro.it
13.73 Depths—Limitations.—The quay is 350m long and 43m
wide. A maximum draft of 13.4m can be accommodated.
Depths decrease from 20m at the entrance to 12.5m in the harbor
basin.
13.73 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 500
grt. Vessels intending to enter the harbor should contact the
harbormaster at least 24 hours in advance. The harbormaster
should be contacted on VHF channel 16 at least 1 hour before
arrival. Pilot boards 1 mile from the breakwater. Vessels with a
length of more than 290m, if not equipped with thrusters, or
300m, if equipped with thrusters, or with a width of 40m or

Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento 263
more must use two pilots for maneuvering.
13.73 Anchorage.—Vessels waiting to enter port must anchor N of
a line between position 38°35.1'N, 15°42.9'E and the light on
Molo Nord, at least 1.5 miles from the coast and clear of the restricted
area. Vessels intending to remain at anchor near the entrance
must report their position to the port authorities.
13.73 Regulations.—Vessels within the port area must maintain a
speed of no more than 6 knots.
13.73 Caution.—A restricted area has been established along the
coast N of Porto Gioia Tauro. Anchoring, fishing or any other
seabed activity is prohibited due to the presence of unexploded
ordnance and obstructions.
13.73 The approach channel is contained within an anchoring and
fishing prohibited area, as best seen on the chart.
13.74 Fiume Petrace (38°25'N., 15°53'E.) is located 1 mile
SW of Gioia Tauro. This river mouth can be identified by two
thickly wooded strips which line its banks, and by an iron
bridge, with masonry arches at each end, which is visible from
seaward. Discolored water, caused by deposits brought down
by the river, can be seen off the mouth and at a considerable
distance from the shore.
13.74 Monte Tezzo, 189m high, stands 1.5 miles S of the mouth of
the river and can be recognized by its prominent summit.
13.74 Caution.—A submarine methane gas double pipeline, which
may best be seen on the chart, extends SW from close S of the
Fiume Petrace river mouth to the Sicilian coast.
13.74 Torre di Pietri Nere (38°23'N., 15°52'E.), tall and light-colored,
stands 1 mile WSW of Monte Tezzo. It is situated on a
rocky spur and is prominent when seen from the NW or SW.
From the W, it blends with the background and cannot be recognized
from more than 2 or 3 miles offshore. A small fishing
harbor lies close SW of this tower and is protected by a mole
which extends WSW and then S.
13.75 Capo Triari (38°22'N., 15°51'E.) is a steep cliff that
marks the shore where the beach ends and the rocky coast begins.
A rocky reef extends up to 0.2 mile offshore from the
cape and terminates in Scoglio Agliastro, an above-water rock,
which is only visible from a short distance. The coast to the S
of the cape is steep and covered with vineyards and olive
groves.
13.75 Capo
Barbi, located 1.2 miles S of Capo Triari, is backed by
cliffs that become more precipitous and rocky to the S of the
cape, until they overhang the N end of the village of Marina di
Palmi, 0.2 mile S of the cape.
13.75 Palmi,
a town, stands 0.5 mile E of Capo Barbi. The red
roofs of the buildings in the higher part of the town form a
patch of bright color against the dark green of the vegetation in
the background. A slender white steeple, which is very visible
from a great distance, stands in the center of the town, adjacent
to a large rose-colored church. The village of Marina di Palmi
stands at the head of a small cove, close WSW of the town.
13.75 Monte
Sant’Elia, 579m high, stands S of Palmi and when
seen from the NNW, appears as a squat mass with a rounded
ridge covered by sparse vegetation. A tank, surmounted by a
radio antenna, stands on the summit of this hill.
13.75 Temporary anchorage can be obtained, in a depth of 20m, on
a sandy patch in the N part of the cove fronting Marina di
Palmi. The bottom around this sandy patch is rocky and unfit
for anchoring. Local knowledge is required.
13.75 Torre Rosci (38°18'N., 15°49'E.), tall and dark with a ruined
top, is prominent when seen from the SW, but it cannot be easily
distinguished from the NW as it blends with the background.
13.75 Bagnara Calabra, situated 0.7 mile farther SW, is built partly
on the slopes of the foothills which descend moderately to the
beach and partly on the beach. A high and conspicuous viaduct
stands S of this town. The port monitors VHF channels 11 and
16.
13.75 Caution.—Submarine cables, which extend across the Stretto
di Messina, are landed on the coast, 0.5 mile SW of Bagnara
Calabra. They may best be seen on the chart and anchoring and
fishing are prohibited in their vicinity.
13.76 Scilla (38°15'N., 15°43'E.) is built on the sides and
the slopes of a rocky spur, 72m high, which has vertical slopes
and is surmounted by a prominent castle. A small mole extends
NE from the E side of the rocky spur and affords shelter to fishing
boats and small craft. Marina della Chianalea, with a prominent
group of houses, is situated on the E side of the rocky
spur and is fronted with rocks.
13.76 Between the rocky spur and Capo Paci, 0.5 mile WSW, a
bight opens and Marina Grande di Scilla is situated at its head.
Anchorage can be taken off this small town, in a depth of 9m,
sand, good holding ground, about 300m from the shore. This
locality is exposed to the strong currents of Stretto di Messina
and is dangerous during strong onshore winds. Anchorage can
also be taken, in depths of 27 to 29m, about 0.2 mile from the
shore and E of the castle at Scilla.
13.76 The bottom off Marina della Chianalea is scattered with
large boulders and covered with a heavy growth of weed. Anchorage
is not recommended here.
13.76 Capo Paci (38°15'N., 15°42'E.), located 0.7 mile WSW of
Scilla, is the E entrance point of the N end of Stretto di Messina.
Stretto di Messina—East Side
13.77 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of
15,000 dwt and over, and for vessels of 6,000 dwt and over
which are carrying hydrocarbons and other pollutants.
13.77 Vessels
in these categories should communicate an ETA at
least 12 hours in advance, to the Harbor Offices at Messina and
Reggio Calabria, giving the following information:
1. Name.
2. Flag.
3. Call sign.
4. GRT.
5. Type and quantity of pollutant carried and expiration
date of IOPP and Civil Liability Certificate.
6. The ETA at Capo Peloro for vessels proceeding S or
the ETA at Punta San Raineri for vessels proceeding N. Such
vessels must confirm their ETA by VHF at least 1 hour in advance.
13.77 Other vessels must report at least 2 hours in advance and
give the same information on VHF channel 16.
13.77 Vessels should advise their ETA to the pilots by e-mail 12
hours prior to arrival.
Pub. 131

264 Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento
13.77 Pilots for vessels on passage through the strait board, as follows:
1. Southbound passage—position 38°18.2'N, 15°40.6'E.
2. Northbound passage—position 38°08.9'N, 15°36.6'E
for the northbound passage.
13.77 Pilots for vessels entering Porto di Messina embark 1.5 miles
N of the breakwater. Vessels must communicate with the Messina
pilots using e-mail only until further notice, as follows:
13.77 The Messina pilots will, if required, take vessels which are
proceeding N as far as the vicinity of Bagnara Calabra. They
will also take vessels which are proceeding S as far as a line
joining Punta di Pellaro and Capo Scaletta. Pilots are available
day or night and generally in any weather.
13.77 Regulations.—Navigation of the strait is prohibited for merchant
ships of 50,000 dwt and above carrying pollutants.
13.77 Transiting vessels shall have their engines ready for immediate
maneuver and must keep a continuous watch on VHF channel
16.
13.77 A Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) is in effect in the approaches
to and through the Stretto di Messina.
13.77 Vessel Traffic Service.—The VTS area (Area Alpha) is
bounded by the following:
1. Northern Limit—A line joining parallel 38°22.3'N,
meridian 15°31.0'E and the coasts of Calabria and Sicily.
2. Southern Limit—A line along parallel 38°01.0'N joining
Punta di Pellaro, on the Calabrian coast, and Capo d’Ali,
on the coast of Sicily.
13.77 A reduced area (Area Bravo) is in operation when Messina
has a reduced operational capacity. This area is bounded, as
follows:
1. Northern Limit—Along parallel 38°13.0'N.
2. Southern Limit—Along parallel 38°05.0'N.
3. The coasts of Sicily and Calabria.
13.77 Precautionary Areas are established extending 3 miles from
the Northern and Southern Limits of Area Alpha. These areas
are designed for preliminary reports by vessels approaching the
VTS.
13.77 The VTS has a secondary operations center at Reggio di Calabria
which will operate at a reduced capacity in the event of
malfunction or breakdown of the main VTS center in Messina.
13.77 The VTS provides an information service, navigational assistance,
and traffic organization. The center is available on
VHF channels 10, 13, 14, and 16 (call sign: Messina Traffic).
13.77 Participation is mandatory for all passenger vessels, all merchant
vessels of more than 300 gross tons, all fishing vessels
over 45m loa, and all recreational vessels over 45m loa. Participation
is optional for warships, naval auxiliary vessels, other
state vessels operating a non-commercial public service, and
fishing or recreational vessels less than 45m loa.
13.77 Vessels should use the following e-mail addresses for the
VTS:
Pub. 131
pilotime@tin.it
vts.messina@trasporti.gov.it
vtsmessina@guardiacostiera.it
13.77 Vessels should report to Messina Traffic on VHF channel 13,
as follows:
1. Initial contact—Before or upon entering the precautionary
area.
Designator Information Required
A
B
4. Pilotage information, for vessels subject to compulsory
pilotage:
5. On entering the VTS:
Vessel name, call sign, flag, IMO
number, MMSI and gross tons
Time (LT) and date of expected entry
into the VTS
Position (Lat/Long) or bearing and
C or D
distance from a recognized landmark
E True course
F Speed
Port of origin and time and date of
G
departure
I Port of destination and ETA
Cargo and, if carrying dangerous
P
goods, quantity and IMO category
T Details for obtaining cargo information
U Type of vessel, loa, and draft
W Total number of persons onboard
(passengers and crew)
X Any other information which is deemed
useful:
1. ETA at Capo Peloro for vessels
coming from the N, or ETA at
Punta San Raineri for vessels coming
from the S.
2. Characteristics and estimated
quantity of bunker fuel for vessels
transporting over 5,000 tons of it.
3. Navigational status and presence
of faults.
Designator Information Required
A Vessel name and call sign
B Time of pilot onboard (LT)
J Pilot on board confirmation
Designator Information Required
A Vessel name and call sign
B Time of entering the VTS area (LT)

Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento 265
6. On changing plans:
Designator Information Required
A Vessel name, flag and call sign
B
7. On anchoring:
8. On arrival/departure from port or roads:
9. On exiting the VTS:
Details of changes from the initial
report
Designator Information Required
A Vessel name and call sign
B Time of anchoring (LT)
C Position of anchorage
Designator Information Required
A Vessel’s name and call sign
Time of arrival or departure from the
B
port or roads (LT)
I Port of destination and ETA
P Cargo on board
Designator Information Required
A Vessel’s name and call sign
B Time of exiting the VTS
13.77 Caution.—Strong currents, eddies, and whirlpools are found
throughout Stretto di Messina and off the neighboring coasts.
Violent squalls also occur in and near this strait.
13.77 Numerous submarine cables lie in the strait and are marked
at their landing positions by the alignment of two beacons
which are surmounted by yellow and black spheres with a
white letter T.
13.77 Several anchoring and fishing prohibited areas lie in the
strait and may best be seen on the chart.
13.78 Punta Pezzo (38°14'N., 15°38'E.) is wide, level, low,
and sandy. It projects W from the foot of an elevation on which
stand the villages of Pezzo and Piale. Punta Pezzo Light is
shown from a prominent white round tower with red bands,
23m high, standing amongst trees close E of the point.
13.78 A church, with a belfry and a spire surmounted by a cross,
stands near the shore, close NE of the light.
13.78 Punta Pezzo is located 3.5 miles WSW of Capo Paci. The E
shore of Stretto di Messina, between the cape and the point,
consists of a steep narrow beach which is intersected by the
mouths of various rivers and backed by hills and cultivated plateaus.
13.78 Torre Cavallo stands about halfway up a rocky ridge that ris-
es 1 mile WSW of Capo Paci. This tower is circular and partly
in ruins, but is clearly visible.
13.78 A conspicuous framework tower, 200m high, stands 300m
SE of Torre Cavallo. This tower, along with a similar one on
Sicilia, formerly supported the overhead cable which spanned
the strait and has now been removed. The small town of Marina
di Porticello is located near a river mouth, 0.5 mile WSW of
the tower.
13.78 Anchorage, sheltered from winds between the ENE through
S to WSW, can be taken, in a depth of 30m, about 300m off the
river mouth at Porticello. This anchorage is excellent for large
vessels. Smaller vessels can anchor, in a depth of 20m, sand
and weed, closer inshore over good holding ground, but this
anchorage is untenable with N winds.
13.78 Caution.—The currents are of considerable intensity near
Punta Pezzo and whirlpools are frequently formed. The phenomenon
known as Taglio exists in this vicinity and consists of
a strong surface agitation of the water accompanied by a characteristic
rustling noise that is caused by the meeting of opposing
currents.
13.79 Villa San Giovanni (38°13'N., 15°38'E.), a small
town, stands 0.7 mile S of Punta Pezzo. It is a major ferry port
connecting the Italian mainland to Sicily. The harbor, which
fronts the town, is formed by a quayed outer mole. This mole
extends NNW and has ferry slips situated at its base. The E
side of the harbor is quayed. Due to the constricted area and the
necessity of keeping the outer mole and the approaches to the
ferry slips clear, the harbor is restricted to vessels of limited
size and draft. The harbor is generally accessible to vessels up
to 100m in length and 4.6m draft. A depth of 6.7m is maintained
in the ferry basin, lying E of the mole, by dredging. The
ferry berths on the mole have an average depth of 5.2m alongside.
The harbor can be contacted on VHF channel 15 or 16.
13.79 Winds
Punta Pezzo Light
from the WNW prevail at Villa San Giovanni. Those
between the W and NW are stormy and troublesome, especially
between February and March, and frequently create a heavy
sea that sweeps into the harbor. During NW winds, entering or
remaining in this harbor is reported to be dangerous. Winds
from the SE usually bring a haze. Winds from the NE are frequent
in autumn.
13.79 Winds from the SE are forecast by the clouding over of the
heights in the vicinity of Scilla. Winds from the SW or NW are
Pub. 131

266 Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento
preceded, respectively, by the clouding over of the mountains
of Messina and Etna.
13.79 Prominent features in the vicinity of the harbor include a factory,
with a tall chimney, standing close N of the town and a cathedral,
with three large arches flanked by two towers, standing
in the center of the town.
13.79 Caution.—The depths in the harbor are subject to shoaling.
13.79 The current, which sets S in the strait, sometimes sets against
the mole and into the harbor, making vessel movements difficult.
This occurs particularly during the spring when the current
is strongest.
13.79 It is advisable not to anchor outside the harbor, because of
the strong currents and the rocky bottom that does not hold
well.
13.80 Acciarello (38°13'N., 15°39'E.), a small village situated
close S of Villa San Giovanni, stands along the coast and
appears as a continuation of the town.
13.80 Catona,
a small town, is situated 2 miles S of Villa San Gio-
vanni and dominated by a prominent church with a yellow belfry
and pyramidal spire. The conspicuous church of San
Francesco, with a red roof and a belfry surmounted by five
spires, stands close S of the town.
13.80 Gallico,
a small town, is situated 1 mile S of Catona and con-
sists of a long line of houses extending along the beach. Behind
the town, a church, with a red roof and a low belfry, is prominent.
Anchorage in front of this town is tenable only during
moderate winds and is not recommended.
Reggio di Calabria (38°07'N., 15°39'E.)
World Port Index No. 40080
13.81 Reggio di Calabria is a large city and an important
commercial and fishing port. The harbor fronts the city and is
enclosed on its W side by Molo di Ponente, which is completely
quayed and has a high sea wall along the outer side, and a
breakwater which extends NNE from its N end.
13.81 Winds—Weather.—In autumn and winter, winds from the
SE and SW quadrants are prevalent. In spring and summer,
winds from the NE and NW quadrants are the most frequent.
The strongest winds are usually those from the NW, W, and
SW. During March and April, very violent gusty winds from
between the WSW and WNW sometimes make navigation difficult
along the coast in this vicinity, but they do not last long.
13.81 Tides—Currents.—Tides are almost negligible, being 0.3m
at springs. When augmented by onshore winds, the tidal rise
does not exceed 0.6m.
13.81 The Carrobio, a sudden periodic rise and fall in the water
level occurs occasionally along this part of the coast. It has a
range of about 1m. These changes in the level are ascribed to
fluctuations in atmospheric pressure. This phenomenon is usually
preceded by a calm, a black and blue sky, and a low barometric
pressure.
13.81 The currents in the strait off the port sometimes have rates up
to 5 knots, particularly during the equinoctial periods. These
currents, in combination with SW winds, can cause difficulties
for vessels attempting to enter the harbor.
13.81 Depths—Limitations.—The main quays include Banchina
Margottini, 120m long, with a depth of 10m alongside; Banchi-
Pub. 131
na Levante, 280m long, with a depth of 11.5m alongside;
Banchina Levante Nuova, 410m long, with a depth of 12m
alongside; Banchina Ponente Tratto No. 1, 30m long, with a
depth of 7.5m alongside; and Banchina Ponente Tratto No. 2,
400m long, with a depth of 12m alongside.
13.81 There are facilities for fishing, ro-ro, bulk, ferry, and container
vessels. In addition, there is a basin for yachts and a hydrofoil
terminal. Vessels up to 50,000 dwt, 180m in length, and
10m draft have been accommodated.
13.81 Aspect.—Monte Pentimele, a precipitous hill, stands N of
the port and is surmounted by an old fort. Casa Cantoniera, a
red two-story customhouse with a turret, is situated at the foot
of this hill and is conspicuous. The prominent church of Santa
Caterina, with a belfry and a spire, stands in the N part of the
city. A conspicuous monument, consisting of two tall columns
surmounted by connecting architecture, is situated on the
beach, 1 mile SSW of the harbor entrance.
13.81 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory in the area within an arc
with a radius of 900m from the port entrance for all vessels
over 500 gross tons entering, leaving, or maneuvering within
the port. Ferries crossing the Strait of Messina maneuvering
within the normal approach areas and vessels of less than
15,000 gross tons on scheduled services are exempt from compulsory
piloting.
13.81 Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12 or 16 and board
in position 38°07.9'N, 15°38.4'E.
13.81 Regulations.—Vessels should send advance notice of their
arrival 48 hours, 24 hours, and 12 hours prior to entry. All vessels
must inform the Harbormaster of their arrival when 1 mile
from the entrance, then comply with instructions.
13.81 The following are extracts from the harbor regulations:
1. Vessels must proceed with care and are forbidden to
exceed a speed of 5 knots or to pass through the harbor entrance
at the same time as another vessel.
2. Small craft, within 1 mile of the harbor entrance, must
give way to vessels entering or leaving. Vessels impeded by
small craft should sound at least 4 blasts.
3. Vessels are forbidden to stop or anchor within 0.5
mile of the harbor entrance.
4. Vessels leaving have precedence over vessels arriving,
but vessels should not begin to leave if another vessel is already
entering.
5. Naval vessels have precedence over merchant vessels.
6. Ferries have precedence over naval and merchant vessels,
but ferries which reverse direction must do so outside
the harbor.
7. Fishing, including fishing for sport, is prohibited
within 1 mile of the harbor entrance.
13.81 Vessel Traffic Service.—The VTS has a secondary operations
center at Reggio di Calabria which will operate at a reduced
capacity in the event of malfunction or breakdown of the
main VTS center in Messina.
13.81 The VTS provides an information service, navigational assistance,
and traffic organization. The center is available on
VHF channels 8, 10, 14, and 16 (call sign: Messina Traffic).
13.81 Anchorage.—Rada di Pentimele, lying 0.5 mile N of the
harbor, is one of the safest anchorage roadsteads in Stretto di
Messina. The bottom forms a good holding ground, the current
is less violent here, and the SW winds are moderate within this
bight. Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 46 to 49m, about

Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento 267
400m offshore.
13.81 Four anchorages designated A, B, C, and D, have been established
in the roadstead.
13.81 Caution.—Vessels should use caution when entering or
leaving as the currents close outside the entrance may affect the
maneuvering of vessels. In general, the current setting S in the
strait forms a current which sets W off the entrance.
13.81 A prohibited area, with a radius of 500m and centered on position
38°06'15.0'’N, 15°36'55.2''E, has been established due to
the presence of a wreck containing wartime ordnance. Trawling,
fishing, and activities affecting the sea bed are prohibited
within this area.
13.82 Punta Calamizzi (38°06'N., 15°38'E.) is located 1.5
miles S of Reggio di Calabria and a prominent radio mast
stands 1.2 miles ENE of it.
13.82 The coast from Punta Calamizzi to Capo dell’Armi is composed
of short terraces of varying elevations which rise in gentle
slopes to a range of coastal hills. These hills recede
gradually from the coast, then approach it again at Capo dell
’Armi.
13.82 Fiumara di Sant’Agata, lying 1.6 miles S of Punta Calamizzi,
has a broad whitish bed and can be recognized by a long
bridge which spans the river mouth.
13.82 Punta di Pellaro (38°01'N., 15°38'E.), located 4.8 miles S of
Punta Calamizzi, is wide, sandy, and forms the S entrance
point of the Stretto di Messino on the E side. A radio mast
stands on the point. A sandy shoal, with a depth of 3m, fronts
the seaward extremity of the point. A bright-red church, with a
prominent belfry, stands close S of the point. The large and
conspicuous building of a beverage plant, with a low tank on
cement columns situated close NW of it, is reported to stand in
the vicinity of the point.
13.82 Between Punta di Pellaro and Capo dell’Armi, 4.5 miles
SSE, the vegetation gradually diminishes until it disappears in
the immediate vicinity of the cape. Short and steep streams
wind down from the mountains along this stretch of the coast
and are clearly visible due to the alluvial deposits which they
bring down.
13.82 The village of Motta San Giovanni, situated 3 miles ESE of
Punta di Pellaro, overlooks this stretch of coast. A conspicuous
church, with a belfry and a spire, stands in the lower part of this
village and is visible from the NW and SW; from other directions,
the church is hidden by the surrounding hills.
Punta di Pellaro to Capo Spartivento
13.83 Capo dell’Armi (37°57'N., 15°41'E.) is located 4.5
miles SSE of Punta di Pellaro. This cape is high, rounded, bare,
and rises perpendicularly from the sea in whitish and rocky
cliffs. A light is shown from a prominent tower, 12m high,
standing on the cape.
13.83 The village of Saline, situated at the mouth of Fiumara di
Molara, stands 1.5 miles ESE of Capo dell’Armi and is dominated
by a conspicuous reddish church. A conspicuous chimney,
176m high, stands in the vicinity of an oil refinery which
is situated close to the coast, 1 mile SE of the village.
13.83 Porto Saline di Montebello Joniche (37°56'N., 15°43'E.), a
small harbor, lies 1 mile S of Saline and is protected by breakwaters.
There is a turning basin, dredged to a depth of 12m, a
dock basin, dredged to a depth of 8m, and a marina within this
harbor.
13.83 A water intake terminal, marked by a light, lies close E of
this harbor. A 75m statue of Christ the Redeemer is positioned
in the sea off the village of Saline Ioniche in position
37°56.2'N, 15°42.7'E in a depth of 16m.
13.83 Pentedattilo, a prominent rocky cliff, stands 2 miles inland, 4
miles E of Capo dell’Armi. It is shaped like a monstrous hand
and lies between two rivers, the Fiumara di Sant’Elia to the N
and the Fiumara Anna to the S. This cliff rises 150m from the
slope of a hill. The village of Pentedattilo is situated at the foot
of this strange formation, but is not visible from most directions.
A prominent peak stands close E of the cliff.
13.83 Melito di Porto Salvo, a small town, stands 5.5 miles ESE of
Capo dell’Armi. It is situated among citrus groves on the
slopes of a hill on the W bank of Fiumara di Melito. The mouth
of this river is spanned by a bridge with two arches. A small
church, with a prominent yellow cupola, stands near the beach,
SW of this town.
13.83 The wreck of a vessel, with the main mast showing, lies in
depths of 25 to 28m, about 400m W of the mouth of Fiumara di
Melito.
13.83 Fiumara di Amendolea enters the sea through a wide valley,
5 miles E of Melito di Porto Salvo. This river has a very wide
bed and is spanned near its mouth by a long bridge, supported
by seven piers. Monte Papagallo, 95m high, stands on the E
bank of the river mouth. This hill is conspicuous, when seen
from the W, because of its whitish color and a large clump of
trees on its summit.
13.84 Bova Marina (37°55'N., 15°55'E.), a village, is situated
2 miles E of the mouth of the Fiumara di Amendolea. It
consists of a prominent group of houses intersected by the Fiumera
Sideroni, which flows through a verdant valley.
13.84 The
village of Bova, situated 4 miles N of Bova Marina,
stands on the summit of a mountain, 827m high. This village is
dominated by Monte Porticella di Bova, standing 0.7 mile N,
which can be identified by its flattish top and a prominent
notch on its W side. The seaward side of this mountain is furrowed
by deep valleys.
13.84 Large
Capo dell’armi Light bearing 104°
vessels can anchor off Bova Marina, in a depth of
29m, about 0.4 mile from the shore; small vessels can anchor,
in depths of 6 to 7m, about 0.2 mile from shore. With N winds,
Pub. 131

268 Sector 13. Italy—West Coast—Promontorio di Piombino to Capo Spartivento
this anchorage is considered to be one of the safest along this
part of the coast.
13.84 Punta San Giovanni, located 0.5 mile ESE of Bova Marina,
is formed by a steep cliff and is fringed by rocks. A tower, half
in ruins and poorly visible, stands on the point. A light-colored
tower and a conspicuous statue of the Madonna stand near the
tower. The village of Palizzi Marin is situated 2.5 miles E of
the point.
13.85 Torre Mozza (37°55'N., 16°00'E.), almost completely
in ruins, stands on a cliff at the E side of a small valley, 0.5
mile E of Palizzi Marina. The ruins are only visible from the E
or W.
13.85 A
rocky shoal bank, with a least depth of 0.5m, fronts the
coast abreast Torre Mozza and extends up to about 0.3 mile
offshore. A dangerous wreck, covered by a depth of less than
18m, lies about 0.8 mile offshore, 2 miles WSW of Torre Mozza.
13.85 Capo Spartivento (37°55'N., 16°04'E.) is located 3 miles E
of Torre Mozza. The coastal slopes between the tower and this
cape become less steep and descend towards the sea in spurs,
which because of their whitish color, resemble huge sand
dunes. The summits of several of these spurs are covered with
sparse vegetation.
13.85 Capo Spartivento is rugged, rocky, and fringed by a narrow
sandy beach on which stand some houses. This cape can be
easily identified from some distance by its whitish appearance.
A light is shown from a prominent structure, 15m high, stand-
Pub. 131
ing on the cape. A disused signal station is situated close NW
of the light.
Capo Spartivento bearing 045°
13.85 Due to rocky patches, the cape should not be approached
within 0.5 mile.
13.85 Caution.—A circular prohibited area, with a radius of
500m, is centered on position 37°53.8'N, 16°00.7'E.
13.85 Fiumara Spropoli enters the sea on the W side of Punta di
Spropoli, 1 mile W of the cape. Several houses stand in the vicinity
of the river mouth.
13.85 Anchorage, sheltered from N winds, can be taken off the
coast between Torre Mozza and Punta di Spropoli. There are
berths, in a depth of 10m, about 500m from the shore, or in
depths of 15 to 20m, about 0.5 mile offshore. The beach fronting
this stretch of coast is slowly extending seaward.

Pub. 131
14.
Italy—The Strait of Sicilia and Malta Channel
14.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 14 — CHART INFORMATION
269

SECTOR 14
ITALY—THE STRAIT OF SICILIA AND MALTA CHANNEL
14.0 Plan.—This sector describes the W and S coasts of Sicilia
(Sicily), the Strait of Sicilia, and Malta Channel including the
islands and banks S of Sicilia. The descriptive sequence is SE
from Skerki Bank to the Maltese Islands, S from Capo San Vito
to Capo Granitola, and then SE to Capo Passero. The other
islands and banks are described with their adjacent coasts.
Off-lying Banks
14.1 Skerki Bank (37°50'N., 10°55'E.) is centered about
35 miles NNW of Ras at Tib (Cap Bon), which is described in
paragraph 8.14, and extends for about 35 miles in a general
NE-SW direction. The bottom of this extensive bank consists
of coral, rock, sand, and shells.
14.1 Sylvia Knoll, lying at the NE end of Skerki Bank, has a least
depth of 12m. Biddlecombe Reef, with a depth of 6.7m, lies
about 7 miles SW of Sylvia Bank.
14.1 Locust Patch, with a depth of 12m, lies 5 miles W of Keith
Reef. Hecate Patch, with a depth of 7m, lies about 2 miles S of
Locust Patch.
14.1 Keith Reef is the shallowest patch on the bank. It lies nearly
2 miles SSE of Biddlecombe Reef and is composed of compact
limestone. A small rock, covered with weed, lies at the center
of this reef and has a depth of 0.3m. It is usually marked by
breakers. It is reported that the remains of a stranded wreck lie
in the vicinity of this rock. In addition, two dangerous wrecks
lie at the NE end of the rock.
14.1 Caution.—The currents in the vicinity of Skerki Bank are irregular
in both rate and direction. The shoal patches are not always
marked by breakers. Vessels should exercise caution and
give the dangers on this bank a wide berth.
Isola di Pantellaria
14.2 Isola di Pantellaria (36°48'N., 12°00'E.), a mountainous
and volcanic island, lies 46 miles ESE of Ras at Tib
(Cap Bon). Montagna Grande, 834m high, dominates this island.
The coastal currents in the vicinity of the island vary in
direction and velocity with the wind force and direction.
14.2 Pantellaria (36°50'N., 11°56'E.), a small craft harbor, lies at
the NW end of Isola di Pantellaria and is protected by breakwaters.
Vessels may only anchor in one of the six designated anchorage
areas after obtaining permission from the
Harbormaster at Trapani.
14.2 Punta San Leonardo (36°50'N., 11°55'E.), a low point, is
located at the NW end of the island, close E of Pantellaria. A
light is shown from a structure, 3m high, standing on this point.
A cemetery, situated 0.5 mile SE of this point, is conspicuous.
14.2 Punta Bue Marino, low and dark, is located 0.5 mile ENE of
Punta San Leonardo. Two coves lie close E of this point.
14.2 Punta Caruscia is located 1 mile ESE of Punta Bue Marino.
Ancoraggio di Campobello lies between Punta Caruscia and
Punta Pozzolana, 0.8 mile ESE, and affords anchorage, sheltered
from W winds. Small vessels can obtain anchorage be-
271
tween these two points, in a depth of 29m, rock and weed.
Local knowledge is required.
14.3 Punta Spadillo (36°48'N., 12°00'E.), located 1.2
miles E of Punta Pozzolana, is the rocky NE extremity of a
promontory on the W side of which is a cove. A light is shown
from a structure, 21m high, standing on this point.
Punta Spadillo Light
14.3 Punta Tracino, marked by a light, is located 2.5 miles SE of
Punta Spadillo. It is high and rocky. A small islet, almost as
high as the point itself, lies close off the point and is surmounted
by a small pillar. Anchorage can be obtained, in depths of 20
to 22m, sand with patches of rock, about 300m S of this small
islet, but local knowledge is required.
14.3 Punta Limarsi, located 4 miles SSW of Punta Tracino, is rugged
and rocky. A light is shown from a structure, 6m high,
standing on this point. Anchorage can be obtained by small
vessels in Porto Dietro Isola, a slight indentation, close NE of
Punta Limarsi. A good berth, in depths of 22 to 27m, coarse
sand with some rock, lies about 320m NE of Punta Limarsi, but
local knowledge is required.
14.3 Punta Polacca is located 2.3 miles W of Punta Limarsi. The
coast between is high and rocky.
14.3 Punta Tre Pietre, located 2.5 miles NW of Punta Polacca, is
the SW extremity of a promontory which is fronted by three
small above-water rocks. A light is shown from the W entrance
point of Porto di Scauri, which lies 0.3 mile E of Punta Tre Pietre.
Anchorage can be obtained, in a depth of 16m, coarse
sand and rock, about 200m S of the light.
14.3 Caution.—A fishing and anchoring prohibited area extends
up to 6 miles seaward from the vicinity of Punta Bue Mario
Point and may best be seen on the chart.
14.3 A prohibited area, best seen on the chart, is located close off
Punta del Gadir about 1 mile SE of Punta Spadillo.
14.3 A storage tanker (Tazerka) is moored in the vicinity of
(36°36'N., 11°41'E.), which is situated about 17 miles SW of
Pub. 131

272 Sector 14. Italy—The Strait of Sicilia and Malta Channel
Punta Tre Pietre.
Isole Pelagie
14.4 Isole Pelagie (35°52'N., 12°52'E.), a group of three
volcanic islands, consists of Isola di Linosa, Isola di Lampedusa,
and Isola Lampione. The group is Italian and lies on the
African continental shelf, SSE of Isola di Pantellaria.
14.4 Isola di Linosa (35°52'N., 12°52'E.), the NE island of the
group, lies 66 miles SE of Isola di Pantellaria. Monte Vulcano,
195m high, stands on the S side of the island; Monte Rosso,
186m high, stands 0.5 mile N of Monte Vulcano; and Monte di
Ponente, 107m high, stands on the W side of the island.
14.4 A rocky patch, with a least depth of 3.9m, lies about 0.2 mile
E of Punta Calcarella, the SE extremity of the island, and is the
only off-lying danger. A depth of 14m lies about 0.2 mile offshore,
on the N side of the island.
14.4 A light is shown from a prominent structure, 17m high,
standing on Punta Beppe Tuccio, the NE extremity of the island.
Another light is shown from a structure, 6m high, standing
close NE of Punta Arena Bianca, the SW extremity of the
island.
14.5 Isolotto Lampione (Scoglio Lampione) (35°33'N.,
12°19'E.), a small island, lies 32 miles SW of Isola di Linosa. It
is uninhabited, 40m high, and has a flat top with cliffy sides.
When seen from the NW, this island appears like a wall rising
from the sea. A light is shown from a structure, 6m high, standing
on the W side of the island.
14.5 Isola Lampedusa (35°30'N., 12°36'E.), the largest and S island
of the group, lies 10 miles ESE of Isola di Lampione. This
island is flat-topped and barren. Monte Albero Sole, 133m
high, stands on its NW side and is prominent. There are no
close off-lying dangers.
14.5 A light is shown from a structure, 19m high, standing on Capo
Grecale, the NE extremity of the island. Two large masts are
situated close W of the light. A marine farm, marked by a lighted
buoy, has been established off the entrance to Cala Creta
about 1 mile S of Capo Grecale.
14.5 A light is also shown from a structure, 6m high, standing on
Capo Ponente, the SW extremity of the island. A prominent radio
mast stands on a hill, 0.4 mile E of the light.
14.5 Caution.—A prohibited area, with a radius of 200m, lies
centered on position 35°30.9'N, 12°38.0'E.
Pub. 131
Punta Beppe Tuccio Light
14.6 Lampedusa (35°30'N., 12°36'E.), the capital of the
island, is situated on its SE side. This small town is fronted by
a harbor which consists of three coves. It is open to the S and is
entered between Punta Guitgia and Punta Maccaferri, 0.2 mile
E. Both of these entrance points are marked by lights. A mole
protects the inner harbor which is only suitable for small craft
with lengths less than 30m and drafts up to 3m. Small coasters
and fishing vessels, up to 80m in length, can anchor and moor,
stern-to-shore, off Punta Maccaferri. The harbor can be contacted
on VHF channel 14 or 16. Vessels can anchor, in a depth
of 14m, sand and weed, off the harbor entrance.
14.6 Caution.—A stranded wreck near the entrance to the harbor
is a hazard to vessels entering or leaving port.
The Maltese Islands
14.7 The Maltese Islands, an extensive group, consist of
three main islands, Ghawdex (Gozo), Kemmuna (Comino),
and Malta, and several islets which lie centered 90 miles ENE
of Lampedusa.
14.7 Vessel Traffic Service.—The Coastal Station Vessel Traffic
Service (Coastal Station VTS), operated by the Armed Forces
of Malta, has been established for Malta.
14.7 The
VTS includes the area within Maltese territorial waters
and is responsible for monitoring shipping and receiving information
within the area. This VTS also monitors vessels bound
for a port in Malta or leaving the port VTS area.
14.7 Participation
14.7 The
is mandatory for the following vessels:
1. Vessels of 300 gross tons and over.
2. Vessels carrying dangerous cargo.
3. Vessels not certified gas-free.
4. Vessels engaged in cargo-handling operations.
5. Vessels undergoing inerting, tank cleaning, gas freeing,
or purging operations.
6. Vessels over 15m loa.
7. Mobile offshore rigs.
8. Vessels using a pilot.
Capo Grecale Light
VTS can be contacted, as follows:
1. Call sign: Malta VTS
2. VHF: VHF channels 16 and 69
3. Telephone: 356-22-494202
356-22-494206
356-22-494207

Sector 14. Italy—The Strait of Sicilia and Malta Channel 273
4. Facsimile: 356-21-809860
5. Telex: 406-1489
6. E-mail: opsroom.afm@gov.mt
14.7 Regulations.—The New Inspection Regime (NIR) of the
Paris Memorandum of Understanding (PMoU) has introduced
a mandatory reporting system for vessels arriving at or departing
from a port or anchorage within the Paris MoU region, as
follows:
1. Vessels eligible for an Expanded Inspection (EI)—
The master, operator, or agent of a vessel eligible for an EI
shall provide the port an advance notice of arrival 72 hours in
advance. The following vessels are subject to an EI:
a. All vessels with a high risk profile.
b. All passenger vessels, oil tankers, gas tankers,
chemical tankers, and bulk carriers over 12 year old.
2. All other vessels—All other vessels bound for Paris
MoU member port must send an advance notice 24 hours
prior to arrival. If the voyage from the previous port is less
than 24 hours, not known, or is changed during the voyage,
the notification should be sent as soon as the information becomes
known.
These reports should be sent to Registrar General Shipping
and Seamen, Malta Transport Center, Marsa, MRS 1917, Malta
(e-mail: mershipmalta.tm@transport.gov.mt). Failure to submit
the report may subject the vessel to additional inspections.
14.7 For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regulations—Paris
Memorandum of Understanding on Port
State Control (PMoU) New Inspection Regime (NIR) in
Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic
Ocean and Adjacent Seas.
14.7 Caution.—Oil drilling rigs may frequently be encountered
between this group of islands and the S coast of Sicilia.
14.8 Ghawdex (Gozo) (36°03'N., 14°15'E.), the NW island
in the group, rises in high cliffs to a plateau. Several villages
stand around the island and Victoria (Rabat), the largest
town, is situated near its center.
14.8 Ras San Dimitri (36°04'N., 14°11'E.), a high and steep-to
promontory, forms the NW extremity of the island. A light is
shown from a white tower on a building, 21m high, standing
1.7 miles E of Ras San Dimitri. This light structure surmounts
Giordan, 161m high, a prominent hill.
14.8 From Ras San Dimitri, the coast trends generally SE for 8
miles to Ras il Qala, the SE extremity of the island. The N
coast is generally free of off-lying dangers.
14.8 From Ras il Qala, the coast trends SW for 4 miles to Ras il
Newhela, the S extremity of the island. Gebel tal Halfa, an islet,
lies 0.3 mile WSW of Ras il Qala and is 22m high. Numerous
above-water rocks encumber this stretch of the coast and
depths of 18m or less extend S across North Comino Channel
to Comino (Kemmuna).
14.8 Temporary anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 18m, sand, off
the small harbor of Mgarr, which lies 1.5 miles WSW of Ras il
Qala. This anchorage is exposed to E winds which blow through
North Comino Channel and is also open to the S and SW.
14.8 From Ras il Newhela, the coast trends NW for 4 miles to Ras
il Wardija, and then 2 miles N to Ras San Dimitri. This part of
the coast rises in high cliffs from the sea, is steep-to, and is
mostly free of dangers.
14.8 Caution.—A former explosive dumping area, 2 miles in di-
ameter, lies about 3 miles N of Gozo.
14.8 A submarine cable area extends S from Gozo to Comino.
14.9 Comino (Kemmuna) (36°01'N., 14°20'E.) a small island,
lies nearly midway between Gozo and Malta and divides
the channel into the North Comino Channel (Il Fliegu ta Ghawdex)
and the South Comino Channel (Il Fliegu ta Malta). Passage
through these two channels is restricted to noncommercial
vessels and other vessels of 50m or less in length.
14.9 Kemmunett,
a small rocky islet, is located close W of Comi-
no (Kemmuna), and several above-water rocks lie between
them. The NW extension of shoal water surrounding the islet is
marked by a lighted beacon.
14.9 The currents in the passages on both sides of Comino are irregular
in direction, sometimes setting against a strong wind,
but their rates are usually less than 1 knot.
14.9 Sultan Rock, with a depth of 6m, is the E rock of Skoll tal-
Abjad tal-Prosha, a group of dangers with a least depth of
5.5m, which lie about 0.2 mile E of the SE end of Comino.
14.9 Anchorage, with local knowledge, can be taken, in depths of
16 to 21m, in Il Mats, a small bay, lying on the W side of the island.
14.9 Caution.—A submarine cable area extends S from Comino
to Malta.
14.10 Malta (35°55'N., 14°25'E.), the S and largest island
of the group, lies close S of Comino and 2.5 miles SE of Gozo.
Valletta, the largest port and capital, is situated on the E side of
the island and is also a tourist resort.
Ponta tal Cirkewwa (Ponta tal Marfa) (35°59'N., 14°20'E.),
the NW extremity of Malta, is a low point backed by high and
sloping land. Shoals and above-water rocks extend up to about
0.2 mile N of this point.
14.10 A
breakwater extends about 300m from Ponta tal Marfa. A
ro-ro ferry terminal berth, with a depth of 5m alongside, is situated
at the head of this breakwater. A conspicuous hotel, visible
from all sides of the promontory, stands 0.2 mile E of Ponta
tal Marfa.
14.10 The coast from Ponta tal Marfa slopes NE for 2 miles to Ponta
ta l’Ahrax, the N extremity of the island, and is indented by
several small bays.
14.10 From
Ponta ta l’Ahrax, the coast then trends SE for 13 miles
to Ponta taz Zonqor, the NE extremity of island. From N to S,
this stretch of coast is broken by Mellieha Bay, St. Pauls Bay,
Salina Bay, St. Georges Bay, St. Julians Bay, and Valletta Harbor.
14.11 Sikka il-Bajda (Balls Bank) (36°00'N., 14°24'E.),
with depths of 10.4 to 20m, lies 2 miles E of Ponta ta l’Ahrax.
This shoal should be avoided.
14.11 From Ponta ta l’Ahrax to Dahlet ix-Xilep, 0.7 mile SE, the
coast consists of high broken cliffs with rocks below them, especially
near the latter point. Dahlet ix-Xilep is a high bluff
surmounted by a conspicuous church. A prominent statue
stands close to the edge of the cliff.
14.11 Caution.—A restricted area is located on the cliffs between
il-Ponta ta’I-Ahrax and Dahlet ix-Xilep to protect a sea bird
breeding area. A Special Protection Area buffer zone extends
about 1.1 miles seaward from the coastline. Special rules regarding
the use of lights and noisy equipment are in place from
Pub. 131

274 Sector 14. Italy—The Strait of Sicilia and Malta Channel
February 1 through July 30 from 2 hours prior to sunset until 2
hours after sunrise.
14.11 Mellieha Bay is entered between Dahlet ix-Xilep and Ras il-
Griebeg, 1 mile SSE. There are submerged rocks and shoals in
the bay, but it affords good anchorage during offshore winds to
vessels with local knowledge.
14.11 Gzejjer Selmunet (St. Pauls island), an islet, lies close inshore,
about 0.9 mile ESE of Ras il-Griebeg. This islet is divided
into two parts which are joined by a low and narrow
isthmus. A remarkable statue of Saint Paul stands on the summit,
40m high, of the higher and W part.
14.11 Saint Pauls Bay (Il Bajja ta’ San-Pawl il-Bahar) is entered
between Gzejjer Selmunet and Ras il-Qawra, 1 mile SE. Selmun
Palace, 23m high, stands on a hill, 1 mile WSW of the
statue of Saint Paul. Several prominent oil tanks, painted silver,
stand 0.4 mile SE of the palace. A concrete quay, 53m long,
with depths of 2.1 to 3.4m alongside, is situated 0.6 mile SE of
the palace.
14.11 A designated approach channel has been established in St.
Paul’s Bay and may best be seen on the chart. Anchoring and
fishing are prohibited in this channel. Marine farms, best seen
on the chart, lie on the N side of the channel.
14.11 Anchorage, sheltered from offshore winds, can be obtained
within the bay, in depths of over 18m. The holding ground is
good, except on a rocky patch lying near the entrance. However,
in depths of less than 20m, care should be taken to select a
sandy spot.
14.11 A spit, with a least depth of 9.4m, extends about 0.5 mile
ENE from Ras il-Qawra. A lighted buoy lies 0.2 mile NE of the
extremity of the spit. Diving takes place in the vicinity of the
buoy and it should be given a wide berth.
14.11 Salina Bay is entered between Ras il-Qawra and Ras-il Ghallis,
0.4 mile SSE. A salt works and a hotel stand at the head of
this bay. A prominent tower stands close SE of Ras-il Ghallis.
14.11 The coast from Ras il-Qawra to Valletta, 5 miles SE, is indented
by numerous bays which are suitable only for small
craft with local knowledge. Above-water rocks and shallow
shoal patches extend up to 0.3 mile seaward of the coast.
14.12 Saint George’s Point (36°56'N., 14°29'E.), surmounted
by a prominent tower, is the N entrance point of Saint
George’s Bay. A radio mast stands 0.4 mile SW of the tower.
14.12 Outer
St. George Rock, with a depth of 9.1m, is the N of sev-
eral rocks lying on a spit which extends 0.7 mile NNE from the
vicinity of St. George’s Point. Spinola Rock, with a depth of
less than 1.8m, lies near the extremity of the spit.
14.12 St. Julian’s Point, located 0.7 mile SSE of Saint George’s
Point, is the SE entrance point of St. Julians Bay.
14.12 Caution.—Anchoring and fishing prohibited areas lie in the
approaches to Saint George’s Bay and Saint Julian’s Bay and
may best be seen on the chart.
14.12 Vessels
should exercise caution when off the coast between
St. Paul’s Bay and Valletta Harbors due to the Pembroke Rifle
Range areas. A red flag will be displayed from the tower on
Saint George’s Point when firing is taking place on the range.
Pub. 131
Valletta Harbors (35°54'N., 14°31'E.)
World Port Index No. 40330
14.13 Valletta Harbors consists of two natural bays, each of
which is comprised of several smaller bays or creeks.
Port of Valletta Home Page
http://www.mma.gov.mt
14.13 Winds—Weather.—The Grecale, a strong NE wind, frequently
sets up a rough sea and swell in the harbor entrance
and approaches, and may make entry hazardous.
14.13 Tides—Currents.—The tidal range is almost negligible, being
only 0.3m at springs.
14.13 Marrobbio surges or waves occur along this coast and may
cause the water level in Valletta to fall rapidly as much as 0.3m
with no warning. These surges may also cause destructive currents
in the harbor.
14.13 Depths—Limitations.—The outer entrance has depths of
21 to 23m. The harbor fairway has depths of 9 to 23m. The
minimum depth at the entrance is 15.8m.
14.13 Grand Harbour is the principal port of entry and handles
practically all traffic, except tankers carrying petroleum with a
flashpoint below 22.5°C. All other petroleum products, including
LPG and explosives, are handled at Marsaxlokk Bay.
14.13 Parlatorio Wharf (Navy) can accommodate tankers up to
198m in length and 10.7m draft.
14.13 Deep Water Wharf is 490m long, with a depth of 10m alongside.
14.13 Flagstone Wharf is 217m long, with a depth of 12m alongside.
14.13 Crucifix Wharf, an extension of Deep Water Wharf, is 240m
long with a depth of 10m alongside. It is used by passenger and
cruise vessels.
14.13 Gun Wharf is 92m long with a depth of 7.4m alongside. It is
used by ferries.
14.13 Laboratory Wharf and Magazine Wharf have a combined
length of 440m with depths of 12.2 to 15m alongside. Bulk
vessels up to 80,000 dwt and 13m draft can be accommodated.
14.13 There are also facilities for container and ro-ro vessels. A
quay, with 240m of berthing space, is situated in Marsaxlokk
and is used by oil exploration service vessels.
14.13 In addition, there are extensive repair facilities and drydocks
which can accommodate vessels up to 300,000 dwt.
14.13 Aspect.—Marsamxett, the N harbor, is entered between
Tigne Point and St. Elmo Point (Il-Ponta Sant’ Jiermu) and
consists of Sliema Creek (Id-Dahla Ta’ Tas-Sliema), Lazaretto
Creek, Msida Creek, and Pieta Creek.It serves as a quarantine
anchorage and a mooring area for naval vessels. The naval installations
consist mainly of small craft repair facilities. Alongside
berthing space is limited and there is little or no
commercial activity in Marsamxett, except for an extensive
yacht harbor and an oil service base.

Sector 14. Italy—The Strait of Sicilia and Malta Channel 275
14.13 Grand Harbour, the S bay and main harbor, is entered between
breakwaters which extend from St. Elmo Point and
Ricasoli Point. It consists of Bighi Bay, Kalkara Creek, Dockyard
Creek (Id-Dahla Tad Dockyard), French Creek, and Newport.
This harbor contains the major naval facilities and the
commercial port. Most of the commercial facilities are concentrated
in Newport. Within this harbor, vessels work cargo into
lighters from Mediterranean moorings. Dockyard Creek and
French Creek are mostly reserved for naval vessels. The approaches
to Grand Harbour present no navigational difficulties.
14.13 A light is shown from a structure standing on St. Elmo Point
(Il-Ponta Sant’ Jiermu). An outer approach lighted buoy is
Valleta—Approach to Grand Harbour
Valleta—Entrance to Marsamxett
moored about 1.2 miles NE of the light.
14.13 Lights mark the seaward ends of the breakwaters which protect
the entrance to Grand Harbour.
14.13 Regulations.—Vessels should send their ETA to the Port
Operations Manager 48 hours in advance through Malta
(9HD). Vessels should also send an ETA at least 2 hours in advance
and when 5 miles from the outer approach lighted buoy.
14.13 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt.
Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 9 and board 2 miles
ESE of the Valetta harbor entrance in good weather and either
3 miles ESE of the Marsaxlokk harbor entrance or a safe
distance off the S coast W of Marsaxlokk in bad weather.
Pub. 131

276 Sector 14. Italy—The Strait of Sicilia and Malta Channel
Pub. 131
Valleta—Saint Elmo Light
Valleta——Il Fortizza Ricasoli

Sector 14. Italy—The Strait of Sicilia and Malta Channel 277
Valleta—Saint Johns’ Cathedral
Valleta—Signal Station Flagstaff
Pub. 131

278 Sector 14. Italy—The Strait of Sicilia and Malta Channel
Pub. 131
Valleta—Hospital Point
Valleta—Tank Cleaning Farm Pier

Sector 14. Italy—The Strait of Sicilia and Malta Channel 279
Valleta—Saint Johns’ Cathedral
Valleta—Id-Dahla Tad Dockyard
Pub. 131

280 Sector 14. Italy—The Strait of Sicilia and Malta Channel
Pub. 131
Valleta—Senglea Point
Valleta—Id-Dahla Tel-Francizi

Sector 14. Italy—The Strait of Sicilia and Malta Channel 281
Valleta—China Dock No. 6
Valleta—The Marsa from NE
Pub. 131

282 Sector 14. Italy—The Strait of Sicilia and Malta Channel
Pub. 131
Valleta—Deep Water Wharf and New Quay
Valleta—Entrance looking seaward

Sector 14. Italy—The Strait of Sicilia and Malta Channel 283
Valleta—Magazine Wharf (left) and Laboratory Wharf Container Terminal (right)
Valleta—Departure view
Pub. 131

284 Sector 14. Italy—The Strait of Sicilia and Malta Channel
Pub. 131
Valleta—Pinto Wharves
Valleta—Bell tower on Ponta ta L’Imgerbeb

Sector 14. Italy—The Strait of Sicilia and Malta Channel 285
14.13 Vessel Traffic Service.—Valletta Vessel Traffic Service
(Valletta VTS) has been established for Valletta.
14.13 The VTS includes the approaches to Valletta and Gozo, the
harbor areas, the N and S channel between Malta and Gozo,
bunkering areas and the waiting areas.
14.13 Participation is mandatory for the following vessels:
1. Vessels of 300 gross tons and over.
Valleta—Il-Ponta ta Ricasoli
Valleta—Pilot Boat
2. Vessels carrying dangerous cargo.
3. Vessels not certified gas-free.
4. Vessels engaged in cargo-handling operations.
5. Vessels undergoing inerting, tank cleaning, gas freeing,
or purging operations.
6. Vessels over 15m loa.
7. Mobile offshore rigs.
Pub. 131

286 Sector 14. Italy—The Strait of Sicilia and Malta Channel
8. Vessels using a pilot.
14.13 Vessels approaching Valletta VTS from any direction should
contact the VTS 2 hours prior to their ETA at the pilot station.
Additional contact should be made 30 minutes prior to arrival
at the pilot station. Reports should also be made when departing
the harbor.
14.13 Valletta VTS can be contacted, as follows:
1. Call sign: Valletta Port Control
2. VHF: VHF channels 12 and 16
3. Telephone: 356-22-914651
4. Facsimile: 356-22-914419
5. E-mail: vts@mma.gov.mt
14.13 Signals.—The following traffic signals, shown from the Palace
Tower and Fort Saint Angelo, do not apply to small craft or
to vessels of less than 500 grt plying exclusively in the waters
of Malta, providing such vessels or craft do not obstruct other
vessels maneuvering in accordance with these signals:
1. A red square flag by day or four red lights, shown vertically,
at night indicate that no vessels can enter, leave, or
obstruct the entrance channel to Grand Harbour.
2. A red diamond shape by day or a red light over a
white light at night indicate that vessels may enter but not
leave Grand Harbour.
3. Two red diamond shapes, shown vertically, by day or
two red lights, shown vertically, at night indicate that vessels
may leave but not enter Grand Harbour.
4. A blue triangular flag indicates that it is unsafe for
boats and low powered craft to leave Grand Harbour or Marsamxett
Harbor.
14.13 Vessels underway, with a pilot aboard, shall display International
Code Flag H, by day, or a white light above a red light at
night.
14.13 Vessels maneuvering, with a pilot aboard, will also display
the following additional signals:
1. International Code Pennant 2 by day, or two white
lights, shown vertically, at night indicate that the vessel is
maneuvering to anchor or berth and must not be obstructed
or passed closely.
2. International Code Flag G at the dip by day or three
lights (red, white, red), shown vertically, at night indicate
that the vessel is getting underway to proceed to sea and
must not be overtaken or passed closely.
3. International Code Pennant 2 over the Answering
Pennant by day or three lights (white, red, white), shown vertically,
at night indicate that the vessel has stopped maneuvering
and may be passed or overtaken.
14.13 Vessels carrying explosives and awaiting berthing instructions
in or near the approaches to a harbor shall display a black
ball above International Code Flag B by day, or three lights
(white, red, red), shown vertically, at night.
14.13 A storm signal, consisting of a single black ball by day or a
red light by night, may be shown from the palace and Fort
Saint Angelo. This storm warning indicates a wind of force 5
or greater is expected between 010° and 120° in Valletta Harbor.
14.13 A scend warning is issued subsequent to a gale warning and
is promulgated until the sea has fallen to a less than 1.5m increase.
14.13 Anchorage.—There are numerous mooring berths for naval
vessels in both harbors. Merchant vessels usually moor in Mar-
Pub. 131
sa Creek, Grand Harbour. The main anchorage area for large
vessels or those awaiting orders or a gas-free certificate is located
at Hurd Bank, approximately 12 miles NE of Valetta, in
depths of 24 to 47m.
14.13 Caution.—Several anchorage prohibited areas lie within
Valletta Harbors and may best be seen on the chart.
14.13 Several submarine cables, which may best be seen on the
chart, extend seaward from the vicinity of St. Elmo Point (Il-
Ponta Sant’ Jiermu) and extend N along the coast of the island.
14.13 Several submarine pipelines lie within the harbors and may
best be seen on the chart.
14.14 Ponta taz Zonqor (35°52'N., 14°35'E.), the low-lying
NE point of Malta, is located 3 miles SE of Ricasoli Point, the
SE entrance point of Valletta Harbors. It is marked by a stone
beacon that has been reported to be difficult to identify. Several
prominent radio masts are reported to stand close SE of Ricasoli
Point.
14.14 Della Larga Forca, a detached bank with a depth of 9.1m,
lies about 0.4 mile offshore, 1 mile NNW of Ponta taz Zonqor.
14.14 The coast extends S for 3 miles from Ponta taz Zonqor to
Ponta ta Delimara and is indented by several shallow bays.
14.14 Sikka Zonqor, a detached 8.5m patch, lies about 0.4 mile
ESE of Ponta taz Zonqor. Outer Munxar Rock, with a depth of
9.7m, is the E danger in this vicinity and lies about 1 mile offshore,
1.5 miles ESE of Ponta taz Zonqor.
14.14 Ponta ta Delimara (35°49'N., 14°34'E.), the NE entrance
point of Marsaxlokk, is located at the S end of a peninsula
which terminates in a yellow cliff, 15m high. A light is shown
from a tower, 24m high, standing close N of the S extremity of
the peninsula. Two prominent radio masts stand close SSE of
the light. An islet, 4m high, lies close S of the point. Several
rocks lie on the shore bank which extends S of this islet and is
marked by a lighted buoy moored about 0.2 mile SSE of Ponta
ta Delimara.
14.14 Hurd Bank (35°53'N., 14°45'E.), formed of coral and sand,
lies 10 miles ENE of Ponta taz Zonqor and has depths of 35
and 44m.
14.14 Caution.—A dumping ground, 0.4 mile in diameter, lies
close N of Della Larga Forca and may best be seen on the
chart.
14.14 A submarine pipeline extends 0.5 mile NE from a point on
the shore, 1 mile SE of Ricasoli Point. Anchoring is prohibited
in the vicinity of this pipeline.
14.14 Commercial vessels may not enter the restricted area, which
may best be seen on the chart, lying adjacent to the coast, 2
miles N of Ponta ta Delimara. This area extends up to 1.5 miles
from the shore.
14.14 A current setting S has often been observed off the E end of
Malta. During N winds, its rate increases and on occasion, it
has been experienced as far off as Hurd Bank.
Marsaxlokk (Marsa Scirocco)
(35°49'N., 14°33'E.)
World Port Index No. 40340
14.15 Marsaxlokk is formed by an extensive bay which is
entered between Ponta ta Delimara and Ponta ta Benghajsa, 1
mile WSW. The small towns of Marsaxlokk and Birzebbuga

Sector 14. Italy—The Strait of Sicilia and Malta Channel 287
are situated, respectively, on the N and W sides of the bay.
Port of Marsaxlokk Home Page
http://www.mma.gov.mt
14.15 Tides—Currents.—The tidal rise is negligible, being only
0.3m at springs.
14.15 A very strong current sometimes sets NE about 1 mile off the
entrance to the bay. It is caused apparently when the SE winds
last several days, but usually ceases after two days of W winds.
14.15 Depths—Limitations.—Saint Lucien Oil Terminal, lying
close SE of Fort Saint Lucien, consists of a fueling dolphin and
several mooring buoys. Tankers are generally limited to 177m
in length and 9.6m draft.
14.15 A new container facility includes Terminal 1 South Quay,
200m long, with a depth of 8m alongside; Terminal 1 West
Quay, 168m long, with a depth of 9.8m alongside; Terminal 1
North Quay, 640m long, with a depth of 13.8m alongside; Terminal
2 West Quay, 460m long, with a depth of 16.5m alongside;
Terminal 2 North Quay, 500m long, with a depth of 17m
alongside; and Terminal 2 East Quay, 435m long, with a depth
of 12.8m alongside.
14.15 The inner side of the breakwater, with depths of 14 to 18m
alongside, can accommodate bulk vessels and tankers up to
80,000 dwt.
14.15 A bulk terminal is being constructed (1994) within the port
which will accommodate vessels up to 200,000 dwt.
14.15 Aspect.—A breakwater extends 0.4 mile NE from Ponta ta
Benghajsa and is marked by a light at its head. A lighted buoy
is moored about 0.3 mile NE of the head of this breakwater.
14.15 Benghjsa Reef, with a least depth of 5.5m, lies near the SE
end of a spit which extends 1 mile SE from Ponta ta Benghajsa.
The extremity of this spit is marked by a lighted buoy moored
about 1.2 miles S of Ponta ta Delimara. Benghisa Patch, with a
least depth of 5.2m, lies on the spit, about 0.3 mile offshore.
14.15 Fort St. Lucien, a prominent building, stands 1.2 miles NW
of Ponta ta Delimara. A conspicuous church is situated 0.9
mile NNE of this fort. Hajaro Rock lies close SE of the fort and
is marked by a beacon.
14.15 A conspicuous water tower stands close to Fort Benghajsa,
which stands on the S side of Ponta ta Benghajsa, the W entrance
point. Another conspicuous water tower stands 0.5 mile
N of Fort Benghajsa and a prominent church is situated 0.7
mile NNW of it. Several radio masts stand NNW of Fort Benghajsa.
14.15 A signal station is situated at Fort Tas-Silg, which stands 1.3
miles N of Ponta ta Delimara.
14.15 Capuchin Convent, a large building with a conspicuous
white house standing 0.2 mile WSW of it, is situated on a
ridge, 0.8 mile NNW of Fort Saint Lucien. However, this convent
cannot be seen from the approaches to the bay.
14.15 Zetjun Church, with a conspicuous red dome, stands 0.7 mile
N of the convent.
14.15 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt
The pilot boards 0.7 mile S of Ponta ta Delimara Light.
14.15 Vessels should contact Valletta Port Control on VHF channel
12 or 16 at least 2 hours before arrival at the pilot boarding position,
stating:
1. Vessel’s name, call sign, IMO number, and flag.
2. Last port of call
3. Destination and ETA.
4. Cargo on board including any dangerous materials or
substances harmful to personnel or the environment.
5. Defects, damage, deficiencies, or limitations.
6. Vessels representative or owner.
7. Size and type of vessel (loa, beam, draft, gross tonnage,
type).
14.15 Vessels should call Valletta Port Control again when within 5
miles of the pilot boarding position.
14.15 Vessel Traffic Service.—Marsaxlokk Vessel Traffic Service
(Marsaxlokk VTS) has been established for Marsaxlokk.
14.15 The VTS includes the approaches to Marsaxlokk, the harbor,
and the waiting area.
14.15 Participation is mandatory for the following vessels:
1. Vessels of 300 gross tons and over.
2. Vessels carrying dangerous cargo.
3. Vessels not certified gas-free.
4. Vessels engaged in cargo-handling operations.
5. Vessels undergoing inerting, tank cleaning, gas freeing,
or purging operations.
6. Vessels over 15m loa.
7. Mobile offshore rigs.
8. Vessels using a pilot.
14.15 Vessels approaching Marsaxlokk VTS from any direction
should contact the VTS 2 hours prior to their ETA at the pilot
station. Additional contact should be made 30 minutes prior to
arrival at the pilot station. Reports should also be made when
departing the harbor.
14.15 Marsaxlokk VTS can be contacted, as follows:
1. Call sign: Marsaxlokk Port Control
2. VHF: VHF channels 14 and 16
3. Telephone: 356-22-914652
4. Facsimile: 356-22-914419
5. E-mail: vts@mma.gov.mt
14.15 Anchorage.—The bay, protected from all but S winds, affords
good holding ground. The bottom consists of fine sand
and mud lying between hard patches which are covered with
weeds. Vessels unable to enter Valletta Harbors during periods
of strong NE winds, shelter here to await favorable weather.
14.15 Small vessels usually anchor off the E shore, ESE of Fort
Saint Lucien.
14.15 Large vessels sometimes anchor outside the port at Hurd
Bank, about 11 miles E of Marsaxlokk. There are depths of 24
to 47m, but this anchorage is not sheltered, although contact
with the harbor may be maintained.
14.15 Caution.—A wave recorder buoy is moored close S of Ponta
ta Delimara. Vessels should move with great caution when in
the vicinity of this buoy and should avoid contact with it at all
times.
14.15 Several unlighted mooring buoys are situated within the bay.
14.16 Ponta ta Benghajsa (35°49'N., 14°33'E.), the SW entrance
point of Marsaxlokk bay, is the SE point of Malta. From
here, the coast curves generally NW for 12 miles to Ras ir Raheb,
then N for 5 miles to Ponta tal Marfa. Deep water extends
close inshore along most of this rugged section of coast, which
is mostly formed of abrupt rock and sheer, steep cliffs.
14.16 Il-Minkba is located 3.2 miles W of Ponta ta Benghajsa. The
coast between is cliffy, but these cliffs are more precipitous and
Pub. 131

288 Sector 14. Italy—The Strait of Sicilia and Malta Channel
lighter in color than those farther to the W. Several prominent
radio masts stand 0.5 mile N and 0.7 mile E of Il-Minkba. Torri
tal Wied Zurrieg, a square tower 12m high, stands on the coast,
1 mile W of Il-Minkba.
14.16 Hamrija Bank, with depths of 5.5 to 18.6m, extends up to 0.5
mile from the shore, 2 miles W of Il-Minkba.
14.16 Ix-Xaqqa,
a small cove, is entered 3 miles WNW of Il-Mink-
ba. A continuous wall of steep cliffs, above which stands the
highest part of the island, extends 6 miles NW from this cove
to Ras ir-Raheb. A disused signal station, with several conspicuous
radio masts standing 0.5 mile SE, is situated on the coast,
2.3 miles NW of Ix-Xaqqa.
14.16 Fomm-ir-Rih, a bay, is entered close N of Ras ir-Raheb. Its S
side is faced with a prominent perpendicular cliff, 37 to 52m
high.
14.16 Ghajn
Tuffieha, a bay, is entered 1.5 miles N of Ras ir-Ra-
heb. Il Qarraba, a prominent rocky promontory, forms the S entrance
point. A watch tower stands at the head of this bay, and
several conspicuous hotel buildings stand close E and 0.2 mile
N of it.
14.17 Filfla (35°47'N., 14°25'E.), a rocky islet, lies 2.5
miles offshore, 7 miles WSW of Ponta ta Benghajsa. This islet
is surrounded by above and below-water rocks and its sides are
formed by cliffs up to 59m high.
14.17 Stork Rock, with a least depth of 6.7m, lies about 0.5 mile S
of Filfla.
14.17 Small
craft, seeking shelter from E winds, can find indiffer-
ent anchorage within the bays along the W coast of the island,
but these bays are too small to afford any protection for oceangoing
vessels.
14.17 Caution.—A prohibited area, with a radius of 1 mile, is centered
on Filfla.
14.17 A
countercurrent, which sets W at 0.5 to 1 knot, exists up to
about 0.5 mile offshore along the S coast of Malta with fresh
W or NW winds.
West Coast of Sicilia and Isole Egadi
14.18 Capo San Vito (38°11'N., 12°44'E.), low and flat, is
the NW extremity of Sicilia and is frequently used as a landfall
by vessels approaching from the W. The cape is the E extremity
of a flat projection, of which the W side is almost vertical and
the N side is formed by a steep slope. A light is shown from a
structure, 40m high, standing on the cape. Torre Roccazzo, a
prominent single story building, is situated 0.5 mile SSW of
the light. During bad weather, heavy breakers are experienced
to the N of the cape and large vessels should not approach
within 1.5 miles.
14.18 Anchorage can be obtained, in a depth of 12m, sand, SE of
the light and NE of Torre Roccazzo. The holding ground is
good and the anchorage is safe, except during NE winds.
14.18 A historic wreck is located in position 38°09.6'N, 12°46.8'E.
14.18 The
W part of Sicilia is generally mountainous with short
stretches of flat land and coastal plains. Extensive dunes frequently
flank the coastal plains and rise gradually to regions of
wide plateaus.
14.18 From
Capo San Vito, the coast trends SW for 15 miles to
Trapani, then 14 miles S to Marsala, and then 17 miles SE to
Capo Granitola.
Pub. 131
14.18 Between Sicilia and Isole Egadi, the currents are strong at
times and set NE or SW with the NE current predominating
during the summer.
14.18 Punta del Saraceno, the NW extremity of a rounded promontory,
is located 6 miles SW of Capo San Vito.
14.18 Punta Pizzolungo is located 5.5 miles SW of Punta del Saraceno.
Secca Bonangia, a shoal with a depth of 1.8m, extends
up to about 1.3 miles NE from a point, 0.4 mile N of Punta Pizzolungo.
14.18 Isolotto Asinelli (38°04'N., 12°32'E.), a low and black rock,
lies 1.5 miles W of Punta Pizzolungo. A light is shown from a
structure, 6m high, standing on this rock.
14.19 Trapani (38°01'N., 12°30'E.) (World Port Index No.
40150), a harbor protected by breakwaters, is the principal port
on the W coast of Sicilia.
Port of Trapani Home Page
http://www.portotrapani.it
14.19 Winds—Weather.—The harbor is exposed to all winds and
is open to the W. In the spring, strong seasonal SE winds can
make entry hazardous.
14.19 Tides—Currents.—The tidal rise is very slight. Currents
are very weak, but the Marrobbio surges can cause sudden
fluctuations up to 0.6 to 0.9m in the water level, but they are
not considered dangerous.
14.19 Depths—Limitations.—The approach to Trapani is deep,
with depths gradually shoaling to 14m off the W breakwater. A
fairway, 90m wide, leads into the inner harbor. The harbor is
subject to silting and a depth of 8.8m is maintained by frequent
dredging. The main quay has 800m of total berthing space with
a depth of 7.9m alongside. There are facilities for bulk vessels
and pleasure craft. Vessels up to 202m in length and 7.8m draft
can be accommodated.
14.19 Aspect.—The harbor is protected by a breakwater on its S
side. A monument, illuminated at night, stands close E of this
breakwater. A hospital is situated 0.5 mile S of the monument
and consists of several low buildings, with red roofs and a tall
chimney.
14.19 Scolio Palumbo, marked by a light, is the E of two small islets
which lie in the approaches to the harbor and may best be
seen on the chart. The N side of the fairway channel is marked
by buoys.
14.19 Isola Egadi is described below in paragraph 14.24.
14.19 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt.
Warships, fishing vessels, tugs, vessels involved in local traffic,
and vessels of less than 500 gross tons are exempt from pilotage.
Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12 and generally
board about 1 mile W of the W breakwater. Vessels should provide
an ETA 24 hours in advance.
14.19 Regulations.—Departing vessels have the right of way over
vessels entering the port.
14.19 Vessels must not stop within 0.3 mile of the harbor entrance.
14.19 A Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) has been established in
the approaches to the port. The scheme is not IMO adopted.
14.19 Two circular safety zones, designated Safety Zone A and
Safety Zone B, are centered on Molo della Colombaia outer
breakwater head. The zones have a radius of 0.5 mile and 0.2

Sector 14. Italy—The Strait of Sicilia and Malta Channel 289
mile, respectively. There is a 12-knot speed limit for all vessels
in Safety Zone A. Fishing is prohibited in both safety zones.
14.19 Vessel Traffic Service.—Trapani Vessel Traffic Service
(Trapani VTS) has been established in the Trapani area. The
area of operations is bounded by a line joining the following
positions:
a. 38°11'24.0''N, 12°43'54.6''E. (Capo San Vito)
b. 38°10'36.0''N, 12°26'06.0''E.
c. 38°09'18.0''N, 12°16'12.0''E.
d. 37°57'42.0''N, 12°12'24.0''E.
e. 37°48'06.6''N, 12°25'27.0''E. (Capo Lilibeo)
14.19 A precautionary area extends 3 miles seaward of the VTS
boundaries.
14.19 Participation is mandatory for all passenger vessels, cargo
vessels of 300 gross tons and over, pleasure craft of 45m loa
and over, and fishing vessels of 24m loa and over. Participation
in the VTS is optional for warships, cargo vessels of less than
300 gross tons, pleasure craft less than 45m loa, fishing vessels
less than 24m loa, vessels without mechanical propulsion, and
rudimentarily-constructed wooden vessels.
14.19 Trapani VTS can be contacted (call sign: Trapani VTS) on
VHF channels 10, 14, and 16.
14.19 Vessels intending to enter the VTS area should report on
VHF channel 10 when entering the precautionary area. This
initial report should include the following information:
1. Vessel name, call sign, flag, IMO number, and MMSI
number.
2. Gross tons.
3. Port of registry and registry number.
4. Length overall.
5. Year built.
6. Owner, master’s name, and agent information.
7. Number and nationality of crew and number of passengers
aboard.
8. Time of entering the VTS area (UTC).
9. Present position (Latitude/Longitude).
10. True course and speed.
11. Last port of call and date/time of departure.
12. Destination port and ETA (UTC).
13. Type and amount of cargo onboard.
14. Dangerous goods on board (Y/N).
15. Type of vessel.
16. Type of fuel.
17. Net tonnage.
18. Any deficiencies or damage.
14.19 Inbound vessels should report to VTS Trapani on VHF channel
10 in the following circumstances:
1. When entering the precautionary area.
2. When the pilot is embarked
3. When intending to anchor, stating the reason for anchorage,
ETA at anchorage, anchorage position, and time of
arrival at anchorage.
4. When mooring, stating time of mooring and place of
mooring.
5. An additional report is due on VHF channel 10 or 16
when 1 mile from the port entrance, specifying type of vessel.
14.19 Outbound vessels should report to VTS Trapani on VHF
channel 10, as follows:
1. Thirty (30) minutes prior to departure stating ETD,
port of destination and ETA, type and amount of cargo onboard,
and if any dangerous goods are onboard (Y/N).
2. When requesting authorization to depart.
3. When pilot disembarks.
4. When departing the VTS, stating exit time, true
course, and speed.
14.19 Vessels must maintain a continuous listening watch on VHF
channel 10 while in the VTS area.
14.19 Anchorage.—The roadstead is only free of strong winds
during the summer.
14.19 Vessels may anchor only in the charted anchorage areas. Circular
Anchorage Areas A1 through A4 are located in the area
between Torre Nubla and Punta Tramontana on Lunga Island.
14.19 Anchorage Area A1 lies close W of a historic wreck.
14.19 Anchorage Area A3 is for use by ships carrying dangerous
cargo. An outfall extends W from the shore for 1.75 miles E of
Anchorage Area A3.
14.19 Anchorage Area A5 is for the use of cruise ships.
14.19 Vessels
must contact the pilot station on VHF channel 16
prior to anchoring to request assignment of an anchorage berth.
Vessels at anchor must maintain a listening watch on VHF
channels 12 and 16.
14.19 Caution.—It is dangerous to attempt to enter the harbor,
during S and W winds, without local knowledge.
14.19 Vessels not bound for Trapani must remain at least 6 miles
off the coast.
14.19 An area on the sea floor NE of Trapani should be avoided
due to the presence of unexploded ordnance.
14.19 An uncharted wreck lies about 0.3 mile ESE of the center of
Anchorage Area A5.
14.19 Wrecks lie about 0.4 mile SSW and about 1.2 miles WSW of
Scogli Porcelli.
14.19 The wreck of an oil tanker lies about 1 mile WNW of Punta
San Giuliano.
14.19 The remains of an aircraft lie about 1 mile NE of Isolotto
Formica.
14.20 Punta Tramontana (37°54'N., 12°27'E.), located 7
miles SW of Trapani, is the N extremity of Isola Grande. This
island has many salt pans on it and a marsh lies between it and
the mainland. Punta Scario, the NW extremity of Isola Grande,
is located 1.2 miles WSW of Punta Tramontana. A bank, with
depths of less than 9m, extends from Punta Scario, and a lighted
buoy marks its NW extremity.
14.20 Between Trapani and Marsala, the coast is low and level with
numerous and extensive salt pans.
14.20 Windmills,
used for grinding salt and pumping water, are a
common characteristic of this area.
Capo Boeo (Capo Lilibeo) (37°48'N., 12°25'E.), located 5.5
miles S of Punta Scario, is low and surmounted by several
prominent buildings.
14.21 Marsala (37°47'N., 12°26'E.) (World Port Index No.
40170), a small harbor, is located on the SW coast of Sicily. It
is protected by three breakwaters.
14.21 Depths—Limitations.—The entrance is 200m wide. There
is 490m of total commercial berthing space with depths of 4.5
to 6.5m alongside. Vessels up to 140m in length and 5.6m draft
can be accommodated. There are facilities for small craft and
yachts.
Pub. 131

290 Sector 14. Italy—The Strait of Sicilia and Malta Channel
14.21 Aspect.—Prominent landmarks in the town include the gray
dome of the cathedral and a 14-story building standing close
NW of it. Lights are shown from the heads of the breakwaters.
14.21 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt.
Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12, 14, or 16 and
board about 1 mile from the harbor entrance.
14.21 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained, in a depth of
11m, clay and weed, close outside the harbor, but local knowledge
is required. Vessels are required to use one of the two authorized
anchorage areas.
14.21 Prior authorization from the Maritime Authority is required
for the use of the anchorages. Vessels should contact the Maritime
District Office on VHF channel 16 to obtain authorization.
14.21 Caution.—The Marrobbio surges sometimes cause sudden
and violent currents in this harbor.
14.21 It is dangerous to enter the harbor during a SE gale.
14.21 Vessels carrying noxious substances or dangerous or polluting
cargo must maintain a minimum distance of 3 miles off the
coast between Marsala and Capo Granitola.
14.21 Works are reported in progress (2007) to rebuild the port of
Marsala.
14.22 Capo Feto (37°40'N., 12°31'E.), located 9 miles SE
of Marsala, is very low. The intervening coast and the cape are
fringed with shoals, but they are mostly free of off-lying dangers.
A light is shown from a prominent structure, 10m high,
standing on the cape.
14.22 Caution.—Submarine gas pipelines, which extend SW to
the coast of Tunisia, are landed at a point on the coast, 1 mile
SE of Capo Feto. These pipelines may best be seen on the
chart, and anchoring and fishing are prohibited in their vicinity.
A historic wreck lies E of the cape within the charted prohibited
area.
14.23 Mazara del Vallo (37°39'N., 12°35'E.) (World Port
Index No. 40180) lies 3 miles E of Capo Feto and is the only
river port in Sicilia. Two moles and a detached breakwater
protect the entrance of this small harbor.
14.23 Tides—Currents.—The tidal range is 0.3 to 0.5m.
14.23 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is mainly used by fishing
vessels. There is 580m of total commercial quayage with
depths up to 5.6m. Vessels up to 90m in length and 5.5m draft
can be accommodated. A yacht marina lies 0.7 mile E of the
harbor and is protected by breakwaters.
14.23 Aspect.—The town is easily identified by the numerous and
prominent cupolas and belfries of its churches. The most noticeable
are the cupola of the cathedral which is 46m high and
has a grayish-red belfry, 48m high, standing close to it; a
church, with twin belfries, standing in the NW part of the town;
and the belfry of a second church standing in the NW part of
town which is isolated and surmounted by a pyramid.
14.23 A prominent white statue stands on the W side of the mouth
Pub. 131
Port of Mazara del Vallo Home Page
http://www.guardiacostiera.it
of the river which flows through the town.
14.23 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of more than
500 grt. The pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 11 or 16.
14.23 Regulations.—Mazara del Vallo Vessel Traffic Service
(Mazara del Vallo VTS) is established in the vicinity of Mazara
del Vallo. Participation is mandatory for all vessels of more
than 300 gross tons and fishing vessels and yachts of more than
45m loa. Participation is optional for warships, auxiliary warships,
government vessels, fishing vessels and pleasure craft of
less than 45m loa. Mazara del Vallo VTS can be contacted on
channel 13, 16, or 67.
14.23 The VTS area is bounded by a line joining the following positions:
a. 37°34'51.0''N, 12°51'55.2''E. (coast at Vallone Gurra
di Mare)
b. 37° 20'16.8''N, 12° 47'46.2''E.
c. 37° 21'25.2''N, 12° 40'37.2''E.
d. 37° 23'13.2''N, 12° 32'55.2''E.
e. 37° 32'24.0''N, 12° 19'00.0''E.
f. 37° 39'58.8''N, 12° 13'52.8''E.
g. 37° 41'24.0''N, 12° 13'42.0''E.
h. 37° 41'31.8''N, 12° 29'01.8''E. (Punta Torrazza)
14.23 A precautionary area has been established extending two
miles to seaward of the VTS boundaries.
14.23 Vessels must establish initial contact upon entering the precautionary
area. The initial report contains the following information.
Designator Information Required
A Vessel name, call sign, flag, and IMO No.
B Gross tons
C Port of registry and Registration No.
D Length overall
E Year built
F Owner
G Master’s name and surname
H Number of passengers and crew
I Time of entering VTS
J Present Position (Latitude/Longitude)
K True course
L Speed
M Last port of call/date and time of departure
N Destination and ETA
O Maximum draft
P Cargo onboard and nature of cargo
Q Dangerous goods onboard
R Type of vessel
S Net registered tons

Sector 14. Italy—The Strait of Sicilia and Malta Channel 291
14.23 Vessels should also report anchorage, arrival, departure, and
exit of the VTS area. The information needed for each report is
given in the table titled Mazara del Vallo VTS Reports.
14.23 Anchorage.—Anchorage, in a depth of 10m, rock and weed,
is available, with local knowledge, SW of the harbor entrance.
14.23 Due to the existence of submarine cables, an anchoring and
fishing prohibited area extends up to 6 miles SW from a point
on the shore, 1 mile SE of the harbor.
Isole Egadi and Off-lying Banks and Shoals
14.24 Isole Egadi (37°58'N., 12°10'E.) is a group of islands,
islets, and rocks which lie off the W coast of Sicilia. This group
consists of three principal islands, Isola Favignana, Isola di Levanzo,
and Isola Marettimo; the islets of Maraone and Formica;
and the rocks Porcelli and Asinelli. The islands lie on the
insular shelf which extends W from the coast between Trapani
and Marsala.
14.24 The
Mazara del Vallo VTS Reports
Type of Report Designator
Information
Required
Anchoring Report A Reason for anchoring
B ETA at anchorage
C Position
D
Date and time of anchoring
Arrival Report
A
Date and time of arrival
at berth
B Position of berth
Departure Report A ETD
B Destination and ETA
C
Cargo on board, quantity
of cargo, nature of
cargo, and number of
passengers
D
Dangerous goods on
board
Exit Report A Time of exit
B
Position
Longitude)
(Latitude/
currents in the vicinity of the islands are mostly caused
by the wind. In the channel lying between the islands and the
coast of Sicilia, the currents are strong and set NE and SW; the
NE current predominates in the summer.
14.24 Strong W winds are sometimes preceded by a dense fog
around Monte Falcone, which stands on Isola Marettimo, and
sometimes raise a rough sea even close to the islet.
14.24 Caution.—A restricted area surrounds Isole Egadi. Due to
the residual danger from obstructions and explosive ordnance,
vessels are warned not to anchor, dredge, trawl, or carry out
any bottom operations within this area.
14.24 The sea area surrounding the archipelago has been declared a
marine nature reserve. Within the perimeter of the reserve several
zones have been established each with varying restrictions.
Contact local authorities for details.
14.24 Historic wrecks are located in the following positions:
a. 38°00.1'N, 12°18.3'E.
b. 37°57.7'N, 12°18.3'E.
c. 37°54.9'N, 12°18.6'E.
14.24 Each position is surrouned by a circular restricted area, with
a radius of 0.11 mile, centered on the wreck.
14.25 Isola Marettimo (37°58'N., 12°03'E.), the W and
most mountainous island of the group, lies 18 miles W of Sicilia.
Monte Falcone, 686m, stands 1.2 miles SE of its NW extremity.
Marettimo, the only village, is situated on the E side of
the island and is fronted by a small boat harbor protected by
two moles.
14.25 The waters around Isola Marettimo have been declared a marine
nature reserve and numerous restrictions apply. The local
authorities should be contacted for more information.
14.25 A light is shown from a prominent structure, 24m high,
standing near the SW extremity of the island.
14.25 Secca Cretazzo, with a depth of 5.7m, lies about 0.3 mile S
of the light and is usually marked by breakers.
14.25 Caution.—A prohibited area, with a radius of 1 mile, lies
centered 5 miles SSW of Punta Bassano, the SE extremity of
Isola Marettimo.
14.25 Another prohibited area is reported (1998) to lie centered in
position 37°46.5'N, 11°58.5'E, with a radius of 1 mile, due to
the presence of unexploded ordnance.
14.25 A submarine cable extends 2 miles seaward from a point 0.5
mile S of the Arena River.
14.26 Isola di Levanzo (38°01'N., 12°20'E.), steep and rugged,
lies 12 miles E of Isola Marettimo. Except at its NW and
SE ends, the coasts of this island consist of steep cliffs. A light
is shown from a prominent structure, 12m high, standing on
Capo Grosso, the N extremity of the island.
14.26 Banco del Pesci, with a depth of 23m, lies about 5 miles NW
of Capo Grosso. An isolated shoal, with a depth of 19.1m, lies
about 1.5 miles E of Capo Grosso.
14.26 Caution.—It is reported that unexploded ordnance lies in
the waters close to Isola di Levanzo.
14.26 The remains of an aircraft lie on the bottom about 1 mile
SSW of Punta dei Sorci.
14.26 A historic wreck is located NW of Capo Grosso in position
38°03.4'N, 12°18.3'E.
14.27 Isola Favignana (37°57'N., 12°19'E.), the largest island
of the group, is located with Punta Faraglione, its N extremity,
lying 2 miles SSW of Isola di Levanzo. A chain of hills
extends S across the island from this point. The summit of this
chain, 302m high, is surmounted by a fort with a signal station.
14.27 Favignana (37°56'N., 12°20'E.), a small harbor, lies on the
N side of the island at the head of a bay. This harbor is mostly
used by fishing vessels. However, it was reported (1994) that
hydrofoils and small automobile ferries use a quay which is situated
on the inner side of the breakwater.
14.27 A light is shown from a prominent structure, 14m high,
standing on Punta di Marsala, the SE extremity of the island.
Pub. 131

292 Sector 14. Italy—The Strait of Sicilia and Malta Channel
Another light is shown from a prominent tower, 38m high,
standing on Punta Sottile, the W extremity of the island.
14.28 Secca del Toro (37°53'N., 12°19'E.), an isolated
rocky shoal, lies 2 miles S of Isola Favignana and has a least
depth of 6.2m.
14.28 Isolotto
Maraone, a low and barren islet, lies midway be-
tween Isola di Levanzo and the coast of Sicilia. A rocky bank,
with depths of less than 5.5m, extends about 0.1 mile NW from
the NW end of this islet and a dangerous wreck lies close SE of
its SE end.
14.28 Isolotto
Formica lies close E of Isolotto Maraone. A light is
shown from a prominent tower, 20m high, standing on this islet.
A large tower and a tunny factory are also situated on the
islet. A small boat harbor lies at its S end.
14.28 A detached shoal, with a depth of 4.8m, lies about 0.3 mile E
of the islet and several shoal patches, with depths of 16m and
17m, lie about 1 mile S and SE of the islet.
14.28 Scogli
Porcelli is a group of rocks, awash, which lies about 3
miles N of Isolotto Formica. A light is shown from a tower,
25m high, standing on the rocks.
14.28 Banco San Giovanni, a detached shoal patch, lies about 1
mile SE of Scogli Porcelli and has a depth of 11m.
South Coast of Sicilia and Off-lying Banks
14.29 Capo Granitola (37°34'N., 12°40'E.) is wide, low,
and fronted by rocks. A light is shown from a prominent tower,
35m high, standing on the cape.
14.29 From here, the coast trends ESE for 18 miles to Capo San
Pub. 131
Punta Sottile Light
Scoglio Porcelli Light
Capo Granitola Light
Marco and then 24 miles SE to Capo Rossello. From Capo
Granitola, the S coast of Sicilia extends 167 miles SE to Capo
Passero, the SE extremity of the island. Generally, the low land
fronting the sea is backed by low cliffs, hills, and low mountains.
The coast is relatively free of off-lying dangers.
14.29 Caution.—Oil exploration is being carried out in the waters
between the S coast of Sicilia and Malta; associated marks and
structures may be encountered by vessels navigating in this area.
14.29 Unexploded ordnance is reported lie close to the S coast of
Sicilia in many places.
14.30 Capo San Marco (37°30'N., 13°01'E.) is an irregular
reddish projection on the summit of which, at an elevation of
95m, stands a prominent round white tower with some cottages
near it. A depth of 9m lies within 1 mile of the tower on Capo
San Marco.
14.30 The town of Marinella stands 10 miles WNW of Capo San
Marco and is fronted by a small craft harbor.
14.30 Sciacca (37°30'N., 13°05'E.), a small harbor, lies 2.7 miles E
of Capo San Marco and is protected by breakwaters. There are
depths of 4.5 to 10m in the harbor basins, and they are mostly
used by yachts and fishing vessels. The harbor can be contacted
on VHF channel 16 and local pilots are available for vessels
without local knowledge.
14.30 Caution.—A prohibited anchorage area, best seen on the
chart, lies off Sciacca.
14.30 Capo Rossello (37°18'N., 13°27'E.) is a cliffy and dark-reddish
colored promontory. A light is shown from a structure, 7m
high, standing on the cape.
14.30 Torre di Monte Rosso stands on a hill, 1 mile NW of the
light. This tower is dark-colored with a rectangular superstructure.
14.31 Porto Empedocle (37°17'N., 13°32'E.) (World Port
Index No. 40200), a small port, lies 4 miles E of Capo Rossello
and is protected by breakwaters. It is the only harbor on the S
coast of Sicilia which is sheltered from S winds.
14.31 Winds—Weather.—Strong SW and SE winds make entry
into this harbor hazardous at times. Strong winds from the S to

Sector 14. Italy—The Strait of Sicilia and Malta Channel 293
W sometimes cause a heavy scend to set into the harbor.
14.31 Depths—Limitations.—La Secca, a rocky shoal with a
depth of 5.5m, lies 3 miles offshore, 5 miles SE of the harbor
entrance.
14.31 The entrance channel has been dredged to a depth of 10.3m.
14.31 The N part of the outer harbor is shallow, but the S and SE
part are dredged to a depth of 9.8m. The main commercial facilities
include a quay, 500m long, with a depth of 7m alongside;
and a quay, 600m long, with depths of 8.5 to 11.5m
alongside. The harbor is mostly used by bulk vessels, ferries,
and fishing boats. Vessels up to 132,285 dwt, 276m in length,
and 8.5m draft can be accommodated.
14.31 Aspect.—Two conspicuous chimneys, 80m high, stand close
W of the root of the W breakwater.
14.31 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt.
The port can be contacted on VHF channel 12 or 16. The pilot
boards close outside the entrance.
14.31 Anchorage.—Exposed anchorage can be obtained, in a
depth of 12m, mud, good holding ground, about 0.4 mile SE of
the harbor entrance.
14.31 Anchor Berth B1 (dangerous cargo and tankers) and Anchor
Berth B2 (non-dangerous mixed cargo) lie, respectively, 1 mile
WSW and 1 mile SE of the head of Molo di Ponente.
14.31 Caution.—Due to the existence of cables, anchoring and
fishing are prohibited in an area, which may best be seen on the
chart, extending 6 miles seaward in the vicinity of La Secca.
14.31 Numerous fish havens, best seen on the chart, have been established
along the coast between Sciacca and Porto Empedocle.
14.31 An outfall extends S from the shore 1.1 miles W of Porto
Empedocle.
14.31 An anchoring and fishing prohibited area is established 12.2
miles WSW of Porto Empedocle due to the presence of unexploded
ordnance on the sea floor. The area is a circle, with a radius
1 mile, centered on position 37°12.4'N, 13°17.1'E.
14.31 A wreck, partly awash, lies about 1,250m ENE of the head
of Molo di Levante.
14.32 Licata (37°06'N., 13°56'E.) (World Port Index No.
40210), a small port, lies close W of the Fiume Salso, 23 miles
SE of Porto Empedocle.
14.32 Winds—Weather.—In this vicinity, the most dangerous
winds are from the SE. During spring, fall, and winter, such
winds are often accompanied by mist and rain or sand and dust.
During winter, the strongest prevailing W winds frequently
bring snowstorms.
14.32 Tides—Currents.—The currents vary with wind force and
direction. In the outer harbor, the prevailing NW wind can
cause a current which may set E at a rate of up to 3 knots.
14.32 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is protected by two
moles and a breakwater. A training wall extends E of the harbor
and prevents silting in the berthing area. There is a depth of
6.4m across the bar. A main commercial quay, 190m long, has
a depth of 6.1m alongside. Bulk vessels up to 110m in length
and 6m draft have been accommodated alongside. In addition,
there is 230m of berthing space for fishing vessels.
14.32 Aspect.—Conspicuous landmarks include several chimneys
standing close N of the W mole; Castel Sant Angelo and a disused
signal station, standing at the W end of the town; and the
cupola of the Church of Sant Angelo, standing in the E part of
the town.
14.32 San Giacomo Light is shown from a tower, 37m high, standing
0.5 mile SE of Castel Sant Angelo, near the root of the E
mole.
14.32 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt.
The pilot can be contacted on VHF channel 12. The pilot
boards 0.7 mile S of the outer breakwater.
14.32 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in a depth of 13m, mud
and sand, good holding ground, SE of the E end of the breakwater.
This anchorage is not recommended with SE and SW
winds, due to the heavy seas raised.
14.32 Caution.—At night and during periods of strong W winds,
the E entrance should be used. With SE winds and when leaving
the harbor, the narrower W entrance should be used.
14.32 Silting is a problem in the vicinity of the harbor.
14.32 Fish havens, best seen on the chart, have been established SE
and SW of the port.
14.33 Torre de Manfria (37°06'N., 14°08'E.), standing 9
miles ESE of Licata, is gray, quadrangular, prominent, and has
windows on its SE side. A plateau, 67m high, is located between
this tower and Gela, 5 miles ESE, and its seaward side
falls steeply to a beach. The plateau is backed by hills, up to
300m high, which stand 1 mile inland.
14.33 Capo
Soprano, located 1 mile W of Gela, lies at the NW end
of a plateau, 47m high. Monte Formaggio, 640m high, stands
12 miles N of the cape and is conspicuous. A prominent water
tank stands 1.2 mile NW of the cape.
Gela (Porto Isola) (37°04'N., 14°15'E.)
World Port Index No. 40220
14.34 Gela consists of a small craft harbor which is protected
by breakwaters.
14.34 Porto Isola, an oil terminal, lies 1 mile SE of this small harbor
and consists of a jetty, with two dry cargo berths; a detached
breakwater, with six tanker berths; a pier, with two
chemical berths; and an offshore buoy berth for tankers.
Port of Gela Home Page
http://www.guardiacostiera.it/gela
14.34 Depth—Limitations.—A jetty, 2,800m long, extends SW
from the shore and has two dry cargo berths at its head. The
berths are 180m long and have depths of 8.5m and 9.6m alongside.
Vessels up to 41,000 dwt, 180m in length, and 9.4m draft
can be accommodated.
14.34 The jetty is protected by a detached breakwater, 1,200m
long, with six tanker and LPG berths. These berths are 70 to
250m long and vessels up to 88,000 dwt and 9.6m draft can be
accommodated alongside.
14.34 A pier, 350m long, has two berths at its head and can accommodate
chemical vessels up to 100m in length and 6.1m draft.
14.34 The offshore buoy berth lies about 1 mile S of the detached
breakwater, and a submarine pipeline extends NE from it to the
shore. Tankers up to 70,000 dwt and 12.8m draft can be accommodated.
14.34 Aspect.—A conspicuous oil refinery, with several flares, is
Pub. 131

294 Sector 14. Italy—The Strait of Sicilia and Malta Channel
situated close E of Gela. A church, with a prominent dome,
stands in the W part of the town.
14.34 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for tankers and all vessels
of 500 grt and over. Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 6,
12, or 16. Vessels must send a request for pilotage at least 24
hours and again 2 hours prior to arrival. Vessels generally berth
during daylight hours only, but can unberth by day and at night.
The pilot boards 1 mile WSW of the W end of the breakwater
or 1 mile SSE of its E end.
14.34 Anchorage.—Designated anchorages are, as follows:
1. Area A—Vessels less than 2,000 gross tons.
2. Area B—Vessels less than 2,000 gross tons.
3. Area C—Vessels over 5,000 gross tons.
4. Area D—Vessels over 5,000 gross tons.
5. Area E—Vessels over 30,000 gross tons and bound
for the ANIC Sea Berth.
6. Area F—Vessels less than 5,000 gross tons.
14.34 Caution.—Two lighted oil production platforms, connected
by a walkway, are situated 0.6 mile ENE of the detached breakwater.
14.34 Platform Perla, a lighted oil production platform, is situated
7 miles S of Gela. A submarine pipeline extends NE from this
platform to the shore. Platform Prezioso, another lighted oil
production platform, is situated 9 miles NW of Platform Perla
and is connected to it by a submarine pipeline.
14.34 Dangerous wrecks lie about 0.5 mile N of the W end of the
detached breakwater and about 2.5 miles NE of Platform Prezioso.
14.34 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within areas extending
up to 1.5 miles SW of the detached breakwater, extending up to
2 miles seaward of the oil refinery, and in the vicinity of any of
the pipelines.
14.34 Anchoring, fishing, stopping, navigation, and all other surface
and underwater activities are prohibited within a circle
with a radius of 1 mile centered on position 37°02'02.90''N,
14°07'51.25''E.
14.35 Scoglitti (36°53'N., 14°26'E.), a small town, is situated
14 miles SSE of Gela and is fronted by a small craft harbor,
protected by two moles. A light is shown from a prominent
structure, 13m high, standing in the town.
Capo Scaramia (Scalambri) (36°47'N., 14°30'E.), located 7
miles SSE of Scoglitti, is low, rocky, and fringed with rocks,
some awash. A light is shown from a tower, 34m high, standing
on the cape. A group of houses and a tower are situated close
W of the light.
14.35 This cape should be given a wide berth. A stranded wreck is
reported (1990) to lie about 1.5 miles W of the cape.
14.35 Punta Secca, a small craft harbor, lies close E of the cape.
14.35 Marina di Ragusa is situated 3 miles E of Capo Scaramia.
This village is marked by a light and is fronted by a small pier.
14.35 Punta
Religione, a rocky point with sandy shores, is located
5 miles ESE of Capo Scaramia and is surmounted by two
prominent white buildings.
14.36 Pozzallo (36°43'N., 14°51'E.) (World Port Index No.
40230), a small town, is situated 3.2 miles ENE of Punta Religione
and can be identified by a large tower, 30m high, and a
tall chimney which stands close NE of it. A small harbor lies
close SW of the town. It is protected by breakwaters and most-
Pub. 131
ly used by fishing vessels. The prevailing winds blow from W
and NW.
14.36 A new harbor, consisting of an outer breakwater and an inner
jetty, with 600m of berthing space, is situated close W of the
town. The quay can accommodate vessels with a maximum
draft of 9.3m. Pilotage is available and is compulsory for vessels
of more than 500 grt. The pilot may be contacted on VHF
channel 10. The pilot boards 0.5 to 1.0 mile E of Molo di Sopraflutto.
Five anchorages, numbered 1-5, are located within
the roads area.
14.36 Caution.—Due to the existence of submarine cables, an anchoring
and fishing prohibited area, which may best be seen on
the chart, extends up to 6 miles seaward of Pozzallo.
14.37 Vega Oil Field (36°33'N., 14°38'E.) lies centered 14.5
miles SW of Pozzallo. It consists of a lighted production platform,
an SPM, a storage tanker, and interconnecting submarine
pipelines. A racon is situated at the platform.
14.37 Isolotto Porri (36°41'N., 14°56'E.), marked by a light, lies
1.2 miles offshore, 4.8 miles SE of Pozzallo. It is the largest of
a group of above and below-water rocks. Reefs, with depths of
7 to 11m, lie up to 0.8 mile SW, 0.7 mile S, and 1.3 miles SSE
of the rock. A detached shoal patch, with a depth of 13.7m, lies
about 1.7 miles S of the rock.
14.37 Caution.—A lighted target buoy, moored about 3.5 miles
SSE of Isolotto Porri, marks a firing exercise area.
14.38 Isola delle Correnti (36°39'N., 15°05'E.) lies close
offshore, 7.5 miles ESE of Isolotto Porri. A light is shown from
a structure, 11m high, standing on this islet. It is connected to
the mainland coast by a low and narrow isthmus which covers
in bad weather. This islet shows up well from the E or W. Several
detached shoal areas, with depths of less than 18m, lie 4.5
miles W and 3.5 miles S.
14.38 A dangerous wreck, in 12m of water, lies 0.6 mile SSW of
the light; a rock, awash, lies 1.6 miles WNW of the light.
14.38 Capo Passero (36°41'N., 15°10'E.), located 4 miles NE of
Isola delle Correnti, is the SE extremity of Sicilia. It is marked
by a light and is fully described in paragraph 15.62.
14.38 Caution.—Drill rigs are frequently encountered in Malta
Channel between Capo Passaro and the Maltese Islands and are
generally established over the width of its expanse.
14.38 A site of archaeological interest is located within the Secce
di Circe. Stopping, fishing, anchoring, diving, and any other
activities that could damage the site are prohibited within a radius
of 200m from position 36°41.7'N, 14°56.8'E.
Off-lying Banks
14.39 Adventure Bank (37°30'N., 12°00'E.) extends from a
position lying 9 miles SW of Marsala, on the W coast of Sicilia,
to a position lying 14 miles N of Isola di Pantelleria. It has
general depths of less than 90m.
14.39 Talbot Shoal (37°30'N., 11°41'E.), a small shoal area, lies
48 miles W of Capo Granitola and has a least depth of 8.8m. A
patch, with a depth of 44m, lies 5 miles S of Talbot Shoal. A
small bank, with numerous pinnacles rising to depths of from
17.5 to 22m, lies about 4 miles E of Talbot Shoal.
14.39 Uncharted shoals have been reported (1986) and may exist in

Sector 14. Italy—The Strait of Sicilia and Malta Channel 295
the vicinity of Talbot Shoal.
14.39 Pantelleria Shoal (37°10'N., 12°07'E.), with a least depth of
12m, lies on the S part of Adventure Bank, 25 miles SW of Capo
Granitola. It consists of rock and gravel. An isolated patch,
with a least depth of 13m, lies about 9 miles NE of this shoal.
14.40 Graham Shoal (37°10'N., 12°43'E.), with a least
depth of 6.9m, lies 24 miles S of Capo Granitola. It consists of
coral and cinder and is the remains of a volcanic islet. The currents
in the vicinity of this shoal are irregular both in direction
and rate. They usually set SE, but a NE current, with a rate of 3
knots, has sometimes been experienced.
14.40 Terrible Bank (37°09'N., 12°53'E.), with a least depth of
20m, lies 8 miles E of Graham Shoal and 27 miles SSE of Capo
Granitola.
14.40 Depths of 29 to 33m lie within 2 miles S of the shallowest
part of this bank. A depth of 28m was reported (1980) to lie
about 14 miles N of the shallowest part of Terrible Bank. A
depth of 16.5m was reported (1977) to lie about 7 miles NNE
of Terrible Bank, but its existence is doubtful.
Pub. 131

Pub. 131
15.
Italy—Sicilia (Sicily) and Stretto di Messina
15.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 15 — CHART INFORMATION
297

SECTOR 15
ITALY—SICILIA (SICILY) AND STRETTO DI MESSINA
15.0 Plan.—This sector describes the N coast of Sicilia (Sicily)
and its off-lying islands, from W to E; the NE coast of Sicilia
and Stretto di Messina; and then the SE coast of Sicilia, from N
to S.
General Remarks
15.1 Winds—Weather.—The Marrobbio, a phenomenon
experienced most frequently along the SW coast of Sicilia, is
common throughout this whole area. It usually occurs during
undisturbed weather and produces waves or surges, sometimes
isolated or sometimes in a series. These waves or surges cause
sudden fluctuations of the water level, up to 1m, and set up
dangerous currents in confined bays or harbors.
15.1 During
the winter, between October and March, SW winds
predominate off the N coast of Sicilia. These winds often blow
with moderate gale force or they may be of a squally nature.
During September and April, the winds usually blow from the
NE or SE with approximately the same frequency. Winds from
the NE prevail more frequently during the summer months.
These winds are less constant than the S winter winds.
15.1 Land
and sea breezes are well developed in summer. The sea
breeze, known as Imbattu, springs up in the morning after
1000. It freshens during the day, reaches a maximum at 1400,
and calms at sunset. The sea breeze freshens somewhat when it
swings to the NW. If the sea breeze continues until about 2200,
calms or light winds will generally prevail on the following
day.
15.1 Squalls
can be expected off the mouth of Fiumara d’Agro, on
the E coast of Sicilia, during W or SW winds. Violent N or NW
winds sometimes blow down from the valley located off the N
side of Monte Etna. Storms from the NE, of a long duration,
occur in the vicinity of Capo Schiso, especially during spring.
Winds from the E and SE, often violent, predominate in the vicinity
of Capo Molini. Winds from SE or NW, lasting for 2 or 3
days, usually occur in the vicinity of Golfo di Catania during
winter. Winds from the NE and NW are more frequent during
spring and summer. In September, violent SW winds, of a short
duration, occur quite frequently. Strong SE winds, accompanied
by heavy swells, frequently occur in October and November.
Winds from the ENE and ESE prevail in winter in the
vicinity of Siracusa and W or SW winds sometimes blow with
violence.
Tides—Currents.—The currents in the vicinity of Sicilia
are irregular and are generally influenced by the prevailing
wind. Along the N coast, the current almost always sets W at a
rate of 0.5 knot. Further offshore, the current flows E and then
NW along the W coast of Italy. The inshore current appears to
be stronger than the offshore one.
15.1 Strong
currents are sometimes found among the islands of
Isole Eolie. These currents are greatly influenced by the winds.
During summer, with variable breezes, a general S set has been
observed. This set is particularly noticeable in the vicinity of
the W islands of the group. Currents of variable rates, up to a
299
maximum of 3 knots, have been observed setting E or W in the
channel lying between the S island of the group and the N coast
of Sicilia.
15.1 The currents off the E side of Sicilia usually follow the coast
and set SW in the vicinity of Capo Schiso. Along the coast to
the S of Monte Etna, a current sets S in summer and autumn at
a rate of about 0.3 knot. This current is quite noticeable near
the coast and extends from 1 to 1.8 miles offshore. Weak currents,
mostly influenced by the winds, are found in Golfo di
Catania and similar currents are found off Augusta and Siracusa.
15.1 Regulations.—Tanker vessels of 1,600 grt and over entering
or leaving Italian ports and carrying, or with uncleaned tanks
which last carried, petroleum, gas, or chemical products should
report to a shore station before entering Italian territorial waters
off Italian ports. For further details, see Pub. 140, Sailing
Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and Adjacent
Seas.
15.1 The New Inspection Regime (NIR) of the Paris Memorandum
of Understanding (PMoU) has introduced a mandatory reporting
system for vessels arriving at or departing from a port
or anchorage within the Paris MoU region.
15.1 For further information, see paragraph 10.1 and North Atlantic
Ocean—Regulations—Paris Memorandum of Understanding
on Port State Control (PMoU) New Inspection
Regime (NIR) in Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning
Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and Adaecent Seas.
15.1 Caution.—Tunny nets are laid out annually between March
and November close off many places along the N coast of Sicilia.
Sicilia—North Coast
15.2 Sicilia (Sicily) (37°50'N., 13°30'E.) is the largest and
one of the most important islands in the Mediterranean. It is
separated from the W side of the toe of the boot of Italy by the
deep Stretto di Messina.
15.2 Capo San Vito (38°11'N., 12°44'E.), marked by a light, is
the NW extremity of the island. It is fully described in paragraph
14.18.
15.2 A small bay, with a sandy beach, indents the N side of the
peninsula which stands between Capo San Vito and Punta di
Solanto, 1.7 miles ESE. San Vito Lo Capo, a village, is situated
at the head of this bay and is a fishing boat harbor, protected by
breakwaters, lies close NW of it. The square structure of a fortress-like
shrine, with a bell tower, is situated in front of the village
and is prominent. An ancient and massive red-colored
tower, partly in ruins, stands on the beach, close N of the village.
However, it can only be seen from the W side of the peninsula.
15.2 Monte Monaco (38°10'N., 12°35'E.), 532m high with steep
and rocky sides, stands 1.7 miles SE of Capo San Vito. It is located
at the N end of a ridge that descends from Monte Sparagio,
1,110m high, which stands 7 miles further S.
Pub. 131

300 Sector 15. Italy—Sicilia (Sicily) and Stretto di Messina
15.3 Isola d’Ustica (38°42'N., 13°10'E.), lying 30 miles N
of Punta Raisi, is of volcanic formation, fertile, and cultivated.
A hilly ridge crosses the N central part of the island and rises to
Monte Guardia dei Turchi, summit, which is 248m high. A radar
station, consisting of a brown building topped by a large
white sphere, stands on the summit and is visible from all directions.
15.3 The N slope of Monte Guardia dei Turchi descends steeply
towards a wide level plain, 20m high, which trends towards the
N coast. The S slope is less steep and several hills stand between
the mountain and the S coast of the island. From a distance
E or W, Isola d’Ustica appears as two islets lying close
together.
15.3 Punta Cavazzi (38°41'N., 13°10'E.), a rocky point, is the
SW extremity of Isola d’Ustica. A light is shown from a white
round tower, 28m high, standing on the point.
15.3 The W coast of the island between Punta Cavazzi and Punta
Gorgo Salato, 2 miles NE, is fringed by shoals. Punta dello
Spalmatore, a long and sharp rocky tongue, extends about 0.3
mile N of Punta Cavazzi and its outer part is bordered by
above-water rocks. A large and prominent tower stands at the
inner end of this rocky tongue. During E or NE winds, small
vessels, with local knowledge, can anchor, in a depth of 38m,
rocky bottom, between Punta dello Spalmatore and Punta
Cavazzi, and about 300m offshore.
15.3 Punta di Megna, a rounded projection, is located 0.7 mile
NNE of Punta dello Spalmatore and is fringed by above-water
rocks. A rocky patch, with a depth of 4.6m, lies about 0.2 mile
W of this point. Scoglio del Medico, a large above-water rock,
lies about 0.3 mile NNW of the Punta di Megna. The channel
leading between this rock and the rocks fringing the point is
deep and about 250m wide. During SE winds, small vessels,
with local knowledge, can anchor, in a depth of 20m, off the
NW side of the island in 20m, E of Scoglio del Medico, but the
bottom is rocky.
15.4 Punta Gorgo Salato (38°43'N., 13°11'E.) is the N extremity
of the island. Secca Colombara, a rock, lies about 0.4
mile N of this point and has a depth of 1.5m. Scoglio Colombara,
a high rock resembling a tower, lies close inshore, 1 mile
SE of Punta Gorgo Salato.
15.4 The NE coast of the island between Punta Gorgo Salato and
Capo Falconara, 1.2 miles SE, is rugged and steep-to.
Pub. 131
Punta Cavazzi Light
15.4 Punta Omo Morto is located 1 mile SE of Punta Gorgo Salato.
A light and an auxiliary light are shown from a white tower on a
building, 10m high, standing on this point. The coast in the vicinity
of this point rises in a vertical, rocky wall to a height of 101m.
15.4 Capo Falconara (38°43'N., 13°12'E.), the E extremity of the
island, is located 0.2 mile SE of Punta Omo Morto. Above this
cape, at an elevation of 156m, stand the ruins of an old fort.
15.4 The SE coast of the island between Capo Falconara and Punta
Licciardolo, 1.7 miles SW, is indented by several very small
coves and is rather steep-to. Cala Santa Maria, a small cove,
lies close SW of Capo Falconara. Ustica, a village with a number
of prominent white houses, stands on a slope, at the head of
this cove. A harbor for small craft, protected by a mole, fronts
the village. A prominent tower is situated on a hill, 81m high,
which stands close above the S entrance point of the cove. The
tall and circular tower of a disused windmill is situated on a
hill, 0.2 mile SSW of the tower. Anchorage can be obtained by
small vessels, in a depth of 7m, sand and weed, within Cala
Santa Maria, about 90m offshore. Larger vessels can obtain anchorage,
in a depth of 37m, at the entrance to the cove. Local
knowledge is required.
15.4 Punta Licciardolo (38°41'N., 13°10'E.), the S extremity of
the island, is formed by a gently sloping point. The S coast of
the island between this point and Punta Gavazzi, 1 mile WNW,
is steep and clear of known off-lying dangers.
15.4 Caution.—The waters around Isola d’Ustica have been declared
a marine nature reserve and special regulations apply.
The local authorities should be contacted for further information.
15.4 An anchoring and fishing prohibited area, best seen on the
chart, is located in the Cala Santa Maria.
15.4 A historic wreck lies close SE of the breakwater light in Ustica.
15.5 Golfo di Castellammare (35°05'N., 12°55'E.) lies
between Punta di Solanto and Punta di Raisi, 16 miles E. Several
villages are situated on the slopes of the mountains overlooking
this gulf. In summer, the gulf is usually crowded with
fishing boats and there are no offshore dangers. A prominent
railroad runs along the S and E shores of the gulf.
15.5 Punta di Solanto (38°11'N., 12°46'E.) is low and flat. A
light is shown from a structure, 5m high, standing 0.2 mile SSE
of the point. A prominent tower, partly in ruins, stands close
SE of the point. A tunny factory, consisting of a group of prominent
white buildings dominated by a tall chimney, is situated
0.5 mile S of the tower. Tunny nets are laid annually from
March to November in the vicinity of this factory.
15.5 The coast to the S of these buildings is very rocky, steep, and
high. A square tower, partly in ruins, stands about halfway up
the slope of a small promontory, 2.5 miles SSE of Punta Solanto.
A tourist resort village is situated close N of the tower. The
craggy coastline is interrupted, 1 mile S of the tower, by the
short tip of a rocky spur which forms a sandy beach.
15.5 Torre Scopello (38°04'N., 12°49'E.), a white structure,
stands on top of a rocky knoll. Two high rocks lie close off this
knoll. A white tower is situated 0.5 mile inland and stands on a
hill which shows prominently against the mountains in the
background. A group of white buildings at a tunny factory
stand close S of Torre Scopello. Tunny nets are laid out annually
in the vicinity of Torre Scopello and off a small cove lying 3

Sector 15. Italy—Sicilia (Sicily) and Stretto di Messina 301
miles N.
15.5 Puntazzo, a yellow and salient point, is located 1 mile SE of
Torre Scopello. It is covered with olive trees and vineyards. A
gray square tower, with a small gallery, stands among some
houses on the shores of an inlet, close SE of Puntazzo. A prominent
white bridge stands at the head of this inlet.
15.5 Punta La Porta, a rocky point with a hole in it, is located 1.5
miles ESE of Puntazzo. An above-water rock lies close off this
point. Tunney nets are laid out annually close SE of Punta La
Porta.
15.5 Caution.—Historic wrecks are located in position
38°09.6'N, 12°46.8'E and position 38°05.1'N, 12°49.1'E. Each
position is surrounded by a circular restricted area, with a radius
of 0.11 mile, centered on the wreck.
15.5 A wreck lies about 0.6 mile NNW of Torre Scopello.
15.5 Castellammare del Golfo (38°02'N., 12°52'E.) stands at the
foot of Monte Inice. An ancient castle, shaped like a massive
tower, stands on a rocky point in front of the town. A large cathedral
is situated close inland and close S of the castle. Farther
inland and at a higher elevation, a prominent church, which is
flanked by two bell towers, faces the sea. A small craft harbor,
protected by a breakwater, fronts the town.
15.5 Secca Cernia, with a depth of 6.9m, lies about 0.3 mile N of
the head of the breakwater. Anchorage can be taken, in a depth
of 11m, good holding ground, W of Secca Cernia or, in a depth
of 16m, E of Secca Cernia. Designated anchorage areas, numbered
B1-B4, have been established by the port authority. Use
of these anchorages requires permission from the Port Authority
in Trapani. Local knowledge is required.
15.5 Caution.—A marine farm, marked by a lighted buoy, is located
2 miles NE of the town.
15.5 A wreck lies about 2.6 miles NNE of the green light in the
port.
15.6 Between Castellammare del Golfo and Balestrate, a
town 6 miles E, the coast is low, sandy, and backed by low
hills. Alcamo Marina, a prominent beach resort, is situated 3
miles E of Castellammare del Golfo. Tunny nets are laid out
annually between March and November off Alcamo Marina.
Balestrate (38°03'N., 13°00'E.) stands on a short rocky projection
of the coast. A prominent bell tower, with a pyramidshaped
roof, is situated in the center of the town.
15.6 A chain of above and below-water rocks fronts the town.
However, anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 11m, sand,
about 1 mile seaward of these rocks.
15.6 Trappeto,
a village, stands 2 miles ENE of Balestrate. The
coast between is steep, rugged, and fringed by rocks, awash. A
rocky area, with a least depth of 5.5m, lies about 0.3 mile offshore,
abreast Trappeto.
15.7 Capo di Rama (38°08'N., 13°03'E.), 30m high and
level, is surmounted by a tower, partly in ruins. A small cove
lies between this cape and a small point, 2.3 miles NE, and is
used by fishing boats.
15.7 Terrasini
is situated 1.5 miles NE of Capo di Rama. It stands
on a rocky shore which is broken in several places by short,
steep beaches. A tall tower stands on a small promontory, close
W of this town. A prominent and large church, facing seaward
and flanked by two bell towers, stands in the center of the
town. The town is fronted by a small craft harbor which is protected
by a mole. Anchorage can be obtained outside the harbor
where the depths are deep and regular, sand and weed,
good holding ground. Small vessels can remain at anchor sheltered
from all but NW winds.
15.7 Cinisi, a village, is situated close E of Terrasini. It stands on
a lower slope of Monte Pizzo di Mezzo, which is 850m high. A
large yellow church stands near the center of the village and is
conspicuous from seaward.
15.7 Punta Molinazzo (38°10'N., 13°05'E.), located 1 mile N of
Terrasini, is low, rocky, and fringed by rocks. A large, isolated,
and rectangular tower stands on the SW end of this point.
Punta Molinazzo
15.7 Between Punta Molinazzo and Punta di Raisi, 1.7 miles NE,
the coast is low and rocky. Several rocky shoal areas, with
depths of 3 to 5.5m, lie up to 0.5 mile offshore along this
stretch of shore.
15.7 Punta di Raisi (38°11'N., 13°07'E.), the E entrance point of
Golfo di Castellammare, is low and rocky. An airport, with a
control tower, is situated in the vicinity of the point and is conspicuous.
It is reported (1994) that an aeronautical light is
shown from the control tower. A tall tower, in ruins, stands
close E of the point. Several ancient walls and a few houses are
situated near this tower, and a shallow inlet indents the coast
close E of it. A tower, similar to the above tower, stands near
the head of this inlet. Torre Muzza, partly in ruins and reddish,
stands on the end of a small and rocky promontory, 2.5 miles E
of Punta di Raisi.
15.7 Punta del Passagio (38°12'N., 13°14'E.) is located 6.4 miles
ENE of Punta Raisi. A tower, dark reddish, stands on a hill,
191m high, near the point.
15.7 Between Punta di Raisi and Capo Gallo, 10 miles ENE, the
coast is mostly steep-to, slightly indented, and backed by high,
rugged mountains.
15.7 Isola delle Femmine, 35m high, lies on a shoal spit which extends
about 1 mile NNW from Punta del Passagio. This small
island is surmounted by a prominent square tower.
15.8 Baia di Carini (38°11'N., 13°11'E.) is entered between
Torre Muzza and Isola delle Femmine, 4 miles ENE.
This bay is clear of dangers and is quite deep in its outer part.
The shores are level and covered with citrus groves. Several tall
and brick-colored chimneys stand among the groves.
15.8 Carini is situated 2 miles inland, 3 miles SSE of Torre Muz-
Pub. 131

302 Sector 15. Italy—Sicilia (Sicily) and Stretto di Messina
za. The town stands at the back of a small hill which is joined
to the mountains of the interior by a saddle. Capaci, a small
town, is situated 0.7 mile inland, 2 miles S of Punta del Passagio.
A tower, surrounded by a high wall, stands 0.2 mile inland,
3 miles E of Torre Muzza.
15.8 Anchorage
can be taken, according to the direction of the
wind, either SE of Torre Muzza or in the E part of Baia di Carini.
The holding ground of sand is good in both anchorages.
The bottom in the middle of the bay is rocky.
15.8 A light-colored smokestack, topped by a pole with a weather
vane, identifies the village of Isola delle Femmine, which is situated
close S of Punta del Passagio. A small shipyard stands on
the W side of Punta del Passagio. A small harbor, used only by
fishing boats, lies on the E side of the point and is protected by
a jetty which is partly in ruins.
15.8 Sferracavallo (38°12'N., 13°16'E.), a resort town, is situated
2 miles SE of the village of Isola delle Femmine. It is built
along the rocky shores of a small cove and is conspicuous. A
sandy beach lies at the head of the cove.
15.9 Capo Gallo (38°13'N., 13°19'E.) is the N extremity
of a mountainous promontory. From a distance it appears as an
island. A light is shown from a tower, 7m high, standing in
front of a low building on the cape. A disused signal station
stands 0.5 mile SW of the light.
15.9 A dangerous wreck lies about 1.8 miles E of Capo Gallo.
15.9 Between Capo Gallo and Punta di Mondello, 1 mile SSE, the
coast is formed by the steep side of a mountain. A small breakwater,
partly in ruins, extends 100m ESE from a point located
about midway between the cape and Punta di Mondello. An
old and cylindrical tower stands on Punta di Mondello.
La Barra (38°17'N., 13°23'E.), a sand and coral bank, lies
4.5 miles NNE of Capo Gallo and has a least depth of 65m.
15.9 Baia di Mondello is entered between Punta di Mondello and
Pub. 131
Capo Gallo bearing SE
Capo Gallo Light
Punta Celesi, 1 mile SSE. A wide beach, backed by a plain,
forms the shores of this bay. A tower, partly in ruins, stands in
the village of Mondello, which is situated on the NW shore of
the bay. A small pier fronts the village. A prominent building,
with a roof of many gables, stands at the head of the bay. There
is a mole, 100m long, extending N from Punta Celesi and a
prominent crane stands on it.
15.9 Punta Priola is located 1 mile ESE of Punta Celesi. An old
and disused shipyard, with several large symmetrical buildings
and four slipways, lies 0.3 mile W of Punta Priola and is now
used as a marina. A long jetty, partly in ruins, projects from the
coast in the vicinity of this marina.
15.9 Caution.—Due to the existence of submarine cables, an anchoring
and fishing prohibited area, which may best be seen on
the chart, extends seaward from the shore between Punta Priola
and Capo Gallo.
15.10 Golfo di Palermo (38°08'N., 13°25'E.) lies between
Punta Priola and Capo Mongerbino, 8.3 miles SE. The shores
of the gulf are backed by rugged mountains with fertile and
cultivated valleys.
15.10 Monte Pellegrino (38°10'N., 13°21'E.), 600m high, rises S
of Punta Priola and dominates the coast in this vicinity. The
mountain is steep, barren, dark reddish, and surmounted by a
disused signal station. A small tower, in ruins, stands on the
shore, 1 mile SSE of Punta Priola.
15.10 Punta Arenella (38°09'N., 13°23'E.) is a rocky point surmounted
by a round and orange-colored tower, 18m high. A
prominent group of buildings stands behind the tower and a
prominent establishment, with a black-colored chimney, is situated
close N of it. A pier, with a depth of 5m alongside its
head, extends from this establishment and a prominent crane
stands on it.
15.10 Castello Utveggio, a conspicuous red building, stands 1 mile
W of Punta Aranella. A pleasure craft basin, protected by a
mole, lies close SSW of Punta Aranella and an extensive yacht
harbor lies 0.6 mile S of the point.
15.10 Monte Cuccio, 1,050m high, stands 4 miles W of Palermo
and is surmounted by a small church. A large fortress is situated,
at an elevation of 762m, on a flat mountain ridge, 2 miles S
of Monte Cuccio.
Porto di Palermo (38°08'N., 13°22'E.)
World Port Index No. 40130
15.11 Porto di Palermo lies in the SW corner of Golfo di
Palermo, 1 mile S of Punta Aranella. The main commercial
harbor is protected by breakwaters and Porto Industriale, with
repair facilities, a shipyard, and drydocks, lies immediately to
the N.
Port of Palermo Home Page
http://www.autport.pa.it
15.11 Winds—Weather.—During the winter between October
and March, winds from the SW and NW are dominant in the
gulf. However, storms from the NE sometimes occur in these
months. Squalls from the SE occur occasionally during the

Sector 15. Italy—Sicilia (Sicily) and Stretto di Messina 303
spring months. Fog is not prevalent but does occur sometimes
during the spring.
15.11 Tides—Currents.—The tides are negligible, being only
0.3m at springs. The mean sea level in this gulf may fall as
much as 0.5m below normal during February, March, and
April.
15.11 The currents in the gulf are weak and are influenced mostly
by the winds. There is very little current within the harbor.
15.11 Depths—Limitations.—The outer harbor has depths of 14
to 30m. The main commercial facilities include Puntone Quay,
400m long, with a depth of 14m alongside; Quattroventi Quay,
235m long, with a depth of 8m alongside; St. Lucia Pier, with
230m of total berthing space and depths of 8 to 10m alongside;
Marinai Quay 1, 115m long, with a depth of 11m alongside;
Marinai Quay 2, 110m long, with a depth of 12m alongside; Piave
Pier, with 737m of total berthing space with a depth of 12m
alongside; Veneto Pier, with 717m of total berthing space with
depths of 8 to 12m alongside; and Sammuzzo Quay, 350m
long, with a depth of 8m alongside.
15.11 There are facilities for ro-ro, bulk, and container vessels.
Generally, vessels up to 250m in length and 13.4m draft can be
accommodated.
15.11 In addition, there are extensive repair facilities and several
drydocks which can handle vessels up to 400,000 dwt.
15.11 The port is being developed (1994) in order to be able to
handle vessels up to 16.4m draft. There are reports (2002) of
container terminal expansion plans.
15.11 Aspect.—Palermo can be identified by the prominent mountains
surrounding it. Prominent landmarks include the dark
dome of the theater standing in the center of the city; the cathedral,
with a black dome, situated close S of the theater; the astronomical
observatory, standing near the cathedral which
consists of a massive light-colored building topped by a small
white dome; and a red tower which stands close W of the theater
and rises above the firehouse.
15.11 A long vertical row of conspicuous lights mark an aqueduct
which is situated in the hills, in the SE part of the city. It is reported
that the loom of the city lights can be seen from a distance
of about 8 miles, but at midnight many of these lights are
turned off.
15.11 It is reported (1990) that the cranes at the shipyard in the N
part of the port are conspicuous from seaward.
15.11 Palermo Diga Foraneo Light is shown from a white round
tower, 11m in height, standing on the elbow of the outer breakwater.
A racon is situated at the light.
15.11 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 500 grt or
over when entering or leaving port and for vessels of 1,000
gross tons and over when operating within 1 mile of the Esso
and AGIP terminals. Warships, fishing vessels, tugs, and local
traffic are exempt from the pilotage rules.
15.11 Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12 and generally
board about 1 mile from the harbor entrance. In bad weather
the pilot boat leads vessels into the harbor.
15.11 Regulations.—No vessel is permitted to enter, leave, or
move within the port during the 30 minutes preceding the arrival
or departure of the mail steamers. The normal times of this
prohibition are 0645, 0830, and 2030 daily, but these times are
approximate and others may occur.
15.11 Vessel Traffic Service.—Palermo Vessel Traffic Service
(Palermo VTS) is established in Palermo. Participation in the
VTS is mandatory for cargo vessels of 300 gross tons and over,
fishing vessels of 24m loa and over, all passenger vessels, and
leisure craft of 45m loa and over. Participation is optional for
other vessels.
15.11 Palermo
VTS is bounded by a line joining the following po-
sitions:
a. 38° 07.7'N, 13° 22.6'E. (Palermo breakwater racon)
b. 38° 24.7'N, 13° 22.6'E.
c. 38° 16.3'N, 13° 41.5'E.
d. 38° 07.6'N, 13° 41.5'E.
e. 38° 07.5'N, 13° 30.7'E. (Capo Mongerbino)
15.11 A precautionary area extends 5 miles seaward from the VTS
area borders.
15.11 Palermo
VTS (call sign: Palermo VTS) can be contacted on
VHF channels 10 and 16. Vessels should establish initial contact
with the VTS on VHF channel 16 when within the precautionary
area. Vessels transiting the VTS area must maintain a
continuous listening watch on VHF channel 10.
15.11 Vessels transiting the VTS make the following reports:
15.11 1. Entry report when approaching within 3 miles of the VTS
area using the following format:
Designator Information Required
Vessel name, call sign, flag, IMO
A
number, and MMSI number
B Gross tons
C Port of registry and registration number
D LOA
E Year built
F Owner
G Master’s name and surname
H Number of passengers and crew
I Date and time of entering VTS
J Entry position (Latitude/Longitude)
K True course
L Speed
Last port of call/date and time of de-
M
parture
N Destination and ETA
P Cargo onboard and nature of cargo
Q Dangerous goods onboard
15.11 2. Departure report when leaving the VTS area using the following
format:
Item Information
A Date and exit time
B Exit position (lat/long)
C True course
D Speed
Pub. 131

304 Sector 15. Italy—Sicilia (Sicily) and Stretto di Messina
15.11 3. Vessels inbound for Palermo provide the following entry
report prior to entering the VTS area:
15.11 While inbound, additional reports are due, as follows:
1. One hour before entering the inbound lane.
2. When entering the inbound lane.
3. At the pilot boarding location (whether requested or
not).
4. On arrival at the berth stating time and berth position.
5. Before anchoring (if necessary), stating reason, ETA
at anchorage, position at anchorage, and date and time of anchoring.
15.11 Outward bound vessels report, as follows:
1. One hour before departure stating ETD, destination
and ETA, cargo onboard, dangerous goods onboard, and
number of passengers.
2. No later than 5 minutes before ETD to receive permission
to proceed.
3. At the entrance to the outbound lane.
4. At the exit of the outbound lane.
5. Upon exiting the VTS area stating date and time of
departure and position.
15.11 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in depths of 46 to 64m,
between 0.5 and 1 mile off the harbor entrance. The holding
ground is good, but this roadstead is open to N and E winds.
15.11 Vessels
Designator Information Required
at anchor vessels must maintain a continuous listen-
ing watch on VHF channel 10, provide their position upon request,
and in bad weather conduct a radio check with Palermo
VTS every 2 hours.
Pub. 131
Vessel name, call sign, flag, and IMO
A
number
B Gross tons
C Port of registry and registration number
D LOA
E Year built
F Owner
G Master’s name and surname
H Number of passengers and crew
I Date and time of entering VTS
J Entry position (Latitude/Longitude)
K True course
L Speed
Last port of call/date and time of
M
departure
N Destination and ETA
O Cargo onboard and nature of cargo
P Dangerous goods onboard
Q Type vessel
R Net tons
15.11 Caution.—Two prohibited areas, best seen on the chart, are
located along the S side of the Golfo di Palermo. Both enclose
outfalls marked by lighted buoys.
15.12 Punta del Corsaro (38°06'N., 13°26'E.), a rocky projection,
is located 3.2 miles SE of Palermo and is surmounted
by a prominent tower with a white vertical stripe on its N side.
15.12 AGIP-Esso Oil Terminal (38°06'N., 13°25'E.) lies in the vicinity
of Punta del Corsaro and is formed by two offshore
berths. These berths consist of several mooring buoys, are
marked by lighted buoys, and are connected to the shore by
submarine pipelines. Vessels moor with their sterns to the
buoys. The AGIP Berth, situated 1 mile W of the point, can accommodate
vessels up to 25,000 dwt, 185m in length, and
9.7m draft. The Esso Berth, situated close E of the point, can
accommodate vessels up to 15m draft with no limitation of
length.
15.12 Bagheria (38°05'N., 13°30'E.) is situated 4 miles ESE of
Punta del Corsaro. This town can be easily identified by several
conspicuous buildings and tall chimneys. A short tower stands
close SE of Bagheria. Aspra, a small village, is situated on the
coast close N of Bagheria. It is dominated by a tall and pointed
bell tower. Anchorage can be obtained, in depths of 16 to 18m,
good holding ground, anywhere between the oil terminal at
Punta del Corsaro and the village of Aspra remaining clear of
the charted sewer.
15.12 Capo Mongerbino (38°07'N., 13°31'E.), the E entrance
point of the gulf, is the NW extremity of the promontory
formed by Monte Montalfano, 376m high, which stands 1.2
miles SE of the cape. It is fronted by two above-water rocks.
15.13 Capo Zafferano (38°07'N., 13°32'E.), located 1.5
miles ESE of Capo Mongerbino, rises to a rocky and conical
hill, 223m high. This cape appears as an island when seen from
the NW or SE, as the land between it and Monte Catalfano is
low. Capo Zafferano Light is shown from a white tower and
building, 11m high, standing on the cape. A small tower, in ruins,
is situated near the summit of the cape. An islet, 6m high,
lies close N of the N extremity of the cape.
15.13 Between Capo Zafferano and Capo Grosso, 5.8 miles SSE,
the coast is rocky and indented by two small coves.
15.13 Porticello, a prominent village, stands 1.5 miles S of Capo
Zafferano and is fronted by a small craft harbor which is protected
by two moles.
15.13 Secca di Chianca, a rocky area, lies about 1 mile SE of Capo
Zafferano and has a depth of 11m. Scoglio Formica, a rock
awash, lies on a small shoal about 1 mile E of Porticello.
15.13 Caution.—.An area prohibited to anchoring and fishing lies
centered in position 38°05.3'N, 13°33.6'E and has a radius of
150m. A historic wreck and its related restricted area, with a
radius of 250m, is centered in position 38°05.0'N, 13°32.7'E.
15.14 Torre Solanto, formed by a prominent castle, stands
on an unnamed cape, 1 mile S of Porticello. Porto di Spagna, a
small bay, is entered close S of this cape. Anchorage, sheltered
from W winds, can be taken, in depths of 12 to 14m, mud and
sand, in the middle of the entrance of this bay. These anchorages
are for use solely by vessels in transit with a length not more
than 130m or a displacement of more than 5,000 tons. Anchor-

Sector 15. Italy—Sicilia (Sicily) and Stretto di Messina 305
age berths, designated A1, A2, A3, B1, and B2, are located E
and SE of the tower and are positioned as follows:
Berth Position
A1 38°04'20"N, 13°33'21"E.
A2 38°03'56"N, 13°33'39"E.
A3 38°03'38"N, 13°34'03"E.
B1 38°02'56"N, 13°34'33"E.
B2 38°02'38"N, 13°34'51"E.
15.14 Casteldaccia (38°03'N., 13°32'E.), a small town, stands 1.5
miles SSW of Torre Solanto and is prominent from seaward. A
large, gray church is situated in this town. Altavilla Milicia, a
village with a prominent church, stands on the brow of a flattopped
hill, 1 mile SE of the town. The hill is covered with
olive trees. Torre Colonna, low and square, stands near the
coast, 2 miles ESE of Altavilla Milicia.
15.14 Capo Grosso is surmounted by a square tower and a prominent
tourist resort is situated in this vicinity.
15.14 San Nicolo l’Arena (38°01'N., 13°37'E.), a small village, is
situated 1 mile SE of Capo Grosso. A prominent castle, with a
tower, stands in front of this village, and a conspicuous ceme-
Capo Zefferano Harbor
tery is situated 0.6 mile ESE of the tower. The village is fronted
by a small craft harbor which is protected by moles.
15.15 Termini Imerese (37°59'N., 13°42'E.) (World Port
Index No. 40120), a small harbor, is protected by a breakwater
and a rubble jetty.
15.15 Winds—Weather.—The harbor is sheltered from N and W
winds. At times, strong SW squalls descend from the mountains,
but these do not raise heavy seas in the harbor. The harbor
is open to the E and is sometimes unsafe during strong SE
and E winds.
15.15 Tides—Currents.—Currents in this vicinity usually set W
at varying rates. Strong W winds may cause an E set and strong
currents have been reported to set SE along the outer side of
the breakwater and then enter the harbor.
15.15 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is protected on its N
side by a breakwater which extends 0.7 mile E from the coast
at the N end of the town. It is protected on the S side by Molo
Sottoflutto, which extends 0.3 mile ENE from the shore. A
depths of 7m lies in the entrance channel, but the harbor is liable
to silt up. There is over 800m of total quayage within the
harbor and small vessels up to 80m in length and 6m draft can
enter.
15.15 Aspect.—Termini Imerese is prominent and is built on terraces
on the side of a rather steep slope. Monte Santo Calogero
Pub. 131

306 Sector 15. Italy—Sicilia (Sicily) and Stretto di Messina
stands 3 miles SSE of the town and its slopes are covered with
olive groves. Its summit, 1,325m high, appears as two peaks
when seen from some directions. A cathedral, with a conspicuous
bell tower, is situated near the N end of the town. Another
bell tower stands in the NW part of the town near some steep
cliffs.
15.15 Other prominent landmarks include the large building of the
hot baths standing below and E of the cathedral; the red-roofed
yellow buildings of the prison standing in the mountains to the
S of the town; a low hospital building, with a small bell tower,
situated in front of the prison; the two tall chimneys of a sulfur
refinery situated at the root of the breakwater; and the low railroad
station, with a big shed in front of it, standing on the
beach near the SE end of the town.
15.15 A circular-shaped conspicuous church, with a red dome-like
roof, stands SE of the town. Another conspicuous church, hexagonal-shaped
with a pointed roof, stands farther to the E at a
point where the coastal road leads to the mountains. The white
supporting wall of this road is also conspicuous from seaward.
15.15 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels berthing at the
ENEL pier. There is a local pilot at Termini Imerese and vessels
without local knowledge are advised to make use of his
services. Vessels of more than 500 grt must employ the berthing
assistance offered. The port can be contacted on VHF
channel 16. The pilot can be contacted on VHF channel 12 and
boards at the port entrance.
Pub. 131
Capo Zefferano Light
15.15 Anchorage.—Anchorage berths have been designated from
NE to NNW of the port, as follows:
15.15 Vessels must contact the port on VHF channel 16 prior to
anchoring. Anchor berths A1and A2 are reserved for tankers.
The remaining berths are for use by dry cargo vessels.
15.15 The bottom is formed of soft mud, but the roadstead is fully
exposed to E winds.
15.15 Caution.—Anchoring prohibited areas, which may best be
seen on the chart, extend up to about 2 miles N from the coast
in the vicinity of Termini Imerese.
15.16 Fiume Torto (37°58'N., 13°46'E.) enters the sea 3.1
miles E of Termini Imerese. The shore between is fronted by a
sandy beach. The mouth of the river can be easily recognized
by a bridge and two large buildings.
15.16 Pontile
ENEL oil pier extends 1 mile N from a point on the
shore, 0.8 mile W of the river mouth. Three conspicuous chimneys,
70m high, stand near the root of this pier. Three high
buildings and two large tanks are situated in this vicinity and
are also conspicuous.
15.16 Between
Torre Battilamano and Capo Plaia, 7.5 miles ENE,
the coast is low and sandy. Torre Roccella, a high structure
with ruins in front of it, is situated 3.5 miles SW of Capo Plaia.
The village of Campofelice stands on a flat and green spur of
the mountains, close S of the tower.
15.16 Torre Battilamano (37°59'N., 13°49'E.), a low tower which
is attached to the W side of a building, stands on the beach, 2
miles E of Fiume Torto. The mouth of Fiume Grande, which is
spanned by a prominent masonry bridge, lies close E of this
tower.
15.16 Capo Plaia is low, flat, and covered with olive trees. A small
village, standing in a valley just SW of the cape, is very prominent.
A prominent hotel and another white building are situated
near the village.
15.16 A tower, in ruins, stands on a rocky knoll that juts out from
the coast, 2.5 miles E of Capo Plaia. A small church, with a red
roof, stands isolated on the shore, close E of the cape.
15.17 Capo Cefalu (38°02'N., 14°02'E.) is the low and
rocky extremity of a slight projection which rises to a prominent
hill, 269m high. This hill is conical in shape and is surmounted
by the ruins of a castle. A wide and low saddle
separates this hill from the mountains close inland. Capo Cefalu
Light is shown from a white octagonal tower on a whire
house, 26m high, standing on the cape.
15.17 Cefalu,
Berth Position
A1 38°01'06"N, 13°46'12"E.
A2 38°00'00"N, 13°44'49"E.
A3 38°01'24"N, 13°44'06"E.
A4 38°00'54"N, 13°41'24"E.
B1 38°01'48"N, 13°40'00"E.
a small town, stands on the W side of the prominent
and conical hill. A cathedral, flanked by two bell towers ending
in pyramidal tops, dominates the town. A small craft harbor
lies on the E side of the cape and has a pier which is used as a

Sector 15. Italy—Sicilia (Sicily) and Stretto di Messina 307
Capo Cefalu from N
hydrofoil terminal.
15.17 A submarine pipeline, 0.8 mile in length, extends NE from
the end of Capo Cefalu. It is marked at its extremity by a lighted
buoy.
15.17 Between Capo Cefalu and Punta Finale, 5.5 miles E, the
coast is indented by an exposed bay. Heavy squalls blow down
from the mountains which back this bay. A tower, partly in ruins,
stands on a rocky point, 0.5 mile SE of the cape. A small
inlet, which affords shelter to small craft during SW winds, lies
between the cape and the tower.
15.17 Between Punta Finale and Punta Caronia, 13 miles E, the
coast is rocky and steep-to. Punta Finale is a small and rocky
promontory with reddish sides. Three towers, partly in ruins,
stand on this point. Pollina, a prominent mountain village,
stands 2.5 miles S of the point. A prominent tower is situated in
the W part of this village. The village of Finale, with a partlyruined
tower in front of it, is situated close SE of the point and
is conspicuous from seaward.
15.17 The opening of a wide valley, in which Fiume di Pollina
flows, lies close E of Finale. The mouth of this river is crossed
by a bridge with five arches. Three rocks, one of which is high
and prominent, lie close to the coast, 3 miles ESE of Punta Finale.
A conspicuous tower stands on the shore, close W of
these rocks.
15.17 Castel di Tusa (38°00'N., 14°15'E.), a village fronted by the
ruins of a castle, stands on a rocky projection, 5 miles E of
Punta Finale. Tusa, a small town, is situated 1.8 miles S of the
village. A bell tower, with a pointed top, stands in the middle
of the town.
15.17 Fiume di Tusa, the mouth of which is spanned by a manyarched
bridge, flows into the sea, 1 mile E of Castel di Tusa. A
tower, with a group of houses close to it, stands 2.5 miles E of
the river mouth. A factory, with a very tall chimney, is situated
close E of the tower and a tract of sandy beach lies near it.
15.17 Caution.—A submarine pipeline is located near the village
of Castel di Tusa and extends NNW for about 2,500m. Anchoring
and fishing are prohibited in the vicinity of the pipeline.
15.17 Fiume di Santo Stefano (38°01'N., 14°19'E.) flows into the
sea, 4.5 miles WSW of Punta Caronia. Its mouth is spanned by
two prominent bridges. Santo Stefano di Camastra is situated
close E of the river mouth and stands on a small hill which is
covered with olive trees and vineyards. A conspicuous refinery,
with a square chimney, is situated 1 mile E of the town.
15.18 Punta Caronia (38°02'N., 14°25'E.) is low, rounded,
and backed by a deep valley. The point is covered with white
gravel and is intersected by the mouth of Torrente di Caronia.
Caronia stands on the slopes of a hill, 302m high, 1 mile SE of
the point. A prominent castle stands in this town.
15.18 Between
Punta Caronia and the mouth of Torrente Furiano,
6.5 miles E, the coast is formed by a stony beach. Rocks, some
of which are large, front this stretch of shore. A small tower, attached
to the N side of a building, is situated 1.8 miles SW of
the river mouth.
15.18 A
stony beach extends between the mouth of Torrente Furi-
ano and the town of Torrenova, 6 miles ENE, and is backed by
a series of narrow valleys through which mountain streams
flow. Monte San Fratello, 718m high, rises behind the coastal
hills. It appears as a large and cylindrical tower. The town of
San Fratello stands at a height of 675m behind the summit of
this mountain. A cathedral, with a prominent bell tower, is situated
in the middle of the town which is visible from the W, but
from some directions is hidden by the mountains.
15.18 Aquedolci,
a village, stands on the coast, 1.5 miles E of the
mouth of Torrente Furiano. A large church, with a bell tower,
dominates this village. A conspicuous tower, with a square
tower at its E side, stands at the E end of the village.
15.19 Santa Agata di Militella (38°04'N., 14°39'E.) is
dominated by a conspicuous church with a pointed and reddish
bell tower. A long building, with a slender chimney, stands
close W of this town and is conspicuous. A cone-shaped rocky
peak rises close ESE of Santa Agata di Militella. San Marco
d’Alunzio, a village with several bell towers, surmounts a
round-topped mountain, 548m high, 3 miles E of the town.
15.19 A dangerous wreck lies about 1 mile offshore in the vicinity
of Santa Agata di Militella.
15.19 Torrenova,
a small village, stands at the foot of the mountain
on which the village of San Marco d’Alunzio is situated. The
railroad station and the bell tower of this village are prominent.
Between Torrenova and Capo d’Orlando, 5.5 miles NE, the
coast is formed by a sandy beach which is backed by high
mountains.
15.19 Caution.—Submarine cables extend seaward from the vicinity
of Santa Agata di Militella and may best be seen on the
chart.
15.19 A submarine pipeline located near the mouth of the Torrente
Caronia extends 1,100m NW from the coast. Anchoring and
fishing are prohibited in the vicinity of the pipeline.
15.19 A wreck lies in position 38°05.0'N, 14°38.1'E.
Isole Eolie (Isole Lipari)
15.20 Isole Eolie (Isole Lipari) (38°30'N., 14°55'E.) is a
group of seven main islands and a number of smaller islets and
rocks which lie within 35 miles of the E part of the N coast of
Sicilia. All of these islands are of volcanic origin, with Isola
Vulcano and Isola Stromboli still active. The islands are high,
steep-sided, and rocky. They are also fertile, but a large part of
the soil is too rocky to be cultivated.
15.20 The islands are steep-to and the dangers in the vicinity are
described with each particular island.
Pub. 131

308 Sector 15. Italy—Sicilia (Sicily) and Stretto di Messina
15.20 Caution.—Extensive fishing operations are carried out in
the vicinity of Isole Eolie. Each boat carries a light at night, but
often these lights are not shown until the near approach of a
vessel. During April, May, and June long-net fishing takes
place E of Isola Lipari, Isola Salina, and Isola Vulcano, between
38°22'N and 38°32'N, and within 5 miles of the coasts of
these islands. Vessels should avoid this area during the fishing
season. From the middle of April to the middle of July, fishing
takes place on a large scale in the area to the NE of Isola
Stromboli. During this period, vessels should pass not less than
5 miles to the E of the island.
15.21 Isola Alicudi (38°33'N., 14°21'E.), the W island of
the group, is a rounded cone, and at the summit of Montagnola,
attains a height of 625m. The volcano is no longer active and
its crater is almost inaccessible. The W side of the island is
steep, rugged, and uninhabited. The E side slopes and consists
of cultivated plateaus and rounded hills on which stand some
houses and a church. A light marks the SE side of the island.
15.22 Isola Filicudi (38°35'N., 14°33'E.) has a summit that
appears conical in shape from offshore. The W and N sides of
the island are steep, rocky, and barren. The S and E sides are
less steep and have cultivated areas with scattered farm houses.
Monte Fossa Felci, the summit of the island, is 774m high.
15.22 The
depths around this island are deep, except off the NE
side and off a point located on the W coast where rocks and
shoals lie very close inshore. Scoglio Galera, a low and black
rock, lies close off the middle of the W side of the island. There
are no suitable anchorages for large vessels off the island.
15.22 Capo
Graziano, the SE extremity of the island, is formed by
a small peninsula. Its outer end consists of a rounded summit,
174m high, and its inner part is low and cultivated. From seaward,
the extremity of this cape appears as a large rock which
is separated from the island. A concrete pier, 50m long, is situated
near the cape and has a depth of 5m at its head.
15.22 Punta
Stimpagnato, the SW extremity of the island, is locat-
ed 2 miles W of Capo Graziano. The coast between is cultivated.
This point is formed of steep rocks which are cut in vertical
prisms and topped by sharp pinnacles. A village stands close E
of the point, on the sides of a deep-walled valley which descends
from the summit of the island. A church, with a pointed
bell tower, stands in the village and is prominent.
15.22 Punta
di Perciato, located 0.7 mile W of the summit of the is-
land, has several natural arches on it. The NW and N sides of
the island are high and are fronted by above-water rocks, some
of which are prominent. Punta del Zucco Grande, the NE point
of the island, is high and rocky. Vineyards are situated on the
slope above this point.
15.22 A
group of rocks lies about 0.7 mile off the NW coast of the
island. La Canna, the most prominent rock, is 70m high and is
shaped like an obelisk. The channel leading between this group
of rocks and the island is 0.5 mile wide and clear of dangers.
There are no suitable anchorages for large vessels in the vicinity
of the island. A light is shown from a 20m tower on the NW
coast of the island.
15.23 Isola Santo (Salina) (38°34'N., 14°51'E.) is formed
by two extinct volcanoes. There is a flat saddle between the
peaks of these volcanoes from which two valleys descend to-
Pub. 131
wards the coasts. One valley descends towards the N coast and
the other descends towards the S coast. The village of Pollara
stands in an amphitheater-like crater, NW of the W volcano. A
large church dominates this village.
15.23 The volcanic activity has ceased, but on the N coast, E of
Malfa, the land is heated and emits vapors. Gaseous bubbles
rise from the sea close off the S side of the island and 200m off
the village of Rinella. These bubbles emit hydrogen sulfide
gas, which can be smelled from quite a distance.
15.23 Punta Valle la Spina, the W extremity of the island, is steep
and rocky. The coast to the N of this point consists of high, vertical,
and rocky cliffs.
15.23 Punta del Perciato, the NW extremity of the island, is formed
by a promontory which has vertical sides. It is pierced by a
large arch under which the seas break amidst the rocks. This
opening is prominent from the NE or SW. A building, topped
by a turret and a signal mast, stands high up on the point. This
structure is reported to be painted an orange yellow color.
15.23 Between Punta del Perciato and Capo Faro, 3 miles E, the N
coast of the island is cultivated.
15.23 Malfa (38°35'N., 14°50'E.), a village, is situated about midway
between the point and the cape. In front of this village, the
land descends to the sea in the form of terraces with supporting
walls which are prominent. A conspicuous church, with a small
bell tower, is situated in this village. A jetty, 80m long, fronts
the village and projects seaward from the front of a fivestepped
retaining wall. This jetty has a depth 5m at its head and
gives shelter to small craft and fishing boats.
15.23 Capo Faro (38°35'N., 14°52'E.), the NE extremity of the island,
is rocky and steep. Capo Faro Light is shown from a tower
on a building, 12m high, standing on the cape. A low
building, painted yellow, is situated behind the light.
15.23 Between Malfa and Capo Faro, the coast is steep, rocky, and
fronted by above-water rocks. A large church, with a bell tower
and a two-story building attached to its E side, dominates this
part of the coast. A smaller church, with a pointed bell tower, is
situated nearer to the cape.
15.23 Secca del Capo, an isolated shoal, lies about 3.2 miles NE of
Capo Faro. This shoal has a depth of 8m and fishing boats are
often found in its vicinity.
15.24 Santa Mariana Salina (38°33'N., 14°22'E.), the principal
village, is situated 1.2 miles S of Capo Faro. This village
stands on gently sloping ground along the seashore. A large
church, with a huge dome, stands in the village. A smaller
church, with two spired bell towers, stands near the shore,
close S of the larger church. A small mole, with a depth of 4m
alongside, fronts the village and is protected by a breakwater.
15.24 Punta Lingua (38°32'N., 14°52'E.), the SE extremity of the
island, is formed by the end of a low promontory and has a
gravel beach. The village of Lingua, with a prominent church,
is situated near the point. Punta Lingua Light is shown from a
white tower on a dwelling, 11m high, standing on the point.
15.24 Punta Grottazzo, the S extremity of the island, ends in a vertical
wall of rock. Between Punta Grottazzo and Punta Valle La
Spina, 3.5 miles NW, there is a wide, cultivated valley which
lies between the steep slopes of the two main summits. Rinella,
a village, stands near the middle of this stretch of coast and is
situated at the seaward end of the valley. This village is fronted
by a main quay which is backed by high walls. A mole, quayed

Sector 15. Italy—Sicilia (Sicily) and Stretto di Messina 309
Punta Lingua Light
on its E side, projects 120m SSE from the W end of the main
quay and has depths of 13m at its head and 4.5m at its root.
15.24 The village of Leni lies close inland of Rinella. A prominent
church, with a bell tower, is situated in this village. A large
church, with a bell tower topped by a small dome, is located
close W of Rinella.
15.24 Isola Santo offers no safe anchorage to large vessels, nor any
shelter that can be recommended in bad weather. Vessels, with
local knowledge, can anchor, in a depth of 29m, sand and rock,
abreast the S church in Santa Mariana Salina and about 180m
from the shore.
15.24 Caution.—Due to the existence of submarine cables, an anchoring
and fishing prohibited area lies off the W side of Isola
Santo and may best be seen on the chart.
15.25 Isola Lipari (38°29'N., 14°56'E.) is the largest island
of the Isole Eolie. Its W side is cliffy, broken by ravines, and is
barren. Punta della Crapazza, the S extremity of the island, is
formed by a prominent and rocky cliff that is joined to the main
part of the island by a low, rocky isthmus. From the E or W,
this point appears as a detached rock. The coast on either side
of this point is high, cliffy, and steep.
15.25 Punta del Perciato, located 0.7 mile WNW of Punta Crapazza,
consists of a rocky mass with a hole in it which is conspicuous
from the NE and SW. Between Punta del Perciato and
Punta di Iacopo (Punta di Jacopo), 0.7 mile NNW, the coast is
steep and rugged. Pietra Lunga and Pietra Menalda are two
high rocks which lie 0.2 SSE and 0.1 mile WSW, respectively,
of Punta del Perciato. Le Formiche, a group of rocks, lies on a
detached shoal, close NW of Punta del Perciato. These rocks
are mostly low or awash, but one is high and prominent.
15.25 Punta delle Grotticelle (38°28'N., 14°55'E.) can be identified
by several small caves at sea level and by the pink and yellow
color of the rocks in its vicinity. Between this point and
Punta del Legno Nero, the NW extremity of Isola Lipari, the
coast is high, rugged, and steep.
15.25 All dangers, except Banco del Bagno, lie within 0.5 mile of
the coast. Banco del Bagno, which is small in extent and steepto,
has a least depth of 12.5m and lies about 1.7 miles W of
Punta delle Grotticelle.
15.25 Pietra del Bagno, which is high on its E and low on its W
side, is a prominent rock lying about 0.2 mile offshore, 1.2
miles NW of Punta delle Grotticelle. The narrow channel lead-
ing between this rock and the shore is foul.
15.25 Scoglio Imerata, a prominent tall rock, lies close to the
shore, 0.8 mile SW of Punta del Legno Nero.
15.25 Between Punta del Legno Nero and Punta della Castagna, 2
miles E, the coast is slightly indented and steep-to. The village
of Acquacalda stands close E of Punta del Legno Nero. A Thead
pier, with a conveyor belt and loading chute, is situated
close E of this village and local pilots are available.
15.26 Punta della Castagna (38°31'N., 14°58'E.) is a rocky
projection of a brownish-red color. A reef, with rocks awash,
extends up to about 100m from the point. Campo Bianco, a
prominent hill, stands close SW of the point and is covered
with white pumice stone.
15.26 Capo Rosso, located 1 mile S of Punta della Castagna, is a
short, steep, and rocky prominence. Because of its reddish color,
this cape stands out against the white background of the
slopes of Campo Bianco. A building, with a chimney, stands
close S of the cape.
15.26 Porticello (38°31'N., 14°58'E.), a village, is situated close S
of Punta della Castagna. It can be easily be identified by the
wooden chutes used in the excavation of pumice stone. Three
small piers, used by coasters and lighters, and one large pier,
with a conveyor belt for loading pumice, front the village. The
large pier is 265m long and has a depth of 11m alongside. Vessels
up to 20,000 dwt can be handled. Pilotage is compulsory
for vessels over 500 tons and local pilots can be embarked at
Rada di Lipari.
15.26 Monte Rosa (38°29'N., 14°59'E.) is surmounted by a prominent
iron cross, 15m high. It is the summit of Sciarra di Monte
Rosa, a promontory, which extends 1 mile E from the coast.
Canneto di Lipari, a small village, stands near a beach, close N
of Monte Rosa. A red chimney stands near the village which is
fronted by a small pier, in ruins. Anchorage can be obtained by
small vessels with local knowledge off Canneto di Lipari. A
good berth, in depths of 20 to 29m, sand and weed, lies about
180m offshore. This roadstead, known as Rada di Lipari, is
partially protected and is bounded on the N side by the S side
of Sciarra di Monte Rosa, and on the S side by Punta San
Giuseppe, 2 miles SSE.
15.26 Caution.—Due to the existence of submarine cables, an anchorage
and fishing prohibited area, which may best be seen on
the chart, lies off the E coast of Isola Lipari, N of Sciarra di
Monte Rosa.
15.27 Lipari (38°29'N., 14°58'E.) (World Port Index No.
40300), a village, stands along the W shore of the roadstead.
The walls of an ancient castle stand in the middle of the front
part of the village on a high and steep volcanic projection.
These walls, which are partly in ruins, encompass the cathedral,
several churches, and a number of houses. City Hall, a
large, rectangular building is situated close N of the castle. The
coast to the S of the castle consists of a beach and then rises
steeply to form the promontory which terminates in Punta San
Giuseppe.
15.27 A
prominent church, flanked on its S side by a bell tower
with a flat roof, is situated in the N part of the village. A small
islet is connected to the shore by a short and quayed breakwater.
A church, with a pointed bell tower, stands on this islet. A
prominent building stands on Punta Scaliddi, at the N end of
Pub. 131

310 Sector 15. Italy—Sicilia (Sicily) and Stretto di Messina
the village.
15.27 A quay, 46m long, is situated close W of Punta Scaliddi and
is used by ferries. It has depths of 0.6 to 7m alongside. A short
mole, with a depth of 5m at its head, is situated close N of the
quay.
15.27 A disused light structure, consisting of a turret surmounting
a red house, stands about 300m WNW of the head of a mole
extending from the N side of the roadstead. It is reported that a
yacht harbor is under construction in this vicinity. Pilotage is
compulsory for vessels of more than 500 grt. The pilots monitor
VHF channels 11 and 16. Anchorage can be taken, in
depths of 29 to 40m, sand, about 200m off the middle of the S
slope of Sciarra di Monte Rosa. Vessels can also anchor, in
depths of 20 to 26m, sand, off the prominent church standing
0.3 mile NNE of Punta Scaliddi and about 200m offshore.
15.28 Isola Vulcano (38°23'N., 14°58'E.) is barren and rugged,
especially on its W side. The slopes of the S part of the island
are partly cultivated. Gran Cratere (Fossa di Vulcano)
dominates the N part of the island and is still active. It is of
characteristic volcanic shape, but is of unusual color, especially
near its summit, which is 382m high. Monte Vulcanello, inactive,
forms the N end of the island. A low, sandy isthmus separates
this crater from the N slopes of Gran Cratere. The crater
is cone-shaped and appears as an island when seen from the W
or E. Isola Vulcano is mostly steep-to.
15.28 Punta dei Porci (38°22'N., 15°00'E.), the S extremity of the
island, is high, steep, and fringed by rocks. A light is shown
from a prominent structure, 31m high, standing on the point.
This light is obscured from some directions.
15.28 Capo Secco is located 2 miles NW of the light and can be
identified by a large, reddish, and perpendicular rock which
fronts it.
15.28 Testa Grossa is a long and rocky promontory, with vertical
reddish sides, which forms the W extremity of the island. It is
located 1 mile NW of Capo Secco. This entire part of the coast
is steep, rugged, barren, and fringed with rocks.
15.28 Punta del Monaco and Capo Grosso are located 0.5 mile N
and 1 mile N, respectively, of Testa Grossa. To the N of Testa
Grossa, the coast is high, rocky, perpendicular, and very
jagged. Cala di Mastro Minico, a small cove, lies between Punta
del Monaco and Capo Grosso. A low light-colored rock lies
in the middle of this cove. Capo Grosso is a slender, rocky
promontory with a jagged profile. Punta Cala Formaggio, a
similar promontory, is located close NE of the cape.
15.28 Porto di Levante (38°25'N., 14°58'E.), a small cove, has a
mole, quayed on its S side, which extends 85m E from the
shore. It has depths of 13m at the head and 4m at the root. This
mole is suitable for small craft, but the head is reserved for use
by the local ferry service. A short pier extends NE from close S
of the root of the ferry mole and a quay fronts the foreshore between
them. This short pier is used as a hydrofoil terminal and
vessels with drafts up to 3.5m can berth alongside.
15.28 Faraglione della Fabrica, two prominent and various colored
rocks, stand on the shore at the head of this cove. Several houses,
one of which is battlemented and has a prominent red roof,
stand near the head of the cove. The sea water close to the
shore in the S part of the cove is warm and sulfurous because
of volcanic action. This cove affords anchorage, in a depth of
29m, sand, about 100m from the shore. Local knowledge is re-
Pub. 131
quired. Vessels should not anchor off the S shore of the cove, as
the bottom is rocky.
15.29 Cala Rossa (38°25'N., 14°59'E.), a small cove with
rocky shores, is entered between Punta Nere and Punta Luccia,
0.5 mile ESE. Punta Nere is a small, black, and rocky prominence
which forms the S entrance point of Porto di Levante.
The coast to the S of Punta Luccia is steep, barren, and reddish.
A short beach of dark sand lies between Punta Molo di Femmina,
located 1.8 miles SSE of Punta Luccia, and Punta Bandiera,
0.5 mile SSE. Punta Bandiera, the SE extremity of the island, is
formed by a spur projecting from Monte Aria. A small shrine
stands on the point and a prominent white house is situated on
a slope above it. The S slope of Monte Aria is verdant and partly
cultivated.
15.29 Insenatura di Cannitello, a very small inlet, lies between
Punta Bandiera and Punta Cannitello, 0.2 mile SW. It has a
short beach of dark sand at the head and the hillsides above the
beach are cultivated.
15.29 Caution.—Due to the existence of submarine cables, an anchoring
and fishing prohibited area, which may best be seen on
the chart, extends seaward from the N end of Isola Vulcano.
15.30 Isola Panaria (38°38'N., 15°04'E.) is divided along
its main axis by a high ridge. Picco del Corvo, 465m high, is
the summit of this ridge and is surmounted by a small iron
cross. The W slope of this ridge is rocky, barren, steep, and
cliffy. The E slope is less steep, verdant, and partly cultivated.
On the spur that descends S from the summit, Picco Tribunale
stands halfway down and consists of a spire-shaped mass of
rock. A smaller rocky spire rises a little farther down the spur.
15.30 Capo Milazzese (38°37'N., 15°04'E.) is a low and narrow
projection. Cala di Iunco, a small inlet, is entered close E of
this cape and is encumbered with rocks. The cape terminates in
a steep projection which is fringed by several small rocks.
15.30 The W and N sides of the island are rocky, barren, steep, and
fronted by rocks. Scoglio la Nave, a high and prominent rock,
lies close W of the N extremity of the island.
15.30 Punta Briglia, the NE extremity of the island, has a rocky
overhanging cliff of reddish color and is fringed by rocks.
15.31 Punta Peppemaria (38°38'N., 15°05'E.), the E extremity
of the island, is located 0.5 mile SSE of Punta Brigia
and is topped by a small tabernacle. A light is shown from a
structure surrounded by a wall, 9m high, standing on the point.
15.31 A
pebble beach lies on the N side of the point and a short
mole, with a depth of 5m at the head, extends E from it and is
used by fishing vessels and ferries. A mooring buoy situated
close off this mole is used by hydrofoils. A local pilot is available
to aid with berthing.
15.31 Santo Pietro, a small village, is situated close W of the point
and has two prominent churches with bell towers.
15.31 Large
vessels can anchor, in depths of 22 to 24m, sand, about
500m NE of Punta Peppemaria. Small vessels can anchor, in
depths of 8 to 9m to the N of the point and about 150m offshore.
Anchorage can also be taken, in depths of 15 to 26m,
good holding ground, sand and weed, about 500m SE of the
point.
15.31 Between Punta Peppemaria and Punta di Drauto, 0.5 mile
SSW, the coast is steep and rocky. Le Formiche, a steep-to

Sector 15. Italy—Sicilia (Sicily) and Stretto di Messina 311
group of rocks almost awash, lies 0.5 mile SSE of Punta Peppemaria.
An isolated shoal depth of 5.9m lies about 180m W of
Le Formiche.
15.31 Caution.—Due to the existence of submarine cables, an anchoring
and fishing prohibited area, which may best be seen on
the chart, extends from the S and SE sides of Isola Panaria.
15.31 An obstruction, with a least depth of 17.9m, lies 1 mile NE
of Punta Briglia.
15.32 Dattilo (38°38'N., 15°06'E.), a small islet, is 103m
high, reddish, and pyramidal. Panarelli, a group of low rocks,
lies within 0.3 mile N of this islet. These rocks are formed of
very hard, pungent, and vitreous lava.
15.32 Isola Lisca Nera, low and black; Bottaro; and Isola Lisca Bianca
are three small volcanic islets which lie close E of Panarelli.
The latter two are white in color with incrustations of
aluminum sulfate. Occasionally, emissions of hydrogen sulfide
gas occur and large bubbles rise to the surface of the sea in this
vicinity.
15.32 Isola Basiluzzo (38°40'N., 15°07'E.) has coasts that are
high, cliffy, and jagged. The summit of this islet is 165m high,
flat, and has a gentle slope to the S. Scoglio Spinazzola, a high
and steep-sided rock, lies close off the W extremity of this islet.
15.33 Isola Stromboli (38°47'N., 15°13'E.) consists of a
single volcanic cone. The volcano is still active, the red reflection
of the crater being almost always visible at night. The
stream of lava, stones, and cinders, which descend steeply to
the sea on its NW side, is in marked contrast to the green
slopes on the NE side of the island. The coasts of the island are
mostly rocky, rugged, and cliffy. There are short tracts of dark
beach on the NE side of the island.
15.33 Punta del Monaco (38°46'N., 15°13'E.), the S extremity of
the island, is rounded and steep. Punta delle Chiappe, located 2
miles NW of Punta del Monaco, is a round point. Its rocky
sides descend steeply to the sea and are fringed with rocks. Ginostra,
a small village, is situated between these points and can
be easily identified by its white houses and church. A prominent,
winding stairway leads from the village to the rocky
coast.
15.33 The NW side of the island between Punta delle Chiappe and
Punta Labronzo, 1.5 miles NW, is occupied by Sciara del Fuoco,
a blackish wall, which descends from the new crater to the
sea. Dense white vapors are often seen along this wall. Punta
Labronzo is fringed by rocks, some of which are above water.
A solitary white cottage stands on this point.
15.33 Punta della Lena (38°48'N., 15°15'E.), the NE extremity of
the island, is located 1.5 miles ESE of Punta Labronzo. A
building, with a tall and red chimney, stands near the point. A
sandy beach, fronted by a small jetty, lies close W of the point.
Insenatura di Ficogrande, a small and sandy bight, lies close W
of the beach.
15.33 Scari, San Vincenzo, Piscita, and San Bartolomeo are small
villages which extend, almost without a break, from close S of
Punta della Lena to close W of Insenatura di Ficogrande. The
church at San Vicenzo is white and has a large dome. The
church at San Bartolomeo has a prominent bell tower.
15.33 The E side of the island between Punta della Lena and Punta
del Monaco, 2.3 miles SW, is steep and barren with some red-
dish crags. Punta dell’Olmo, located 0.8 mile NE of Punta del
Monaco, is formed by a spur that descends from the summit of
the old crater. A large, truncated, and cone-shaped pillar stands
on this spur. A low rock, which is joined to the shore by a short
isthmus, lies close off Punta dell’Olmo and is surrounded by
other rocks.
15.33 There are no safe anchorages in the vicinity of Isola Stromboli
due to the great depths surrounding it.
15.33 Caution.—Due to the existence of submarine cables, an anchoring
and fishing prohibited area, which may best be seen on
the chart, extends NE and SE of Punta della Lena.
15.34 Strombolicchio (38°49'N., 15°15'E.), 50m high, lies
1 mile NNE of Punta della Lena and is a large rock with steep
sides and irregular spires. Its E side is light-colored and has
some reddish crags. A prominent flight of steps has been cut in
the rock on its NW side. A light is shown from a white round
tower, 8m high, standing on the summit of the rock.
15.34 Extensive fishing operations are carried out in the vicinity of
Isola Stromboli.
Strombolicchio from NNE
Sicilia—North Coast (Continued)
15.35 Capo d’Orlando (38°10'N., 14°45'E.) is a rocky
promontory, 100m high. It appears conical in shape when
viewed from the NW. A church, surrounded by an old wall,
stands on the summit of the cape. A light is shown from a
structure, 10m high, standing on the cape.
15.35 A signal station, consisting of a low building surrounded by
a wall, stands on a hill almost the same height as the cape,
which rises close S of the cape. This hill is separated from the
cape by a saddle.
15.35 Reefs extend up to about 0.5 mile seaward of the cape and
sudden squalls and heavy seas are encountered off it. Explosive
devices are also present on the sea floor in the vicinity of the
reefs.
15.35 Between Capo d’Orlando and Capo Calava, 8 miles ENE,
the coast is steep, rugged, and slightly indented. Scoglio di
Brolo, 14m high, is a prominent rock which lies 0.3 mile offshore,
3.7 miles E of Capo d’Orlando.
15.35 Brolo (38°09'N., 14°50'E.), a village, stands on a rocky hill,
45m high. A tall, square, and battlemented tower, partly in ruins,
stands in this village. Heavy squalls from the mountains
are sometimes experienced off this village.
15.35 Capo Piraino, located 1.5 miles E of Scoglio di Brolo, is high,
steep, and surrounded by a narrow beach. Several rocks, awash, lie
Pub. 131

312 Sector 15. Italy—Sicilia (Sicily) and Stretto di Messina
close offshore in this vicinity. A large tower, partly covered by a
red roof, stands on a rocky projection at the foot of this cape. The
prominent village of Piraino stands on the steep side of a mountain,
0.5 mile S of Capo Piraino. A prominent tower is situated
close W of the village and a prominent church, with a low bell
tower, stands 0.2 mile SW of it.
15.35 Gioiosa
Marea stands on a slight slope, 2 miles E of Capo Pi-
raino. This prominent town is situated at the end of a narrow
valley and has three conspicuous steeples.
15.36 Golfo di Patti (38°10'N., 15°05'E.) is a large and
open bay which is entered between Capo Calava and Capo di
Milazzo, 15.5 miles ENE. Its shores are mostly steep-to.
15.36 Capo Calava (38°11'N., 14°55'E.), high and rugged, is steep
on its N and E sides. Several rocks lie close off the E side of the
cape and a sandy beach fronts the W side.
15.36 San Giorgio, a village, is situated 1.7 miles SE of the cape
and stands near the mouth of a small stream. A large red building
and a church are situated in this village and are prominent.
15.36 The town of Patti stands in a green valley at the head of the
gulf. A large church, with a prominent bell tower, stands in the
town. The village of Marina di Patti stands on the shore of the
gulf, close N of Patti. A red building, with a tall chimney,
stands near the W end of this village. A large battlement building
is situated close E of the red building.
15.36 Capo Tindari (38°09'N., 15°03'E.) is 279m high and steep
with vertical cliffs on its E side. A red church, with two pointed
bell towers, stands on the summit of this cape. It is prominent
from the E, but cannot be seen from W.
15.36 Secca di Tindari, a shifting sand bank, fringes the cape. Pietra
di Patti, a brown rock, is 14m high and lies 2.7 miles W of
the cape. A low rock lies close E of this brown rock.
15.36 Falcone, a village, stands near the beach, 1 mile ESE of Oliveri.
A factory, with a tall chimney, and a red-roofed church,
with a pointed bell tower, stand in the village and are prominent.
Porto Rosa, a small harbor, lies 1.7 miles E of Falcone
and is protected by inner and outer breakwaters.
15.36 Oliveri, a small village, is situated 2 miles SSE of Capo Tindari
and is partially hidden by a railroad embankment. Its redroofed
houses are prominent and a castle, partly hidden by
trees, stands on a mound at the SW end of the village. A fish
factory, with two tall chimneys, is situated on the beach in front
of the village.
15.36 Barcellona, a village, is situated 1 mile inland, 7 miles E of
Falcone. It stands among some citrus groves and can be easily
identified by the large church with has a prominent dome and a
peaked bell tower. Small vessels can anchor about 0.2 mile off
the coast near this village.
15.36 Caution.—Due to the existence of submarine cables, an anchoring
and fishing prohibited area, which may best be seen on
the chart, extends up to 3 miles ESE of Capo Calava.
15.37 Capo Milazzo (38°16'N., 15°14'E.) is the rocky N extremity
of a low and narrow peninsula. This peninsula is fronted
by rocks and shoals and is covered with olive trees. It
appears as an island when seen from the W or E. Monte Trinita,
135m high and surmounted by a church and a tower, stands
on the W side of the peninsula, 1 mile S of its extremity. The N
part of the E side of the peninsula is high and steep. Capo di
Milazzo Light is shown from a prominent white tower, 10m
Pub. 131
high, standing on the cape.
15.37 A red building, surmounted by a turret, and a flagstaff are
situated close E of the light.
15.37 The coast between Capo Milazzo and Capo Peloro, 20 miles
E, is low, sandy, and cultivated.
15.37 Caution.—Winds and stormy weather from the SE, which
last from 3 to 6 days, often prevail in the vicinity of Capo Milazzo.
15.37 Due to the existence of submarine cables, an anchoring and
fishing prohibited area, which may best be seen on the chart,
extends seaward from E of the Capo Milazzo peninsula.
Milazzo (38°13'N., 15°15'E.)
World Port Index No. 40110
15.38 The port of Milazzo lies at the base of the Capo Milazzo
peninsula. It has a basin, protected by two moles, and facilities
for tankers and LPG vessels.
Port of Milazzo Home Page
http://www.porto.messina.it
15.38 Winds—Weather.—In summer, strong ESE winds sometimes
interfere with vessels moored at the port. Winds from the
NE, usually of a short duration, sometimes endanger vessels in
the anchorage.
15.38 Depths—Limitations.—The main cargo facilities include
Molo Ludovico, 340m long, with a depth of 6.7m alongside,
and Pontile Eolie, 65m long, with a depth of 7m alongside.
Both of these quays handle general cargo.
15.38 There are three offshore tanker and LPG jetties situated close
ESE of the harbor basin. These have a total of ten berths, with
alongside depths of 6.1 to 25.3m, and can accommodate tankers
up to 350,000 dwt.
15.38 Aspect.—Milazzo is divided into an old and a new city. The
old city stands on the slope which descends from a prominent
citadel. A disused church, with a conspicuous dome, stands
within the walls of the citadel. A large two-story building, with
a wide terrace, stands near the citadel and is prominent.
15.38 The new city is built on flat ground on the low isthmus that
joins the peninsula of Capo Milazzo to the main part of Sicilia.
A church, with a prominent silver dome, stands in the center of
the new city. A bell tower, with a red pointed roof, stands
alongside this church. A red chimney, 50m high and enclosed
in an iron framework, stands 0.5 mile S of the head of the N
mole. A large brick building stands near the root of the N mole.
15.38 Croce di Mare, a group of rocks up to 1.3m high, lie close to
the coast, 1 mile N of the N mole. A small chapel stands on one
of these rocks.
15.38 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt.
Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12 or 16 and generally
board about 1.5 miles off the harbor. Vessels should send an
ETA at least 24 hours in advance of arrival.
15.38 Regulations.— All vessels entering or leaving the port must
proceed with caution and are prohibited from exceeding 5
knots, crossing the harbor entrance in any direction simultaneously
with other vessels, or from using ships whistle or siren
except in cases to prevent collisions.

Sector 15. Italy—Sicilia (Sicily) and Stretto di Messina 313
15.38 Vessels must have visibility of the port basin or outer harbor
so as not to impede vessels entering or departing the harbor.
Departing ships have precedence over arriving vessels but are
prohibited from getting underway when other vessels are inbound.
15.38 Within a 0.5 mile radius of the harbor entrance, rowboats,
sailboats, mechanically-powered fishing boats or pleasure craft
must keep clear of other vessels entering or departing the harbor.
15.38 Fishing of any kind, including recreational fishing, is prohibited
within a 0.5 mile radius of the harbor entrance.
15.38 A Maritime Monitoring Service is established in Milazzo.
The service provides information about port regulations and
activities, local weather conditions, loading information from
local agents, and charging regulations. The service (call sign:
Milazzo Ships Information Service) can be contacted on VHF
channel 10 or 16.
15.38 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 29m,
mud, about 300m E of the head of the N mole. However, this
anchorage is exposed to NE and E winds. Small vessels can anchor
within the harbor.
15.38 Vessels over 1,000 grt are required to contact the pilot station
and anchor in one of the six designated offshore berths.
15.38 Anchorage is prohibited within 0.75 mileESE of the harbor
entrance.
15.38 Caution.—A submarine cable, not charted, lies between the
head of the N mole and Croce di Mare, described above.
15.38 The quayed sections of the moles and the berths on the W
side of the harbor have underwater projections that extend up
to 18m from them in places.
15.38 A navigation, stopping, and fishing prohibited area lies in the
vicinity of the offshore oil jetties and may best be seen on the
chart.
15.39 Spadafora (38°13'N., 15°23'E.), a town, is situated 6
miles E of Milazzo and can easily be identified by two tall
chimneys. A high building, with a red roof and surrounded by a
wall, stands on the beach, close W of the town.
15.39 Rometta, a village, is situated 1.8 miles ENE of Spadafora
and can easily be identified by its factories and by the reddish
crags of the hills in the background. A church, with a red roof
and a small pointed bell tower, stands in the village. A large
building, with two tall chimneys, also stands in this vicinity. A
long and low reddish-colored building is situated in the W part
of the village.
15.39 Fiumara Saponara flows into the sea, close E of Rometta. A
prominent bridge, with many arches, spans this river, close
within its mouth.
15.39 Gesso, a town, stands on a hill, 265m high. It is situated 1.5
miles inland, 2 miles E of the mouth of the river. A large
church, with a bell tower, dominates this town.
15.39 Capo Rasocolmo (38°18'N., 15°32'E.) is the termination of
a cultivated tableland which descends in a steep and rocky
slope. A sandy beach stretches along the foot of the cape. A
light is shown from a dwelling, 13m high, standing on the
cape.
15.39 A church, with a spired belfry, stands close SE of the light.
15.39 Between Capo Rasocolmo and Capo Peloro, 6.5 miles ESE,
the coast is fronted by a sandy beach and backed by hills.
15.39 Caution.—A historic wreck lies 0.6 mile W of Capo Raso-
colmo. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in the vicinity of
the wreck.
15.40 Capo Peloro (38°16'N., 15°39'E.), the NE extremity
of Sicilia, is low and sandy. A prominent fortress, topped by a
turret and a signal mast, stands on the E side of the cape. Torre
Faro, a village, stands on the S side of the cape and can be
identified by its prominent church with a pointed bell tower. A
light and an auxiliary light are shown from a conspicuous
white octagonal tower with black bands on a white building,
37m high, standing on the cape. A racon is situated at the light.
15.40 Secca Rasocolmo, an extensive shoal, fronts the shore between
Capo Rasocolmo and Capo Peloro. It has depths of less
than 11m and extends up to 1.3 miles offshore in places. When
the sea is calm, numerous fishing boats, with drift nets, may be
seen near this shoal.
15.40 A disused light tower, 39m high, stands on Punta Mazzone,
which is located 0.5 mile WNW of the E end of the cape. The
E end of Capo Peloro is low, but the hills that back the N coast
of the island commence 1 mile W of it.
15.40 The cape is subject to erosion and shoal ground extends up to
about 0.2 mile NE and 0.3 mile E of it. Vessels should pass at
least 0.5 mile off when entering the Stretto di Messina.
15.40 Caution.—Several submarine gas pipelines, which extend
across the N end of the Stretto di Messina, are landed on the
coast, about 2 miles W of Capo Peloro. These pipelines may
best be seen on the chart.
15.40 An anchoring and fishing prohibited area, the limits of which
are shown on the chart, lies in the vicinity of these pipelines
and extends across the strait.
15.40 A historic wreck lies about 0.5 mile off the coast in position
38°16'33.6''N, 15°37'30.0''E. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited
within 250m of the wreck.
15.40 An additional historic wreck lies in position 38°16.5'N,
15°38.9'E. A restricted area, with a radius of 0.11 mile, is centered
on the wreck. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in this
area.
Stretto di Messina—Sicilia—East Coast
15.41 Stretto di Messina (38°12'N., 15°36'E.) connects the
Tyrrhenian Sea to the N with the Ionian Sea to the S. Its W side
is formed by the N part of the E coast of Sicilia. The Italian
government has announced plans to construct a suspension
bridge across the straits. This project could take three to five
years to complete.
15.41 Caution.—In winter, N and NE winds prevail in the strait
and are especially violent when the mountains in S part of Italy
are snow-covered. Gales from the S and SE often occur and
clash with the above winds, producing heavy and confused
seas. In March, strong W or WSW winds prevail and these usually
begin in the form of very violent squalls. During June, E
and SW winds sometimes clash in the strait and violent squalls
occur when either predominate.
15.41 Violent squalls, which come down from the valleys of the
mountains on either side of the strait, occur frequently.
15.41 Strong currents, eddies, and whirlpools are found throughout
the Stretto di Messena.
15.41 Fishing by nets is carried out to a considerable extent along
the shores on either side of the strait.
Pub. 131

314 Sector 15. Italy—Sicilia (Sicily) and Stretto di Messina
15.41 Numerous ferries cross the strait and it is not unusual to see
five such vessels crossing simultaneously at speeds up to 22
knots.
15.41 For information concerning pilotage and regulations in Stretto
di Messina, see paragraph 13.77.
15.42 Capo Peloro (38°16'N., 15°39'E.), the NW entrance
point of Stretto di Messina, has been previously described in
paragraph 15.40.
15.42 Torre Faro, a village, stands on the S side of the cape, close
W of Punta Sottile. This village can easily be identified by its
prominent church with a pointed bell tower. Between this village
and Messina, the coast is formed by a steep-to sandy
beach. Ganzirri is situated 1.5 miles WSW of Torre Faro. A
church, with a red roof and a bell tower, stands on the W side
of this prominent village.
15.42 Pace (38°14'N., 15°35'E.), a village, is situated 4 miles SW
of Capo Peloro. It is marked by a prominent cylindrical building
which has a colonnade at the base and a green hemispherical
dome. Fiumara dell Annunziata, a small stream, enters the
sea 1.5 miles SSW of this village. A prominent convent stands
on the S side of the mouth of the stream.
15.42 Small vessels can anchor, in a depth of 11m, sand, off the
village of Ganzirri. This anchorage is exposed to strong SE and
SSE winds which raise a heavy sea. Small vessels can also anchor,
in depths of 20 to 29m, sand, NE of the building with the
green dome in Pace. Care must be taken to avoid two groups of
rocks, with depths of 4m, which lie close offshore in this vicinity.
These anchorages are open roadsteads and cannot be considered
as safe during periods of inclement weather.
15.43 Ancoraggio di Paradiso (38°13'N., 15°34'E.), a
Pub. 131
Capo Peloro Light
roadstead, lies 1 mile S of Pace and 1.6 miles N of the entrance
of the port of Messina. Vessels can anchor, in depths of 50 to
70m, good holding ground, as charted offshore. Anchor berths
are designated in this area. The charted berth SW is designated
Bravo. The two berths to the NE of the anchorage and fishing
prohibited area offshore are designated Berth Delta and Berth
Echo, from closest to the area to the NE. Berth Charlie is not
available due to the presence of a wreck. The outer part of this
anchorage is exposed to the full force of the tidal currents.
Messina (38°12'N., 15°34'E.)
World Port Index No. 40100
15.44 The port of Messina lies between the E coast of Sicilia
and an encircling peninsula named Braccio di San Raineri
which curves NE, N, and W. It connects Sicilia to the Italian
mainland and is used by several ferries.
Port of Messina Home Page
http://www.porto.messina.it
15.44 Winds—Weather.—The harbor is open to the N, and strong
N and NE winds cause a swell to occur within it. The harbor is
protected from winds from other directions.
15.44 Tides—Currents.—The tidal current setting N at springs
raises a heavy sea off the E side of the encircling peninsula. At
such times, vessels approaching the harbor from the S should
give the E side of the peninsula a wide berth.
15.44 Depth—Limitations.—There is deep water in the harbor
and 550m of total berthing space, with depths of 7.6 to 9.2m

Sector 15. Italy—Sicilia (Sicily) and Stretto di Messina 315
alongside. Large passenger vessels up to 300m in length and
10m draft can enter the harbor. Tankers up to 100m in length
and 8.2m draft can be accommodated alongside.
15.44 There are extensive repair facilities, with two drydocks and
two floating docks. The largest drydock is capable of handling
vessels up to 200,000 dwt.
15.44 A berth, consisting of eight dolphins and joined to the shore,
is situated 0.2 mile SW of Punta San Raineri.
15.44 Aspect.—An octagonal column, topped by a large statue and
illuminated at night by green floodlights, stands on Forte San
Salvatore at the W end of the encircling peninsula. The Meteorological
Observatory, consisting of a building with a turret and
a high reddish iron trellis, is situated 0.5 mile WNW of the
above column. The Mausoleum of the War Dead, which has a
very prominent dome, stands 0.5 mile W of the same column; a
conspicuous cross, 122m high, surmounts the dome.
15.44 Other prominent objects in the town include the tower and
spire of the cathedral standing 0.5 mile SSW of the column and
a chimney standing 0.5 mile S of the column.
15.44 Forte Castellaccio, situated 1 mile W of Forte San Salvatore,
is prominent from seaward.
15.44 A light is shown from a prominent tower, 42m high, standing
on Punta San Raineri, the E extremity of the encircling peninsula.
Several oil tanks are situated near the light.
15.44 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of 15,000
gross tons and over and for vessels of 6,000 gross tons and over
and less than 50,000 gross tons carrying oil.
15.44 Vessels should contact pilots on VHF channel 12 at least 2
hours prior to arrival. Pilots generally board about 1.5 miles N
of Punta San Raineri and are available 24 hours.
15.44 Technical difficulties require vessels to contact the pilots at
the following e-mail address until further notice:
pilotime@tin.it
15.44 Pilots are also available for the passage through the Stretto di
Messina. Vessels must request pilot services at least 24 hours
prior to arrival. Pilots for southbound vessels board in position
38°18.2'N, 15°40.6'E. Pilots for the northbound vessels board
in position 38°08.9'N, 15°36.6'E.
15.44 Vessels exempt from compulsory pilotage include vessels
less than 500 gross tons, naval or military craft, and ferry boat
lines operating at usual terminals.
15.44 During special traffic situations or marine weather, if necessary,
the marine authority can demand a pilot be on board.
15.44 Regulations.—The simultaneous passage or the crossing of
two or more vessels across the entrance of the port is forbidden.
15.44 All vessels entering or leaving port must not exceed a speed
of 7 knots. The limit is in effect within a 0.5 mile radius of the
port entrance.
15.44 Priority for entry is established by vessel arrival at a point
0.5 mile from the entrance. Vessels must keep one another advised
of intentions on VHF channel 16.
15.44 Naval vessels have precedence over all merchant vessels
both in entering and leaving the port.
15.44 Merchant vessels leaving the port have precedence over
those entering. Ferries have precedence over all other merchant
vessels.
15.44 National Railway ships transporting trains have the right-of-
way over other ships should they arrive at the harbor at the
same time.
15.44 A continuous listening watch on VHF channel 16 is required
for all ships in harbor.
15.44 Vessels may not enter the harbor until a quayside berth is allocated.
15.44 Vessels are not allowed to swing at anchor in the harbor.
15.44 Entry into and departure from the port by vessels heading to
Slipway No. 1, Slipway No. 2, and Slipway No. 5 is prohibited
when Slipway No. 1 is in use.
15.44 Caution.—An area within the harbor is used as a seaplane
landing area.
15.44 An area in the NE part of the harbor is restricted to only naval
vessels.
15.44 Anchoring, fishing, and underwater activities are prohibited
in the approaches to and within the port.
15.44 An area N of the port near the village of Porticatello contains
an anchoring and fishing prohibited area best seen on the chart.
15.44 There are numerous wrecks within the harbor which are best
seen on the chart.
15.44 Works are reported in progress (2009) in the vicinity of
Banchina 1 Septembre.
15.45 Capo Scaletta (38°03'N., 15°29'E.) is located 9 miles
SSW of Punta San Raineri. The coast between consists of a
narrow sandy beach backed by a mountain range. Monte Antennamare,
1,124m high, stands 5.5 miles WSW of Punta San
Raineri and is prominent. It has a flat summit, but from certain
directions it appears conical.
15.45 Fuimara di San Filippo, a stream with a wide white bed, enters
the sea, 3 miles SW of Punta San Raineri. A church, with a
bell tower, stands on the SW side of the mouth of this stream.
15.45 Galati
Marina, a village, is situated 2.9 miles SSW of the
mouth of Fuimara di San Filippo. It can be easily identified by
a church with a red roof and a low bell tower. Fiumara di San
Stefano flows in to the sea, 0.5 mile S of this village. Its mouth
is crossed by a prominent bridge with three spans.
15.45 A large and conspicuous two-story building stands on a hill,
1.5 miles S of the mouth of the river.
15.45 San
Paolo, a village, is situated 0.5 mile S of the large build-
ing and stands on the S side of the mouth of Fiumara di Pezzolo.
A prominent building, with two turrets, stands on a hill in
the back of this village. A small church, with a bell tower, is
situated in the village.
15.45 Capo
Scaletta can be identified by the village of Scaletta Su-
periore, which stands at a rather high elevation on its SW side.
A large tower is situated in this village. Monte Scuderi, 1,253m
high, stands 3.5 miles WNW of the cape and is prominent. The
summit appears rounded from the N or S, but from the E it appears
to have a trapezoidal shape.
15.45 Between
Capo Scaletta, the SW entrance point of Stretto di
Messina, and Capo di Ali, 3 miles SW, the coast is rocky,
steep-to, and clear of dangers.
Sicilia—East Coast
15.46 Capo di Ali (38°01'N., 15°26'E.) is a conspicuous
headland of light color and its sides are cut by crevices. The
cape is fronted by rocks and backed by mountains. The coastal
highway passes near the cape and is conspicuous from sea-
Pub. 131

316 Sector 15. Italy—Sicilia (Sicily) and Stretto di Messina
ward. Monte Belvedere, 743m high, stands 3 miles WSW of
the cape. The dark ruins of a castle surmount the summit of this
mountain.
15.46 Between Capo d’Ali and Capo Santo Alessio, 8 miles SW,
the coast is fronted by a sandy beach along which is situated an
almost continuous line of villages.
15.46 Capo
Santo Alessio is rugged, steep, and surmounted by an
old fort. From the N, the cape appears to slope regularly towards
the sea, and some light-colored streaks are located near
its extremity. From the E, the cape appears to be faced with
rock cliffs on its S side.
15.46 Fiumara d’ Agro enters the sea, 1 mile NW of the cape.
Squalls from the W and SW frequently blow down from the
valley of this river.
15.46 Capo San Andre is located 4.5 miles SW of Capo Santo
Alessio. This cape is the E extremity of a promontory and a
long and low building stands on it.
15.46 Between
Capo di San Andrea and Capo di Taormina, 0.8
mile SW, is a small bay which is divided into two parts by Isola
Bella, an islet. This islet is prominent and is connected to the
shore by a shoal flat.
15.46 Rada
di Taormina is entered between Capo di Taormina and
Capo Schiso, 1.7 miles SW. This bay is fully exposed to SE
winds. Capo di Taormina is surmounted by a five-story building
and Scoglio Agonia, a rocky islet, lies close SE of it. This
Pub. 131
Capo Santo Alessio bearing NW
Capo di Taormina bearing NW
islet is 18m high and a white cross stands on its highest point.
The cape is fronted by cliffs and fringed with rocks.
15.46 The shores of the bay consist of a steep beach of coarse
gravel. Castello Schiso, a conspicuous castle surmounted by a
tower, stands on the N part of a promontory of which Capo
Schiso is the E extremity. A conspicuous two-story hotel is
situated near the castle. A mole extends about 300m from the
cape and is used by yachts. Naxos, a small craft harbor, lies at
the SE corner of the bay near the castle and is formed by
moles. Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 gross tons.
Military, fishing, and local vessels are exempt. Vessels can
anchor, in depths of 15 to 20m, sand, good holding ground,
about 0.5 mile WSW of Scoglio Agonia. Another anchorage,
with similar depths, lies in the S part of the bay and about 0.4
mile N of Capo Schiso. These anchorages are fully exposed to
E and SE winds. Local knowledge is required.
15.47 Giardini (37°50'N., 15°16'E.) is situated on the W
shore of the bay, 1 mile WSW of the Capo di Taormina. This
town can be identified by a prominent church, with a green
roof and a green spire, which stands near the shore, 0.8 mile
NNW of Capo Schiso.
15.47 Capo Schiso (37°49'N., 15°17'E.), the S entrance point of
the bay, is low, black, and is the extremity of one of the oldest
and longest streams of lava erupted by Monte Etna. A light is

Sector 15. Italy—Sicilia (Sicily) and Stretto di Messina 317
shown from the end of rocks on the N side of the cape.
15.47 Between Capo Schiso and Riposto, 6 miles SW, the coast is
formed by a shingle beach, backed by woods.
15.47 Caution.—In the summer, nocturnal fishing is carried out
with nets in the sea area between Capo Schiso and Capo Murro
di Porco, 50 miles S. These nets may be placed up to 30 miles
from the coast, with a length of white lights marking the surface.
Particular attention should be paid to the presence of
small vessels, which are difficult to see against the illuminated
background of the net markings.
15.47 An outfall is located 1.2 miles SW of Capo Schiso.
15.48 Monte Etna (37°45'N., 15°00'E.) is a conspicuous
and truncated, volcanic mountain, 3,274m high. Like all volcanoes,
its elevation varies from time to time. The volcano rises
directly from the sea on its E side, down which flow several
streams of lava. The regular slope of the volcano is broken by
many secondary cones which are formed along the fissures of
the lateral eruptions. The hot vapors discharged and the heat of
the rocks prevent the summit from being perpetually covered
with snow.
15.48 Monte
Etna dominates the coast and is visible from a great
distance. An observatory, with a dome, stands at a height of
2,932m on a level plain, 0.5 mile from the S rim of the crater.
15.48 Riposto (37°44'N., 15°13'E.), a small harbor, is formed by
two breakwaters. The town can be identified by its cathedral
with a prominent dome, and by its customs house which is surmounted
by a tower on the SE corner. A light is shown from a
structure, 10m high, standing on Punta del Chiancore, at the S
end of the town.
Riposto Light
15.48 The harbor can be contacted on VHF channel 14, 16, or 68.
15.48 There are no pilots, tugs, or berthing assistance available.
Services may be obtained from Catania in an emergency.
15.48 A quay situated on the inner face of the outer breakwater has
280m of berthing space with depths of 3.8 to 8m alongside.
Vessels up to 75m in length and 7m draft can be handled.
15.48 Small vessels can anchor, in depths of 3 to 10m, in the center
of the harbor. Larger vessels can anchor off the harbor in convenient
depths. Local knowledge is required. The harbor and
the outer anchorage are exposed to E winds and heavy seas roll
in at such times. It has been reported (2001) that extensive construction
is in progress in the harbor and that the entrance is
closed.
15.49 Pozzillo (37°39'N., 15°12'E.), a town, stands on the N
side of a low, dark, and prominent projection which is fronted
by rocks. A church, with a prominent bell tower, is situated in
the center of this town. Several villages stand along the coast to
the N and S of the town.
15.49 Santa Tecla (38°38'N., 15°11'E.), a village, stands on a rather
high projection, 1.5 miles SSW of Pozzillo. A dark-colored
tower stands close N of the village and is conspicuous. A small
boat harbor, protected by a breakwater, fronts the shore near
the village. To the S of the village, the coast becomes high and
consists of mainly cliffs of black lava.
15.49 Santa Marie La Scala, a small fishing harbor, lies 1 mile S of
Santa Tecla. A prominent bell tower is situated near the harbor.
15.49 Two small shoals, with depths of 2.7m and 5m, lie close together
about 0.2 mile offshore, 0.7 mile S of Santa Marie La
Scala.
15.49 Capo Molini (37°35'N., 15°11'E.) is formed of lava. From
seaward, it appears as a black wall dominated by hills which
are covered with fruit groves and orchards. Capo Molini Light
is shown from a prominent white hut on a white building, 20m
high, standing on the NE side of the cape.
15.49 Aci Trezza, a small fishing village, is situated 1 mile SSW of
Capo Molini. This village can be identified by its red houses
and by a prominent small church. A small fishing harbor, protected
by breakwaters, fronts the village.
15.49 Caution.—A marine nature reserve extends up to 1 mile offshore
from close S of Capo Molini to a point on the coast 2.5
miles SW of Capo Molin.
15.50 Iso Ciclopi (37°34'N., 15°10'E.), a group of four basaltic
rocks, lies close SE of Aci Trezza. These rocks are of a
prismatic columnar formation and are very prominent, being a
darker color than the land behind them. Isola di Aci, the largest
and N rock, lies 0.2 mile offshore and is surmounted by a
building with a tower. Isola Faraglione, 43m high, lies close S
of the above rock.
15.50 Aci
Capo Molini Light bearing NW
Castello, a village, stands close to the beach, 1 mile SW
of Aci Trezza. A prominent cliff, surmounted by some ruins,
juts out in front of this village. During offshore winds, temporary
anchorage can be obtained, in depths of 20 to 29m, off Aci
Castello, but local knowledge is required.
15.50 Between Aci Castello and Catania, 4 miles SW, the coast
consists of lava cliffs fringed with rocks. Porto Ulisse (Ogni-
Pub. 131

318 Sector 15. Italy—Sicilia (Sicily) and Stretto di Messina
na), a small fishing harbor protected by moles, lies on the S
shore of a small creek, 2 miles SW of Aci Castello. A village is
situated near the harbor and a prominent chimney stands 0.3
mile S of it.
15.50 Caution.—The waters in the vicinity of Iso Ciclopi have
been declared a marine nature reserve; special regulations apply.
Catania (37°30'N., 15°06'E.)
World Port Index No. 40270
15.51 The port of Catania lies in the NW corner of Golfo di
Catania. The harbor is protected by breakwaters and divided
into two basins. The city stands on the edge of a plain and has
often been partially destroyed by the eruptions of Mount Etna,
the last being in 1669 when lava reached the sea.
15.51 Winds—Weather.—Winds from the SE cause a considerable
swell in the harbor. Violent storms from seaward sometimes
cause a considerable disturbance of the waters in the
harbor.
15.51 Tides—Currents.—The currents are weak and usually follow
the direction of the wind. However, strong currents have
been reported in the harbor entrance.
15.51 Depths—Limitations.—Molo di Levante, the outer breakwater,
extends 1 mile S and forms an entrance about 200m
wide. There are depths of 10.3 to 12.1m in the entrance, but
this depth can vary due to the effect of the swells.
15.51 Molo Mezzogiorno, the oil berth, has 361m of total berthing
space, with depths of 7.9 to 9.3m alongside.
15.51 Porto Peschereccio has 861m of total berthing space, with
depths of 5.5 to 9m alongside.
15.51 Molo Centrale has 1,325m of total berthing space, with
depths of 5.5 to 9.1m alongside.
15.51 Molo di Levante has 290m of total berthing space, with
depths of 4.9 to 6.3m alongside.
15.51 There are facilities for bulk, ro-ro, container, and tank vessels,
as well as ferries. Vessels up to 9.1m draft can be accommodated
and there are no restrictions with regard to length or
breadth.
15.51 Aspect.—Monte Etna is the dominating feature in the approach
to the port. Several domes are visible above the city, the
most conspicuous of which include the dome of the Astronomical
Observatory cupola; the dome of Piazza del Duoma, in the
center of the E part of the city; and the dome of the cathedral in
the middle of the city.
15.51 Casa del Sole is situated 1 mile SW of the head of Molo di
Levante. This prominent building is a gray-green color with a
turret and two pavilions standing N and S of it. A conspicuous
factory, with a high chimney, stands in this vicinity and is enclosed
by a red fence. Several prominent silos stand in the vicinity
of the harbor.
15.51 A light is shown from a structure, 28m high, standing 0.7
mile W of the head of Molo di Levante.
15.51 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 500
Pub. 131
Port of Catania Home Page
http://www.porto.catania.it
grt. Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12, 14, or 16 and
board 1.25 miles SE of the head of Molo di Levante, at the
junction of the precautionary area and the separation zone.
Vessels should send their ETA 72 hours in advance.
15.51 Regulations.—A Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) is established
in the approaches to Catania. It consists of inbound and
outbound traffic lanes and a circular precautionary area with a
radius of 1 mile centered on position 37°28.7'N, 15°05.7'E.
The scheme is not IMO-adopted. The principles for use of the
scheme, as defined in COLREGS (1972), apply.
15.51 The maximum speed allowed in the precautionary area is 9
knots. When entering the basin, speed must be reduced to no
more than 6 knots.
15.51 Vessels must maintain an interval of at least 0.8 mile from
the vessel ahead.
15.51 All vessels over 300 gross tons, fishing vessels with a length
of 24m or more, leisure vessels with a loa of 45m or more ,and
vessels of any tonnage with dangerous cargo on board are advised
to approach the port on a W heading and at a speed of no
more than 15 knots.
15.51 Anchorage.—Small vessels can anchor close S, but clear of
the harbor entrance. Four designated anchor berths have been
established E of Molo di Levante.
15.51 Caution.—An anchoring and trawling prohibited area,
which may best be seen on the chart, lies close S of the harbor
entrance and extends up to 12 miles seaward.
15.51 Less depths than charted are reported to lie close off the S
side of Molo Mezzogiorno.
15.51 It is reported that entering the harbor during SE gales can be
dangerous.
15.51 A wreck, with least depth 9m, lies close SW of the light at
the head of the E breakwater.
15.51 Work is in progress (2004) to extend Molo di Levante to create
a cruise ship terminal.
15.52 Bruccoli (37°17'N., 15°11'E.), a village, stands on the
SW side of a small and steep-sided cove, 13 miles SSE of Catania.
An ancient castle, with four towers, is situated close N of
the village and a prominent lime kiln stands 0.2 mile W of it.
Fishing boats and small craft use the cove. A light is shown
from a structure, 12m high, standing close N of the castle.
15.52 Between Catania and Bruccoli, the coast consists of a stretch
of sandy beach.
15.52 Capo Campolato, low and flat, is located 0.9 mile NE of
Bruccoli and is the S entrance point of Golfo di Catania. This
cape has projections of whitish rock and uneven sides. It rises
vertically above the sea and is fringed with rocks.
15.52 Vessels can anchor, in depths of 11m to 14m, close off the
SW corner of Golfo di Catania. However, this roadstead is fully
exposed to N and E winds. Anchorage, sheltered from all but N
winds, can also be taken, in a depth of 18m, rock and weed,
about 500m NE of the castle at Bruccoli.
15.52 Between Capo Campolato and Capo Santa Croce, 4.5 miles
SE, the coast is rocky and jagged.
15.52 Capo Santa Croce (37°15'N., 15°15'E.) is low, rocky, and
surmounted by several buildings. Rocks front this cape and extend
up to about 300m offshore. A light is shown from a prominent
white round tower, 27m high, standing on the cape.
15.52 Between Capo Santa Croce and Capo Santa Panagia, 8.5
miles SSE, there is a large bight which is divided into two parts

Sector 15. Italy—Sicilia (Sicily) and Stretto di Messina 319
by Penisola Magnisi. The N part of the bight is known as Baia
di Augusta and the S part as Baia di Santa Panagia. Several
large and conspicuous oil refineries stand on the W side of Baia
di Augusta.
Augusta (37°13'N., 15°14'E.)
World Port Index No. 40250
15.53 The extensive port of Augusta lies in the NW part of
Baia di Augusta and is divided into three parts, namely Porto
Xifonio, Porto Megarese, and Seno del Priolo.
Port of Augusta Home Page
http://www.portoaugusta.it
15.53 Winds—Weather.—Winds from the NE and SE, of lasting
duration, prevail. These winds are weak in summer and strong
in winter. Winds from the W also prevail during the winter
months. Fresh WSW winds produce a heavy sea and may be
dangerous to vessels in the roadstead.
15.53 Depths—Limitations.—The N breakwater extends 1.1
miles SSE from the S end of Isolotto di Augusta. The S breakwater
extends 0.6 mile ENE from the SW side of the bay. A detached
breakwater, 1.4 miles long, extends between the heads
of the N and S breakwaters and forms two entrances. Passo di
Levante, the main entrance, leads N of the N end of the detached
breakwater into Porto Megarese and has a depth of 37m.
15.53 Porto Megarese is the central part of the port and lies W of
the breakwaters and Isolotto di Augusta. An extensive area,
close inside the main entrance, is dredged to a depth of 21.8m,
although caution is necessary as depths of from 11.5 to 20.7m,
which are best seen on the chart, are located within the limits
of the dredged area.
15.53 Porto Xifonio, an inlet, lies outside the main harbor and NE
of Isolotto di Augusta.
15.53 Seno del Priolo, a bight, lies in the S part of the bay and is
fringed by a shoal bank with depths of less than 10m extending
up to 0.6 mile offshore.
15.53 A new ro-ro terminal is situated in the NW part of the main
harbor, 1 mile W of the N end of Isolotto di Augusta. It has
761m of total berthing space, with a depth of 12m alongside,
and a jetty, 738m long, with depths up to 12.2m alongside the
outer end. Vessels up to 10.8m draft can be accommodated.
15.53 Macet Jetty is situated in the NE part of the main harbor,
NNW of the N end of Isolotto di Augusta. It has depths up to
8.5m alongside and can accommodate vessels up to 25,000
dwt, stern-to.
15.53 Enichem Augusta, situated S of the ro-ro terminal, is used
for loading and discharging chemical products. The N jetty has
a depth of 5.4m alongside and can accommodate vessels up to
3,000 dwt. The S jetty has a depth of 9.1m alongside and can
accommodate vessels up to 30,000 dwt. A platform, situated
close SE of the S jetty, has a depth of 6.4m alongside and can
handle vessels up to 5,000 dwt, moored stern-to.
15.53 Pontile Consortile extends 0.4 mile SE from the reclaimed
land, 0.4 mile S of Enichem Augusta. It has dredged depths of
5.8m alongside the inner half and 13.3m alongside the outer
half.
15.53 Pontile Esso No. 1 extends 1,050m from the shore, 0.5 mile
SSW of Pontile Consortile. The berths at the head have depths
of 11.3m alongside, and vessels up to 38,000 dwt and 250m in
length can be accommodated.
15.53 Pontile Esso No. 2, situated close S of Pontile Esso No. 1,
extends 1,150m from the shore and has four berths with depths
of 7.9 to 16.4m alongside. Vessels up to 140,000 dwt and 297m
in length can be accommodated.
15.53 A pier, supporting a sea water intake, extends from the shore
close S of Pontile Esso No. 2.
15.53 Unicem Pier, which is used to handle bulk cement, extends
640m from shore, 0.9 mile S of Pontile Esso No. 2. It has a
depth of 7m alongside the berth.
15.53 Pontile Marina Militare, a naval pier, extends 0.2 mile NE
from the shore, 0.4 mile SE of the cement pier. It has depths up
to 11m alongside.
15.53 Pontile Superpetroliere, for deep-draft tankers, extends 0.6
mile ENE from the shore, close SSE of the naval pier. It has
depths of 12.2 to 20.4m alongside and can accommodate tankers
up to 450,000 dwt and 20.1m draft.
15.53 Liquids Pier is situated close SE of the root of Pontile Superpetroliere
and has depths of 12.9m alongside the N side and
11.4m alongside the S side.
15.53 The oil platform, situated close S of Liquids Pier, has a depth
of 10.1m alongside and can accommodate vessels up to 20,000
dwt, stern-to.
15.53 Other piers in this area have depths of 4 to 9.5m alongside
and can accommodate vessels up to 20,000 dwt.
15.53 Montecatini Pier, used for chemical products, is situated outside
the main harbor and close S of the S breakwater. It has
depths of 5.5 to 8.2m alongside and can accommodate vessels
up to 20,000 dwt.
15.53 VLCC tankers with drafts up to 21m have entered the harbor
and anchored within Porto Megarese.
15.53 Aspect.—The prominent city of Augusta is situated on Isolotto
di Augusta, which extends 1.2 miles S from the N shore
of the bay to which it is connected by bridges. A conspicuous
cathedral, with a bell tower, stands in the N part of the city.
However, due to the high buildings which have been constructed
around it, this cathedral is no longer a good landmark.
15.53 Torre Avolos, a tower, is 18m high and stands on a prominent
ancient fort situated on a small islet, 0.2 mile S of the S extremity
of Isolotto di Augusta. An iron framework mast, 37m high,
stands close S of the tower.
15.53 A prominent chimney, 70m high, stands 2.5 miles W of
Torre Avolos and another chimney, with a flare, stands close
ENE of it.
15.53 Forte Garzia and Forte Vittoria are situated on a shoal which
lies 0.7 mile W of the N end of Isolotto di Augusta. A prominent
framework mast, 27m high, stands on the latter fort. Punta
Pila is located 0.3 mile NNW of these forts and can be identified
by a prominent hangar, 74m high, standing 0.3 mile NW of
it.
15.53 Priolo, a prominent village, is situated 3.7 miles SSW of
Torre Avolos. The refinery standing close N of this village is
marked by numerous chimneys and flares.
15.53 A signal station is situated on the summit of a rocky hill,
187m high, standing 4.5 miles W of Capo Santa Panagia. It
serves as a prominent landmark for vessels approaching either
Augusta or Siracusa.
Pub. 131

320 Sector 15. Italy—Sicilia (Sicily) and Stretto di Messina
15.53 A racon is situated at the beacon which lies close W of the
head of the N breakwater.
15.53 A lighted range, which may best be seen on the chart, indicates
the entrance fairway through Passo di Levante. Disused
light structures stand close N of the existing entrance range and
should not be mistaken for it.
15.53 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 500
grt. Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12 and generally
board between 1 and 2 miles E of the harbor entrance. Large
vessels may be boarded about 3 miles E of the entrance.
15.53 Regulations.—Vessels should send an ETA 24 hours in advance
to the harbormaster at Augusta via telex. The message
should include the following information:
1. Request for a pilot.
2. Name of agent.
3. Reason for call.
4. Last port of call and sailing date.
5. Cargo details.
15.53 Vessels must also send the following information 12 hours
before entering Italian territorial waters:
1. Name and nationality.
2. Call sign.
3. GRT and dwt.
4. Length and draft.
5. ETA at pilot station.
6. Information relating to certificates (IMO, etc.).
7. Any mechanical defects, if applicable.
15.53 Vessels should then confirm their ETA 1 hour in advance of
arrival.
15.53 Regulations.—All vessels and boats, except naval craft, are
prohibited from approaching the military piers, military installations,
or any wrecks in the harbor.
15.53 Vessels are prohibited from stopping within a radius of 1
mile seaward of the entrance to Porto Megarese, or within 0.5
mile of the entrances when inside the harbor.
15.53 A vessel leaving the harbor has precedence over a vessel entering
the harbor. Vessels are prohibited from entering or leaving
the harbor at the same time.
15.53 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in depths of 16 to 27m,
mud, sand, and weed, anywhere in the middle part of Porto
Megarese. Porto Xifonio and Seno del Priolo offer protected
anchorage to small vessels. Vessels intending to remain at anchor
in Porto Megarese should moor clear of the entrance
range.
15.53 Caution.—Several red aircraft buoys are moored in the NW
part of Porto Megarese.
15.53 Vessels entering and leaving the harbor should stay close to
the entrance range.
15.53 Caution is necessary when entering the harbor in bad weather,
as seas sometimes break heavily over the breakwater.
15.53 Several anchoring and fishing prohibited areas lie within the
harbor and may best be seen on the chart.
15.53 Several prohibited areas lie in the NE part of the harbor and
may best be seen on the chart.
15.53 It is reported (1990) that the lights of the city and refineries
make identification of the navigational entry lights difficult.
15.53 An area approximately 1 mile square, used by seaplanes engaged
in firefighting operations, is centered 0.8 mile SE of Diga
Centrale. During firefighting operations when the area is
activated, approaching within 1 mile of the water collection ar-
Pub. 131
ea is prohibited.
15.54 Penisola Magnisi (37°09'N., 15°14'E.), less than 30m
high, is joined to the mainland by a narrow, sandy isthmus. A
large tower stands on the W side of this peninsula above the
isthmus. A light is shown from a tower, 6m high, standing on
the NE extremity of the peninsula.
15.54 Punta Magnisi (37°09'N., 15°15'E.), the SE extremity of
Penisola Magnisi, is steep-to on its S side. A T-head oil pier,
which can accommodate tankers up to 22,000 dwt, is situated
0.3 mile W of the point and has a depth of 11m alongside.
15.54 Caution.—A seawater intake is situated 0.7 mile SW of the
T-head pier and is marked by a light.
15.54 A submarine pipeline extends 0.9 mile ENE from the N end
of Penisola Magnisi. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in
its vicinity.
15.54 An anchoring and fishing prohibited area, the limits of which
are shown on the chart, lies centered 2 miles E of Punta Magnisi.
15.55 Baia di Santa Panagia (37°08'N., 15°16'E.), open to
the E and NE, indents the coast between Punta Magnisi and
Capo Santa Panagia, 3.2 miles SE. Cala Canaletto, the NW part
of this bay, has sandy shores. The shores of the bay to the S of
Cala Canaletto are fringed by rocks. Vessels can anchor, in
depths of 10 to 11m, sand and rock, moderately good holding
ground, in the middle of the outer part of Cala Canaletto.
15.56 Melilli Oil Terminal (37°07'N., 15°16'E.) (World
Port Index No. 40245) lies 2.3 miles SSE of Punta Magnisi in
the S part of Baia di Santa Panagia. It consists of a main pier
which extends 0.7 mile NE from shore and has five berths.
15.56 Depths—Limitations.—The five berths have depths of 18
to 74m alongside. One berth can accommodate LNG vessels
up to 3,000 dwt and 100m in length; three berths can accommodate
tankers of 30,000 to 250,000 dwt; and one berth can
accommodate vessels up to 400,000 dwt, 366m in length, and
23.7m draft.
15.56 Aspect.—Lighted ranges indicate the approaches to the
berths and may best be seen on the chart.
15.56 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels bound for
the oil terminal pier. Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel
14 and generally board vessels approaching from the S off Porto
di Siracusa. Vessels approaching from the N are boarded
about 1 mile E of Punta Magnisi. The pilots can be contacted
by e-mail, as follows:
piloti_augsira@libero.it
15.56 Vessels should send an ETA at least 24 hours in advance to
the harbormaster in Siracusa. Vessels berth during daytime
only and must arrange for a floating boom to be rigged all
around in order to prevent oil pollution.
15.56 Anchorage.—VLCCs can anchor, in depths of 54 to 56m,
sand, good holding ground, within an area centered about 1
mile NNE of the head of the pier.
15.57 Capo Santa Panagia (37°06'N., 15°18'E.), terminating
in steep sides, is the NE extremity of a hilly promontory,

Sector 15. Italy—Sicilia (Sicily) and Stretto di Messina 321
the sides of which slope gently to the sea. The coast of this
promontory is rocky. Between Capo Santa Panagia and Punta
Spuntone, 1.5 miles S, the coast is rocky and rather steep-to.
15.57 Punta Spuntone (37°05'N., 15°18'E.) can be identified by
its yellowish cliffs and by its numerous grottoes. Two latticework
masts, 59m high, stand on the cape.
15.57 Between
Punta Spuntone and Porto Marmorea (Porto Picco-
lo), 0.7 mile SSW, the coast is rocky and very irregular. Porto
Marmorea is a small harbor, with a depth of 3m, which is enclosed
by two breakwaters and protected by two outer breakwaters.
A prominent war memorial stands 0.4 mile W of the
harbor entrance. Two prominent towers stand on the S side of
the harbor, close SW of the root of the S breakwater.
Siracusa (37°03'N., 15°17'E.)
World Port Index No. 40240
15.58 The port of Siracusa, also known as Porto Grande,
consists of a large bay which is entered between the S end of
Isola Ortigia and Punta Castelluccio, 0.6 mile S. The commercial
facilities are situated in the NE part of the bay which forms
a natural harbor.
15.58 Winds—Weather.—Winds from the ENE and ESE prevail
during the winter. Winds from the SW and WSW sometimes
blow with violence and may endanger vessels alongside the
quays. Winds from the NE and E sometimes produce a swell
within the harbor.
15.58 Tides—Currents.—The tidal rise is negligible. Outside the
harbor, the currents along the coast are mostly weak and are influenced
by the winds.
15.58 The joining of the current from Fiume Anapo, which flows
out of the W shore of the harbor, with the current flowing out
from La Darsena, in the NE part, sometimes causes a considerable
current. This current follows the W side of Isola Ortigia
and discharges through the entrance. Its rate varies between 1
and 3 knots, depending upon whether the wind is favorable or
contrary.
15.58 Depths—Limitations.—The main commercial facilities include
Molo San Antonio, which extends from the N side of the
harbor and is used by general cargo, passenger, and ferry vessels.
It has 555m of total berthing space with depths of 6.1 to
8m alongside. The harbor also has 900m of berthing space,
with depths of 3.6 to 4.6m alongside, which is used by fishing
vessels, yachts, and small craft. Vessels up to 30,000 dwt and
8.3m have been handled.
15.58 Aspect.—The city of Siracusa is built on Isola Ortigia,
which extends 0.8 mile from the S part of Port Marmorea. La
Darsena is a narrow channel, spanned by bridges, which separates
Isola Ortigia from the mainland.
15.58 The E side of Isola Ortigia is fronted by rocks and Secca dei
Cani, awash, lies about 0.2 mile E of the middle of this side.
15.58 A light is shown from a prominent structure, 8m high, standing
on Punta Castelluccio which is fronted by rocks. A spit,
with a depth of 7m near its outer end, extends up to about 0.3
mile NW of the light. Secca Galera, with a least depth of 6m,
lies close W of the N end of this spit.
15.58 Castello Maniace, marked by a light, stands on a high rampart
at the S end of Isola Ortigia. This castle consists of a
square-based structure with a circular tower at each corner. A
monastery, topped by a dome, and a cathedral, decorated by
numerous statues, stand out prominently above the other buildings
of the city. Palazzo del Poste, a high structure with two
towers, stands near the N end of the city, and a high brick-colored
tower stands close N of it.
15.58 A prominent war memorial, consisting of a tall structure
with columns, stands 0.2 mile N of the root of Molo San Antonio.
The airport, with several hangars, is situated close W of
Molo San Antonio and is also prominent.
15.58 A lighted range, situated on the W shore of the harbor, indicates
the entrance fairway and may best be seen on the chart.
15.58 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt.
Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 14 and board about 1
mile NNE or 1 mile ESE of Castello Maniace Light. The pilots
can be contacted by e-mail, as follows:
piloti_augsira@libero.it
15.58 Regulations.—A prohibited area, reserved for aircraft, lies
in the NW part of the harbor and may best be seen on the chart.
A red flag is hoisted at the seaplane base when aircraft are
about to maneuver.
15.58 Anchorage.—The harbor can accommodate a large number
of vessels. Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 7 to 14m,
mud, but the holding ground is not good. The S part of the harbor
is deeper and the holding ground is better than in the N
part.
15.58 Caution.—Vessels approaching Siracusa from the N should
give Isola Ortigia a wide berth in order to clear Scoglio del
Cani.
15.58 It has been reported that the lights on motor vehicles, which
are proceeding along the main road to the W of the lighted
range, are intermittently obscured by foliage and can, at times,
be mistaken for the navigation lights.
15.58 Obstructions have been reported (1987) to lie in the vicinity
of Secca Galera.
15.58 An area of foul ground lies about 0.9 mile SSW of Castello
Maniace.
15.59 Capo Murro di Porco (37°00'N., 15°20'E.) is located
3 miles SE of Punta Castelluccio. The coast between is rocky
and steep. The cape consists of rocky and vertical cliffs, up to
15m high. A light is shown from a prominent structure, 20m
high, standing on the cape.
15.59 Baia di Ognina (37°00'N., 15°18'E.) is entered between Capo
Murro di Porco and Capo Ognina, 4 miles WSW. Capo Ognina
is faced with cliffs and surmounted by the inconspicuous
ruins of a tower. A tower, which is visible from the S, stands 1
mile WNW of these ruins.
15.59 The shores of the bay are rocky and there is a sandy cove in
its innermost part. The bay offers shelter from N and W winds,
but tunny nets are laid out annually within it. Anchorage can be
obtained, in a depth of 24m, good holding ground, mud and
sand, in the N part of the bay.
15.59 Caution.—Due to the existence of submarine cables, an anchoring
prohibited area, which can best be seen on the chart,
extends seaward from the S part of Baia di Ognina.
15.60 Punta del Cane (36°57'N., 15°13'E.) is located 2.7
Pub. 131

322 Sector 15. Italy—Sicilia (Sicily) and Stretto di Messina
miles WSW of Capo Ognina. The coast between is rocky and
somewhat irregular. A sandy beach lies near the point and a
small cove is entered close N of it. Several rocks, awash, lie
close inshore within 1 mile SW of the point.
15.60 Capo
Negro, located 2.5 miles SW of Punta del Cane, is low,
narrow, and surmounted by a small house. A shoal bank, with a
least depth of 49m, extends up to 0.5 mile SE of the cape and
the seas break over it in bad weather.
15.60 Avola,
a town, is situated on a wooded hill, 40m high, 2
miles WSW of Capo Negro. A tall chimney stands in the S part
of the town. A prominent dark-colored cathedral, which has a
square bell tower, stands in the center of the town.
15.60 Marina
di Avola, a small harbor, fronts the coast, close SE of
Avola. A fish processing plant, topped by a square chimney, is
situated near the harbor. The harbor is formed by a mole and is
only used by fishing boats and small craft with local knowledge.
Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 8 to 10m, about 0.4
mile off Marina di Avola. This is an open roadstead and can
only be used during offshore winds.
15.61 Punta Calabernado (36°52'N., 15°08'E.), a small
projection, is located 1.8 miles S of Marina di Avola. A small
inlet lies near the point and serves as a harbor for the town of
Noto, which is situated 3 miles W. A jetty extends 30m NE
from the shore and affords shelter to small craft. A tower
stands near the E end of the inlet and is prominent from the N.
15.61 Between Punta Calabernado and Capo Passero, 10.8 miles S,
numerous dangers lie close off the coast.
15.61 Torre
Vendicari, a large roofless tower, stands on the coast,
4.5 miles SSW of Punta Calabernado. This tower is prominent
and salt pans lie on either side of it. A fish factory, with a tall
chimney, is also situated near the tower.
15.61 Isola Vendicari, small and low, lies 0.6 mile SSE of the tow-
Pub. 131
er. This islet is surmounted by two wooden buildings and a narrow
tongue of sand connects it to the mainland. Anchorage can
be obtained by small vessels between Torre Vendicari and Isolotto
Vendicari, but local knowledge is required.
15.61 Marzamemi,
a town, is situated on a small rocky point, 3
miles S of Isola Vendicari. The coast between is fronted by
shoals which extend up to 1 mile offshore. Several detached
shoals, with depths of 11m, lie about 1 mile ESE of Isola Vendicari
and about 1 mile NE of the town.
15.61 Isola
Piccola and Isola Grande, two small islets, lie in a shal-
low bay which is entered close S of Marzamemi. Fossa dell
Isola Grande, a small craft harbor, lies in the S part of this bay
and is protected by a mole.
15.61 The
coast between Isola Grande and Capo Passero is arid
and barren. Pachino, a prominent town, stands on a hill, 2 miles
SW of Marzamemi.
15.62 Capo Passero (36°41'N., 15°10'E.) is the E extremity
of Isola di Capo Passero, a small island, which lies close offshore.
This island forms the SE extremity of Sicilia. It is steepsided,
except on its W side, where it is connected to the mainland
by shoal ground. A castle is situated on the cape. Capo
Passero Light is shown from a white tower, 19m high, standing
on the NE corner of the castle. Anchorage, sheltered from W
winds, can be obtained, in depths of 16 to 18m, about 1.5 miles
NNW of Isola di Capo Passero.
15.62 Cozzo
Spandaro Light is shown from a conspicuous white
tower on a dwelling, 36m high, standing on a hill, close W of
Isola di Capo Passero. A former signal station, consisting of a
house painted with black and white squares, is situated close S
of the light and the prominent village of Porto Palo stands 0.2
mile SSE of it.
15.62 A stranded wreck lies 0.4 mile SSE of Capo Passero Light.

16.
Italy—Southeast Coast—Capo Spartivento to Capo Santa Mar-
ia de Leuca
16.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 16 — CHART INFORMATION
323
Pub. 131

SECTOR 16
ITALY—SOUTHEAST COAST—CAPO SPARTIVENTO TO CAPO SANTA MARIA DE LEUCA
16.0 Plan.—This sector describes the SE coast of Italy from Capo
Spartivento NE to Porto di Taranto, and then SE to Capo Santa
Maria di Leuca (39°48'N., 18°22'E.).
General Remarks
16.1 Regulations.—Tanker vessels of 1,600 grt and over
entering or leaving Italian ports and carrying, or with uncleaned
tanks which last carried, petroleum, gas, or chemical
products should report to a shore station before entering Italian
territorial waters off Italian ports. For further details, see Pub.
140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean
and Adjacent Seas.
16.1 The
New Inspection Regime (NIR) of the Paris Memoran-
dum of Understanding (PMoU) has introduced a mandatory reporting
system for vessels arriving at or departing from a port
or anchorage within the Paris MoU region.
16.1 For
further information, see paragraph 10.1 and North At-
lantic Ocean—Regulations—Paris Memorandum of Understanding
on Port State Control (PMoU) New Inspection
Regime (NIR) in Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning
Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and Adaecent Seas.
16.1 Caution.—Tunny nets are laid out annually between March
and November close off many places along the shores of Italy.
16.1 Submarines frequently exercise within the waters described
in this sector and a good lookout should be kept for them.
Capo Spartivento to Porto di Crotone
16.2 Capo Spartivento (37°55'N., 16°04'E.), marked by a
light, is fully described in paragraph 13.85.
16.2 Capo Bruzzano (38°02'N., 16°09'E.), a whitish and steep
rocky point, is located 8 miles NNE of Capo Spartivento. Monte
Scapparone, 1,056m high, stands 6 miles W of the cape and
has a conspicuous, sparsely wooded, and rounded summit.
16.2 Scoglio Monistili, an inconspicuous above-water rock, lies
close inshore, 3 miles SSW of Capo Bruzzano.
16.2 Brancaleone Marina is situated midway between Capo Spartivento
and Capo Bruzzano and consists of a several houses
and a prominent church with a bell tower. A three-arch bridge
crosses a stream close NE of this village and is prominent. A
dangerous wreck lies close NE of the village.
16.2 The village of Brancaleone, dominated by a large church,
stands on a hill, 1.2 miles NW of Brancaleone Marina.
16.2 The large village of Bianco, standing 3 miles N of Capo
Bruzzano, is surrounded to the N and S by light-colored hills
and is conspicuous.
16.2 A sand bank lies close off the coast, 1.5 miles NE of Bianco.
This bank is probably caused by silt from nearby streams and
presents a danger to navigation. A bridge crosses the mouth of
each of two rivers which lie 2.3 and 2.8 miles N of Bianco. The
N bridge is the larger and more conspicuous of the two.
16.2 Anchorage may be taken, in a depth of 20m, sand, about 0.7
mile offshore, in front of the village of Bianco. However, this
325
anchorage is dangerous in SE winds, which if strong, cause
heavy seas and are often accompanied by mist.
16.2 Bovalino Marina, a town, is situated 3.5 miles NNE of Bianco.
A conspicuous railroad station and a steeple, topped by four
small spires, stand in the center of the town. A large castle
stands 1.5 miles NW of the town and is conspicuous from the
NE. Ardore Marina, a town, stands 2 miles NE of Bovalino
Marina and has a conspicuous church, with a white steeple, in
its center.
16.3 Siderno Marina (38°16'N., 16°18'E.), a small town,
is dominated by the quadrangular steeple of the church. A pier
situated 0.7 mile NE of the town is used to handle cement. Vessels
up to 110m in length and 7m draft can be accommodated.
Anchorage is available, in depths of 20m to 26m, about 0.3
mile off Siderno Marina. This anchorage is sheltered from
winds between W and NW, but is completely exposed to those
between E and SE.
16.3 Marina di Gioiosa Ionica, a small town, stands near the
mouth of Fiumara Turbido, 2.5 miles NE of Siderno Marina.
The river mouth is spanned by a bridge supported on five piers.
The waters in front of this town are very deep and not suitable
for anchorage.
16.3 Roccella Ionica (38°19'N., 16°24'E.), a small town, is built
partly on a plain and partly on a hill which is surmounted by a
large citadel. A prominent tower stands close N of the citadel.
From the NE or SW, this citadel and tower appear like two
great castles. A dangerous wreck lies close offshore, SW of the
town. Anchorage is available with good holding ground off the
town. The bottom is mud, but the beach is continuously extending
seaward and local knowledge is necessary. In winter, any
anchorage in this area may be dangerous because of bad weather.
16.4 Punta Stilo (38°27'N., 16°35'E.), low and sandy, is
overlooked by a hill. A light is shown from a prominent structure,
15m high, standing on the hill.
16.4 Monasterace
is situated 1.5 miles W of Punta Stilo. This vil-
lage is built on a semiconical hill which is surrounded by a wall
and gives the appearance of a large castle from a distance.
Monte Stella, 1,046m high, stands 7.5 miles W of Punta Stilo
and has a sharp peak which may be readily identified from the
NE. A conspicuous water tank stands 1.5 miles WNW of the
light on Punta Stilo.
16.4 A dangerous wreck lies about 0.5 mile SSW of the light. Another
dangerous wreck lies about 0.7 mile offshore, 4.7 miles N
of the light.
16.4 Golfo
di Squillace lies between Punta Stilo and Capo Riz-
zuto (38°53'N., 17°06'E.), 36 miles NE. This gulf has low and
sandy shores which are backed by the high green slopes of Appennino
Calabrese. Numerous streams, most of which are short
and torrential, flow into the gulf. Winds are almost always
present in the gulf even when it is calm outside.
16.4 Marina di Badolato (Badolato Stazione), situated 7.5 miles N
Pub. 131

326 Sector 16. Italy—Southeast Coast—Capo Spartivento to Capo Santa Maria de Leuca
of Punta Stilo, is not easily seen from seaward. Two dark isolated
houses surmount two hills which stand S of this village
and are the best landmarks in this vicinity. Badolato, situated 2
miles W of Marina di Badolato, can be seen only in the early
morning hours. The most conspicuous object in this village being
the church on top of a hill.
16.4 Marina
di Badolato offers the best anchorage off this part of
the coast. Small vessels can anchor, in a depth of 9m, about 0.4
mile off the beach which fronts the village. This anchorage is
dangerous in W winds as it has a whirling characteristic. Large
vessels can anchor, in a depth of 80m, about 2.5 miles offshore.
16.5 Soverato Marina (38°42'N., 16°33'E.), a small town,
is situated 7 miles N of Marina di Badolato and is conspicuous
from seaward. A church, with a red roof, stands on a hill which
dominates the town. A large brick-colored building stands next
to the church.
16.5 A wreck lies about 1.5 miles offshore, 3.2 miles SE of the
town. The depths in this area are reported to be shallower because
of silt from the nearby river.
16.5 Soverato Marina provides one of the safest anchorages along
this coast. Vessels can anchor, in a depth of 29m, sand, about
0.1 mile offshore and ENE of the church. Local knowledge is
advisable. This roadstead is partially protected by a sandspit
which extends about 300m from the coast. It is dangerous with
winds from between the N and SE. Large vessels can anchor, in
depth of 160m, about 1.5 miles N of Soverato Marina.
16.5 Punta di Staletti (38°45'N., 16°34'E.) is the extremity of a
rocky and steep-sided promontory which is partially covered
with vegetation. A red-roofed castle, with a crenellated turret,
stands on the summit of the promontory. A conspicuous viaduct,
with twelve arches, is situated near this point.
16.5 The village of Squillace, situated 3 miles NW of Punta di
Staletti, stands on a conspicuous isolated hill, 345m high,
which is covered with dark vegetation. A prominent castle
overlooks this village.
16.5 Caution.—A submarine cable, which may best be seen on
the chart, extends SE from the shore, 1 mile NE of Punta di
Staletti.
16.6 Marina di Catanzaro (38°49'N., 16°37'E.), a sprawling
town, is situated 4.5 miles NE of Punta di Staletti. Numerous
conspicuous chimneys and various tall factories stand in
the town. A long steel railway bridge, standing close S of the
town, and a ruined tower, surmounting a hill close NW of the
town, are prominent. A small craft harbor, protected by moles,
Pub. 131
Punta Stilo bearing 284°
lies close E of the town and vessels work their cargo in the
roadstead. In winter, with fresh offshore winds, vessels usually
anchor close inshore where the depths are great and the holding
ground is good. Local pilots are available.
16.6 Catanzaro, a large town, is situated 5 miles N of Marina di
Catanzaro. This town is easily identified, as it appears as a
large white patch against the mountains. At night, the lights of
the town are very conspicuous.
16.6 Torre del Crocchio (38°55'N., 16°50'E.) is conspicuous, although
it is in ruins and of a dark aspect. This tower stands on
the W bank of a river and several conspicuous buildings are situated
0.7 mile NW of it; the most conspicuous is the railway
station of Cropani. The houses of Botricello are also conspicuous
and are situated on a slight rise of ground 2 miles NNE of
the tower. Marina di Botricello, a village, stands on the wooded
shore and consists of low dwellings and a prominent church.
16.7 Barco Vercillo (38°55'N., 16°59'E.), a cove, is entered
7 miles E of Torre del Crocchio and provides anchorage,
in a depth of 12m, sand, about 0.3 mile offshore. A sandy shoal
lies in the E part of this cove.
16.7 Le
Castella, a conspicuous group of ruined bastions, is sur-
mounted by a prominent tower. This group stands on a low
peninsula 3 miles W of Capo Rizzuto and is almost surrounded
by the sea.
16.7 Secca
Le Castella, lying about 0.5 mile SSW of Le Castella,
consists of a reef with two rocky heads. A least depth of 6.1m
lies in the channel leading between this reef and the shore.
16.8 Capo Rizzuto (38°53'N., 17°06'E.), located 3.5 miles
ESE of Le Castella, is the extremity of a low, rocky, and steepsided
promontory. Capo Rizzuto Light and an auxiliary light
are shown from a white tower on a building, 17m high, standing
on the cape.
16.8 Two conspicuous towers, in addition to the light structure,
stand on the cape. One, a cylindrical tower, stands on the E side
and the other, a square one, stands on the W side.
16.8 From off this cape, the large town of Catanzaro is visible and
appears as a large white patch against the mountains.
16.8 Vessels can anchor, in depths of 14 to 20m, over a rocky and
irregular bottom in the bay lying between Le Castella and Capo
Rizzuto. Local knowledge is advisable.
16.8 Caution.—A nature reserve has been established in the vicinity
of Capo Rizzuto. The reserve extends from the shore to
the 100m depth curve. For additional information consult the
following site:
Capo Rizzuto Reserve Home Page
http://www.riservamarinacaporizzuto.it
16.8 Between Capo Rizzuto and Capo Colonne, 10 miles NE, the
coast is generally flat and rocky with many cliffy points up to
20m high. Le Arene Rosse, formed by two reddish bluffs, is located
3.2 miles NE of Capo Rizzuto.
16.8 Two shoals, known as Secche di Capo Rizzuto, have least
depths of 4m and 8m and lie 1.5 miles and 2.3 miles ENE, respectively,
of Capo Rizzuto.
16.8 Capo Cimiti, located 5.4 miles NE of Capo Rizzuto, is the
extremity of a low and rocky promontory. Several prominent

Sector 16. Italy—Southeast Coast—Capo Spartivento to Capo Santa Maria de Leuca 327
white silos stand close SW of this cape.
16.9 Capo Colonne (39°02'N., 17°12'E.), 20m high, is the
N extremity of a flat promontory. A light is shown from a
prominent white tower on a two-story building, 22m high,
standing 0.2 mile S of the extremity of the cape.
16.9 Several
houses, a large quadrangular tower, and a chapel, all
prominent, are situated on the cape. The ruins of an ancient
temple and a large column stand close seaward of the light. A
prominent viaduct, with numerous arches, is situated 1.5 miles
WSW of the light and is conspicuous. A disused signal station,
consisting of a building surmounted by a tower, stands at a
height of 144m, 2 miles W of the light.
16.9 A shoal, with a depth of less than 1.8m, extends up to 0.2
mile E from the cape.
16.9 Vessels can anchor, in a depth of 20m, about 1 mile SW of
the light, but local knowledge is required.
16.9 Numerous
shoals and submerged reefs, dangerous to naviga-
tion, lie up to about 0.4 mile offshore between Capo Colonne
and Porto di Crotone, 4.5 miles NW.
Porto di Crotone (39°05'N., 17°08'E.)
World Port Index No. 40440
Capo Rizzuto Light
16.10 Porto di Crotone, a small port, consists of two harbors
which are protected by breakwaters. Porto Vecchio, the smaller
harbor, is entered from the S and Porto Nuovo, the larger harbor,
is entered from the NW.
Port of Crotone Home Page
http://www.portodicrotone.it
16.10 Winds—Weather.—Winds from the NE through SE prevail
during the winter. In spring, mostly NE winds prevail.
16.10 Depths—Limitations.—Porto Vecchio, in the S part of the
port, affords good shelter and can accommodate vessels up to
61m in length and 4.2m draft. It is used mostly by fishing
boats.
16.10 Porto Nuovo, in the N part of the port, contains the main
commercial facilities. Molo Guinti, 299m long, has a depth of
8.5m alongside and can accommodate a vessel with a maxi-
mum draft of 7m. Molo Foraneo, 427m long, has depths of 5.5
to 7.2m alongside. Banchina di Riva, 428m long, has depths up
to 8.6m alongside and can accommodate a vessel with a maximum
draft of 8m. There are facilities for chemical, ro-ro, bulk,
and tanker vessels. Vessels up to 35,000 dwt, 198m in length,
and 8.7m draft can be accommodated.
16.10 Aspect.—A conspicuous fort, with high bastions, stands on
a point, 43m high, between the two harbors. The town extends
W and S from this fort. Two large factories and a cemetery, surrounded
by a low wall, are situated in an isolated position, 1
mile S of the town. A chimney, 90m high, stands 1 mile W of
the entrance to Porto Nuovo.
16.10 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt
and for tankers of any size. Pilots may be contacted on VHF
channel 14 or 16 and board 1 mile from Molo Foraneo Light.
16.10 Regulations.—Power-driven vessels entering and leaving
the port have the right-of-way over sailing vessels and small
craft within 1 mile of the entrances.
16.10 Vessels departing either harbor have the right-of-way over
vessels entering.
16.10 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in a depth of 14m, good
holding ground, about midway between Capo Colonne and the
port. Vessels can also anchor SE of Crotone, in a depth of 13m,
ENE of the cemetery.
16.10 Caution.—The heads of the breakwaters should be given a
wide berth.
16.10 Recognition of the navigation lights shown from the heads of
the breakwaters is, at times, very difficult because of the illumination
of the port and several bluish lights situated to the
NW of the port.
16.10 Several oil production platforms, wells, and associated submarine
pipelines, are situated in the approaches to Crotone and
may best be seen on the chart
16.10 A stranded wreck, marked by a buoy, lies 0.5 mile N of the
head of Molo Foraneo. A second wreck lies approximately 0.5
mile NW of the mole head.
Porto di Crotone to Porto di Taranto
16.11 Golfo di Taranto (40°00'N., 17°00'E.) is entered between
Capo Colonne and Capo Santa Maria di Leuca, 72 miles
NE. The W side of the gulf is backed by the mountains of the
Appennino Calabrese, which have some remarkable summits
and can be seen from a great distance. The NE side of the gulf
is low and flat. All the shores of the gulf are bordered by sandy
beaches, which in general, are fringed by marshy ground.
16.11 Caution.—Italian submarines frequently exercise in an area
indicated on the chart within Golfo di Taranto. A good lookout
should be kept for them by vessels passing through the area.
16.12 Punta Alice (39°24'N., 17°09'E.) is low and steepto.
A light is shown from a prominent white tower and building,
27m high, standing 0.3 mile SW of the extremity of the point.
16.12 The
coast between Crotone and Punta Alice consists of a
beach alternating between sand and gravel. Fiume Neto, located
7 miles N of Crotone, enters the sea through a denselywooded
mouth that extends several miles E of the general coast
line. A steel railway bridge and two red silos are situated 1.5
miles W of the mouth of this river and are conspicuous from
the SE. The conspicuous railway station of Strongoli, sur-
Pub. 131

328 Sector 16. Italy—Southeast Coast—Capo Spartivento to Capo Santa Maria de Leuca
rounded by lower buildings, stands 0.5 mile N of the wooded
area.
16.12 The most prominent landmark to be seen from any direction
is the church of San Nicola dell Alto, which stands on a saddle
in the mountains between a pointed and a rounded summit, 10
miles NW of the mouth of Fiume Neto.
16.12 The town of Ciro is situated on a green hill, 4 miles WSW of
Punta Alice. It is distinctly visible at a great distance from all
directions. A white signal station stands on the summit of Serra
Sanguigna, a bare cupola-shaped hill, standing 0.5 mile WNW
of Ciro. Madonna di Mare, a small and conspicuous church, is
situated 1.5 miles WNW of Punta Alice.
16.12 A prominent building, with an industrial plant nearby, stands
0.5 mile W of Punta Alice. A T-head pier, with off-lying dolphins,
lies on the N side of Punta Alice and is connected with
the industrial plant. The head, 140m long, has a depth of 10m
alongside and is used for loading mineral salt. Local pilots are
available and may be ordered in advance through Porto di Crotone.
16.13 Torre Policaretto (39°29'N., 17°01'E.), standing on
Punta Fiumenica, is conspicuous from a great distance and
consists of two entirely separated and ruined fragments. In fair
weather or with offshore winds, anchorage is available about 1
mile SE of this tower.
16.13 Capo Trionto (39°37'N., 16°46'E.) is low, steep-to, and covered
with vegetation. A light is shown from a prominent white
conical tower, 18m high, standing close W of the mouth of Fiume
Trionto, which enters the sea through the cape. A marine
farm, marked by lighted buoys, is located 1.7 miles W of the
cape.
16.14 San Angelo di Rossano (39°37'N., 16°38'E.) is situated
5.5 miles W of Capo Trionto. The houses of this town are
obscured by trees, but several factory chimneys are prominent
from a short distance offshore. Sometimes the smoke from
these factory chimneys may be used as a guide when approaching.
Anchorage can be taken, in good weather, in front of the
town. A good berth, in a depth of 37m, lies about 140m offshore,
with the stern secured to mooring posts on the beach.
Local knowledge is advisable and vessels should leave on the
Pub. 131
Punta Alice Light
Capo Trionto bearing 156°
first indication of onshore winds.
16.15 Shiavonia (39°39'N., 16°32'E.), a village, stands 5
miles WNW of San Angelo di Rossano and serves as the port
for Corigliano Calabro. A large tower is situated amongst the
houses of this village and is prominent. In summer, this village
is a popular resort.
16.15 Corigliano Calabro, a town, is situated on a hill, 3.5 miles
SSW of the village. It is dominated by a castle. Pilotage is
compulsory for vessels over 500 gross tons. Vessels should
send an ETA 24 hours in advance of arrival. The pilot boards
1.5 miles from the harbor entrance. Vessels waiting to carry out
operations must anchor in one of the four charted anchorage
berths designated A1 through A4. Vessels can anchor, in
depths of 15 to 20m, off the village, in a good holding ground
of mud and sand. Vessels must contact the harbormaster on
VHF channel 14 or 16 prior to anchoring.
16.15 Punta Coscio (39°43'N., 16°31'E.) is a flat heavily-wooded
point through which Fiume Crati discharges into the sea by two
mouths. After heavy rain, the sea is discolored for up to about 1
mile offshore in this vicinity.
16.15 Porto di Sibari Marina (39°44'N., 16°31'E.), an extensive
yacht harbor, lies close N of the mouth of Fiume Crati, 5 miles
NNW of Shiavonia. It is entered through a canal, with a depth
of 4m, which is protected by two moles. A light is shown at
Sibari, situated in the vicinity of the harbor entrance; a lighted
range indicates the approach channel.
16.15 The beach between Capo Trionto and the mouth of Fiume
Saraceno, lying 7.5 miles N of Punta Coscio, is undulating and
composed of alluvial deposit from the numerous torrents. The
character of the shore alters to the NE of Fiume Saraceno and
hills stand closer to the beach. When dry, the river bed of Fiume
Saraceno is visible from a great distance offshore.
16.15 The village of Trebisacce, situated 1 mile NE of the mouth of
Fiume Saraceno, stands on a spur, 73m high, that slopes steeply
towards the sea.
16.16 Trebisacce Marina (39°52'N., 16°32'E.), fronted by a
short pier, is built on the beach, close SE of Trebisacce. A high
chimney, a long wall with arches, and a steel bridge, are situat-

Sector 16. Italy—Southeast Coast—Capo Spartivento to Capo Santa Maria de Leuca 329
ed in the vicinity of this prominent village. Anchorage can be
obtained off Trebisacce Marina. The bottom is sandy and the
holding ground is good. Large vessels can anchor, in a depth of
20m, about 1 mile offshore. The depths decrease rapidly towards
the beach.
16.16 Secca Amendolara, an off-lying bank, lies 7 miles SE of Capo
Spulico and has a least depth of 26m.
16.16 Capo Spulico (39°58'N., 16°38'E.) is very low and partially
covered with bushes. Fiume Ferro flows out to the sea through
this cape. A steel railway bridge crosses the river, 0.2 mile
from its mouth, and is prominent. Anchorage, sheltered from
winds between W and NNE, can be obtained by small vessels
close S of this cape, but local knowledge is required. The bottom
is sand.
16.16 The coast between Capo Spulico and the mouth of Torrente
Canna, 8.5 miles N, is high, but from the latter river to Punta
Rondinella, 34 miles NE, it is low, marshy, wooded in places,
and intersected by many torrents and rivers. The river mouths,
which are hidden by low scrub, are mostly difficult to distinguish.
16.16 Montegiordana Marina, a village, is situated 4.7 miles NNW
of Capo Spulico. Two pairs of low chimneys and a shed, situated
near a factory cableway, stand in the vicinity of this village
and are prominent.
16.17 Scoglio Cervaro (40°04'N., 16°36'E.) is a low, black
rock which lies close to the coast. It is visible against the lightcolored
beach for a distance of up to 6 miles offshore.
16.17 Marina di Rocca Imperiale, a village, stands near the S
mouth of Torrente Canna and consists of several red and white
buildings. A tank, the railway station, and Torre Lizzana, surmounted
by two sentry boxes and a tall column, are situated in
the village and are prominent from seaward. Anchorage is
available off this village, in a depth of 14m, sand and mud,
good holding ground, near Torre Lizzana.
16.17 Fiume Sinni (40°09'N., 16°41'E.) enters the sea through a
sandy point and prominent muddy river water sometimes extends
as far as 2 miles offshore in this area. Between this river
and Fiume Agri, lying 4 miles NNE, there are several lagoons
and marshes which are backed by extensive woods.
16.18 Torre Scanzano (40°15'N., 16°45'E.) stands in an
isolated position near the beach. It is a dark-colored pyramidshaped
structure surmounted by a small building. Anchorage
can be obtained, in a depth of 13m, about 1.5 miles offshore E
of this tower. Local knowledge is required and in winter it is
advisable to anchor farther offshore. It is dangerous to remain
at this anchorage with ESE or S winds.
16.18 Torre
Mattoni, half in ruins, stands near the edge of the
beach, 10.5 miles NNE of Torre Scanzano. A conspicuous twostory
building stands 0.7 mile WSW of the tower. The conspicuous
railway station of Metaponto, with a large water tank in
its vicinity, stands 3 miles SW of Torre Mattoni.
16.18 The
railway station of Ginosa, surrounded by red and yellow
houses, is situated 2 miles NE of Torre Mattoni and is prominent.
A conspicuous disused light structure, consisting of a
square tower standing on a two-story building, is situated close
SE of this railway station. Anchorage can be obtained off the
coast and ESE of the disused light structure, but local knowledge
is required.
16.18 Three prominent cylindrical pillars stand along the coast between
the railway station of Ginosa and Taranto.
16.19 Torre Lato (40°30'N., 16°59'E.) is situated on the
beach, on the SW side of the mouth of Fiume Lato. It is low,
preserved, and stands out prominently against the trees. A
bridge spans the river close inside its mouth.
16.19 Secca Armeleia, with a least depth of 8m, lies between 2 and
4 miles E of Torre Lato. This reef consists of rock and weed,
and seas break over it during strong S winds. Several isolated
shoal depths lie close E and SE of this reef.
16.19 Caution.—A torpedo range lies along a line joining Torre
Lato and Torre Montello, 9.5 miles E, and is marked by buoys
moored either singly or in pairs.
16.20 Punta Rondinella (40°29'N., 17°11'E.) is low, narrow,
and forms the NW point of Mar Grande at Taranto. Torre
Montello, thin with three rows of windows, stands 1 mile NE
of the point and is conspicuous from seaward. A conspicuous
chimney, with a continuously burning flare, stands 320m NE of
Torre Montello.
16.20 Porto Industriale Esterno lies 1.5 miles NNW of Punta
Rondinella. The port consists of a basin, dredged to 12.5m, extending
0.5 mile SW from the coast, with a turning basin situated
at the seaward end. Four berths are located on the NW and
SE sides of the basin.
Porto di Taranto (40°27'N., 17°12'E.)
World Port Index No. 40470
Ginosa Disused Light
16.21 The extensive port of Taranto consists of Mare
Grande, an outer harbor, which is protected by breakwaters;
Mare Piccolo, an inner harbor, which consists of two bays; Porto
Mercantile, a quayed basin, which lies in the NE part of
Mare Grande and is protected by two moles; and Porto Industriale,
which extends along the N shore of Mare Grande. The
port is primarily a naval base.
Port of Taranto Home Page
http://www.port.taranto.it
Pub. 131

330 Sector 16. Italy—Southeast Coast—Capo Spartivento to Capo Santa Maria de Leuca
16.21 Winds—Weather.—From September to March, winds alternate
usually between the NW and NE. The NE winds blow
sometimes with such force as to cause a sea in Mare Piccolo.
Winds from the SW raise a lively sea and cause high water in
Mare Grande. Winds from the SE, especially in winter, are
strong and may disturb cargo handling by vessels berthed in
Porto Mercantile. These winds usually also bring mist and rain,
especially during May and June. In spring, strong W gusts of
wind blow over the roadstead. They are generally of a brief duration
and slacken towards sunset. Winds from the E and S usually
bring fog.
16.21 Tides—Currents.—The current off the port sets W, but is
usually weak and is felt only during strong E winds.
16.21 Depths—Limitations.—Porto Mercantile has 1,180m of total
berthing space with depths of 7.7 to 12m alongside. A channel
dredged to a depth of 25m leads to Porto Industriale.
16.21 The main facilities include a petroleum pier, 900m long,
which has four berths, with depths of 6 to 9.6m alongside, and
can handle vessels up to 34,000 dwt and 9.5m draft; two cement
piers, which have 340m of total berthing space, with a
depth of 12m alongside; and a bulk-steel pier, which has 925m
of total berthing space, with depths of 15.6 to 24m alongside,
and can handle vessels up to 300,000 dwt and 23m draft.
16.21 An offshore sea terminal lies in the center of Mare Grande
and consists of several mooring buoys. The berth can accommodate
tankers up to 230,000 dwt, 350m in length, and 22m
draft.
16.21 In Mare Piccolo, the shipyard pier at the head of the W bay
has a berth with a dredged depth of 10.4m alongside. The aviation
gas jetty has a depth of 7.5m alongside and can handle
vessels up to 160m in length and 6.5m draft.
16.21 Passagio Piccolo, providing navigable passage between
Pub. 131
Port of Taranto
Mare Piccolo and Mare Grande, is 375m long and 73m wide,
with a depth of 12m. It is 57m wide between the abutments of a
two-leaf swing bridge which has a clearance of 12m above
mean sea level.
16.21 This canal is regulated exclusively by the Italian naval authorities
and traffic is limited to merchant vessels carrying government
cargo and naval vessels. The speed of transit for
moderate-sized vessels is limited to 6 knots, which is considered
also to be the most desirable maneuvering speed. Large
vessels exceeding 150m in length are permitted to pass through
at a speed of 10 knots provided their propeller revolutions are
reduced when actually in the canal. Vessels up to 235m length,
32.6m beam, and 8.8m draft can pass through the canal, but
passage of such large vessels is difficult. The maximum recommended
beam is 38m, but vessels with a beam exceeding 32m
must:
1. Transit the canal during daylight hours.
2. Give precedence to other vessels and take two pilots
and two tugs having at least 2,000 hp.
16.21 Detailed regulations of the canal should be obtained from the
port authorities.
16.21 Aspect.—The city is built on a rocky tongue of land which
separates Mare Piccolo, on its NE side, from Mar Grande, on
its SW side. Mare Grande and Mare Piccolo are connected by a
narrow canal known as Passagio Piccolo. A bridge connects
the E part of Taranto with the peninsula which extends S and
separates the W and E bays of Mare Piccolo.
16.21 The heights containing several prominent villages extend
NW from the city and are conspicuous from a considerable distance
offshore.
16.21 Isola San Pietro, the larger of the two islets fronting Mare
Grande, lies 2 miles SW of Punta Rondinella. It is low, rocky,

Sector 16. Italy—Southeast Coast—Capo Spartivento to Capo Santa Maria de Leuca 331
and irregular in shape. Numerous structures and buildings
stand on this islet. Torre Vedetta, the most conspicuous, is situated
0.8 mile E of Punta La Forca, the W extremity of the islet.
A framework television mast stands near the W extremity and
several red sheds are situated near the E extremity. Breakwaters,
which protect Mare Grande from the W, extend between
Punta Rondinella and Isola San Piero and ESE from the SE
side of the islet.
16.21 Lighted buoys are moored about 1 mile SSW and 1.5 miles E
of Punta La Forca and mark the coastal shoal bank.
16.21 Capo San Vito, marked by a light, is located 2 miles SE of
Isola San Pietro and is the S entrance point of Mare Grande. A
radiobeacon is located at the light. A breakwater extends NW
from a point on the shore, 0.7 mile NNE of the cape. A racon is
situated at the light structure standing on the head of this breakwater.
A lighted beacon is situated 1 mile SW of the head of
this breakwater and marks the shoals on the E side of the entrance
channel. Casa Gigante Beacon, marked by a light, stands
0.4 mile E of the root of this breakwater and consists of a conspicuous
square tower, 20m high, surmounted by a mast.
16.21 Secca della Sirena lies in the N part of Mare Grande, 1.6
miles SE of Punta Rondinella. It has a least depth of 7.2m and
is marked by lighted beacons. A detached breakwater lies close
NNW of this shoal. Secca della Tarantola lies in the SE part of
Mar Grande, 2.5 miles NE of Capo San Vito. It has a least
depth of 2.9m and a breakwater extends SE from its N part to
the shore.
16.21 A lighted range and a reverse lighted range are necessary for
the transit of Passagio Piccolo and may best be seen on the
chart. Lights at the rear range structures are shown only when
vessels are passing through the canal at night.
16.21 The most conspicuous objects visible in Mare Grande are the
campanile of San Cataldo, rising above all the buildings of
Taranto; Castel San Angelo, standing on the W point of the entrance
to Mare Piccolo; and Palazzo del Governo, standing to
the E of the entrance.
16.21 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for merchant vessels over
500 grt entering or leaving Mare Grande and for all vessels authorized
to enter or leave Mare Piccolo. Pilots board vessels
with drafts greater than 16m about 2 miles seaward of a line
joining Cabo San Vito Light and San Paolo Light. Vessels with
drafts of 16m or less are boarded in position 40°25.35'N,
17°09.75'E.
Passagio Piccolo Rear Range Light Structure
Passagio Piccolo Front Range Light Structure
16.21 Cargo vessels should send an ETA at least 6 hours in advance
and tankers should send an ETA at least 36 hours in advance
giving their SOLAS and CLC (Civil Liability
Convention) requirements. All vessels at anchor must maintain
a listening watch on VHF channel 12 from H+15 until H+20
every hour so instructions and information can be relayed. Vessels
entering and departing port must maintain a listening
watch on VHF channel 67 in order to maintain contact with the
Castello Signal Station.
16.21 Regulations.—.A Traffic Separation Scheme, best seen on
the chart, is located in the approaches to Taranto.
16.21 Outbound vessels with drafts greater than 16m have precedence
over inbound vessels.
16.21 Vessels anchoring should follow the directions of the pilot.
16.21 Anchorage is prohibited in the entrances to Porto Mercantile
and Porto Industriale, and on or near the range lines of Passagio
Piccolo. Anchorage is prohibited in the E part of the W basin
of Mare Piccolo.
16.21 Anchoring and stopping are prohibited within 0.1 mile of
Isola San Paolo, Isolotto San Pietro and any military installation,
and within 90m of any of the breakwaters surrounding
Mare Grande.
16.21 Vessels must not stop in the entrance fairway or obstruct other
vessels entering or leaving.
16.21 Vessels which are carrying, or which have carried, dangerous
or polluting cargo in a liquid or gaseous state, are prohibited
from navigating within the coastal zone extending 6 miles from
the coast between the mouth of Fiume Sunni and Punta Prosciutto
(40°17'N., 17°46'E.), unless entering or leaving the port
of Taranto.
16.21 A Port Informer is established to identify and observe all
maritime traffic, with the exception of naval vessels, in the
port. The Port Informer complements the activities of the local
Maritime Authority. The Port Informer supplies information on
orders and measures issued by the Maritime Authority related
to the execution of port activities, The Port Informer can be
contacted (call sign: Taranto Port Informer) on VHF channels
11 (working channel) and 16 (emergencies).
16.21 Vessel Traffic Service.—A Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) is
Pub. 131

332 Sector 16. Italy—Southeast Coast—Capo Spartivento to Capo Santa Maria de Leuca
established in Taranto. The VTS service area is bounded by the
following positions:
a. 40°19.8'N, 17°24.1'E
b. 40°13.0'N, 17°10.0'E
c. 40°20.0'N, 16°58.0'E
d. 40°28.4'N, 16°57.1'E
16.21 A Precautionary Area extends 3 miles from the outer limits
of the VTS service area.
16.21 Taranto VTS provides traffic organization, navigation assistance,
and other information. and can be contacted (call sign:
Taranto VTS) on VHF channel 13, 16, or 73.
16.21 Participation
in the VTS is mandatory for all passenger ves-
sels of 300 gross tons or over, cargo vessels of 300 gross tons
or over, leisure vessels of 45m loa or over, and fishing vessels
of 24m loa or over.
16.21 Vessels
should report to Taranto VTS on VHF channel 13, as
follows:
1. When entering or transiting the Precautionary Area:
Designator Information Required
2. When passing the pilot boarding point.
3. When anchoring:
4. Upon completion of berthing:
Pub. 131
Vessel name, call sign, flag, IMO num-
A
ber, and MMSI number
B Gross tons
C Position (Latitude/Longitude)
D True course
E Speed
Last port of call/date and time of depar-
F
ture
G Destination port and ETA
H Cargo onboard (class and quantity)
I Dangerous goods onboard (Y/N); if so
IMDG Code and UN numbers
J Number of crew and passengers
Designator Information Required
A Vessel name and call sign
B Time of anchoring
C Time of raising anchor
D Position (Latitude/Longitude)
Designator Information Required
A Vessel name and call sign
B Destination port and ETA
C
Cargo onboard (class and quantity)
IMDG Code Y/N
Designator Information Required
D
E
Economical speed and navigational
range
Number of crew and number of passengers
5. One hour before departure:
Designator Information Required
A Vessel name and call sign
B Pilot on/off
Unberthing time and time of passing
C
the breakwater
D ETD Taranto
6. To obtain clearance before leaving the berth or anchorage.
7. On entering the exit channel when disembarking the
pilot.
8. When exiting the VTS area:
Designator Information Required
A Vessel name and call sign
B Date and time of exiting the VTS area
C Position (Latitude/Longitude)
16.21 Vessels not participating in the VTS must contact the harbormaster
on VHF channel 16 or Taranto VTS Center on VHF
channel 13 or 16 when intending to enter the port 3 miles before
entering the breakwaters and again prior to unberthing.
16.21 Anchorage.—Mare Grande provides a spacious roadstead
anchorage. The anchorage for merchant vessels lies in the area
to the NE of Isola San Paolo. There are also numerous mooring
buoys within Mare Grande, some of which have telephone connections.
16.21 Military vessels intending to enter Mare Piccolo should request
anchorage to the E of the leading line from the Base Military
Command (Maribase). Merchant vessels desiring to enter
Mare Piccolo should request anchorage W of the leading line
from the harbormaster’s office.
16.21 Anchorage can also be taken in the W part of the W basin of
Mare Piccolo.
16.21 Anchoring and stopping are prohibited outside of the Taranto
roadstead or any anchor berths that may be assigned by the
Maritime Authority for vessels transporting oils and/or toxic
substances or dangerous goods, except in cases of force majeure.
16.21 From May 1 through October 1, all vessels are prohibited
from stopping or anchoring within the Taranto Maritime District
outside the port of Taranto and anchor berths assigned by
the Maritime Authority, except in cases of force majeure.
16.21 In the case of requests for shelter due to weather conditions,
force majeure, or similar reasons, anchorage may be permitted
for a period of not greater than 48 hours by the harbormaster.

Sector 16. Italy—Southeast Coast—Capo Spartivento to Capo Santa Maria de Leuca 333
16.21 Caution.—A prohibited area lies in the SE part of Mare
Grande and may best be seen on the chart.
16.21 A wreck is located in position 40°26.2'N, 17°14.3’E, in the
SE part of Mar Grande near the New Naval Station.
16.21 A area that is dangerous for navigation and fishing, the limits
of which are shown on the chart, lies centered 2.3 miles WNW
of Punta La Forca and is marked by a lighted buoy. Underwater
obstructions are placed within this area from time to time. Such
obstructions are usually marked by buoys of different shapes
and constitute navigational hazards.
16.21 Several torpedo rafts and a searchlight float are moored in
the E part of Mare Piccolo.
16.21 Works are in progress (2010) to extend the piers of the new
Naval Station.
Porto di Taranto to Porto di Gallipoli
16.22 Capo San Vito (40°24'N., 17°12'E.), the S entrance
point of Mare Grande, is low. A light is shown from a prominent
white tower on dwelling, 43m high, standing 0.2 mile N
of the SW extremity of the cape.
Capo San Vito Light
16.22 Torre San Vito, large and light-colored, and a disused signal
station are situated near the light. Several airplane hangers
stand 0.6 mile ENE of the light and are particularly conspicuous.
16.22 Between the cape and Torre dell Ovo, 15 miles ESE, the
coast is mostly low, rocky, and irregular. The village of Roccaforzata,
situated 8.7 miles ENE of Capo San Vito and 5 miles
inland, appears prominent from seaward. This village stands on
a hill, 144m high, and is dominated by a conspicuous castle.
16.22 Caution.—A wave measurement buoy is positioned off Capo
San Vito in position 40°23'29.4''N, 17°11'10.8''E.
16.22 Torre dell Ovo (40°18'N., 17°30'E.), 17m high, is surmounted
by a hut and stands on a small and rocky point which is
flanked closely on either side by similar points. Torre Colime-
na stands on a point, 11 miles E of Torre dell Ovo. It is the tallest
of several conspicuous towers situated along this stretch of
coast.
16.23 Porto Cesario (40°15'N., 17°54'E.), a small craft harbor,
lies on the SE side of a point which is surmounted by Torre
Cesareo, a large quadrangular building. Depths in the harbor
entrance are 5.0m, with depths in the basin ranging from 1.5 to
4.0m.
16.23 Torre
Squillace stands 1.5 miles SE of Torre Cesareo and a
narrow tongue of land extends 1.2 miles NW from its vicinity
and protects the above harbor. The coast between this tower
and Gallipoli is wooded in places, sandy, and rocky at intervals.
Torre dell Inserraglio, situated 3.2 miles S of Torre Squillace,
is white and appears to rise from the sea.
16.23 Caution.—Numerous wrecks, some dangerous, lie offshore
between Porto Cesario and Gallipoli and may best be seen on
the chart.
16.23 The
Porto Cesario Marine Nature Reserve extends 7 miles
from the shore between Punta Prosciutto and Torre dell’Inserraglio.
Porto di Gallipoli (40°03'N., 17°59'E.)
World Port Index No. 40480
16.24 The port of Gallipoli consists of a harbor which lies
on the N side of a low promontory and is protected by moles.
16.24 Depths—Limitations.—The main facilities of the harbor
include Molo Foraneo, 356m long, with a depth of 7 to 11m
alongside; Tramontana Quay, 169m long, with a depth of 12m
alongside; Sottoflutto Quay, 110m long, with a depth of 6.5m
alongside; Banchina Quay, 145m long, with a depth of 4.5m;
Ferrovia Quay, 175m long, with 7.5m alongside; and Lido
Quay, 200m long, with a depth of 6.5m alongside. Vessels up
to 26,000 dwt, 150m in length, 18.2m beam, and 10.5m draft
can be accommodated.
16.24 Sena del Canneto, a small craft harbor, lies S of the bridge
which connects the island to the promontory and is protected
by breakwaters.
16.24 Aspect.—The town of Gallipoli stands partly on the promontory
and partly on a rocky island which lies close W of it. A
masonry bridge, 137m long, connects the island to the E extremity
of the promontory.
16.24 The town has an oriental aspect and is surmounted by several
ancient bastions. The village of Grosso di Racale stands 3
miles inland, 8 miles SE of the town. It is situated on an olive
tree-covered ridge and is conspicuous from seaward.
16.24 The main outer mole extends 0.4 mile ENE from the N side
of the rocky island. Secca del Rafo, a detached shoal, lies about
0.3 mile WNW of the head of the mole. It has a least depth of
2.6m and is marked by a lighted buoy.
16.24 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt.
Local pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 16 and board
near the entrance to the harbor.
16.24 Regulations.—The harbormaster has established anchorage
berths for the use of vessels waiting to carry out commercial
operations in the port. Vessels must contact the harbormaster
on VHF channel 16 for authorization to use these anchorage
berths.
Pub. 131

334 Sector 16. Italy—Southeast Coast—Capo Spartivento to Capo Santa Maria de Leuca
16.24 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained, in a depth of
15m, about 300m NW of the head of the mole or on the S side
of the promontory in a depth of 16m, about 0.3 mile SSE of the
rocky island.
16.24 Caution.—Tunny nets are laid out in the vicinity of Gallipoli.
These nets are set in February and are removed in November.
Fish traps may be set throughout the whole year along the
coast to the NE of the harbor.
16.24 Vessels approaching from the S and W may pass between the
mole and Secca del Rafo, but it is not recommended. Passage
to the N of Secca del Rafo is preferred.
16.24 Strong NW and NE winds may make entering the harbor difficult.
16.24 Less depths than charted (1995) may be found in the harbor.
16.24 A wrecks have been reported to lie in position 40°03.6'N,
17°58.6'E. and position 40°02.9'N, 17°57.9'E.
Porto di Gallipoli to Capo Santa Maria di Leuca
16.25 Isola Sant Andrea (40°03'N., 17°57'E.) lies 0.8 mile
WSW of the W end of the rocky island on which part of the
town of Gallipoli stands. It is low and is almost completely inundated
by the sea during strong SE winds. A light is shown
from a conspicuous tower, 43m high, standing on the SW extremity
of the island.
16.25 Punta del Pizzo (40°00'N., 18°00'E.), located 3 miles S of
Gallipoli, lies at the S end of a sandy bay and is surmounted by
a small turret with windows. Torre Suda, standing 3.5 miles SE
of Punta del Pizzo, is a cylindrical tower with a rectangular superstructure.
A basin for small boats lies close S of this tower.
16.25 From Punta del Pizzo to Torre San Giovanni, 9.5 miles SE,
the coast is low and rocky. The hillsides are dotted with buildings
which become more numerous as the tower is approached.
16.25 Caution.—A circular prohibited area, best seen on the chart,
lies midway between Punta del Pizzo and Torre San Giovanni.
A dangerous wreck with a depth of 8m lies 1.5 miles N of the
N extremity of the prohibited area.
Pub. 131
16.26 Torre San Giovanni (39°53'N., 18°07'E.), surrounded
by fishermen’s huts, stands on a rocky point. A light is
shown from a black and white checkered tower, 23m high
standing on the point.
16.26 About
250m SE of Torre San Giovanni, a ridge of rocks,
about 0.7 mile long, lies parallel with the coast and about 0.1
mile offshore. From seaward, this ridge appears to have seven
distinct rocks. The largest of these rocks, known as Scoglio
Tondo, has a rounded top.
16.26 The
coast between Torre San Giovanni and Torre I Pali, 5
miles SE, is fronted by Secche d’Ugenta, a reef with depths of
less than 5.5m. This reef extends up to 2 miles offshore in places
and is marked by a lighted buoy.
16.26 Torre
I Pali stands on the SE extremity of a low tongue of
land and is almost completely in ruins. Torre Vado, standing
3.2 miles E of Torre I Pali, is cylindrical and well preserved.
16.27 Punta Ristola (39°47'N., 18°21'E.) is the W entrance
point of a small bay which lies between this point and Punta
Meliso, 1 mile ENE. Banco la Scala, with depths of 11 to 18m,
fronts this bay and extends up to 1.7 miles SSE of Punta Ristola.
Leuca, a town, stands at the head of the small bay. It is a resort
and has numerous prominent villas. Anchorage can be
obtained, in a depth of 12m, off the town. This roadstead affords
shelter from NE winds, but it is dangerous with S winds.
16.27 Punta Meliso, the SW extremity of Capo Santa Maria di
Leuca (39°48'N., 18°22'E.), is marked by a light and is described
in paragraph 17.2.
16.27 Caution.—During reduced visibility in the vicinity of
Secche d’Ugenta and Banco la Scala, vessels are advised to
keep offshore and in depths of over 30m.
16.27 Tunny nets are set within a radius of 3.2 miles of Torre San
Giovanni. The area is not restricted as the nets are set at the risk
of the owner. These nets are set in February and are removed in
November. Nets are also set 10 miles SE of Torre San Giovanni
and extend up to about 1 mile SW from the shore.

17.
Italy—East Coast—Capo Santa Maria di Leuca to Testa del
Gargano
17.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 17 — CHART INFORMATION
335
Pub. 131

SECTOR 17
ITALY—EAST COAST—CAPO SANTA MARIA DI LEUCA TO TESTA DEL GARGANO
17.0 Plan.—This sector describes the S part of the Italian Adriatic
coast from Capo Santa Maria di Leuca (39°48'N., 18°22'E.)
N to Testa del Gargano (41°50'N., 16°12'E.) on the E side of
Promontorio del Gargano.
General Remarks
17.1 Regulations.—Tanker vessels of 1,600 grt and over
entering or leaving Italian ports and carrying, or with uncleaned
tanks which last carried, petroleum, gas, or chemical
products should report to a shore station before entering Italian
territorial waters off Italian ports. For further details, see Pub.
140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean
and Adjacent Seas.
17.1 The
New Inspection Regime (NIR) of the Paris Memoran-
dum of Understanding (PMoU) has introduced a mandatory reporting
system for vessels arriving at or departing from a port
or anchorage within the Paris MoU region.
17.1 For
further information, see paragraph 10.1 and North At-
lantic Ocean—Regulations—Paris Memorandum of Understanding
on Port State Control (PMoU) New Inspection
Regime (NIR) in Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning
Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and Adaecent Seas.
17.1 Caution.—Tunny nets are laid out annually between March
and November close off many places along the E coast of Italy.
17.1 Landslides may occur along the section of coast described in
this sector.
17.1 Numerous
offshore oil and gas installations and associated
pipelines and service craft may be encountered off the coast
described in this sector.
Capo Santa Maria di Leuca to Porto di Brindisi
17.2 Capo Santa Maria di Leuca (39°48'N., 18°22'E.)
forms the heel of the Italian boot. This cape is 140m high and
appears rocky and precipitous from the S, but from other directions,
it presents a more gradually sloping appearance. A light,
with an auxiliary light, are shown from a prominent white tower
on a building, 48m high, standing 0.2 mile NNE of Punta
Meliso, the SW extremity of the cape.
17.2 A conspicuous signal station, consisting of a tower with
arched windows, stands 1.5 miles NW of the light. The old signal
station, which stands 1.5 miles NE of the light, is visible
only from a short distance. A high-rise building and the bell
tower of the cathedral at the town of Leuca, standing W of the
cape, are very conspicuous.
17.2 Between Capo Santa Maria di Leuca and Capo d’ Otranto,
the coast consists of a cultivated and rocky plateau. From Capo
d’ Otranto to Capo Gallo, the coast is low and is indented by
numerous coves.
17.2 Porto di Tricase (39°56'N., 18°24'E.) is a small inlet protected
by a breakwater which forms a small craft harbor. Several
buildings and villas and an arched stone viaduct stand in the
vicinity of the harbor. The port monitors VHF channel 16.
337
Gagliano del Capo, a village, is 3 miles N of Capo Santa Maria
di Leuca and can be seen conspicuously above the headland of
the cape from a few miles offshore. The campanile in this village
is prominent.
17.3 Porto di Castro (40°00'N., 18°26'E.), a small bay,
lies 4 miles NNE of Porto di Tricase and is dominated by the
village of Castro which stands on a hill, 99m high. A conspicuous
castle is situated in this village. A small harbor lies at the
NE head of the bay and is suitable for small boats only. Anchorage
is available, in a depth of 13m, mud, about 700m SW
of Punta Mocarone, the NE entrance point of the bay.
17.3 From Porto di Castro to Porto Miggiano, 2 miles NNE, the
coast is high and indented by fissures and coves. Porto Miggiano
is a small boat harbor. Terme di Santa Cesarea, a spa,
contains several prominent ornamental buildings. It stands on a
high and rocky part of the coast, 1 mile NE of Porto Miggiano.
The coast to the S of this spa is marked by several stone quarries.
17.3 Caution.—Entry is prohibited into an area with a radius of
1,000m centered 9.5 miles ESE of Terme di Santa Cesarea,
where works are in progress (2008) to construct a floating wind
turbine.
17.3 A wreck is reported to lie in position 39°58.9'N, 18°30.3'E.
Vessels are prohibited from approaching within 0.5 mile of the
wreck.
17.3 Porto Badisco, located 3 miles N of Porto Miggiano, is a narrow
and deep inlet with high and rocky sides. A gray building
and a red house stand close W of the entrance and are prominent.
This inlet is only frequented by local small craft.
17.3 Capo d’ Otranto (40°06'N., 18°31'E.) is the E extremity of
a high, precipitous, and steep-to tableland. A light is shown
from a structure, 8m high, standing on the cape. A disused light
tower stands near the base of the cape and a disused signal station
surmounts the cape.
17.3 Punta Posta delle Fasci is located 1.7 miles N of Capo d’
Otranto. It is low, rocky, and flat but is easily recognized. Punta
dell’Orto is located 0.3 mile NNW of the point and is overlooked
by a conspicuous tower which is surrounded by houses.
Torre del Serpe, standing 0.3 mile NW of Punta dell’Orto, is
situated on a hill, 34m high. It is formed by a slender pile of
masonry ruins, but is still prominent from seaward.
17.4 Porto di Otranto (40°09'N., 18°30'E.) (World Port
Index No. 40490), a small port, lies in a bay which is entered
between Punta San Nicola, located 2.5 miles NW of Capo d’
Otranto, and Punta Craul (La Punta), 0.5 mile NW. A breakwater
extends NW from Punta San Nicola and encloses the SE
part of the bay. The town of Otranto stands on the SW side of
the bay.
Porto di Otranto Home Page
http://www.guardiacostiera.it/otranto
Pub. 131

338 Sector 17. Italy—East Coast—Capo Santa Maria di Leuca to Testa del Gargano
17.4 Winds—Weather.—The harbor is protected from all winds
except those from the N. The bora, a strong and dry NE to N
wind, can be violent here in the approaches to the port, especially
in winter, and usually lasts for a few days.
17.4 Tides—Currents.—The current generally follows the coast
and sets S, even with SE winds. In summer, this current sometimes
attains a rate of 1.5 knots.
17.4 Depths—Limitations.—The main commercial facility is
Molo San Nicola, which has 260m of berthing space and
depths of 3.6 to 5.8m alongside. Vessels up to 5,300 dwt, 102m
in length, and 5.3m draft have been accommodated alongside.
17.4 Aspect.—The town of Otranto is built on relatively high and
yellowish rock stratum. A conspicuous castle stands in its SE
part and the bell tower of the cathedral is prominent. A conspicuous
war memorial, 24m high, stands 0.3 mile W of the
town.
17.4 Range beacons indicate the entrance channel and may best
be seen on the chart. A lighted buoy, moored about 140m SW
of the breakwater head, marks the N extremity of the shallow
water in the SE part of the harbor.
17.4 Secca delle Casse fronts the breakwater and extends ESE to
Punta San Nicola. A lighted buoy is moored at the SW edge of
this shoal.
17.4 Secca La Scala, with a least depth of 9.4m, lies about 0.5
mile NE of Punta Craul; the sea breaks on this shoal during
strong winds.
17.4 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 500 gross
tons and over. The pilot boards 0.6 mile from the port entrance.
17.4 Regulations.—Vessels should send an ETA 48 hours prior to
arrival and confirm the ETA by 1200 on the day prior to arrival.
17.4 The port can be contacted on VHF channel 11 or 16.
17.4 A Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) has been established in
the approaches to Otranto. It is not IMO-adopted. The principles
defined in Rule 10 of the International Regulations for
Preventing Collisions at Sea apply.
17.4 Anchorage.—Anchorages N1 to N6 are located in an area
centered 2.5 miles N of Molo San Nicolo Head. Anchorage S1
is centered 1.75 miles SE of Molo San Nicola Head.
17.4 Caution.—Due to the existence of submarine cables, an anchoring
and fishing prohibited area, which may best be seen on
the chart, extends NE from Punta Craul.
17.4 Vessels intending to enter the inner harbor should close the
NW shore as closely as possible to allow sufficient room to line
up on the range.
17.5 Baia di Alimini (40°12'N., 18°28'E.) lies 3 miles N of
Otranto and has an inlet at its head which leads to a large lagoon.
A conspicuous masonry bridge, with seven arches, crosses
this inlet and is prominent from seaward. Small vessels can
anchor, in depths of 14 to 18m within the bay.
17.5 The coast to the N of this inlet consists of a sandy beach
backed by groups of irregular sand dunes which are sparsely
covered with bushes.
17.5 Secca Missipezza, a rocky and steep-to reef, extends about
0.5 mile offshore, close N of Baia di Alimini. It is advisable to
always pass to the E of this reef.
17.5 Torre San Andrea (40°15'N., 18°27'E.) stands on a coastal
elevation and is surmounted by a disused signal station. A light
is shown from this checkered tower. A large white building and
a prominent farm house are situated near the tower.
Pub. 131
17.5 Punta San Cataldo (40°23'N., 18°18'E.) is low and sandy; a
conspicuous white bathing pavilion stands on the beach, close
W of it. A light is shown from a white tower on a white building,
23m high, standing on the point.
17.5 A pumping station, with a tall chimney, stands on the coast,
3.2 miles NW of the light.
17.5 A rocky ledge, with depths of 0.9 to 4m, extends up to 0.3
mile E of the point. Anchorage may be taken, in a depth of
10m, sand, about 1 mile ESE of the point.
17.5 Caution.—A prohibited area, which can best be seen on the
chart, extends up to 5 miles offshore from a section of the coast
lying close N of Punta San Cataldo. This area is a firing area.
17.6 Torre Specchiolla (40°30'N., 18°07'E.) stands 11.5
mile NW of Punta San Cataldo and a prominent coast guard
station is reported to be situated near it.
17.6 The coast to the N of this tower is low and generally rocky. It
contains few dwellings, but there are numerous towers.
17.6 Caution.—All vessels not entering or leaving Brindisi are
prohibited from navigating within the coastal zone extending 6
miles from the coast between Torre San Gennaro (40°32.4'N.,
18°04.0'E.) and Torre Guaceto, standing 6.5 miles WNW of
Punta Penne.
17.7 Squinzano, a town, is situated 5 miles inland, 5.5
miles SW of Torre Specchiolla. The houses are situated on the
summit of a flat-topped hill and are mostly inconspicuous. The
pointed bell tower of the town rises above these houses and is
very conspicuous from seaward.
17.7 Torre Mattarella stands 5.5 miles NW of Torre Specchiolla
and is red and rectangular. A white masonry building is situated
close E of this tower.
Capo Cavallo (Capo di Torre Cavallo) (40°38'N., 18°01'E.),
a low promontory, is located in the E approach to Brindisi. This
cape can easily be identified by a conspicuous tower with a
burn-off flare, which can be seen from a considerable distance
on a clear night.
17.7 It is reported (1990) that a power station is situated 4.5 miles
S of the cape and a chimney, 200m high, stands in its vicinity.
The Montecatini Edison industrial complex of tanks, towers,
and chimneys is situated W of the cape.
17.7 Anchorage can be obtained 4.5 miles E of the cape, in depths
of 30 to 60m
17.7 Secche di Capo Cavallo, a rocky foul area, extends 0.8 mile
E and about 1 mile N of the cape. It has numerous rocks with
depths of 1.8 to 9.8m and is marked by a lighted buoy which is
moored about 1.5 miles NE of the cape. This lighted buoy
marks the edge of the deep water NE of the cape and is used as
an approach buoy by vessels inbound from the E or S.
17.7 Caution.—A danger area, the limits of which are shown,
lies within 3 miles of the coast and extends up to about 2 miles
E and 4.5 miles SE of Capo Cavallo. Vessels are prohibited
from entering this area.
Porto di Brindisi (40°39'N., 17°59'E.)
World Port Index No. 40500
17.8 The large industrial and commercial port of Brindisi
lies between Capo Bianco, located 1.2 miles WNW of Capo

Sector 17. Italy—East Coast—Capo Santa Maria di Leuca to Testa del Gargano 339
Cavallo, and Punta Riso, 1.5 miles NW.
Porto di Brindisi Home Page
http://www.porto.br.it
17.8 It is divided into three parts. Porto Esterno is the outer harbor
and contains the oil terminal and petrochemical terminals; Porto
Medio is the middle harbor and contains the main cargo handling
areas; and Porto Interno is the inner harbor, which is
entered from Porto Medio through Canale Pigonati and consists
of two basins. The inner basin has commercial facilities,
serves as a ferry terminal, and has extensive naval installations.
17.8 Winds—Weather.—Winds from the SE and NE predominate,
but NW winds are not infrequent. The harbor is sheltered
from all winds except those from the NE and E, which sometimes
cause disturbances. The bora, a strong and dry NE to N
wind, can also be violent here, especially in winter.
17.8 Depths—Limitations.—Canale Pigonati has a depth of
10.9m and vessels up to 9.4m draft can enter Porto Interno, the
inner harbor. Costa Morena, at the S side of Porto Medio, has
500m of berthing space with depths up to 13.7m alongside.
Vessels with a draft of up to 12.5m can be accommodated.
17.8 Tankers with a draft of 11.5m can be accommodated at the
sea berth. For the discharging or loading of other refined products
of the Montecantini Edison Installations, the depth of the
berths vary from 4 to 9m.
17.8 Vessels berthing at the N section of Porto Medio are restricted
to maximum allowable heights, as follows:
1. Costa Morena Wharf—53m.
2. Riva Wharf—40m.
3. New Spur Wharves—36m.
17.8 These restrictions have been established due to the proximity
of the port area to Brindisi Airport.
17.8 An offshore oil terminal is situated 500m SW of Isolotto
Traversa and the berth consists of several mooring buoys. A
submarine pipeline extends SE from the berth to the SE shore
of Porto Esterno. Tankers up to 11.5m draft can be handled.
17.8 Aspect.—Isole Pedagne Grandi (Le Pedagne), a chain of
low islets, lies on a shoal bank at the E side of the port, N of
Capo Bianco. Isola Pedagne Grande, the largest and E islet,
lies 0.3 mile NNE of the cape and is connected to it by a breakwater.
Isolotto Traversa, the W islet, lies 0.6 mile NW of Capo
Bianco and forms the S entrance point of the outer harbor. Le
Pedagne Light is shown from a structure, 18m high, standing
on this islet.
17.8 Isola Sant Andrea, an island, lies on a shoal bank at the NW
side of the port. It is located 1 mile W of Isolotto Traversa and
0.3 mile E of the mainland coast. A breakwater extends between
the NW end of the island and the mainland. A radio tower
stands on the SE part of this island.
17.8 Forte a Mare, an island dominated by a massive stone building
with a signal station, lies close S of the S end of Isola Sant
Andrea and is connected to it by a bridge.
17.8 Diga di Punta Riso, a breakwater, extends 1.3 mile E from
Punta Riso, the NE extremity of Isola Sant Andrea. It forms the
N side of the outer harbor and a light is shown from the head.
17.8 Torre Penna, a large and prominent tower, stands on the extremity
of Capo Gallo, a low tongue of land, which is located 2
miles NW of Punta Riso. The coast to the N of this cape is low,
flat, and contains several towers and villages. The most conspicuous
of these villages are Carovigno and Ostuni, which are
situated 4 miles inland, 13 and 16 miles WNW, respectively, of
Capo Gallo.
17.8 A conspicuous monument to sailors, which represents a rudder,
stands close W of Canale Pigonati. Brindisi Light is shown
from the top of the this monument.
17.8 An aeronautical light is shown from a structure situated 0.5
mile WNW of the monument.
17.8 Other prominent landmarks include the cathedral, standing
SW of Canale Pigonati; and an ancient castle, flanked by towers,
standing WSW of Canale Pigonati.
17.8 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt
and all tankers. Pilots may be contacted on VHF channel 12
and board 1 mile outside the entrance.
17.8 Regulations.—The port is a naval base and special regulations
are in effect relating to the movement of vessels, berthing,
and anchoring.
17.8 A speed limit of 6 knots is in force within the port.
17.8 Vessels
must send a request for berthing to the harbormaster
at least 24 hours prior to ETA. Prior to anchoring, vessels must
contact the harbormaster, as follows:
Local time VHF channel
0800-2000 12
All other times 16
17.8 Vessels carrying polluting or dangerous cargo must report to
the harbormaster 36 hours in advance; if the vessel intends to
load or unload, the notice must be given 48 hours in advance.
17.8 Vessels entering Porto Medio, contrary to normal custom,
have priority over vessels leaving, except that Italian naval vessels
have priority over all other vessels.
17.8 Vessels transiting Canale Pigonati must, if possible, do so
with engines stopped. Movements in the passage are regulated
by the harbormaster. Vessels leaving, whether commercial or
military, have priority.
17.8 Vessels must not approach military installations without permission.
17.8 A Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) is located off the port. It
is not IMO-adopted and navigation is under the control of the
harbormaster.
17.8 Anchorage.—.The recommended anchorage for small and
medium-sized vessels is in Anchorage NW, centered 2.5 miles
WNW of Punta Penne, in depths of 20 to 50m. Anchorage SE
is centered 5 miles ESE of Capo di Torre Cavallo.
17.8 Waiting Area BR1 is centered 2.75 miles ESE of Capo di
Torre Cavallo. It was established to accommodate vessels complying
with UN inspection requirements. A small arms firing
practice area lies within this anchorage area.
17.8 Directions.—Vessels approaching from the E or S should
pass E and N of the lighted buoy moored NE of Capo Cavallo.
17.8 Caution.—Numerous anchoring prohibited areas lie in the
entrance and within the port and may best be seen on the chart.
17.8 Moorings for the use of aircraft are situated along the shores
of Porto Medio, which is occasionally used for flying operations.
17.8 Silting has always occurred within this port and depths may
be less than shown on the chart.
Pub. 132

340 Sector 17. Italy—East Coast—Capo Santa Maria di Leuca to Testa del Gargano
17.8 Several unlighted mooring buoys are situated within the port.
17.8 The land in the vicinity of the port is low and difficult to
identify, especially during S winds, when a haze is prevalent.
On nearing the port, the character of the bottom can be helpful
in determining position. It has weeds off Capo Cavallo to the S
of the port; hard mud off Capo Gallo to the N of the port; and
rock, sand, or gravel between the two.
17.8 Moorings for the use of aircraft are laid close offshore in
Porto Medio. The whole of Porto Medio is used for day and
night flight operations. A green and white flag is flown from
the signal station by day when flight operations are in progress.
Vessels must delay movements while the flag is displayed.
Porto di Brindisi to Porto di Bari
17.9 Porto di Monopoli (40°57'N., 17°18'E.) (World Port
Index No. 40510), a small harbor, lies 35 miles NW of Brindisi
and is protected by two moles.
17.9 Tides—Currents.—Generally, the current in this vicinity
follows the direction of the coast and sets SE. With N and NE
winds, it may attain a rate up to 2 or 3 knots.
17.9 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor has 275m of total berthing
space with depths of 4.5 to 8.5m alongside. There are facilities
for general cargo, tanker, bulk, and fishing vessels.
Vessels up to 110m in length and 6.7m draft can be accommodated.
17.9 Aspect.—The town of Monopoli is situated on the SW side
of the harbor. The most prominent landmarks in its vicinity include
a pointed bell tower; the church of San Francesco with a
clock; three chimneys standing at the cement works; and a single
chimney standing at the oil refinery which is situated close
E of the cement works. A castle stands at the root of the S
mole.
17.9 When seen from the SE, in clear weather, at a distance of 15
to 20 miles, the town appears as a narrow, low, and white strip.
Numerous resort camps are situated along the coast in the vicinity
of the town. The town of Conversano, situated 8 miles W
of the port, is conspicuous from seaward because of its height.
17.9 Torre Canne, 32m high and conspicuous, stands on the coast,
10 miles SE of the harbor. A light, which can be seen from the
approaches, is shown from a white octagonal tower on a building
on this point. A prominent high-rise building is reported to
stand 0.5 mile S of the light. A small boat harbor, dominated by
a prominent castle, lies at Villanova, 5.5 mile SE of the light.
17.9 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 400 grt.
Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12 and board 1 mile
from the entrance to the port.
17.9 Anchorage.—There are two designated anchorage areas,
each with a radius of 0.4 mile and centered 1.25 miles N and
1.75 miles ESE, respectively, from the head of the S mole.
17.9 Vessels must contact the harbormaster on VHF channel 16 to
obtain permission for anchoring.
17.9 Caution.—Vessels should give the mole heads a wide berth.
A submarine cable extends across the entry between the breakwaters,
as best seen on the chart.
Pub. 131
Porto di Monopoli Home Page
http://www.aplevante.org
17.9 An anchoring and fishing prohibited area, with a radius of 2
miles, lies centered on position 40°55.2'N, 18°19.7'E.
17.10 Polignano a Mare (41°00'N., 17°13'E.), a town, is
situated 4.5 miles NW of Monopoli and is conspicuous. It
stands on a craggy coastal bluff and has numerous chimneys
and sprawling whitish-colored houses. Isolotto San Paolo, a
rocky islet, lies close offshore near the town and is surmounted
by a ruined monastery.
17.10 Between
Monopoli and Mola di Bari, 11 miles NW, the coast
is low, rocky, and indented. A number of towers, coves, and
scattered buildings exist along this stretch of coast. From Mola
di Bari to Porto di Bari, 11 miles WNW, numerous towers and
houses stand along the coast. Motel dell Agip, a seven-story
building, stands isolated 3 miles WNW of Mola di Bari and is
very conspicuous.
17.11 Mola di Bari (41°03'N., 17°06'E.), a small harbor,
lies 11 miles ESE of Porto di Bari and is protected by moles.
Prominent landmarks in the town, from E to W, include a factory
chimney, standing near the beach; three bell towers; and the
dome of the cathedral. The harbor is accessible to small vessels
up to 50m in length and 3.5m draft. The port monitors VHF
channel 16. Anchorage, in good weather, can be obtained, in a
depth of 10m, hard mud, about 1 mile off the harbor.
17.11 Caution.—A fish farming plant is located 1.3 miles E of
Mola di Bari. It is marked by lighted and unlighted buoys. Anchoring,
fishing, and stopping are prohibited within 0.3 mile of
the plant.
Porto di Bari (41°08'N., 16°52'E.)
World Port Index No. 40530
17.12 The port of Bari lies 11 mile WNW of Molo di Bari
and is protected by breakwaters. It is divided into two harbors.
Bacino Grande, the large commercial harbor, lies on the NW
side of the old city and Porto Vecchio, a small craft and fishing
harbor, lies on the SE side. The city of Bari is disposed in a
wide arc to the S of the port.
Porto di Bari Home Page
http://www.aplevante.org
17.12 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are from the NW
to SE through N and are often harbingers of storms. The Scirocco
carries mist and humidity. The mistral creates strong currents.
East winds commomly bring clouds and storms.
17.12 Tides—Currents.—The current in the vicinity of the harbor
follows the coast and sets SE, changing direction with fresh SE
winds. Winds from the N may increase the rate of this current
from 1 to 3 knots. A counterclockwise current, which is quite
strong, may sometimes be experienced within the harbor during
strong N winds.
17.12 Depths—Limitations.—The main commercial facilities in
Darsena Interna include Molo St. Vito, with 550m of total berthing
space and depths of 5 to 6.3m alongside, which is used by
ferries; Banchina Dogana with two berths and depths of 6m
alongside; and Banchina Capitaneria, with 370m of total ber-

Sector 17. Italy—East Coast—Capo Santa Maria di Leuca to Testa del Gargano 341
thing space and depths of 5.5 to 6.5m alongside, which is used
for general cargo and passengers. Darsena di Levante includes
Molo Ridosso, with 560m of total berthing space and depths of
7.6 to 7.9m alongside, which is used by naval vessels and ferries;
and Banchina Deposito Franco, Banchina di Mezzogiorno,
and Banchina di Levante, with 945m of total berthing space
and depths of 8.5 to 9.8m alongside, which are used by bulk
and large passenger vessels.
17.12 In addition, there is 2,300m of total quayage situated along
the inner sides of the breakwaters of Vecchio Molo Foraneo,
Nuovo Molo Foraneo, III Braccio, IV Braccio, V Braccio, and
Molo San Cataldo. These berths have depths of 7.3 to 14m
alongside and are used by tankers. Vessels up to 300m in length
and 12.2m draft can be accommodated. Molo Pizzoli in Bacino
Grande is not approachable due to work in progress.
17.12 Aspect.—At night, the illumination of the city has been reported
to be visible from as far as 30 miles. Three greenish
lights, arranged horizontally and shown at a factory, have been
reported to be the first harbor lights sighted.
17.12 The old city stands between the two harbors near the root of
the main outer breakwater. A castle, with a signal tower; a cathedral,
with a steepled bell tower; and a basilica are situated in
the old city and are prominent. Several conspicuous silos stand
N of the old city and near the root of the breakwater.
17.12 Punta San Cataldo Light is shown from a prominent white
octagonal tower and two-story dwelling, 62m high, standing on
Punta San Cataldo at the W side of the main harbor.
17.12 A racon is situated at the light structure on the head of the
main outer breakwater.
17.12 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt
and over when entering or leaving the port and when shifting
berths within the port area. The compulsory pilotage area for
inbound vessels lies within an arc with a radius of 1 mile centered
on the light at the end of the Nuovo Molo Foraneo Breakwater.
For outbound vessels the compulsory pilotage area lies
within an arc with a radius of 0.5 mile centered on the light at
the end of the Molo San Cataldo Breakwater.
17.12 Pilotage is not compulsory for warships, vessels of less than
500 grt, fishing vessels, tugs, and vessels used in local traffic
and port services.
17.12 Vessels should request pilot services 24 hours in advance.
The pilots are available on VHF channels 12 and 16. Vessels
subject to compulsory pilotage should contact the pilots on
VHF channel 12 when within range. The pilot boards in position
41°09.5'N, 16°49.9'E.
17.12 Regulations.—Vessels carrying polluting or dangerous cargo
are subject to specific authorization and must report to the
harbormaster at least 72 hours in advance; if the vessel intends
to load or unload, the notice must be given 72 hours in advance.
17.12 A Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS), best seen on the chart,
has been established in the approaches to the port. The scheme
is not IMO-adopted and Rule 10 of the International Regulations
for Preventing Collisions at Sea applies.
17.12 Vessel Traffic Service.—A Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) is
established in the vicinity of Bari. The VTS center operates
from the Bari Harbormaster’s Office. The VTS provides for
safe and efficient vessel traffic movements within the VTS, assists
onboard navigational decision making and monitors its effects,
and provides information regarding the safety of
navigation within the VTS area. There is emphasis on the
movement of traffic in the vicinity of the port of Bari, fishing
vessel activity, storm and adverse weather warnings, the presence
of vessels limited in their ability to maneuver, search and
rescue activity, and floating objects hazardous to navigation.
17.12 The VTS area is bounded by a line joining the following positions:
a. 41°09.5'N, 16°46.0'E.
b. 41°24.5'N, 16°59.0'E.
c. 41°19.0'N, 17°30.0'E.
d. 41°00.0'N, 17°14.0'E.
17.12 A precautionary area is also established seaward of the VTS
area bounded by lines joining the following positions:
a. 41°10.0'N, 16°43.0'E.
b. 41°27.0'N, 16°58.0'E
c. 41°20.5'N, 17°35.0'E.
d. 41°58.5'N, 17°16.0'E.
17.12 The VTS (call sign: Bari VTS) can be contacted on VHF
channels 14 and 16.
17.12 Participation in the VTS is mandatory for vessels of 300
gross tons and over, fishing vessels of 45m loa and over, and
pleasure craft of 45m loa and over. Participation is optional for
Italian or allied warships; vessels belonging to a European
Union country used for non-commercial public service; and for
fishing vessels, traditional vessels, and pleasure craft of less
than 45m loa.
17.12 Inbound vessels should contact the Bari VTS, as follows:
1. When entering the precautionary area.
2. When entering the VTS area.
3. When 3 miles from the port.
4. On embarking the pilot.
5. When alongside the berth and moored.
17.12 Outbound vessels should contact the Bari VTS, as follows:
1. When ready to leave the berth.
2. When disembarking the pilot.
3. On leaving the TSS area.
4. On exiting the VTS area.
17.12 Transiting vessels should contact the Bari VTS prior to entering
the VTS area.
17.12 Anchorage.—Three designated anchorage areas are located
outside the harbor, as follows:
1. Anchorage Area A lies, in depths of 22 to 26m, about
0.6 mile NE of the main harbor entrance. The area is bounded
by the outbound lane of the TSS and Nuovo Molo Foraneo.
2. Anchorage Area B is adjacent to and ESE of Anchorage
Area A and is best seen on the chart.
3. Anchorage Area C is centered about 1.5 miles NW of
the entrance. Generally, the bottom is rocky and covered
with a thin layer of mud and sand. Consequently, anchors often
become fouled on the bottom.
17.12 Caution.— A prohibited anchorage area lies in the entrances
to both harbors and may best be seen on the chart.
17.12 A rocky and shallow shoal patch, Secca del Monte, over
which the sea breaks, lies close N of Porto Vecchio.
17.12 A sewage outfall extends about 750m NE from the shore
about 1.6 miles W of Nuovo Molo Foraneo head, terminating
about 0.5 mile SW of Anchorage Area C.
17.12 There is a restricted area in the Adriatic Sea N of Bari. The
area is bound by a line joining the following positions:
Pub. 132

342 Sector 17. Italy—East Coast—Capo Santa Maria di Leuca to Testa del Gargano
Pub. 131
Approach to Bari
Punta San Cataldo Light

Sector 17. Italy—East Coast—Capo Santa Maria di Leuca to Testa del Gargano 343
Approach to Darsena Vecchia
Darsena di Ponente
Pub. 132

344 Sector 17. Italy—East Coast—Capo Santa Maria di Leuca to Testa del Gargano
Pub. 131
Grain Berth (Berth No. 15) and Silos in Darsena di Levante
Cruise Ship Berth (Berths No. 13 and 14) in Darsena di Levante

Sector 17. Italy—East Coast—Capo Santa Maria di Leuca to Testa del Gargano 345
a. 41°30.4'N, 17°03.4'E.
b. 41°25.3'N, 17°05.6'E.
c. 41°16.6'N, 16°57.1'E.
d. 41°21.3'N, 16°57.1'E.
Porto di Bari to Porto di Barletta
17.13 Santo Spirito (41°10'N., 16°45'E.), a small town, is
situated 4.8 miles WNW of Bari and stands on the shores of a
cove which is open to the N. The town is fronted by a small
harbor which is used by fishing vessels and small craft, and is
protected by two breakwaters.
17.13 The
Punta San Cataldo Light
town of Giovinazzo, partially surrounded by a wall on
the seaward side, stands prominently on the coast, 4 miles
WNW of Santo Spirito. It is fronted by a small craft harbor. A
creek, used by small coastal vessels, lies close NW of the town.
A shallow shoal lies close off the E entrance point of this creek.
It is reported that the bell tower of the cathedral in the town is
conspicuous from seaward.
17.14 Molfetta (41°12'N., 16°36'E.) (World Port Index No.
40550), a small port, lies 4 miles WNW of Giovinazzo. The
harbor is formed by two moles and a detached breakwater,
which lies NW of the entrance, shelters it from winds from the
N and NW.
17.14 Depths—Limitations.—The main commercial facilities in-
clude 475m of total berthing space, with depths of 3.4 to 7m
alongside. The harbor is used mainly by bulkers and can accommodate
vessels up to 10,500 dwt, 160m in length, and 7m
draft.
17.14 Aspect.—From a distance, the town presents an imposing
appearance. A conspicuous church, with a bell tower, stands
isolated on the shore, 0.6 mile W of the town. The prominent
twin towers of the seminary are situated near the root of the E
mole.
17.14 A light is shown from a prominent white octagonal tower,
18m high, standing near the root of the E mole.
17.14 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels 500 grt and
over. The pilots are available on VHF channel 12.
17.14 Regulations.—All vessels are prohibited to move within,
enter, or depart through the harbor entrance at a speed greater
than 3 knots.
17.14 The harbor can be contacted on VHF channel 14 or 16.
17.14 Vessels are required to contact the port office on VHF channel
16 to obtain permission to anchor.
17.14 Anchorage.—Safe anchorage is available 1.5 miles NW of
the breakwater. Ten designated berths, designated as F1
through F10, are available.
17.14 Caution.—Vessels should remain clear of the heads of the
moles and the breakwater.
17.14 A fishing prohibited area lies centered 3.5 miles NE of the
harbor entrance and may best be seen on the chart.
17.14 Unexploded ordnance lies on the sea bottom 7.1 miles NE of
Molfetta.
17.14 Operations are in progress (2010) to locate explosive devices
in the inner and outer basins of the port.
17.14 A marine farm, marked by buoys, lies centered 1.8 miles
NNE of Giovinazzo.
17.14 A historic wreck, with its circular restricted area, lies 4.3
miles N of Molfetta.
17.15 Torre Calderino (41°14'N., 16°33'E.) stands 2 miles
WNW of Molfetta and is conspicuous. A prominent silo and a
factory are situated 1 mile SW of this tower.
17.15 Bisceglie (41°15'N., 16°31'E.), a town, stands around a small
inlet. The large whitish-colored dome of the cathedral, situated
in the town center, is conspicuous. The inlet forms a small harbor
which is protected by breakwaters and is mostly used by
fishing vessels. In summer, this inlet is used by numerous
yachts. Small vessels with local knowledge can anchor off the
inlet.
17.15 Between Bisceglie and Trani, 4.5 miles WNW, the coast consists
of rocky and broken terrain which slopes abruptly to a
narrow and sandy beach. Two masonry bridges, with numerous
arches, cross a stream, 2 miles NW of Bisceglie. A prominent
tower stands close N of them.
17.15 Capo Punta Colonna is located 1 mile ESE of Trani and is
surmounted by a large and whitish-colored convent. The point
is rocky and relatively high. The village of Andria, with three
large and conspicuous campaniles, is situated 6.5 miles WSW
of Trani.
17.15 Caution.—A wreck is located at approximate position
41°17.9'N, 16°29.9'E. A restricted area, with a radius of 0.5
mile, is centered on the wreck.
17.16 Porto di Trani (41°17'N., 16°25'E.) consists of a nat-
Pub. 132

346 Sector 17. Italy—East Coast—Capo Santa Maria di Leuca to Testa del Gargano
ural bay, about 300m in diameter, which forms a small harbor
and is protected by three breakwaters. The harbor is mostly
used by coasters, yachts, and fishing vessels. Vessels up to 60m
in length and 4.3m draft can enter. The harbor is subject to silting
and can be contacted on VHF channel 14 or 16. Anchorage
may be taken outside the harbor with good holding ground.
However, this roadstead is not recommended with winds and
seas from the NE quadrant.
17.16 The town surrounds the harbor and is composed of low and
bright-colored houses crowded together. A conspicuous cathedral,
with a spired campanile, and a castle, with towers and
arches, stand in the town.
17.16 From Trani to Porto di Barletta, the coast is low and sandy.
17.16 Castel del Monte (41°05'N., 16°16'E.), 540m high, stands
13.5 miles SSW of Trani. This peak is the highest in the vicinity
and is very conspicuous from seaward.
Porto di Barletta (41°19'N., 16°17'E.)
World Port Index No. 40580
17.17 Porto di Barletta, a small port, lies 6.5 miles WNW of
Trani and is formed by two breakwaters. The harbor is sheltered
against heavy seas and is considered more secure than
any other port along this stretch of coast.
17.17 Depths—Limitations.—There are quays on the inside of
the breakwaters, with depths of 8 to 8.5m alongside. There are
facilities for general cargo and bulk vessels. Vessels up to
17,000 grt, with a maximum length of 180m and a maximum
draft of 6.2m, can be accommodated.
17.17 Aspect.—During reduced visibility, the first landmark to be
sighted in the vicinity of the port is the straight and white-colored
road which leads S from the port to the town of Andria,
5.5 miles inland. A prominent cemetery is situated on the
coast, 1 mile W of Barletta.
17.17 Conspicuous landmarks in the city include the whitish-colored
campanile of a church standing in the E part; a large bastioned
castle situated E of the campanile; the large cupola of a
church standing 0.5 mile WSW of the campanile; and several
chimneys standing E of the castle. Several prominent silos,
44m high, stand in the vicinity of the harbor.
17.17 The city of Barletta differs from other cities and towns in the
vicinity because its houses are not whitewashed. A light is
shown from an octagonal tower, 29m high, standing on an inner
spur of the W breakwater.
17.17 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt.
Pilots may be contacted on VHF channel 14 and board 1 mile
N of the entrance.
17.17 Vessels with a draft greater than 7m must use a pilot to proceed
to the anchorage. Vessels should send an ETA 72 hours,
48 hours, and 24 hours in advance of arrival.
17.17 Anchorage.—Anchorage may be taken offshore, either to
the W or E of the harbor. To the E of the harbor, the bottom
contains patches of rock; to the W, mud and sand, with good
holding properties, can be found. A good berth is found in a
depth of 8m, about 1 mile NW of the W breakwater.
17.17 Two designated anchorage areas, best seen on the chart, lie
NE of Barletta; each is 1 mile in radius. Anchorage Area A is
for all cargo vessels, except for tankers carrying dangerous cargo.
Anchorage Area B is for tankers carrying dangerous cargo.
Pub. 131
17.17 Caution.—An anchoring, stopping, and fishing prohibited
area, which may best be seen on the chart, extends up to 1.5
miles N of the entrance.
17.17 An outfall pipeline extends up to 1.5 miles NNE from a point
on the shore, 1.5 miles W of the harbor.
17.17 A dangerous wreck lies about 2.2 miles N of the harbor entrance.
17.17 A dangerous wreck, in 20m, lies 4.2 miles ENE of the port.
17.17 A submarine power cable, best seen on the chart, extends
across the entrance between breakwaters.
Golfo di Manfredonia
17.18 Golfo di Manfredonia (41°30'N., 16°10'E.) is entered
between Barletta and Testa del Gargano, a headland, 30
miles N. The SW coast of the gulf, to within 3 miles of Manfredonia,
is low and marshy. Several lakes and salt marshes lie
inland and are backed by an undulating and cultivated plain.
From Manfredonia, the NE coast becomes high, steep, and is
backed by the mountainous terrain of Promontorio del Gargano.
This gulf is frequently used by numerous fishing vessels.
17.18 Fiume
Ofanto discharges through a mouth located 4.3 miles
WNW of Barletta. Sediment from this river is carried SE and
contributes to the silting of many harbors in that direction.
Torre d’Ofanto, prominent and white, rises above the trees, 0.7
mile S of the river mouth.
17.19 Margherita di Savoia (41°23'N., 16°08'E.), a small
town, appears as a line of light-colored buildings rising from
the sea. Two short moles extend N from the shore fronting the
town and protect the entrance to a canal which is used by small
craft. Three steel bridges span the canal and are prominent. The
harbor authority monitors VHF channel 16. Anchorage can be
obtained, in good weather, in depths of 11 to 13m, mud, about
1 mile off the canal entrance.
17.19 Caution.—A fish farm, marked by lighted and unlighted
buoys, is located 2.5 miles NE of the town.
17.19 A dangerous wreck is reported to lie about 3 miles NE of the
canal entrance.
17.20 The conspicuous village of Trinitapoli, with a prominent
cupola, is situated 3 miles W of Margherita di Savoia and
the more elevated village of San Ferdinando stands 6 miles SW
of the town.
17.20 The village of Zapponeta stands 9 miles NW of Margherita
di Savoia; its houses, with some red-roofed sheds, appear
prominently near the beach.
17.20 This
entire stretch of coast is recognizable by the conspicu-
ous aerial cableway pylons which carry salt from Margherita di
Savoia to Barletta.
Manfredonia (41°37'N., 15°55'E.)
World Port Index No. 40590
17.21 Manfredonia, a small port, is divided into two harbors.
The old harbor is formed by two converging breakwaters.
The industrial harbor is situated at the head of a breakwater jetty
which extends 1.2 miles SE from the shore at the NE side of
the old harbor; piers at the head form a sheltered harbor basin.

Sector 17. Italy—East Coast—Capo Santa Maria di Leuca to Testa del Gargano 347
17.21 Winds—Weather.—Winds from the SW sometimes blow
briefly in heavy squalls and make entering and leaving dangerous.
Although the roadstead offers little protection from sirocco
winds, which blow from the SE and S, these seldom blow
hard near the land and the sea is never very heavy in the roadstead.
The bora, locally called monterese, which blows from
the NE and N, sometimes arrives in violent squalls flowing
down the gorges of Promontorio del Gargano.
17.21 Depths—Limitations.—The old harbor has 700m of total
berthing space with depths of 2 to 7.5m alongside. It is used by
small general cargo vessels, passenger ferries, fishing vessels,
and naval craft with drafts up to 9.5m.
17.21 The industrial harbor, which has 5 berths, is mainly used for
chemicals and bulk cargoes. It has 1,765m of total berthing
space, with a depth of 10m alongside, and can accommodate
vessels up to 9.9m draft with no restriction in length.
17.21 Aspect.—Monte Calvo, 1,055m high, stands 9 miles NW of
Manfredonia and is the highest and most prominent peak in the
area. Also prominent is Monte degli Angeli, 886m high, which
stands 5 miles N of the town and has a village, with conspicuous
tower, situated near its summit.
17.21 Prominent landmarks in the town include a castle, floodlighted
at night, standing at the E side; the cupola of the church
standing close SW of the castle; and a keep, formed by a truncated
cone, situated near the root of the S breakwater of the old
harbor.
17.21 An industrial complex extends NE of the town and is brightly
lighted at night. It includes large buildings, tanks, and chimneys.
A tourist resort complex extends SW of the town.
17.21 A light is shown from a white octagonal tower on a two-story
building, 18m high, standing near the root of the E breakwater
of the old harbor.
17.21 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt.
Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12. Vessels should
send a request for a pilot at least 1 hour before arrival. The pilot
boards in position 41°36.0'N, 15°58.0'E.
17.21 Anchorage.—Designated anchorage areas, which may best
be seen on the chart, lie in the approaches to the port. Anchorage
Area A1, Anchorage Area A2, Anchorage Area A3, Anchorage
Area A4, and Anchorage Area A5 are for vessels
carrying general cargo. Anchorage Area A6 and Anchorage
Area A7 are for vessels carrying dangerous cargo.
17.21 Vessels must contact the maritime authority on VHF channel
16 for permission to anchor.
17.21 Caution.—Artificial concrete structures are positioned in
the waters along the coastline between Manfredonia and Zapponeta
to discourage illegal trawling and fishing activities. The
area is about1 mile from the coast, about 7 miles long and 2
miles wide, and marked by six lighted buoys.
17.21 Works are in progress (2010) in an area SSW of Molo di
Ponente.
Manfredonia to Testa del Gargano
17.22 Punta Grugno (41°42'N., 16°04'E.) is located 7.5
miles NE of Manfredonia and slopes steeply to the sea. Mattinata,
small fishing and pleasure boat harbor, fronts the coast 1
mile NNE of the point. A unused light tower and an isolated
building stand on Punta Agnuli, close NE of the harbor.
17.22 Torre Proposti (41°47'N., 16°12'E.), consisting of a white
structure with a squat tower at one corner, stands on a steep
headland, 7.8 miles NE of Punta Grugno. It is 22m high and is
situated on a massive reddish-colored base. A light is shown
from the top of this tower. A prominent hotel complex is reported
to be situated 3 miles SW of this tower.
17.22 Between this tower and Testa del Gargano, 2.5 miles N, the
coast is indented by numerous coves which contain underwater
rocks and close off-lying islets.
17.22 Testa del Gargano (41°50'N., 16°12'E.), the NE extremity
of Golfo di Manfredonia, is steep, rocky, and fronted by several
rocks. The remains of an old tower stand on this headland. Several
prominent towers stand on the coast, which is fronted by
rocks, N of this headland.
Pub. 132

18.
Italy—East Coast—Testa del Gargano to Fiume Po Delta (in-
cluding off-lying islands)
18.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 18 — CHART INFORMATION
349
Pub. 131

SECTOR 18
ITALY—EAST COAST—TESTA DEL GARGANO TO FIUME PO DELTA (INCLUDING OFF-
LYING ISLANDS)
18.0 Plan.—This sector describes the coast NE part of the Italian
Adriatic coast from Testa del Gargano, at the E side of Promontorio
del Gargano, N to Porto Garibaldi in the S approaches
of the Fiume Po delta. The off-lying islands of Isola Pianosa,
Isole di Tremiti, and Otok Palagruza are also included.
General Remarks
18.1 Regulations.—Tanker vessels of 1,600 grt and over
entering or leaving Italian ports and carrying, or with uncleaned
tanks which last carried, petroleum, gas, or chemical
products should report to a shore station before entering Italian
territorial waters off Italian ports. For further details, see Pub.
140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean
and Adjacent Seas.
18.1 The
New Inspection Regime (NIR) of the Paris Memoran-
dum of Understanding (PMoU) has introduced a mandatory reporting
system for vessels arriving at or departing from a port
or anchorage within the Paris MoU region.
18.1 For
further information, see paragraph 10.1 and North At-
lantic Ocean—Regulations—Paris Memorandum of Understanding
on Port State Control (PMoU) New Inspection
Regime (NIR) in Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning
Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and Adaecent Seas.
18.1 Caution.—Numerous offshore oil and gas installations and
associated pipelines and service craft may be encountered off
the coast described in this sector.
18.1 The
coastlines of Promontorio del Gargano and Isole Tremiti
consist of high and rocky sections which stand sheer above the
sea with natural caves and grottoes surrounded in places by
rocks. Regulations are in force prohibiting the passage and
stopping of vessels through areas in these vicinities which are
considered dangerous due to rock falls and landslips.
18.1 Promontorio del Gargano should be rounded at a distance of
at least 1 mile.
Testa del Gargano to Vieste
18.2 Testa del Gargano (41°50'N., 16°12'E.), the NE extremity
of Golfe di Manfredonia, is fully described in paragraph
17.22.
Scogliodi Porto Nuovo, a small islet, lies 0.3 mile offshore, 1
mile NNW of Tests del Gargano. It is surrounded by reefs and
this area should be given a wide berth.
18.2 Isola Santa Eufemia (41°53'N., 16°11'E.), an island, lies
close ENE of Punta Santa Croce in the approaches to Vieste.
An overhead cable, with a vertical clearance of about 20m,
spans the channel lying between this island and the point. Vessels
with a masthead or rigging height of more than 18m are
prohibited from using this passage. A light is shown from a
prominent structure, 27m high, standing on the island.
18.2 Vieste (41°53'N., 16°11'E.), a small town, stands on the
slopes around a small bay which is entered between Punta San
351
Francesco and Punta Santa Croce, 0.3 mile NW. A prominent
fort, on which is situated a checkered signal station, stands at
the SW end of the town. A cathedral, with a high bell tower,
stands close E of the fort.
18.2 The
town is fronted on the N side by a small harbor which is
protected by moles. It is mostly used by fishing vessels and is
accessible to vessels up to 30m in length and 2.5m draft.The
harbor monitors VHF channels 14 and 16. Vessels can anchor,
in a depth of 11m, about 0.3 mile E of the S extremity of Isola
Sant Eufemia. Large vessels should anchor farther offshore.
Off-lying Islands and Dangers
18.3 Isola Pianosa (42°13'N., 15°45'E.) is 3m high and
rocky. The N shore of this islet is rather steep-to, but its other
shores are fringed by reefs with depths of less than 10m. A
light is shown from a white round tower, 17m high, standing on
the N side of the islet.
18.3 Isole Tremiti (42°07'N., 15°30'E.), a group of four islands,
consists of Isola San Domino, Isola San Nicola, Isola Caprara,
and Il Cretaccio. These islands are all low by comparison with
the mainland.
18.3 Isola San Domino, the largest and S of the group, is the most
fertile and cultivated island. It has rocky and broken coasts
which contain a number of grottoes. The E end of the island is
formed by a short yellowish-colored peninsula which terminates
in a beach. Punta Secca, the W extremity of the island, is
formed by a low, blackish, and narrow peninsula. A hill, 116m
high, stands at the S end of the island. A light is shown from a
structure, 16m high, standing on the SW extremity of the island.
18.3 Isola San Nicola is connected to the E end of Isola San Domino
by a reef with a depth of less than 5m. The village of Tremiti
contains several buildings including a church and a signal
station, and stands at the SW end of the island. It is fronted by a
small boat harbor. A light is shown from a structure, 15m high,
standing near the N end of the island.
18.3 A submerged obstruction, dangerous to navigation, lies
about 250m N of the SW extremity of this island and is marked
by a buoy.
18.3 Il Cretaccio, yellowish and extremely irregular, lies on a reef
0.7 mile NE of the E end of Isola San Domino. This island is
the smallest of the group and the passages lying between it and
the two larger islands can be used only by shallow-draft craft.
18.3 Isola Caprara, the NE island of the group, is separated from
the NW side of Isola San Nicola by a narrow passage with a
least depth of 8.2m in the fairway. The coasts of this island are
rather steep-to and all dangers lie close inshore. A narrow peninsula
forms the NE side of the island. A light is shown from a
structure standing on this peninsula.
18.3 This group of islands affords good shelter from winds between
the W and ENE and adequate shelter from bora, strong
NE gales. Vessels can anchor, in depths of 31 to 35m, good
Pub. 131

352 Sector 18. Italy—East Coast—Testa del Gargano to Fiume Po Delta
holding ground, mud, about 0.3 mile off the SE shore of Isola
San Domino. Anchorage, in convenient depths, can also be taken
SE of the SW part of Isola Caprara.
18.3 Otok Palagruza (42°24'N., 16°16'E.), a Croatian island, is
high, rocky, and rises to a height of 103m near its W end.
Above-water rocks, some of which are sharp peaked, lie up to
0.2 mile W of the W end of the island. A light is shown from a
structure, 22m high, standing on the SW coast of the island.
Another light is shown a tower standing close E of the light.
18.3 Otocic Palagruza Mali, 51m high, is connected to the SE end
of the above island by shoal ground and is surrounded by rocks
and shoals.
18.3 Otocic Galijula, 8m high, lies 3 miles ESE of Otok Palagruza
and is surrounded by reefs extending up to about 0.5 offshore.
18.3 Caution.—Navigation is prohibited within 300m of Otok
Palagruza.
18.3 Overhead power cables, which may obstruct the passage of
vessels with masts, span the channels leading between Isola
San Domino and Il Cretaccio, and between Il Cretaccio and
Isola San Nicola.
18.3 A marine nature reserve area has been established around
Isole Tremiti and special regulations apply. The Manfredonia
Harbormaster should be contacted for further details.
18.3 A Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) lies about midway between
Isola Pianosa and Otok Palagruza. This TSS is not IMOadopted
but the national authorities advise that use of this
scheme is compulsory for all foreign naval vessels, tankers, nuclear
powered vessels, and vessels carrying nuclear or dangerous
substances.
Vieste to Termoli
18.4 Peschici (41°56'N., 15°53'E.), a village, stands 8.5
miles WSW of Vieste. The coast between is indented by sandy
beaches and small coves, and surmounted by a number of towers.
This village is situated on the top of a barren promontory
that appears as a rocky wall descending vertically into the sea.
Monte Pucci, standing 1 mile W of the village, is tree-covered
and prominent. A small boat harbor fronts the village at the
foot of the promontory.
18.4 A long wall, with arched openings for the protection of the
citrus groves, extends almost from Peschici to Rodi Garganico,
6 miles W, and appears as an arched viaduct.
18.4 Rodi Garganico (41°56'N., 15°53'E.), a small town, stands
on a sloping hill which is surrounded by citrus and olive
groves. A conspicuous yellow-colored church cupola is situated
in the extreme W part of the town. A mole, 230m long, extends
NE from the E part of the town and is for shelter by small
craft. Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 6m, about 0.5 mile
N of the head of the mole. Local knowledge is required.
18.5 Promontorio di Monte d’Elio (41°55'N., 14°38'E.)
is formed by a spur from the mountains of the headland of Gargano.
Torre Mileto, a prominent structure, and a few white
buildings stand on the N point of this promontory. A conspicuous
radio mast stands in the middle of the E slope. Lago di
Varano and Lago di Lesina lie E and W, respectively, of the
promontory. These lakes are separated from the sea by a sandy
strip of land which consists of dunes covered by sparse growth.
18.5 Between the mouth of Fiume Fortore, located 15 miles W of
Pub. 131
Torre Mileto, and Termoli, the shore consists of a low, sandy
beach, backed by wooded groves. Torre Fantina, a pyramid
structure, stands 5.8 miles W of the river mouth and is prominent.
A red railway station, with a larger yellow building standing
close by, is situated near this tower.
18.5 San Martinoin Pensilis, situated 7.5 miles SW of the tower,
is recognizable by a prominent steeple standing in the center of
the town and by a white reservoir situated nearby.
18.5 Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 16 to 18m, sand, N of
the mouth of Fiume Fortore and about 1.5 miles offshore.
18.6 Termoli (42°00'N., 15°00'E.), a moderate-sized town,
is situated on a flat and rocky peninsula, 21m high. The old
part of the town stands on the extremity of the peninsula and is
enclosed by a prominent wall. The new part of the town stands
to the S on a small and flat-topped hill. A light is shown from a
white framework tower on a fortress, 19m high, standing on the
fortress at the N end of the town.
18.6 Depths—Limitations.—A small harbor lies to the E of the
peninsula and is formed by two moles. There are depths of 4 to
4.3m in the entrance and depths of 3 to 3.3m in the center of
the harbor. A ferry service operates from here to Isole Tremiti.
18.6 Aspect.—Conspicuous landmarks in the vicinity of the town
include a low and brown-colored tower standing at the W side
of the root of the peninsula; a church with a low campanile;
and a cemetery, with several white buildings, standing W of the
town and enclosed by a wall.
18.6 Numerous modern buildings, some quite large, are situated
in the S part of the town.
18.6 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 500 gross
tons or more. Pilots board 1 mile from the entrance.
18.6 Regulations.—The harbor can be contacted on VHF channel
16 and is accessible to vessels up to 80m in length and 3m
draft. Vessels may enter or leave the port during daylight hours
only. Before entering the port, and when at least 1 mile from
the entrance, vessels should contact the harbormaster on VHF
channel 16 for authorization.
18.6 Anchorage.—Anchorage for vessels bound for Termoli or
for Rospo Mare Oil Field, 12 miles NNW of Termoli, is situated
within a radius of 0.6 mile of position 42°02.7'N, 15°01.9'E.
The bottom is sand, good holding ground, but this anchorage is
not recommended in N, E, or SE winds.
18.6 Caution—A submerged rock, with a depth of 3.4m, lies
270m E of the head of Molo Sud.
Termoli to Ortona
18.7 Torre Petacciato (42°01'N., 14°53'E.), a square tower,
stands on a slope above the beach, 5 miles WNW of Termoli.
Anchorage can be taken, in a depth 13m, good holding
ground, sand, about 1.5 miles N of this tower.
18.7 Between Termoli and Vasto, the coast consists of a low and
sandy beach backed by mountains. The coast between Vasto
and Punta della Penna, consists of a rocky bluff which is partially
covered with olive groves and vineyards and closely bordered
by rocks.
18.7 Vasto (42°07'N., 14°43'E.), a town, stands on a hill and was
formerly known as Istonio. Vasto Marina and the surrounding
village is situated on the coast and adjacent to the town. Two
high and prominent chimneys stand in the S part of the village.

Sector 18. Italy—East Coast—Testa del Gargano to Fiume Po Delta 353
Punta della Penna (42°10'N., 14°43'E.) is 23m high, dark,
flat-topped, and rocky. A tower and a small building, with a
flagstaff close S of it, stand on the point. A light is shown from
a prominent octagonal tower on a two-story dwelling, 70m
high, standing on the point.
18.7 Caution.—Several oil production platforms and associated
pipelines and mooring buoys are situated within a prohibited
area, which may best be seen on the chart, lying 11 miles ENE
of Punta della Penna.
18.8 Porto di Vasto (Porto di Punta Penna) (42°10'N.,
14°43'E.) (World Port Index No. 40615), a small harbor, lies
close W of the point and is enclosed by two moles.
Depths—Limitations.—There is 720m of total berthing
space, with depths up to 7m alongside.
18.8 Vessels up to 165m long, with a draft of 6m, can be accommodated
during favorable weather conditions.
18.8 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of more than
500 gt or more than 60m in length.
18.8 The pilot boards 1 mile NE of Punta della Penna Light.
18.8 Regulations.—Vessels should provide an ETA 24 hours in
advance.
18.8 Vessels must contact the harbor master on VHF channel 16
before entering port.
18.8 Anchorage.—Vessels must anchor within a radius of 0.5
mile of position 42°10.5'N, 14°45.5'E and keeping clear of the
wreck lying 2.3 miles ESE of Punta Penne; this anchorage is
not recommended during E winds.
18.8 The anchorage area has been divided into two zones, as follows:
1. Zone A—For cargo vessels not carrying dangerous
materials. Vessels must anchor within a radius of 0.5 mile of
position 42°10.5'N, 14°45.5'E and keep clear of the wreck
lying 2.3 miles ESE of Punta Penne. This anchorage is not
recommended during E winds.
2. Zone B—For tankers or cargo vessels carrying dangerous
cargo. These vessels must anchor within a radius of
0.5 mile of position 42°12.0'N, 14°42.5'E.
18.8 Caution.—Several production platforms lie in a restricted
area, which extends up to 1.5 miles offshore, between Punta
della Penna and Punta di Cavalluccio. This area, which may
best be seen on the chart, also contains the associated wells and
submarine pipelines, and anchoring and fishing are prohibited
within it.
18.9 Punta Lotta, located close W of Porto di Vasto, is surmounted
by a small and conspicuous pillar. Between this point
and Punta di Cavalluccio, 10 miles NW, the sandy coast is intersected
by several rivers, the mouths of which are spanned by
prominent bridges and viaducts.
Punta di Acquabella (Punta del Moro) (42°20'N.,
14°26'E.), a rocky point, is located 1.5 miles ESE of Ortona
and is pierced by a railway tunnel. San Vito Chietino stands on
the top of a hill which slopes steeply to the beach near this
point. A conspicuous church, with a surrounding balustraded
balcony, stands at the edge of this town and overlooks the sea.
18.10 Ortona (42°21'N., 14°25'E.) (World Port Index No.
40620), a small port, lies 1 mile NW of Punta di Acquabella
and is formed by two moles. The town, a resort, stands on a
small peninsula at the W side of the harbor.
Porto Ortona Home Page
http://www.guardiacostiera.it/ortona
18.10 Depths—Limitations.—The NW part of the harbor can be
entered through a buoyed channel which has a depth of 7.5m
but is subject to continuous silting. There is 680m of total berthing
space for general cargo with a depth of 7.6m. There is
1,530m of total berthing space for general cargo with alongside
depths of 5.8 to 7.5m. There is a tanker berth, 160m long, with
a depth of 6.1m alongside. There are extensive facilities for
yachts and fishing vessels.
18.10 Vessels up to 200m in length can be accommodated. The
maximum draft allowed is 6.5m in daylight and 6.3m at night.
18.10 Aspect.—The S part of the town stands behind an arched retaining
wall. The cathedral, with a prominent cupola, stands in
the N part of the town. A church, with a prominent belfry,
stands 0.5 mile S of the cathedral. A prominent chimney stands
in a small valley close SE of the town. A light is shown from a
tower, 24m high, standing near the root of the N mole.
18.10 A conspicuous reddish-colored bridge, with five arches,
crosses the mouth of Fiume Arielli, 3 miles NW of the harbor.
18.10 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory except during poor
visibility and sea conditions but is available and is recommended
for large vessels. The harbor may be contacted on VHF
channel 12 or 16.
18.10 Anchorage.—Vessels anchor within a radius of 0.7 mile of
position 42°22.5'N, 14°26.5'E as shown on the chart. The holding
ground is good, but the anchorage is dangerous during W
winds.
18.10 Caution.—Vessels are cautioned to give the mole heads a
wide berth as depths are noticeably reduced near them.
18.10 The entrance and approach channels are subject to shoaling
due to the presence of a sandy bar.
18.10 A marine farm, marked by lighted buoys, is located 4.5 NE
of Ortona and is best seen on the chart.
18.10 An above-water well head, surrounded by a prohibited area
with a radius of 1 mile, is located in position 42°19.3'N,
14°32.1'E.
18.10 Works are reported (2009) in progress to extend Molo
Guardiano Nord.
Ortona to San Benedetto del Tronto
18.11 Pescara (42°28'N., 14°13'W.) (World Port Index No.
40630), a small port, lies at the mouth of Fiume Pescara, 10.5
miles NW of Ortona. The small harbor is entered between two
moles which project from each side of the river mouth.
18.11 Depths—Limitations.—The banks of the river, close inside
the moles, are quayed and used by shallow-draft vessels. There
is 300m of total berthing space with a depth of 5.2m alongside.
Vessels up to 100m in length and 5m draft have allowed to enter
the harbor. A pedestrian and bicycle bridge connects the final
section of the two banks of Fiume Aterno. The vertical
clearance of the bridge is 14.5m.
18.11 Aspect.—Pescara consists of two parts. Pescara-Porto Nuova,
consisting of numerous factories and white buildings, is situated
on the SE bank of the river. Pescara-Riviera di
Pub. 131

354 Sector 18. Italy—East Coast—Testa del Gargano to Fiume Po Delta
Castellamare is situated on the NW bank of the river and extends
along the shore. It consists of numerous residential buildings
and two prominent government buildings. The two parts
of the town are connected by bridges.
18.11 A prominent radio mast, 130m high, stands 2 miles SSE of
the harbor. A conspicuous steel monument, floodlit at night,
stands 0.5 mile SSE of the harbor. The light is shown from one
of several silos, 30m high, which stand near the root of the N
mole.
18.11 The conspicuous town of San Silvestro stands on the flat
summit of a hill, 1.9 miles SSE of the harbor.
18.11 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for tankers with cargoes
of benzene, gasoline, or petrol. For other vessels, pilotage is
not compulsory, but is advisable. Pilots may be contacted on
VHF channel 12. Berthing within the river is carried out by
harbor berthing officers whose services are compulsory for
vessels of over 500 grt.
18.11 Regulations.—Vessels carrying polluting or dangerous cargo
must report to the harbormaster 24 hours in advance. While
awaiting entry these vessels must anchor in Zone B and maintain
a continuous listening watch on VHF channels 12 and 16.
18.11 Anchorage.— Vessels with drafts of 4m or over can anchor
between 0.3 and 0.8 mile NNE of the heads of the moles and
discharge their cargoes into barges. Larger vessels can anchor,
in depths of 11 to 15m, mud, about 2 miles E of the entrance.
18.11 Two anchorage zones have been established, as follows:
1. Zone A, for vessels not carrying dangerous cargo, has
a radius of 0.5 mile centered at on position 42°30.0'N,
14°15.0'E.
2. Zone B, for vessels carrying dangerous cargo, has a
radius of 0.5 mile and is centered on position 42°29.2'N,
14°16.4'E.
18.11 Caution.—The harbor is difficult to enter with NE winds.
The entrance is liable to silt and requires constant dredging.
18.12 Silvi (42°34'N., 14°06'E.), a prominent town, stands
on the crest of a hill, 240m high. Torre di Cerrano stands near
the coast, 1.2 miles N of the town. It consists of a embattled
building with a setback addition on the top.
18.12 Fiume
Vomano flows into the sea through a broad fertile val-
ley, 14 miles NNW of Pescara. This river is spanned near its
mouth by a long bridge with 19 arches, and several submarine
pipelines are landed in this vicinity.
18.12 Caution.—Oil and gas production platforms and associated
pipelines lie up to 20 miles seaward of the coast between Pescara
and Giulianova and may best be seen on the chart; navigation,
anchoring, and fishing are prohibited in their vicinity.
18.12 A marine reserve is established in the vicinity of Torre del
Cerrano. Contact local officials for details.
18.13 Giulianova (42°45'N., 13°58'E.), a small harbor, lies
6.7 miles NNW of Fiume Vomano and is enclosed by two
moles. The town stands partly on the side of a hill, 61m high,
and partly extends along the shore. A prominent viaduct, with
thirty arches, is situated 1 mile N of the town.
18.13 The
harbor is subject to silting. It has a depth of 4m and is
mostly used by small craft, fishing boats, and yachts. The port
monitors VHF channel 16.
Pub. 131
18.13 An
anchorage area lies 4 miles E of the port.
18.13 Caution.—A marine farm, marked by a lighted buoy, is located
about 3 miles NE of the town.
18.13 A mussel farm, marked by unlighted and lighted buoys, is located
close N of the beacon marking the outfall about 2.5 miles
NE of Gulianova harbor.
18.13 Works are reported (2008) in progress to construct an additional
quay off Molo Nord.
18.13 A wreck, in a depth of 5m and divided in three sections, is
located in position 42°45.3'N, 13°58.8'E.
18.14 Fiume Tronto (42°54'N., 13°55'E.) enters the sea
close N of a village, 8.7 miles NNW of Giulianova. An outfall
pipeline extends 2 miles ENE from the vicinity of the river
mouth. A wreck, with a depth of 3m, lies about 0.5 mile ENE
of the river mouth. A prominent church, 41m high, stands in
the village.
18.14 Colonnella,
Porto Giulianova Home Page
http://www.guardiacostiera.it/giulianova
a prominent town, stands on the top of a hill,
303m high, 2.6 miles SW of the river mouth. It is situated on
the S side of the broad valley through which Fiume Tronto
flows.
18.14 Caution.—A fish haven, marked by a lighted buoy, is located
about 3.7 miles SSE of the mouth of the river.
18.15 San Benedetto del Tronto (42°57'N., 13°53'E.), a
small port, lies 3.7 miles NNW of Fiume Tronto and is formed
by two moles. The town is a fishing center and tourist resort.
18.15 Depths—Limitations.—There are depths of 4.6m in the entrance
and 3m to 5.5m in the N part of the harbor. The S part of
the harbor is shoal. The port may be contacted on VHF channel
11 or 16 and is mostly used by fishing vessels and yachts. Vessels
up to 80m in length and 4.5m draft can be handled.
18.15 Aspect.—Numerous villas and resort camps line the coast
near the town. The belfry of the cathedral situated in the town
and a water tank standing near the root of the N mole are prominent.
A large black cross stands on a small hill, 1 mile SW of
the town. A light is shown from a structure, 31m high, standing
near the root of the S mole.
18.15 Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory. Vessels should send
requests on VHF channel 16 to the harbor master.
18.15 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in depths of 10 to 12m,
good holding ground, sand, between 0.8 and 1 mile seaward of
the harbor, but this anchorage is dangerous with winds from
the NE quadrant.
18.15 Caution.—A wreck, located in position 43°01.0'N,
13°59.0’E, lies SW of the Fabrizio Platform.
San Benedetto del Tronto to Porto di Ancona
18.16 Torrente Tesino (42°59'N., 13°52'E.) flows out
through a broad fertile valley, 1.5 miles NNW of San Benedetto
del Tronto. The river mouth is spanned by a large and prominent
bridge with five arches. Two tall and cylindrical water
filters stand near this bridge.

Sector 18. Italy—East Coast—Testa del Gargano to Fiume Po Delta 355
18.16 Ripatransone, 508m high, stands 5 miles WNW of the river
mouth and is prominent. This hill is surmounted by three towers
which from the SE appear level, but from the NE appear
uneven.
18.16 Pedaso, a village, stands amongst trees on the S bank of Fiume
Aso, 7.2 miles NNW of Torrente Testino. The river mouth
is crossed by a masonry bridge with six arches. A light is
shown from a structure, 22m high, standing on a hillside, 0.7
mile S of the village.
18.16 Porto San Giorgio, a small town, stands 6 miles NNW of Pedaso
and is a popular resort. Numerous various-colored villas
stand along the beach near the town. Prominent landmarks include
a fort, a square tower, several chimneys, and a large bluecolored
building. A small harbor lies 0.5 mile S of the town
and is used by yachts and fishing boats.
18.16 The town of Fermo stands on a partially wooded hill, 319m
high, 3.5 miles inland of Porto San Giorgio and is conspicuous
above the surrounding hills.
18.16 Caution.—Numerous oil and gas production platforms, well
heads, submarine pipelines, and associated structures lie offshore
between San Benedetto del Tronto and Ancona.
18.17 Porto Civitanova (43°19'N., 13°44'E.), a small harbor,
lies 8.3 miles NNW of Porto San Giorgio and is formed by
two moles. It has depths of 3 to 5m and extensive facilities for
fishing vessels and yachts. The maximum recommended entry
draft is 3m. Vessels can anchor, in a depth of 10m, sand, about
1 mile offshore, but it is dangerous to anchor here with winds
from the NE or SE.
18.17 The town stands on a hill, 155m high, and can be identified
by three conspicuous campaniles and a square tower. Other
prominent landmarks include a large palace, a water tank, and
a tall chimney. A light is shown from a tower, 46m high, standing
in the town.
18.17 Monte San Vicino, with a trapezoidal-shaped peak, stands
about 30 miles W of the town and is one of the best landmarks
along this stretch of coast.
18.17 Porto Recanati (43°26'N., 13°40'E.), a prominent town,
stands at the foot of a hill between the railway and the sea. An
ancient tower, a tall chimney, a cement works, a palace, and a
high-rise building are situated in the S part of the town and are
prominent. A pier, 50m long, fronts the town. Vessels usually
anchor about 0.4 mile off this pier in convenient depths.
18.17 The town of Loreto, with a prominent campanile, stands on a
hill, 127m, high, close W of Recanati.
18.17 Caution.—Due to the existence of submarine cables, an anchoring
and fishing prohibited area, which may best be seen on
the chart, extends up to 6 miles NE from a point on the coast 2
miles N of Porto Recanti.
18.17 Several wrecks, some dangerous, lie off this stretch of coast
and may best be seen on the chart.
18.17 Concrete barriers have been positioned off the coast to discourage
illegal trawling.
18.18 Punta Mezaluna (43°33'N., 13°38'E.) is the E extremity
of a prominent headland which rises steeply to Monte
Conero, 572m high. It has bare and whitish-colored sides, particularly
the E side. The headland is surmounted by a conspicuous
disused signal station and an abandoned convent is situated
at a lower height, 0.5 mile SE. Two conical rocks lie close E of
the point and are prominent from the SE and NW.
18.18 A range of prominent hills extends NW from Monte Conero.
The village of Numana stands 2.1 miles S of Punta Mezaluna
and is fronted by a small yacht harbor. Between Porto Recanati
and Numana, the large valley of Fiume Musone slopes into the
sea. The latter village is divided into two parts by a small point
of land on which stands a tower resembling an isolated arch.
18.18 Porto Nuovo is a slightly indented and sandy bay which lies
between the headland of Monte Conero and Promontorio di
Ancona. A square tower stands on the SE entrance point of this
bay which is closely fronted by two detached groups of rocks.
Several lighted buoys are moored up to 0.5 mile NE of the tower
and mark a fish breeding and obstruction area. Scogliera I
Trave, a rocky ledge, forms the NW entrance point of the bay.
It extends about 0.6 mile ESE from the coast and forms a natural
breakwater. Vessels can find good anchorage, sheltered
from S winds, in the SE part of the bay; local knowledge is advised.
18.18 Promontorio di Ancona (43°38'N., 13°31'E.), located 4
miles NW of the N entrance point of Porto Nuovo, is a headland
which extends N from the general trend of the coast
18.18 Caution.—Landslides may occur along the coast between
Numana and Ancona. Prohibited areas, which may extend
100m from the coast, may be established as necessary.
Porto di Ancona (43°37'N., 13°30'E.)
World Port Index No. 40660
18.19 The port of Ancona is formed by a dredged harbor
which is protected by breakwaters. It is extensively quayed and
a small shipyard occupies an area in the N part. It is an important
naval, commercial, industrial, fishing, and ferry port.
Porto di Ancona Home Page
http://www.autoritaportuale.ancona.it
18.19 Tides—Currents.—The tidal rise is slight, being only 0.5m
at springs. The bora, a strong NE to N wind, has been reported
to increase the height of the water level by as much as 0.9m at
times.
18.19 Depths—Limitations.—The approach channel is dredged
to a depth of 13.7m, although the port and its approaches are
subject to continuous shoaling. The port has 3,204m of total
quayage with berths of 80 to 295m in length and depths of 7.6
to 12.2m alongside. There are facilities for general cargo, roro,
passenger, bulk, and container vessels. Vessels up to 250m
in length and 12.2m draft can be accommodated.
18.19 Aspect.—The city, particularly from the NW, appears to be
built on sloping land in the form of an amphitheater below
three hills. Monte Guasco stands to the N of the city and a
domed cathedral, with a detached campanile, is situated on it;
Colle dei Cappuccini stands close SE of Monte Guasco and a
disused signal station is situated on it; Monte Astagno stands
0.7 mile S of Monte Guasco and a large citadel is situated on it.
18.19 The lights along the coastal road, which connects the city
with Falconara Marittima, 5.5 miles W, are very conspicuous.
Several prominent silos stand on the S breakwater; a conspicuous
crane is situated at the shipyard.
Pub. 131

356 Sector 18. Italy—East Coast—Testa del Gargano to Fiume Po Delta
18.19 A light is shown from a white tower with grey bands, 15m
high, standing on the summit of Colle dei Cappuccini. A racon
is situated at the head of the N breakwater.
18.19 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt.
Pilots may be contacted on VHF channel 12 and board about
1.0 mile NNE of the harbor. Pilots are also provided to the oil
terminals off Falconara Marittima.
18.19 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in depths of 13 to 15m,
hard sand, fair holding ground, about 1.3 miles NNE of the N
breakwater. Vessels can also anchor, in a depth of 8m, about
0.5 mile SW of the head of the central breakwater.
18.19 Designated anchorage areas are obligatory and are, as follows:
1. Zone 1SC—Small cargo vessels less than 100m long
and with a maximum draft of 6.1m.
2. Zone 2SC—Cargo vessels less than 190m long and
with a maximum draft of 9.1m.
3. Zone 3BC—Cargo vessels greater than 190m long
and with a maximum draft of 9.1m.
4. Zone 4ST—Small tankers waiting to berth at Pontile
A.P.I. at Falconara Marittima.
5. Zone 5T—Tankers bound for Isola Vecchia A.P.I. oil
berth at off Falconara Marittima.
6. Zone 6T—Tankers bound for the A.P.I. Sea Berth
SPM off Falconara Marittima.
18.19 Regulations.—Vessels heading to or exiting from Nuovo
Darsena are regulated in their maneuvers, as follows:
1. Vessels with an overall length of up to 130m, if
equipped with auxiliary means of propulsion of suitable
power, may conduct mooring/unmooring maneuvers without
the assistance of tugs as long as weather conditions consist
of sea state not exceeding 4 and wind between 15-20 knots.
2. Vessels with an loa between 140m and 195m with an
average draft of no more than 10m must be assisted by at
least one tug to carry out mooring/unmooring maneuvers. A
second tug is necessary in the following circumstances:
a. Sea state over 4 and the wind between 15-20 knots
from a direction that does not hinder the safe execution of
vessel maneuvers.
b. Vessel not equipped with bow thrusters or equipped
with bow thrusters of insufficient power (less than 600kW)
and an loa between 140m and 175m.
c. Vessel not equipped with bow thrusters or equipped
with bow thrusters of insufficient power (less than 800kW)
and an loa between 175m and 195m.
d. Draft of more than 10m.
3. Vessels with an loa between 195m and 235m and an
average draft of 8.3m to 10m must be assisted by two tugs to
carry out mooring/unmooring maneuvers. A third tug is necessary
in the following circumstances:
a. Sea state over 4 and the wind between 15-20 knots
from a direction that does not hinder the safe execution of
vessel maneuvers.
b. Vessel not equipped with bow thrusters or equipped
with bow thrusters of insufficient power (less than
1,200kW).
c. Draft of more than 10.3m.
4. Vessels of 25,000 to 42,000 gross tons using the quays
of Nuovo Darsena or Porto Storico during daylight hours and
the absence of fog must use at least three tugs for entry/
Pub. 131
mooring and two tugs for departure/unmooring. For Quay 25
of the Nuova Darsena, vessels must use at least three tugs for
mooring/unmooring. Vessels equipped with bow thrusters or
variable pitch propellers may request one fewer tug than prescribed
above.
18.19 Caution.—A Traffic Separation Scheme is established in the
approaches to Ancona and Falconara Marittima. The scheme is
not IMO adopted, however it is compulsory and Rule 10 of The
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea
(1972) applies. Mariners navigating in the traffic lanes between
May 1 and September 30 must not exceed a speed of 12 knots.
18.19 Extreme caution should be exercised in the area at which the
inshore traffic zone, which is 1.5 miles wide and runs parallel
to the coast, crosses the Traffic Separation Scheme.
18.19 Due to the danger from obstructions and explosive ordnance
on the sea bed, anchoring and fishing prohibited areas, the limits
of which are shown on the chart, lie centered 9 miles NE
and 10 miles NW of Ancona.
18.19 A detached breakwater is reported (2003) under construction
W of the harbor entrance.
18.19 A wreck is located in position 43°41.9'N, 13°31.4'E.
18.19 Works are in progress (2010) to construct two pierswithin
the industrial zone.
Porto di Ancona to Pesaro
18.20 Falconara Marittima (43°38'N., 13°24'E.) extends
from the sea to the top of a hill facing the beach. A conspicuous
long building, surrounded by small houses, surmounts the
hill. A prominent white railway station, a red church, and a tall
campanile stand in this town near the foot of the hill. Two conspicuous
white roads descend from the hill and straddle the
town, one leading to the E and the other leading to the W. A
conspicuous oil refinery stands close NW of the town.
18.20 API Oil Terminal (43°38'N., 13°23'E.) lies close NW of
Falconara Marittima and consists of a pier, an island berth, and
an outer sea berth. It is a sub-port of Ancona.
18.20 The pier extends 0.6 mile NE from the shore in the vicinity
of the refinery. It has three berths and can accommodate tankers
up to 11,000 dwt and 8.2m draft.
18.20 The island berth lies 1.4 miles NNE of the head of the refinery
pier and is connected to the refinery by a submarine pipeline.
It consists of a lighted platform, 11.5m high and 19m in
diameter, with several mooring dolphins. Tankers up to 90,000
dwt and 12.1m draft can be accommodated.
18.20 The sea berth lies 8 miles NE of the head of the refinery pier
and is connected to the refinery by a submarine pipeline. It
consists of a lighted steel platform which stands in a depth of
33m and can accommodate tankers up to 300,000 dwt and
30.5m draft.
18.20 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt.
Pilots may be contacted on VHF channel 10, 12, or 16 and are
provided from Ancona. Vessels should send ETA messages 72
hours, 48 hours, and 24 hours prior to arrival. Vessels should
contact the pilot for an anchor berth.
18.20 Anchorage.—Designated anchorage areas are, as follows:
1. Zone 4ST—Small tankers berthing at the API Oil Terminal.
2. Zone 5T—Tankers bound for the Isola Vecchia oil
berth at the API Oil Terminal.

Sector 18. Italy—East Coast—Testa del Gargano to Fiume Po Delta 357
3. Zone 6T—Tankers bound for the outer sea berth of
the API Oil Terminal.
18.20 Caution.—At times, strong currents in the vicinity of the refinery
pier have made it impossible for vessels to berth or
leave.
18.20 Dangerous wrecks lies about 1 mile ENE and 2.2 miles N of
the head of the refinery pier.
18.20 The submarine pipelines in the vicinity of the terminal berths
are marked by buoys.
18.20 Anchoring and fishing prohibited areas lie in the vicinity of
the terminal berths and may best be seen on the chart.
18.21 Fiume Esino (43°39'N., 13°22'E.) discharges through
a valley and its mouth is spanned by a large bridge with many
arches. Montignano, a town, is situated 4 miles WNW of the
river mouth and stands prominently on a hill, 99m high. Torre
Albani stands on a hill, 112m high, close NW of the town and
is prominent.
18.21 Senigallia (43°43'N., 13°13'E.), a tourist resort, lies at the
mouth of Fiume Misa. A large bright-colored bathing pavilion
stands close SE of the town and serves as a good landmark.
The conspicuous red belfry of the municipal building in the
town also serves as a good landmark. It is clearly distinct from
the other campaniles and towers by its quadrangular shape, cupola,
large windows, and balusters of white marble. A small
harbor fronts the town and is protected by two moles. Two high
and conspicuous chimneys stand close NW of the harbor which
is subject to violent rises of the river. A light is shown from a
structure, 17m high, standing near the root of the E mole. The
harbor has a depth of 3m and is mostly used by fishing vessels,
yachts, and small craft. The port monitors VHF channels 11
and 16. Vessels can anchor, in a depth of 9m, sand, NE of the
mole heads, but it is dangerous to remain here with winds from
the NE.
18.21 Monti di Catria, 1,702m high, stands 27 miles SW of Senigallia.
This mountain has a sinuous dorsal ridge and is very
prominent in clear weather from seaward.
18.21 Caution.—A prohibited area, which may best be seen on the
chart, lies about 1 mile offshore, centered 1.4 miles NNW of
Senigallia.
18.21 Between Senigallia and Fano, the coast consists of a series of
hills which are densely covered with vegetation and interspersed
with small villages. Fiume Cesano, located 2.7 miles
NW of Senigallia, is spanned at its mouth by a bridge with 14
arches. Fiume Metauro, located 9.8 miles NW of Senigallia, is
spanned by two prominent bridges. The seaward bridge has 18
arches; the inner bridge has large and conspicuous white pilings.
18.22 Fano (43°51'N., 13°01'E.), having the aspect of a
large city from seaward, stands at the mouth of Canale Albani,
a canal, which is formed by the N branch of Fiume Metauro.
18.22 Monte
Giove, 223m high, stands SW of the town and is
dominated by a convent with a prominent campanile. A high
reservoir, with a trellis, is situated in the SE part of the town.
Other prominent landmarks include a white pavilion standing
near the beach at the NW side of the town; a brown fort situated
near the center of the town; a church, with a high belfry, sit-
uated in the town; and the silos of the sugar refinery.
18.22 The town is fronted by a small harbor formed by moles
which extend from the sides of the canal entrance. A swing
bridge crosses the canal about 0.2 mile S of the entrance. A
light is shown from a structure, 20m high, stands near the root
of the inner mole.
18.22 The harbor is subject to silting. It has a depth of 3m and is
mostly used by fishing vessels, yachts, and small craft. The
port monitors VHF channels 14 and 16. Vessels can anchor, in
a depth of 11m, mud, about 1.5 miles offshore.
18.22 Between Fano and Pesaro, the coast is relatively high and is
dominated by Monte Giove and Monte Novilara, 236m high.
The latter, standing WNW of Fano, is surmounted by a darkcolored
village with a prominent tower.
18.22 Monte Ardizio, 149m high, rises close to the coast, SE of Pesaro.
This mountain is dark, steepsided, and slopes steeply to
the sea.
18.22 Caution.—Numerous oil and gas production platforms, well
heads, submarine pipelines, and associated structures lie up to
35 miles offshore between Ancona and Pesaro and may best be
seen on the chart.
18.22 A wreck, in a depth of 5m, lies in position 43°51'18.6''N,
13°01'12.0''E. Anchoring, fishing, and all underwater activities
are prohibited within 200m of the wreck.
18.23 Pesaro (43°55'N., 12°54'E.), a small port, lies at the
mouth of Fiume Foglia and is formed by two moles.
18.23 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor has 580m of total berthing
space with depths of 2 to 4m alongside. Several rocks,
with depths of less than 1.8m, lie on shoals which extend up to
about 400m off the harbor entrance. Vessels, with local knowledge,
up to 4,000 dwt, 90m in length, and 3.4m draft can enter
the harbor.
18.23 Aspect.—A church cupola, in the center of the town, and a
pavilion, on the beach in the SE part of the town, are prominent.
A light is shown from a structure, 25m high, standing on
Monte San Bartolo, which rises 1 mile NW of the town.
18.23 Pilotage.—The port can be contacted on VHF channel 9, 12,
14, or 16. Local pilots are available. Pilotage is temporarily
compulsory for vessels exceeding 400 grt.
18.23 Anchorage.—Five anchorage berths have been established,
as follows:
1. Anchorage A—Lightering operations.
2. Anchorage B—Vessels carrying dangerous cargo.
3. Anchorage C—Vessels carrying mixed cargo.
4. Anchorage D—Vessels carrying general cargo.
5. Anchorage E—Vessels carrying general cargo.
18.23 Caution.—Vessels entering or leaving the harbor should not
proceed at a speed greater than 5 knots, except under special
circumstances.
18.23 Vessels mooring alongside the quays are cautioned that parts
of the old quay wall still lie submerged adjacent to the new
walls.
18.23 The harbor is subject to silting.
18.23 An anchoring and fishing prohibited area, which may best be
seen on the chart, lies up to 2 miles offshore between Fano and
Pesaro. A prohibited area, marked by a lighted buoy, is located
within the anchorage and fishing prohibited area.
Pub. 131

358 Sector 18. Italy—East Coast—Testa del Gargano to Fiume Po Delta
Pesaro to Porto Corsini
18.24 Cattolica (43°58'N., 12°45'E.), a small town, is fronted
by a small and shallow harbor which is protected by two
moles. Several rocks, with depths of less than 1.8m, lie about
0.2 mile E of the channel leading to the entrance. The harbor is
used by fishing boats, yachts, and pleasure craft. A light is
shown from a structure, 17m high, standing near the root of the
E mole.
18.24 A church, with a prominent pointed belfry, stands in the center
of the town and two chimneys are situated near the harbor.
Numerous conspicuous hotels stand along the beach to the W
of the harbor. Gabicce, a village, is situated on a hill, 144m
high, standing 1 mile E of the town.
18.24 Caution.—Several prohibited areas lie up to 1.5 miles offshore
between Pesaro and Cattolica. They are marked by lighted
buoys and may best be seen on the chart.
18.25 Riccione (44°00'N., 12°40'E.), a sprawling village,
lies 5 miles NW of Cattolica and is fronted by a small craft harbor
which is formed by two moles. The village has a tree-hidden
part and another part comprised of beach villas. A large
hotel stands 0.5 mile SE of the harbor entrance and is conspicuous.
A tall and isolated chimney stands near the harbor entrance.
18.25 Porto di Rimini (44°04'N., 12°35'E.), small harbor, consists
of the quayed banks of Fiume Marecchia and is entered between
two moles which extend N from the shore. The city of
Rimini, a resort, stands on the SE bank of the river at the foot
of some wooded hills.
18.25 The harbor has depths of 2.9 to 3.7m and is subject to silting.
It may be contacted on VHF channel 11 or 16 and is used
mostly by small craft, pleasure craft, small ferries, and yachts.
Vessels with a maximum draft of 3.2m can be accommodated.
Vessels can anchor, in a depth of 8m, about 1 mile NNE of the
head of the E mole, but this anchorage is not recommended in
strong winds which cause a heavy swell. The harbormaster
must be contacted on VHF channel 16 for permission to anchor.
18.25 Monti di Carpegna, 1,415m high with a flat summit, stands
20 miles SW of the harbor entrance. Monte San Marino, 741m
high, stands 9 miles SW of the city and can be distinguished by
the three towers which are situated on its summit. Rocca delle
Caminate, 330m high and marked by an aviation light, stands
25 miles W of the city and serves as a good landmark for vessels
approaching from the N.
18.25 A light is shown from a structure, 25m high, standing on the
E side of the harbor. This light structure is reported to be difficult
to identify during the day. A prominent high-rise building
stands 0.5 mile S of the light structure and serves as a good
landmark.
18.25 Viserba, a sprawling village, is situated close NW of Rimini
and extends along a beach protected by moles. It consists of
many small villas. A water tank, standing 1 mile NW of the village,
serves as a prominent landmark.
18.25 Caution.—Several prohibited areas lie up to 4 miles offshore
between Cattolica and Rimini. They are marked by lighted
buoys and may best be seen on the chart.
Pub. 131
18.25 Numerous oil and gas production platforms, well heads, submarine
pipelines, and associated structures lie up to 15 miles
offshore between Pesaro and Porto Corsini and may best be
seen on the chart.
18.26 Bellaria (44°09'N., 12°28'E.), a large village and resort,
is situated at the mouth and close N of Fiume Uso, the Rubicon
of Roman history. Numerous conspicuous hotels, villas,
and bell towers serve to identify the village. A small harbor,
with shallow depths, lies in the river entrance between two
short moles and is used by small craft and yachts.
18.26 A large cylindrical tank, 47m high, stands in the center of the
town and serves as a prominent landmark. A white skyscraper,
124m high, is situated 0.5 mile S of the harbor entrance and is
conspicuous. A light is shown from a structure, 17m high,
standing 0.2 mile SW of the head of the E mole. This light
structure is reported to be obscured by several other buildings.
18.26 Port di Cesenatico (44°12'N., 12°24'E.), a small harbor, lies
4 miles NW of Bellaria and is protected by two moles. It has
depths of 3 to 4.5m and is mostly used by fishing vessels with
local knowledge; a maximum draft of 3.4m can be accommodated.
Small vessels can anchor, in convenient depths, mud and
sand, good holding ground, off the harbor.
18.26 Caution.—Numerous oil and gas production platforms, well
heads, submarine pipelines, and associated structures lie offshore
between Cesenatico and Corsini and may best be seen on
the chart.
18.26 A flood defense barrier has been established in the entrance
to Cesenatico. Transit is subject to system operations using the
traffic signals visible for both entrance and exit. Contact the
port authorities for details of the signal system.
18.27 Cervia (44°16'N., 12°21'E.), a noted resort, stands at
the S end of an extensive pine forest. The main industry here is
the extraction of salt from the neighboring marshes. A small
harbor, with shallow depths, lies close NE of the town and is
entered between two moles. The port monitors VHF channels
14 and 16. Anchorage can be taken in convenient depths, mud,
good holding ground, NE of the harbor.
18.27 The
bell tower of the cathedral and a large four-story hotel,
with a prominent terrace, are situated in the town and serve as
good landmarks. A conspicuous skyscraper building stands on
the N side of the town. A light is shown from a structure, 16m
high, standing on the S side of the harbor.
18.27 Between Cervia and Porto Corsini, 14 miles NNW, the coast
is low, sandy, interspersed with marshes, and backed by the
pine forests. Several rivers flow out into the sea along this
stretch of coast and two of these form projections of land at
their mouths. Deposits from these rivers form a bordering
shoal, with depths of less than 5.5m, which extends up to about
1 mile offshore.
18.27 Caution.—Numerous oil and gas production platforms, well
heads, submarine pipelines, and associated structures lie offshore
between Cervia and Corsini and may best be seen on the
chart.
18.27 A dangerous wreck lies in position 44°20.3'N, 12°23.0'E
close NW of an obstruction area.

Sector 18. Italy—East Coast—Testa del Gargano to Fiume Po Delta 359
Porto Corsini (Ravenna) (44°30'N., 12°17'E.)
World Port Index No. 40720
18.28 The port of Corsini (Ravenna) is linked to the city of
Ravenna by Canale di Ravenna. The outer entrance of the port
lies between two breakwaters which extend up to 1.5 miles in a
general E direction from the shore.
Porto Corsini Home Page
http://www.port.ravenna.it
18.28 Winds—Weather.—The prevailing winds are from NE to
SE and may be very strong at times. Dense fog may occur
mainly from September to March.
18.28 Tides—Currents.—The tidal rise is small, normally only
0.6m at springs and 0.5m at neaps.
18.28 Depths—Limitations.—A dredged channel, about 100m
wide, leads WSW into the port and between two inner moles.
Canale Baiona, the shores of which are quayed and which is
navigable for only a short distance, leads W as a continuation
of the entrance channel. Canale di Ravenna leads SW for about
3 miles to Largo San Vitale and its banks are quayed in places.
Largo San Vitale forms the new commercial harbor. Canale di
Ravenna narrows and trends 2 miles SW from this harbor to
Darsena di Ravenna, a quayed basin, which is 550m long and
200m wide.
18.28 The outer harbor channel has been dredged to a depth of
10m. The inner harbor channel has been dredged to a depth of
9m over a width of 60m from the head of the inner mole to Largo
San Vitale. The remaining part of the channel between Largo
San Vitale and Darsena di Ravenna narrows and has a least
depth of 5.3m.
18.28 The maximum draft allowed from the port entrance to Largo
San Vitale is 8.5m and then to Darsena di Ravenna is 5.3m, depending
on the beam of the vessel.
18.28 The port has 8,000m of total berthing space with depths of
5.5 to 9.4m alongside. There are facilities for general cargo, roro,
container, bulk, chemical, LPG, and tanker vessels. Vessels
up to 245m in length, 33m beam, and 8.5m draft can be accommodated
in the port.
18.28 In addition, there are four offshore oil terminal berths which
extend up to 9 miles ESE of the port entrance. Three of these
terminals consist of platform and mooring buoy berths and can
handle tankers up to 100,000 dwt and 13.4m draft. One terminal
consists of an SPM and can handle tankers up to 400,000
dwt and 21.3m draft.
18.28 Aspect.—The domes and towers of the churches in the vicinity
of the city can be seen amidst the surrounding trees from
a distance of 8 miles. A light is shown from a structure, 33m
high, standing near the root of the S inner breakwater. A signal
station is situated close to the light.
18.28 A conspicuous skyscraper building stands 0.3 mile S of the
light; several prominent cooling towers and chimneys are situated
at a power station, 0.8 mile WSW of the light.
18.28 Racons are situated at the offshore terminals in the approach-
es to the port and may best be seen on the chart.
18.28 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels with a draft
greater than 4.2m and for vessels of 500 grt and over, as follows:
1. When entering and leaving the port, commencing and
concluding at 1 mile from the head of the outer breakwaters.
2. During movements carried out within the port.
3. During the mooring stage at working positions within
the roads, commencing at least 0.5 mile from the working
position to which the vessel is bound.
18.28 Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12 or 16 and board
about 2 miles off the port entrance or between 0.5 and 1 mile
off the offshore petroleum terminal berths.
18.28 Regulations.—Vessels should send an ETA 72 hours in advance.
Tankers bound for the offshore terminals should send an
ETA at least 36 hours in advance.
18.28 Vessels that must transit the floating swing bridge should
call on VHF channel 12 to request opening the bridge.
18.28 A Traffic Monitoring Service is established and is available
on VHF channel 9.
18.28 Caution.—In addition to the offshore oil terminal berths,
numerous oil and gas production platforms, well heads, submarine
pipelines, and associated structures lie up to 15 miles offshore
in the approaches to the port.
18.28 Several anchoring, stopping, and fishing prohibited areas lie
in the approaches to the port may best be seen on the chart.
18.28 Several navigation restricted areas lie in the approaches to
the port and may best be seen on the chart.
18.28 It is reported (2008) that substantial changes have been made
to the entrance channels to the port.
Porto Garibaldi to Fiume Po Delta
18.29 Porto Garibaldi (44°41'N., 12°15'E.), a small harbor,
lies 11.4 miles N of Porto Corsini and 8 miles SW of the Fiume
Po delta. This harbor is entered at the mouth of Canale Pallotta
and is protected by moles. It has depths of 3.6 to 3.9m and is
mostly used by fishing vessels, yachts, and small craft. The entrance
channel, about 40m wide, is subject to silting and leads
between sand banks which reduce the navigable fairway to a
width of about 25m. The port monitors VHF channels 11 and
16. Vessels can anchor, in a depth of 9m, about 2.5 miles off
the harbor.
18.29 The village of Comacchio is situated on the canal, amidst
salt marshes, 3 miles WNW of the harbor. Two prominent belfries
and two prominent towers stand in the village. The isolated
campanile of Pomposa, on Fiume Po di Volano, stands 5
miles NW of the harbor and is a good landmark. A light is
shown from a structure, 12m high, standing near the root of the
N mole.
18.29 Caution.—An anchoring and fishing prohibited area is established
in the area bounded by lines joining the following positions:
a. 44°39.0'N, 12°15.0'E.
b. 44°43.0'N, 12°22.0'E.
c. 44°31.5'N, 12°22.0'E.
d. 44°33.0'N, 12°17.2'E.
Pub. 131

19.
Italy—The Gulf of Venice—Fiume Po Delta to Punta del
Tagliamento
19.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 19 — CHART INFORMATION
361
Pub. 131

SECTOR 19
ITALY—THE GULF OF VENICE—FIUME PO DELTA TO PUNTA DEL TAGLIAMENTO
19.0 Plan.—This sector describes the Italian shore of the Gulf of
Venice from Port di Volano in the S part of Fiume Po delta to
Punta del Tagliamento. The descriptive sequence is N then NE.
General Remarks
19.1 Regulations.—Tanker vessels of 1,600 grt and over
entering or leaving Italian ports and carrying, or with uncleaned
tanks which last carried, petroleum, gas, or chemical
products should report to a shore station before entering Italian
territorial waters off Italian ports. For further details, see Pub.
140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean
and Adjacent Seas.
19.1 The New Inspection Regime (NIR) of the Paris Memorandum
of Understanding (PMoU) has introduced a mandatory reporting
system for vessels arriving at or departing from a port
or anchorage within the Paris MoU region.
19.1 For further information, see paragraph 10.1 and North Atlantic
Ocean—Regulations—Paris Memorandum of Understanding
on Port State Control (PMoU) New Inspection
Regime (NIR) in Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning
Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and Adaecent Seas.
19.1 Caution.—Numerous offshore oil and gas installations and
associated pipelines and service craft may be encountered off
the coast described in this sector.
Porto di Volano to Laguna Veneta
19.2 Porto di Volano (44°49'N., 12°16'E.) lies at the
mouth of Fiume Po di Volano. Its mouth, which is entered between
two low and sandy spits, is hard to identify, but is
marked by a few houses and a tower. A large forest extends to
the N of the tower. This area is a tourist resort and several holiday
complexes stand along the shore to the S.
19.2 Fiume Po (44°55'N., 12°25'E.) discharges into the NW
Adriatic through a vast delta with eight major branches, each
having numerous mouths. Identification of any part of the delta
is usually difficult since all the intervening land is low, flat, and
marshy.
19.2 Caution.—Vessels should not approach the delta closer than
5 miles, nor within a depth of less than 29m because of uncertain
changes in depths. The soil brought down by the river and
deposited into the sea has extended the delta 15 miles E of the
natural coastline and it is continually extending farther E.
19.2 The yellow color of the river water discolors the sea for a
considerable distance and indicates, in clear weather, proximity
to the delta. However, large areas of mist spread over the delta
area during a great part of the year and contribute an additional
hazard to close approach.
19.3 Sacca di Goro (44°50'N., 12°18'E.), obstructed by
shoals, is suitable only for small craft. Anchorage can be taken,
in a depth of 8m in the entrance of the bay, about 4 miles SE of
Porto di Volano.
363
19.3 The village of Goro stands 1 mile inland from the head of the
bay and the village of Gorino stands 1 mile inland from its NE
side. The campanile situated in the middle of the latter village
is prominent from seaward. A channel leads N to the village of
Goro and is marked by two lighted beacons. Local knowledge
is advised. The port of Goro monitors VHF channel 16.
19.3 Fiume Po di Goro empties into the sea close E of the E part
of Sacca di Goro. A light is shown from a structure, 24m high,
standing on the SW side of the mouth. Fiume Po della Gnocca
(Donzella) empties into the sea through two mouths, close NE
of the mouth of the Fiume Po di Goro.
19.3 Rada di Goro, lying S of Sacco di Goro, affords good shelter
from all winds except those between S and E which make this
roadstead dangerous. The best anchorage, in a depth of 8m, lies
about 3.5 miles SW of Po di Goro Light. The bottom is mud
and clay and affords good holding ground everywhere.
19.3 Caution.—Navigation within the port and in the off-lying
area is reported, in general, to be unsafe even for small craft.
19.4 Punta della Maestra (44°58'N., 12°32'E.), the E part
of the delta of Fiume Po, is an ill defined low and marshy point
which consists of many islets. Trees standing near this point
are visible from about 5 miles seaward. Po della Pila, the E
branch of Fiume Po Grande, flows out on the N side of the
point. A conspicuous chimney, 250m high, stands near a white
structure, 2 miles WSW of the point.
19.4 A light is shown from a prominent white round tower, 45m
high, standing on the N bank of the middle river mouth at Punta
della Maestra. A racon is situated at the light.
19.4 A lighted beacon is moored about 2.5 miles E of Punta della
Maestra and marks the coastal bank.
Punta della Maestra Light
19.5 Fiume Po di Levante (45°03'N., 12°22'E.), navigable
only by small craft, discharges through a narrow and constricted
mouth, 9 miles NW of Punta della Maestra. The low and
weathered houses and the campanile of Porto Levante, a small
Pub. 131

364 Sector 19. Italy—The Gulf of Venice—Fiume Po Delta to Punta del Tagliamento
town, are visible near a marsh, 1 mile S of the river entrance.
The port monitors VHF channel 14. Buoys, which are moved
to conform to the channel changes, mark the entrance. Pilots
are provided from Chioggia. A light is shown from a prominent
water tower with two circular platforms, 52m high, standing
0.7 mile W of the river mouth on Isola Albarella.
19.5 Depths—Limitations.—A roadstead anchorage, for unloading
vessels into lighters, lies, in a depth of 11m, about 2.3 miles
E of the entrance to the river. Vessels up to 24,000 GRT, with a
maximum draft of 7.8m when fully loaded, can be accommodated,
provided that winds do not exceed 25 knots and wave
heights do not exceed 1.2m. It is under the control of the harbormaster
at Porto di Chioggia.
19.5 The new LNG terminal is located about 9 miles from the
coast off Porto Levante, centered on position 45°05.3'N,
12°35.1'E. The facility is used for the storage and regasification
of LNG. It is composed of a fixed structure, about 180m in
length and 90m in width, oriented E-W. Two separate mooring
structures are located at the E and W ends of the concrete base.
Mooring bollards on the N part of the structure allow LNG carriers
to dock and unload. The terminal, with a racon, is marked
by four white navigation lights.
19.5 Regulations.—Methane carriers bound for the terminal are
to use the Chioggia Small Tanker (CST) anchorage, if necessary.
Mooring at the LNG terminal is permitted for methane
carriers with limitations, as follows:
1. A maximum overall length of 320m.
2. A maximum of 145,000 grt.
3. A maximum of 148,000 dwt.
4. A maximum draft of 13m.
19.5 Caution.—A submarine pipeline extends 1 mile NE from a
point on the shore, 0.5 mile SE of the entrance to Fiume Po di
Levante. Its seaward end is marked by a lighted beacon.
19.5 A prohibited area, which may best be seen on the chart, lies
5 miles NE of the entrance to Fiume Po di Levante and is
marked by a lighted buoy.
19.5 A prohibited area, with a radius of 1.5 miles, lies centered on
position 45°05.35'N, 12°35.11'E, the site of the concrete LNG
terminal used for the regasification and storage of LNG. This
area is called an Area To Be Avoided/Mandatory No Anchoring
Area. Entry into the area by vessels of 200 gross tons or
more is prohibited without the permission of the Harbormaster.
A Safety Zone, with a radius of 2,000m, is located within the
Area To be Avoided centered at the same position as the larger
area. There is a mooring buoy within this Safety Zone for the
exclusive use of vessels involved with terminal operations.
19.6 Porto Caleri (45°12'N., 12°20'E.), situated 1.5 miles
NW of Porto Levante and reached through a small lagoon
opening, can be identified by a conspicuous grove of trees situated
close NW of it. A prominent tank stands 2.5 miles N of
Porto Caleri.
19.6 The coast between Punta della Maestra and Porto Caleri has
few landmarks.
19.6 Porto
Fossone, at the mouth of Fiume Adige, lies 4.2 miles N
of Porto Caleri and Porto di Brondolo, at the mouth of Fiume
Brenta, lies 1.3 miles farther N. These rivers are suitable only
for small craft as the mouths are obstructed by shallow shoals.
The coast between the mouth of Fiume Brenta and Porto di
Pub. 131
Chioggia, is composed of dunes of fine sand.
19.6 Between Punta della Maestra and Punta del Tagliamento, the
coast forms a large bight and consists of a low and sandy shore
intersected by marshes.
19.6 Caution.—A wreck is lies in position 45°09.4'N, 12°34.5'E.
Laguna Veneta
19.7 Laguna Veneta (45°20'N., 12°20'E.), the largest of
the lagoon basins along this coast, is bordered on the S side by
Fiume Brenta, lying 5.5 miles N of Porto Caleri. The N boundary
of this lagoon is formed by Fiume Sile (45°29'N.,
12°35'E.). The lagoon forms a basin which is separated from
the sea by a long and narrow strip of land. This strip, which
forms a natural sea wall, is reinforced by artificial walls called
Murazzi. In the vicinity of Venezia, this strip of land is named
Litorale di Lido. The city of Venezia is built upon a small archipelago
of 122 islets and occupies the NW part of the lagoon.
19.7 There are three main channels leading to the facilities within
Laguna Veneta. The S channel leads to Porto di Chioggia; the
middle channel leads to Porto di Malamocco and is connected
by canal to Porto Marghera; and the N channel leads to Porto di
Lido and is connected by canal to Porto di Venezia.
19.7 Caution.—A Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS), which may
best be seen on the chart, lies in the approaches to Laguna Veneta
and is centered about 9 miles NE of the mouth of Fiume
Brenta. This TSS consists of inbound and outbound traffic
lanes leading to Porto di Chioggia, Porto di Malamocco, Porto
di Lido, and a traffic roundabout. Use of the TSS is compulsory
for vessels arriving or departing the Venezia port complex.
19.7 An anchoring and fishing prohibited area, which may best be
seen on the chart, lies in the outer approaches to Laguna Veneta.
It is centered on a wreck, with a least depth of 14.5m, which
has explosive material scattered in the vicinity.
19.7 A lighted oceanographic platform is situated in the outer approaches
to Laguna Veneta. It stands 10 miles NE of the entrance
to Porto di Chioggia and anchoring and fishing are
prohibited in its vicinity.
19.7 Several prohibited areas, which may best be seen on the
chart, lie in the inner part of the approaches to Laguna Veneta.
They are situated about 2.5 miles offshore, between the entrances
to Porto di Chioggia and Porto di Malamocco, and are
marked by lighted buoys.
19.7 Depths in the vicinity of Laguna Veneta are liable to change
and the authorities should be consulted as necessary.
Porto di Chioggia
19.7 World
Port Index No. 40745
19.8 Porto di Chioggia (45°14'N., 12°18'E.), which consists
of the Avamporto and Porto Interno, lies W of Lido di Sottomarina,
on which is constructed the murazzi protecting the
town of Chioggia and the inland lagoon.
19.8 The
Avamporto lies at the intersection of Canale di Caroman
and Canale Perognola, and leads N to Porto di Malamocco and
Porto di Lido. Porto Interno consists of Bacino di Vigo, which
lies N of the town of Chioggia and is protected by a breakwa-

ter.
Sector 19. Italy—The Gulf of Venice—Fiume Po Delta to Punta del Tagliamento 365
Porto di Chioggia Home Page
http://www.portodichioggia.it
19.8 Winds—Weather.—Winds from the NE are frequent in
winter and sometimes last for more than one week. Winds from
the SE usually bring rain and are most frequent in the autumn.
Fog is frequent in the winter and is often preceded by light
wind from the W or SW.
19.8 Tides—Currents.—The normal rise of tide is small, being
0.3 to 0.7m. However, the water level may rise by up to 1.2m
during strong SE winds. The highest high tides occur in October,
November, and December; the lowest low tides occur in
January and February.
19.8 Currents are strong and are mostly influenced by rain, runoff,
and winds. With strong winds from the NE and SE, the
current between the breakwaters can attain a rate up to 4 knots.
19.8 Depths—Limitations.—There is a depth of 8.4m in the entrance.
The main facilities include Canal Lombardo Esterno
Quay, 650m long, with a depth of 6.3m alongside; Banchina
Marittima Quay, 460m long, with a depth of 4.8m alongside;
and Canal Lombardo Interno Quay, 120m long, with a depth of
4.7m alongside. There are facilities for general cargo, ro-ro,
and bulk vessels. Vessels up 10,000 dwt, 150m in length, and
6.1m draft can be accommodated.
19.8 Mooring buoys are situated in Avamporto and may be used
by vessels up to 220m in length and 8.3m draft.
19.8 Aspect.—The two objects usually sighted first from seaward
are the conspicuous campanile standing at Pellestrina, situated
2 miles N of the entrance, and the tall reddish-colored campanile
of the cathedral standing at the S end of Chioggia. On
nearer approach, vessels will be able to see the two prominent
forts which are situated near the inner ends of the breakwater.
A light is shown from the fort which stands on the S side of the
entrance. The entrance channel is marked by lighted beacons
and lighted buoys.
19.8 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt.
Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 14 or 16 and board
about 1.5 miles E of the entrance.
19.8 Regulations.—Vessels should send an ETA at least 24 hours
in advance.
19.8 Anchorage.—Small cargo vessels can obtain anchorage in
the vicinity of position 45°14'N, 12°23'E, clear of the buoyed
shellfish beds. Larger vessels can find anchorage in the vicinity
of position 45°21'N, 12°25'E and position 45°22'N, 12°27'E.
19.8 There is an anchorage for vessels, unloading into lighters, in
depths of 12m to 15m, about 1 mile SE of the entrance to the
port. This anchorage is under the control of the harbormaster.
19.8 An offshore designated anchorage area, which may best be
seen on the chart, lies centered 6.5 miles SE of the port entrance.
19.8 Caution.—The heads of the breakwaters are fronted by submerged
rocks.
19.8 Submarine cables lie within the harbor channels and are
marked by notice boards on the shore. Anchorage is prohibited
in these areas.
19.8 Works are in progress (2006) between the Canale Esterno
outer breakwaters.
19.8 Works are in progress (2008) to protect the shoreline using
artificial reefs. The outer limit of the work is marked by lighted
buoys.
19.8 Works are in progress (2008) in Porto di Chioggia to start to
regulate the tidal flow. The area prohibited to navigation is
marked by buoys. The navigable channel at the mouth of Porto
di Chioggia is subject to relocation as the works progress. The
maximum speed allowed in the channel is 7 knots.
19.8 A wreck, with a least depth 17m, lies in position 45°11.1'N,
12°27.6'E.
Porto di Malamocco (45°20'N., 12°19'E.)
World Port Index No. 40750
19.9 Porto di Malamocco is one of the most important of
the lagoon ports. The entrance to this port lies 6.3 miles N of
the entrance to Porto di Chioggia and is the S of the two main
entrances leading to Porto di Venezia. It is a sub port of Venice.
19.9 Tides—Currents.—The current between the breakwaters
sometimes exceeds a rate of 5 knots. The tidal currents in the
vicinity of Forte San Pietro are very strong. Strong eddies occur
in this vicinity and there frequently is a strong set to the N
side of the channel.
19.9 Depths—Limitations.—The entrance channel, known as
Canale San Leonardo, has a dredged depth of 14m. It continues
WNW for 3 miles from the entrance and leads to the oil terminal
at Porto San Leonardo. This channel then leads N to connect
with Canale Litoraneo, which has a dredged depth of 12m
and leads into Porto Marghera. Special regulations are in force
within the channels leading between Porto di Malamocco and
Porto Marghera. Large vessels proceeding to Porto Marghera
should enter by Canale San Leonardo. Small vessels can proceed
via Porto di Lido, but the canal only has a dredged depth
of 9.1m.
19.9 Porto Marghera has 8,392m of total berthing space with
depths of 4 to 13m alongside. There are facilities for tanker,
bulk, ro-ro, reefer, gas, container, and general cargo vessels.
19.9 The San Leonardo Oil Terminal is situated on the W side of
Canale Litoraneo and consists of a jetty with two berths. It can
accommodate tankers up to 130,000 dwt, 300m in length, and
13.7m draft.
Campanile di Caorle, bearing 005°, 1.6 miles
19.9 Aspect.—Prominent landmarks include the slender and
pointed campanile standing at San Antonio, 3.4 miles SSW of
the entrance; a conspicuous church situated at Volta, 1.2 miles
SSW of the entrance; and the campanile standing at Malamoc-
Pub. 131

366 Sector 19. Italy—The Gulf of Venice—Fiume Po Delta to Punta del Tagliamento
co, 2.4 miles NNE of the entrance. The conspicuous belfry of
San Marco, situated in Venezia, can be seen to rise above the
city and all others in the lagoon.
19.9 A burn-off flare at the Marghera refinery is also visible from
seaward and is situated in an industrial area, 9 miles NW of the
port entrance.
19.9 From closer inshore, the prominent belfry standing on Isola
Poveglia, 0.6 mile NW of Malamocco, can be identified.
19.9 Forte Rocchetta Light is shown from a prominent structure,
23m high, standing on the N side of the entrance, 1.4 miles
WNW of the N breakwater head. A mushroom-shaped pilot
station tower stands close N of the light.
19.9 A racon is situated at the light structure standing on the head
of the N breakwater. The entrance channel is marked by articulated
lighted beacons. A tower stands 0.7 mile WNW of the
light and forms a range which indicates the entrance channel
and may best be seen on the chart.
19.9 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted
on VHF channel 12 or 13 and board about 2 miles ESE of the
N breakwater head.
19.9 Requests for pilot services should be made at least 2 hours in
advance.
19.9 Regulations.—Vessels must contact the pilot station before
anchoring.
19.9 Vessels should send an ETA and maximum draft at least 24
hours in advance.
19.9 Within 2 miles of the port entrance, all other vessels are to
give way to vessels which are entering or leaving the port.
19.9 Vessels must not pass in the entrance channel; vessels leaving
have precedence.
19.9 Vessels are not to exceed a speed of 6 knots in Canale Litoraneo.
19.9 Anchorage.—There are five designated anchorage areas lying
NE of the entrance to Porto di Malamocco. These areas, which
have depths of 10 to 18m and may best be seen on the chart, are, as
follows:
1. Anchorage Area No. 1, centered 1 mile NE of the N
breakwater head, is for the use of general cargo vessels of
less than 5,000 dwt
2. Anchorage Area No. 2, lying close E of Area No. 1, is
for the use of tankers or vessels carrying dangerous substances
less than 20,000 dwt.
3. Anchorage Area No. 3, lying close E of Anchorage
Area No. 2, is for the use of tankers or vessels carrying dangerous
substances of 20,000 dwt and over.
4. Anchorage Area No. 4, lying close N of Anchorage
Area No. 3, is for the use of lightering tankers.
5. Anchorage Area No. 5, lying close N of Anchorage
Area No. 2, is for the use of cargo vessels of 5,000 dwt and
over.
19.9 Caution.—With strong NE winds and a very strong tidal
current, entry into the port is very dangerous.
19.9 A dangerous wreck lies about 4.5 miles ENE of the port entrance.
19.9 A submarine cable lies adjacent to the N side of the entrance
channel and anchoring in this vicinity is prohibited.
19.9 Submarine cables lie across the channel within the harbor
and are marked by notice boards on the shore. Anchorage is
prohibited in their vicinity.
19.9 A submarine pipeline extends 2 miles ESE from a point on
Pub. 131
the shore, 2 miles NNE of the port entrance. Anchoring and
fishing are prohibited in its vicinity.
19.9 Shoals and foul ground lie adjacent to the sides of the entrance
channel which is subject to silting.
19.9 A prohibited area marking an area of works in progress
(2006) lies in the entrance channel to Porti di Malamocco and
to the S and E of the S entrance breakwater. Mariners must remain
at least 50m clear of the area.
19.9 Works are in progress (2008) to protect the shoreline using
artificial reefs. The outer limit of the work is marked by lighted
buoys.
19.9 Works are in progress (2008) in Porto di Malamocco to start
to regulate the tidal flow. The area prohibited to navigation is
marked by buoys. The navigable channel at the mouth of Porto
di Malamocco is subject to relocation as the works progress.
19.9 Navigation, stopping, and fishing are prohibited within a circular
area, with a radius of 250m, centered on the oceanographic
buoy located in position 45°20.0'N, 12°31.0'E.
Porto di Lido (45°25'N., 12°26'E.)
World Port Index No. 40760
19.10 Porto di Lido (Porto di Venezia), the N of the two entrances
leading to Porto di Venezia, lies 7 miles NNE of the entrance
to Porto di Malamocco and is protected by two
breakwaters.
Porto di Venezia Home Page
http://www.port.venice.it
19.10 Tides—Currents.—The rates of the tidal currents are variable
and may sometimes reach 3 knots. Strong SE winds, at
springs, sometimes cause an extraordinary rise of the tide
which may flood the quays.
19.10 A 36-hour tidal height forecast can be accessed from the Comune
di Venezia web page, as follows:
Comune di Venezia—Tidal Height Forecast
http://www.comune.venezia.it/maree/en_previsione.asp
19.10 Depths—Limitations.—The access channel to Porto di
Lido is dredged to a depth of 11m. Canale di San Nicolo leads
SW from the entrance to Santa Elena, the E suburb of the city
of Venezia. Its SE side is formed by San Nicolo di Lido and its
NW side by Le Vignole, a group of three islands. Forte San
Andrea, situated on the SE end of this group, is very conspicuous.
19.10 Arsenale, a naval installation, is situated at the head of Canale
delle Navi, which leads 1.8 miles NW from the W side of
Canale di San Nicolo.
19.10 Canale di San Marco is entered from the W end of Canale di
San Nicolo, S of Santa Elena. It leads NW and W along the S
side of the city and connects with Canale della Giudecca in the
vicinity of Punta della Salute. Canale di San Marco is quayed
as far W as the famed Piazza San Marco, at the N entrance
point of Canale Grande. Mooring buoy berths are also situated

Sector 19. Italy—The Gulf of Venice—Fiume Po Delta to Punta del Tagliamento 367
Canal Vitoria Emanuale from SE
Canal Vitoria Emanuale from SE
Pub. 131

368 Sector 19. Italy—The Gulf of Venice—Fiume Po Delta to Punta del Tagliamento
Pub. 131
Canal Vitoria Emanuale from SE
Canal Vitoria Emanuale from SE with Isola delleTressi in foreground

Sector 19. Italy—The Gulf of Venice—Fiume Po Delta to Punta del Tagliamento 369
Overhead pipeline at entrance to Canale Industriale Sud from E
Bacino de Marittima
Pub. 131

370 Sector 19. Italy—The Gulf of Venice—Fiume Po Delta to Punta del Tagliamento
in this canal and used by large naval, passenger, and cruise vessels.
19.10 Canale Orfano, entered from Canale di San Marco SW of
Santa Elena, leads to Porto di Malamocco through a network of
canals.
19.10 Canale della Giudecca, a continuation of Canale di San Marco,
leads W to Porto Marittima (Porto Commerciale), the commercial
cargo facility at the W side of the city. A turning basin
lying SW of Porto Marittima has a depth of 10.4m.
19.10 Port Marittima, the commercial harbor for Porto di Venezia,
has 3,597m of total berthing space with depths of 8 to 10m
alongside. There are facilities for general cargo, passenger,
bulk, ro-ro, and container vessels. There are also numerous
small craft harbors and marinas within the canal complex.
19.10 Aspect.—The buildings of the city of Venezia, situated 3.5
miles W of the port entrance, are mostly obscured, but the belfry
of the Cathedral of San Marco rises above the city and
serves as a good landmark from seaward. The belfry is large
and is surmounted by a greenish-colored spire. Also conspicuous
is the large Hotel Excelsior, surmounted by two cupolas,
which stands near the beach, 2 miles SSW of the port entrance.
19.10 A light is shown from a tower, 35m high, standing 3.8 miles
NW of the port entrance. This light forms part of a lighted
range which indicates the entrance channel and may best be
seen on the chart.
19.10 A prominent disused signal station stands on the N extremity
of San Nicolo di Lido, 2.1 miles WNW of the head of the N
breakwater.
19.10 Porto di Lido Northeast Breakwater Head Light is shown
from a conspicuous black and white ckeckered pagoda with
Pub. 131
Murano Light
two balconies, 25m high, standing on the head of the N breakwater.
A racon is situated at this light.
19.10 The entrance channel is marked by lighted buoys; an outer
approach lighted buoy is moored about 2.3 miles SE of the
head of the N breakwater.
19.10 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 gross
tons. Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 13.
19.10 The pilot boards 2 miles SE of the N breakwater head.
19.10 Regulations.—Entry regulations for Porto di Lido and Venezia
are the same as those for Porto di Malamocco. For further
information, see paragraph 19.9.
19.10 Vessels carrying inflammable or dangerous cargos bound for
Porto Marghera are required to enter through Porto di Malamocco
not Porto di Lido.
19.10 Vessels should send an ETA and maximum draught 48 hours
in advance and contact the pilot at least 2 hours in advance of
arrival.
19.10 Venice Harbor Control, call sign Venice Pilot, monitors VHF
channel 12.
19.10 Anchorage.—Two designated anchorage areas, which may
best be seen on the chart, lie E of the port entrance. Anchorage
Area No. 1 lies centered 2 miles E of the head of the N breakwater
and is for the use of cargo vessels of less than 5,000 dwt.
Anchorage Area No. 2, lying close E of Area No. 1, is for the
use of cargo vessels of 5,000 dwt and over.
19.10 Vessels at anchor must maintain a listening watch on VHF
channels 13 and 16 and keep AIS equipment operational.
19.10 There is insufficient swinging room for large vessels to anchor
within the port.
19.10 Caution.—The entrance to Porto di Lido is subject to silt-

Sector 19. Italy—The Gulf of Venice—Fiume Po Delta to Punta del Tagliamento 371
ing.
19.10 A submarine pipeline extends 2.2 miles S from a point on the
Piazza San Marco
shore, 3 miles ENE of the port entrance. The seaward end of
this pipeline is marked by a lighted buoy; anchoring is prohibit-
Pub. 131

372 Sector 19. Italy—The Gulf of Venice—Fiume Po Delta to Punta del Tagliamento
Pub. 131
Piazza San Marco
San Giorgia Maggiore

Sector 19. Italy—The Gulf of Venice—Fiume Po Delta to Punta del Tagliamento 373
ed in its vicinity.
19.10 Prohibited areas, marked by lighted buoys, beacons, and
piles containing works in progress (2006), lie within Porto di
Lido, Canale di San Nicolo, and Canale di Treporti.
19.10 Numerous ferries ply within the port and the canals.
19.10 Works are in progress (2008) to protect the shoreline using
artificial reefs. The outer limit of the work is marked by lighted
buoys.
19.10 Works are in progress (2008) in Porto di Lido to start to regulate
tidal flow. The area prohibited to navigation is marked by
buoys. The navigable channel at the mouth of Porto di Lido is
subject to relocation as the works progress.
19.10 Works are in progress (2010) in the stretch of water off Bocca
di Lido to construct the new outer dike for defense against
waves passing the entrance to the port of Lido San Nicolo.
19.10 A dangerous wreck lies close E of the lighted beacon standing
0.7 mile NW of the SW breakwater head.
Porto di Lido to Punta del Tagliamento
19.11 Porto di Piave Vecchia (45°29'N., 12°35'E.) lies at
the mouth of Fiume Sile, 7.3 miles ENE of the entrance to Porto
di Lido. This small boat harbor is entered between rubble
breakwaters and is blocked by shoals. Porto di Piave Vecchia
Light is shown from a prominent white round tower with black
bands, 48m high, standing near the river mouth. A prominent
water tower stands 2.5 miles W of the light.
Piave Vecchia Light
19.11 Caution.—A marine farm, best seen on the chart, is located
1.7 miles S of Porto di Piave Vecchia. It is marked by a lighted
buoy.
19.12 The coast between this river mouth and Punta del
Tagliamento is backed by two lagoons, Laguna Veneta and La-
guna di Caorle. Inland waterways connect these lagoons with
Venezia and other ports.
19.12 Porto di Cortellazzo lies at the mouth of Fiume Piave, 7
miles ENE of Porto di Piave Vecchia. This river is only navigable
by small and light-draft craft with drafts of less than 2.5m.
The houses of the village stand near the river mouth and are
visible between the tall trees. Three submerged concrete columns,
about 50m apart, lie 600m S of the river mouth. This river
sometimes deposits a very white-colored and milky
substance into the sea which, when seen from a distance, appears
as a white and sandy stretch of beach.
19.13 Porto Santa Margherita di Caorle (45°35'N.,
12°52'E.) lies at the mouth of Fiume Livenza and can only be
entered by small boats with drafts of less than 2m. Two jetties
form the entrance to the river mouth. Caorle, a conspicuous
small town, is situated 1 mile NE of the mouth and is protected
by a stone seawall. A prominent campanile stands in this town
and another campanile surmounts a prominent church which
stands on a point, close NE. A light is shown from the church.
A submerged mole extends 0.3 mile SE from a point on the
shore, 0.2 mile N of Caorle Light. Its outer end is marked by a
red barrel-shaped marker.
19.13 Vessels can anchor, in a depth of 12m, mud and sand, about 2
miles offshore, anywhere between the mouth of Fiume Piave
and Caorle.
19.13 Caution.—A circular area, with a radius of 0.2 mile, where
anchoring, stopping, fishing, and all underwater activities are
prohibited, lies centered on position 45°3.6'N, 12°52.9'E. This
is the site of an historic wreck.
19.13 Several stranded wrecks lie along this stretch of coast.
19.14 Porto di Falconera lies 1.3 miles ENE of Caorle and
consists of the lower reach of Fiume Lemene and Canale
Nicessolo. It provides access to Laguna di Caorle, but is obstructed
by sand banks and is frequented only by small craft.
19.14 Porto
di Baseleghe, an inlet at the mouth of Canale dei Lovi,
lies 3 miles E of Porto di Falconera and is almost completely
obstructed by shoals. It is used only by small craft with local
knowledge. A prominent red frame house stands on the shore
at the W side of the inlet. The coast between this inlet and Punta
del Tagliamento is low and wooded.
19.14 Punta del Tagliamento (45°38'N., 13°06'E.), located 5
miles E of Porto di Baseleghe, is marked by a light and is fully
described in paragraph 20.2.
19.14 Caution.—An anchoring and fishing prohibited area, which
may best be seen on the chart, lies 11.5 miles S of Punta del
Tagliamento.
19.14 A
circular area, with a radius of 0.2 mile, where anchoring,
stopping, fishing, and all underwater activities are prohibited,
lies centered on position 45°33.2'N, 13°11.1'E.
Pub. 131

20.
Italy and Slovenia—The Gulf of Trieste and the Istrian Penin-
20.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).
SECTOR 20 — CHART INFORMATION
sula
375
Pub. 131

SECTOR 20
ITALY AND SLOVENIA—THE GULF OF TRIESTE AND THE ISTRIAN PENINSULA
20.0 Plan.—This sector describes the N coast of Italy on the
Adriatic Sea, including that bordering the N side of the Gulf of
Trieste. It also describes the coast of Slovenia (formerly Yugoslavia),
which forms the E side of the Gulf of Trieste. The descriptive
sequence is E and SE from Punta del Tagliamento to
the NW approaches of Porto di Trieste, and then N and NE
from Rt Marlera to and including Porto di Trieste.
General Remarks
20.1 Regulations.—Tanker vessels of 1,600 grt and over
entering or leaving Italian ports and carrying, or with uncleaned
tanks which last carried, petroleum, gas, or chemical
products should report to a shore station before entering Italian
territorial waters off Italian ports. For further details, see Pub.
140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean
and Adjacent Seas.
20.1 The New Inspection Regime (NIR) of the Paris Memorandum
of Understanding (PMoU) has introduced a mandatory reporting
system for vessels arriving at or departing from a port
or anchorage within the Paris MoU region.
20.1 For further information, see paragraph 10.1 and North Atlantic
Ocean—Regulations—Paris Memorandum of Understanding
on Port State Control (PMoU) New Inspection
Regime (NIR) in Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning
Guide) North Atlantic Ocean and Adaecent Seas.
20.1 Caution.—Vessels have been advised to avoid some of the
ports and territorial waters of the former Yugoslavia. There
have been reports of port blockades, vessels being fired upon,
and indiscriminate minelaying.
Punta del Tagliamento to Porto di Monfalcone
20.2 Punta del Tagliamento (45°38'N., 13°06'E.) is a low
point of land forming the S side of the mouth of Fiume Tagliamento
which is obstructed by shoals. A light is shown from a
prominent white round tower on a two-story dwelling, 21m
high, standing on the point.
20.2 A large tank and several buildings are situated 2 miles N of
the light and are conspicuous from seaward. A small pier, with
a depth of 2.5m at its head, is situated 2 miles NNE of the light
and fronts a resort area.
20.2 Porto Lignano (45°42'N., 13°09'E.), a small harbor, consists
of a channel, 1 mile long, which extends N into Laguna di Marano.
This harbor is fronted by a sand bar and is mostly used by
light-draft vessels, small craft, and yachts. An obstruction light
marks a tall building, 60m high, which stands 1.5 miles SW of
the harbor. Vessels can anchor, in a depth of 10m, mud, about 2
miles SE of the entrance.
20.2 Caution.—An outfall pipeline extends 4 miles SE from a
point on the shore, 1.8 miles SW of the entrance. Anchoring
and fishing are prohibited in its vicinity.
20.2 An outfall extends 3.6 miles SSE from a point on the S shore
of Isola di Sant’Andrea. The seaward end is marked by a light-
Punta del Tagliamento bearing N
377
ed buoy. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in the vicinity of
the piping.
20.3 Porto Buso (45°43'N., 13°15'E.) lies at the confluence
of two rivers, which form two inland waterways. The entrance
is marked by lighted and unlighted beacons; the narrow
channel leads between shallow shoals. The buildings of the village
stand on both sides of the mouth which is protected by two
small breakwaters. Small coasters, with local knowledge, use
this entrance and proceed to Porto Nogaro, a small harbor basin,
lying 4 miles inland. A local pilot is available; pilotage is
required for vessels over 500 gross tons. The pilot may be contacted
on VHF channel 12. Vessels up to 80m in length and
with a maximum draft of 5m can be handled.
20.4 The Gulf of Trieste (Trscanski Zaliv) (45°40'N.,
13°35'E.) is entered between Grado and Rt Gornja Savudrija,
11.5 miles SSE. The N side is low and is backed by lagoons.
The NE side is high, precipitous, and is backed by mountains.
The SE side is deeply indented and is backed by moderately
high hills.
20.4 Grado (45°40'N., 13°23'E.), a small town and resort, stands
on a low and flat islet which faces the sea. The town is connected
to the mainland N of the lagoon by a causeway which carries
a roadway and forms the E side of Canale di Belvedere. A
bridge, with a moveable span, connects the town and the causeway.
There are numerous beach villas and hotels situated in the
vicinity of the town.
Porto Grado Home Page
http://www.guardiacostiera.it/grado
20.4 A dredged entrance channel leads W of the town and affords
access to a small harbor at Grado and to the channels of the lagoon.
This channel is marked by dolphins and masts and an
outer approach lighted buoy is moored about 2 miles SW of the
Pub. 131

378 Sector 20. Italy and Slovenia—The Gulf of Trieste and The Istrian Peninsula
town. It is reported (1988) to have a least depth of 3m, but it is
subject to silting. It has been reported (1994) that these dolphins
no longer mark the channel, and those that remain are
poorly maintained. The port monitors VHF channels 4 and 16.
20.4 Winds from the S quadrant, which are predominant in fall
and spring, cause a very rough sea in the entrance.
20.4 Vessels
are advised to use the channel only in calm weather
and to proceed with caution at a speed not exceeding 7 knots,
because when exceeding this speed they may have difficulty
maneuvering in the shallow and confined waters. The banks
are affected by freshets from the lagoons and by strong winds
from seaward and the depths are liable to change. Local pilots
are available. The port monitors VHF channel 16. The channel
is used by small craft, pleasure craft, and small coasters. Large
vessels can anchor offshore to the SSE of Grado. The holding
ground of sand and mud is good.
20.4 The campaniles standing at Grado and at Aquileia, 5.5 miles
N of Grado, are prominent from seaward.
20.4 Between Grado and Punta Sdobba, 7 miles ENE, the coast is
fronted by shoals, with depths of less than 5m, which extend up
to 1.8 miles offshore. Banco Mula di Muggia, most of which
dries, forms the W part of these shoals and is marked by a
lighted beacon situated about 2.3 miles SE of Grado. This drying
shoal is reported to be extending to the E.
20.4 Caution.—An outfall extends 3 miles SE from a point on
the coast about 3 miles NE of Grado. Anchoring and fishing
are prohibited in the vicinity of the outfall.
20.4 A circular prohibited area is located adjacent to and SW of
the outfall. This area is dangerous due to the probable presence
of bottom mines.
20.4 An outfall pipeline extends 2.5 miles SE from a point on the
shore at the E end of Banco Mula di Muggia.
20.5 Punta Sdobba (45°43'N., 13°33'E.), a low and sandy
point, is formed at the confluence of several rivers. Drying
sandbanks extend up to about 0.7 mile E from this point. A
coastal bank, with depths of less than 5m, extends up to about
0.9 mile from the point and is marked by a lighted beacon situated
on its SE side. It is reported that less water than charted
may exist in this vicinity and vessels should give this area a
wide berth. A small craft channel, marked by piles, leads
through the shoals and drying flats to the river entrance.
20.5 Golfo
di Panzano, the shores of which are low, lies between
Punta Sdobba and Duino, 3.4 miles NE. Duino consists of a
close group of yellowish-colored houses and a very conspicuous
castle. This small town is fronted by a small harbor which
is protected by two moles and is used by fishing boats and pleasure
craft.
Porto di Monfalcone (45°47'N., 13°33'E.)
World Port Index No. 40790
20.6 The port of Monfalcone lies in the NW corner of
Golfo di Panzano and is approached through a dredged channel.
The harbor has commercial facilities for mostly bulk cargo
and a shipyard.
Pub. 131
20.6 Tides—Currents.—Tides rise about 0.9m at springs and
0.6m at neaps.
Porto di Monfalcone Home Page
http://www.porto.monfalcone.gorizia.it
20.6 Depths—Limitations.—The entrance channel, which is
4,500m long and 170m wide, was dredged to a depth of 10.5m
(1993). The main commercial quays include Portorosega Quay,
with 1,000m of total berthing space and depths of 7.5 to 9.5m
alongside; Cereal Quay, 120m long, a depth of 10m alongside;
and an ENEL power station quay, 330m long, with a depth of
9.5m alongside. There are facilities for tanker and bulk vessels.
Vessels up to 180m in length and 10.2m draft have been
handled at HW.
20.6 Aspect.—The town of Monfalcone, situated 1.5 miles inland,
is mostly obscured by the shipyard and port installations.
Prominent landmarks include the castle at Duino; several resort
buildings standing on the shore of the bay to the NW of the
harbor; a group of silos situated at the head of the harbor; and a
tall chimney standing at the power station in Monfalcone.
20.6 The entrance channel is marked by lighted buoys and beacons.
An outer approach lighted beacon is situated about 1.5
miles SSW of the castle at Duino.
20.6 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt
and is available during daylight hours only. Pilots can be contacted
on VHF channel 14 and board 1 mile SE of Fairway
Lighted Buoy.
20.6 Regulations.—Vessels carrying polluting or dangerous cargo
must report to the harbormaster 24 hours in advance. Vessels
intending to berth must contact the harbormaster at least
72 hours in advance of the ETA.
20.6 A speed of 5 knots is not to be exceeded in the entrance
channel or harbor.
20.6 Anchorage.—Large vessels may anchor, in depths of 10 to
12m, about 1.6 miles SSE of the castle at Duino.
20.6 Caution.—A submarine water pipeline, which stands 2m
above the sea bottom and constitutes a permanent obstruction,
extends SE between Duino and Porto di Trieste and may best
be seen on the chart. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in
its vicinity.
20.6 A fishing prohibited area extends W from the pipeline and its
associated restrictions and may best be seen on the chart.
20.6 A submarine pipeline extends SSE from Golfo di Panzano
and is best seen on the chart.
Porti di Monfalcone to the Northwest Approaches
of the Gulf of Trieste
20.7 Sistiana (45°46'N., 13°38'E.), a small town, is situated
at the head of an inlet which is surrounded by a chain of
hills with luxurious vegetation. It is easily identified by the
open limestone quarries situated on the surrounding hills. The
town is fronted by a small harbor which is protected by two
breakwaters. There are 200m of berthing space with depths of
4 to 4.9m alongside. The harbor is mostly used by small craft,
pleasure craft, and local ferries.

Sector 20. Italy and Slovenia—The Gulf of Trieste and The Istrian Peninsula 379
20.7 Caution.—A wreck, in a depth of 9m, lies in position
45°46.0'N, 13°37.7'E off the port of Sistiana.
20.7 Between Sistiana and Miramare, a rocky projection located
5.5 miles SE, the coast is high and steep. A conspicuous castle
stands on Miramare and a conspicuous water tank, with
bricked up window-like openings, is situated on the cliff edge,
1 mile SE of Sistiana. The prominent aqueduct of Aurisina is
situated 1 mile SE of the water tank and a tower stands close
inland of it. A small boat harbor, formed by a short breakwater
and a mole, lies close SE of the aqueduct. The small and prominent
town of Santa Croce di Trieste stands on a hill, close inland
of this boat harbor.
20.7 Valle Grignano, a small craft harbor, lies in a small bay on
the NW side of Miramare. It is formed by a short breakwater
and a mole. There are depths of 2 to 6m in the harbor which is
mostly used by pleasure craft.
20.7 Barcola, a small harbor, lies in the NW approaches to Trieste,
2.2 miles SE of Miramare. It is protected by an angled
breakwater and a mole. There are depths of 2.5 to 3.5m in the
two basins of the harbor and they are mostly used by pleasure
craft.
20.7 Caution.—Fire fighting seaplanes operate in splashdown areas
centered on position 45°44.8'N, 13°37.6'E and position
45°42.5'N, 13°40.9'E.
Rt Marlera to the Southeast Approaches of the
Gulf of Trieste
20.8 Rt Marlera (44°48'N., 14°00'E.) is the E point of the
S extremity of Istria, a mountainous peninsula, which separates
the Gulf of Venice from the Gulf of Kvarner. This cape is 21m
high, bare, steep-to, and projects 1.7 miles SE from the peninsula.
A light is shown from a structure, 9m high, standing on
this cape.
20.8 The
W side of Istria, extending N and NE to Trieste, has an
irregular shoreline which is mostly bare except for a sprinkling
of low, green bushes. The land rises gradually from the shore in
undulating hills on which there are situated numerous scattered
villages, vineyards, and olive and cedar groves. These hills terminate
in a dominating mountainous ridge.
20.8 The W side of Istria is fronted by numerous islands, and
rocks and shoals extend up to 2 miles offshore in places.
20.9 Rt Kamenjak (44°46'N., 13°55'E.), the S extremity
of Istria, is a narrow and hilly point of land, 46m high. This
point is not defined, except in very clear weather, and vessels
approaching from the E will first sight the bell towers of several
hilltop villages and the light structure at Hrid Porer. The
prominent village of Premantura is situated 2.5 miles N of the
extremity of the point. A signal station and a radiobeacon are
situated on the point.
20.9 Hrid
Porer, a rock 7m high, lies near the outer end of a reef
which extends up to 1.3 miles SW from the W face of Rt Kamenjak.
A light is shown from a structure, 31m high, standing
on this rock. A racon is situated at the light structure.
20.9 Plicina
Albanez, a rock, lies 1.5 miles SSE of Hrid Porer. It
has a depth of 2.7m and is surrounded by dangers. A light is
shown from a structure, 15m high, standing on this rock. When
this light is extinguished, a light is shown from a structure, 2m
high, standing on the S end of the dangers around Hrid Porer.
20.9 Medulinski Zaljev, entered between Rt Marlera and Rt Kamenjak,
is divided into inner and outer bays by Rt Kasteja, the
extremity of a low peninsula which projects S from the NE
side. The outer bay contains several islets and rocks. Otocic
Finera, the outermost islet, is marked by a beacon. Small vessels,
with local knowledge, can anchor, in a depth of 16m,
mud, about 0.2 mile NNW of this islet.
20.9 The coast between Rt Kamenjak and Rt Kumpar, 8 miles
NW, consists of an irregular and hilly shoreline which is indented
by many small coves. Rt Verudica, located 5.5 miles
NW of Rt Kamenjak, is surmounted by a hotel and a ruined
convent. A light is shown from the point.
20.9 A conspicuous signal station is situated at a fort surmounting
a hill, 0.7 mile SSE of Rt Kumpar.
Luka Pula (44°53'N., 13°48'E.)
World Port Index No. 40960
20.10 Luka Pula, which is essentially a naval base, is an almost
landlocked basin surrounded by hills. It is entered between
Rt Kumpar and Rt Kristo, 0.9 mile N.
20.10 Depths—Limitations.—The entrance is narrowed to a
width of about 450m by a breakwater which extends NNW
from Rt Kumpar. The harbor is divided into outer and inner
part by two islets, Otocic Sveta Katarina and Otocic Sveti Andrija,
and by Poluoticic Sveti Petar, a low projection surmounted
by a cement factory. The inner harbor is divided into two
parts by Otocic Uljanic and has a marina, a naval base, and several
commercial facilities.
20.10 Depths in the outer harbor vary from 37m at the entrance to
22m close S of Otocic Sveti Andrija. The passage for large vessels
leads S and E of the above island and has depths of over
18m. Depths in the middle of the inner harbor decrease from
27 to 9m.
20.10 An oil pier is situated on the E side of the outer harbor, 1
mile SE of Rt Kristo. It is 100m long and has a depth of 8.5m
at the head. Several oil storage tanks are situated near the root
of the pier.
20.10 Poluoticic Sveti Petar, Rijeka, and Ugljan Quays have 900m
of total berthing space, with depths of 4 to 9m alongside.
20.10 The quayed berths fronting the town have depths of 3 to
6.1m alongside and are used by ferries, fishing vessels, and
coasters.
20.10 Vessels up to 18,000 dwt and 7m draft have been accommodated.
20.10 Aspect.—The land in the vicinity of Luka Pula is not high
and the only prominent points near the entrance are Rt Kumpar
and a steep point, 81m high, located 1 mile SSE. Conspicuous
forts stand on the summits of the hills which surround the harbor.
The Roman amphitheater, having high and preserved
walls, is conspicuous on the close approach to the harbor.
20.10 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt.
Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 9 or 12 and board vessels
near the breakwater entrance. Vessels should send an ETA
48 hours and 24 hours in advance. Pilot services should be requested
24 hours in advance.
20.10 Anchorage.—The harbor is of sufficient size to afford several
anchorage berths, in depths of 11 to 35m, mud. A large num-
Pub. 131

380 Sector 20. Italy and Slovenia—The Gulf of Trieste and The Istrian Peninsula
ber of small ships can also be accommodated. There are several
mooring buoys situated in the outer and inner harbors. Permission
for anchorage should be obtained from the naval authorities.
20.10 Caution.—Anchorage is prohibited in an area, which may
best be seen on the chart, lying between Otok Veli Brijun and
the mainland and in the outer part of Luka Pula.
20.10 Several submarine cables are laid in the vicinity of the harbor
and may best be seen on the chart.
20.10 A
restricted area, which may best be seen on the chart, lies
centered 3 miles SW of Rt Kumpar. Anchoring and fishing are
prohibited within the restricted area due to the presence of explosives
scattered on the bottom.
20.11 Brionski Otoci (44°55'N., 13°45'E.) is separated
from the coast by Fazanski Kanal and consists of a group of islands
which are composed of marble and covered with thick
bush and low trees. Numerous islets, rocks, and reefs extend up
to 1.5 miles W and NW of the two principal islands, Otok Veliki
Brijun and Otok Mali Brioni.
20.11 Otok Veliki Brjun, the S island, is 58m high and has a conspicuous
fort situated on its summit. A light is shown from a
structure, 15m high, standing on Rt Peneda, the S extremity of
the island.
20.11 Otok Mali Brioi, the N island, has a prominent stone quarry
situated on it. Reefs extend up to 1.3 miles NW of the NW extremity
of this island and are marked by a lighted beacon.
20.11 Caution.—A prohibited area, which may best be seen on the
chart, extends up to 1.6 miles seaward of the W side of Brionski
Otoci.
20.12 Fazanski Kanal (44°53'N., 13°48'E.), a channel, lies
between the mainland and Brionski Otoci and extends between
Rt Kristo and Rt Barbariga, 6.4 miles NE. Otok Sveti Jerolim,
Otocic Kozada, and Plicina Kozada lie in mid-channel at the S
part of the passage. The best route leads to the W of these three
islands.
Pub. 131
View, in two parts, of the coast in the vicinity of Luka Rovinj
20.12 A least depth of 10.4m exists in the fairway of the narrowest
part of the channel, which is about 300m wide, but with extreme
care a least depth of 11.9m can be maintained.
20.12 The E side of the channel is bordered by a narrow, shallow
reef and indented by a number of small and shallow coves.
Otok Sveti Jerolim consists mainly of two hills, the higher and
NW one being 17m high. A conspicuous quarry, with steep
sides, is situated on the island. A short pier, with a depth of
40m at its head, projects from the NW side of the island.
20.12 Otocic Kozada, 9m high, is surrounded by a narrow reef. A
short pier, with a depth of 3m, projects from the NE side of this
islet.
20.12 Luka Fazana, a small and shallow harbor, fronts the village
of Fazana, 2.3 miles N of Rt Kristo. The prominent town of
Vodnjan stands on a hill, 135m high, 3 miles NE of the harbor
and serves as a good landmark. A reef borders the shore to the
S of the harbor entrance and is marked by a buoy.
20.12 Rt Mrtulin is located 1.7 miles NNW of Fazana. A reef, with
a depth of 3.2m, extends 0.5 mile W from this point and is
marked by a buoy. Two conspicuous lime kilns stand about
midway between Rt Mrtulin and Rt Barbariga, 3 miles NNW.
20.12 Caution.—Passage through Fazanski Kanal is prohibited to
all vessels without prior permission.
20.12 Submarines exercise frequently in the N entrance to the
channel.
20.12 Several submarine cables and pipelines cross the S and central
parts of the channel.
20.13 Rt Korente (45°04'N., 13°38'E.) is located 6.5 miles
NW of Rt Barbariga. The coast between is bordered by islets,
rocks, and sunken dangers. The outer danger, Plicina Porer, lies
about 2 miles offshore and has a least depth of 8.1m.
20.13 A
chain of islets and rocks extends 1.5 miles SSW from Rt
Korente. Hrid Sv Ivan na Pucini is a rocky islet, 9m high,
which lies at the SW end of the chain. A light is shown from a
structure, 15m high, standing on this rock.
20.13 A dangerous wreck is reported to lie about 2 miles NW of

Sector 20. Italy and Slovenia—The Gulf of Trieste and The Istrian Peninsula 381
the light.
20.13 Rt Montauro, located 0.4 mile NNE of Rt Korente, is 34m
high and the N extremity of a rounded promontory.
Luka Rovinj (45°05'N., 13°38'E.)
World Port Index No. 40940
20.14 Luka Rovinj, an industrial town, stands in a bight entered
between Rt Montauro and Rt Mucja, 0.8 mile N. This
bight is divided into two bays by a small peninsula which
projects W and terminates in Rt Sveta Eufemija. The bay to the
S of the peninsula contains two coves. The town stands partly
on this peninsula and partly on the slopes of the surrounding
hills.
20.14 Otocic Sveta Katarina, an island, lies 0.4 mile S of Rt Sveta
Eufemija and has a conspicuous red-colored building standing
near its center. Two small islets lie 0.5 mile W of Rt Mucja.
Otocic Banjole, the outer island in the entrance, lies 1 mile SW
of Rt Sveta Eufemija and is 15m high and steep-to.
20.14 Depths—Limitations.—Depths of 11 to 26m lie in the outer
part of the bay, S of Otocic Sveta Katarina. A harbor, protected
by breakwaters, provides quays with depths of 2 to 7m alongside.
Vessels with drafts up to 6m can be accommodated. There
are facilities for general cargo and passenger ferry vessels.
20.14 Aspect.—Turnina Vrh, 107m high and surmounted by ruins,
stands 2 miles ENE of the town. Sveti Martin Vrh, 230m high,
stands 5 miles NE of the town and is also prominent. Other
prominent landmarks include a pointed campanile standing
near Rt Sveta Eufemija; the ancient quarries on Rt Montauro;
and a tower standing 0.7 mile N of Rt Mucja.
20.14 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots can be contacted
by VHF and board close W of Otocic Sveta Katarina. Pilots are
provided from Pula and must be requested 24 hours in advance.
The port monitors VHF channels 10 and 16.
20.14 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in depths of 20 to 24m,
about 300m NNW of the pointed campanile near Rt Sveta Eufemija.
Anchorage can also be taken, in a depth of 31m, about
600m SW of Otocic Banjole.
20.15 Limski Kanal (45°07'N., 13°36'E.) is entered between
Rt Kriz, located 2.4 miles NW of Rovinj, and Rt Sjole, 1
mile NNW. The canal is 5 miles long and has steep sides which
vary from 61 to 152m in height. Trees and thick bush cover the
banks and the canal is exposed to W winds and seas. The
depths decrease gradually towards the head of the canal from
33m at the mouth. It has been declared a nature reserve and is
only used for fish and shellfish farming. Use of the area for
other maritime activities must pose no threat to the natural balance.
Navigation and anchorage are prohibited without permission.
20.15 Rocky
shoals extend up to 1.3 miles SW, W, and NW of Rt
Sjole and are marked by buoys and beacons. Plicina Mramori,
the outermost rocky shoal, lies about 1.8 miles NW of Rt Sjole
and is marked by a lighted beacon.
20.15 Luka Porec lies 6 miles N of the entrance to Limski Kanal.
The coast between is lower than that to the S and is fronted by
islets, rocks, and shoals which extend up to 1.5 miles offshore.
20.15 Vessels, except those with local knowledge bound for the
small harbors along this stretch of coast, should give this part
of the coast a wide berth.
20.16 Luka Porec (45°14'N., 13°35'E.) (World Port Index
No. 40920) lies between a small peninsula, on which stands the
town of Porec, and a reef, on which lies the island Otocic Sveti
Nikola. Hrid Barbaran, a low lying flat rock, lies on a reef directly
N of the entrance. A conspicuous castle is situated on
Otocic Sveti Nikola and the church tower and the cathedral,
standing in the town, are conspicuous. The town of Porec is an
important tourist attraction.
20.16 Depths
of 5 to 8m lie in the middle of the harbor and a wharf
and a pier, which front the town, have depths of 2 to 5.2m
alongside. Pilots are provided from Pula and must be requested
24 hours in advance. Large vessels can anchor, as convenient,
in a depth of 22m, good holding ground, WNW of Hrid Barbaran.
The port monitors VHF channels 10 and 16.
20.16 A dangerous wreck is reported to lie about 4 miles WSW of
Luka Porec.
Rt Zub (Dente) (45°18'N., 13°34'E.), marked by a light, is
located 4.3 miles NNE of Luka Porec. The coast between is irregular
and is fronted by reefs which extend up to 1.7 miles
offshore in places.
20.17 Luka Mirna (Porto Quieto) (45°18'N., 13°34'E.)
(World Port Index No. 40900), a bay, is entered between Rt
Zub and Rt Lameja, 1.2 miles NNW. Rt Lameja is the extremity
of a short peninsula on which stands the town of Novigrad
(Cittanova). Fiume Mirna discharges through a prominent valley
into the NE part of the head of this bay. The S shore of the
bay consists of hills and cliffs, whereas the N shore slopes gently,
except at its E end where there are steep and reddish-colored
cliffs.
20.17 Depths
decrease gradually towards the head of the bay from
20m at the entrance. Plicina Val, lying 0.5 mile WSW of Rt
Lameja, is the outer danger on the N side of the entrance and is
marked by a buoy.
20.17 The
town of Novigrad, with the dark valley of the Fiume
Mirna in the background, is very prominent. A conspicuous
chimney stands at the brickworks situated on the N shore of the
bay.
20.17 Good
Rt Zub Light
anchorage can be obtained by vessels of any size in
Luka Mirna, sheltered from all but W and SW winds. Vessels
of 7,000 dwt and 7.9m draft anchor here and load bauxite from
lighters. The best berth for large vessels, in depths of 16 to
Pub. 131

382 Sector 20. Italy and Slovenia—The Gulf of Trieste and The Istrian Peninsula
18m, lies about 0.5 mile offshore; local knowledge is required.
20.18 Novigrad (Cittanova) (45°19'N., 13°34'E.), a small
bay, lies close N of the N entrance point of Luka Mirna and is
encumbered by shoals. The partially-walled town of Novigrad
is built on the peninsula which forms the S side of this bay. A
conspicuous campanile stands in the town. A small harbor, protected
by a breakwater, fronts the town and is accessible to
small vessels with drafts up to 3m.
20.18 Caution.—Several wrecks lie up to 8 miles W of Novigrad
and may best be seen on the chart. The approach to the harbor
is encumbered by several shoals.
20.19 Rt Dajla (45°21'N., 13°32'E.) is located 2 miles
NNW of Novigrad. The coast between is low and clear of dangers.
Luka Dajla, entered between Rt Dajla and Rt Komun, is
small in extent and suitable for small vessels. A conspicuous
convent stands close E of the S entrance point. A reef extends
about 0.3 mile NW from Rt Dajla and its outer extremity is
marked by a buoy. A small pier, with a depth of 3.9m at its
head, is situated on the NE shore of the bay. Small vessels,
with local knowledge, can anchor, in depths of 6 to 8m, close N
of the convent.
20.19 Luka Umag (45°26'N., 13°31'E.) (World Port Index No.
40880), a small bay, lies 5 miles NNW of Luka Dajla. The
town of Umag, which is a resort, stands on the S entrance point
of the bay, which is suitable for small light-draft vessels. A
curved breakwater extends NW from the town and forms a
small harbor with a depth of 4m. Pilots are available from Pula
with 24 hours notice. The pilot boards about 1 mile SW of the
breakwater. The port monitors VHF channels 10 and 16. Anchorage
can be taken, in a depth of 18m, mud, W of the campanile
in the town. Small vessels may anchor in the center of the
harbor.
20.19 Caution.—Mariners should exercise caution approaching
from the N to avoid Paklena Shoal.
20.19 A submarine cable originates at the coast 0.4 mile S of the
curving breakwater.
20.20 Rt Gornja Savudrija (Capo Salvore) (45°30'N.,
13°30'E.), low and dark, is located 3.8 miles N of Luka Umag.
The coast between is low and fronted by dangers which extend
up to 1.3 miles offshore. This cape is the NW extremity of the
Istrian peninsula and has a face, 1.5 miles long. Rt Savudrija
Light is shown from a prominent stone tower, 29m high, standing
on Rt Far, which is the SW headland of the face.
20.20 A dangerous wreck is reported to lie about 5 miles NW of
the light. A wreck, with a depth of 5.5m, lies about 5.2 miles
NNW of the light.
20.20 Caution.—Large vessels, with drafts greater than 15m and
speeds greater than 12 knots, should remain at least 2 miles
from the coast between Rt Savudrija and Luka Koper.
20.21 Piranski Zaliv (Baia di Pirano) (45°30'N., 13°34'E.)
is entered between Rt Savudrija and Rt Madona, 3 miles NE.
Rt Madona is marked by a light and a tower. Rt Savudrija is
marked by a stone tower and light. The NE shore of this inlet is
backed by hills, which are cultivated with olive and cypress
trees, whereas the SW shore is low and has sparse growth. The
maritime border between Slovenia and Croatia passes through
Pub. 131
the bay.
Piran (Pirano) (45°32'N., 13°34'E.), a small town, is situated
on Rt Madona and is fronted by a small craft harbor which is
protected by two moles and has depths of 1.5 to 5.5m. Conspicuous
from seaward are the ruins of an old castle, situated on the
heights to the E of the town, and the high steeple of a church
which stands near the edge of a high wall. Portoroz, a village,
is situated on the NE side of the inlet and is fronted by a quay
and a pier with a depth of 4.9m alongside.
20.21 Large vessels can anchor, in a depth of 14m, mud and clay,
in the outer part of the inlet about 1.3 miles SW of Rt Madona.
20.21 Caution.—A prohibited anchorage area lies in the inner part
of Piranski Zaliv and may best be seen on the chart.
20.21 An outfall pipeline extends 2 miles NW from Piran and its
seaward end is marked by a lighted buoy. Anchoring and fishing
are prohibited in the vicinity of this pipeline.
20.21 A wreck, with a depth of 11m, lies about 5 miles NNW of Rt
Madona.
20.21 A
nature reserve has been established close to the coast in
the vicinity of Rt Madona. The limits of the reserve are marked
by three buoys. Anchoring, fishing, transit by power-driven
vessels, and all underwater activities are prohibited in the reserve.
20.22 Koperski Zaliv (Baia di Capodistria) (45°33'N.,
13°40'E.) is entered between Rt Ronco and Rt Debeli, 5 miles NE.
The NE and SW shores of the bay are hilly, but the shore at the
head of the bay, through which the Fiume Risano flows, is low.
Monte Sermino, surrounded by salt beds, rises isolated in the river
valley.
20.22 A prominent convent stands on the NE shore of the bay. Antignano,
a town, is situated 5.7 miles ESE of Rt Debeli and is
also prominent. Rt Debeli is fronted by a shoal which is
marked by a lighted beacon.
20.22 Izola (45°32'N., 13°39'E.), a small town, stands in the SW
part of the bay and completely occupies a small peninsula. A
small craft harbor, protected by two moles, lies on the W side
of the town. The harbor is restricted to yachts, fishing vessels,
and passenger vessels.
20.22 Note.—All vessels calling at harbors in Slovenia should
send their ETA and draft 24 hours before arrival. Vessels carrying
dangerous goods should send their ETA and draft 48 hours
before arrival through any coast radio station to the Slovenian
Maritime Directorate. Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over
500 gross tons entering or leaving Slovenian ports.
Koper (45°33'N., 13°44'E.)
World Port Index No. 40860
20.23 Koper (Capodistria), a small town, stands in the NE
part of Koperski Zaliv. It is built on gently sloping rocky terrain
which appears as an island. A small craft harbor, formed by
two moles, lies on the W side of the town and is used by fishing
vessels and small craft. A new commercial harbor extends
along the E shore of the bay to the N of the town.
20.23 Depths—Limitations.—The new harbor has 1,900m of total
berthing space with depths of 6 to 13.5m alongside. There are
facilities for bulk, container, ro-ro, and tank vessels. Vessels up
to 317,800 dwt and 303m in length have been handled.

Sector 20. Italy and Slovenia—The Gulf of Trieste and The Istrian Peninsula 383
Generally, vessels are limited to a draft of 13m, with no
restrictions on length.
20.23 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 gross
tons. Pilotage is normally available 24 hours, but is only
available during daylight hours for vessels entering the coal
terminal in Basin III and for oil and chemical tankers when
visibility is less than 400m or the wind is greater than force 4
on the Beaufort scale. The pilot may be contacted on VHF
channel 8 or 16. The pilot boards 0.4 mile W of the Fairway
Lighted Buoy. Vessels should provide their ETA 7 days, 72
hours, 48 hours, and 24 hours in advance of arrival.
20.23 Anchorage.—The recommended anchorage, in a depth of
18m, mud, lies about 1.2 miles SSE of Rt Debeli.
20.23 Caution.—Vessels may encounter fishing nets which extend
up to 3 miles from the shore of the Gulf of Trieste. Care should
be taken to avoid the pilings supporting these nets as they are
not always visible above the sea surface.
20.23 Numerous fishing vessels may be encountered in the approaches
to the port.
Baia di Muggia (45°36'N., 13°46'E.)
World Port Index No. 40830
Port of Koper Home Page
http://www.luka-kp.si
20.24 Baia di Muggia, entered on the S side of the port of
Trieste, is backed by hills which are mostly cultivated and have
numerous villages, farms, and villas situated on them. The land
is low and level at the head of the bay. The small town of Muggia,
with a castle, stands on the S side of the bay. The facilities
on the N shore of the bay are included with the port of Trieste.
20.24 The main SIOT oil terminal, which is connected to the
Trans-Alpine pipeline, is situated in Baia di Muggia and consists
of two jetties.
20.24 Depths—Limitations.—Canale Sud, for use by tankers
bound for berths in Vallone di Muggia and by those vessels
whose draft does not allow them to use the Canale Nord approach
to Trieste, leads to Baia di Muggia.
20.24 A dredged channel, with a depth of 16.5m, leads to the
berths. The terminal has six berths, with depths of 11 to 17m
alongside. Tankers up to 160,000 dwt and 16.4m draft, and partially-laden
tankers of 250,000 dwt, can be handled.
20.24 Aspect.—The dredged entrance channel is marked by lighted
buoys. An outer approach lighted buoy is moored about 1
mile W of the S end of the S detached breakwater. For further
information, see Porto di Trieste in paragraph 20.25.
20.24 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt.
Pilots can be contacted by VHF and board tankers about 1.5
miles W of the S end of Diga Luigi Rizzo, the S detached
breakwater.
20.24 Vessels should send an ETA 48 hours in advance and report
any changes if more than 1 hour.
20.24 Regulations.—Canale Sud can only be used by one vessel at
a time. Priority is given to outbound vessels.
20.24 Anchorage.—A designated anchorage area for tankers,
which may best be seen on the chart, lies in the W approaches
and extends up to 3.0 miles W of Diga Luigi Rizzo, the S detached
breakwater. Vessels should contact the pilot station before
anchoring.
20.24 Caution.—Numerous fishing vessels may be encountered in
the approaches to the port.
20.24 A fire-fighting seaplane splashdown area lies 1 mile W of
Punta Sottile, close S of Canal Sud.
Porto di Trieste (45°39'N., 13°46'E.)
World Port Index No. 40820
20.25 Porto di Trieste is one of the largest and most important
ports in the Adriatic Sea and includes a Free Zone.
Porto di Trieste Home Page
http://www.porto.trieste.it
20.25 Winds—Weather.—During the winter and late autumn, the
bora, a strong NE wind, blows in the Gulf of Trieste with its
greatest strength near the port.
20.25 The current at the entrance of the port is generally negligible,
seldom exceeding a velocity of 1 knot.
20.25 Tides—Currents.—Tides rise about 0.6m at springs and
0.5m at neaps. During a bora, the water level can be reduced by
as much as 1.2 to 1.5m.
20.25 Depths—Limitations.—There is a depth of 18m in the approach
to the port.
20.25 Canale Nord has been established for vessels entering Porto
Franco Vecchio, the Arsenale Triestino, the Scalo Legnami,
and Banchini Terma. In adverse weather, the pilot may allow
vessels to use Canale Sud, the approach to Baia di Muggia.
20.25 Porto Franco Vecchio is the N part of the port and a free
zone. It has several basins and moles and is protected by a detached
breakwater. This section of the port extends 0.7 mile S
to Mole IV.
20.25 Porto Doganale, the original harbor of Trieste, lies along the
NW side of the city. It extends 0.6 mile SW between Mole IV
and Mole Fratelli Bandiera and is used by passenger liners,
fishing vessels, and pleasure craft.
20.25 Porto Franco Nuovo, a free zone, extends SSW from Mole
Fratelli Bandiera to Mole V, and then ESE to the N part of Baia
di Muggia. This section of the port contains the main commercial
facilities and is protected by three detached breakwaters.
There are also extensive repair facilities with several drydocks,
the largest being 295m long and 56m wide.
20.25 There are facilities for general cargo, bulk, timber, livestock,
passenger, reefer, container, and ro-ro vessels. The port has
12,128m of total berthing space, with depths of 6 to 18m
alongside. Vessels up to 15.8m draft can be accommodated.
20.25 Aspect.—Haze frequently obscures the landmarks in the approach
to the port until vessels are fairly close-to, but in clear
weather, the mountains backing the shoreline are prominent.
Monte Nanos, 1,300m high and the highest peak, stands 14
miles NE of the city.
20.25 Faro della Vittoria is a conspicuous stone tower, 68m high,
which is surmounted by a bronze statue and stands 0.5 mile N
of the N end of the port. A light is shown from this tower.
Pub. 131

384 Sector 20. Italy and Slovenia—The Gulf of Trieste and The Istrian Peninsula
20.25 Radio masts, in two prominent groups of four, stand 0.4 mile
ESE of the light. A prominent television mast, 110m high,
stands 1.6 miles E of the light on the summit of Monte Concanello.
20.25 Tempio Mariano, a prominent temple, stands 1 miles NNW
of the light on the summit of Monte Grisa. This temple is
shaped like a pyramid and illuminated at night in summer.
20.25 Castelle di Miramare, a conspicuous castle, is situated 2.5
miles NW of the light.
20.25 A racon is situated at the light structure standing on the N
end of the central detached breakwater.
20.25 A racon is also located at the S end of the N detached breakwater.
20.25 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt.
Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 14 or 16 and generally
board vessels, except tankers, about 1.5 miles W of the N end
of Diga Luigi Rizzo. Vessels should sent an ETA 48 hours before
arrival and report any changes to it of more than 1 hour.
The assistance of tugs is required for tankers of greater than
3,000 gross tons.
20.25 Regulations.—Canale Nord can only be crossed from the N
or S when a pilot is on board or after consulting with the pilotage
authority. Vessels with a draft greater than 14m must not
cross the channel.
20.25 Regulations for inbound vessels are, as follows:
1. Vessels directed to an anchorage must contact the pilot
on VHF channel 14 to report their ETA in the roads and
request a berth.
Pub. 131
Porto Franco Nuovo
2. When settled at a berth vessels must contact the Operations
Center on VHF channel 16 and report their berth number.
3. Vessels at anchor must maintain a continuous listening
watch on VHF channels 14 and 16.
20.25 Regulations for outbound vessels are, as follows:
1. Vessels not subject to compulsory pilotage must agree
with the pilot station as to procedures and times of movement
within the harbor and in both N and S canals.
2. Vessels subject to compulsory pilotage must embark
the pilot in the N or S canal.
3. Vessels must contact the Operations Center on VHF
channel 16 once the departure maneuvers are complete and
the pilot disembarked and report the following information:
a. Type of vessel.
b. Route.
c. Speed.
d. Destination.
e. Date and time of arrival at destination.
f. Number of passengers.
g. Quantity of cargo.
h. Quality of cargo.
20.25 Anchorage.—Designated anchorage areas, for vessels carrying
dangerous or non-dangerous cargo, are best seen on the
chart, and are reserved, as follows:
1. Anchor Berths A1-A4—tankers.
2. Anchor Berth S1—for unloading residuals.
3. Anchor Berths B1-B4—tankers when the A series of
berths are full and for vessels carrying dangerous cargo.

Sector 20. Italy and Slovenia—The Gulf of Trieste and The Istrian Peninsula 385
4. Anchor Berths C1-C4—tankers carrying non-dangerous
cargo.
20.25 All vessels should contact the pilot station before anchoring.
20.25 There is also sufficient room for large vessels to anchor within
the harbor and there are several mooring buoys.
20.25 Caution.—A submarine water pipeline, which stands 2m
above the sea bottom and constitutes a permanent obstruction,
extends NW between Porto di Trieste and Duino and may best
be seen on the chart. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in
its vicinity.
20.25 An outfall pipeline, which may best be seen on the chart, lies
in the harbor and extends 2.5 miles WNW from the vicinity of
the N end of the S detached breakwater. Anchoring and fishing
are prohibited in its vicinity.
20.25 Numerous fishing vessels are often encountered in the approaches
to the port.
20.25 A disused explosives dumping ground area, which may best
be seen on the chart, lies centered 1.2 miles SW of Faro della
Vittoria.
20.25 A wreck, with a depth of 16m, lies about 0.5 mile NW of the
N end of the N detached breakwater.
20.25 Work is in progress (2006) to extend the Luigi Rizzo Mole
near Molo V. The work area is marked by lighted buoys and is
expected to complete in March, 2009.
Pub. 131

Glossaries
SPANISH English
A
abrigo .........................................................................shelter
aduana ..............................................................customhouse
aguas muertas........................................................neap tides
aguas vivas ......................................................... spring tides
aguja........................................................................... needle
albufera ..................................................................tidal lake
aldea................................................. small village, a hamlet
alfaque............................................................ sandbank, bar
almadraba.........................................................tunny fishery
alto ..............................................................................height
amarillo ......................................................................yellow
arena.............................................................................. sand
arrabal ........................................................................suburb
arrecife ........................................................................... reef
arroyo......................................................................... rivulet
astillero...................................................................dockyard
atalaya ... an elevated place from which a considerable view
may be obtained
B
babor .............................................................................. port
bahia................................................................................bay
bajamar..................................................................low water
bajo............................................................................... shoal
banco.............................................................................bank
barra ............................ bar at the mouth of a river or harbor
barrio.............................................suburb, district of a town
blanco...........................................................................white
bote salvavidas ......................................................... lifeboat
boya...............................................................................buoy
brujula .....................................................................compass
bruma .....................................................................fog, haze
C
cabezo ......................................................... summit of a hill
cabo............................................................cape or headland
cala.......................................................... creek or small bay
caleta ............................................................................. cove
camino de hierro .......................................................railway
campanario.....................................................steeple, belfry
canal............................................................channel or strait
capilla......................................................................... chapel
carabineros........................... a post of military coast guards
carbon de piedra.............................................................coal
carta de sanidad................................................ bill of health
casa.............................................................................. house
cascajo.........................................................................gravel
caserio ......................................................... series of houses
caseta..................................................................small house
castillo..........................................................................castle
carrazon...............................................dark, cloudy weather
cerro ................................................................................ hill
chica.............................................................................small
Glossaries 387
Spanish
SPANISH English
concha.........................................................................a shell
contrastes .............. winds blowing from opposite directions
cubierta ......................................................................... deck
cueva ..............................................................................cave
D
darsena............................................................ dock or basin
dique .................................................................... dock, dike
dique seco ................................................................drydock
E
ensenada ........................................................... bay or creek
ermita....................................................................hermitage
escollo............................................................................rock
espigon..............................................a kind of wharf or pier
estero...................................................................small creek
estrecho.........................................................................strait
estribor...................................................................starboard
F
fanal ..................................................................... lighthouse
fango ..............................................................................mud
faro....................................................................... lighthouse
ferrocarril..................................................................railway
fondeadero ........................................................... anchorage
fraile...............................................................................friar
freo................................................................................strait
fuente ............................................ fountain; spring of water
fuerte............................................................................... fort
G
garita .............................................................. lookout house
golfo............................................................................... gulf
grande ...........................................................................great
gris .................................................................................gray
grao .................................................................. strand, shore
I
iglesia.........................................................................church
isla............................................................................... island
isleta............................................................................... islet
L
lago ................................................................................ lake
laguna ........................................................................lagoon
laja .......................................................................... flat rock
limo................................................................................mud
lugar................................................... village or small town
luz ..................................................................................light
M
malecon.......................................................................... dike
marea ..............................................................................tide
marea menguante..................................................... ebb tide
marea menguante..................................................... ebb tide
Pub. 131

388 Glossaries
SPANISH English
meridional ...............................................................southern
mesa .......................................................................tableland
molino ............................................................................ mill
montana..................................................................mountain
monte ......................................................................... mount
muelle............................................................... mole or jetty
N
negro ............................................................................black
niebla............................................................................... fog
norte ............................................................................. north
O
ola................................................................................. wave
oriente ............................................................................ east
P
pardo ..............................................................................gray
pena.........................................................rock or large stone
penon............................................... rock or rocky mountain
pequena ........................................................................small
picacho......................................................................summit
pico................................................................................ peak
piedra .............................................................................rock
piloto ............................................................................. pilot
piloto practico ..a harbor pilot (practico is often used alone)
placer..............................................................sandbank, cay
playa............................................................................ beach
pleamar.................................................................high water
poniente......................................................................... west
promontorio ...................................... headland, promontory
pueblo............................................................town; a village
puente......................................................................... bridge
puerto ............................................................................. port
punta............................................................................. point
Q
quinta ............................................................. country house
Pub. 131
SPANISH English
R
reclada......................................................... making the land
restinga ...........................................................................reef
ria.......................................................... the mouth of a river
ribera....................................... the shore; the bank of a river
rio.................................................................................. river
roca ................................................................................rock
rojo...................................................................................red
S
saco ................................................................................. bay
salina..........................................................................saltpan
sanidad........................................................................ health
seno..................................................................... gulf or bay
septentrional ........................................................... northern
sierra .............................................................mountain ridge
sud, sur......................................................................... south
T
temporal.......................................................................storm
terral......................................................................land wind
tiempo ...................................................................... weather
torre..............................................................................tower
V
variacion .................................................................variation
vela.................................................................................. sail
vendaval.......................................................strong sea wind
verde ............................................................................green
viejo .................................................................................old
viento ............................................................................wind
vigia ............................................ a lookout; doubtful shoals
villa ...............................................................................town
virazon ................................................................. sea breeze

FRENCH English
A
aiguille ....................................................................... needle
aimante...................................................................magnetic
anse ...................................................................... bay, creek
appontement.............................................. wharf, pier, quay
atterrissage ..................................................making the land
avant port ..............................................................outer port
azur.................................................................................blue
B
babord ............................................................................ port
baie..........................................................................bay, gulf
balisage ................................................................beaconage
balise ......................................................................... beacon
banc..............................................................bank, sandbank
barre .................................................................................bar
basse............................................................................. shoal
base mer ................................................................low water
bassin ................................................................. basin, dock
bassin a flot .............................................. wet basin or dock
bassin d'echouage..............tidal basin where vessels ground
bateau de sauvetage ................................................. lifeboat
blanc, he.......................................................................white
blue.................................................................................blue
bouche.........................................................mouth of a river
bouee.............................................................................buoy
bouee a cloche........................................................bell buoy
bouee a sifflet................................................... whistle buoy
bouee lumineuse .................................................. light buoy
boussole ..................................................................compass
brouillard................................................................ fog, mist
brume .............................................................................. fog
C
caboteur..................................................................... coaster
cale de radoub ...............................................marine railway
cap.................................................................cape, headland
chapelle ...................................................................... chapel
charbon...........................................................................coal
chasse............... a rapid discharge of water from a reservoir
in order to clear out a channel
chateau .........................................................................castle
chaussee ...................................................... bank, causeway
chemin de fer ........................................................... railroad
cheminee .................................................................chimney
chenal....................................................................... channel
clocher........................................................................steeple
coffre.............................................................. mooring buoy
colline.............................................................................. hill
compas ....................................................................compass
coquilles.......................................................................shells
cote............................................................................... coast
courant ..........................................................current, stream
courant de flot .......................................... flood tidal stream
Glossaries 389
French
FRENCH English
courant de jusant......................................... ebb tidal stream
crique ........................................................................... creek
crue .............................................................. freshet or flood
D
darse............................................................................. basin
digue ......................................................... breakwater, mole
douane..............................................................customhouse
E
echelle...........................................................................scale
echelle de maree .................................................. tide gauge
ecluse ...............................................lock of a canal or basin
ecueil................................................................rock, breaker
eglise..........................................................................church
encablure..............................cable's length, about 200 yards
entree ...........................................entrance, mouth of a river
epi ..............................................................small jetty, groin
escarpe .......................................................................... bluff
etale................................... (Of tide) slack; (of wind) settled
etang .............................................................................. lake
etiage............................................ low-water mark of a river
etier ...................... a creek which can receive small vessels;
a conduit by which salt water enters a saline
F
falaise............................................................................. cliff
fanal ..........................................................harbor lighthouse
feu ..................................................................................light
feu permanent .....a light constantly burning and unwatched
fin....................................................................................fine
fleche ............................................................................ spire
fleuve ................................................................river, stream
flot................................................................................ flood
foc ........................................................................... jib (sail)
fond............................................................................bottom
forme de radoub.......................................................drydock
fosse..................................................................ditch, a deep
G
gare ............................................................................ station
golfe............................................................................... gulf
goulet .......................................................... narrow entrance
gravier......................................................................... gravel
gril de carenage........................................................gridiron
gros .............................................................................coarse
H
haut-fond....................................................................a shoal
haute mer .............................................................high water
houle ............................................................................ swell
I
ile .........................................................................island, isle
ilot.................................................................................. islet
Pub. 131

390 Glossaries
FRENCH English
Pub. 131
J
jaune...........................................................................yellow
jusant...............................................................................ebb
L
lac...................................................................................lake
M
madrague................................................................tunny net
marais.............................................................swamp, marsh
maree...............................................................................tide
maree descendante .............................................. falling tide
maree montante.....................................................rising tide
massif........................................... main group of mountains
mat ................................................................................ mast
molle ...............................................................................soft
mortes eaux...........................................................neap tides
mouillage ............................................................. anchorage
niveau............................................................................ level
noeud..............................................................................knot
noir...............................................................................black
O
occidental................................................................. western
onde.............................................................................. wave
oriental ...................................................................... eastern
ouest.............................................................................. west
P
passe......................................................................... channel
patente de sante................................................ bill of health
pertuis......................................................... opening or strait
petit ..............................................................................small
phare.....................................................................lighthouse
pic.................................................................................. peak
pierre ............................................................................ stone
pignon ..........................................................................gable
pin ..................................................................pine or fir tree
plage..................................................................shore, beach
plateau....................................tableland, or flat below water
FRENCH English
pleine mer ............................................................high water
pointe ............................................................................point
pont ................................................................... bridge, deck
presqu'ile................................................................peninsula
Q
quai .................................................................... quay, wharf
R
rade .............................................................. road, roadstead
rafale ........................................................................... squall
raz (bas breton) .............................a name given to a violent
tidal stream in a narrow passage
recif.................................................................................reef
roche ..............................................................................rock
rocher.............................................................................rock
rouge ................................................................................red
S
sable...............................................................................sand
salines ................................... salt-water lagoons, salt works
seche ............................................................... dry shelf, flat
seuil........................................................... sill (as of a dock)
sud................................................................................ south
T
temps............................................................... time, weather
tour...............................................................................tower
tourelle.....................................................small tower, turret
tribord ....................................................................starboard
U
usine...........................................................................factory
V
vase ................................................................................mud
vent ...............................................................................wind
vergue ............................................................................yard
vert.............................................................................. green
vieux, vieil, vieille ............................................. old, ancient
ville ...............................................................................town
vives eaux .......................................................... spring tides

ARABIC English
A
ab, abu............................................................... father, chief
abar, abyar.................................................................... wells
abyadh, abyad ..............................................................white
adel, aleb ............................................................ sloping hill
aghbar.............................................................................gray
aghbas ................................................................dark (color)
ahmar ...............................................................................red
aich, aik.................................................................hard bank
ain, oyun ............................................ spring, well, fountain
akaba, acol ...........................................................wilderness
akbar......................................bigger, biggest, older (of two)
akhal.............................................................................black
akhdhar, akhdar............................................................green
al.......................................................................................the
anak................................................................................ cliff
aqabar...................................................................wilderness
araja, arish.............................................................sand dune
ard .......................................................... land, earth, ground
ard malaq...............................................................open land
asfal, asafil ...................................................................lower
asfar............................................................................yellow
asifah..............................................................................gale
asmar.......................................................................... brown
aswad ...........................................................................black
atiq ...................................................................................old
auwil............................................................. first, beginning
azim...............................................................................great
azraq...............................................................................blue
B
bab...............................................................strait, gate, door
bahr ..................................................... canal, sea, river, lake
bahr shaban ......................................................... deep water
bahraya........................................................pool, pond, lake
baida............................................................................ desert
balad.......................................country, region, village, town
balam..............................................................................boat
bandar..........chief town of a province, coastal town with an
anchorage off it, bight, open
bandera........................................................................... flag
basta .............................................................................tower
batbit, batbyt ......................................................... whirlpool
baybarr ...................................headland, land, earth; ground
beida.............................................................................white
beit .............................................................................. house
beiyat............................................................ shoal that dries
beni................. sons of; prefix to tribal names; it sometimes
is used in connection with local names
such as those of hills, promontories
berriyah ....................................................................... desert
biar, bir............................................................... well (noun)
bilad ......................................................................... country
birba, baraby ................................................. ancient temple
Glossaries 391
Arabic
ARABIC English
birka, birkah...................................... pool, pond, small lake
boghaz..............................................entrance channel, strait
borg, bordj, burj ........................................ fort, tower, castle
bu ..................................................................................chief
buhaira, buheira ............................................................. lake
bussla ...................................................................... compass
buz .................................................................................cape
D
dahr ....................................................................promontory
daiyaq ........................................................................narrow
dar .....................house, mansion, settlement. Note: "Dar" is
sometimesused to designate a promontory or
hill where there is a settlement nearby
darb, derb...............................................desert road or track
dohat, duhat .................................................. bay, cove, port
duar ..............................................................an encampment
E
egeidet..................................................................... sand hill
el ......................................................................................the
ezba............................................................................village
F
fanar........................................................beacon, lighthouse
faregh ....................................................... broad, level, wide
farsh .................................................................. plain (noun)
fasht ......................................................................rocky reef
filuka, fulk ........................................................... small boat
G
gara, garrat..................................................................... lake
garf................................................................................. cliff
gedid .............................................................................. new
ghamiq .......................................................................... deep
gharb, gharba, gharbi.....................................................west
ghubbat, ghubbet ........................................................... gulf
gisr, gusur ............................................. bank, embankment
goz, gowaz ..................................................... high sand hill
gumruk.............................................................customhouse
H
hadd .................................. boundary, border, limit, sandspit
hagar, hajar ...................................................... stone, rubble
haggag................................................. long projecting ridge
hait, hitan ...................................................................... wall
hajari ............................................................................ stony
halat .............................................................. sandbank, islet
hamra ...............................................................................red
haram, ahram ..........................................................pyramid
hassar, hissar..................................................................rock
haswa .................................................. gravel, small pebbles
hisar .....................................................................fort, castle
hod .................................................... pool, pond, small lake
hor.......................................................... bay, creek, channel
Pub. 131

392 Glossaries
ARABIC English
Pub. 131
I
ilwat, ilwet.................................................................. region
iswid.............................................................................black
izbit, izbet...................................................................village
J
jam, jamia................................................................. mosque
janub.............................................................................south
jebel, jabal, gebel, jibal .................................. mountain, hill
jezirat, jezira, jazirat...................................island, peninsula
jisr, jusur ................................................................... bridge
jorf.................................................................................. cliff
junub ............................................................................south
K
kabat..........................................rocky shoal, group of rocks
kabir, kebir ....................................................................large
kad........................................................................ shoal, spit
kafr, kufur , kefr .........................................................village
karm ............................................................artificial mound
kasba .................................................. citadel, fortified town
kasim.......................political division, department, territory
kassar .............................................................................rock
katah, katat................................rocky shoal, group of rocks
katib ..............................................................................paint
kef, kaf ...................................................................mountain
keruky ................................................................sketch, plan
keshem ............................................................. water course
khadra...........................................................................green
khala......................................................................... country
khalig, khalij .................................gulf, valley, water course
khan........................................................... inn, hotel, bazaar
khashm........................................................mouth, entrance
khijem ...................................................encampment (tents)
khirs ............................................................ par barren land
khod .................................................................shallow, ford
khor creek, ravine, valley (usually dry), cove, bay, channel,
river, river channel
kibli ..............................................................................south
kidwa................................................................small mound
kinar .................................................boundary, border, limit
kinisa, kinis ................................................................church
kinisat, kinizat........................................................sandbank
kita ............................................rocky shoal, group of rocks
kom ............................................................................mound
kothon, liman ...............................................port, anchorage
kubry, kabary ............................................................ bridge
kusbat................................................. citadel, fortified town
L
liman .............................................................. port or harbor
M
ma.................................................................................water
maghreb ........................................................................ west
mahatta.......................................................................station
mahgar ..............................................................stone quarry
ARABIC English
majaz................................................... pass, marine channel
mal, malih ........................................................salt, brackish
manfad, manafid ............................................... pass (defile)
manzal.................................................................. settlement
maqam ..........................................................................tomb
marabut .................monument or tomb of a saint or prophet
marakat ..................................................... soft bottom shoal
marsa, marza, mers, mersa ............... bay, cove, harbor, gulf
masafa, masafah...........................................................range
masgid, masjid, masjed............................................ mosque
masura......................................................... water pipe, pipe
maten ........................................................................ plateau
matla ...............................................................................east
medina .................................................................. city, town
merj......................................................................... meadow
mina ...................................................................port, harbor
minar, manar.............................................................minaret
minqar, mengar..........................................nose, head, point
mirjan............................................................................coral
mirsa .............................................................................. port
miyah ........................................................................... water
muaskar............................ camp, especially a military camp
muhassan .................................................................fortified
mukhaijan ........................................................ encampment
murgan..........................................................................coral
mustanqa..................................................................... marsh
N
nahiyah, nanahi .........................................................district
nahr, anhar ................................................................... river
najwa.....................................................................shoal, spit
nakhl, nakhil, nikhl ............................. palm tree, date grove
natur.............................................................................tower
nebi ............................................. tomb of a saint or prophet
Q
qabr ...............................................................................tomb
qadim, qadima .................................................................old
qala ...................................................... prominent peak, fort
qanaya.........................................................................rivulet
qantara, qanatir ..........................................................bridge
qara ................................................................small dark hill
qarn ...............................................................................point
qasr, qusur ................................................. port, large house
R
rais, reis................................................... captain of a vessel
rais el marsa.............................................captain of the port
rakat ................................. shoal, hard bank (not dangerous)
raml................................................................................sand
ramla ............................................................... sandy ground
ras, rus................................................................. cape, point
rasif ....................................................................... pier, quay
rif ..................................................................................coast
rig............................................................. shallow bank, flat
rod...........................................................small water course
rud................................................................................. river

ARABIC English
S
sabakha......................................................... salt marsh, bog
safra............................................................................yellow
saghir, seghir ................................................................small
sahil........................................................ coast, shore, beach
sahra, sahary...................................................... desert, plain
sakh, sakhr .....................................................................rock
sanjaq ............................................................................. flag
saqya, saqiye, saqyat.................................................... canal
saraya ......................................................................... palace
sarwe .........................................................................cypress
sath............................................................................ plateau
sauwana...........................................................gravel mound
sawahil ............................................................... coast guard
sebkhat, sebkha, sabkhet......................................... salt lake
seil.................................................................... water course
shab, shib ...................................................rocky shoal, reef
shakhis ......................................................... par stake, pole
shamal .......................................................................... north
shard............................................ sirocco, simoon, hot wind
shari.......................................... street, boulevard, main road
sharq............................................................................... east
sharqi, sharqiya .....................................................east (adj.)
shatt........................................ coast, shore, river, river bank
shatt ramli ..............................................................sandbank
sheikh..................................................chief, chieftain, elder
sherm...................................................................cove, creek
shur....................................................................low clay hill
sidi................................................................................ tomb
Glossaries 393
ARABIC English
sifi ...................................................................................low
sikha...............................................................................road
sirih .........................................................................tall, slim
T
taht ..................................................... under, below, beneath
tall, tell, tulu ....................................................................hill
tarf..................................................................................cape
tarsana........................................................................arsenal
tawil ...............................................................................long
tell ....................................................................................hill
tiligraf .................................................................... telegraph
tira............................................................................ channel
turah...............................................................canal, channel
turiq................................................................ road, highway
U
umm...........................................................................mother
ust ..................................................................middle, center
W
wad, wadi, uad........................valley, water course, channel
wast................................................................middle, center
welled ...........................................................a tribe of arabs
Z
zarqa ..............................................................................blue
zawia, zawiya............................................ monastery, house
zeitun .......................................................................... olives
Pub. 131

394 Glossaries
ITALIAN English
Pub. 131
A
acquitrino .................................................................. swamp
altezza .........................................................................height
alto .......................................................................high, lofty
alzata ................................................................embankment
ancoraggio............................................................ anchorage
arcipelago...........................................................archipelago
azzuro.............................................................................blue
B
bacino................................................................. basin, dock
baia..................................................................................bay
balza..................................................... rock, cliff, precipice
banchina.............................................................quay, wharf
banco, banchi .....................................................bank, banks
barra .................................................................................bar
bassofondo .....................................................shoal, shallow
bianco...........................................................................white
bocca, bocche......mouth or entrance to a river, bay, or strait
bosco .................................................................wood, forest
C
cala, calanca..............................................creek or little bay
calata ........................................................................... wharf
campanile....................................................... belfry, steeple
canale .............................................................canal, channel
capitaneria........................................... harbormaster's office
capo...............................................................cape, headland
casa.............................................................................. house
castel, castello ..............................................................castle
cima...........................................................................summit
citta........................................................................city, town
collina.............................................................................. hill
corallo ...........................................................................coral
D
darsena .................................... wet dock or basin, dockyard
diga............................................................ breakwater, mole
doa d'ormeggio............................................... mooring buoy
dogana..............................................................customhouse
E
entrata...................................................................... entrance
F
faro.......................................................................lighthouse
fiumara .......................................................................... river
fiume ............................................................................. river
fiumicino.................................................................... rivulet
fondo ......................................................................... bottom
foresta................................................................forest, wood
forte.................................................................................fort
fortino.................................................................... small fort
Italian
ITALIAN English
G
golfo........................................................................gulf, bay
grande ...........................................................................great
greco ...................................................................... northeast
I
imboccatura ...................................................mouth of river
insensatura .................................................................... cove
isola............................................................................. island
isolotto ........................................................................... islet
istmo ........................................................................ isthmus
L
lago ................................................................................ lake
lanterna .............................................................. harbor light
lazzaretto................................................ quarantine hospital
levante.............................................................................east
M
maestro ................................................................. northwest
mare .................................................................................sea
marina .................................................. beach, landing place
meridionale ............................................................. southern
mezzogiorno ................................................................ south
molo..............................................................................mole
montagna ...............................................................mountain
montemount................................................... mountain, hill
N
nero .............................................................................. black
nuovo ............................................................................. new
O
occidentale............................................................... western
orientale .....................................................................eastern
P
palude ............................................................swamp, marsh
passo ................................................................pass, channel
penisola..................................................................peninsula
pericolo ......................................................................danger
piano ......................................................................plain, flat
pianura ..........................................................................plain
picco ............................................................................. peak
piccolo, picciolo .................................................small, little
pietra ............................................................................ stone
pila ..................................................................................pile
pilastro ..................................................................pillar, pile
poggio ........................................................ mound, little hill
ponte ...........................................................................bridge
pontile .............................................................................pier
porto...................................................................port, harbor
promontorio .......................................................promontory
punta .............................................................................point

ITALIAN English
R
rada.................................................................................road
rafo (local dialect)....................................... shoal, sandbank
riva ......................................................................coast, bank
rocca...............................................................................rock
roccia.............................................................rock, precipice
roccioso........................................................................rocky
rondo ........................................................................... round
rosa.................................................................................pink
rosso........................................................................ par >red
rotondo........................................................................ round
rovina ............................................................................. ruin
rupe .............................................................. rock, crag, cliff
S
sabbia ............................................................................ sand
salina ......................................................... salt water lagoon
sanita .................................................................health office
santo...................................................................holy, sacred
sasso....................................................... stone, pebble, rock
sbarcatoio.............................................. landing place, quay
scirocco, sirocco.....................................................southeast
scoglio................................................................... rock, reef
scogliera......................................................... ridge of rocks
secca............................................................ shoal, sandbank
segnale ..............................................................signal, mark
semafori .......................................................... signal station
seno .............................................................small bay, creek
Glossaries 395
ITALIAN English
settentrionale........................................................... northern
settentrione .................................................................. north
spalla................................................shoulder, back, summit
sponda..................................................... bank, border, edge
stagno................................................................... lake, pond
strada..............................................................................road
stretto ............................................................................strait
T
tavola...................................................................... table, list
testa, testata................................................................... head
tondo ............................................................................round
torre..............................................................................tower
torrente...........................................................stream, torrent
tramontana ................................................................... north
V
valle ............................................................................ valley
vecchio.............................................................................old
verde ............................................................................green
vetta ..........................................................................summit
via ....................................................................... road, street
villa ................................................................................villa
villaggio.....................................................................village
vulcano .................................................................... volcano
Z
zona vietata...................................................prohibited area
Pub. 131

396 Glossaries
YUGOSLAVIAN English
Pub. 131
B
beli, bela, belo..............................................................white
bijeli, bijela, bijelo .......................................................white
brdo ........................................................................mountain
C
crni, crna, crno .............................................................black
crveni, crvena, crveno ......................................................red
D
desno ............................................................................. right
donji, donja, donjo .......................................................lower
draga.............................................................................. cove
G
gat, gata................................................................ mole, pier
gospa ....................................................................... our lady
greben; grebeni .................................rock, reef; rocks, reefs
H
hrid; hridi, hridine......above-water rock; above-water rocks
J
jezero..............................................................................lake
jug ................................................................................south
K
kamen.................................................................. stone, rock
kanal......................................................................... channel
kriz; kriza .................................................cross; of the cross
L
lijevo ............................................................................... left
luka............................................................. port, harbor, bay
M
mali, mala, malo...........................................................small
mlin ................................................................................ mill
more .................................................................................sea
motka ........................................................................ beacon
mulj ................................................................................mud
N
novi, nova, novo............................................................. new
O
obala................................................................... quay, shore
ostrvo; ostrvi ..................................................island; islands
Yugoslavian
YUGOSLAVIAN English
otocic; otocici ......................................................islet; islets
otok; otoci...................................................... island; islands
P
pesak ..............................................................................sand
plicak ........................................................................... shoal
plicina .......................................................................... shoal
plutaca...........................................................................buoy
poluotok.................................................................peninsula
polutocic ......................................................small peninsula
pristaniste.............................................. landing place, berth
prolaz ....................................................................... passage
R
rat........................................................................ point, cape
reka ............................................................................... river
rijeka ............................................................................. river
rt.......................................................................... point, cape
S
sidriste................................................. anchorage, roadstead
stari, stara, staro...............................................................old
sv................................................................................... saint
sveti, sveta, sveto .......................................................... saint
svetionik............................................................... lighthouse
svjetlo ............................................................................light
T
tanki, tanka, tanko..................................................... slender
tesnac ............................................................. strait, narrows
U
uvala................................................................................ bay
V
veli, vela, velo...............................................................large
veliki, velika, veliko .....................................................large
vrata ......................................................................... passage
vrh.............................................................................summit
Y
yugo .........................................................................scirocco
Z
zaliv ........................................................................bay, gulf
zaton .......................................................................bay, gulf
zeleni, zelena, zeleno...................................................green

How to use the Index—Gazetteer
Geographic names of navigational features are generally those used by the nation having sovereignty and are listed
alphabetically. Diacritical marks, such as accents, cedillas, and circumflexes, which are related to specific letters in certain foreign
languages, are not used in the interest of typographical simplicity.
Geographic names or their spellings do not necessarily reflect recognition of the political status of an area by the United States
Government. Positions are approximate and are intended merely as locators to facilitate reference to the charts.
To use as a Gazetteer note the position and Sector number of the feature and refer to the Chart Information diagram for the
Sector. Plot the approximate position of the feature on this diagram and note the approximate chart number.
To use as an Index of features described in the text note the paragraph number at the right. To locate this feature on the best
scale chart use the Gazetteer procedure above.
Position
° ' ° '
A
Index—Gazetteer
Sec.
Para
ACCIARELLO 38 13 N 15 39 E 13.80
ADRA 36 44 N 3 02 W 2.18
ADVENTURE BANK 37 30 N 12 00 E 14.39
AFORTUNADA OIL COMPLEX 40 42 N 1 20 E 3.30
AGIP-ESSO OIL TERMINAL 38 06 N 13 25 E 15.12
AGNONE 40 13 N 15 00 E 13.51
AGROPOLI 40 21 N 14 59 E 13.49
AGUILAS 37 24 N 1 34 W 2.28
AIN BENIAN 36 48 N 2 56 E 6.23
AJACCIO 41 55 N 8 45 E 11.28
AL HAMMAMAT 36 24 N 10 37 E 8.19
AL HOCEIMA 35 15 N 3 55 W 5.8
ALBISSOLA MARINA 44 20 N 8 30 E 10.15
ALFAQUES DE TORTOSA 40 40 N 0 40 E 3.28
ALGAR DE LA ALMADRABA 38 55 N 0 02 E 3.15
ALGECIRAS 36 08 N 5 27 W 1.9
ALGER 36 46 N 3 04 E 6.26
ALGHERO 40 34 N 8 19 E 12.58
ALICANTE 38 20 N 0 29 W 3.8
ALMERIA 36 50 N 2 28 W 2.21
ALMERIMAR 36 42 N 2 48 W 2.19
ALTEA 38 36 N 0 03 W 3.11
AMALFI 40 38 N 14 36 E 13.43
AMANTEA 39 08 N 16 05 E 13.66
ANCORAGGIO DELLA MOLPA 40 01 N 15 19 E 13.55
ANCORAGGIO DI PARADISO 38 13 N 15 34 E 15.43
ANNABA 36 55 N 7 46 E 7.21
ANTIBES 43 35 N 7 08 E 9.63
ANZIO 41 27 N 12 38 E 13.17
API OIL TERMINAL 43 38 N 13 23 E 18.20
AR RAS AL ABYAD 37 20 N 9 50 E 8.3
ARANCI GULF HARBOR 41 00 N 9 37 E 12.17
ARBANE MILLIA 36 54 N 4 03 E 7.6
ARBATAX 39 56 N 9 42 E 12.27
ARCHIPEL LAVEZZI 41 20 N 9 15 E 11.15
ARZEW 35 51 N 0 18 W 6.14
AS SUKHAYRAH 34 17 N 10 06 E 8.30
ASHTART OIL TERMINAL 34 17 N 11 23 E 8.26
ATRANI 40 38 N 14 36 E 13.44
AUGUSTA 37 13 N 15 14 E 15.53
B
BAGHERIA 38 05 N 13 30 E 15.12
BAGNOLI 40 49 N 14 10 E 13.32
BAHIA DE ALCUDIA 39 49 N 3 08 E 4.24
BAHIA DE ALICANTE 38 20 N 0 28 W 3.7
BAHIA DE PALMA 39 30 N 2 38 E 4.16
BAHIA DE POLLENSA 39 54 N 3 10 E 4.23
BAHIA DE SANTA POLA 38 07 N 0 37 W 3.6
BAIA 40 49 N 14 04 E 13.30
BAIA DI ALIMINI 40 12 N 18 28 E 17.5
BAIA DI CAPODISTRIA 45 33 N 13 40 E 20.22
BAIA DI CARINI 38 11 N 13 11 E 15.8
BAIA DI MUGGIA 45 36 N 13 46 E 20.23
Position
° ' ° '
397
Sec.
Para
BAIA DI OGNINA 37 00 N 15 18 E 15.59
BAIA DI PIRANO 45 30 N 13 34 E 20.21
BAIA DI SANTA PANAGIA 37 08 N 15 16 E 15.55
BAIA DI TALAMONE 42 33 N 11 09 E 13.7
BAIE D'AL HOCEIMA 35 14 N 3 52 W 5.7
BAIE DAL MUNASTIR 35 43 N 10 54 E 8.23
BAIE DE BANDOL 43 08 N 5 46 E 9.31
BAIE DE BANZART 37 18 N 9 56 E 8.4
BAIE DE BIZERTE 37 18 N 9 56 E 8.4
BAIE DE BOUGNON 43 20 N 6 41 E 9.51
BAIE DE CAVALAIRE 43 10 N 6 34 E 9.45
BAIE DE CROVANI 42 28 N 8 29 E 11.34
BAIE DE MONASTIR 35 43 N 10 54 E 8.23
BAIE DE SAN CIPRIANU 41 38 N 9 21 E 11.10
BAIE DE TANGER 35 48 N 5 47 W 1.15
BAIE DES BENI HAOUAS 36 32 N 1 35 E 6.20
BAJO ACEITERA 36 10 N 6 04 W 1.2
BAJO DE LOS CABEZOS 36 01 N 5 42 W 1.1
BAJO ISABEL 35 55 N 5 17 W 1.21
BALESTRATE 38 03 N 13 00 E 15.6
BALLS BANK 36 00 N 14 24 E 14.11
BANC DE MATIFOU 36 51 N 3 14 E 7.3
BANC EL HAOUARIA 37 20 N 11 02 E 8.14
BANCO DE FENIX 35 52 N 5 43 W 1.14
BANCO DE TRAFALGAR 36 08 N 6 07 W 1.2
BANCO DEL EMILE BAUDOT 38 43 N 2 30 E 4.5
BANCO DEL HOYO 36 05 N 6 15 W 1.2
BANCO MAJUAN 35 55 N 5 59 W 1.14
BANCS QARQANNAH 35 00 N 11 30 E 8.25
BANDOL 43 08 N 5 45 E 9.32
BANZART 37 17 N 9 53 E 8.5
BARCELONA 41 21 N 0 10 E 3.35
BARCO VERCILLO 38 55 N 16 59 E 16.7
BASTIA 42 42 N 9 27 E 11.5
BAY DE CEUTA 35 55 N 5 19 W 1.21
BAY OF GIBRALTAR 36 08 N 5 24 W 1.8
BEC DE L'AIGLE 43 10 N 5 36 E 9.29
BEJAIA 36 45 N 5 05 E 7.9
BELLARIA 44 09 N 12 28 E 18.26
BENI SAF 35 18 N 1 23 W 6.6
BENIDORM 38 32 N 0 08 W 3.9
BISCEGLIE 41 15 N 16 31 E 17.15
BIZERTE 37 17 N 9 53 E 8.5
BLANES 41 40 N 2 48 E 3.39
BOCA PICCOLA 40 34 N 14 18 E 13.38
BONE 36 55 N 7 46 E 7.21
BONIFACIO 41 23 N 9 09 E 11.19
BORDJ DJELLIDJ 33 53 N 10 45 E 8.33
BOSA MARINA 40 16 N 8 32 E 12.58
BOURDJ EL BAIRI 36 49 N 3 14 E 7.3
BOVA MARINA 37 55 N 15 55 E 13.84
BRIATCO 38 43 N 16 01 E 13.70
BRIONSKI OTOCI 44 55 N 13 45 E 20.11
BROLO 38 09 N 14 50 E 15.35
BRUCCOLI 37 17 N 15 11 E 15.52
BURJ JILLIJ 33 53 N 10 45 E 8.33
BURJ QUALAYBIYAH 36 50 N 11 07 E 8.17
BURRIANA 39 53 N 0 03 W 3.21
Pub. 131

398 Index—Gazetteer
Pub. 131
Position
° ' ° '
C
Sec.
Para
CAB ZEBIB 37 16 N 10 04 E 8.6
CABEZO DEL TOSAL 38 31 N 0 10 W 3.9
CABO BABA 35 12 N 4 17 W 5.6
CABO BERBERIA 38 38 N 1 23 E 4.4
CABO BINICOUS 40 00 N 3 48 E 4.32
CABO BLANCO 38 40 N 0 07 E 3.12
CABO BLANCO 39 22 N 2 47 E 4.16
CABO CABALLERIA 40 05 N 4 05 E 4.32
CABO CANET 39 40 N 0 12 W 3.21
CABO CERVERA 38 00 N 0 39 W 3.5
CABO COPE 37 25 N 1 28 W 2.29
CABO CREUS 42 19 N 3 18 E 9.2
CABO CREUS 42 19 N 3 19 E 3.48
CABO CULLERA 39 11 N 0 13 W 3.17
CABO DARTUCH 39 55 N 3 49 E 4.30
CABO DE BAGUR 41 57 N 3 14 E 3.44
CABO DE FORMENTOR 39 58 N 3 12 E 4.22
CABO DE GATA 36 43 N 2 12 W 2.22
CABO DE LA NAO 38 44 N 0 14 E 3.12
CABO DE LAS HUERTAS 38 21 N 0 24 W 3.9
CABO DE OROPESA 40 05 N 0 09 E 3.24
CABO DE PALOS 37 38 N 0 41 W 3.3
CABO DE SALOU 41 03 N 1 10 E 3.32
CABO DE SAN ANTONIO 38 40 N 0 12 E 3.13
CABO DE SAN ANTONIO 38 48 N 0 12 E 3.2
CABO DE SAN JORGE 40 55 N 0 50 E 3.32
CABO DE SAN SEBASTIAN 41 54 N 3 12 E 3.43
CABO DE SANTO POLA 38 13 N 0 30 W 3.7
CABO DE TOSSA 41 43 N 2 56 E 3.39
CABO DEL AGUA 37 33 N 0 56 W 2.36
CABO DEL FREU 39 45 N 3 28 E 4.26
CABO FAVARITX 40 00 N 4 16 E 4.34
CABO GROS 41 08 N 1 24 E 3.34
CABO GROSS 41 51 N 3 09 E 3.43
CABO LLENTRISCA 38 51 N 1 15 E 4.7
CABO MALGRATS 39 30 N 2 27 E 4.19
CABO MAZARI 35 33 N 5 13 W 5.5
CABO MENKAL 35 29 N 5 06 W 5.5
CABO MENORCA 39 52 N 3 12 E 4.24
CABO MORRO NUEVO 35 15 N 3 55 W 5.7
CABO NEGRO 35 41 N 5 16 W 5.4
CABO NONO 39 02 N 1 18 E 4.9
CABO NORFEO 42 14 N 3 16 E 3.47
CABO PERA 39 43 N 3 28 E 4.26
CABO PINO 36 29 N 4 44 W 2.8
CABO QUILATES 35 17 N 3 41 W 5.9
CABO ROIG 37 54 N 0 43 W 3.4
CABO SACRATIF 36 42 N 3 28 E 2.16
CABO SALINAS 39 16 N 3 03 E 4.15
CABO TINOSO 37 32 N 1 06 W 2.31
CABO TORTOSA 40 43 N 0 54 E 3.30
CABO TRAFALGAR 36 11 N 6 02 W 1.3
CADAQUES 42 17 N 3 17 E 3.47
CAGLIARI 39 13 N 9 07 E 12.35
CALA BARDINA 37 26 N 1 31 W 2.29
CALA DE ADDAYA 40 41 N 4 12 E 4.34
CALA DE SAN POL 41 47 N 3 03 E 3.41
CALA DELL INNAMORATA 42 43 N 10 22 E 10.49
CALA DI VOLPE 41 05 N 9 32 E 12.15
CALA ROSSA 38 25 N 14 59 E 15.29
CALA SALITRONA 37 33 N 1 07 W 2.32
CALA TRAMONTANA 35 24 N 3 00 W 5.10
CALASETTA 39 06 N 8 22 E 12.44
CALDETAS 41 34 N 2 32 E 3.38
CALVI 42 34 N 8 46 E 11.36
CAMOGLI 44 21 N 9 09 E 10.18
CAMPO DE DALIAS 36 45 N 2 43 W 2.1
CANALE D'ISCHIA 40 44 N 13 59 E 13.27
CANALE DI PIOMBINO 42 54 N 10 29 E 13.2
CANALE DI PROCIDA 40 46 N 14 03 E 13.27
CANNES 43 33 N 7 01 E 9.57
CAP AFRIQUE 35 31 N 11 05 E 8.23
CAP BEAR 42 31 N 3 08 E 9.4
CAP BENAT 43 05 N 6 22 E 9.43
CAP BENGUT 36 55 N 3 54 E 7.4
CAP BIZERTE 37 20 N 9 52 E 8.4
CAP BLANC 36 37 N 2 14 E 6.22
CAP BLANC 37 20 N 9 50 E 8.3
CAP BON 37 05 N 11 03 E 8.14
CAP BOUGARONI 37 05 N 6 28 E 7.13
Position
° ' ° '
Sec.
Para
CAP BOUGAROUN 37 05 N 6 28 E 7.13
CAP CAMARAT 43 12 N 6 41 E 9.46
CAP CARBON 36 47 N 5 07 E 7.7
CAP CARTHAGE 36 52 N 10 22 E 8.9
CAP CASTELL 42 30 N 3 08 E 9.4
CAP CAXINE 36 49 N 2 57 E 6.24
CAP CEPET 43 04 N 5 57 E 9.35
CAP CERBERE 42 26 N 3 11 E 9.2
CAP COLLO 37 01 N 6 35 E 7.13
CAP CORBELIN 36 55 N 4 26 E 7.6
CAP COURONNE 43 20 N 5 03 E 9.16
CAP D'ACRA 35 19 N 1 28 W 6.5
CAP D'AGDE 43 16 N 3 31 E 9.9
CAP D'AIL 43 43 N 7 25 E 9.70
CAP DE BREGANCON 43 06 N 6 19 E 9.42
CAP DE CALA FIGUERA 39 28 N 2 31 E 4.18
CAP DE DRAMMONT 43 25 N 6 51 E 9.53
CAP DE FENO 41 23 N 9 06 E 11.20
CAP DE FER 37 05 N 7 10 E 7.18
CAP DE GARDE 36 58 N 7 48 E 7.20
CAP DE L'AIGUILLE 35 53 N 0 29 W 6.12
CAP DE L'EAU 35 09 N 2 25 W 5.13
CAP DE SAINT-TROPEZ 43 16 N 6 42 E 9.47
CAP DES TROIS FOURCHES 35 26 N 2 58 W 5.10
CAP DOSNE 42 29 N 3 08 E 9.3
CAP ESPARTEL 35 47 N 5 56 W 1.14
CAP FALCON 35 46 N 0 48 W 6.8
CAP FEGALO 35 34 N 1 12 W 6.8
CAP FERRAT 35 55 N 0 23 W 6.12
CAP FIGALO 35 34 N 1 12 W 6.8
CAP GROS 43 33 N 7 09 E 9.62
CAP GROSS 42 32 N 3 06 E 9.6
CAP IVI 36 07 N 0 13 E 6.13
CAP IVI 36 07 N 0 14 E 6.17
CAP KALAH 36 20 N 0 40 E 6.17
CAP KAVANSUR 37 08 N 9 02 E 7.26
CAP KRAMIS 36 20 N 0 40 E 6.17
CAP LEUCATE 42 55 N 3 04 E 9.6
CAP MATIFOU 36 49 N 3 14 E 7.3
CAP MEJEAN 43 20 N 5 14 E 9.23
CAP MILONIA 35 06 N 2 09 W 6.3
CAP NEGRE 43 09 N 6 27 E 9.44
CAP PERTUSATO 41 22 N 9 11 E 11.17
CAP ROSA 36 57 N 8 14 E 7.22
CAP ROSSU 42 14 N 8 32 E 11.32
CAP ROUX 36 57 N 8 37 E 7.24
CAP ROUX 43 27 N 6 55 E 9.55
CAP ROUX 43 43 N 7 21 E 9.70
CAP SAGRO 42 48 N 9 30 E 11.4
CAP SARDINAUX 43 19 N 6 40 E 9.49
CAP SERRAT 37 14 N 9 13 E 8.2
CAP SICIE 43 03 N 5 52 E 9.34
CAP SIDI FERRUCH 36 46 N 2 51 E 6.24
CAP SIGLI 36 54 N 4 46 E 7.7
CAP SPARTEL 35 47 N 5 56 W 1.14
CAP TABARKA 36 58 N 8 45 E 7.24
CAP TAKOUCH 37 05 N 7 24 E 7.19
CAP TARCA 35 08 N 1 48 W 6.5
CAP TEDLES 36 55 N 4 10 E 7.6
CAP TENES 36 33 N 1 22 E 6.19
CAPE CARBON 35 55 N 0 20 W 6.12
CAPE DELL' ARMA 43 49 N 7 50 E 10.5
CAPO ALTANO 39 14 N 8 22 E 12.50
CAPO BELLAVISTA 39 56 N 9 43 E 12.28
CAPO BERTA 43 54 N 8 05 E 10.8
CAPO BIANCO 43 00 N 9 21 E 11.2
CAPO BOEO 37 48 N 12 25 E 14.20
CAPO BONIFATI 39 33 N 15 52 E 13.64
CAPO BRUZZANO 38 02 N 16 09 E 16.2
CAPO CACCIA 40 34 N 8 10 E 12.60
CAPO CALAVA 38 11 N 14 55 E 15.36
CAPO CARBONARA 39 06 N 9 31 E 12.32
CAPO CAVALLO 40 38 N 18 01 E 17.7
CAPO CEFALU 38 02 N 14 02 E 15.17
CAPO CERASO 40 55 N 9 39 E 12.18
CAPO CIRCEO 41 14 N 13 04 E 13.18
CAPO CODA CAVALLO 40 50 N 9 44 E 12.22
CAPO COLONNE 39 02 N 17 12 E 16.9
CAPO COMINO 40 32 N 9 50 E 12.24
CAPO CORBO 40 36 N 14 20 E 13.38
CAPO D' OTRANTO 40 06 N 18 31 E 17.3
CAPO D'ALI 38 01 N 15 26 E 15.46

Position
° ' ° '
Sec.
Para
CAPO D'ANZIO 41 27 N 12 37 E 13.16
CAPO D'ENFOLA 42 50 N 10 16 E 10.51
CAPO D'ORLANDO 38 10 N 14 45 E 15.35
CAPO D'ORSO 40 38 N 14 41 E 13.45
CAPO DEL FALCONE 40 58 N 8 12 E 12.61
CAPO DELL' ARGENTIERA 40 44 N 8 08 E 12.60
CAPO DELL'ARMI 37 57 N 15 41 E 13.83
CAPO DELLA FRASCA 39 46 N 8 27 E 12.52
CAPO DELLA VITA 42 52 N 10 25 E 10.45
CAPO DI CAPRAZOPPA 44 10 N 8 20 E 10.12
CAPO DI FENO 41 58 N 8 36 E 11.30
CAPO DI MONTE SANTU 40 05 N 9 44 E 12.26
CAPO DI NOLI 44 12 N 8 25 E 10.12
CAPO DI PULA 38 59 N 9 01 E 12.38
CAPO DI RAMA 38 08 N 13 03 E 15.7
CAPO DI SORRENTO 40 38 N 14 21 E 13.37
CAPO DI TORRE CAVALLO 40 38 N 18 01 E 17.7
CAPO DI VADO 44 15 N 8 27 E 10.12
CAPO FALCONARA 38 43 N 13 12 E 15.4
CAPO FARO 38 35 N 14 52 E 15.23
CAPO FERRATO 39 18 N 9 38 E 12.30
CAPO FERRO 41 09 N 9 32 E 12.4
CAPO FETO 37 40 N 12 31 E 14.22
CAPO FIGARI 41 00 N 9 40 E 12.16
CAPO GALLO 38 13 N 13 19 E 15.9
CAPO GRANITOLA 37 34 N 12 40 E 14.29
CAPO LENA 44 03 N 8 14 E 10.10
CAPO LILIBEO 37 48 N 12 25 E 14.20
CAPO LINARO 42 02 N 11 50 E 13.13
CAPO MANNU 40 02 N 8 23 E 12.56
CAPO MARARGIU 40 20 N 8 23 E 12.58
CAPO MELE 43 57 N 8 10 E 10.9
CAPO MILAZZESE 38 37 N 15 04 E 15.30
CAPO MILAZZO 38 16 N 15 14 E 15.37
CAPO MISENO 40 47 N 14 05 E 13.29
CAPO MOLINI 37 35 N 15 11 E 15.49
CAPO MONGERBINO 38 07 N 13 31 E 15.12
CAPO MORTOLA 43 47 N 7 33 E 10.2
CAPO MURRO DI PORCO 37 00 N 15 20 E 15.59
CAPO NERO 43 48 N 7 44 E 10.3
CAPO PACI 38 15 N 15 42 E 13.76
CAPO PALINURO 40 02 N 15 16 E 13.54
CAPO PASSERO 36 41 N 15 10 E 15.62
CAPO PECORA 39 27 N 8 23 E 12.52
CAPO PELORO 38 16 N 15 39 E 15.40
CAPO RASOCOLMO 38 18 N 15 32 E 15.39
CAPO RIZZUTO 38 53 N 17 06 E 16.8
CAPO ROSSELLO 37 18 N 13 27 E 14.30
CAPO ROSSU 42 14 N 8 32 E 11.32
CAPO SALVORE 45 30 N 13 30 E 20.20
CAPO SAN LORENZO 39 29 N 9 39 E 12.29
CAPO SAN LORENZO 43 51 N 7 58 E 10.6
CAPO SAN MARCO 37 30 N 13 01 E 14.30
CAPO SAN MARCO 39 52 N 8 26 E 12.55
CAPO SAN VITO 38 11 N 12 44 E 14.18
CAPO SAN VITO 40 24 N 17 12 E 16.22
CAPO SANDALO 39 09 N 8 13 E 12.46
CAPO SANT' ELIA 39 11 N 9 10 E 12.34
CAPO SANTA CROCE 37 15 N 15 15 E 15.52
CAPO SANTA CROCE 44 01 N 8 12 E 10.9
CAPO SANTA MARIA DI LEUCA 39 48 N 18 22 E 17.2
CAPO SANTA PANAGIA 37 06 N 15 18 E 15.57
CAPO SCALEA 39 50 N 15 46 E 13.62
CAPO SCALETTA 38 03 N 15 29 E 15.45
CAPO SCARAMIA 36 47 N 14 30 E 14.35
CAPO SCHISO 37 49 N 15 17 E 15.47
CAPO SENETOSA 41 34 N 8 47 E 11.21
CAPO SOTTILE 40 36 N 14 32 E 13.42
CAPO SPARTIVENTO 37 55 N 16 04 E 13.85
CAPO SPARTIVENTO 38 53 N 8 51 E 12.39
CAPO SPERONE 38 57 N 8 25 E 12.43
CAPO SPULICO 39 58 N 16 38 E 16.16
CAPO SUVERO 38 57 N 16 10 E 13.66
CAPO TESTA 41 14 N 9 08 E 12.66
CAPO TEULADA 38 52 N 8 39 E 12.40
CAPO TINDARO 38 09 N 15 03 E 15.36
CAPO TIRONE 39 38 N 15 51 E 13.63
CAPO TRIARI 38 22 N 15 51 E 13.75
CAPO TRIONTO 39 37 N 16 46 E 16.13
CAPO VATICANO 38 37 N 15 50 E 13.71
CAPO VERDE 43 49 N 7 50 E 10.5
CAPO ZAFFERANO 38 07 N 13 32 E 15.13
Index—Gazetteer 399
Position
° ' ° '
Sec.
Para
CAPU DI MURU 41 44 N 8 40 E 11.25
CAPU DI ZIVIA 41 31 N 8 50 E 11.21
CARGADERO DE ALCANAR 40 40 N 0 40 E 3.27
CARLOFORTE 39 08 N 8 19 E 12.47
CARTAGENA 37 35 N 0 59 W 2.34
CASSIS 43 13 N 5 32 E 9.28
CASTEL DEL MONTE 41 05 N 16 16 E 17.16
CASTEL DI TUSA 38 00 N 14 15 E 15.17
CASTELDACCIA 38 03 N 13 32 E 15.14
CASTELLAMMARE DEL GOLFO 38 02 N 12 52 E 15.5
CASTELLAMMARE DI STABIA 40 42 N 14 29 E 13.35
CASTIGLIONE DELLA PESCAIA 42 46 N 10 53 E 13.6
CATANIA 37 30 N 15 06 E 15.51
CATTOLICA 43 58 N 12 45 E 18.24
CEPSA OIL TERMINALS 36 11 N 5 24 W 1.11
CERRO DEL CABEZO GORDO 37 48 N 0 54 W 3.4
CERVIA 44 16 N 12 21 E 18.27
CEUTA 35 54 N 5 19 W 1.22
CHAPELLE DES GRECS 41 54 N 8 43 E 11.29
CHELLA BANK 36 31 N 2 51 W 2.2
CHERCHEL 36 37 N 2 11 E 6.21
CHIAVARI 44 19 N 9 19 E 10.24
CITTANOVA 45 19 N 13 34 E 20.18
CIVITAVECCHIA 42 06 N 11 47 E 13.12
COLLO 37 00 N 6 35 E 7.14
COMINO 36 01 N 14 20 E 14.9
CROS S. A. AMMONIA TERMINAL 36 40 N 4 26 W 2.11
D
DATTILO 38 38 N 15 06 E 15.32
DELLYS 36 55 N 3 55 E 7.5
DENIA 38 50 N 0 07 E 3.14
DENTE 45 18 N 13 34 E 20.16
DJAMOUR EL KEBIR 37 08 N 10 48 E 8.13
DJIDJELLI 36 50 N 5 47 E 7.10
ECUEILS DES SORELLES 37 24 N 8 36 E 7.2
EL ACHAICHI 36 47 N 3 31 E 7.4
EL GRAO 39 58 N 0 01 E 3.23
EL HADJRA 36 52 N 6 04 E 7.12
EL JUNQUET 37 37 N 0 43 W 2.36
ENSENADA DE CEUTA 35 51 N 5 19 W 5.3
ENSENADA DE VALDEVAQUEROS 36 04 N 5 41 W 1.5
ENSENADA DE ZAHARA 36 07 N 5 51 W 1.4
ENSENADA SA COSTERA 39 50 N 2 45 E 4.22
ESPIGON DE LA CENTRAL TERMICA 36 41 N 4 26 W 2.11
ETANG DE BIGUGLIA 42 40 N 9 27 E 11.6
EUROPA POINT 36 06 N 5 21 W 1.1
E
F
FALCONARA MARITTIMA 43 38 N 13 24 E 18.20
FANO 43 51 N 13 01 E 18.22
FARAMAN 43 22 N 4 40 E 9.15
FAVIGNANA 37 56 N 12 20 E 14.27
FAZANSKI KANAL 44 53 N 13 48 E 20.12
FELFELAH 36 55 N 7 06 E 7.17
FILFLA 35 47 N 14 25 E 14.17
FIUME DI SANTO STEFANO 38 01 N 14 19 E 15.17
FIUME ESINO 43 39 N 13 22 E 18.21
FIUME PETRACE 38 25 N 15 53 E 13.74
FIUME PO 44 55 N 12 25 E 19.2
FIUME PO DI LEVANTE 45 03 N 12 22 E 19.5
FIUME SAN LUIGI 43 47 N 7 32 E 10.2
FIUME SILE 45 29 N 12 35 E 19.7
FIUME SINNI 40 09 N 16 41 E 16.17
FIUME TORTO 37 58 N 13 46 E 15.16
FIUME TRONTO 42 54 N 13 55 E 18.14
FIUMICINO 41 46 N 12 14 E 13.15
FLUEVE GOLO 42 31 N 9 33 E 11.8
FOLLONICA 42 55 N 10 46 E 13.4
FONDEADERO DE HERRADURA 36 44 N 3 45 W 2.14
FONDEADERO DE NERJA 36 45 N 3 52 W 2.14
FONDEADERO DE TORRE DEL MAR 36 43 N 4 07 W 2.13
FORMICHE DI GROSSETO 42 34 N 10 53 E 13.6
FORMICHE DI GROSSETTO 42 35 N 10 52 E 10.41
Pub. 131

400 Index—Gazetteer
Position
° ' ° '
Sec.
Para
FORTE ROCCHETTA 42 46 N 10 48 E 13.6
FOS 43 25 N 4 53 E 9.18
FREU DE CABRERA 39 15 N 3 00 E 4.29
FUENGIROLA 36 32 N 4 37 W 2.9
Pub. 131
G
GABES 33 54 N 10 07 E 8.31
GAETA 41 13 N 13 35 E 13.22
GANDIA 39 00 N 0 09 W 3.16
GELA 37 04 N 14 15 E 14.34
GENOVA 44 24 N 8 56 E 10.17
GHANNOUCHE 33 54 N 0 07 E 8.31
GHAWDEX 36 03 N 14 15 E 14.8
GHAZAOUET 35 06 N 1 51 W 6.4
GIARDINI 37 50 N 15 16 E 15.47
GIBRALTAR 36 08 N 5 21 W 1.13
GIENS 43 02 N 6 08 E 9.38
GIGLIO MARINA 42 22 N 10 55 E 10.57
GIOIA TAURO 38 26 N 15 54 E 13.73
GIOIA TAURO INDUSTRIAL PORT 38 27 N 15 54 E 13.73
GIULIANOVA 42 45 N 13 58 E 18.13
GOLFE D'AIGUES-MORTES 43 30 N 4 05 E 9.12
GOLFE D'ORAN 35 46 N 0 43 W 6.9
GOLFE D’ARZEW 35 52 N 0 08 W 6.13
GOLFE DE BEAUDUC 43 24 N 4 34 E 9.14
GOLFE DE CALVI 42 34 N 8 47 E 11.35
GOLFE DE FOS 43 23 N 4 57 E 9.16
GOLFE DE FREJUS 43 25 N 6 46 E 9.51
GOLFE DE GIENS 43 04 N 6 06 E 9.35
GOLFE DE HAMMAMET 36 10 N 10 40 E 8.19
GOLFE DE MARSEILLE 43 16 N 5 20 E 9.22
GOLFE DE PERU 41 08 N 8 35 E 11.31
GOLFE DE PORTO VECCHIO 41 37 N 9 20 E 11.11
GOLFE DE SAINT FLORENT 42 42 N 9 18 E 11.41
GOLFE DE SAINT-TROPEZ 43 17 N 6 39 E 9.48
GOLFE DE SANTA MANZA 41 26 N 9 16 E 11.14
GOLFE DE VALINCO 41 40 N 8 49 E 11.22
GOLFE DES SAINTES-MARIES 43 24 N 4 34 E 9.14
GOLFE JUAN 43 33 N 7 06 E 9.59
GOLFO D'AJACCIO 41 50 N 8 43 E 11.26
GOLFO DE ALMERIA 36 46 N 2 25 W 2.20
GOLFO DE ROSAS 42 11 N 3 11 E 3.45
GOLFO DEGLI ARANCI 40 59 N 9 37 E 12.16
GOLFO DELL' ASINARA 41 00 N 8 30 E 12.63
GOLFO DI ARZACHENA 41 08 N 9 27 E 12.4
GOLFO DI CAGLIARI 39 10 N 9 07 E 12.33
GOLFO DI CARBONARA 39 07 N 9 29 E 12.34
GOLFO DI CASTELLAMMARE 35 05 N 12 55 E 15.5
GOLFO DI CONGIANUS 41 04 N 9 34 E 12.14
GOLFO DI GIOIA 38 30 N 15 50 E 13.72
GOLFO DI MANFREDONIA 41 30 N 16 10 E 17.18
GOLFO DI NAPOLI 40 40 N 14 12 E 13.28
GOLFO DI OLBIA 40 57 N 9 38 E 12.16
GOLFO DI ORISTANO 39 49 N 8 30 E 12.53
GOLFO DI OROSEI 40 14 N 9 43 E 12.25
GOLFO DI PALERMO 38 08 N 13 25 E 15.10
GOLFO DI PALMAS 39 00 N 8 30 E 12.41
GOLFO DI PATTI 38 10 N 15 05 E 15.36
GOLFO DI POLICASTRO 40 03 N 15 35 E 13.57
GOLFO DI PORTO AZZURRO 42 46 N 10 24 E 10.47
GOLFO DI POZZUOLI 40 47 N 14 07 E 13.29
GOLFO DI SANT’EUFEMIA 38 50 N 16 00 E 13.67
GOLFO DI TARANTO 40 00 N 17 00 E 16.11
GOLFO DI TEULADA 38 53 N 8 43 E 12.40
GOLFO MARCONI 44 18 N 9 15 E 10.20
GOLFO PEVERO 41 07 N 9 33 E 12.13
GOLFO SPURLATTA 40 54 N 9 39 E 12.20
GOLFO TIGULLIO 44 18 N 9 15 E 10.20
GOZO 36 03 N 14 15 E 14.8
GRADO 45 40 N 13 23 E 20.4
GRAHAM SHOAL 37 10 N 12 43 E 14.40
GRANDE RADE 43 06 N 5 57 E 9.36
GRAU DE LA VIEILLE NOUVELLE 43 04 N 3 05 E 9.8
GRAU DE PALAVAS 43 32 N 3 56 E 9.11
GRAU DE ROUSTAN 43 20 N 4 50 E 9.15
GREAT EUROPA POINT 36 07 N 5 21 W 1.8
GUARDIA PIEMONTESE 39 28 N 16 00 E 13.64
GULF DE GABES 33 54 N 10 07 E 8.28
GULF OF TRIESTE 45 40 N 13 35 E 20.4
GUYOTVILLE 36 48 N 2 56 E 6.23
Position
° ' ° '
H
Sec.
Para
HERGLA 36 02 N 10 31 E 8.20
HORNILLO 37 24 N 1 33 W 2.29
HOUMT SOUK 33 53 N 10 51 E 8.34
HURD BANK 35 53 N 14 45 E 14.14
IBIZA 38 55 N 1 20 W 3.13
ILE D'IF 43 17 N 5 20 E 9.24
ILE DE BAGAUD 43 01 N 6 22 E 9.40
ILE DE CARGULU 42 22 N 8 33 E 11.33
ILE DE DJERBA 33 50 N 10 50 E 8.32
ILE DE GARGALU 42 22 N 8 33 E 11.33
ILE DE LA GALITE 37 32 N 8 56 E 7.2
ILE DE LA GIRAGLIA 43 02 N 9 24 E 11.2
ILE DE MOKREUN 35 13 N 1 38 W 6.5
ILE DE PLANIER 43 20 N 5 13 E 9.24
ILE DE PORQUEROLLES 43 00 N 6 12 E 9.39
ILE DE PORT CROS 43 00 N 6 24 E 9.40
ILE DU GRAND RIBAUD 43 01 N 6 09 E 9.38
ILE DU GRAND ROUVEAN 43 05 N 5 46 E 9.33
ILE DU LEVANT 43 02 N 6 28 E 9.40
ILE JAIRE 43 12 N 5 22 E 9.27
ILE KURIATE 35 48 N 11 02 E 8.23
ILE LAVEZZI 41 21 N 9 15 E 11.15
ILE LEILA 35 20 N 1 29 W 6.2
ILE PLANE 35 46 N 0 54 W 6.2
ILE POMEGUES 43 16 N 5 18 E 9.25
ILE PORRAGGIA 41 23 N 9 16 E 11.15
ILE RACHGOUN 35 20 N 1 29 W 6.2
ILE RATONNEAU 43 17 N 5 19 E 9.25
ILE RIOU 43 10 N 5 23 E 9.27
ILE SRIDJINA 36 53 N 6 53 E 7.15
ILE SRIGINA 36 53 N 6 53 E 7.15
ILE TIBOULEN 43 13 N 5 20 E 9.24
ILE ZEMBRA 37 08 N 10 48 E 8.13
ILES CANI 37 21 N 10 07 E 8.6
ILES CERBICALE 41 33 N 9 22 E 11.13
ILES D'HYERES 43 00 N 6 23 E 9.39
ILES DE LERINS 43 31 N 7 03 E 9.58
ILES DU TORO 41 30 N 9 23 E 11.13
ILES FINOCCHIAROLA 42 59 N 9 28 E 11.4
ILES GAVITTI 41 24 N 9 15 E 11.15
ILES HABIBAS 35 43 N 1 08 W 6.2
ILES KERKENNAH 34 40 N 11 10 E 8.25
ILES ROUSSES 42 39 N 8 56 E 11.38
ILES SANGUINAIRES 41 53 N 8 36 E 11.29
ILOT ARAGNON 43 19 N 5 05 E 9.23
ILOT TAZEROUT 36 52 N 6 04 E 7.12
ILOT TOKIKT INDICH 36 36 N 1 51 E 6.2
IMPERIA 43 53 N 8 02 E 10.7
ISLA AHORCADOS 38 49 N 1 25 E 4.13
ISLA DE AIRE 39 48 N 4 18 E 4.36
ISLA DE ALBORAN 35 56 N 3 02 W 2.2
ISLA DE CABRERA 39 09 N 2 56 E 4.29
ISLA DE FORMENTERA 38 42 N 1 26 E 4.2
ISLA DE TABARCA 38 10 N 0 28 W 3.6
ISLA DE TAGOMAGO 39 02 N 1 39 E 4.14
ISLA DE TARIFA 36 00 N 5 37 W 1.5
ISLA DEL ESPARTO 38 57 N 1 11 E 4.14
ISLA DRAGONERA 39 35 N 2 19 E 4.20
ISLA ESPALMADOR 38 47 N 1 26 E 4.5
ISLA ESPARDELL 38 48 N 1 29 E 4.5
ISLA GROSA 37 44 N 0 42 W 3.4
ISLA IRIS 35 10 N 4 22 W 5.6
ISLA SABINA 38 44 N 1 25 E 4.2
ISLAS BALEARES 38 38 N 0 23 E 3.2
ISLAS CHAFARINAS 35 11 N 2 26 W 5.2
ISLAS COLUMBRETES 39 54 N 0 41 E 3.2
ISLES LAVEZZI 41 20 N 9 15 E 11.15
ISLOTE BOTAFOCH 38 54 N 1 27 E 4.10
ISLOTE VEDRA 38 52 N 1 11 E 4.14
ISLOTES LOS DADOS 38 53 N 1 27 E 4.14
ISO CICLOPI 37 34 N 15 10 E 15.50
ISOLA ALICUDI 38 33 N 14 21 E 15.21
ISOLA ASINARA 41 04 N 8 16 E 12.62
ISOLA ASINELLI 38 04 N 12 32 E 14.18
ISOLA BASILUZZO 38 40 N 15 07 E 15.32
ISOLA BUDELLI 41 17 N 9 21 E 12.5
I

Position
° ' ° '
Sec.
Para
ISOLA CAPRAIA 43 02 N 9 39 E 10.43
ISOLA CAPRERA 41 13 N 9 28 E 12.11
ISOLA D'ELBA 42 46 N 10 18 E 10.44
ISOLA D'ISCHIA 40 43 N 13 55 E 13.25
ISOLA D'USTICA 38 42 N 13 10 E 15.3
ISOLA DEI CAVOLI 39 05 N 9 32 E 12.32
ISOLA DEL GIGLIO 42 21 N 10 54 E 10.57
ISOLA DEL TINO 44 01 N 9 51 E 10.29
ISOLA DELLE BISCE 41 10 N 9 31 E 12.12
ISOLA DELLE CORRENTI 36 39 N 15 05 E 14.38
ISOLA DI CAPRI 40 33 N 14 14 E 13.39
ISOLA DI DINO 39 52 N 15 46 E 13.61
ISOLA DI GIANNUTRI 42 15 N 11 06 E 10.58
ISOLA DI GORGONA 43 26 N 9 54 E 10.42
ISOLA DI LAMPEDUSA 35 30 N 12 36 E 14.5
ISOLA DI LAMPIONE 35 33 N 12 19 E 14.5
ISOLA DI LEVANZO 38 01 N 12 20 E 14.26
ISOLA DI MAL DI VENTRE 39 59 N 8 18 E 12.56
ISOLA DI MONTECRISTO 42 20 N 10 19 E 10.55
ISOLA DI PANTELLARIA 36 48 N 12 00 E 14.2
ISOLA DI PONZA 40 54 N 12 57 E 13.19
ISOLA DI SAN PIETRO 39 09 N 8 17 E 12.45
ISOLA DI SANT’ ANTIOCO 39 04 N 8 24 E 12.44
ISOLA DI VIVARA 40 45 N 14 00 E 13.24
ISOLA FAVIGNANA 37 57 N 12 19 E 14.27
ISOLA FILICUDI 38 35 N 14 33 E 15.22
ISOLA FLEGREE 40 43 N 13 55 E 13.24
ISOLA LINOSA 35 52 N 12 52 E 14.4
ISOLA LIPARI 38 29 N 14 56 E 15.25
ISOLA MADDALENA 41 14 N 9 25 E 12.7
ISOLA MARETTIMO 37 58 N 12 03 E 14.25
ISOLA MOLARA 40 52 N 9 44 E 12.21
ISOLA PALMAIOLA 42 52 N 10 28 E 10.53
ISOLA PALMARIA 44 02 N 9 51 E 10.29
ISOLA PALMAROLA 40 56 N 12 51 E 13.19
ISOLA PANAREA 38 38 N 15 04 E 15.30
ISOLA PIANOSA 42 13 N 15 45 E 18.3
ISOLA PIANOSA 42 35 N 10 05 E 10.54
ISOLA PROCIDA 40 45 N 14 01 E 13.24
ISOLA RAZZOLI 41 18 N 9 21 E 12.5
ISOLA ROSSA 40 17 N 8 28 E 12.57
ISOLA SALINA 38 34 N 14 51 E 15.23
ISOLA SANT ANDREA 40 03 N 17 57 E 16.25
ISOLA SANTA EUFEMIA 41 53 N 16 11 E 18.2
ISOLA SANTA MARIA 41 18 N 9 22 E 12.6
ISOLA SANTO STEFANO 40 47 N 13 27 E 13.20
ISOLA SANTO STEFANO 41 12 N 9 25 E 12.10
ISOLA SERPENTARA 39 08 N 9 36 E 12.31
ISOLA SPARGI 41 15 N 9 21 E 12.6
ISOLA STROMBOLI 38 47 N 15 13 E 15.33
ISOLA VENTOTENE 40 48 N 13 26 E 13.20
ISOLA VULCANO 38 23 N 14 58 E 15.28
ISOLA ZANNONE 40 58 N 13 03 E 13.20
ISOLE DI PONZA 40 50 N 12 58 E 13.19
ISOLE DI TREMITI 42 07 N 15 30 E 18.3
ISOLE EGADI 37 58 N 12 10 E 14.24
ISOLE EOLIE 38 30 N 14 55 E 15.20
ISOLE LIPARI 38 30 N 4 55 E 15.20
ISOLE PELAGIE 35 52 N 12 52 E 14.4
ISOLE PONTINE 40 50 N 12 58 E 13.19
ISOLOTTI MONACI 41 13 N 9 31 E 12.12
ISOLOTTO CERBOLI 42 52 N 10 33 E 10.53
ISOLOTTO DI CIRELLA 39 42 N 15 48 E 13.63
ISOLOTTO IL TORO 38 52 N 8 25 E 12.43
ISOLOTTO PORRI 36 41 N 14 56 E 14.37
ISOLTE DE BENIDORM 38 30 N 0 48 W 3.9
IZOLA 45 32 N 13 39 E 20.22
JARROS 43 12 N 5 22 E 9.27
JAVEA 38 48 N 0 11 E 3.12
JAZIRAT JALITAH 37 32 N 8 56 E 7.2
JAZIRAT JERBAH 33 50 N 10 50 E 8.32
JEBEL QUILATES 35 17 N 3 41 W 5.9
JEN JEN 36 49 N 5 53 E 7.11
JENNDJENE 36 49 N 5 53 E 7.11
JIJEL 36 50 N 5 47 E 7.10
JUNCO GRANDE 37 36 N 0 46 W 2.36
J
Index—Gazetteer 401
Position
° ' ° '
K
Sec.
Para
KALA 36 54 N 8 27 E 7.23
KEF EL MENZAH 35 47 N 0 33 W 6.12
KELIBIA BAY 36 50 N 11 07 E 8.17
KEMMUNA 36 01 N 14 20 E 14.9
KERKENNAH BANKS 35 00 N 11 30 E 8.25
KHALIJ AL HAMMAMAT 36 10 N 10 40 E 8.19
KHALIJ QABIS 33 54 N 10 07 E 8.28
KHARRAS 36 58 N 6 38 E 7.15
KOPER 45 33 N 13 44 E 20.23
KOPERSKI ZALIV 45 33 N 13 40 E 20.22
KSAR ES SRHIR 35 51 N 5 34 W 1.17
L
L'ARCHIPELAGO DELLA MADDAL. 41 15 N 9 24 E 12.5
L'ILE ROUSSE 42 38 N 8 56 E 11.39
LA ALBUFERA DE VALENCIA 39 20 N 0 21 W 3.17
LA BARRA 38 17 N 13 23 E 15.9
LA CALETTA 40 37 N 9 45 E 12.23
LA CALLE 36 54 N 8 27 E 7.23
LA CIOTAT 43 10 N 5 37 E 9.30
LA FOURMIGUE 43 32 N 7 06 E 9.61
LA GAROUPE 43 34 N 7 08 E 9.60
LA GOULETTE 36 48 N 10 18 E 8.10
LA LINEA DE LA CONCEPTION 36 10 N 5 21 W 1.12
LA PERLA 36 03 N 5 26 W 1.2
LA SKHIRRA 34 17 N 10 06 E 8.30
LA VINYETA 39 04 N 0 11 W 3.17
LAGUNA VENETA 45 20 N 12 20 E 19.7
LAMPEDUSA 35 30 N 12 36 E 14.6
LAS HORMIGAS 37 39 N 0 39 W 3.3
LAS HORMIGAS 41 52 N 3 11 E 3.43
LE KISS 35 05 N 2 11 W 6.3
LE LAVANDOU 43 08 N 6 22 E 9.44
LES FRATELLI 37 18 N 9 25 E 8.2
LES MOINES 41 27 N 8 54 E 11.21
LES MOULES 35 42 N 1 01 W 6.2
LEVANTO 44 10 N 9 37 E 10.27
LI GALLI 40 38 N 14 26 E 13.41
LICATA 37 06 N 13 56 E 14.32
LIMSKI KANAL 45 07 N 13 36 E 20.15
LIPARI 38 29 N 14 58 E 15.27
LIVORNO 43 33 N 10 19 E 10.37
LLANOS DE ALMERIA 36 45 N 2 43 W 2.1
LOS CABEZOS 36 01 N 5 43 W 1.2
LOS TROCADOS 38 46 N 1 26 E 4.2
LUCA FERRARI 44 00 N 8 10 E 10.10
LUCCIANA OIL TERMINAL 42 33 N 9 33 E 11.7
LUKA MIRNA 45 18 N 13 34 E 20.17
LUKA POREC 45 14 N 13 35 E 20.16
LUKA PULA 44 53 N 13 48 E 20.10
LUKA ROVINJ 45 05 N 13 38 E 20.14
LUKA UMAG 45 26 N 13 31 E 20.19
M
M'DIQ 35 41 N 5 19 W 5.4
MALAGA 36 43 N 4 25 W 2.12
MALFA 38 35 N 14 50 E 15.23
MALLORCA 39 30 N 3 00 E 4.15
MALTA 35 55 N 14 25 E 14.10
MANFREDONIA 41 37 N 15 55 E 17.21
MARBELLA 36 30 N 04 53 W 2.8
MARCIANA MARINA 42 48 N 10 12 E 10.51
MARGHERITA DI SAVOIA 41 23 N 16 08 E 17.19
MARIA DI CAMEROTA 40 00 N 15 5 E 13.56
MARINA DI CARRARA 44 02 N 10 02 E 10.33
MARINA DI CASAL VELINO 40 11 N 15 07 E 13.52
MARINA DI CATANZARO 38 49 N 16 37 E 16.6
MARINA DI MASSA 44 00 N 10 06 E 10.34
MARINA DI PISA 43 40 N 10 16 E 10.35
MARINA DI PISCIOTTA 40 06 N 15 14 E 13.53
MARINA GRANDE 40 33 N 14 14 E 13.39
MARSA SCIROCCO 35 49 N 4 33 E 14.15
MARSALA 37 47 N 12 26 E 14.21
MARSAXLOKK 35 49 N 14 33 E 14.15
MARSEILLE 43 19 N 5 22 E 9.26
MARTIGUES 43 24 N 5 03 E 9.21
Pub. 131

402 Index—Gazetteer
Position
° ' ° '
Sec.
Para
MASNOU 41 29 N 2 19 E 3.37
MAZARA DEL VALLO 37 39 N 12 35 E 14.23
MELILLA 35 18 N 2 56 W 5.11
MELILLI OIL TERMINAL 37 07 N 15 16 E 15.56
MENORCA 40 00 N 4 00 E 4.30
MENTON 43 47 N 7 31 E 9.73
MERS EL KEBIR 35 44 N 0 42 W 6.10
MESSINA 38 12 N 15 34 E 15.44
MILAZZO 38 13 N 15 15 E 15.38
MISENO 40 47 N 14 05 E 13.30
MOGHREB 37 01 N 6 16 E 7.13
MOJACAR 37 08 N 1 51 W 2.26
MOLA DI BARI 41 03 N 17 06 E 17.11
MOLFETTA 41 12 N 16 36 E 17.14
MONACO 43 44 N 7 25 E 9.71
MONASTIR 35 46 N 10 50 E 8.22
MONDRAGONE 41 07 N 13 53 E 13.23
MONEGLIA 44 14 N 9 29 E 10.26
MONGO 38 48 N 0 08 E 3.13
MONT ASTO 42 35 N 9 12 E 11.3
MONT CINTO 42 22 N 8 54 E 11.3
MONT COUDON 43 10 N 6 01 E 9.22
MONTAGNE DE MARSEILLEVEYRE 43 13 N 5 22 E 9.22
MONTALTO DI CASTRO 42 21 N 11 36 E 13.11
MONTE BARCAIZTEGUI 35 09 N 3 26 W 5.9
MONTE CAVO 41 45 N 12 42 E 13.16
MONTE DE LAS ZORRAS 39 10 N 0 15 W 3.17
MONTE ETNA 37 45 N 15 00 E 15.48
MONTE MONACO 38 10 N 12 35 E 15.2
MONTE MONTEA 39 40 N 15 57 E 13.63
MONTE PELLEGRINO 38 10 N 13 21 E 15.10
MONTE PERDAS DE FOGU 39 02 N 8 26 E 12.44
MONTE ROSA 38 29 N 14 59 E 15.26
MONTE ROTONDO 36 54 N 8 32 E 7.24
MONTE SANT'ANGELO A TRE PIZZA 40 39 N 14 30 E 13.28
MONTE VICO ALVANO 40 37 N 14 26 E 13.36
MOSTAGANEM 35 56 N 0 05 E 6.16
MOTRIL 36 45 N 4 31 W 2.15
MOUNTE COPE 37 25 N 1 28 W 2.29
Pub. 131
N
NAPOLI 40 51 N 14 16 E 13.33
NERVI 44 23 N 9 02 E 10.18
NICE 43 42 N 7 17 E 9.66
NICOTERA 38 33 N 15 56 E 13.72
NONZA 42 47 N 9 21 E 11.42
NOVIGRAD 45 19 N 13 34 E 20.18
O
OLBIA 40 55 N 9 30 E 12.19
OLIVA 38 55 N 0 07 W 3.15
ORAN 35 42 N 0 38 W 6.11
ORTONA 42 21 N 14 25 E 18.10
OTOK PALAGRUZA 42 24 N 16 16 E 18.3
OUED KISS 35 05 N 2 12 W 5.13
P
PACE 38 14 N 15 35 E 15.42
PAESTUM 40 25 N 15 00 E 13.48
PALAMOS 41 50 N 3 07 E 3.42
PALAVAS LES FLOTS 43 32 N 3 56 E 9.11
PANTELLARIA 36 50 N 11 56 E 14.2
PANTELLERIA SHOAL 37 10 N 12 07 E 14.39
PAOLA 39 22 N 16 02 E 13.65
PENA DE BEL 40 37 N 0 10 E 3.27
PENISCOLA 40 21 N 0 24 E 3.25
PENISOLA MAGNISI 37 09 N 15 14 E 15.54
PENON DE VELEZ DE LA GOMERA 35 10 N 4 18 W 5.6
PESARO 43 55 N 12 54 E 18.23
PESCARA 42 28 N 14 13 W 18.11
PESCHICI 41 56 N 15 53 E 18.4
PHILIPPEVILLE 36 53 N 6 55 E 7.16
PICACHO DE BARBATE 36 12 N 5 58 W 1.3
PICO DE ZAFARRAYA 37 00 N 4 04 W 2.13
PICO MULAHACEN 37 05 N 3 15 W 2.17
PILON DU ROI 43 24 N 5 28 E 9.22
Position
° ' ° '
Sec.
Para
PIRAN 45 32 N 13 34 E 20.21
PIRANO 45 32 N 13 34 E 20.21
PIRANSKI ZALIV 45 30 N 13 34 E 20.21
PIZZO 38 44 N 16 10 E 13.68
PLACER DE LAS BOVEDAS 36 25 N 4 59 W 2.2
PLACER DE MECA 36 11 N 6 06 W 1.2
PLATEAU DES CHEVRES 43 12 N 5 22 E 9.28
POINTE AFRAOU 35 12 N 3 27 W 5.9
POINTE BOULIMA 36 49 N 4 59 E 7.7
POINTE CIRIS 35 55 N 5 29 W 1.1
POINTE COLOMBI 36 26 N 0 56 E 6.17
POINTE D'AGLIO 41 41 N 8 53 E 11.24
POINTE D'ARCO 42 34 N 9 31 E 11.7
POINTE D'ASPRETTO 41 55 N 8 46 E 11.27
POINTE D'ENDOUME 43 17 N 5 21 E 9.24
POINTE D'ESPANO 42 36 N 8 48 E 11.37
POINTE DE BEAUDUC 43 22 N 4 34 E 9.14
POINTE DE CARGESE 42 08 N 8 35 E 11.31
POINTE DE CARQUEIRANNE 43 05 N 6 01 E 9.35
POINTE DE L'AIGUILLE 43 30 N 6 57 E 9.55
POINTE DE L'ESPIGUETTE 43 29 N 4 08 E 9.13
POINTE DE L'ESQUILLON 43 29 N 6 57 E 9.55
POINTE DE L'ILETTE 43 33 N 7 07 E 9.60
POINTE DE LA PINEDE 43 16 N 6 38 E 9.49
POINTE DE LA VIEILLE 43 45 N 7 27 E 9.72
POINTE DE LOZARI 42 39 N 9 00 E 11.40
POINTE DE PECHEURS 35 13 N 4 39 W 5.5
POINTE DE REVELLATA 42 35 N 8 43 E 11.34
POINTE DES JUDIOS 35 48 N 5 51 W 1.15
POINTE DES LIONS 43 25 N 6 48 E 9.53
POINTE DES SARDINAUX 43 19 N 6 40 E 9.49
POINTE DES VIEILLES 43 26 N 6 53 E 9.54
POINTE DJERDA 37 01 N 6 35 E 7.13
POINTE DU CANASTEL 35 47 N 0 33 W 6.12
POINTE DU DEFENS 43 09 N 5 42 E 9.29
POINTE DU SABLON 43 22 N 4 34 E 9.14
POINTE ER REIS 36 48 N 10 33 E 8.12
POINTE ESQUILLADOU 43 21 N 5 17 E 9.23
POINTE LATONICCIA 41 31 N 8 50 E 11.21
POINTE MALABATA 35 49 N 5 45 W 1.15
POINTE MINERVIO 42 54 N 9 19 E 11.43
POINTE MORTELLA 42 43 N 9 16 E 11.40
POINTE OMARA 35 29 N 5 06 W 5.5
POINTE SENETOSE 41 34 N 8 47 E 11.21
POINTE SPERONE 41 22 N 9 16 E 11.15
POINTE TOGA 42 42 N 9 28 E 11.4
POLIGNANO A MARE 41 00 N 17 13 E 17.10
PONTA TA BENGHISA 35 49 N 14 33 E 14.16
PONTA TA DELIMARA 35 49 N 14 34 E 14.14
PONTA TAC CIRKEWWA 35 59 N 14 20 E 14.10
PONTA TAL MARFA 35 59 N 14 20 E 14.10
PONTA TAL ZONKOR 35 52 N 14 35 E 14.14
PONZA 40 54 N 12 58 E 13.20
PORT DE BETHIOUA 35 48 N 0 15 W 6.15
PORT DE PECHE DE FRONTIGNAN 43 25 N 3 45 E 9.11
PORT DE SAINT LAURENT DU VAR 43 39 N 7 11 E 9.65
PORT DI CESENATICO 44 12 N 12 24 E 18.26
PORT DU BRUSC 43 05 N 5 48 E 9.33
PORT MARINA BAIE DES ANGES 43 38 N 7 08 E 9.64
PORT NADOR 35 17 N 2 56 W 5.12
PORT PETROLIER DE LA MEDE 43 24 N 5 06 E 9.21
PORT PETROLIER DE LA POINTE 43 28 N 5 09 E 9.21
PORT POTHUAU 43 07 N 6 12 E 9.42
PORT-DE-BOUC 43 24 N 4 59 E 9.19
PORTICELLO 38 31 N 14 58 E 15.26
PORT-LA-NOUVELLE 43 01 N 3 04 E 9.7
PORTO BARATTI 43 00 N 10 30 E 10.40
PORTO BUSO 45 43 N 13 15 E 20.3
PORTO CALERI 45 12 N 12 20 E 19.6
PORTO CERVO 41 08 N 9 32 E 12.13
PORTO CESARIO 40 15 N 17 54 E 16.23
PORTO CIVITANOVA 43 19 N 13 44 E 18.17
PORTO CORSINI 44 30 N 12 17 E 18.28
PORTO D'ISCHIA 40 45 N 13 57 E 13.26
PORTO DI ALASSIO 44 00 N 8 10 E 10.10
PORTO DI ANCONA 43 37 N 13 30 E 18.19
PORTO DI BARI 41 08 N 16 52 E 17.12
PORTO DI BARLETTA 41 19 N 16 17 E 17.17
PORTO DI BRINDISI 40 39 N 17 59 E 17.8
PORTO DI CASTRO 40 00 N 18 26 E 17.3
PORTO DI CHIOGGIA 45 14 N 12 18 E 19.8
PORTO DI CROTONE 39 05 N 17 08 E 16.10

Position
° ' ° '
Sec.
Para
PORTO DI GALLIPOLI 40 03 N 17 59 E 16.24
PORTO DI GOLFO ARANCI 41 00 N 9 37 E 12.17
PORTO DI LEVANTE 38 25 N 14 58 E 15.28
PORTO DI LIDOPORTO DI VENEZIA 45 25 N 12 26 E 19.10
PORTO DI MALAMOCCO 45 20 N 12 19 E 19.9
PORTO DI MONFALCONE 45 47 N 13 33 E 20.6
PORTO DI MONOPOLI 40 57 N 17 18 E 17.9
PORTO DI ORISTANO 39 52 N 8 33 E 12.54
PORTO DI OTRANTO 40 09 N 18 30 E 17.4
PORTO DI PALERMO 38 08 N 13 22 E 15.11
PORTO DI PIAVE VECCHIA 45 29 N 12 35 E 19.11
PORTO DI PUNTA PENNA 42 10 N 14 43 E 18.8
PORTO DI RIMINI 44 04 N 12 35 E 18.25
PORTO DI SIBARI MARINA 39 44 N 16 31 E 16.15
PORTO DI TARANTO 40 27 N 17 12 E 16.21
PORTO DI TRANI 41 17 N 16 25 E 17.16
PORTO DI TRICASE 39 56 N 18 24 E 17.2
PORTO DI TRIESTE 45 39 N 13 46 E 20.25
PORTO DI VASTO 42 10 N 14 43 E 18.8
PORTO DI VOLANO 44 49 N 12 16 E 19.2
PORTO EMPEDOCLE 37 17 N 13 32 E 14.31
PORTO ERCOLE 42 23 N 11 13 E 13.10
PORTO FOXI 39 05 N 9 02 E 12.37
PORTO GARIBALDI 44 41 N 12 15 E 18.29
PORTO ISOLA 37 04 N 4 15 E 14.34
PORTO LIGNANO 45 42 N 13 09 E 20.2
PORTO PONTE ROMANO 39 03 N 8 28 E 12.42
PORTO QUIETO, 45 18 N 13 34 E 20.17
PORTO SAN STEFANO 42 26 N 11 07 E 13.9
PORTO SANTA MARGHERITA 45 35 N 12 52 E 19.13
PORTO TORRES 40 50 N 8 24 E 12.64
PORTO VECCHIO 41 35 N 9 17 E 11.12
PORTO VESME 39 12 N 8 24 E 12.49
PORTOFERRAIO 42 49 N 10 20 E 10.52
PORTOFINO 44 18 N 9 13 E 10.21
PORTOVECCHIO DI PIOMBINO 42 56 N 10 33 E 13.3
PORT-SAINT-LOUIS-DU-RHONE 43 23 N 4 49 E 9.17
PORT-VENDRES 42 31 N 3 07 E 9.5
POSITANO 40 38 N 14 29 E 13.42
POZZALLO 36 43 N 14 51 E 14.36
POZZILLO 37 39 N 15 12 E 15.49
POZZUOLI 40 49 N 14 07 E 13.31
PRA 44 26 N 8 47 E 10.16
PREMIA 41 29 N 2 21 E 3.37
PRESQU'ILE DE SAINT HOSPICE 43 41 N 7 21 E 9.69
PRESQU'ILE DE SAINT MANDRIER 43 05 N 5 56 E 9.35
PROMONTORIO ARGENTARIO 42 24 N 11 08 E 13.8
PROMONTORIO DI ANCONA 43 38 N 13 31 E 18.18
PROMONTORIO DI MONTE D'ELIO 41 55 N 14 38 E 18.5
PROMONTORIO DI PORTOFINO 44 19 N 9 11 E 10.19
PROPRIANO 41 41 N 8 54 E 11.23
PUENTE MAYORAGA TERMINAL 36 11 N 5 23 W 1.11
PUENTE MAYORGA 36 11 N 5 23 W 1.11
PUERTO ACERINOX 36 10 N 5 25 W 1.10
PUERTO COLOM 39 25 N 3 16 E 4.26
PUERTO DE ALCUDIA 39 50 N 3 08 E 4.25
PUERTO DE ANDRAITX 39 33 N 2 23 E 4.20
PUERTO DE BENALMADENA 36 36 N 4 31 W 2.9
PUERTO DE CARBONERAS 36 58 N 1 53 W 2.25
PUERTO DE CIUDADELA 40 00 N 3 50 E 4.31
PUERTO DE ESTEPONA 36 25 N 5 09 W 2.6
PUERTO DE FORNELLS 40 04 N 4 08 E 4.33
PUERTO DE GARRUCHA 37 10 N 1 50 W 2.27
PUERTO DE HORNOS IBERICOS 36 59 N 1 53 W 2.25
PUERTO DE IBIZA 38 54 N 1 27 E 4.11
PUERTO DE LOS ALFAQUES 40 37 N 0 36 E 3.28
PUERTO DE MAHON 39 53 N 4 16 E 4.35
PUERTO DE SAN ANTONIO 38 58 N 1 18 E 4.8
PUERTO DE SOLLER 39 48 N 2 41 E 4.21
PUERTO DEL GRAO 39 58 N 0 01 E 3.23
PUERTO DEL GRAO DE CASTELLON 39 56 N 0 03 E 3.22
PUERTO DEPORTIVO JOSE BANUS 36 29 N 4 57 W 2.7
PUNTA AFRAU 35 12 N 3 27 W 5.9
PUNTA ALA 42 48 N 10 44 E 13.5
PUNTA ALICE 39 24 N 17 09 E 16.12
PUNTA ALMINA 35 54 N 5 17 W 5.3
PUNTA ALTARES 35 50 N 5 43 W 1.17
PUNTA ANSEDONIA 42 24 N 11 17 E 13.11
PUNTA ARENELLA 38 09 N 13 23 E 15.10
PUNTA BENZUS 35 55 N 5 23 W 1.20
PUNTA BERMEJA 35 54 N 5 21 W 1.20
PUNTA BIANCA 44 02 N 9 59 E 10.32
Index—Gazetteer 403
Position
° ' ° '
Sec.
Para
PUNTA BLANCA 35 55 N 5 22 W 1.20
PUNTA CALABERNADO 36 52 N 15 08 E 15.61
PUNTA CALAMIZZI 38 06 N 15 38 E 13.82
PUNTA CAMARINAL 36 05 N 5 48 W 1.4
PUNTA CAMORRO 36 01 N 5 35 W 1.7
PUNTA CAMPANELLA 40 34 N 14 20 E 13.41
PUNTA CANAI 38 58 N 8 27 E 12.43
PUNTA CAPRARA 41 07 N 8 19 E 12.62
PUNTA CARENA 40 32 N 14 12 E 13.40
PUNTA CARNERO 36 04 N 5 26 W 1.8
PUNTA CARONIA 38 02 N 14 25 E 15.18
PUNTA CASTIGLIONCELLO 43 24 N 10 24 E 10.38
PUNTA CERVO 41 08 N 9 32 E 12.13
PUNTA CHINCHO 38 58 N 1 17 E 4.8
PUNTA CIRES 35 55 N 5 29 W 1.19
PUNTA CORPMARI 38 51 N 1 24 E 4.12
PUNTA COSCIO 39 43 N 16 31 E 16.15
PUNTA DE ALCAZAR 35 51 N 5 34 W 1.17
PUNTA DE BANOS 36 28 N 5 00 W 2.7
PUNTA DE CALA ARENAS 36 03 N 5 27 W 1.1
PUNTA DE CALABURRAS 36 31 N 4 38 W 2.8
PUNTA DE CALNEGRE 37 40 N 0 43 W 3.4
PUNTA DE FAUTEA 41 43 N 9 25 E 11.10
PUNTA DE GARBI 41 46 N 3 02 E 3.39
PUNTA DE LA AZOHIA 37 33 N 1 10 W 2.30
PUNTA DE LA BANA 40 34 N 0 40 E 3.30
PUNTA DE LA CHAPA 37 35 N 0 51 W 2.36
PUNTA DE LA CHIAPPA 41 37 N 9 20 E 11.11
PUNTA DE LA CHULLERA 36 19 N 5 15 W 2.4
PUNTA DE LA ESPADA 37 36 N 0 44 W 2.36
PUNTA DE LA FAROLA 39 25 N 3 16 E 4.27
PUNTA DE LA PODADERA 37 35 N 0 59 W 2.33
PUNTA DE LA POLACRA 36 50 N 2 00 W 2.24
PUNTA DE LA SAL VIEJA 36 25 N 5 10 W 2.5
PUNTA DE LOS AGUILONES 37 34 N 0 58 W 2.33
PUNTA DE LOS BANOS 36 42 N 2 51 W 2.19
PUNTA DE LOS CANTALES 36 43 N 4 18 W 2.10
PUNTA DE LOS FRAILES 35 16 N 3 56 W 5.7
PUNTA DE LOS NABUELES 36 30 N 4 56 W 2.7
PUNTA DE MEDIA NARANJA 36 56 N 1 54 W 2.24
PUNTA DE SAN CARLOS 39 52 N 4 18 E 4.34
PUNTA DE SAN CRISTOBAL 36 44 N 3 42 W 2.14
PUNTA DE SANTA CATALINA 35 54 N 5 17 W 1.21
PUNTA DE SARRIA 37 19 N 1 42 W 2.27
PUNTA DE SPORONO 41 22 N 9 16 E 11.15
PUNTA DE TORREMOLINOS 36 37 N 4 30 W 2.10
PUNTA DE TORROX 36 44 N 3 57 W 2.14
PUNTA DE VELEZ-MALAGA 36 43 N 4 07 W 2.13
PUNTA DEI RIPALTI 42 42 N 10 26 E 10.48
PUNTA DEL ALBIR 38 34 N 0 03 W 3.10
PUNTA DEL CANE 36 57 N 15 13 E 15.60
PUNTA DEL CASTOR 36 26 N 5 06 W 2.6
PUNTA DEL CORSARO 38 06 N 13 26 E 15.12
PUNTA DEL ESCULLET 39 06 N 1 36 E 4.10
PUNTA DEL ESPERO 39 52 N 4 20 E 4.34
PUNTA DEL ESTACIO 37 45 N 0 43 W 3.4
PUNTA DEL FANGO 40 40 N 0 40 E 3.31
PUNTA DEL GALLO 36 11 N 5 24 W 1.10
PUNTA DEL GIGLIO 40 34 N 8 12 E 12.59
PUNTA DEL MELONAR 36 43 N 3 21 W 2.17
PUNTA DEL MESCO 44 08 N 9 38 E 10.27
PUNTA DEL MOLINO 43 01 N 10 31 E 10.39
PUNTA DEL MONACO 38 46 N 15 13 E 15.33
PUNTA DEL MONACO 40 33 N 14 16 E 13.39
PUNTA DEL MORO 42 20 N 14 26 E 18.9
PUNTA DEL PASSAGIO 38 12 N 13 14 E 15.7
PUNTA DEL PIZZO 40 00 N 18 00 E 16.25
PUNTA DEL RINCONCILLO 36 09 N 5 27 W 1.10
PUNTA DEL RIO 36 43 N 3 33 W 2.14
PUNTA DEL SABINAL 36 41 N 2 42 W 2.19
PUNTA DEL SALTO DE LA MORA 36 23 N 5 13 W 2.5
PUNTA DEL TAGLIAMENTO 45 38 N 13 06 E 20.2
PUNTA DEL TAJO 36 10 N 5 59 W 1.3
PUNTA DELLA CASTAGNA 38 31 N 14 58 E 15.26
PUNTA DELLA LENA 38 48 N 15 15 E 15.33
PUNTA DELLA MAESTRA 44 58 N 12 32 E 19.4
PUNTA DELLA PENNA 42 10 N 14 43 E 18.7
PUNTA DELLE GROTTICELLE 38 28 N 14 55 E 15.25
PUNTA DELLO SCORNO 41 07 N 8 19 E 12.62
PUNTA DI ACQUABELLA 42 20 N 14 26 E 18.9
PUNTA DI FETOVAIA 42 44 N 10 10 E 10.50
PUNTA DI PELLARO 38 01 N 15 38 E 13.82
Pub. 131

404 Index—Gazetteer
Position
° ' ° '
Sec.
Para
PUNTA DI PORTOFINO 44 18 N 9 13 E 10.19
PUNTA DI RAISI 38 11 N 13 07 E 15.7
PUNTA DI RONDINARA 41 28 N 9 17 E 11.14
PUNTA DI SESTRI 44 16 N 9 23 E 10.25
PUNTA DI SOLANTO 38 11 N 12 46 E 15.5
PUNTA DI STALETTI 38 45 N 16 34 E 16.5
PUNTA DI STINTINU 42 54 N 9 19 E 11.43
PUNTA DI U PUNTIGLIONE 42 08 N 8 35 E 11.31
PUNTA FALCONE 41 16 N 9 14 E 12.2
PUNTA FALCONE 42 49 N 10 20 E 10.51
PUNTA FALCONE 42 56 N 10 30 E 13.2
PUNTA FORANA 42 48 N 10 07 E 10.50
PUNTA GAVAZZI 38 41 N 13 10 E 15.3
PUNTA GORGO SALATO 38 43 N 13 11 E 15.4
PUNTA GRUGNO 41 42 N 16 04 E 17.22
PUNTA GUIXERAS 42 03 N 3 13 E 3.44
PUNTA INVREA 44 20 N 8 37 E 10.16
PUNTA LICCIARDOLO 38 41 N 13 10 E 15.4
PUNTA LICOSA 40 15 N 14 54 E 13.50
PUNTA LINGUA 38 32 N 14 52 E 15.24
PUNTA LIVIDONIA 42 26 N 11 06 E 13.10
PUNTA LUNGA 41 15 N 9 26 E 12.8
PUNTA MABRES 39 49 N 4 17 E 4.36
PUNTA MAGNISI 37 09 N 15 15 E 15.54
PUNTA MARLOCA 38 54 N 1 26 E 4.12
PUNTA MENGA 38 57 N 8 35 E 12.41
PUNTA MEZALUNA 43 33 N 13 38 E 18.18
PUNTA MOLINAZZO 38 10 N 13 05 E 15.7
PUNTA MOSCARTE 39 07 N 1 32 E 4.9
PUNTA NEGRA 36 45 N 3 14 W 2.17
PUNTA NERA 40 23 N 9 45 E 12.24
PUNTA OLIGUERA 42 17 N 3 18 E 3.48
PUNTA PALOMA 36 04 N 5 43 W 1.5
PUNTA PEPPEMARIA 38 38 N 15 05 E 15.31
PUNTA PESCADORES 35 13 N 4 39 W 5.5
PUNTA PEZZO 38 14 N 15 38 E 13.78
PUNTA PLANA 39 21 N 2 55 E 4.15
PUNTA POLVERAIA 42 48 N 10 07 E 10.50
PUNTA PORTAS 38 50 N 1 24 E 4.6
PUNTA PORTIGLIONE 42 53 N 10 47 E 13.5
PUNTA PRAIA DEI PROCI 38 22 N 15 00 E 15.28
PUNTA PRIMA 38 44 N 1 28 E 4.3
PUNTA RASA 38 41 N 1 23 E 4.2
PUNTA RISTOLA 39 47 N 18 21 E 16.27
PUNTA RONDINELLA 40 29 N 17 11 E 16.20
PUNTA ROSSA 41 10 N 9 28 E 12.11
PUNTA SAN CATALDO 40 23 N 18 18 E 17.5
PUNTA SAN LEONARDO 36 50 N 11 55 E 14.2
PUNTA SARDEGNA 41 12 N 9 22 E 12.3
PUNTA SDOBBA 45 43 N 13 33 E 20.5
PUNTA SERNELLA 42 21 N 3 11 E 3.49
PUNTA SINGLE MAL 38 40 N 1 35 E 4.3
PUNTA SPADILLO 36 48 N 12 00 E 14.3
PUNTA SPANO 42 36 N 8 48 E 11.37
PUNTA SPUNTONE 37 05 N 15 18 E 15.57
PUNTA STILO 38 27 N 16 35 E 16.4
PUNTA TRAGARA 40 33 N 14 15 E 13.40
PUNTA TRAMONTANA 37 54 N 12 27 E 14.20
PUNTA TRAMONTANA 40 53 N 8 38 E 12.65
PUNTA ZAVORRA 39 04 N 9 03 E 12.38
PUNTI DI ARCU 42 34 N 9 31 E 11.7
Pub. 131
R
RADA D'ALGHERO 40 34 N 8 15 E 12.58
RADA DE MAZARRON 37 33 N 1 13 W 2.30
RADA DI LA MADDALENA 41 12 N 9 24 E 12.9
RADA DI LA SPEZIA 44 06 N 9 50 E 10.31
RADA DI SANTO STEFANO 41 12 N 9 26 E 12.10
RADA DI VADO 44 16 N 8 26 E 10.13
RADE D'AGAY 43 26 N 6 52 E 9.53
RADE D'HYERES 43 05 N 6 14 E 9.41
RADE DE VILLEFRANCHE 43 42 N 7 19 E 9.67
RAPALLO 44 21 N 9 14 E 10.22
RAS AFIA 36 49 N 5 42 E 7.8
RAS AJDIR 33 10 N 11 33 E 8.37
RAS AL MAMURAH 36 27 N 10 48 E 8.18
RAS AL ZABIB 37 16 N 10 04 E 8.6
RAS AT TIB 37 05 N 11 03 E 8.14
RAS ATIA 37 01 N 6 16 E 7.13
RAS BANZART 37 20 N 9 52 E 8.4
Position
° ' ° '
Sec.
Para
RAS BOU RMADA 34 31 N 10 33 E 8.28
RAS BOUSABOUN 35 48 N 5 51 W 1.15
RAS BURMADA 34 31 N 10 33 E 8.28
RAS DAYMAS 35 38 N 11 03 E 8.23
RAS DIMASSE 35 38 N 11 03 E 8.23
RAS ED DREK 37 03 N 11 04 E 8.15
RAS EL AMOUCH 36 38 N 2 24 E 6.22
RAS EL DJORF 33 42 N 10 43 E 8.32
RAS EL KALIA 36 36 N 2 27 E 6.23
RAS EL MA 35 09 N 2 25 W 5.13
RAS EL MELAH 36 52 N 11 08 E 8.16
RAS ENGELA 37 21 N 9 45 E 8.3
RAS FILFILA 36 55 N 7 06 E 7.17
RAS FRAO 36 58 N 6 38 E 7.15
RAS IFRIQIYA 35 31 N 11 05 E 8.23
RAS KABOUDIA 35 14 N 11 09 E 8.25
RAS KABUDIYAH 35 14 N 11 09 E 8.25
RAS MAAMOURA 36 27 N 10 48 E 8.18
RAS MARMOUR 33 37 N 11 03 E 8.35
RAS MOSTEFA 36 50 N 11 07 E 8.16
RAS MUSTAFA 36 50 N 11 07 E 8.16
RAS OUILLES 36 07 N 0 13 E 6.13
RAS OUILLIS 36 07 N 0 14 E 6.17
RAS QARTAJANNAH 36 52 N 10 22 E 8.9
RAS SAN DIMITRI 36 04 N 14 11 E 14.8
RAS SEBA ROUS 37 05 N 6 28 E 7.13
RAS TABARQAH 36 58 N 8 45 E 7.24
RAS TAGUERMESS 33 49 N 11 04 E 8.35
RAS TARF 35 15 N 3 55 W 5.7
RAS TINA 34 38 N 10 43 E 8.28
RAS TLETA MADARI 35 26 N 2 58 W 5.10
RAS YONGA 34 25 N 10 22 E 8.28
RASEL EL ASWAD 35 41 N 5 16 W 5.4
RASHADAT AL AKHAWAT 37 18 N 9 25 E 8.2
RASS EL AHMAR 37 03 N 10 54 E 8.12
RASS TESKA 36 35 N 1 55 E 6.20
RCHADET EL KROUAT 37 18 N 9 25 E 8.2
RECANATI 43 26 N 13 40 E 18.17
REGGIO DI CALABRIA 38 07 N 15 39 E 13.81
RESTINGA DE TOFINO 35 09 N 2 47 W 5.13
RICCIONE 44 00 N 12 40 E 18.25
RIERA DE ARGENTONA 41 31 N 2 25 E 3.38
RINCON EL MEDIK 35 41 N 5 19 W 5.4
RIO BESOS 41 25 N 2 14 E 3.36
RIO LLOBREGAT 41 20 N 2 09 E 3.34
RIO MARINA 42 49 N 10 26 E 10.46
RIO TORDERA 41 39 N 2 47 E 3.38
RIPOSTO 37 44 N 15 13 E 15.48
RIVIERE DE TRAVO 41 54 N 9 24 E 11.10
ROCCELLA IONICA 38 19 N 16 24 E 16.3
ROCHER ST. PIERRE 43 11 N 3 11 E 9.8
RODI GARGANICO 41 56 N 15 53 E 18.4
ROSAS 42 16 N 3 11 E 3.46
RT DAJLA 45 21 N 13 32 E 20.19
RT KAMENJAK 44 46 N 13 55 E 20.9
RT KORENTE 45 04 N 13 38 E 20.13
RT MARLERA 44 48 N 14 00 E 20.8
RT SAVUDRIJA 45 30 N 13 30 E 20.20
RT ZUB 45 18 N 13 34 E 20.16
RUISSEAU SAINT-LOUIS 43 47 N 7 32 E 10.2
SACCA DI GORO 44 50 N 12 18 E 19.3
SAGUNTO 39 39 N 0 13 W 3.20
SAIDA 35 05 N 2 13 W 5.13
SAINT GEORGE'S POINT 36 56 N 14 29 E 14.12
SAINT RAPHAEL 43 25 N 6 46 E 9.52
SAINTES-MARIE-DE-LA-MER 43 27 N 4 26 E 9.14
SAINT-TROPEZ 43 16 N 6 38 E 9.50
SALERNO 40 41 N 14 45 E 13.46
SALINE DI MONTEBELLO JONICHE 37 56 N 15 43 E 13.83
SALOBRENA 36 45 N 3 35 W 2.14
SAN ANGELO DI ROSSANO 39 37 N 16 38 E 16.14
SAN BENEDETTO DEL TRONTO 42 57 N 13 53 E 18.15
SAN CARLOS DE LA RAPITA 40 37 N 0 36 E 3.29
SAN FELIU DE GUIXOLS 41 47 N 3 02 E 3.40
SAN NICOLO L'ARENA 38 01 N 13 37 E 15.14
SAN PANTALEO 44 20 N 9 15 E 10.23
SAN PEDRO DEL PINATAR 37 49 N 0 45 W 3.4
SAN REMO 43 49 N 7 47 E 10.4
S

Position
° ' ° '
Sec.
Para
SANTA AGATA DI MILITELLO 38 04 N 14 39 E 15.19
SANTA MARGHERITA LIGURE 44 20 N 9 13 E 10.22
SANTA MARINA SALINA 38 33 N 14 22 E 15.24
SANTA POLA 38 11 N 0 34 W 3.6
SANTA SEVERA 42 01 N 11 58 E 13.14
SANTA TECLA 38 38 N 15 11 E 15.49
SANTO SPIRITO 41 10 N 16 45 E 17.13
SAPRI 40 04 N 15 38 E 13.59
SARROCH OIL TERMINAL 39 05 N 9 02 E 12.37
SAVONA 44 19 N 8 30 E 10.14
SCALAMBRI 36 47 N 14 30 E 14.35
SCARIO 40 03 N 15 29 E 13.58
SCHIAVONEA 39 39 N 16 32 E 16.15
SCIACCA 37 30 N 13 05 E 14.30
SCILLA 38 15 N 15 43 E 13.76
SCOCLIO AFRICA 42 21 N 10 04 E 10.41
SCOGLIO AFRICA 42 21 N 10 04 E 10.56
SCOGLIO CERVARO 40 04 N 16 36 E 16.17
SCOGLIO DELLA BOTTE 40 51 N 13 06 E 13.20
SCOGLIO FERALE 44 04 N 9 47 E 10.28
SCOGLIO ISCA 39 09 N 16 04 E 13.66
SCOGLIO ISCA 40 35 N 14 23 E 13.41
SCOGLIO LAMPIONE 35 33 N 12 19 E 14.5
SCOGLIO PAN DI ZUCCHERO 39 20 N 8 24 E 12.51
SCOGLITTI 36 53 N 14 26 E 14.35
SECCA DEI MONACI 41 13 N 9 33 E 12.12
SECCA DEL TORO 37 53 N 12 19 E 14.28
SECCA DELLE BISCE 41 11 N 9 32 E 12.12
SECCHE DELLA MELORIA 43 34 N 10 13 E 10.36
SECCHE DI VADA 43 19 N 10 22 E 10.39
SENIGALLIA 43 43 N 13 13 E 18.21
SESTRI LEVANTE 44 16 N 9 23 E 10.25
SETE 43 24 N 3 42 E 9.10
SFAX 34 44 N 10 46 E 8.27
SFERRACAVALLO 38 12 N 13 16 E 15.8
SICILIA 37 50 N 13 30 E 15.2
SICILY 37 50 N 13 30 E 15.2
SIDERNO MARINA 38 16 N 16 18 E 16.3
SIDI ABDALLAH 37 17 N 9 53 E 8.5
SIERRA BERMEJA 36 29 N 5 12 W 2.5
SIERRA CABRERA 37 05 N 1 56 W 2.26
SIERRA DE CALLOSA 38 07 N 0 54 W 3.5
SIERRA DE GADOR 36 54 N 2 50 W 2.20
SIERRA DE MARBELLA 36 34 N 4 54 W 2.7
SIERRA DE MIJAS 36 37 N 4 40 W 2.8
SIERRA DE SAN BARTOLOME 36 05 N 5 43 W 1.5
SIERRA HELADA 38 33 N 0 05 W 3.10
SIERRA MORERA 37 35 N 1 20 W 2.29
SIKKA IL-BAJDA 36 00 N 14 24 E 14.11
SILVI 42 34 N 14 06 E 18.12
SIRACUSA 37 03 N 15 17 E 15.58
SISTIANA 45 46 N 13 38 E 20.7
SITGES 41 14 N 1 48 E 3.34
SKERKI BANK 37 50 N 10 55 E 14.1
SKHIRRA KHEDIMA 34 20 N 10 10 E 8.29
SKIKDA 36 53 N 6 55 E 7.16
SOLENZARA OIL TERMINAL 41 55 N 9 25 E 11.9
SORRENTO 40 38 N 14 23 E 13.36
SOUSSE 35 50 N 10 39 E 8.21
SOUTH BASTIA GAS TERMINAL 42 40 N 9 28 E 11.6
SOVERATO MARINA 38 42 N 16 33 E 16.5
SPADAFORA 38 13 N 15 23 E 15.39
STINTINO 39 56 N 8 14 E 12.63
STRETTO DI MESSINA 38 12 N 15 36 E 15.41
STROMBOLICCHIO 38 49 N 15 15 E 15.34
SUSAH 35 50 N 0 39 E 8.21
T
TABARKA 36 58 N 8 46 E 7.25
TABARQAH 36 58 N 8 46 E 7.25
TALBOT SHOAL 37 30 N 11 41 E 14.39
TANGER 35 47 N 5 48 W 1.1
TANGER 35 47 N 5 49 W 1.16
TANGIER 35 47 N 5 49 W 1.16
TANGIER BAY 35 48 N 5 47 W 1.15
TARIFA 36 01 N 5 36 W 1.6
TARRAGONA 41 06 N 0 15 E 3.33
TARSA 35 08 N 1 48 W 6.5
Index—Gazetteer 405
Position
° ' ° '
Sec.
Para
TENES 36 32 N 1 19 E 6.18
TERMINI IMERESE 37 59 N 13 42 E 15.15
TERMOLI 42 00 N 15 00 E 18.6
TERRACINA 41 17 N 13 15 E 13.21
TERRIBLE BANK 37 09 N 12 53 E 14.40
TESTA DEL GARGANO 41 50 N 16 12 E 17.22
TIPASA 36 36 N 2 27 E 6.23
TORRE ANGELLARA 40 39 N 14 49 E 13.47
TORRE ANNUNZIATA 40 45 N 14 27 E 13.34
TORRE BATTILAMANO 37 59 N 13 49 E 15.16
TORRE CALDERINO 41 14 N 16 33 E 17.15
TORRE DE ALMADUN 40 19 N 0 22 E 3.25
TORRE DE BENICASIM 40 03 N 0 04 E 3.24
TORRE DE MANFRIA 37 06 N 14 08 E 14.33
TORRE DE PUIG 39 35 N 0 17 W 3.19
TORRE DEL BOCCALE 43 29 N 10 20 E 10.38
TORRE DEL CROCCHIO 38 55 N 16 50 E 16.6
TORRE DEL MAR 36 44 N 4 05 W 2.13
TORRE DEL PENON 37 04 N 1 51 W 2.26
TORRE DELL OVO 40 18 N 17 30 E 16.22
TORRE DI CAINO 39 57 N 15 44 E 13.61
TORRE DI PIETRI NERE 38 23 N 15 52 E 13.74
TORRE DI ROCCHETTA 38 44 N 16 00 E 13.70
TORRE LATO 40 30 N 16 59 E 16.19
TORRE MOZZA 37 55 N 16 00 E 13.85
TORRE PETACCIATO 42 01 N 14 53 E 18.7
TORRE POLICARETTO 39 29 N 17 01 E 16.13
TORRE PROPOSTI 41 47 N 16 12 E 17.22
TORRE ROSCI 38 18 N 15 49 E 13.75
TORRE SAN ANDREA 40 15 N 18 27 E 17.5
TORRE SAN GIOVANNI 39 53 N 18 07 E 16.26
TORRE SANTA VENERE 40 00 N 15 42 E 13.60
TORRE SCANZANO 40 15 N 16 45 E 16.18
TORRE SCOPELLO 38 04 N 12 49 E 15.5
TORRE SPECCHIOLLA 40 30 N 18 07 E 17.6
TORRENTE TESINO 42 59 N 13 52 E 18.16
TORREVIEJA 37 58 N 0 41 W 3.5
TOULON 43 06 N 5 55 E 9.37
TOUR D'OLMETO 41 29 N 8 59 E 11.20
TRAPANI 38 01 N 12 30 E 14.19
TREBISACCE MARINA 39 52 N 16 32 E 16.16
TRSCANSKI ZALIV 45 40 N 13 35 E 20.4
TUNIS 36 48 N 10 12 E 8.11
V
VADA 43 21 N 10 27 E 10.39
VALENCIA 39 27 N 0 19 W 3.18
VALLCARCA 41 14 N 1 52 E 3.34
VALLETA HARBORS 35 54 N 14 31 E 14.13
VARAZZE 44 22 N 8 35 E 10.15
VASTO 42 07 N 14 43 E 18.7
VEGA OIL FIELD 36 33 N 14 38 E 14.37
VESUVIO 40 49 N 14 26 E 13.28
VIAREGGIO 43 52 N 10 15 E 10.34
VIBO VALENTIA MARINA 38 43 N 16 08 E 13.69
VICO EQUENSE 40 40 N 14 26 E 13.36
VIESTE 41 53 N 16 11 E 18.2
VILLA MARONGIU 39 12 N 9 04 E 12.36
VILLA SAN GIOVANNI 38 13 N 15 38 E 13.79
VILLAJOYOSA 38 30 N 0 14 W 3.9
VILLANUEVA Y GELTRU 41 13 N 1 44 E 3.34
VILLEBOURG 36 33 N 1 48 E 6.20
VILLEFRANCHE 43 42 N 7 19 E 9.68
VINAROZ 40 28 N 0 29 E 3.26
VOLTRI 44 26 N 8 45 E 10.16
YEBEL MUSA 35 54 N 5 25 W 1.20
ZARZIS 33 30 N 11 07 E 8.36
ZARZIS 3330N1107E 8.36
Y
Z
Pub. 131